PUB.

124
SAILING DIRECTIONS
(ENROUTE)
★

EAST COAST OF SOUTH

AMERICA
★

Prepared and published by the

NATIONAL GEOSPATIAL-INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Springfield, Virginia

© COPYRIGHT 2017 BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT

NO COPYRIGHT CLAIMED UNDER TITLE 17 U.S.C.

2017

FIFTEENTH EDITION
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Printing Office

Internet: http://bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-

1800
Fax: (202) 512-2250 Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001
 III

NGA Maritime—Contact Information

Preface Maritime Safety Office
0.0Pub. 124, Sailing Directions (Enroute) East Coast of South DNC web site https://dnc.nga.mil
America, Fifteenth Edition, 2017, is issued for use in conjunc-
tion with Pub. 160, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) South Maritime Domain https://msi.nga.mil
Atlantic Ocean and Indian Ocean. The companion volume is web site
Pub. 124.
0.0Digital Nautical Charts 1, 7, and 14 provide electronic chart E-mail [email protected]
coverage for the area covered by this publication.
0.0This publication has been corrected to 28 January 2017, in- Maritime Quality https://marhelp.nga.mil
cluding Notice to Mariners No. 4 of 2017. Subsequent updates Feedback System
have corrected this publication to 9 December 2023, including (MQFS)
Notice to Mariners No. 49 of 2023.
Mailing address Maritime Safety Office
National Geospatial-Intelligence
Explanatory Remarks Agency
Mail Stop N64-SFH
Sailing Directions are published by the National Geospatial-
7500 Geoint Drive
0.0

Intelligence Agency (NGA) under the authority of Department Springfield VA 22150-7500

of Defense Directive 5105.60, dated 29 July 2009, and pursu-
ant to the authority contained in U. S. Code Title 10, Chapter
22, Section 451 and Title 44, Section 1336. Sailing Directions, New editions of Sailing Directions are corrected through the
0.0

covering the harbors, coasts, and waters of the world, provide date of publication shown above. This publication is updated as
information that cannot be shown graphically on nautical needed and made available as a downloadable corrected
charts and is not readily available elsewhere. publication on the NGA Maritime Safety Office web site.
Sailing Directions (Enroute) include detailed coastal and
0.0

port approach information which supplements the largest scale NGA Maritime Safety Office Web Site
chart produced by the National Geospatial-Intelligence
Agency. This publication is divided into geographic areas https://msi.nga.mil
called “Sectors.”
Bearings.—Bearings are true, and are expressed in degrees
Courses.—Courses are true, and are expressed in the same
0.0

0.0

from 000° (north) to 360°, measured clockwise. General

manner as bearings. The directives “steer” and “make good” a
bearings are expressed by the initial letters of the points of the
course mean, without exception, to proceed from a point of
compass (e.g. N, NNE, NE, etc.). Adjective and adverb
origin along a track having the identical meridional angle as
endings have been discarded. Wherever precise bearings are
the designated course. Vessels following the directives must
intended, degrees are used.
allow for every influence tending to cause deviation from such
Charts.—Reference to charts made throughout this
0.0

track, and navigate so that the designated course is

publication refers to hard copy paper charts and electronic continuously being made good.
charts.
0.0Currents.—Current directions are the true directions toward
As the maritime community moves towards electronic
0.0

which currents set.

navigation, the Maritime Safety Office will begin reducing
0.0Distances.—Distances are expressed in nautical miles of 1
NGA's Standard Nautical Chart portfolio. Further information
minute of latitude. Distances of less than 1 mile are expressed
can be found in the "What's New" section of the NGA
in meters, or tenths of miles.
Maritime Safety Information web site (https://msi.nga.mil).
0.0Geographic Names.—Geographic names are generally
Corrective Information.—Users should refer corrections,
those used by the nation having sovereignty. Names in paren-
0.0

additions, and comments to NGA’s Maritime Operations Desk, theses following another name are alternate names that may
as follows: appear on some charts. In general, alternate names are quoted
only in the principal description of the place. Diacritical marks,
NGA Maritime—Contact Information such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to
specific letters in certain foreign languages, are not used in the
Maritime Operations Desk interest of typographical simplicity.
0.0Wherever possible, names used on NGA charts and in NGA
Toll free 1-800-362-6289
publications are in the form approved by the United States
Commercial 571-557-5455 Board on Geographic Names (BGN). Generally, local official
spellings are used for those features entirely within a single
DSN 547-5455 sovereignty, names of countries and those features which are
common to two or more countries or which lie beyond a single
E-mail [email protected] sovereignty may carry Board-approved conventional spellings

Pub. 124
IV

(i.e., names in common English language usage). When alter- tion, the international telephone and facsimile numbers provid-
nate names would be of value to the user, they may be shown ed as contact information contain the minimum digits
for information purposes within parentheses. Important indi- necessary to dial. Please note that these contact numbers do not
vidual name changes are made to all revised charts as the op- include additional digits or special characters, such as (0) or
portunity permits. (+), which may be required when dialing. The necessity of
0.0Geographic names or their spellings do not necessarily re- such digits and characters depend upon numerous factors and
flect recognition of the political status of an area by the United conditions, such as the user’s geolocation and service provider.
States Government. Mariners are advised to consult their communications equip-
0.0BGN approved names may be found at https:// ment and service provider manuals for guidance.
geonames.nga.mil/geonames/GNSHome/welcome.html. 0.0Time.—Time is normally expressed as local time unless
0.0Heights.—Heights are referred to the plane of reference specifically designated as Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
used for that purpose on the charts and are expressed in meters. 0.0Time Zone.—The Time Zone description(s), as well as
0.0Internet Links.—This publication provides Internet links to information concerning the use of Daylight Savings Time, are
web sites concerned with maritime navigational safety, included. The World Time Zone Chart is available on the Inter-
including but not limited to, Federal government sites, foreign net at the web site given below.
Hydrographic Offices, and foreign public/private port facilities.
NGA makes no claims, promises, or guarantees concerning the Standard Time Zone of the World Chart
accuracy, completeness, or adequacy of the contents of these
web sites and expressly disclaims any liability for errors and https://www.cia.gov/maps/the-world-factbook/
omissions in the contents of these web sites. world-regional
0.0International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS)
Code.—The ISPS Code is a comprehensive set of measures to U.S. Maritime Advisory System.—The U.S. Maritime
0.0

enhance the security of ships and port facilities developed in Advisory System is a streamlined inter-agency approach to
response to the perceived threats to ships and port facilities in identifying and promulgating maritime security threats. The
the wake of the 9/11 attacks in the United States. Information system replaces Special Warnings to Mariners (State
on the ISPS Code can be found at the International Maritime Department), MARAD Advisories (Maritime Administration),
Organization web site: and Marine Safety Information Bulletins (U.S. Coast Guard)
and consists of the following items:
International Maritime Organization Home Page 1. U.S. Maritime Alert—Provides basic information
(location, incident, type, date/time) on reported maritime
http://www.imo.org security threats to U.S. maritime industry interests. U.S.
Maritime alerts do not contain policy or recommendations
Lights and Fog Signals.—Lights and fog signals are not
0.0
for specific courses of information.
described, and light sectors are not usually defined. The Light 2. U.S. Maritime Advisory—Provides more detailed
Lists should be consulted for complete information. information, when appropriate, through a “whole-of-
National Ocean Claims.—Information on national ocean
0.0
government” response to an identified maritime threat.
claims and maritime boundary disputes, which have been com-
piled from the best available sources, is provided solely in the Maritime Administration (MARAD)—U.S.
interest of the navigational safety of shipping and in no way Maritime Advisory System
constitutes legal recognition by the United States. These non-
recognized claims and requirements may include, but are not https://www.maritime.dot.gov/msci-advisories
limited to:
1. A requirement by a state for advance permission or Winds.—Wind directions are the true directions from which
0.0

notification for innocent passage of warships in the territorial winds blow.

sea.
2. Straight baseline, internal waters, or historic waters Reference List
claims.
3. The establishment of a security zone, where a state The principal sources examined in the preparation of this
0.0

claims to control activity beyond its territorial sea for publication were:
security reasons unrelated to that state’s police powers in its British Hydrographic Department Sailing Directions.
0.0

territory, including its territorial sea. Argentina Sailing Directions.

0.0

Radio Navigational Aids.—Radio navigational aids and

0.0
Brazil Sailing Directions.
0.0

radio weather services are not described in detail. Publication Various port handbooks.
0.0

No. 117 Radio Navigational Aids and NOAA Publication, Reports from United States Naval and merchant vessels and
0.0

Selected Worldwide Marine Weather Broadcasts, should be various shipping companies.

consulted. Other U.S. Government publications, reports, and docu-
0.0

Soundings.—Soundings are referred to the datum of the

0.0
ments.
charts and are expressed in meters. Charts, light lists, tide and current tables, and other docu-
0.0

Telephone and Facsimile Numbers.—Within this publica-

0.0
ments in possession of the Agency.

Pub. 124
 V
Date of Change: 9 December 2023
Notice to Mariners: 49/2023
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 1 Paragraphs 1.7, 1.18, and 1.55
Sector 2 Paragraphs 2.11, 2.16, 2.23, 2.25, 2.38, and 2.55
Sector 3 Paragraphs 3.3, 3.42, 3.44, and 3.51
Sector 4 Paragraphs 4.36, 4.51, 4.52, and 4.71
Sector 5 Paragraphs 5.31, 5.34, 5.36, and 5.57
Sector 6 Paragraph 6.10

Date of Change: 29 July 2023

Notice to Mariners: 30/2023
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 3 Paragraph 3.44
Sector 7 Paragraphs 7.4, 7.17, and 7.54
Sector 9 Paragraphs 9.2, 9.3, and 9.7

Date of Change: 29 April 2023

Notice to Mariners: 17/2023
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 1 Paragraphs 1.6, 1.8, 1.14, 1.18, 1.20, 1.41, 1.54, 1.55, and 1.66
Sector 2 Paragraphs 2.11, 2.23, 2.25, 2.30, 2.45, 2.48, 2.55, and 2.58
Sector 3 Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5, 3.6, 3.13, 3.35, 3.40, 3.41, and 3.49
Paragraphs 4.2, 4.3, 4.5, 4.6, 4.9, 4.13, 4.14, 4.32, 4.36, 4.42, 4.46, 4.48, 4.51, 4.62,
Sector 4
4.69, and 4.71
Sector 5 Paragraphs 5.17, 5.18, 5.27, 5.34, 5.36, and 5.43
Sector 6 Paragraphs 6.4, 6.7, and 6.16
Sector 7 Paragraphs 7.4, 7.15, 7.36, 7.38, and 7.55
Sector 8 Paragraphs 8.1 and 8.28
Sector 10 Paragraphs 10.1, 10.11, 10.15, and 10.20

Date of Change: 1 October 2022

Notice to Mariners: 40/2022
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 1 Paragraph 1.8
Sector 4 Paragraphs 4.5 and 4.14
Sector 5 Paragraph 5.33
Sector 10 Paragraph 10.1

Date of Change: 16 April 2022

Notice to Mariners: 16/2022
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 1 Paragraphs 1.8, 1.31, 1.33, 1.41, 1.48, 1.49, 1.50, 1.55, 1.61, 1.65, 1.66, and 1.67
Sector 2 Paragraphs 2.9, 2.11, 2.12, 2.23, 2.25, 2.30, 2.38, 2.45, 2.48, 2.50, 2.55, 2.58, and 2.59

Pub. 124
 Date of Change: 16 April 2022
Notice to Mariners: 16/2022
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 3 Paragraph 3.4
Sector 5 Paragraph 5.12, 5.18, and 5.36

Date of Change: 11 December 2021

Notice to Mariners: 50/2021
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 2 Paragraph 2.1
Sector 3 Paragraph 3.4
Sector 4 Paragraphs 4.16 and 4.71
Sector 5 Paragraphs 5.1, 5.12, 5.18, and 5.36
Sector 6 Paragraph 6.4

Date of Change: 10 April 2021

Notice to Mariners: 15/2021
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 1 Paragraphs 1.17 and 1.67
Sector 2 Paragraph 2.23
Sector 4 Paragraphs 4.11, 4.14. 4.18 and 4.22
Sector 5 Paragraph 5.18
Sector 7 Paragraphs 7.12 and 7.15

Date of Change: 26 December 2020

Notice to Mariners: 52/2020
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 4 Paragraphs 4.6, 4.36, 4.41, 4.48, 4.51, and 4.72
Sector 5 Paragraphs 5.18, 5.34, and 5.36
Sector 6 Paragraphs 6.14 and 6.16
Sector 10 Paragraph 10.11

Date of Change: 25 July 2020

Notice to Mariners: 30/2020
Sector Paragraphs
Paragraphs 1.8, 1.9, 1.14, 1.15, 1.18, 1.20, 1.21, 1.29, 1.33, 1.48, 1.54, 1.61, 1.62, 1.63,
Sector 1
and 1.65
Sector 2 Paragraphs 2.11, 2.23, 2.25, 2.29, 2.33, 2.38, 2.48, 2.50, 2.55, and 2.58
Sector 3 Paragraphs 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.13, 3.34, 3.35, 3.40, 3.41, 3.44, 3.53, and 3.59
Sector 4 Paragraphs 4.3, 4.5, 4.6, 4.9, 4.14, 4.20, 4.31, 4.71, and 4.73.
Sector 5 Paragraph 5.39
Sector 10 Paragraph 10.11

VI Pub. 124
 Date of Change: 5 October 2019
Notice to Mariners: 40/2019
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 1 Paragraph 1.6
Sector 3 Paragraph 3.6
Sector 4 Paragraph 4.5
Sector 5 Paragraphs 5.17, 5.18, 5.33, and 5.36

Date of Change: 13 April 2019

Notice to Mariners: 15/2019
Sector Paragraphs
Paragraphs 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 1.11, 1.14, 1.15, 1.17, 1.20, 1.24, 1.26, 1.27, 1.30, 1.32, 1.40,
Sector 1
1.46, 1.47, 1.48, 1.49, 1.53, 1.59, 1.60, 1.61, 1.63, 1.64, 1.65, and 1.67
Sector 2 Paragraphs 2.9, 2.11, 2.23, 2.46, 2.48, and 2.50
Sector 3 Paragraphs 3.3 and 3.6
Sector 4 Paragraph 4.3
Sector 5 Paragraphs 5.1, 5.4, and 5.18

Date of Change: 7 July 2018

Notice to Mariners: 27/2018
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 2 Paragraph 2.58
Sector 3 Paragraphs 3.35, 3.36, 3.40, 3.41, and 3.49
Sector 4 Paragraphs 4.5, 4.14, 4.42, 4.43, 4.51, and 4.72
Sector 5 Paragraphs 5.18, 5.50, 5.52, and 5.58
Sector 6 Paragraphs 6.10, 6.11, 6.13, and 6.16

Date of Change: 7 April 2018

Notice to Mariners: 14/2018
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 8 Paragraph 8.1

Date of Change: 3 June 2017

Notice to Mariners: 22/2017
Sector Paragraphs
Sector 3 Paragraph 3.48
Sector 4 Paragraphs 4.36 and 4.51
Sector 5 Paragraph 5.18
Sector 6 Paragraphs 6.4 and 6.10
Sector 7 Paragraphs 7.4 and 7.15
Sector 9 Paragraphs 9.6 and 9.31
Sector 10 Paragraph 10.11

Pub. 124 VII

 0.0 SECTOR LIMITS — PUB. 124

Pub. 124 IX
X

Conversion Tables
Feet to Meters
Feet 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 0.30 0.61 0.91 1.22 1.52 1.83 2.13 2.44 2.74
10 3.05 3.35 3.66 3.96 4.27 4.57 4.88 5.18 5.49 5.79
20 6.10 6.40 6.71 7.01 7.32 7.62 7.92 8.23 8.53 8.84
30 9.14 9.45 9.75 10.06 10.36 10.67 10.97 11.28 11.58 11.89
40 12.19 12.50 12.80 13.11 13.41 13.72 14.02 14.33 14.63 14.93
50 15.24 15.54 15.85 16.15 16.46 16.76 17.07 17.37 17.68 17.98
60 18.29 18.59 18.90 19.20 19.51 19.81 20.12 20.42 20.73 21.03
70 21.34 21.64 21.95 22.25 22.55 22.86 23.16 23.47 23.77 24.08
80 24.38 24.69 24.99 25.30 25.60 25.91 26.21 26.52 26.82 27.13
90 27.43 27.74 28.04 28.35 28.65 28.96 29.26 29.57 29.87 30.17

Fathoms to Meters
Fathoms 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 1.83 3.66 5.49 7.32 9.14 10.97 12.80 14.63 16.46
10 18.29 20.12 21.95 23.77 25.60 27.43 29.26 31.09 32.92 34.75
20 36.58 38.40 40.23 42.06 43.89 45.72 47.55 49.38 51.21 53.03
30 54.86 56.69 58.52 60.35 62.18 64.01 65.84 67.67 69.49 71.32
40 73.15 74.98 76.81 78.64 80.47 82.30 84.12 85.95 87.78 89.61
50 91.44 93.27 95.10 96.93 98.75 100.58 102.41 104.24 106.07 107.90
60 109.73 111.56 113.39 115.21 117.04 118.87 120.70 122.53 124.36 126.19
70 128.02 129.85 131.67 133.50 135.33 137.16 138.99 140.82 142.65 144.47
80 146.30 148.13 149.96 151.79 153.62 155.45 157.28 159.11 160.93 162.76
90 164.59 166.42 168.25 170.08 171.91 173.74 175.56 177.39 179.22 181.05

Meters to Feet
Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 3.28 6.56 9.84 13.12 16.40 19.68 22.97 26.25 29.53
10 32.81 36.09 39.37 42.65 45.93 49.21 52.49 55.77 59.06 62.34
20 65.62 68.90 72.18 75.46 78.74 82.02 85.30 88.58 91.86 95.14
30 98.42 101.71 104.99 108.27 111.55 114.83 118.11 121.39 124.67 127.95
40 131.23 134.51 137.80 141.08 144.36 147.64 150.92 154.20 157.48 160.76
50 164.04 167.32 170.60 173.88 177.16 180.45 183.73 187.01 190.29 193.57
60 196.85 200.13 203.41 206.69 209.97 213.25 216.54 219.82 223.10 226.38
70 229.66 232.94 236.22 239.50 242.78 246.06 249.34 252.62 255.90 259.19
80 262.47 265.75 269.03 272.31 275.59 278.87 282.15 285.43 288.71 291.99
90 295.28 298.56 301.84 305.12 308.40 311.68 314.96 318.24 321.52 324.80

Meters to Fathoms
Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 0.55 1.09 1.64 2.19 2.73 3.28 3.83 4.37 4.92
10 5.47 6.01 6.56 7.11 7.66 8.20 8.75 9.30 9.84 10.39
20 10.94 11.48 12.03 12.58 13.12 13.67 14.22 14.76 15.31 15.86
30 16.40 16.95 17.50 18.04 18.59 19.14 19.68 20.23 20.78 21.33
40 21.87 22.42 22.97 23.51 24.06 24.61 25.15 25.70 26.25 26.79
50 27.34 27.89 28.43 28.98 29.53 30.07 30.62 31.17 31.71 32.26
60 32.81 33.36 33.90 34.45 35.00 35.54 36.09 36.64 37.18 37.73
70 38.28 38.82 39.37 39.92 40.46 41.01 41.56 42.10 42.65 43.20
80 43.74 44.29 44.84 45.38 45.93 46.48 47.03 47.57 48.12 48.67
90 49.21 49.76 50.31 50.85 51.40 51.95 52.49 53.04 53.59 54.13

Pub. 124
 XI

Abbreviations

The following abbreviations may be used in the text:

Units
°C degree(s) Centigrade km kilometer(s)
cm centimeter(s) m meter(s)
cu.m. cubic meter(s) mb millibars
dwt deadweight tons MHz megahertz
FEU forty-foot equivalent units mm millimeter(s)
gt gross tons nt net tons
kHz kilohertz TEU twenty-foot equivalent units

Directions
N north S south
NNE northnortheast SSW southsouthwest
NE northeast SW southwest
ENE eastnortheast WSW westsouthwest
E east W west
ESE eastsoutheast WNW westnorthwest
SE southeast NW northwest
SSE southsoutheast NNW northnorthwest

Vessel types
LASH Lighter Aboard Ship Ro-ro Roll-on Roll-off
LNG Liquified Natural Gas ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier
LPG Liquified Petroleum Gas VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier
OBO Ore/Bulk/Oil VLOC Very Large Ore Carrier
Lo-lo Lift-on Lift-off FSO Floating Storage and Offloading
NGL Natural Gas Liquids FSU Floating Storage Unit
Floating Production Storage and
FSRU Floating Storage and Regasification Unit FPSO
Offloading

Time
ETA estimated time of arrival GMT Greenwich Mean Time
ETD estimated time of departure UTC Coordinated Universal Time

Water level
MSL mean sea level LWS low water springs
HW high water MHWN mean high water neaps
LW low water MHWS mean high water springs
MHW mean high water MLWN mean low water neaps
MLW mean low water MLWS mean low water springs
HWN high water neaps TFW Tropical Fresh Water
HWS high water springs HAT highest astronomical tide
LWN low water neaps LAT lowest astronomical tide

Communications
D/F direction finder MF medium frequency
R/T radiotelephone HF high frequency
GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System VHF very high frequency
LF low frequency UHF ultra high frequency

Navigation
LANBY Large Automatic Navigation Buoy SBM Single Buoy Mooring
NAVSAT Navigation Satellite SPM Single Point Mooring
ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System TSS Traffic Separation Scheme
CBM Conventional Buoy Mooring System VTC Vessel Traffic Center
MBM Multi-Buoy Mooring System VTS Vessel Traffic Service

Pub. 124
XII

The following abbreviations may be used in the text:

CALM Catenary Anchor Leg Mooring

Miscellaneous
Maritime Mobile Service Identity
AIS Automatic Identification System MMSI
Code
COLREGS Collision Regulations No./Nos. Number/Numbers
International Association of Lighthouse PA Position approximate
IALA
Authorities PD Position doubtful
IHO International Hydrographic Organization Pub. Publication
International Convention for
IMO International Maritime Organization SOLAS
Safety of Life at Sea
IMDG Intermational Maritime Dangerous Goods Code
LOA length overall St./Ste. Saint/Sainte
International Ship and Port facility
UKC Under keel clearance ISPS
Security
International Convention on the Tonnage Electronic Chart Display and
ITC ECDIS
Measurement of Ships (1969) Information System

Pub. 124
 Contents

Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . III
Chartlet—Sector Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX
Conversion Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XI

Sector 1
Sector 1—Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Sector 2
Sector 2—North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Sector 3
Sector 3—East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Sector 4
Sector 4—South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Sector 5
Sector 5—The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Sector 6
Sector 6—Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Sector 7
Sector 7—Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Sector 8
Sector 8—Estrecho de Magallanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Sector 9
Sector 9—Tierra del Fuego—Cabo Espiritu Santo to Cabo de Hornos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Sector 10
Sector 10—The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Glossaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Index—Gazetteer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Pub. 124 XIII

 1.
Sector 1—Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

1.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 1 — CHART INFORMATION
Pub. 124

1
 3

SECTOR 1
GUYANA, SURINAME, FRENCH GUIANA, AND THE NORTH COAST OF BRAZIL

1.0Plan.—This sector describes the coasts of Guyana, Surina- ing tide; however, on the falling tide, they are deflected by the
me, and French Guiana, along with the N coast of Brazil. The currents to NE.
first part describes the NE coast of South America from the Rio 1.1Heavy rollers may be experienced along this coast from De-
Orinoco to Cabo Orange. The sequence of coastal features is cember to February, particularly in December and January
from W to E. when the NE trades are strongest. These rollers usually are ob-
1.0The latter part of the sector describes the N coast of Brazil served where depths decrease irregularly or in depths of about
from Cabo Orange to Ponta Curuca and is arranged in a N to S 9.1m where the coastal mud and sand banks lie.
sequence. The lower reaches of the Amazon River, the Rio Pa- 1.1The tidal currents along the N coast of Brazil are regular and
ra, and the upper reaches of the Amazon River are then de- their rates increase progressively W. The currents follow the
scribed in that order. trend of the coast and are strongest inshore where depths are
shallowest. The distances at which their effects are felt depends
General Remarks largely upon the wind and the offshore depths, but in general,
the tidal currents are not felt more than 6 to 8 miles offshore.
1.1 Winds—Weather.—The trade winds are mostly 1.1The coasts of Guyana, Suriname and French Guiana are
ENE, between the Rio Orinoco and Cabo Orange, in the open mostly low and forested with mangrove and tropical vegeta-
sea from November to July. They are strong and steady from tion. The extensive coastal banks and shoals fronting much of
January to April, with about 80 per cent of all winds of Beau- these coasts require that ships along these coasts be well off-
fort force 3 or over. Force 5 or 6 are common. From August to shore outside the sight of land, except when approaching a
October, the prevailing winds are E to SE, but these winds are port. Much of the charted hydrography is from old and imper-
less steady than the more N winds of other months. Gales fect surveys. This fact, coupled with the estuarial nature of the
along this coast, which is S of the hurricane belt, occur about 1 river ports and continual changing of the bar depths, requires
per cent of the time from February to April. the utmost prudence in navigation.
1.1The main relatively dry season, which is sharply marked al- 1.1Except for the anchorage at Iles du Sulut and French Guiana,
most every year, is from September to November. The wet sea- there are no sheltered anchorages for large ships.
son is from May or June to August and begins earlier along the 1.1Ships of moderate size and limited draft can gain access to
coast to French Guiana. the ports of Georgetown and Paramaribo at favorable tidal con-
1.1Fog or haze is more common on the coast. In the dry season, ditions.
coastal mist or haze is often present in the forenoon, but visi- 1.1The N coast of Brazil, except for a few stretches of Estado do
bility is usually good in the afternoon. Ceara near its E part, is low and formed of sand hills about 49
1.1The average air temperature along this coast is within a de- to 79m high. The sand hills are similar in appearance, being in-
gree or two of 27°C. Temperatures above 32°C are uncommon. terspersed with reddish cliffs and clumps of mangroves. The
The sea temperatures range from 27°C to 28°C except in Feb- mangroves are usually observed at the mouths on the W banks
ruary when they may be slightly lower. of the rivers, which they serve to mark.
1.1Tides—Currents.—The full strength of the Guiana Current 1.1The entrances of the rivers along this coast are, as a rule,
is encountered off this coast. The great majority of sets are be- open to the N and are obstructed by sand banks. Many of the
tween W and NNW in November to April and between WNW rivers are gradually silting up and will admit only small coast-
and N in May to October. The most predominant set through- ers. Ships can anchor along the N coast in good weather; how-
out the year is at a rate of 1.25 knots. This current is quite con- ever, the sea becomes rough at times during flood tides.
stant, but occasional sets in other directions may be
experienced. Rates of up to 3 to 4 knots may occur throughout Guyana
the year; with the latter rate in May to July and in November to
January with normal sets. The rates of other sets sometimes 1.2 The coast of Guyana between Punta Playa, the N
reach 1.5 knots. boundary, and Courantyne River, the S boundary, is mostly low
1.1The current is not felt close inshore. The band of width of the with few conspicuous landmarks. The coastal bank extends up
current apparently fluctuates. The greatest strength of this cur- to 25 miles offshore. There are no sheltered harbors for large
rent is from 60 to 120 miles offshore. ships. Ships of limited draft can proceed to Georgetown on the
1.1The inner edge has been found about 20 miles off the coast Demerara River and to New Amsterdam on the Berbice River,
of Guyana in position 7°10'N, 58°00'W. Between the Demerara but must cross the bars of these rivers and engage pilots.
River and the Suriname River, it is felt in depths of 33m. The coastal bank has been reported as changing and because
1.2

1.1The main current circulation is affected by tidal current in- of the old and imperfect surveys the mariner must navigate the
fluences as far as 30 miles offshore. The W tidal currents in- area with the utmost care. Numerous wrecks exist along the
crease the rate experienced; the E tidal currents lessen the coast and off the entrances to the rivers. Due to the shallowness
rates. At the mouths of rivers, the tidal currents set S on the ris- of the water, almost all are dangerous to navigation.

Pub. 124
4 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

Punta Playa to Georgetown of the Essequibo River, a distance of about 45 miles to the SE,
the coast is low, wooded, and without prominent features.
1.3 Punta Playa (8°33'N., 60°00'W.), low and swampy, 1.5The chimney of a mill at Anna Regina (7°16'N., 58°29'W.)
lies near the middle of the NE side of Corocora Island on the is conspicuous and visible for 15 miles on a clear day. A radio
boundary between Venezuela and Guyana. It is marked by a tower with lights stands close SE of the chimney. A stranded
boundary beacon. The Waini River flows NW, parallel with the wreck, marked by a lighted buoy, lies 5.75 miles NNE of the
coast. It empties into the sea W of Waini Point (8°24'N., chimney.
59°49'W.), a thickly-wooded point which can be seen at a dis-
tance of about 12 miles. A light is shown from the river bar, The Essequibo River
about 5 miles N of Waini Point. A shoal, with a depth of 0.6m
lies 8.5 miles N of Waini Point, and is marked by a lighted 1.6 The Essequibo River, which is the largest river in
buoy. A 4.9m patch lies approximately 13 miles N of Waini Guyana, rises in the Acarai Mountains, in the S extremity of
Point, and mud flats with depths of 2m or less extend 4 miles the country, and flows N for at least 600 miles, traversing the
from the point. entire length of the country.
1.3The river entrance may be recognized by its position in rela- 1.6At about 45 miles from its mouth, it is joined by the
tion to the hills at Cumacka, which are about 46m high and lie Mazaruni River and the Cuyuni River. The port of Bartica
about 17 miles S of the entrance. These hills are the only ones stands at the junctions of the rivers and is used by ships of lim-
of any elevation for miles along this coast. They are usually ited draft.
visible at dawn and have the appearance of a knoll. 1.6Navigation of the river is, in general, not difficult, but during
1.3A channel, marked by lighted beacons, leads across the bar, the rainy season, frequent squalls obscure the river marks and
which has a least depth of 1.8m. Vessels with a draft of 3m and aids. Vessels generally anchor until squalls pass over.
with local knowledge can enter the river at HWS. Vessels 1.6Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents at the mouth attain
which are prepared to take mud have crossed the bar drawing rates of up to 3 knots at springs but decrease from 2.5 to 2
as much as 3.7m. knots outside. The tidal rise at springs is about 2.7m at the
1.3Port Kaituma, on the Kaituma River, lies 66 miles from mouth and about 2.4m at Bartica. The river level changes with
Waini Bar Light and is used by vessels to load manganese ore. the seasons, being highest in June and lowest in November.
A vessel which can cross the Waini River bar should have no 1.6The maximum difference in mean level may amount to over
trouble reaching Port Kaituma, provided that caution is exer- 0.9m. The tidal influence in the river is felt as far as Aritaka,
cised on river bends and junctions, where strong eddies are to about 17 miles above Bartica.
be expected. 1.6Depths—Limitations.—At the entrance to Ship Channel,
1.3There is one berth at the port; it can accommodate vessels up the main entrance to the river, is a bar with a least depth in the
to 3,500 dwt. fairway of 2.1m. A ship that can cross the bar can ascend the
1.3Caution.—The area from 30 miles N to 35 miles E of Waini river to Bartica and the Mazaruni River to D'Urban Island,
Point is strewn with dangerous wrecks. about 50 miles from the sea and 1 mile below the first rapids.
1.6The estuary of the river is encumbered by a number of is-
1.4 The mouth of the Pomeroon River (7°37'N., lands from which shoals and sand banks extend from the outer
58°45'W.) lies about 78 miles SE of Waini Point; its W en- islands to the 5m curve, which lies as far as 17 miles seaward.
trance point is marked by a light. The river can be entered by 1.6Frequent changes in depths in the river and estuary are liable
vessels with drafts of up to 2.4m between 1 hour either side of to occur owing to the shifting nature of the banks.
HW. 1.6The sand banks on both sides of Ship Channel are fairly
1.4Lights are shown from pilings about 4 miles NNE and 1.75 steep-to and must be approached with caution.
miles NNW, respectively, of the mouth of the river and indicate 1.6Sand banks, steep-to on their N sides, are characteristic of
the best route to follow when entering the river. When ap- that part of the river between Mamarikuru Bank, 10 miles be-
proaching from seaward, they should be kept to port in order to low Bartica, and Lamun Island, just above Bartica. These
avoid the extensive mudflats to the E and the shallow water to steep-to edges are almost at right angles to the direction of the
the W of the entrance. There is no channel leading to the river. tidal currents. Tide rips occur during ebb tide at these steep-to
1.4The river mouth, about 0.1 mile wide, has depths of 4m in edges.
the entrance, but there are depths up to 18m about 15 miles up- 1.6The main entrance of the river is through Ship Channel,
river. which is entered between Leguan Island and the mainland.
1.4The depths of water near the river mouth are subject to sea- 1.6The river fairway is marked in places by navigational aids
sonal changes due to the increased flow of water during the which are changed with the shifting shoals and require local
rainy season. The volume of traffic also affects the depths of knowledge to clear them. The twin chimneys, located about 5
the approaches, as it tends to plow a way through the mud. miles SSE of the NE end of Leguan Island, are good land-
1.4Truchen, about 2 miles from the river mouth, stands on the E marks.
bank and has a wharf which can accommodate small vessels up 1.6West Channel and Middle Channel, both N of Ship Channel,
to 30m long, with drafts of less than 1.5m. also lead into the Essequibo River. However, the use of West
1.4Charity, another small village, about 21 miles from the river Channel and Middle Channel has been discontinued.
mouth, has a wharf for river steamers with drafts of 2.4m. 1.6Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and can be obtained
through the port of Georgetown. Vessels must send their ETA
1.5 From the mouth of the Pomeroon River to the mouth off the outermost lighted buoy of the Demerara River 24 hours

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 5

in advance; the pilot boards in this location. cilities other than a few small timber wharves, jetties, and land-
Anchorage.—Ships can anchor in Ship Channel. However,
1.6 ing slips. These are generally used by coasters, river craft, and
the tidal currents are strong and raise a confused sea, which is barges. Ships handle cargo from barges at the anchorage close
dangerous to small boats, especially on Bluejacket Banks, lo- off Bartica. The anchorage has depths of up to 11.4m.
cated about 5.2 miles E of the NE end of Leguan Island. 1.7Caution.—Wreck reported (2023) 3.2 miles from Bartica.
In the river, ships should anchor with bow and stern anchors
1.6

because with a single anchor the wind will invariably carry the Georgetown (6°50'N., 58°10'W.)
vessel over its anchor at the slackening of the falling tide, thus
causing a foul anchor. It is almost impossible to find a lee in World Port Index No. 12370
the river, as the wind follows the line of the banks below the
level of the forest. 1.8 Georgetown is the capital and principal commercial
Caution.—Several submarine cables cross the river, and an-
1.6 center of Guyana. The port lies on the E bank of the Demerara
chorage is prohibited within 0.25 mile of either side of a cable. River, about 11 miles ESE of Ship Channel. The city has a river
The landing places of the cables are marked by white diamond- frontage of about 2 miles.
shaped boards marked “CABLE” in black letters. 1.8Winds—Weather.—The average temperature throughout
An obstruction, best seen on the chart, lies within the ap-
1.6 the year is 27°C. The heat is tempered by sea breezes from Au-
proach, about 10 miles NE of the river mouth. A wreck is re- gust through October. There are two rainy seasons; one is from
ported to lie 32 miles N of river mouth. mid-April to mid-August, with the other from mid-November
to mid-January.
1.7 Bartica (6°25'N., 58°37'W.) (World Port Index No. 1.8The prevailing winds are from the NE, with a maximum
12360) is situated on the E side of the point separating the speed of 11 knots during the months of heaviest rainfall.
Mazaruni River from the Essequibo River. The port has no fa-

1.8 Georgetown

Pub. 124
6 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

1.8Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at the river mouth is set aground at this berth at LW.
4 hours. The tidal rise at MHWS is 2.9m at MLWS, 0.4m at 1.8The Demerara Harbour Bridge, located 2 miles upstream
MHWN, 2.2m; and at MLWN, 1.7m. from Georgetown, is a low-lying pontoon bridge with two cen-
1.8On the bar the tidal currents attain rates of 1.5 knots on the tral retraction sections that provide a 77m wide opening for
flood and 2.75 knots on the ebb. They are not usually experi- passage. The highest clearance available without retracting any
enced over 10 miles off the river mouth. They increase in section is 7.9m.
strength within the river mouth at springs to about 3 knots and 1.8For detailed berthing information see the table titled
greater during freshets. Georgetown—Berth Information.
1.8In the river, the flood current attains a rate of 2.5 knots
during the dry season and continues to flow on the surface for Georgetown—Berth Information
more than an hour after HW. The ebb current attains a rate of Berth Length Remarks
3.75 knots at springs. At neaps, the maximum rate of flood and
ebb currents is about half of that at springs. The average dura- Demerara Shipping Company Limited
tion of the ebb current is 7 hours 10 minutes. Cargo Quay 140m General cargo.
1.8During freshets, the currents in the river may attain a rate as
great as 7 knots. A peculiarity of the tidal currents is an occa- Guyana National Industrial CO (GNIC)
sional SE set, known as Scapy or Jack Tide, which crosses the General cargo. Alongside
harbor area from Best Groyne and usually occurs toward the GNIC Berth 233m
depth of 6.0m.
end of the flood at spring tides. The effect of this current is to
press ships against the piers; when this happens considerable John Fernandes Limited Terminal
difficulty is occasionally experienced by departing ships. John General cargo. Maximum
Scapies are of short duration that last an average of about 45 Fernandes Ltd. 230m vessel loa of190m, draft of
minutes. Wharf 8.2m, and beam of 32.0m.
1.8Depths—Limitations.—The approach to the river is
obstructed by a mud flat which extends about 10 miles NE Muneshwers Limited
from the entrance points. This mud flat is subject to change. Containers, breakbulk, and
Cargo Quay 155m
1.8The Harbor Authority published a depth of 3.1m for the bunkers.
channel on the understanding that it might vary by 0.6m. The
National Milling Company of Guyana Inc.
least charted depth across the bar was 2.7m. It was reported
(NAMILCO)
that a ship drawing 6.7m could cross the bar at HWS. It has
been reported that the bar and approach channel are being Grain, sugar, and bunkers.
NAMILCO
dredged to 7.4m and the channel is marked by lighted buoys. — Berthing length of 58m
Jetty
1.8The mud on the bottom is known locally as “sling mud.” It is (including dolphins).
from 0.6 to 1.2m thick, and is of a very soft, almost liquid con- TCL Guyana Inc.
sistency. Ships of 10 knots or more can force a passage through
this “sling mud” even though drawing 0.3m more than the ac- Cargo Quay 215m Cement and bunkers.
tual depth of water. Demerara Distillers Limited (DDL)
1.8In the approach to the river within about 35 miles of land, the
water becomes discolored and patches of a dark, suspicious DDL Berth 16m Fruit juice.
hue will frequently be met, but no danger has been found. The Guyoil Service Station
outer limits of this discolored water will alter with the seasons.
1.8It has been observed that during the rainy season the water Petroleum products.
has a reddish tinge between the Demerara River and the Tanker Berth 31m Berthing length of 70m
Maicony River, about 24 miles to the ESE. (including dolphins).
1.8Ships normally leave Georgetown 2 or 3 hours after HW on SOL Guyana Inc.
the bar, depending on draft.
LPG Jetty 12m LPG and bunkers.
1.8There are six primary cargo wharves, ranging from 127 to
274m in length, with depths alongside ranging from 4.8 to SOL Ramsburg Terminal
7.4m at LWS; as the bottom is soft mud, vessels may safely lie
Tanker Berth 28m Petroleum products.
aground alongside.
1.8There are also four tanker berths, with depths of 3.1 to 6.7m
alongside. 1.8Aspect.—Georgetown Light, a 30m high white octagonal
1.8The Demerara Sugar Terminal is situated at the S end of the tower with red stripes, stands near the E entrance point of the
port. Demerara River. Due to buildings in its vicinity, the lower half
1.8A jetty for the use of inshore fisherman is situated at Hous- of the tower may be obscured from view. A conspicuous hotel
ton on the E bank S of Georgetown. stands near the coast about 0.1 mile ENE of the light.
1.8Rome Terminal, with a wooden T-head pier about 35m in 1.8Saint George's Cathedral, with a conspicuous spire, stands
length, is situated just S of Houston. It is used for the discharge about 0.6 mile S of the light. The red-painted clock tower of
of petroleum products, including LPG, and has an alongside the market, standing 0.3 mile SW of the cathedral, is
depth of 3.5m. It was reported that a vessel with a draft of 3.5m conspicuous.

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 7

Vessels require pilotage and must provide a 36-hour notice

1.8

of ETA to the Demerara Harbour Bridge operator. Vessels are

required to maintain communication with the bridge operator
on VHF channel 16 while transiting the bridge area.
Contact Information.—See the table titled Georgetown—
1.8

Contact Information.
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the river-mouth, in
1.8

6m, abreast the berths in Georgetown, as is designated in the

chart. The holding ground is good with a mud bottom.
Ships proceeding to Linden in ballast and drawing less than
1.8

4.5m are anchored in the S limit of Georgetown Harbor. Ships

of more than 4.5m draft are anchored within the harbor, but to-
wards the S end.

Georgetown—Contact Information
Pilots
VHF VHF channels 13 and 16
Lighthouse
1.8 Demerara Harbour Bridge Call sign Lighthouse
1.8A red chimney, about 6 miles E of the river mouth, is con- VHF VHF channels 13 and 16
spicuous from the E. A beacon near the coast and about 9 miles Telephone 592-226-9871
SE of the red chimney is also conspicuous. Buoys and range
lights can best be seen on the chart. A number of wrecks lie off Demerara Harbor Bridge
the coast and near the harbor entrance, most of which are VHF VHF channel 16
marked by buoys or lights.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours. 592-226-8018
1.8
Telephone
Vessels should send their draft and ETA at the pilot boarding 592-226-8027
position 12 hours in advance through Demerara (8RB). Pilots
Maritime Administration Department
board close NE of Safe Water Pillar Lighted Buoy (6°57.0'N.,
58°3.3'W.). 592-225-7330
The pilot station also provides pilotage for New Amsterdam, Telephone
1.8

592-226-3356
the Berbice River, and the Essequibo River.
1.8Regulations.—The following are extracts from the harbor E-mail [email protected]
regulations: Web site http://www.marad.gov.gy
1. Every application for a pilot is to be accompanied by
the draft particulars of the ship. Ports and Harbors Division
2. Should the draft particulars not be advised, the harbor 592-226-7842
authorities will assume, with the exception of ships proceed-
ing directly to Berbice River, that the ship concerned will en- Telephone 592-227-1696
ter the port of Georgetown at or near the time of HW, and the 592-226-0329
pilot attendance will be arranged accordingly.
3. All ships are particularly requested to amend their E-mail [email protected]
ETA, as required by special message through the coastal ra- Tugs
dio station to their agents and to the harbor authorities. Ships
VHF VHF channel 74
in the vicinity of the port or pilot station should listen for the
pilot boat on VHF channel 16.
4. A ship with an infection on board should anchor in the 1.8The limits of the quarantine anchorage are best seen on the
quarantine anchorage and await the arrival of the port health chart in a position about 10 miles NE of Georgetown Light.
officer. The master should advise the harbor authorities by Prohibited anchorage within an area extending ENE across the
special message through the coastal radio station, in order river from the ferry pier at Vreed En Hoop.
that the attendance of the port health officer can be arranged 1.8Caution.—The entrance to the Demerara River, including
without delay. The customs boarding officer boards each Georgetown Harbor, has numerous dangerous wrecks and is
ship close seaward of the harbor entrance. subject to silting. Less water than charted has been reported in
5. Masters are particularly warned that it is forbidden to the approaches to Georgetown. Caution is advised as buoys and
lower a boat, or to communicate with the shore or other navigational aids may shift from their charted location, be out
ships, or to allow persons or things to leave the ship until the of service, or missing.
customs boarding officer has granted permission.

Pub. 124
8 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

1.9Two ships cannot pass at some river bends at the same time.
Speed of ships is limited to 10 knots by regulations. Transit can
be made at night but should be avoided because of river fog
and mist which occurs frequently after midnight.
1.9A jetty for the use of inshore fisherman is situated at Hous-
ton on the E bank S of Georgetown.
1.9The tidal range at the bauxite terminal is about 0.3m less
than at Georgetown at springs and less at neaps.
1.9Depths—Limitations.—A bauxite berth can accommodate
vessels up to 140m in length with a maximum draft of 6.8m.
An aluminum loading berth, lying about 1 mile N of the baux-
ite berths, can accept vessels with a maximum beam of 25.9m.
An oil berth with a wooden jetty is situated about 1 mile S of
the pontoon bridge on the E bank of the river. The berth is 50m
long with a depth alongside of 3.8m. There are no facilities for
handling LPG.
1.9The principal oil terminal for the port is situated on the E
bank of the river and consists of two tanker berths. Vessels up
to 137m in length can berth at the Texaco Terminal, a small T-
headed pier consisting of wooded pilings and a platform.
1.9Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and provided by George-
town Pilots.
1.9Contact Information.—See the table titled Linden—Con-
1.8 Georgetown Light tact Information.
There have been reports of pirate attacks on merchants in the
1.8

area. Linden—Contact Information

Pilots
1.9 Linden (MacKenzie) (6°00'N., 58°18'W.) (World
VHF VHF channels 13 and 16
Port Index No. 12380) lies on the E bank of the Demerara
River, 56 miles upriver from Georgetown and is an important Port
bauxite ore terminal, having a maximum depth of 6.6m. 592-226-7842
Telephone 592-227-1696
592-226-0329
E-mail [email protected]

1.10 From the mouth of the Demerara River to the mouth

of the Berbice River about 50 miles to the SE, the coast is low
and without prominent features. Mud flats front this part of the
coast as far as 6 miles offshore; the 10m curve lies as far as 12
miles offshore in places.
A light is shown near the shore at the town of Clonbrook
1.10

(6°44'N., 57°57'W.), about 17 miles ESE of the mouth of the

Demerara River. A prominent beacon stands about 0.5 mile SE
of the light. A conspicuous radio mast is located about 13 miles
SE of Clonbrook Light.

New Amsterdam (6°15'N., 57°31'W.)

1.9 Linden (MacKenzie) Bauxite Terminal
World Port Index No. 12390
Ships of up to 22,000 dwt are accommodated on a regular
1.9

basis. The draft is dependent on depths across the bar at 1.11 The port of New Amsterdam is situated on the E bank
Georgetown and across the shoals in some reaches of the river. and about 5 miles within the mouth of the Berbice River.
Ships are normally loaded about 0.3m in excess of the least
1.9
Tides—Currents.—The tidal rise off New Amsterdam is
1.11

depth on the bar at Georgetown, but at this draft they must an- 2.5m at springs and 1.3m at neaps. The flood sets SW at about
chor off Sand Hills, about 28 miles upriver from Georgetown, 3 knots and the ebb to the N at about 5 knots. The rising tide is
and await the following tide. Ships normally leave Linden 2 reported to set in a position about 1 mile NE of Berbice Light.
hours after HW on the bar at Georgetown. Depths—Limitations.—The approach to the river entrance
1.11

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 9

is obstructed by a shallow muddy shore bank that extends 1.12 From the mouth of the Berbice River, the coast trends
about 3 miles NNE and 4 miles to the N, respectively, from St. ESE for about 8 miles and then SSE for about 22 miles to the
Andrew Point. The 5m curve lies at the seaward end of the ap- mouth of the Courantyne River. This coast is low, sparsely
proach about 8 miles NNE of the above point. Within this wooded, and without prominent features. Mud flats with
curve, depths shoal regularly to the shore bank, which may be depths of less than 5.5m front this part of the coast as far as 6
marked by breakers at LW. A heavy ground swell is frequently miles offshore. Soundings are the best guide for this stretch of
experienced in this area. the coast as the charts are not very accurate.
The entrance bar, formed by the shore bank, has a least
1.11

charted depth of 1.5m through the channel which leads to the Suriname
river mouth. The channel has a least charted depth of 2.1m in-
side the bar. The bar is composed of fairly hard mud. Ships 1.13 The coast of Suriname between the Courantyne River,
may cross the bar on even keel loaded to 0.9m less than the De- the W boundary of Suriname and the Maroni River, the E
merara Bar predictions. The river entrance is subject to silting. boundary of Suriname lying about 195 miles E, is mostly low
It has been reported (2008) that there was a dredged depth of with few landmarks.
8.3m in the approach channel. The coastal bank extends a considerable distance offshore.
1.13

At Everton (6°12'N., 57°29'W.), about 4 miles upriver from

1.11 Paramaribo, on the Suriname River, is the only port of any
New Amsterdam, there is a bauxite-loading terminal. Ships shipping importance along this part of the coast.
berth starboard side-to. The pier is 457m long, with a depth The coastal bank contains most dangers and lies as far as 23
1.13

alongside of 7.6m. A bauxite-loading terminal, with a loading miles offshore. The dangers such as wrecks can best be seen on
basin dredged to a depth of 10m, has been established E of the the charts.
channel in a position N of Crab Island. For further information The Courantyne River (Corentyn River) (6°00'N.,
1.13

refer to table titled New Amsterdam—Berth Information. 57°07'W.) marks the boundary between Guyana and Suriname.
The MHW interval at the river mouth is 4 hours. The tidal
1.13

New Amsterdam—Berth Information rise at springs is 3.2m and at neaps is 2.2m.

The flood current sets SW, the ebb sets NE, and during the
1.13

Berth Length Depth rainy season the latter attains a rate of 3 to 3.5 knots; its influ-
Ferry Berth 61m 5.8m ence is felt up to a distance of 10 to 12 miles offshore.
The edge of the current is distinctly marked by discolored
1.13

Tankers water.
Shell Oil — 4.8-5.4m The river entrance is reported to be fronted by a bar which
1.13

Guyana Oil Co — 4.8-5.4m partly dries. Vessels with a maximum draft of 4.7m can enter at
HWS; vessels with a draft of 3.7m can enter at LWS.
During December, January, and February a heavy sea fre-
1.13

Aspect.—St. Andrew Point (6°19'N., 57°31'W.), the E en-

1.11
quently prevents ships with more than 2.7m draft from enter-
trance point of the river, can be easily distinguished at a dis- ing, due to the risk of hitting bottom.
tance of 5 miles. Two chimneys stand about 8 miles E of the Ships that are able to enter the river can proceed to Tropica,
1.13

port and are conspicuous radar targets at 23 miles. Suriname, about 47 miles above Skeldon, which is about 4
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board in position
1.11
miles inside the mouth of the river. Ships seldom ascend the
6°31'N, 57°24'W. An advance notice of 24 hours must be giv- river above Skeldon.
en. The most prominent landmarks to be seen on the approach to
1.13

Contact Information.—See the table titled Georgetown—

1.11
the river are the radio mast with obstruction lights at Skeldon,
Contact Information in paragraph 1.8. the aviation light at Nieuw Nickerie, and the chimney at Water-
Anchorage.—Ships can anchor, in 4.6m, about 0.1 mile off
1.11
loo, which is 5.2 miles ESE of the river entrance.
the middle of Crab Island with the S church at New Amster- Vessels can obtain anchorage in the river off Skeldon, in 5 to
1.13

dam in range with the S end of the island. 6.4m. Vessels can also anchor off Springlands inside the river.
Vessels waiting for the tide can anchor 1 mile NE of Berbice
1.11

Light. Nieuw Nickerie (5°57'N., 57°00'W.)

Caution.—Submarine cables cross the river off New
1.11

Amsterdam. The landing places are marked by white diamond- World Port Index No. 12405
shaped boards with the word “CABLE” in block letters. An-
chorage is prohibited within 0.25 mile of either side of these 1.14 Nieuw Nickerie lies on the S bank of the Nickerie
cables. River, about 2 miles above the mouth of the river.

Nieuw Nickerie—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Nieuw Nickerie Port Terminal
Public Wharf 250m 4.5m 108m 4.9m 30.0m General cargo.

Pub. 124
10 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

Nieuw Nickerie—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Staats Olie Terminal
Nickerie Oil Berth — 4.5m — — — Floating pontoon for petroleum products.

Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents off the entrance to the

1.14 swinging room is restricted.
Nickerie River set SW and NE, attaining a maximum rate of 4
knots at springs. 1.15 Paradijs (5°54'N., 56°56'W.), about 6 miles upriver
Depths—Limitations.—The fairway across the bar has a
1.14 from Nieuw Nickerie, has a pier for small ships. Just above
least depth of about 2.1m at LWS which controls the draft of Paradijs are the remains of an old pier in the river which should
ships proceeding upriver for 24 miles to Wageningen. The bar be avoided by keeping close to the right bank.
consists of an extended bank of soft mud. At MHW the bar is Wageningen (5°46'N., 56°41'W.), a port about 24 miles up-
1.15

passable for ships with a draft of 4m and a maximum length of river from Nieuw Nickerie, can be reached by vessels which
130m. The river is navigable for vessels up to 3,000 dwt and can reach Nieuw Nickerie. The river is only 70m wide at this
with a draft of 4.3m for about 30 miles above Nieuw Nickerie. point, which restricts vessels to a maximum length of 110m
Tanker berths are located 1 mile inside the mouth of the river
1.14 and draft of 4.9m. Wageningen Berth is 118m long and can ac-
and consists of three small jetties. For further information see commodate vessels with a maximum loa of 110m and a maxi-
the table titled Nieuw Nickerie—Berth Information. mum draft of 4.9m.
Aspect.—A light is shown from the W entrance point of the
1.14 From the mouth of the Nickerie River to the mouth of the
1.15

river. Another light is shown about 0.7 mile SE of the W Coppename River, about 62 miles to the E, the coast is low,
entrance point of the river near the police station. A tank stands flat, and covered with mangroves and forest. Several creeks
1.75 miles WSW of the river's entrance. flow into the sea along this part of the coast. A radio mast
Regulations.—Vessels alongside must have their main en-
1.14 stands about 23 miles W of the entrance of the Coppename
gines ready at all times so that they can unberth at short notice. River. A number of sand banks are contained within the 5.5m
No repairs are permitted which would interfere with this re- curve which lies up to a distance of 10 miles offshore.
quirement.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50 gt.
1.14
The Coppename River—The Saramacca River
Requests for a pilot must be made to the harbor master at Para-
maribo at least 48 hours before arrival and corrected as neces- 1.16 These rivers have a common mouth which is easy to
sary 12 hours before arrival. A pilot is available both night and identify as the coast recedes considerably from Saramacca
day at Nieuw Nickerie. The pilot boards near the lighted buoy Punt (5°54'N., 55°58'W.), the NE entrance point of the Sara-
about 4 miles N of the entrance of the Nickerie River. macca River. This point is conspicuous from the E and the W.
Contact Information.—See the table titled Nieuw Nick-
1.14 The Saramacca River, about 150 miles long, is navigable for
erie—Contact Information. about 63 miles upstream for vessels that can cross the bar. The
least depth across the bar is 1.2m. The depths gradually in-
Nieuw Nickerie—Contact Information crease upriver. Numerous dangerous wrecks lie in the N and E
approaches to the common mouth of the rivers.
Pilots Coppename Punt (5°49'N., 55°55'W.) separates the two riv-
1.16

VHF VHF channels 12 and 16 ers.

The Coppename River, about 100 miles long, is navigable
1.16

Telephone 597-047-6733 (ext. 248)

for coastal vessels for 38 miles upstream. The least charted
Facsimile 597-047-2940 depth in the channel over the bar is 2.1m close W of Cop-
E-mail [email protected] pename Punt. A conspicuous radio mast stands on the E bank
of the river, about 8 miles SSE of Saramacca Punt.
Port The Coeswijie River is a tributary of the Coppename River,
1.16

VHF VHF channel 16 and flows into it on its E side about 4 miles below Coppename
Point.The Wayombo River flows into the Coppename River on
Telephone 597-047-6733 its W side, about 34 miles below Coppename Punt. The Cop-
Facsimile 597-047-2940 pename River is still navigable for small vessels up the mouth
of Arawarra Kreek. The creek forms the connection between
E-mail [email protected] the Wayombo River and the Nickerie River.
Web site http://www.mas.sr Pilotage.—Pilotage on both rivers is compulsory for vessels
1.16

exceeding 50 gt. A pilot should be requested at least 24 hours

before arrival from the harbormaster at Paramaribo, giving the
Anchorage.—Vessels with a 4.5m draft can safely anchor 3
1.14

probable time of arrival and draft.

miles NNE of the sea buoy. It is not advisable to anchor in the
From the mouth of the Coppename River, the coast trends E
river for any length of time due to the river being so narrow that
1.16

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 11

for about 45 miles to the mouth of the Suriname River. The

coast is low, sandy, and wooded. The tree tops are visible from
a distance of 15 miles offshore. Mudflats front this part of the
coast as far as 3 miles offshore; the 5m curve lies as far as 10
miles offshore.

The Suriname River

1.17 The mouth of the river forms a recession in the
shoreline S of Braamspunt (5°58'N., 55°10'W.), the NE
entrance point of the river. This point is low but well defined.
The entrance to the river mouth is marked by a lighted range.
The S shore of the river mouth is very low and difficult to
1.17

distinguish from offshore. The port of Paramaribo lies on the

W bank, about 13 miles within the mouth of the river. Ships of
moderate draft and size can enter the river and be accommodat- 1.17 Paramaribo, with Goslar wreck indicated
ed at Paramaribo, Smalkalden, and Paranam.
Caution.—Rollers occur off the river entrance between De-
1.17
The port is the capital and center of the overseas trade.
1.18

cember and March. It is reported (2015) that a dangerous Winds—Weather.—The climate is tropical. There are two
1.18

wreck, marked by a buoy exists 0.3 mile WNW of the “S6” rainy seasons; a short one lasting from mid-November to mid-
buoy in the approaches to the Suriname River. February, and a longer one lasting from mid-April to mid-Au-
gust. The highest temperatures are in August, September, and
October while the lowest temperatures occur in January and
Paramaribo (5°50'N., 55°10'W.) February.
World Port Index No. 12410 The prevailing winds are from the NE.
1.18

Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at the river mouth is

1.18

1.18 The port of Paramaribo is located on the W bank of 4 hours. The tidal rise at springs is about 2.2m and at neaps is
the Suriname River, about 13 miles upriver from its mouth. about 1m.

Paramaribo—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
De Molen Terminal
Grain and bunkers. Berthing length of 97m
De Molen Jetty — 3.0m 110m 6.4m 18.2m
(including dolphins).
Kuldipsingh Terminal
Kuldipsingh Quay 307m 4.5m 225m 4.3m — General cargo.
SMS Ferry Terminal
Ferry Wharf 48m — — — — Closed.
Vensur Cement Terminal
Cement and bunkers. Berthing length of
Cement Wharf 25m 4.3m 119.9m 4.1m 19.2m
126m (including dolphins).
Nieuwe Haven
Nieuwe Haven Wharf 600m 6.0m 220m 8.5m 30.0m General cargo.
Berthing length of 160m (including dol-
Oil Jetty 30m — 140m — —
phins).
SOL Terminal
Petroleum products. Berthing length of
SOL Jetty — 6.2m 130m 6.0m —
152m (including dolphins).
Staatsolie Terminal
Petroleum products. Berthing length of
Staatsolie Jetty 28m 5.5m 140m 5.3m —
300m (including dolphins).

Pub. 124
12 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

Off the mouth of the river, the flood current sets to the W and
1.18
Paramaribo—Contact Information
the ebb current sets to the E. The NW coastal current predomi-
nates over the tidal current. In the river the water level recedes 597-047-4575
0.4 to 0.6m before the beginning of the ebb current in mid- Telephone 597-047-6733 (ext. 221)
channel. The tidal influence extends for a distance of about 100
miles above the river mouth. 597-047-6733 (ext. 231)
Depths—Limitations.—Arrival drafts in the port are depen-
1.18 597-047-2940
dent on depths at the outer bar near the entrance to the Surina- Facsimile
597-047-2845
me River. The minimum depth at LWS is 4.6m.
It was reported that the strong current, combined with the
1.18 E-mail [email protected]
suction from passing ships, causes considerable strain on
Port
berthing lines.
The least depths at LWS in the channel are, as follows:
1.18
Telephone 597-047-6733
1. Outer buoy to New Amsterdam—4.6m. Facsimile 597-047-2940
2. New Amsterdam to Paramaribo—5.1m.
3. Paramaribo to Domburg—5.2m. E-mail [email protected]
4. Domburg to Paranam—5.2m. Web site http://www.mas.sr
Depths in the river and its approaches are subject to change
1.18

and bars are liable to form.

Anchorage.—Vessels awaiting a berth can anchor, in depths
1.18

Ships loaded deeper than the bar draft regularly navigate

from 5 to 10m, avoiding a submarine power cable laid across
1.18

through these channels, as the bottom is of very soft mud and the river from Hoek van Meerzorg (5°49'N., 55°09'W.).
ships can easily plow through. Vessels leaving the river regu-
Anchorage, if waiting for a pilot, can also be obtained 8
1.18

larly load to a draft of between 6.7 and 7.0m.

miles NW of Braanspunt, in a depth of 4.6m.
Discolored water from the river has been observed a consid-
1.18

erable distance offshore.

For further information refer to table titled Paramaribo—
1.18

Berth Information.
Aspect.—Suriname River Light lies about 7 miles NNW of
1.18

Braams Point. The channel, marked by lighted buoys and bea-

cons, begins about 2.2 miles S of the sea buoy.
Positions of the channel buoys and beacons are subject to
1.18

change without notice; many of them may be missing or extin-

guished.
An entrance light is located on the S bank, about 6 miles SW
1.18

of Braams Point beacons. A landfall light is shown from a

mast, 121m high, standing 6 miles SW of Braamspunt; three
red lights, disposed vertically, are also shown from this mast.
A bridge, with a vertical clearance of 40m, crosses the Suri-
1.18

name River about 1 mile upstream of Paramaribo, as seen on

the chart. When vessels approach the bridge, they shall have
Dangerous wreck (Goslar)
both anchors cleared and crewmen standing by to employ them
1.18

if needed.
Caution.—Two stranded wrecks lie 18.5 and 17 miles NNW
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels greater than
1.18

of Braamspunt. Other wrecks which exist in the area can best

1.18

50 gt. Pilots should be ordered at least 48 hours in advance.

seen on the charts. Another dangerous wreck, the Goslar, lies
Vessels should send their ETA 36 hours, 24 hours, and 12
partially exposed, in the middle of the river, NE of the
hours prior to arrival at Approach Lighted Buoy; if necessary,
container port, about 0.3 mile W of Suzannasdaal (5°52'N.,
the vessel should amend its ETA after the 12-hour message.
55°05'W.).
The pilot will be ordered only after the 12-hour or amended
ETA message is received. The pilot boards in the vicinity of
Approach Lighted Buoy. The Suriname River above Paramaribo
Contact Information.—See the table titled Paramaribo—
1.19 The Saramacca Kanaal is entered just S of Paramaribo
1.18

Contact Information.
and can accommodate small craft and barges not exceeding
1.8m in draft and 24.3m in length. The canal joins the Surina-
Paramaribo—Contact Information me River with the Saramacca River.
Vessel Traffic Center (VTC) A lighted beacon is located abreast of Waterland on the Sara-
1.19

macca River. Nickerie can be reached by way of the Saramacca

VHF VHF channels 12 and 16 River, the Coppename River, and the Nickerie River about 14
miles upriver from Paramaribo. It is recommended to pass N of
the beacon.

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 13

Smalkalden (5°38'N., 55°05'W.) is a small bauxite-loading

1.19 River for 17 miles, the Cottica River for 53 miles, and the
terminal 18 miles upriver from Paramaribo. There is a wharf Boven Cottica for 11 miles.
67m long, with 163m between the moorings, and a depth of 9m Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The river pilot will board
1.21

alongside. It has been reported that the depth alongside the pier the vessel off Neiuw Amsterdam. Navigation of the
is only 7.5m and that the largest vessel that can be accommo- Commewijne River is not permitted at night.
dated is 180m long, with a draft of 6.7m. Anchorage.—Vessels anchor at Alkmar and in the turning
1.21

It has been reported (2013) that the port remains closed to

1.19 basin at Moengo.
commercial operations. Moengo (Albina) (5°38'N., 54°25'W.) (World Port Index
1.21

No. 12420) is a bauxite port on the E bank of the Boven Cotti-

1.20 Paranam (5°37'N., 55°05'W.) (World Port Index No. ca. For further berthing information see the table titled Moen-
12415) lies on the W bank of the river, about 1 mile above go—Berth Information.
Smalkalden. Vessels up to 44,500 dwt load to outer bar draft,
usually half a ship load. Vessels usually top off at Trinidad. Moengo—Berth Information
The least depth at loading berths is 9m. The minimum depth
1.20

on the bar is 6.4m at LWS and 7.3m at HWS. The main com- Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
modities handled here are bauxite, aluminum and bulk unload- LOA Beam
ing.
Traymore Dock
At Paranam the river is wide enough for ships to turn. A ca-
1.20

ble with a vertical clearance of 60m spans the river close up- Main General
56m 4.7m 165m 20.5m
stream of the port. Ships can anchor upstream of Paranam Quay cargo.
directly after the first bend. For further berthing information No. 2 Petroleum
see the table titled Paranam—Berth Information. 36m — 104.5m 17.0m
Quay products.
Pilotage is compulsory for transiting the river.
1.20

Regulations.—Vessels alongside must have their main en-

1.20

gines ready at all times so that they can unberth at short notice. 1.22 From the mouth of the Suriname River the coast
No repairs are permitted which would interfere with this re- trends to the E for about 75 miles, to the mouth of the Maroni
quirement. River. The coastline is low and fronted with mud flats, with the
5.5m curve extending as far as 12 miles offshore.
The Commewijne River Kaimans Hoofd (Kaimanshoofd) (5°50'N., 54°02'W.),
1.22

about 6 miles NW of the W entrance point of the Maroni River,

1.21 The Commewijne River flows into the Suriname Riv- can be identified by a clump of high trees. Depths of less than
er on its E side about 6 miles above its mouth. The banks of the 5.5m have been reported to lie as far as 15 miles off Kaaimans
river are wooded and steep-to, with its bottom consisting most- Hoofd and many dangerous wrecks are reported to lie off the
ly of clay and mud. The river has many sharp bends and tugs coast. Deep drafted vessels should give this point a wide berth.
are needed to assist ships in making these turns. The tidal influ-
ence extends as far as Moengo, a distance of about 81 miles French Guiana
above the river mouth. The tides at Moengo rise about 0.1m.
The channel in the Commewijne River from its junction with
1.21
1.23 The coast of French Guiana between the Maroni
the Suriname River to Alkamar, about 6 miles upriver, has a River, the W boundary, and Fleuve Oyapock, the E boundary,
least depth of 5.2m. It was reported that ships 160m long, with 170 miles SE of the Maroni River, is generally low and is seen
drafts up to 6.8m, can reach Moengo via the Commewijne as a dark line of mangroves. A number of hills rise in the
background and can be seen for some distance offshore. The
coastal bank extends a considerable distance offshore.

Paranam—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Paranam Terminal
CPP, DPP, alumina and multipurpose cargo. Berthing
Alumina — 9.7m 220m 10.6m 32.0m
length of 288m (including dolphins).
Cement, steel products and breakbulk. Berthing length
Main Quay 70m 12.5m 200m 10.0m 35.0m
of 128m (including dolphins).
Bauxite and breakbulk. Berthing length of 300m (in-
Bauxite 136m 9.7m 153m 6.0m 35.0m
cluding dolphins).
Limestone and breakbulk. Berthing length of 265m
General 90m 9.7m 214m 7.6m 35.0m
(including dolphins).

Pub. 124
14 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

The coastal bank lies as far as 21 miles offshore. Vessels

1.23 1.25 Saint Laurent (5°30'N., 54°02'W.) (World Port Index
should proceed with caution as the coastal reef has been No. 12450) has two 120m piers with a depth of 4.5m
reported to extend from 1 to 9 miles farther offshore than alongside. Vessels will lie aground at LW on a soft mud
charted. bottom. Vessels are moored during daylight hours only.
Rocket launchings are made from Kourou Space Center
1.23 Contact Information.—See the table titled Saint
1.25

(5°13'N., 52°46'W.) at intermittent announced times with Laurent—Contact Information.

impact areas in the table titled Kourou Space Center—
Impact Areas. Saint Laurent—Contact Information
1.24 The Maroni River (5°45'N., 54°00'W.) is entered Pilots
between Galibi (Hoek Galibi), lying 5.5 miles SSE of Call sign Pilotage Degrad des Cannes
Kaimaans Hoofd, and Pointe Francaise, 2 miles E of Galibi.
Ships with drafts of 4.5m can navigate up river for 15 miles
1.24
VHF VHF channels 12 and 16
to Alpine, situated on the Suriname side of the river, and to Telephone 594-594-354520
Saint Laurent, across the river on the French Guiana side.
Facsimile 594-594-354946
In 1994, the least depth in the channel as far as Saint-Laurent
1.24

du Maroni was reported to be 2.2m. E-mail [email protected]

At the river entrance, the spring rise is 2.6m and the neaps
Harbormaster
1.24

rise is 2.0m The tidal range at Saint Laurent is from 1.8 to

3.0m; HW occurs 3 hours later than at the entrance. VHF VHF channel 16
Telephone 594-594-354490
Kourou Space Center—Impact Areas
Facsimile 594-594-355251
Area Description
Port Authority
Area is bounded by the parallel 6°30'N, and the
meridian 52°00'W, to position 52°30'N, 50°00'W, Telephone 594-594-299660
No. 1
then in a 235° direction, the coast of French Facsimile 594-594-299663
Guiana, and the meridian 53°00'W.
E-mail [email protected]
A circle of 120 miles radius centered in 6°16.7'N,
No. 2 51°42.2'W, limited SW by a line oriented 120°
Fleuve Mana (5°45'N., 53°55'W.) is entered between Pointe
1.25

passing through position 5°12.5'N, 52°43.7'W.

Francaise and Pointe Isere, 2.75 miles ENE. The mouth of the
A circle of 100 miles radius centered in position river is not visible from offshore. Pointe Isere is fringed by a
No. 3
8°05.5'N, 49°49.8'W. shallow sand spit which extends W toward the river mouth.
The coast S of Pointe Isere and E of Pointe Francaise is also
1.25

On the bar, the flood current sets SW and the ebb sets toward
1.24
fringed by a shallow sand spit which extends N and E toward
Tiger Banken, a drying bank extending N from Hoek Galibi. the river mouth. The river mouth narrows to less than 0.5 mile
In the fairway abreast Tiger Banken, the river current can
1.24
in width between the sand spits.
attain a speed of 3 knots. The depths in the entrance range from 0.3 to 1.2m.Vessels
1.25

The seaward edge of the bar lies 6 miles NNE of the river
1.24
should not cross the bar within 2 hours of either side of low
mouth. tide. Vessels should also avoid the S bank of the river as it is
An entrance channel over the bar has a minimum depth of
1.24
encumbered by tree trunks which are immersed at HW and are
1.2m. The bar consists of hard coarse sand. A fairly heavy dangerous. Local knowledge is essential.
swell is usually experienced on the outer part of the bar. The settlement of Mana lies on the W bank of the river about
1.25

A lighted buoy is moored 10 miles NE of the disused light-

1.24
11 miles above its mouth. It has a landing stage with 5.8m
house on Hoek Galibi. Numerous wrecks, dangerous to naviga- alongside. A radio mast, which gives an excellent radar return,
tion, lie off the entrance and can best be seen on the chart. The is located on the N edge of the village.
buoyed channel is subject to frequent change. The disused
lighthouse on Hoek Galibi, a 60m high red and black metal 1.26 From Pointe Isere to Pointe Charlotte (5°12'N.,
framework tower, is an excellent landmark. From offshore, the 52°38'W.), about 80 miles to the SE, the coast is low and cov-
river entrance appears as an opening in the line of trees be- ered with mangroves.
tween Hoek Galibi and Pointe Francaise. Montagne du Diable, a prominent conical hill about 16 miles
1.26

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Requests for a pilot,

1.24
W of Pointe Charlotte, can be seen for a distance of about 20
stating the vessel's draft, should be made 48 hours in advance miles. The Riviere Organabo, the Riviere Iracoubo, the Riviere
to the pilot station at Degrad des Cannes. The pilot boards near Counamana, and the Fleuve Sinnamary, all of which are shal-
Lighted Buoy SL. Pilotage is available during daylight hours low, discharge into the sea along this part of the coast.
only. Depths of less than 5.5m lie from 4 to 9 miles offshore, but
1.26

Anchorage.—Sheltered anchorage can be taken about 0.5

1.24
off the mouth of the Fleuve Sinnamary these depths lie as far as
mile N of Pointe Panato (5°43'N., 53°58'W.), about 2 miles 11 miles offshore; therefore, give a wide berth off the coast.
SSW of Pointe Francaise, in 7 to 8m, mud. A number of wrecks lie within the 20m curve off this section
1.26

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 15

of coast and can best be seen on the chart. A bank, with a least soft mud, good shelter from the swell, and good holding
depth of 3.2m lies about 10 miles NNE of the W entrance point ground. Depths less than those charted were reported between
of Riviere Iracoubo. positions 0.5 mile WSW and 1 mile SSE of the light on the W
side of Ile Royale.
Iles du Salut Vessels over 1,600 gross tons transporting hydrocarbons or
1.27

hazardous materials anchor in a circle with a radius of 0.5 mile

1.27 Iles du Salut (5°17'N., 52°35'W.), three in number, centered bearing 300° from Ile Royale Light, distant at 3 miles.
are located about 7 miles NE of Pointe Charlote. Ile du Diable, Caution.—Alouette Bank, covered with 4.8m of water, lies
1.27

the northernmost, is 40m high. Ile Royale, 66m high, is the about 1.7 miles NNW of Ile Royale. Depths of 3.5 to 5.5m lie
largest and westernmost, while Ile Saint-Joseph, only 30m between Ile Royale and this bank. An isolated 6.1m shoal lies
high, is the southernmost. 0.5 mile W of Ile Royale.
Ile du Diable and most of Ile Saint-Joseph are covered with
1.27

high and dense vegetation. Buildings of a former prison stand 1.28 The mouth of the Fleuve Kourou (5°10'N.,
on Ile Royale and Ile Saint-Joseph. On a clear day, the islands 52°37'W.) lies 3 miles SE of Pointe Charlotte. The river is nar-
are visible at a distance of 15 miles.The current sets generally row and entry is difficult as the channel leads near many dan-
NW. A SW current, with rates from 1 to 3 knots, and more gerous rocks, the positions of which are uncertain.
during NE winds passes between Ile Royale and Ile Saint-Jo- High water is about 50 minutes later and LW about 30 min-
1.28

seph, then becomes WSW and weakens S of Ile Royale. Within utes earlier than the time for Iles du Salut. Between Iles du
91m of the S side of Ile Royale, there is a weak E countercur- Salut and the mouth of the river, the flood current sets SW and
rent. the ebb current sets NW.
The flood tide flows WNW at 0.3 knot, 1 mile S of the is-
1.27
The bar of soft sand, which shifts continually, permits the
1.28

lands, while the ebb tide flows NNW at 1 knot. Breakers mark passage of ships with a draft equal to the height of the tide plus
the shallow depths which extend NE from Ile du Diable and about 0.1m The sea breaks on the bar in bad weather.
ENE of Ile Saint-Joseph. It is difficult to approach Ile du Dia- A lighted buoy is moored about 3.7 miles SSW of Ile Royale
1.28

ble, except at the pier on its S end, and in good weather only. Light.
The passages between the islands are dangerous and are not The entrance channel to the river is marked by buoys, and
1.28

recommended for even small boats. A heavy sea is often expe- extends to the port of Pariacabo, about 3 miles W of the river
rienced during the wet season, from December to June. mouth, on the N bank.
A light is shown from the W side of Ile Royale and also at
1.27
It was reported (1995) that the least depth in the channel as
1.28

the S and SE ends of the island. far as Pariacabo was 2.5m.

Contact Information.—See the table titled Saint Lau-
1.28

rent—Contact Information in paragraph 1.24.

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available during
1.28

daylight hours only. The pilot should be requested 48 hours in

advance. Pilots board in the vicinity of Lighted Buoy KO.
Ships awaiting a berth can anchor N of the sea buoy or S of Iles
du Salut.

1.29 Pariacabo (5°08'N., 52°39'W.) is the port for the

space center at Kourou. Pariacabo Pier, 80m in length, isex-
tended to a berthing length of 105m by dolphins. The pier han-
dles breakbulk, ro-ro/lo-lo, and general cargo.
The village of Kourou lies about 1 mile above the mouth of
1.29

the river and buildings in the village are prominent from sea-
ward.
From the mouth of the Fleuve Kourou, the coast trends to the
1.29

SE for about 21 miles to the mouth of the Riviere de Cayenne.

The coast is wooded and marked by a few slightly salient
points, but the coast has not been fully examined.
Several rocks and small island lie as far as 5 miles offshore.
1.29

1.27 Ile Royale Light (Phare de L’ile Royale) Monts La Condamine, wooded with steep slopes, lies about 6
miles SSE of Pointe Charlotte, and can be seen from the off-
Anchorage.—The anchorage at Iles du Salut is the most im-
1.27

shore. The summit of the mountain is prominent.

portant anchorage along the coast of the Guianas, this being
due to the few ports along this coast capable of affording shel-
ter to ships of moderate size.
The Riviere de Cayenne
Anchorage can be taken in the bight formed by the S side of
1.27

1.30 The river is entered W of the NW end of Ile de Cay-

Ile Royale and the W side of Ile Saint-Joseph. Depending on enne (4°56'N., 52°20'W.). Ile de Cayenne is hilly and irregular,
draft, vessels can anchor with the light on the W side of Ile especially in the E part and is easily identified from seaward.
Royale bearing 020°, distance 0.5 mile, in depths of about 9m The depths over the bar are subject to frequent changes.
1.30

Pub. 124
16 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

Depths over the bar vary from 0.3 to 0.7m at LW. It is recom- drafts of about 4.8m. A rock with a depth of 1.5m lies close W
mended that mariners receive the latest depth information from of the pier.
the pilots before crossing the bar. It has been reported that a It was reported (1995) that the minimum depth in the chan-
1.31

vessel with a draft of 4.2m could cross the bar at mean HW. nel as far as Larivot is equal to the height of the tide at Cay-
Banc du Macouria, a large sandbank which dries in places,
1.30 enne.
fronts the N side of Pointe de Macouria, the W entrance point Contact Information.—See the table titled Cayenne and
1.31

of Riviere de Cayenne. Larivot—Contact Information.

Several rocks, above and below-water, and Iles Remire, a
1.30

group of five small islands, lie as far as 5 miles off the N and E Cayenne and Larivot—Contact Information
sides of Ile de Cayenne.
Pilots
L'Enfant Perdu (5°02'N., 52°21'W.) is a low flat rock, lo-
1.30

cated about 6 miles N of the river mouth, and shows a light. Call sign Pilotage Degrad des Cannes
A reef extends about 0.1 mile E and W and 14m to the S, re-
1.30
VHF VHF channels 12 and 16
spectively, from the rock.
Telephone 594-594-354520
A dangerous wreck lies 0.5 mile to the E of the rock. Heavy
1.30

seas have been experienced in this vicinity. Facsimile 594-594-354946

An isolated 5.9m shoal is reported to lie about 2 miles NNE
E-mail [email protected]
1.30

of the rock.
Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal range at Cayenne is
1.30
Harbormaster
about 2.3m at springs and about 1.2m at neaps. VHF VHF channel 16
The current about 10 miles offshore usually sets between
1.30

WNW and NW, and attains a wind-assisted velocity of 2 to 3 Telephone 594-594-354490

knots. The offshore current is affected by the tidal current as Facsimile 594-594-355251
far out as L'Enfant Perdu where the flood current sets NW and
the ebb NNE at rates of up to 2 knots. Port Authority
Off the mouth of the Riviere de Cayenne, the flood current
1.30
Telephone 594-594-299660
sets slightly towards Banc du Macouria, especially during SE
winds. The ebb current sets E towards the banks extending N Facsimile 594-594-299663
from Ile de Cayenne. E-mail [email protected]
Within the river the currents follow the channel. The ebb cur-
1.30

Web site http://www.portdeguyane.fr

rent attains a rate of up to 4 knots while the flood current does
not exceed a rate of more than 2.5 knots.
Aspect.—Ile Cayenne is composed of several hills and
1.30

prominent mountains, with Mont Montabo, 105m high, at its N

end. A water tower, marked by lights, stands about 2 miles S of
Mont Montabo. A conspicuous hotel is also located near Mont
Montabo.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.
1.30

Send the ETA and draft 48 hours in advance to the pilot station
at Degrad des Cannes.
Contact the pilot vessel 1 hour before arrival on VHF chan-
1.30

nel 16; the pilot boards about 0.6 mile NW of Lighted Buoy
CA.
Anchorage.—The only anchorage for vessels unable to
1.30

cross the bar is at Ile du Salut. Vessels awaiting pilot or tide,

anchor, in 6m, about 2.5 miles NE of L’Enfant Perdu. The bot-
tom is mostly mud, good holding ground. A designated tanker
anchorage, with a radius of 0.5 mile, is located about 5.5 miles
ENE of L’Enfant Perdu. Vessels bound for Cayenne and ex- 1.31 Larivot
pecting a long wait should anchor off Iles du Salut (see para-
graph 1.26). 1.32 The Fleuve Mahury (4°52'N., 52°14'W.) flows into
the sea between Point Diamonte, the easternmost point of Ile
1.31 Cayenne (4°56'N., 52°20'W.) is situated at the NW de Cayenne and a mud flat extending NNE from Pointe Jaguar,
extremity of Ile de Cayenne on the E bank of the river mouth. 1.5 miles further SE.
The port is closed to commercial traffic and is now used mainly The winds are predominately from between N and E from
1.32

by fishing vessels. January to April and between E and SE from April to Decem-
Larivot (4°54'N., 52°22'W.) (World Port Index No. 12460),
1.31 ber.
about 2.2 miles upriver from Cayenne, is a small port consist- The tidal current in the river is 1.8 knots during the flood and
1.32

ing of a few small piers of various length and is primarily used 2 knots during the ebb, but the currents have been known to at-
by a small fishing fleet. The port can accommodate ships with tain rates of up to 4 knots.

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 17

A 120m wide channel leads from a position 1.25 miles E of

1.32 The main wharf is 309m long, with a depth alongside of 6m.
Le Pere (4°56'N., 52°12'W.) in a SSW direction for 6 miles A second wharf, with facilities for ro-ro vessels, is 150m long,
over the bar into Fleuve Mahury and then turns W to Degrad de with depths alongside of 5m. Abreast the wharves is a 400m
Cannes. It has been dredged to 4.2m. diameter turning basin, best seen on the chart, that has a main-
There is an occasional swell over the bar, but the bottom is
1.32 tained depth of 6m.
soft mud, allowing ships to plow through. The entrance, The port of Degrad des Cannes replaces the port of Cayenne,
marked by a lighted buoy, is located about 5 miles NE of to which it is connected by road. Vessels up to 160m long with
Pointe Diamant. The channel is marked by lighted buoys and a maximum draft of 5.9m can be accommodated.
leads to the port of Degrad des Cannes, about 8 miles from the For further berthing information see the table titled Degrad
entrance buoy. des Cannes—Berth Information.
Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boards in the vicinity of
1.33

1.33 Degrad des Cannes (Grand Port Maritime de la Guy- Lighted Buoy DC. The pilot must be requested 48 hours in ad-
ane) (4°51'N., 52°16'W.) (World Port Index No. 12455) is the vance. The vessel’s draft should also be included in the request
principal port of French Guiana. for a pilot. Vessels should be at the pilot station 2 hours before
The tidal currents may attain a rate of 4 knots.
1.33 HW.

Degrad des Cannes—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft
Degrad des Cannes Terminal
No. 1 215m 6.0m 190m — General cargo.
No. 2 200m 6.0m 190m — General cargo.
No. 3 150m 5.0m 190m — General cargo.
Mineral Terminal
Cement, clinker, and gypsum. Berthing length
Mineral Jetty 18m — — 7.1m
of 50m (including dolphins).
Oil Terminal—Degrad De Cannes
Oil Pier — — 106.7m — Petroleum products. Maximum beam of 15.5m.

1.33 Degrad des Cannes Container Terminal

Pub. 124
18 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

A designated tanker anchorage, with a radius of 1 mile and

1.33 1.34 Le Petit Connetable (4°48'N., 51°58'W.) lies about
depths of 7 to 10m, is located 1.5 miles NW of Lighted Buoy 12 miles N of the mouth of the Fleuve Aprouague. The island
DC. Vessels bound for Degrad des Cannes and expecting a is flat, blackish in color and is barely awash at HW.
long wait should anchor off Iles du Salut (see paragraph 1.26). Le Grand Connetable, a bare rock about 50m high, lies about
The Riviere Oyac joins the Fleuve Mahury about 14 miles
1.33 2 miles E of Le Petit Connetable and can be seen at a distance
above Pointe Diamant. Ships proceed up the Riviere Oyac as of 25 miles in clear weather. Its SW side is steep-to and its E
far as the mouth of the Riviera Orapu, about 6 miles above the side appears to extend underwater for some distance.
mouth of the Riviere Oyac, and then 4 miles up the Riviere Ships should not pass between Le Petit Connetable and Le
1.34

Orapu to the settlement of Fourgassie, a timber-loading port. Grand Connetable.

At Fourgassie, ships must be prepared to push the bow into
1.33 Battures du Connetable (Les Battures de Connetable)
1.34

the bank of the river in order to turn around, as the river is only (4°56'N., 51°57'W.), lying about 6 miles NNW of Le Grand
90m wide. The least depth on the passage up to Fourgassie is Connetable, are rocky plateaus of coral and sand with a least
4.3m. Ships are warped to the loading place as close as their depth of 1.8m. During swells the sea breaks on these shoals,
drafts will allow. but during calm weather it is only marked by the eddies of a W
The Riviere Oyac and the Riviere Orapu are only marked
1.33 current. Banc Cospatrick (Haut-fond Cospatrick), 1.5 miles
with buoys at a few dangerous places; both banks of these NNW of Les Battures, with a least depth of 4m, is the summit
rivers are thickly overgrown with trees. of a bank of soft mud.
From the mouth of the Fleuve Mahury, the coast trends SE Tides—Currents.—The main current is strong and sets to
1.34

for about 50 miles to the mouth of the Fleuve Oyapock, the the NW in the vicinity of the Connetables during the summer,
boundary between French Guiana and Brazil. but during the winter, especially on the falling tide at springs,
The coast is low and swampy between the Fleuve Mahury
1.33 this current runs farther offshore.
and the Fleuve Approuague, about 25 miles SE. The coast The tidal current, the strength of which is augmented by the
1.34

between the Fleuve Approuague and the Fleuve Oyapock is discharge of the Fleuve Approuague, sets N and NNW and
low and wooded. causes heavy breakers at its meeting with the main current
Prominent hilltops can be seen in the background from
1.33 about 3 or 4 miles outside the Connetables. This race usually
offshore. Mud flats of shallow depths from the coast lie as far disappears at SW if the outer current is weak. The inner edge
as 10 miles offshore. Mariners are advised to give this part of of the race appears as breakers on a shoal and on its landward
the coast a wide berth. side the water is muddy.
A small military pier is situated E of Degrad des Cannes,
1.33 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies about 5 miles WNW of
1.34

along the N bank of the river, just before reaching the container Le Petit Connetable.
terminal. It was reported (2000) there was less water between Iles
1.34

Caution.—A dangerous wreck and rock lie in the waters

1.33 Remire and the mainland on each side of the entrance to the
fronting the container berthing. The hazards, which sit nearly Fleuve Mahury.
adjacent to each other, can best be seen on the chart.
Contact Information.—See the table titled Degrad des
1.33
The Fleuve Approuague
Cannes—Contact Information.
1.35 The Fleuve Approuague discharges between Pointe
Degrad des Cannes—Contact Information Behague (4°40'N., 51°54'W.) and the coast about 6 miles W. It
is identified by its width and by Pointe Behague, which is cov-
Pilots ered with mangroves. A drying mud flat extends from the W
See the table titled Cayenne and Larivot—Contact entrance point of the river to a position 7 miles NW of Pointe
Information in paragraph 1.30. Behague.
The river is navigable for about 10 miles from its mouth, but
1.35

Harbormaster small craft can proceed to Regina, about 30 miles upriver. The
Call sign Capitainerie Degrad des Cannes channel in the river, with a depth of 5m at HW, follows the E
bank as far as Guizambourg, a small village about 10 miles
VHF VHF channels 12 and 16
from the river mouth. Above the village, the channel becomes
594-594-354490 narrow and winding and often leads close to dangerous rocks
Telephone and shallow sand banks.
594-694-235965 (mobile)
Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies about 8 miles NE of
1.35

Facsimile 594-594-355251 Pointe Behague.

E-mail [email protected]
The Fleuve Oyapock
Port Authority
Telephone 594-594-299660 1.36 The Fleuve Oyapock forms the boundary between
French Guiana and Brazil and discharges between Mont d'Ar-
Facsimile 594-594-299663 gent (4°21'N., 51°39'W.) and Cabo Orange, about 10 miles E.
E-mail [email protected] The river is navigable for ships drawing up to 4.0m at HWS,
1.36

as far as Saint Georges, about 30 miles above the river mouth.

Web site http://www.portdeguyane.fr
Off the river mouth, the flood current sets WNW and the ebb

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 19

current sets NE, attaining a rate of up to 3 knots. The current miles offshore. shallow bank fringes this coast and there are
offshore sets NNW and attains a rate of up to 2 knots. depths of less than 5m as much as 12 miles offshore.
Baia do Oiapoque (Baie d'Oyapock), which forms the mouth
1.36 Cabo Cassipore (3°54'N., 51°06'W.) is the extremity of a
1.37

of the river, is 8 miles wide between Mont d'Argent, its W en- low promontory which forms the E entrance point of the Rio
trance point, and Cabo Orange, its E entrance point. The estu- Cassipore. The river entrance, about 6 miles W of the cape, is
ary of the river is encumbered with numerous shoals on which wide and can be identified by the large trees on the W bank of
the sea breaks heavily in bad weather. the river which lie above the neighboring mangroves.
The river has not been completely surveyed and its naviga-
1.36 The river is navigable by small coasters drawing up to 2m as
1.37

tion is dangerous. In the vicinity of Mont d'Argent, the coast is far as the town of Japa, 24 miles upstream. Small boats can
backed by several hills, which are visible from offshore. Mont reach Portel, 12 miles upriver from Japa.
d'Argent can be seen for a distance of about 15 miles on a clear
day. 1.38 The Rio Cunani (2°49'N., 50°57'W.) is entered about
The anchorage normally used lies about 1 mile E of the SE
1.36 65 miles SSE of Cabo Cassipore and is navigable by vessels
point of Mont d'Argent, in depths of 4.9m, mud bottom, being drawing less than 3m as far as the mouth of the river. The bar
aware of the rocks that extend almost 1 mile SSE of the point. should not be crossed without the advice of local pilots or a pi-
Also, during bad weather the currents are strong and the sea
1.36 lot obtained from Belem, and only during the intervals when
rough. the water is above half tide.
Ships drawing less than 3m can anchor off the Riviere Oua-
1.36 The river can be identified by Monte Cunani, 50m high, lo-
1.38

nary, between about 0.1 mile and 0.15 mile from the foot of cated about 4 miles S of the river mouth, which can be seen for
Mont Bruyere. a distance of about 16 miles. The mount is covered by vegeta-
Pilotage.—There are no pilots, but pilotage assistance can
1.36 tion that stands out from the mangrove in the same vicinity.
be obtained from Degrad des Cannes or Belem in Brazil. From the NE, it appears as a narrow hill; from the SE, it ap-
pears more elongated and less distinctive.
Cabo Orange to Cabo Norte Anchorage may be obtained off the mouth of the river, in a
1.38

depth of 5m, good holding ground of mud. Vessels should use a

1.37 The N coast of Brazil, except for a few stretches of good scope of chain due to the strong tidal currents. Vessels
Estado do Caera near its E part, is low and is formed of sand will roll heavily during the flood current.
hills about 49 to 79m high. The sand hills are similar in appear- The Rio Calcoene (2°32'N., 50°45'W.) is located about 20
1.38

ance, being interspersed with reddish cliffs and clumps of man- miles SSE of the Rio Cunani, and shows a light from the S
groves. The mangroves are usually observed at the mouths on bank of the river mouth. The river is navigable to near the set-
the W banks of the rivers, which they serve to mark. tlement of Daniel, 15 miles from the mouth, by vessels of up to
The entrances of the rivers along this coast are as a rule open
1.37 3m of draft. The mouth of the river is obstructed by drying
to the N and are obstructed by sand banks. Many of the rivers sandbanks. The bar can be crossed with water level above half
are gradually silting up and will omit only small coasters. tide, with the advice of local pilots or pilots obtained from
Ships can anchor along the N coast in good weather but the
1.37 Belem.
sea becomes rough at times during flood tides. The Rio Amapa Grande (2°08'N., 50°41'W.), about 24
1.38

Cabo Orange (4°28'N., 51°29'W.), the N extremity of the

1.37 miles SSE of the Rio Calcoene, is navigable by vessels draw-
Brazilian coast, is low, but its salient position is easily identi- ing up to 3m for as far as Santa Cruz do Amapa about 6 miles
fied from E as the hills on the W side of the Fleuve Oyapock from the river mouth, and close to the city of Amapa. The river
are visible behind it. The vegetation covering the N part of the bar can be crossed only with local knowledge or the help of pi-
cape is higher than at its S part and can be seen from a distance lots, and only when the water level is above half-tide.
of about 12 miles. The cape should not be approached within a An aeronautical light and a radiobeacon are located near
1.38

distance of 11 miles. The cape is marked by a light. Amapa.

The coast from Cabo Orange to Cabo Norte, about 195 miles
to the SSE, is low and covered with tropical vegetation which 1.39 Ilha de Maraca (2°05'N., 50°25'W.), divided into
can be seen for about 12 miles. Several rivers flow into the sea two parts by Igarape do Inferno, forms a bay which affords the
along this part of the coast. The action of these river, combined only sheltered anchorage along this part of the coast. Cabo Ra-
with the Amazon River, cause frequent changes in the coast- so do Norte, the NE extremity of the N part of the island, lies
line. The silt carried out by these rivers forms soft mud flats 28 miles SE of the mouth of the Rio Calcoene.
which extend a considerable distance offshore in places. Man- Canal do Varador de Maraca (Canal de Carapaporis), which
1.39

groves spread rapidly during the dry seas over the mud flats but separates the W side of island from the mainland, is fairly deep
are destroyed during the rainy season. and is the main approach to the anchorage. Canal Turluri, on
The coastal bank contains all known dangers, and lies as far
1.37 the S side of the island, is obstructed by a mudbank and is
as 70 miles offshore. Mariners should not approach this coast available only to vessels of shallow draft and local knowledge.
in depths of less than 18.3m as strong winds cause heavy roll- Small vessels should not navigate in Canal do Varador de
1.39

ers over the coastal bank. Maraca and in the vicinity of Igarapedo Inferno just before the
A depth of 16.5m was reported to lie outside the 330m curve
1.37 tidal bore occurs.
in approximate position 3°18'N, 48°09'W. The best anchorage is with the NW extremity of the N part of
1.39

The coast between Cabo Orange and Cabo Cassipore 20

1.37 the island bearing 338° and the S entrance point of the Rio
miles SE, is low, subject to flooding, and is only visible about 8 Amapa bearing 280°.

Pub. 124
20 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

It is reported that depths are not less than 5.5m mud, and that
1.39 ed about 697 miles up the Rio Madeira, the principal tributary
the anchorage is sheltered from the tidal currents and the bore. of the Amazon River, from its junction with the Amazon River,
Greater depths are to be found farther off the island, but the
1.39 about 82 miles below Manaus. San Antonio can be reached by
tidal currents are so strong that an anchorage there would be ships drawing 5.5m for about 9 months of the year. During the
untenable at springs. remainder of the year only 1.9m drafts can be taken.
A ship should approach the anchorage from the NNE, giving
1.39 Boats and barges can be navigated most of the year between
1.41

the N part of the island a berth of at least 4 miles. The W end of Ciudad Bolivar, Venezuela and Manaus via the Rio Orinoco
the N part of the island can be kept close aboard. and Amazon River systems.
The anchorage is plainly indicated by the opening of Igarape
1.39 Winds—Weather.—In the vicinity of the Amazon River,
do Inferno. the air is cooled by the proximity of the watercourses and
The tide reaches its highest level in Canal de Varador de Ma-
1.39 lakes, coupled with the heavy and frequent rains which are ac-
raca about 2 to 3 hours after the beginning of the flood tide. companied often with squalls. The difference between the day
At the equinoxes, the tide has been observed to rise 10m and
1.39 and night temperatures is appreciable during the latter part of
tidal currents to run for a short period at a rate of 7 knots. This the year.
rate rapidly diminishes within four days after springs. During The year has two seasons, winter or the rainy season and
1.41

these periods, there is a heavy sea offshore. summer or the dry season. The rainy season is between January
The difference between the level of LWS and neaps seldom
1.39 and June and the dry season is between July and December.
exceeds 2.5m. The current always sets NW. During winter the rain falls in torrents, sometimes for an entire
Ilha Jipioca (1°51'N., 50°13'W.) lies about 2 miles N of the
1.39 week.
S entrance point off Canal Turluri and is inaccessible as it is The level of the river and its tributaries begins to rise from
1.41

surrounded by shallow mud banks. the start of the rainy season and soon the rivers are joined, with
large lakes which form close to their banks. As the water level
1.40 Cabo Norte (1°41'N., 49°55'W.), the NW limit of the rises, trees are uprooted from islands.
estuary of the Amazon River, lies 47 miles SE of Cabo Raso do The winds blow between ENE and ESE during the dry sea-
1.41

Norte and 19 miles from Ilha Jipioca. The cape is low, wooded, son and they are considered to be the prevailing winds. These
and slightly higher than the neighboring coast. winds are moderate in July and August but fresh during the rest
The coastal bank, with depths of less than 10m extends near-
1.40 of the season when the gusts, known locally as "Marajos'' reach
ly 60 miles NE of Cabo Norte. Depths of less than 5m extend great force.
47 miles NE of the cape. This bank is dangerous during strong This season is the best time for ascending the river. Sailboats
1.41

winds which cause heavy rollers over it. Vessels should not ap- descending the river drift with the current, all sails furled.
proach it within depths of 20m. Shoals with depths of 10.3m During the rainy season calms prevail, interrupted only by
1.41

and 16.6m, have been reported, lie about 145 miles NE of Cabo heavy squalls from the NE which backs through N to SW ac-
Norte. A shoal with a depth of 11m, lies about 10 miles SW of companied by torrential rains.
that position. Tides—Currents.—The waters of the Amazon River in-
Several shoals, with depths from 3.7 to 6.1m, lie up to 25
1.40 crease in volume during 6 months of the year and decrease
miles offshore between ENE and SE from Cabo Norte. during the other part of the year. The snow on the Andes begins
to melt during August and September, but this influence is
Lower Reaches of the Amazon River slowly felt by the river. The river begins to rise in November
and the flooding in the lower parts take place from January to
1.41 The mouth of the Amazon River, together with the May. The NE winds, which then prevail blow strongly at the
mouth of the Rio Para, extends from Cabo Norte to Ponta river mouth, delay the discharge of the river and contribute
Curuca (0°32'S., 47°49'W.), 183 miles to the SE. Canal do greatly to the inundations.
Norte and Canal do Sul, through which the two main arms of The maximum rise of the river level varies from 9 to 15m
1.41

the Amazon River flow into the sea, encompass a number of is- leaving at times the entire basin flooded. As a result of natural
lets and islands. causes, the water in the S tributaries of the Amazon River is
Ilha do Marajo, the largest in the estuary, forms the S side of
1.41 high, while that of the N tributaries is low, and vice versa. In
Canal do Sul and the W bank of the Rio Para from its entrance the Rio Madeira, a S tributary, the water attains maximum
for several miles. height in April, the difference between H and LW being about
These two rivers are connected by a number of navigable
1.41 15m.
channels. Outside the river estuary, the ocean waters which are driven
1.41

A characteristic of the Amazon River is that it has no delta of

1.41 W by the prevailing winds form a NW current which usually
accumulated mud extending into the sea, yet the river carries attains rates of 2 to 4 knots. This current being at right angles
an immense amount of mud in its waters. to the current from the Amazon River deflects towards the N
The Amazon River and its tributaries comprise over 13,700
1.41 and joins with the river current, attaining greater force.
miles of safe river navigation. Manaus, situated more than 900 The muddy water of the river discolors the ocean waters for
1.41

miles from the sea, can be reached by ships drawing 7.3m all about 70 miles from its mouth. Its limits are well-defined by
year. Iquitos, Peru, nearly 2,000 miles from the sea, can be the abrupt change of color. A vessel outside the line of demar-
reached by ships drawing 3.6m year round and by ships draw- cation, where the ocean water is of a bluish-green color, has
ing 7m during HW, which occurs from January to May. been observed to leave a wake of muddy water, in sharp con-
Sao Antonio is nearly 1,535 miles from the sea and is situat-
1.41 trast with the surface water.

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 21

This phenomenon occurs in depths of up to 15m and is

1.41 do Norte, the tide reaches its greatest height, reported as 12.2m
caused by the lower layer of river water extending further sea- within a period of about 10 minutes. However, off Ilha do
ward than the surface layer. Marajo, the bore only causes the water to reach mean level,
The tides in the vicinity of the Amazon River are subject to
1.41 with the tide reaching maximum level with the continuation of
so many variations and irregularities that it is difficult to state the flood. The bore, which is felt as far as 40 miles up the Rio
precisely what course they follow. Duration, height, and Araguari, is very violent. There is no bore in the Rio Para but
strength of the current depend on the force of the wind, the vol- in the Rio Guama, a tributary of the Rio Para, a bore is experi-
ume of rain, and the random changes in current direction. enced at spring near the town of Pernambuco, situated about 25
The flood current near the mouth of the Amazon River (be-
1.41 miles above Belem. This bore raises the level of the water from
tween Cabo Norte and the mouth of the Rio Para) sets to the 1.5 to 4.5m within a few minutes. A similar experience occurs
SSW and then sets toward the SW and WSW accordingly as it in the Rio Guajara, another tributary of the Rio Para whose
moves out from the coast, whereas the ebb current sets origi- mouth lies close S of Belem. When the bore occurs, which is at
nally to the general current. the lowest tide, a roaring sound is heard at a distance of 3 to 6
There are irregularities in the tides along this part of the
1.41 miles. This noise increases in intensity as the bore approaches.
coast. One of the more remarkable irregularities is a difference Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for the Amazon River
1.41

of 2 or 3 hours in the times of HW of two places in the estuary above Macapa (0°02'N., 51°03'W.). Vessels should request pi-
only 12 miles apart. Another remarkable anomaly is a rise of lotage, via their agent, 7 days in advance. The vessel’s ETA
only 1.9m, 12 miles from a position where at the preceding tide should be confirmed 48 hours, 24 hours, and 8 hours in ad-
8.8m high had been observed. vance through Belem (PPL).
During the rainy season near Ilha do Marajo, the water level
1.41 Pilots board in the following positions:
1.41

rises quickly as soon as the flood tide begins. The spring rise is
usually about 5m, half of this rise occurs during the first 2 Amazon River Pilots—Pilot Boarding Locations
hours of flood tide and the rate of the current is about 6 knots.
The rate of current between Cabo do Norte and the mouth of About 20 miles E of Ponta do Maruim (1°13'N.,
1.41
No. 1
the Rio Araguari, about 25 miles S, varies from 8 to 10 knots. 49°34'W.).
At Cabo do Norte from January to April, the flood current at-
1.41
About 2 miles ENE of the E extremity of Ilha de
tains a rate of 8 knots at springs, and the ebb current attains No. 2 Santana, in the approach to Porto de Santana
rates of from 2 to 4 knots. In May, the currents are of equal (0°04'S., 51°06'W.).
strength and after May, the ebb current begins to be the stron-
About 7.5 miles NNW of Salinopolis Light
ger of the two. In August and September, the flood current is No. 3
weak while the ebb current attains rates of 5 to 6 knots. In Oc- (0°30'S., 47°23'W.).
tober, the ebb current begins to decrease in strength and during
November, the period at which the NE winds begin to blow, Vessels unfamiliar with the area should use the pilot board-
1.41

both currents are again of equal strength. ing position NNW of Salinopolis Light.
From this it may be concluded that the sea level is higher
1.41
Contact Information.—See the table titled Amazon River
1.41

than the river level when the flood current is stronger than the Pilots—Contact Information.
ebb current. This occurs from December to April, a period
when the winds blow strongly from the NE. The sea level is Amazon River Pilots—Contact Information
lower or at least equal to the river level when the ebb current is Unipilot
stronger than the flood current. This occurs from June to Octo-
ber, a period when the winds blow from the ESE. VHF VHF channels 11 and 16
In December, when the flood current begins to be stronger
1.41 Telephone 55-091-322-30844
than the ebb current, this effect is felt as far as 120 miles above
Facsimile 55-091-322-35077
the river mouth. Normally, the influence of the tide is felt as far
as Obidos, situated about 600 miles above the river mouth. E-mail [email protected]
The tidal bore phenomenon, known locally as Pororoca, oc- Web site http://www.unipilot.com
curs at times in the Amazon estuary prior to spring tides. The
bore consists of a wave which varies from 1.5 to 2.5m high Praticagem da Bacia Amazonica
whose crest breaks and spreads over the shallow waters of the Telephone 55-091-322-39377
river and its tributaries. The phenomenon is not felt in depths
of more than 7m so that there is no danger to ships keeping Facsimile 55-091-322-39377
within the main or deep channels. E-mail [email protected]
The wave has a velocity of 10 to 15 knots being strongest
1.41

and most dangerous from January to June, and at the equinox- Web site http://www.macapapilot
es, when the wind is from the NE. It carries off everything in its Practicagem dos Rios Ocidentais da Amazonia LTDA
course. When the wave passes, it leaves the river almost full. (PROA)
Afterwards, the flood current continues to attain rates of 8 to
10 knots in the vicinity of Cabo do Norte from January to April
and less in August and September.
Without perceptibly raising the level of the water near Cabo
1.41

Pub. 124
22 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

Amazon River Pilots—Contact Information The least depth in the approach from NE over the bar is
about 9.2m. The bar is obstructed by numerous low islands and
55-092-362-43649 shoals, some of which dry at LW. There are deep but narrow
55-092-920-77913 (mobile) channels between them, with strong currents attaining rates of
almost 8 knots.
Telephone 55-092-920-77813 (mobile)
55-092-362-40041 (on-call service Manaus) 1.43 Banco de Meio Norte (1°05'N., 49°39'W.), awash,
lies 12 miles ENE of Ilho do Bailique Light (00°59'N.,
55-092-920-77048 (on-call service Manaus)
49°57'W.).
Facsimile 55-092-362-45941 Banco Madureira, lying 8 miles E of the same light, dries to
1.43

0.3m. A large part of this shoal breaks at LW.

E-mail [email protected]
Banco do Meio and Banco da Barra are extremely hazardous
1.43

Web site http://www.proamanaus.com.br to navigation because their sides are steep-to along most of
Bacia Amazonica Praticos—Grupo BAP their entire length and they are difficult to distinguish. Banco
do Meio, extending from a point 9.5 miles ESE of Ilha do Bail-
55-091-311-66360 ique Light to a point 8 miles SE of the same light, dries 1.7m.
Telephone Banco do Barra, close SW of Banco do Meio, dries 0.5m.
55-091-992-255991 (mobile)
The waters E of Banco Rio Bronco, an extensive bank which
1.43

E-mail [email protected] dries 1.5m, lying close E of Banco do Barra, are dangerous.
Web site http://www.grupobap.com.br They are not buoyed and are entirely unfamiliar even to local
pilots. All ships should avoid these waters completely.
Caution.—The buoys and channels of the Amazon River
1.41
The E side of the recommended fairway through the bar is
1.43

and its approaches are subject to constant change. Lesser bounded by Banco de Meio Norte, Banco de Meio, and Banco
depths than charted may be found and buoys are moved as nec- de Barra. The W side of this fairway is bounded by Banco do
essary. Tabaco Bom, Banco do Para, and Banco do Areiao. This fair-
way is Canal Grande do Curua.
Barra Norte (North Bar) Canal do Bailique lies between the shoals that form the W
1.43

sides of the recommended fairway and the islands and the

1.42 This bar is located on the approaches to Canal do mainland W and dries completely.
Norte and is formed on its W side by the mainland and by vari- Caution.—In the vicinity of Barra Norte, the banks and
1.43

ous islands along the coast between Cabo do Norte and Ponta channels are subject to great changes; mariners should exercise
do Ceu and on its S side by the N edge of Banco Santa Rosa extreme caution.
which extends N and E from Ilha Janaucu and Ilha Caviana (Il-
ha Caviana de Dentro). Ponta do Ceu, the SE extremity of Ilha Canal do Norte
Curua lies about 56 miles SSW of Cabo do Norte. The bar is
composed of sand and mud. The land which borders the bar is 1.44 This channel, the approach through the N arm of the
low and marshy and is covered almost entirely with tall vegeta- Amazon River, is entered between Ponta do Ceu and Ponta do
tion. At the edge of some islands this vegetation appears like Santarem, the N point of Ilha Janaucu. A light is shown from
trees, typical of marshy regions. each point. The channel leads to the port of Macapa, a distance
This part of the coast is visible at a distance of about 13
1.42
of 75 miles. The land on both sides of the N arm is low and
miles from a height of 7m but this distance may be increased covered with tall vegetation, and is encumbered with several
by refraction. Refractory effects are common in this area, espe- shoals, some of which uncover partially at LW.
cially in the afternoon. A 3.1m shoal lies 6.5 miles ENE of Ponta de Santarem.
1.44

Shoals in the N part of the bar present a most varied appear-

1.42
Shoals with a least depth of 7m lie in the channel midway be-
ance when not above the water. There are times when no differ- tween Ponto do Ceu and Ponta de Santarem.
ence is perceptible to the eye between these shoals and the Vessels entering the N arm may do so without a pilot up to
1.44

channels. At other times, the dark shadows of the shoals are Macapa if drawing no more than 9.1m. If deeper they require a
clearly defined at the sides of the channels. However, the oppo- pilot who will board at Salinopolis (0°36'S., 47°21'W.).
site may occur when the channels become darker and the water Ponta do Capinal (00°37'N., 50°22'W.), lying 16 miles W
1.44

over the shoals appears clearer. There are also times when there of Ponta do Santarem, is the N end of Ilha Caviana. Drying
are slight breakers over the shoals and calm water in the chan- banks extend 2.75 mile NE from this point, reducing the chan-
nels as opposed to times when there is broken water in the nel width to about 4 miles.
channels and calm water over the shoals. These shoals in gen- Ilhas Pedreira (00°20'N., 50°37'W.), a group of islands sub-
1.44

eral lie in a NE and SW direction forming long and narrow ject to change and marked by a light, lie in the center of the
ridges and parallel the trend of the channels. The NW and SE channel, about 25 miles SW of Ponta do Capinal. The islands
edges of these shoals are reported steep-to. The bottom are tree covered. Drying banks extend about 10 miles NE of the
throughout this area consists of mud and sand. islands. The island divides the river into two channels. The E
Ilha do Para Light is shown from a square framework tower
1.42
channel is the wider of the two and is preferred by the naviga-
30m in height, 7 miles SSW of Ilha do Bailique Light. A racon tor, who should avoid the shallow depths of Banco Carolina,
is transmitted from the light. which is marked by a lighted buoy.

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 23

There are good anchorages off the Ilha Caviana anywhere

1.44 ha Caviana de Fora. Chaves is an important cattle-exporting
between a point 5 miles SW of Pont a do Capinal and the center.
mouth of the Rio Arrozal (00°17'N., 50°29'W.). A light is The N and S arms of the Amazon River are connected by
1.46

shown at the mouth of the river. several channels that are formed by the many islets and islands
lying off the NW side of Ilha de Marajo.
1.45 From Ponta do Pau Cavado (00°12'N., 50°48'W.), Vessels can continue W in the Canal do Sul to reach Macapa
1.46

located 15 miles WSE of the Rio Arrozal, the NW shore curves by using a channel that passes N of Ilha del Pacas and W of Ar-
W, then SSW for 20 miles to Macapa (00°02'N., 51°03'W.). quipelago Jurupari.
There are no known dangers off this shore. The area is unsurveyed and subject to change. Vessels should
1.46

Mariners should be aware that safe transit of the Amazon

1.45 not attempt this passage without local knowledge.
River requires extensive local knowledge due to frequent
changes of the banks and channels and the lack of navigational 1.47 Macapa (00°02'N., 51°03'W.) stands on the NW
aids. shore of the river at a place where the land is relatively high.
To attain favorable tidal currents and maximum depths an in-
1.45 The chief export of the port is manganese ore. An old fort on a
bound vessel with a draft greater than 8m should cross the bar small promontory fronts the city.
1 hour before local HW. There are reportedly no berthing facilities for large vessels.
1.47

Although the least depth on the track in the approaches to

1.45 Contact Information.—See the table titled Porto de Santa-
1.47

Banco Norte and the river itself is usually 9 to 10m, the river is na—Contact Information in paragraph 1.48.
constantly changing and charted depths are not to be relied up- Anchorage.—Vessels anchor about 0.5 mile E of the pier
1.47

on. head, in 11 to 12.8m. Care is necessary to avoid a 7m rocky

It was reported that the maximum draft for ships using Canal
1.45 patch about 0.6 mile E of the old fort.
do Norte was 11m but soundings should be taken frequently Ships drawing up to 3.6m can anchor about 183m off the pier
1.47

due to the changing depths and shoals. head. Care should be taken to avoid a 2.7m patch about 0.2
mile SE of the pier head. This berth should be approached with
Canal do Sul the pier head in range about 301° with a white building about
0.4 mile beyond it. Good holding ground, in 20m, was reported
1.46 The S arm of the Amazon River should be approached about 1.75 miles E of the pier head.
through Canal do Sul, the entrance channel, which lies N of Il-
ha do Marajo and S of the SE part of Banco Santa Rosa, Ilha 1.48 Porto de Santana (00°03'S., 51°11'W.) (World Port
das Flechas, Ilha Mexiana, and Ilha Caviana de Fora. Index No. 12485) is located about 11 miles SW of Macapa on
From Cabo Maguari (00°17'N., 48°22'W.), the W entrance
1.46 the N shore of the Canal de Santana. The port's main export is
point of the Rio Para, the N coast of Ilha Marajo trends W for also manganese ore.
about 120 miles to Ponta Sao Joaquim, the NW point of the is- Tides—Currents.—Alongside the floating pier the tide runs
1.48

land. Canal do Sul is entered N of Ilha Machadinho between Il- for 60 minutes beyond the time computed from the table. In the
ha Puampe, about 4 miles W of Cabo Maguari, and Ilha das middle of the current, the delay in the change of current is 90
Flechas. A light is shown from Cabo Maguari. minutes, depending upon the river flow.
The least charted depth in the Canal is 5.8m; however, it is
1.46 Depths—Limitations.—The port lies on the N side of the
1.48

subject to change. river and predominantly handles wood chips. For further
Between Banco San Roque, a shallow bank extending 10
1.46 berthing information see the table titled Santana—Berth
miles E of Cabo Maguari, and Ilha Puampe lie several islets Information.
and islands, of which Ilha Machadinho, marked by a light and
lying about 17 miles WNW of Cabo Maguari, is the eastern- Santana—Berth Information
most. Between these islets and islands and Ilha Marajo lies a
winding channel which leads to the S arm of the river. Berth Length Remarks
Ilha das Flechas lies close with the S edge of Banco Santa
1.46 East Berth 200m Wood chips.
Rosa, which extends about 13 miles E from the islet. Banco
Santa Rosa extends from the W side of Ilha das Flechas to the Wood chips. Maximum
West Quay 150m
draft of 8.6m.
E side of Ilha Mexiana, about 20 miles W. This bank is shal-
lowest about midway between the two islands. Its S limit is un-
known. Pilotage.—Ships bound for Porto de Santana are required to
1.48

Ilha Caviana de Fora and Ilha Mexiana form with Ilhas das
1.46
take a pilot. The pilots board in the vicinity of Fazendinha.
Flechas and the bank extending E and W, the N limit of the S Ships bound for either Macapa or Porto de Santana should
arm of the Amazon River. These islands are low and wooded, request the latest navigational information about this channel
the N parts being flooded during heavy rains. from the radio station at Belem.
The channel off the S shores of Ilha Mexiana and Ilha Cavi-
1.46
Ships coming from Belem carry pilots who moor and un-
1.48

ana de Fora is fairly deep and clear of dangers. A group of sub- moor at Porto de Santana and who pilot upriver. Pilotage is
merged rocks, the exact positions of which are doubtful, lie compulsory above Macapa.
near the middle of the channel about 8 miles E of Chaves. Pilots will be flown from Belem to Porto de Santana, provid-
1.48

Chaves (00°10'S., 49°59'W.) is situated on the N shore of Il-

1.46
ed that prior arrangements have been made, where they board
ha do Marajo opposite Ponta da Caridade, the S extremity of Il- ships for upriver transits.

Pub. 124
24 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

Porto de Santana—Contact Information

Web site http://www.docasdesantana.com.br
Pilots
See the table titled Amazon River Pilots—Contact
Information in paragraph 1.41.

Anchorage.—Canal de Santana provides good anchorage

1.48

almost anywhere, over mud bottom. There is sheltered anchor-

age between the mainland and Ilha de Santana. Ships usually
anchor, in 46m, about 0.2 mile offshore. The anchorage off the
port has adequate room for 5 ships. Temporary anchorage, in a
depth of 22m, may be found about 2 miles ESE of the entrance
to Canal de Santana.
Clearance to anchor off Porto de Santana must be requested
1.48

from the port captain at Belem.

1.49 Munguba (00°55'S., 52°25'W.) is located 150 miles

above Porto de Santana on the Rio Jari, about 60 miles above
the mouth.
Depths—Limitations.—The minimum depth of the river is
ascertained by the pilot using a hand lead while the vessel is
loading. The vessel is then informed of the maximum safe de-
parture draft. This depends upon the time of year; during the
rainy season a vessel can load to a fresh water draft of 9.3m.
For further information see the table titled Munguba—Berth
Information.

Munguba—Berth Information
Berth Length Depth Remarks
Jari Celulose Terminal
Wood pulp, timber, dry
Jari
200m 12.0m bulk, sulphur, and gen-
Santana Light Celulose
1.48
eral cargo
Ships neither use nor need a tug for docking or undocking
1.48
Cadam Terminal
but a small boat, equipped with an outboard motor, is used for Cadam 230m 12.0m Kaolin and liquid cargo
receiving the first mooring line.
At the floating dock, ships berth starboard side-to when the
1.48

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot in embarked at

1.49

tide is ebbing and port side-to when the tide is flooding. It is Porto de Santana or, at Fazendinha (00°04'S., 051°06.5'W.). A
preferable to berth with some current running. The slack tide 72 hours notice is required.
period is short. In order to berth port side-to, ships can turn
around off the port between longitudes 51°11'W, and 51°12'W.
Ships usually make the turn without the use of an anchor as the Munguba—Contact Information
current helps the maneuver. CADAM Terminal
Ships can undock at any stage of the tide. A ship berthed up-
Telephone 55-093-373-66010
1.48

river and starboard side-to the dock can swing downriver off
the dock with the aid of the tide and mooring lines. Facsimile 55-093-373-61140
Contact Information.—See the table titled Porto de Santa-
1.48

Jari Celulose Terminal

na—Contact Information.
Telephone 55-093-373-66201
Porto de Santana—Contact Information Facsimile 55-093-373-61180
Port Authority Web site http://www.grupojari.com.br
Telephone 55-096-331-41200 Pilots
Facsimile 55-096-331-41210 See the table titled Amazon River Pilots—Contact
E-mail [email protected] Information in paragraph 1.41.

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 25

Contact Information.—See the table titled Munguba—

1.49 lowing positions:
Contact Information.
Anchorage.—Anchorage, in 12m, mud, can be obtained E
1.49
Amazon River Pilots—Pilot Boarding Locations
of the pulp berth.
Caution.—Buoys have been laid by the port authority to
1.49
Vessels with a draft of 8m and over—About 7.5
mark the channel the pilots report that the buoys are unreliable. No. 1 miles NNW of Salinopolis Light (0°29.6'S.,
There are no other navigational aids. Navigation entry is only 47°23.1'W.).
permitted in daylight. Vessels with a draft of less than 8m—About 2.5
No. 2 miles NW of Chapeau Virado (1°06'S.,
The Rio Para 48°29.7'W.).
Vessels arriving from the N and W, in Canal de
1.50 The mouth of the Rio Para lies between Cabo Ma-
No. 3 Espadarte, about 3 miles WNW of Cabeco do
guari and Ponta Curuca, about 38 miles ESE. The land on both
Norte (0°17'S., 47°49'W.).
sides of the river is low and cannot be seen from the bar. The
river water is muddy for a good distance out to sea. Vessels arriving from the E, in Canal de
The banks and shoals within the Rio Para are constantly
1.50 No. 4 Espadarte, about 3.5 miles SSW of Cabeco do Sul
changing. Banks that formerly never reached water level have (0°24.5'S., 47°46'W.).
now developed into small islands covered with vegetation due
to the accumulation of debris which has been carried down by Vessels unfamiliar with the area should use the pilot board-
1.50

the river currents. Other islands have been washed away. ing position NNW of Salinopolis Light.
Navigation within the river should be undertaken with ex-
1.50
The pilot boat has a red hull and a mast from which a red
1.50

treme care and soundings should be taken frequently because flag with a black “P” displayed.
of uncharted shoals. Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels bound for Belem.
1.50

It is also possible that depths of charted shoals may be less

1.50
Vessels bound for Santana, Macapa, Manaus, and Iquitos via
1.50

than charted. Os Estreitos and for the Rio Tocantins and the Rio Madeira al-
Depths—Limitations.—The bar at the mouth of the river is so embark a pilot at Salinopolis. Pilotage in the ports and tribu-
encumbered with several banks and shoals. However, fairly taries of the Amazon River is compulsory above Belem.
deep water lies between them. These dangers can be divided Contact Information.—See the table titled Rio Para Pi-
1.50

into three principal groups, including those lying near the E, lots—Contact Information.
central, and W parts of the bar. Most of these dangers break at
LW.
Baixo do Espardarte is an extensive shoal of sand lying
1.50
Rio Para Pilots—Contact Information
about 7 miles N of Ponta da Tijoca (00°33'S., 47°53'W.). CADAM Terminal
Ponta da Tijoca, from which a light is shown, is low and ends
1.50

VHF VHF channels 6, 11, 13, and 16

in a flat sandy beach. Baixo do Espardarte breaks near its E
part and dries at LW in its SW part. Telephone 55-091-400-66550
A wreck, marked by a light and from which a racon trans-
1.50

[email protected]
mits, lies on the bank about 7 miles N of Ponta da Tijoca. The E-mail
position of the wreck changes due to the force of the tidal cur- [email protected]
rents. Web site http://www.barradopara.com.br
Coroa Nova, over which the sea always breaks, lies SW of
1.50

Baixo do Espardarte and about 2 miles WNW of Ponta da Tijo-

ca. The contour of the NE portion of the sand bank varies con- Banco Xingu (00°20'S., 47°54'W.) extends in a general NE
1.50

stantly. The tidal currents attain rates of 5 to 6 knots in the to SW direction veering to the N. The shallowest part of the
vicinity of Coroa Nova. sand bank, being about 1m, lies about 12 miles NNW of Ponta
Coroa des Gaivotas, which uncovers at low tide, has its N
1.50
da Tijoca.
end lying 7 miles W of Ponta da Tajoca. A beacon marks the Banco do Clemente, which partially dries at LW, lies about 2
1.50

NW side of the shoal. miles SW of Banco Xingu and about 11.2 miles NW of Ponta
Banco Piraquembaua de Fora consists of two spits, Cabeco da Tijoca. Bancos da Tijoca consist of three spits of hard sand,
do Norte and Cabeco do Sul. Cabeco do Norte with a least Cabeco do Sul, Cabeco do Meio, and Cabeco do Norte. Cabeco
charted depth of about 7m, lies about 14 miles N of Ponta do Sul, the most extensive and shallowest, uncovers 0.2m at
Curuca. Cabeco do Sul has a least charted depth of 5.4m. Both LW in a position about 9.2 miles NW of Ponta da Tijoca. Cabe-
banks break in rough weather. co do Meio, with a least depth of 2.5m, breaks at LW and re-
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for the Rio Para. Vessels
1.50
quires the most care as it extends the farthest into Canal do
should request pilotage, via their agent, 7 days in advance. The Espadarte. Cabeco do Norte, which also breaks at LW, is the
vessel’s ETA should be confirmed 48 hours, 24 hours, and 8 deepest with least depths of about 4.5m. Banco Sao Joao, with
hours in advance through Belem (PPL). Pilots board in the fol- a least charted depth of about 1.9m, lies about 18 miles WNW
of Ponta da Tijoca. Several shoals lie between Banco Sao Joao
and Bancos da Tijoca.
Cabeco do Joca (00°26'S., 48°48'W.), lying off the W side
1.50

Pub. 124
26 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

of Banco Sao Joao, has a least charted depth of 7.6m.

Coroa de Quiriri lies close off the S end of Banco Sao Joao
1.50

and extends SW and SSW for about 22 miles. There is a depth

of 1.5m at its NE end and a sand bank which dries 0.5m near
its SW end. The shoal is marked by breakers over its entire
length apart from a narrow gap close N of the drying sand
bank.
Banco Maguari, with depths of less than 3.6m, extends E
from Cabo Maguari for about 15.7 miles. Between the cape
and Ponta Soure, about 29 miles farther S, Banco Maguari ex-
tends up to 6.5 miles offshore tapering off to about 0.7 mile
from Ponta Soure.
The E edge of this bank off the cape is marked by breakers
1.50

during strong winds. The bank is reported to be extending to

the NE.
The tidal currents in the vicinity of Banco Maguari set WSW
1.50

during flooding and ENE during ebbing.

Banco Monjui, composed of mud and sand, has a least chart-
1.50

ed depth of about 2.7m. The shallowest part, which is indicated

by the dark muddy-colored water lying, lies about 2.2 miles E
of Cabo Maguari.
There are several shoals, with depths of less than 10m, be-
1.50

tween Banco Monjui and Banco do Clemente and between

Banco Monjui and Banco Xingu.
Caution.—The buoys and channels of the Rio Para and its
1.50

tributaries are subject to constant change. Lesser depths than

charted may be found and buoys are moved as necessary.

Canal do Espadarte
1.51 Canal do Espadarte, the principal channel leading into
the Rio Para, lies between Baixo do Espadarte and Bancos da
Tijoca. The breakers on these banks help to mark the channel. 1.51 Taipu Light
The channel is about 1.5 miles wide, with depths of 12 to
1.51

end of a chain of rocks lying off the village of Colares, about

33m, over fine white sand. Other channels are available but are 23 miles SW of Ponta Taipu. Colares, situated on a flat sandy
not recommended for large ships and therefore are not de- shore, is sheltered from the sea by these rocks. The rocks un-
scribed. cover at half tide and form a natural breakwater. A small
The MHW interval in Canal do Espadarte is 10 hours 40
1.51

church, painted white, is located in the village.

minutes. The mean tidal range is about 2.5m, while the spring Ilha das Pombas, about 8 miles NE of Ponta do Chapeu Vira-
1.51

range about 3.1m. The flood current sets SW and attains rates do, is covered with vegetation. The island appears attached to
of 2.5 to 3.2 knots. The ebb current set NE and attains similar the mainland at first as it is separated from the shore by only a
rates. Between Baixo de Espadarte and Coroa das Gaivotas, the short distance. A ridge of rocks extends about 1 mile N from
flood current tends to set a vessel away from Coroa das Gaivo- the island and along the shore to the E. The sea is sometimes
tas, while the ebb currents tends to set a vessel towards the rough near these rocks, especially during the flood tide.
shoal. The E shore of the Rio Para is low and covered with veg- A light is shown from Ponta do Chapeu Virado. A chain of
1.51

etation. dangerous rocks, some of which uncover, lie about 0.5 mile N
From Ponta Curuca to Ponta da Tijoca, the coast trends W
1.51

of Ponta do Chapeu Virado.

about 5 miles, then SW about 49 miles to Ponta do Chapeu Vi- The W shore of the Rio Para, between Cabo Maguari and
1.51

rado. Ponta Curuca is more elevated than the adjacent coasts. Ponta de Soure, is low, wooded, and flooded during the rainy
Several rivers empty into the waters along this stretch of the season.
coast, dividing the coast into islands. Between Ponta Soure and Ponta Guarita, about 9 miles S,
1.51

The land in the vicinity of Ponta Taipu, about 11.7 miles SW

1.51

shoal water lies up to 1.25 miles offshore.

of Ponta da Tijoca, when seen from a position N of Baixo do The city of Soure, one of the principal commercial centers of
1.51

Espadarte appears as a low island, but on a nearer approach it Ilha do Marajo, is situated at the N entrance of the Rio Paracu-
appears as two high elevations joining the land to the SW. A auri (Igarape Grande), the main river on this coast. A light is
light is shown about 0.7 mile SE of Ponta Taipu. Shallow shown from the N extremity of Ilha dos Amores, on the S en-
depths and dangerous rocks lie up to a distance of 2.2 miles off trance of the Rio Paracuauri. Between Ponte Soure and Ponta
the shore between Ponta Taipu and Ponta do Chapeu Virado. Guarita (Ponta de Joanes), about 9 miles S, shoal water lies up
A light is shown close N of Ponta Maria Teresa which lies
1.51

to 1.25 miles offshore. A light is shown from Ponta Guarita.

about 10 miles SW of Ponta Taipu. A light is shown from the

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 27

Coroada Muricoca, which uncovers at LW, lies about 6 miles

1.51 off the E shore. A light is shown from Ilha do Forte da Barra.
NE of Ponta Guarita. Coroa Seca, with a least charted depth of Depths—Limitations.—The least depth as far as the berths
1.52

1m, lies near the middle of the river about 9 miles ESE of Pon- at Belem was 6.1m, but this depth is subject to change.
ta Guarita. This shoal, which breaks at low tide, has been re- Ilha Tatuoca is surrounded by foul ground. The extent of this
1.52

ported to be extending E with deep water near its edges. foul ground varies from 0.15 mile off its E side to 1.75 miles of
Coroinha and Coroa Grande are drying shoals located about
1.51 its NW side. Rocks, some of which uncover at LW, are scat-
6 miles S of Ponta Guarita. A light is shown about 1.2 miles W tered throughout the foul ground. A lighted buoy marks the NE
of the W edge of Coroa Grande. extremity of the foul ground, about 1 mile NE of Ilha Tatuoca.
Scattered submerged rocks fringe the E shore between Ponta
1.52

do Pinheiro and Val-de-Caes.

A lighted buoy, which marks foul grounds, is moored about
1.52

0.2 mile WNW of Ponta do Pinheiro.

1.53 Ilha da Barra (1°22'S., 48°30'W.) lies near the mid-

dle of the channel. Depths of less than 5.5m extend about 1
mile N. A spit, with depths gradually increasing to 5m, extends
slightly more than 1.25 miles SSW. A rock, with a depth of less
than 2m, lies 0.5 mile WNW of the S extremity of the island.
Pedras da Barra, with a least depth of 0.5m, lies about 0.4
1.53

mile NNE of Ilha do Forte da Barra nearly in mid-channel be-

tween the E shore and Ilha da Barra. Pedro do Forte, a flat rock
with a depth of 5.1m lies about 0.3 mile SW of Ilha do Forte da
Barra. A lighted buoy is moored close W of Pedro do Forte.
Pedras Val-de-Caes, with depths less than 1.8m, lie about 1
mile SSW of Ilha do Forte da Barra. A lighted buoy marks the
1.51 Soure Light SW side of this danger. Mariners should use maximum caution
when navigating in the area of Ilha do Cruzador (1°22'S.,
48°31'W.). There is the existence of a possible bank due to the
Canal do Mosqueiro disappearance of Cruzador Island.
1.52 Canal do Mosqueiro, entered between Ponta do Cha-
peu Virado and Ilha Tatuoca about 5 miles SSW, extends about Belem (1°27'S., 48°30'W.)
18 miles S to the berths at Belem.
The channel is calm, even when the wind blows constantly
1.52
World Port Index No. 12490
during September, October, and November. The bottom is sand
and mud, which affords good holding ground. 1.54 The port of Belem is the most important commercial
Ilha Tatuoca (1°12'S., 48°30'W.), the northernmost, and Il-
1.52
port on the N coast of Brazil. The port is situated on the E bank
ha das Oncas, the largest and southernmost, are part of a chain of the Rio Para about 70 miles from its mouth. Communication
of islands skirting the coast. is maintained with all inland Amazon ports.
These islands form the W side of Canal do Mosqueiro and
1.52
Winds—Weather.—The winds during the summer
1.54

extend S past the city of Belem. A light is shown from the N mornings are usually calm, or a light breeze blows from E to
side of Ilha Tatuoca. Ponta do Mosqueiro, about 3 miles S of NE, changing gently to the N. Fresh winds from the NE and
Ponta do Chapeu Virado, is on the E shore of Canal do ENE normally blow on summer afternoons, lasting until
Mosqueiro. sunset, followed by a calm that lasts through the night. During
A large building, faced with red bricks, and a warehouse
1.52
the rainy season from March until June, Winds are variable and
stand on the point. A wooden pier is located about 0.7 mile sometimes accompanied by squalls.
NNW. The village of Mosqueiro is situated close N of Ponta do Rain falls almost daily during the rainy season and in the dry
1.54

Mosqueiro. season on an average of about 15 days, mostly in the afternoon.

A conspicuous chimney is located within the town. Icoaraci,
1.52
Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval at Belem is 11
1.54

a small town, is located on Ponta do Pinheiro, 8.5 miles S of hours 4 minutes. The spring range is about 3m and the mean
Mosqueiro. range is about 2.4m. Under normal conditions, during spring
The church towers at Belem become visible just S of Ponta
1.52
tides, the flood current has a velocity of 2.6 knots and the ebb
do Pinheiro. Other conspicuous charted objects can be seen current 1.4 knots. During neap tides, the flood current has a
along the E shore. velocity of 2.4 knots and the ebb current has a velocity of 1.1
There are several small piers between Ponta do Pinheiro and
1.52
knots.
the town of Val-de-Caes, about 6 miles S. An aviation light and The times of HW and the rates of the current are, however,
1.54

an aeronautical radiobeacon are located in the NE part of Val- influenced by the force and direction of the wind and by the
de-Caes. amount of rainfall in the river basin.
Ilha do Forte da Barra lies ESE of the S end of Ilha da Barra
1.52
Rates in excess of those stated may be experienced. The tidal
1.54

in a position about 1 mile N of Val-de-Caes and about 0.2 mile currents set toward the berths in Belem; therefore, ships should
let go an anchor before mooring.

Pub. 124
28 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

Depths—Limitations.—The approach to Belem is made

1.54 quay is about 2,296m long and is divided into several sections.
through the Canal do Mosqueiro, previously described in For further information refer to table titled Belem—Berth In-
paragraph 1.51. formation.
The maneuvering room in this stretch of water is consider-
1.54 Aspect.—The city occupies little more than a clearing in the
1.54

ably more restricted than in the Rio Para. Approximately 1 Amazon jungle. The highest point of the city is only 14m and
mile S of Punto do Pinheiro, the channel narrows to 1 mile. the lower sections of the city become swampy and flooded
It has been reported that the port is silting up gradually for
1.54 during the rainy season.
lack of dredging. A conspicuous water tower is located in Miramar, about 6.7
1.54

Mooring is not allowed at Berth No. 9 and Berth No. 10.

1.54 miles S of Ponta do Pinheiro.
A 142m long T-head tanker pier at Miramar, with depths of
1.54 Two chimneys are located in Curro Velho, 1.25 and 1.75
1.54

8.8 to 9.8m, can accept ships up to 200m long with drafts of up miles S, respectively, of the water tower in Miramar.
to 7.9m. Berthing is reported to be carried out only on and There is also a conspicuous building in Belem, 1 mile S of
1.54

during the flood tide. the S chimney in Curro Velho.

A dredged channel (1991) leading to the oil terminal has a
1.54 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.
1.54

depth of 6.8m. Vessels should request pilotage, via their agent, 7 days in
A dredged channel, 90 to 180m wide over a depth of 4.2m at
1.54 advance. The vessel’s ETA should be confirmed 48 hours, 24
LW, leads near the shore from Miramar to the berths at Belem. hours, and 8 hours in advance through Belem (PPL). The pilot
This channel is marked by lighted buoys. However, the charted boards about 2.5 miles NW of Chapeau Virado (1°06'S.,
positions of the buoys are not to be relied upon. The principal 48°30'W.).

Belem—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Porto de Belem Terminal
11 133m 9.0m 180m — 31.0m
General cargo and grain. Continuous berth-
12 133m 9.0m 169m — 27.0m
ing length of 400m.
Silo Berth 133m 9.0m 210m 7.0m 30.0m
Marechal Hermes Dock 450m 4.8m 120m — 15.0m General cargo.
General cargo, passengers, and cruise ves-
Warehouse 4 to 5 240m 8.0m — — —
sels.
Warehouse 6 to 8 160m 8.0m 129m — 21.0m General cargo, passengers, and ro-ro.
Passenger Berth 306m — — — — Passengers.
BNVC Terminal
BNVC Passenger Berth 32m — 40m — 11.0m Passengers and ro-ro.
Miramar Terminal
Petroleum products. Berthing length of
Pier 01 76m — 140m 7.9m 17.6m
220m (including dolphins).
Petroleum products. Berthing length of
Pier 02 40m — 210m 7.9m 40.0m
240m (including dolphins).
JRL Terminal
Barge Berth 200m — — — — Barges.
Silnav
Barge Berth 85m — — — — Barges.
Transportes Bertollini
Barge Berth 40m — — — — Ro-Ro/Lo-Lo. Barges.
AGROPALMA
Berthing length of 72m (including dol-
Tanker Berth 11m — — — —
phins).

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 29

The pilot boat is a red launch with a black P painted on both

1.54

sides of the bow. It also flies a red flag with a black P.

Contact Information.—See the table titled Belem—Con-
1.54

tact Information.

Belem—Contact Information
Pilots
See the table titled Rio Para Pilots—Contact Informa-
tion in paragraph 1.50.
Port Control
VHF VHF channel 16
Telephone 55-091-325-70808
Facsimile 55-091-325-71693
Port Captain
VHF VHF channels 9, 12, 14, and 16
55-091-321-83950
Telephone
55-091-991-149187 (Instant Messenger)
Facsimile 55-091-322-47690
E-mail [email protected] 1.54 Belem

Port Authority Anchorage.—There is good anchorage from Ponta do

1.54

Mosqueiro to the beginning of the dredged channel into Belem;

55-091-318-29000
however, the navigator should observe the restrictions with
55-091-318-29088 respect to restricted areas and submarine cables. Ships drawing
Telephone 55-091-318-29173 up to 9.1m can anchor and work cargo at Icoraci, off Ponta do
Pinheiro.
55-091-318-29059 A prohibited anchorage lies off Miramar and Val-de-Caes,
1.54

55-091-318-29073 with a naval anchorage adjoining it to the N.

Ships are prohibited from anchoring in the cable areas lying
1.54

Facsimile 55-091-318-29030 off the E side of Ilha das Oncas between the S end of Ilha da
E-mail [email protected] Barra and the mouth of the Rio Guama.
Anchorage is prohibited in the dredged channel about 1 mile
1.54

Web site http://www.cdp.com.br/porto-de-belem S of the oil terminal at Miramar.

Oil tankers and gas carriers bound for the tanker pier at
1.54

Miramar should use the designated tanker anchorage SE of Ilha

Jutuba, with depths of 6 to 7m.
Temporary anchorage may be taken between the S end of
1.54

Belem Wharf and Banco de Meio, in depths of 4.9 to 11.9m.

Caution.—Several incidents of piracy and armed robbery
1.54

have been reported in the vicinity of Belem.

1.55 Vila do Conde (1°33'S., 48°45'W.) sits further inside

the mouth of the Rio Para, upriver from Belem, and consists of
a series of bulk-cargo-centric terminals fronting a collection a
small villages. The terminals sit on the SE shore of Baia de
Marajo and extend SW along the bank, the last terminal sitting
just downriver from where Baia de Marajo splits into Baia do
Capim and Baia do Marapata. The maximum permissible draft
to is governed by the fairway depth in the Rio Para. For further
information see the table titled Vila do Conde—Berth
1.54 Belem—Container Terminal Information.

Pub. 124
30 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

Contact Information.—See the table titled Vila do

1.55

Conde—Contact Information.

Vila do Conde—Contact Information

Pilots
See the table titled Rio Para Pilots—Contact
Information in paragraph 1.50.
Port Office
VHF VHF channel 16
Telephone 55-091-321-62011
Facsimile 55-091-324-11741
Port Authority
55-091-375-45200
Telephone 55-091-375-45207
Vila do Conde
55-091-375-45201
1.54

Facsimile 55-091-375-41176
http://www.cdp.com.br/porto-de-vila-
Web site
do-conde

Vila do Conde—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
CONVICON Container Terminal
Coal, containers, steel products and
301 254m 20.0m 245m 13.5m 40.0m
breakbulk.
302 254m 16.0m 200m — 32.2m Containers.
Imerys Rio Capim Caulim Terminal (IRCC)
Mineral ore and breakbulk. Berthing
IRCC Berth — — 190m 22.0m 30.0m
length of 305m (including dolphins).
Ponta da Montanha Grain Terminal (TGPM)
Grain. Berth length: of 250m (including
TGPM Berth 84m — 237m 16.0m 40.0m
dolphins).
Terminal de Multiplo Uso (TMU1)
101 290m 20.0m 245m — 40.0m Bauxite and coal.
102 251m 16.0m 212m 12.0m 32.2m General cargo.
201 210m 20.0m 213m — 32.2m General cargo.
202 180m 16.0m 200m 12.8m 32.2m Breakbulk and livestock.
401 254m 20.0m 255m — 40.0m Containers and breakbulk.
402 254m 16.0m 190m — 30.0m Containers and breakbulk.
Terminal Portuario Graneleiro de Barcarena (TPG)
Grain. Berthing length of265m
TPG Berth — — 229m — 36.5m
(including dolphins).
TUP—Vila do Conde

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 31

Vila do Conde—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Grain. Berthing length of 285m (includ-
TUP Berth — — 229m — 38.0m
ing dolphins).
Terminal de Graneis Liquidos (TGL)
General cargo. Berthing length of 285m
501 — 20.0m 228m — 40.0m
(including dolphins).
DPP. Berthing length of 125m (including
502 — 14.0m 183m — 40.0m
dolphins).

Passo do Goiabal Os Estreitos refers to the various channels W of Ilha de

1.57

Marajo which connects the Rio Para with the main channels of
1.56 Passo do Goiabal, not named on any chart, is a route the Amazon River.
for ascending the Rio Para above Belem. It is entered between There are two channels used by ships, both of which enter
1.57

Banco do Otelo and Ilha Mandii, about 40 miles WSW of the main channel of the Amazon River at Ponta do Vieria
Belem. (1°06'S., 51°12'W.).
The passage continues S of Ilha Joroca, N of Ilha Saracuruca
1.56
Estreito de Boiucu is about 90 miles long and 0.2 mile to 1
1.57

and Ilha Tucumanduba, between Ilha Mutumura and the island mile wide. This channel has a least depth of 5.3m in Furo
NW of it, S of Ilha Chaves and Ilha Santo Antonio, and N of Il- Grande, the narrowest part, about 17 miles above its entrance.
ha Paqueta. Estreito de Breves, N of Estreito de Boiucu, is about 130 miles
Depths in this passage range from 6.2 to 26m. A bank ex-
1.56
long and has a least depth of 7.3m. The maximum dimensions
tends about 3 miles E of Ilha Joroca, the easternmost of these of ships using these channels are about 8.5m draft and 137m in
islands which, when combined with the bank extending from length for Estreito de Breves and 6.7m draft and 183m in
Ilha de Marajo to the W of Ilha Mandii, reduces the width of length for Estreito de Boiucu.
the channel to about 0.5 mile. Breves (1°41'S., 50°29'W.) is located on the N side of Est-
1.57

Lights are shown from the S extremity of Ilha Joroca and

1.56
reito de Breves, about 13 miles above its entrance and 146
from Ilha Jupatituba, 2 miles to the S. The narrowest part of the miles from Belem. There is a pier 150m in length with an
pass is about 7 miles W of this section in the strait just N of Il- alongside depth of 6.7m where timber is loaded, and several
ha Mutumuru. smaller piers for river craft.
A shoal, which dries for 0.25 mile E and W and is steep-to
1.56
Sao Miguel (1°10'S., 50°29'W.), where there is a timber
1.57

on its N side, with shoal ground extending about 1 mile to the loading berth, stands on the NE bank of Furo dos Macacos, 30
W, 3.5 miles to the E, and 4.5 miles to the S from the dry part, miles N of Breves. Vessels berth alongside the bank, heading
lies about 2.7 miles E of Ilha Mandii. NW in a depth of 5.4m, by securing to trees. Care is required
Several wrecks lie sunk or stranded from 2 to 7.5 miles E of
1.56
approaching the berth as there are a number of ruined piers
Ilha Mandii. which are covered at HW.
The depths are constantly changing in the vicinity of and up
1.56
Ships navigating Os Estreitos should reduce speed before ap-
1.57

to about 10 miles W of Ilha Mandii. Passo do Goiabal should proaching narrow bends and sound signals to warn river traffic.
not be attempted at night. Ships can anchor, in about 12.8m, about 10 miles E of Ilha
1.57

Cocal (1°44'S., 49°31'W.) is a small port located near the S

1.56
Boluca Light and 0.75 mile S of Ilha das Araras Light, if they
extremity of Ilha Santo Antonio, about 7 miles SW of Ilha Mu- do not desire to transit Os Estreitos at night.
tumuru. Deep draft vessels can moor at the port.
Upper Reaches of the Amazon River
Passo do Goiabal to Ilha Boiucu
1.58 Ships navigating the upper reaches of the Amazon
1.57 West of Ilha Paqueta, the channel width increases River can do so by way of the Rio Para via Passo do Goiabal
from 2 to 4 miles and remains at this width for about 65 miles and Os Estreitos.
to the entrance of Estreito de Breves, then it narrows to about Ships leaving Belem round Ilha Tatuoca and steer for Passo
1.58

0.2 mile. The depths in this part of the channel are between 7.3 do Goiabal.
to 28m. Both banks of the river are covered with dense forest. Canal de Cotejuba also leads from Belem to Passo do Goia-
1.58

There are a number of inlets which cut the coast into numerous bal but this passage is used only by local pilots.
islands. Ships navigating the upper reaches from Canal de Santana
1.58

Curralinho (1°49'S., 49°48'W.) is located on the N bank of

1.57
can ascend the channel upriver which trends SW for about 103
the Rio Para about 18 miles WSW of Cocal. A shoal, with a miles to its junction with Braco de Burupa off Ponta do Jariu-
depth of less than 2m, extends about 0.5 mile S of the port. ba. The channel follows the mainland shore and lies NW of Il-
Curralinho is a port of call for most ships navigating the river. ha do Para, Ilha Grande de Gurupa, and all the smaller islands
except Ilhas Aruans (1°05'S., 51°43'W.). The N part of Ilhas

Pub. 124
32 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

Aruans lies 29 miles NE of Ponta do Jariuba. the N and W of the town of Almeirim. The town is near the W
Most ports on the Amazon River, excluding Manaus, do not
1.58 end of Ilha de Comandai and about 3 miles from Belem.
have berthing facilities for accommodating the larger ships From the junction of Braco de Gurupa, the Amazon River
1.60

transiting the river. trends WSW for about 60 miles to the W end of Ilha Jurupari,
which can be passed on either side. The channel N of this is-
1.59 From Ponta do Vieira (1°06'S., 51°12'W.), the chan- land is deep but narrow and the currents are strong. This chan-
nel trends SW for 33 miles to the city of Gurupa. This stretch nel is avoided by ships transiting upriver and frequented by
of the channel has an average width of 1 mile. those transiting downriver.
Serra da Velha Pobre, about 300m high, rises almost vertical-
1.60

ly from the N bank of the river abreast Ilha Jurupari, about 12

miles W of Almeirim.
From Serra da Velha Pobre to Ilha de Parauaquara, about 15
1.60

miles W, the river is wide and deep with depths up to 55m.

The navigable channel is then narrowed by islands between
1.60

Ilha de Parauaquara and the city of Prainha, about 30 miles dis-

tant. The current is strong within this part of the channel.
Praina (1°48'S., 53°29'W.) stands on the N bank of the river
1.60

about 414 miles from Belem. The port is used mostly by river-
boats. The tidal range here is about 1m.
A light is shown from Ponta Peregrino (1°55'S., 53°50'W.).
1.60

Ponta Peregrino is the NE point of Ilha do Gurupatuba which

lies close to the N bank of the river about 23 miles WSW of
Prainha.
The shoals, banks, and islands in the vicinity are constantly
1.60

changing. Islands of floating objects are often formed, only to

be washed away again.
Santarem Monte Alegre (2°00'S., 54°04'W.) stands on the slopes of a
1.60

hill rising from the N bank of the Rio Parana de Monte Alegre,
From Ponta do Vieira the channel follows close to the S bank
1.59

2 miles W of the W extremity of Ilha do Gurupatuba and about

for about 5 miles until abreast of the light at Floresta (1°11'S., 457 miles by river from Belem. Serra Erere and Serra Paituna
51°14'W.). The channel then trends toward the N bank where it rise about 10 miles W of Monte Alegre.
continues until the E end of Ilha Sao Salvador is abeam, when Lago Monte Alegre (Lago Grande), one of the largest lakes
1.60

it again approaches the S shore. in the vicinity of the river, lies S of these mountain ranges.
When crossing from one side of the river to the other, a ship
1.59

The lake increases in size during the rainy season and some-
1.60

may encounter strong currents, eddies, and tide rips. times unites with the river.
Gurupa (1°24'S., 51°39'W.) stands on a rocky point 10m
1.59

From Ilha Faraday, lying 1.5 miles S of Ilha do Gurupatuba,

1.60

high on the SE bank of the river, about 270 miles by river from the river trends S for about 17 miles to Ilha do Curua, which
Belem. The port is used mostly by river boats. may be passed on either side. A dangerous shoal surrounds the
Abreast of the city, Braco do Vieira joins with Braco de Gu-
1.59

SW end of the island and must be avoided.

rupu. From here Braco de Gurupa trends SW for 15 miles and From the SW end of Ilha do Curua, the river trends generally
1.60

is joined from the S by the Rio Xingu, the first of the large trib- W for about 39 miles to Ponta Negra, the N entrance point of
utaries of the Amazon River. This branch then turns to the NW the Rio Tapajos. Ponta Negra should be given a wide berth be-
for 9 miles between Ilha Grande de Gurupa and Ilha Baixa cause a shoal, with depths of less than 2m extends 1 mile E
Grande and joins the main section of the Amazon River off from this point.
Ponta do Jariuba. Pilotage.—For Amazon River pilotage information see Pi-
1.60

lotage and Contact Information in paragraph 1.41.

1.60 Ponta do Jariuba (1°24'S., 51°57'W.) is the SW ex-
tremity of Ilha Grande de Gurupa. Good anchorage, in 15 to 1.61 Santarem (2°25'S., 54°43'W.) (World Port Index No.
25m, is available 1.5 miles SSE of this point. 12510) stands on the S side of the mouth of the Rio Tapajos, 1
Ilha das Velhas lies near the N bank of the river W of Ponta mile S of Ponta Negra, and 516 miles by river from Belem.
do Jariuba; Ilha de Comandai lies close W of Ilha das Velhas.
From here, Serra Jutai begins to be visible. This range lies to

Santarem—Berth Information
Berth Length Depth Remarks
Cargill Terminal
Pier 300 (601) 300m — Soybeans and corn. Maximum vessel size of 65,000 dwt.
Pier 300 (602) 140m — Soybeans and corn. Used by river barges.

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 33

Santarem—Berth Information
Berth Length Depth Remarks
Port of Santarem
R6 — — Ro-ro.
Multiple Terminal Use (MTU)
Pier 100 (501) 200m 14.0m General cargo, containers, and passengers.
Pier 100 (502) 185m 14.0m Sporadically used for mooring naval vessels.
503 180m 3.0m Regional craft interstate transportation, general cargo, and passengers.
200 240m 14.0m General cargo.
Terminal de Graneis Liqidos (TGL)
T3R1 — — Ro-ro, barges, and containers.
T3 36m — Liquid bulk and LPG.
T2 33m — Liquid product and barges.
T1 — — Refueling.

Tides—Currents.—During low stages of the river, tidal

1.61 NW for about 16 miles to the W end of Ilha des Marrecas, from
currents are felt in the Rio Tapajos. During times of tidal which a bank extends 1.5 miles NNW. The channel E and N of
influence, the water appears yellow. Between Santarem and the island is the preferred channel. From the island the river
Obidos, the river banks are low. During the rainy season these trends W, passing S of Ilho do Marimarituba and N of Ilha do
banks are almost under water except on the S side abreast of Patacha. Depths in this area are likely to change rapidly.
Ilha Marimarituba which forms a cliff about 45m high. From this point the river channel trends NW for about 35
1.61

Depths—Limitations.—An L-shaped wharf lies 1.25 miles

1.61 miles to the city of Obidos, passing S of Ilha do Meio and Ilha
SW of Ponta Negra. Its outer face is 200m long, with a depth of do Mamauru. This part of the river is apparently free of dan-
about 10m alongside. Small craft can berth on the 180m long gers but the current is strong.
inner section, which has a depth of 6m alongside. For further Near the S bank of the river between Ilho do Marimarituba
1.61

information see the table titled Santarem—Berth and Obidos, lies Lago Grande de Vila Franca which is joined
Information. with the Amazon River by several openings.
Pilotage.—Pilots are compulsory and embarked at Belem or
1.61 The lake is said to be navigable in the greater part of its ex-
1.61

Macapa. For pilotage contact information see paragraph 1.41. tent.

Contact Information.—See the table titled Santarem—
1.61

Contact Information. 1.62 Obidos (1°55'S., 55°31'W.) (World Port Index No.
12530) stands on the N bank of the river, about 584 miles from
Santarem—Contact Information Belem. The town stands on a cliff 20m high overlooking the
river. The river at this point is narrow, with depths of 40 to
Port Authority 100m and the current is extremely strong.
VHF VHF channel 16 Obidos is the farthest port upriver at which the tide is felt. An
1.62

eddy, with a rate of 2 or 3 knots, runs NW along the N bank

55-093-352-33693
Telephone and is felt from 0.2 to 0.4 mile offshore. The port can accom-
55-093-352-21727 modate vessels up to 7,000 dwt.
Facsimile 55-093-352-34693 The port has a wharf that is used during the HW season by
1.62

ships of considerable tonnage.

E-mail [email protected] Because of the countercurrent that forms next to the wharf, it
1.62

Web site http://www.cdp.com.br/porto-de-santarem is recommended that ships moor port side-to. The wharf has
two berths. No. 1 is 39m in length and No. 2 is 10m in length.
Harbormaster Vessels can anchor, in 10 to 20m, about 45m offshore. The
1.62

Telephone 55-093-352-22870 bank is steep-to and consists of soft mud.

Contact Information.—See the table titled Obidos—
1.62

55-093-352-32663 Contact Information.

Facsimile
55-093-352-32923
Obidos—Contact Information
Anchorage.—Vessels can obtain anchorage with good
1.61
55-093-354-71253
holding ground abreast of the city, in depths of 15 to 20m. Telephone
From the mouth of the Rio Tapajos, the Amazon River trends
1.61
55-093-988-042223 (mobile)

Pub. 124
34 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

Obidos—Contact Information Anchorage.—Vessels awaiting a berth anchor W of the

1.63

mouth of the Rio Trombetas, with good holding ground.

Web site http://www.cdp.com.br/porto-de-obidos Vessels may not enter the river until permission is given
because of restrictions on passing vessels leaving.
1.63 Porto Trombetas (1°28'S., 56°23'W.) stands on the
Rio Trombetas, 60 miles above its mouth which lies 5 miles W 1.64 From Obidos, the river channel trends WSW for 30
of Obidos. Vessels of 50,000 dwt can be handled. The port miles to Ilha de Santa Rita. This island may be passed on either
exports bauxite. side. The N side has the greater depths. Silting in the S passage
During HW (January through July), currents may reach a
1.63
makes local knowledge essential for vessels navigate this
speed of 2 knots. channel.
Depths—Limitations.—The loading berth consists of a
1.63 The river then trends SW for about 60 miles to the town of
1.64

100m long pier, four dolphins, and four mooring buoys. The al- Parintins, passing Ilha de Juruti, Ilhas do Caldeirao (Cal-
lowable air draft is 13.5m (minimum) in July and 19m (maxi- deiroes), and Ilha Parintins. The main channel is N of Ilha de
mum) in December. Draft is restricted to 11.3m from January Juruti and S of Ilhas do Caldeiroa. There is also a deep channel
to July and to 11m from August to December. There is a tanker N of Ilhas do Caldeiroa. Serra de Parintins, two hills about
berth upstream and a general cargo wharf downstream from the 120m high, rise on the S bank of the river E and S of Ilhas de
terminal. Caldeiroa.
The bauxite pier is 125m in length with a berthing length ex-
1.63
Parintins (2°38'S., 56°44'W.) stands on cliffs on the S side
1.64

tended to 334m by dolphins. Vessels with a maximum loa of of the Amazon River about 697 miles from Belem. There is a
245m, a maximum draft of 11.5m, and a maximum beam of municipal pier where vessels can berth alongside at most times
40m can be accommodated. of the year. Vessels should berth port side-to as there is a strong
Pilotage.—Pilots embark and disembark at the anchorage
1.63
countercurrent. Terminal Fluviar is a passenger terminal and
off Porto de Santana. The vessel’s ETA at Barra Norte is re- has a inner berth with a length of 100. The outer berth is 142m
quired 72 hours in advance. in length.
For Amazon River pilotage contact information see para-
1.63
From Parintins, the river trends W for 20 miles where it di-
1.64

graph 1.41. vides into two channels. Parana do Mocambo, the N channel,
Contact Information.—See the table titled Porto
1.63
lies between the N bank of the river and Ilha do Arari and Ilha
Trombetas—Contact Information. do Mocambo (Pacoval).
The S channel lies between Ilha das Oncas and the S bank of
1.64

Porto Trombetas—Contact Information the river. The N channel is narrower but shorter and ships gen-
erally use this channel.
MRN (Operators)
West of these islands, the river is about 2 miles wide and
1.64

VHF VHF channels 12 and 16 trends NW for 10 miles. The river then turns sharply trending
Telephone 55-091-354-97500 SW for about 85 miles to the town of Itacoatiara. There are
several islands and drying banks in this part of the river. The
Facsimile 55-091-354-91482 current has a rate of about 3 knots S of Ilha Grande do Serpa
DOCENAVE (Agents) (Ilha do Risco) which lies about 3 miles E of Itacoatiara.

VHF VHF channels 12 and 16 1.65 Itacoatiara (3°09'S., 58°27'W.) (World Port Index
55-091-354-91114 No. 12540) stands on the slope of a hill on the N bank of the
Telephone river, 817 miles from Belem. Vessels lie bow to the shore on a
55-091-354-97238 single mooring as the current keeps them at right angles to the
Facsimile 55-091-354-91148 bank. Vessels berth in this manner in front of the clock tower
square.
ARENS LANGEN (Agents) Hermasa Amaggi Terminal, a floating pier, is 62m long, with
1.65

Telephone 55-096-322-41642 a alongside depth of 12.5m. It is owned by a private company

that permits ships to moor, but this depends on the level of the
Facsimile 55-091-322-38570
river. A tanker terminal lies SE of Hermas Amaggi Terminal. It
Telex 38-962000 has a length of 240m and handles petroleum products.
From Itacoatiara, the river trends S for 24 miles to the en-
Terminal
1.65

trance of the Rio Madeira. A long this stretch of the river lies
VHF VHF channels 10, 14, and 16 Ilha da Trindade, which can be passed on either side. The chan-
Port Authority nel S of Ilha da Trindade has greater depths near the S bank of
the river. The S shore of Ilha da Trindade is bordered by a shoal
55-093-354-91335 which extends about 1.2 miles offshore.
Telephone
55-093-354-97785 The channel N of Ilha da Trindade is narrower and is
1.65

available only to ships of light draft as a rocky patch, with 3.7m

Facsimile 55-093-354-91482 at low river, lies about 0.8 mile N of the W extremity of that
island.

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 35

From the entrance of the Rio Madeira, the Amazon River

1.65
Itacoatiara—Contact Information
trends WNW to the confluence of the Rio Negro, the first large
tributary of the Amazon River on its N bank. The port of Port Authority
Manaus is on the N bank of the Rio Negro near its mouth, 108 55-092-352-18043
miles from Itacoatiara.
About 13 miles E of Manaus, a chain of rocks extends about
1.65
Telephone 55-092-352-18010
1 mile from the N bank of the Amazon River; between them is 55-092-352-18012
the mouth of Furo do Jacare. Close W, still in front of this
Facsimile 55-092-352-18020
chain of rocks and about 0.2 mile outward, lies Pedro do Jaca-
re. At this point, the S side of the channel is formed by Ilha da Web site http://www.grupoandremaggi.com.br
Terra Nova. A light is shown from Pedro do Jacare.
River Authority
Pedras Moronas lie S of the fairway, abreast of the above-
1.65

mentioned chain of rocks, and about 1 mile NW of the W Telephone 55-092-352-11131

extremity of Ilha da Terra Nova. A light is shown from Pedras Facsimile 55-092-352-12626
Moronas.
Pedras Lejes, a ledge of submerged rocks extending from the
1.65

N bank of the Amazon River near its junction with the Rio Manaus (3°08'S., 60°01'W.)
Negro, lie about 8 miles E of Manaus. A lighted buoy is
moored on the N side of Pedras do Anselmo, about 4 miles SE World Port Index No. 12560
of Manaus.
Pedras Bom Jardin, submerged rocks extending about 1 mile
1.65
1.66 The port of Manaus is the largest city in the Amazon
from the N bank of the Rio Negro, lie about 3 miles E of Basin and the capital city of the Brazilian state of Amazonas. It
Manaus. Pedras de Belem, a rocky shoal marked by a lighted is the main transport hub for ocean-going vessels within the
buoy, lie about 2 miles E of Manaus, abreast of the mouth of Amazon and is located about 925 miles upriver from Belem.
Igarape Educandos. Igarape Educandos flows into the Rio Ne- The city sprawls but the historic center stands on a slight hill
gro close E of Manaus. overlooking the Rio Negro, 8 miles from its confluence with
Pilotage.—For Itacoatiara pilotage information, see Manaus
1.65
the Amazon River. The section of river abreast of the city is 1.5
Pilots information in paragraph 1.66. miles wide with depths up to 45m. The S bank is low and
Contact Information.—See the table titled Itacoatiara—
1.65
marshy. Drying mud and sand banks line both sides of the river.
Contact Information. Winds—Weather.—Winds from the NE are predominant in
1.66

this area. The mean daily maximum temperature reaches 33°C

in September and the mean daily minimum temperature is
Itacoatiara—Contact Information between 23° and 24°C all through the year.
Hermasa Grain Terminal Tides—Currents.—There is practically no current near the
1.66

berths but in the middle of the river the current has rates from 1
55-092-352-18000
to 3 knots which varies with the seasons and periods of flood or
Telephone 55-092-352-18049 ebb tides. The season of the greatest floods occurs during June
and July while the season of the greatest ebbs occurs during
55-092-352-18012
November and December. The mean range of the river level is
Facsimile 55-092-352-18020 11.5m.

Manaus—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Beam Size
Public Port
East Pontoon (Outer) 245m — — — — Local passenger vessels.
Containers and general cargo.
West Pontoon (Outer) 363m — — — —
1x100t floating crane.
Manaus-Super Terminals
35.0-
Floating Jetty 310m 185m 25.0m 50,000 dwt Containers and general cargo.
40.0m
Porto Chibatao Retroport-Manaus Branch
35.0- Containers and general cargo.
Floating Jetty 420m — — —
40.0m 6x45t cranes.

Pub. 124
36 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

Manaus—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Beam Size
Moageira Terminal
Wheat discharge. Maximum draft
Floating Grain — — — — 40,000 dwt of 11.45m. Maximum air draft of
13.0m.
Cimentos Vencemos Terminal
Cement discharge, T-head plus six
buoy moorings. Maximum draft of
Cement Jetty 12m — 160m 24.0m —
11.45m. Maximum air draft of
15.0m.
Tanker Berths
POF-1 (Upstream) 45m 15.0m — — — Oil products and LPG.
POF-2 (Central) 60m 8.0m — — — Barges, oil products, and LPG.
POF-3 (Downstream) 45m 15.0m — — — Oil products, LPG, and styrene.

Depths—Limitations.—The berthing area of the port

1.66 About 0.5 mile SW of the Petrobras facility is Ilha do
1.66

consists mainly of two floating pontoons, connected to the Marapata, a low-lying uninhabited island, with a sandy
shore by a floating roadway, bridges and overhead cables. shoreline and dense vegetation. It is reported that vessels can
Petrobras Terminal lies about 6 miles downstream from
1.66 pass either side of this island but due to fluctuating water levels
Manaus and stands on the N shore of the river. Tankers up to and silting, consult local authorities before proceeding.
30,000 dwt berth starboard side-to at a 50m long pontoon and Bibi Shipyard (Estaleiro Bibi) sits on the N bank above Ilha
1.66

secure with an anchor and a mooring buoy ahead and two do Marapata just to the NW of a small point, protruding SE.
mooring buoys astern. A terminal for the discharge of aviation This small shipyard may be partially obscured by land when
gas is situated 0.4 mile WSW of the oil terminal. For further approaching from the E. Upon rounding this point, the Rio
information see the table titled Manaus—Berth Information. Negro Bridge can be seen spanning the river about 7 miles to
The Rio Negro Bridge, completed in 2011, is reported to
1.66 the NW.
have a vertical clearance of 55m at its central span. Due to Adjacent to Bibi Shipyard, to the NW, is the large port of
1.66

fluctuating water levels of the river, consult local authorities for Chibatao. Chibatao is the newer port development for Manaus
updated clearance. and consists of four berthing terminals. To the SE sits a 700m
Aspect.—On the approach E of Manaus, on the N shore of
1.66 long T-shaped pier which parallels the bank and has a
the Amazon River, sits Lago do Aleixo, a large lagoon with collection of red and yellow cranes. To the NW is a 360m V-
small buildings along its shore. At the W end of Lago do shaped cargo pier, extending to the SSE, with turquoise cranes.
Aleixo is Ponta das Lajes, a popular beach and swimming area. Between these two cargo piers is a smaller terminal which
The beach here is sandy with a large rocky outcropping that accommodates smaller vessels and barges. At the N extent of
extends SE into the river. The rocks may be partially or Chibatao is a small terminal consisting of floating pontoons.
completely submerged by HW, but their location is adjacent to Further up river from Chibatao is a small protruding pier
1.66

a 300m long pier. The beach is backed by dirt bluffs upon with visible tanks.
which a prominent communications tower sits. Porto Demetrio, a small barge terminal, consists of three
1.66

West of Ponta do Lajes is a small barge depot along the N

1.66 fixed piers and several floating pontoons. A collection of bights
bank of the river. To the SW is a point of land where the Rio and coves used by small local craft gives way to downtown
Negro and Amazon River diverge. Manaus and the public port.
A shipyard with off-lying mooring buoys along the banks of
1.66 A tall white office building, nearly void of windows on its
1.66

the N shore of the Rio Negro borders an electrical substation SW face, is conspicuous from the SE approach and sits above
with large tanks visible ashore. the Manaus public port passenger terminal. A large boulevard
Porto do Ceasa, a busy ferry terminal, sits further W of the
1.66 fronts the SE corner of downtown Manaus and is visible from
electrical substation and is identifiable by its large corrugated the SE. Along its edge is a busy waterfront market with numer-
metal roof and sloping ramp to the shoreline. ous small craft moorings.
A Brazilian military pier extends from the N bank of the
1.66 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels calling at
1.66

river and is often host to a sizable riverine fleet. To its Manaus are served by the Pilots of the Amazon Basin, de-
immediate W is a large fuel depot and oil refinery, operated by scribed previously in this sector. Two pilots embark near Sa-
Petrobras. This sprawling facility consists of five piers of linopolis Light for the round trip voyage. There is also local
varying lengths and is fronted by numerous mooring buoys. pilotage available at the port of Manaus. Local pilots board in
the following locations:

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 37

1.66 Port of Manaus

1.66 Ponta das Lajes (at LW) 1.66 Manaus Passenger and Cruise Ship Terminal

1. Off Itacoatiara. this vicinity averages 2 knots. The quarantine anchorage is

2. Off Manaus Petrobras Terminal. located in front of Ponta do Catalao, in depths of 18 to 20m.
Contact Information.—See the table titled Manaus—Con-
1.66
Additional anchorages are located, as follows:
1.66

tact Information. 1. Aguada anchorage berth (3°06’55.8''S.,

Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained anywhere off the
1.66
60°05’13.8''W.)—Mariners are cautioned that this anchorage
city, in depths from 28 to 34m, mud and sand. The current in lies between the Rio Negro Bridge and a submarine cable.
2. Anchorage No. 1/1 (3°07’34.2''S., 60°03’25.2''W.)—

Pub. 124
38 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

1.66 Chibatao

Vessels carrying oil products waiting to berth and degassing.

6. Anchorage No 3/2 (3°09’32.4''S., 59°56’20.4''W.)—
Vessels carrying oil products waiting to berth and degassing.

Manaus—Contact Information
Port Captain
VHF VHF channel 16
55-092-324-11373
Telephone 55-092-332-03777
55-092-332-03811
Port Operators
55-092-212-34350
Telephone
55-092-212-34351
1.66 Bibi Shipyard (Estaleiro Bibi)
Facsimile 55-092-212-34358
General cargo. E-mail [email protected]
3. Anchorage No. 1/2 (3°08’07.8''S., 60°04’03.6''W.)— Web site http://portodemanaus.com.br
General cargo.
4. Anchorage No 2 (3°08’44.4''S., 60°02’13.2''W.)— Refinery (REMAN)
Ships in dispute, including quarantine.
5. Anchorage No 3/1 (3°10’33.0''S., 59°59’39.0''W.)—

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 39

Manaus—Contact Information Japura from N and with the Rio Purus and the Rio Tefe from S.
The Rio Solimoes then trends WSW to the town of Tabatin-
1.66

55-092-361-64010 ga; 5 miles W of Tabatinga is Leticia, Columbia.

Telephone
55-092-880-24048 To the S of Leticia, on the opposite shore, is the mouth of the
1.66

Rio Javari, which forms the Peruvian boundary. The Rio Soli-
Facsimile 55-092-361-64313 moes trends WNW from here to Iquitos, Peru, which is 271
Port Authority miles from Tabatinga.
The Amazon River above Tabatinga is known as the Rio
1.66

55-092-362-21330
Telephone Maranon.
55-092-323-32689
Facsimile 55-092-323-26253 Manaus to Iquitos
E-mail [email protected] 1.67 Codajas (3°50'S., 62°05'W.) is about 164 miles from
Web site http://www.snph.am.gov.br Manaus and stands on the N bank of the Rio Solimoes. The
port affords good anchorage, with mud bottom, in front of the
Petrobras Terminal Control city where the current is weak. Small vessels can use the river
VHF VHF channel 9 bank for mooring.
Coari (4°07'S., 63°07'W.), located about 237 miles from
1.67

Telephone 55-092-361-64031 Manaus and stands on the S bank of the Rio Solimoes. Vessels
Facsimile 55-092-361-64226 moor to the river bank in an area of about 198m with a depth of
7m and very little currents. There are wooden stakes on the
Petrobras Terminal Operators river bank for attaching mooring lines. For detailed berthing
55-092-361-64014 information see the table titled Coari—Berth Information
Telephone Contact Information.—See the table titled Coari—
1.67

55-092-361-64261
Contact Information.
Facsimile 55-092-361-64272 Tefe (3°22'S., 46°42'W.), located about 366 miles from
1.67

Web site http://www.transpetro.com.br Manaus and stands on the S bank of the Rio Solimoes at its
junction with Lago Tefe. The port affords good sheltered
Manaus Pilots anchorage, in a depth of 8m, with very little current.
VHF VHF channel 16
Coari—Berth Information
55-092-366-45728
Telephone Maximum Vessel
55-092-366-46634 (Traffic Control) Berth Remarks
LOA Draft
E-mail [email protected]
Petrobras Gas Terminal
Web site http://www.manauspilots.com.br
Oil. Berthing length of
PROA Pilots POF-1 185m 8.5m
242m (including dolphins).
VHF VHF channel 16 LPG. Berthing length of
POF-2 185m 6.9m
55-092-362-43649 242m (including dolphins).
550-92-920-77913 (mobile)
Telephone 55-092-920-77813 (mobile) Coari—Contact Information

55-092-362-40041 (office) Terminal Control

55-092-920-77048 (office mobile) VHF VHF channel 3

Facsimile 55-092-362-45941 Telephone 55-097-330-32683

E-mail [email protected] Facsimile 55-097-356-12255

Web site http://www.proamanaus.com.br Pier No 1

VHF VHF channels 6 and 9
The best anchorage for ships waiting to moor at Copam
1.66
Telephone 55-097-330-32619
Terminal is in depths of 20 to 40m, sand, below Ilha Marapata
in mid-river abreast Paredao Agricultural School, which lies Pier No 2
slightly below the terminal. VHF VHF channels 6 and 9
The Amazon River, known as the Rio Solimoes above its
1.66

Telephone 55-097-330-32618
junction with the Rio Negro, trends WSW then WNW to the
vicinity of the meridian 66°W, where the Rio Jurua flows into Terminal Operators
it from S. In this reach the Rio Solimoes connects with the Rio

Pub. 124
40 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

Coari—Contact Information Iquitos (3°58'S., 73°22'W.)

55-097-330-32684 World Port Index No. 12570
Telephone
55-097-356-12971
1.69 The port of Iquitos, about 1,146 miles from Manaus,
Web site http://www.transpetro.com.br is the capital of the Peruvian Department of Loreto and the
Port Captain commercial center of the region. The port stands on the N bank
of the Rio Maranon between the city and a small island which
VHF VHF channel 16
lies parallel to and about 0.5 mile from it. A strong current at
Telephone 55-092-362-11800 the port maintains a deep channel close off the city.
The river level begins to drop in mid-May at Iquitos whereas
Facsimile 55-092-363-32334
1.69

at Manaus this occurs during the end of June. At Iquitos, the

range between normal low and high river is about 7.5m, but
Fonte Boa is located on the S bank of the Rio Solimoes,
1.67
this range varies from year to year.
about 478 miles from Manaus. The port affords good The port can be reached by ships drawing 4.6m year round.
1.69

anchorage, in depths of 8 to 10m, with almost no current. From June through August in the HW season, ships drawing up
Vessels can moor to the river bank. to 7.3m can reach the port.
Porto Afonso (2°44'S., 66°55'W.) is situated close below the
1.67
Anchoring in the vicinity of the port is not recommended as
1.69

mouth of the Rio Jutai, about 561 miles from Manaus. There there are several wrecks whose positions are not accurately
are frequent severe storms, with predominating NE winds, in known.
this area. Small vessels can moor to the river bank in depths of Vessels berth at a floating metal pontoon dock, 240m in
1.69

3 to 5m. There is an anchorage that offers shelter from storms. length, which can accommodate two ocean-going vessels at
Tonantins (2°47'S., 67°47'W.) is located on the N bank of
1.67
one time.
the Rio Solimoes, close to the mouth of the Rio Tonantins, Care is required while maneuvering along the pier so as not
1.69

about 624 miles from Manaus. Approach to the port should be to break the lines, as the eddies and currents are strong.
made from the middle of the channel in order to allow the ship At times the ship is pushed against the pier and at other times
1.69

to head into the countercurrent which is formed by the eddy. the ship is set away from the pier. Bow lines should be secured
The current in the middle of the channel is strong but weakens as soon as possible and the bow should not be allowed to swing
close to the river bank. The anchorage is safe and sheltered. away from the pier. The current alongside the pier attains a rate
Anto Antonio do Ica (3°05'S., 67°57'W.), about 641 miles
1.67
of about 1 to 2 knots.
from Manaus, stands on the N bank of the Rio Ica nears its Depths and Limitations.—For berthing information, see
1.69

junction with the Rio Solimoes. The port has a safe anchorage, the table titled Iquitos—Berth Information.
sheltered from the prevailing E wind, in depths of about 4 to
7m. Vessels can moor to the river bank. Iquitos—Berth Information
Sao Paulo de Olivenca (3°27'S., 68°48'W.) on the S bank of
1.67

the Rio Solimoes, about 723 miles from Manaus Anchorage, is Berth Length Remarks
afforded in front of the port, in a depth of 11m, mud bottom. It Passenger Terminal
is possible to moor to the river bank without much difficulty.
No. 23 — Fast ferries.
1.68 Benjamin Constant (4°22'S., 70°02'W.) lies on the S Terminal Portuario de Iquitos
bank of the Rio Solimoes at its junction with the lower mouth
of the Rio Javari, about 870 miles from Manaus. No. 1 114m Breakbulk.
All ship maneuvers have to be made in the Rio Solimoes
1.68 No. 2 72m Breakbulk.
since the Rio Javari is very narrow.
At the site of the anchorage, close to the bank, wooden
1.68
Petro Peru—Iquitos Refinery
stakes have been installed to aid in mooring. No. 1 20m
Caution should be exercised to avoid grounding during the Bio fuels, crude, and clean and dirty
1.68

No. 2 50m
LW season. products.
Tabatinga (4°15'S., 69°57'W.) is located on the N bank of
1.68
No. 3 50m
the Rio Solimoes, about 869 miles from Manaus and near the
boundaries of Columbia and Peru. The port has two wharves It is stated that vessels drawing up to 4.3m can reach Cuidad
1.69

which are suitable for small craft. There are two anchorage de Yurimaguas, on the Rio Huallaga, a tributary of the Rio Ma-
areas, with depths of 8 to 10m, and very weak river current. ranon, 354 miles above Iquitos, without difficulty.
Leticia (4°09'S., 69°57'W.) stands on the N bank of the Rio
1.68
Contact Information.—See the table titled Iquitos—Con-
1.69

Maranon, about 5 miles NW of Tabatinga. Anchoring is not tact Information.

recommended in view of the strong current fronting the port,
which may attain a rate of 2.3 knots.
Iquitos—Contact Information
VHF VHF channel 16

Pub. 124
 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil 41

Iquitos—Contact Information a small pier, with depths of 3.7m at LW and 9m at HW. The
port is used mainly for the export of rubber and lumber.
51-065-251955 (Head Office)
Telephone
51-065-252275 (Operations) 1.72 The Rio Madeira (3°23'S., 58°46'W.) is the most im-
portant tributary of the Amazon River. It is near the W end of
E-mail [email protected] Ilha da Trindade.
Web site http://www.enapu.com.pe The river rises in the S part of Bolivia and has a total length
1.72

of about 2,000 miles. A number of tributaries branch out from

the Rio Ma99deira.
Tributaries of the Amazon River Porto Velho (8°46'S., 63°54'W.) stands on the E bank of the
1.72

1.70 The principal tributaries on the N bank of the Amazon Rio Madeira, about 611 miles from its mouth. The port can be
River in Brazil are the Rio Negro and its tributary of the Rio reached by vessels with drafts up to 6.1m at HW and 2.1m at
Branco, the Rio Japura, and the Rio Ica. LW. The range of the river is about 12m and the current has a
The principal tributaries on the S bank are the Rio Tocantins,
1.70
velocity of 4 to 6 knots.
the Rio Xingu, the Rio Tapajos, the Rio Madeira, the Rio Pu- Above Porto Velho, a stretch of the river is impassable due to
1.72

rus, and the tributaries of the Rio Acre, the Rio Tefe, the Rio rapids, but above the rapids, its tributaries the Rio Mamore and
Jurua, and the Rio Javari. the Rio Guapore, which forms the boundary between Bolivia
Pilots for the Rio Tocantins, the Rio Madeira, and the Rio
1.70
and Brazil, are navigable by river craft for a distance of 400
Purus can be best obtained at Belem; pilots for the other tribu- miles.
taries of the Amazon River can be best obtained at Manaus.
The Rio Tocantins is about 1,600 miles long, flows N
1.70
1.73 The Rio Negro enters the Amazon River near
through Brazil, and discharges its waters by a mouth about 10 Manaus, about 917 miles from Belem.
miles wide into the Rio Para, about 40 miles WSW of Belem. The river is navigable by boats up to the town of Santa Isa-
1.73

Although the Rio Tocantins is considered one of the tributar-

1.70
bel (00°25'S., 65°01'W.), 423 miles from Manaus.
ies of the Amazon River, the river does not, strictly speaking, Off Manaus, the river is about 2 miles wide. Above Manaus
1.73

belong to the Amazon River system. The principal tributary of the river widens forming Baia de Boiucu and then narrows
the Rio Tocantins is the Rio Araguaia, which rises in about lat- again about 60 miles farther, off Ponta da Tatuquara.
itude 18°S. Navigation along the river banks is not possible, especially at
1.73

To enter the Rio Tocantins, a ship can pass on either side of

1.70
low river, due to extensive shoals and sand flats which are often
Banco do Otelo, a large drying sand bank, the NE extremity of awash and between which the fairway winds.
which lies about 9 miles E of Mandii Light. The channel be- Along most of the stretch from Manaus to Santa Isabel the
1.73

tween Ilha Mandii and Banco do Otelo should not be attempted river banks are difficult to distinguish due to the presence of
at night. the great number of islands.
The Rio Tocantins is navigable by small craft for about 120
1.70
The river bed is rocky near Santa Isabel and during the dry
1.73

miles above Cameta. The land is low and wooded. Its general season there may be one or two passes with depths of not more
appearance is so uniform that it is difficult to distinguish one than 1m. The river level begins to rise about 2 months later
part from another. Local knowledge is necessary for safe navi- than that of the Amazon River and has a range of between 6
gation. and 8m.
Anchorage can be taken, in about 14m, about 0.2 mile off
1.70

Cameta. 1.74 The Rio Branco is the largest and most important trib-
Cameta (2°15'S., 49°30'W.) (World Port Index No. 12500)
1.70
utary of the Rio Negro and joins it 193 miles above Manaus. It
stands on the W bank of the Rio Tocantins, about 90 miles is formed by the confluence of five rivers, all of which rise near
from Belem. The town is built on the river bank and is an im- the Venezuelan and Guyanian borders. It has a range of 8m
portant trade center. The tidal range is about 3m; the current at- near its mouth and 6m in its upper reaches.
tains a rate of about 2.5 knots. The current averages 2 knots. It is navigable by vessels up to
1.74

3.6m draft for a distance of 200 miles.

1.71 The Rio Xingu (1°32'S., 51°52'W.) is about 1,200 Boa Vista (2°49'N., 60°40'W.) is the principal town on the
1.74

miles long and can be navigated for about 105 miles above its river. The river banks are low for the greater part of the lower
mouth to Cachoeiras de Itamaraca. It can be navigated by ves- reaches from its mouth with small lakes in the neighboring for-
sels with drafts of up to 2.5m during the HW season, from Feb- ests, even during the dry season. In the upper reaches, the river-
ruary to July. banks are higher.
The Rio Tapajas flows into the Amazon River near Santar-
1.71
The Rio Purus rises in Peru and enters the Rio Solimoes
1.74

em. The river is navigable for about 170 miles above the city to from the SW about 117 miles from Manaus. The river is navi-
the first falls. gable year round for a distance of 715 miles by vessels with
At low and middle periods of the river level, the tidal cur-
1.71
drafts of up to 2.7m. The range of the river varies from 10 to
rents are felt. These currents can be seen by the presence of 17m. The current varies from 2 to 6 knots.
yellow water in the river, which is normally clear. The Rio Acre, the main tributary of the Rio Purus, is naviga-
1.74

Fordlandia (3°40'S., 55°30'W.) is located on the E bank of

1.71
ble at high river as far as the town of Xapuri (10°39'S.,
the Rio Tapajos, about 98 miles from the river mouth. There is 68°31'W.), about 350 miles above its mouth and near the
boundary with Bolivia.

Pub. 124
42 Sector 1. Guyana, Suriname, French Guiana, and the North Coast of Brazil

The Rio Japura enters the N bank of the Rio Solimoes from
1.74 topaxi and enters on the N bank of the Rio Maranon, about 42
WNW. The Rio Japura is navigable during the dry season by miles below Iquitos. The river is sluggish, with depths of about
small craft drawing up to 1m. 1.2m, and is navigable by river craft of light draft as far as its
During the rainy season, river craft can ascend for about 400
1.74 junction with the Rio Coca, about 523 miles above its mouth.
miles to Vila Bittencourt. The Rio Napo is swift above its junction with the Rio Coca
Vila Bittencourt (1°27'S., 69°25'W.), the farthest upriver
1.74 where the river bed changes from shifting sand to rock.
port in Brazil, stands on the N bank of the Rio Japura near the The Rio Pastaza rises in the central part of Ecuador and en-
1.75

boundary with Colombia. ters on the N bank of the Rio Maranon in approximate position
The Rio Jurua rises in Peru and enters the S bank of the Rio
1.74 4°53'S, 76°20'W. The river is navigable by small river craft for
Solimoes, about 511 miles from Manaus. The river is navigable about 180 miles from its mouth during the dry season and for
year round as far as the mouth of the Rio Tarauaca for about about 300 miles during the rainy season. The Rio Pastaza is ob-
1,198 miles from its junction with the Rio Solimoes. During structed by sand banks and snags; its rise and fall are rapid and
the rainy season, the Rio Jurua is navigable 1,030 miles farther uncertain.
to the mouth of the Rio Breu.
Cruzeiro do Sul (7°39'S., 72°37'W.), one of the leading
1.74 1.76 The Rio Morona rises in Ecuador on the E slope of the
towns of Territorio do Acre, is situated on the Rio Jurua, about main chain of the Andes and enters the Rio Maranon near the
686 miles from the mouth of the Rio Tarauaca. town of Borja (4°26'S., 77°33'W.). The river is navigable by
The Rio Tarauaca is navigable during the rainy season as far
1.74 small river craft for about 300 miles during the rainy season.
as the city of Tarauaca, situated on the W bank. Canoes can ascend many of its branches. The Rio Morona
flows through a fertile region; gold washing takes place on its
1.75 The Rio Ica (Rio Putumayo) enters the N bank of the banks.
Rio Solimoes, about 640 miles from Manaus. The Rio Ucayali rises in the S part of Peru and enters the S
1.76

The river is navigable by small craft drawing up to 1.5m as

1.75 bank of the Rio Maranon in about longitude 73°30'W. The river
far as Puerto Leguizamo, Colombia (00°12'S., 74°46'W.). is navigable by coasters as far as its junction with the Rio Apu-
The Rio Ica is one of the most important tributaries of the
1.75 rimac, about 800 miles above its mouth.
Amazon River due to the mineral and vegetable products found Pucallpa (8°22'S., 74°32'W.) stands on the W bank of the
1.76

in its vicinity. The river is about 900 miles long and has several Rio Ucayali, about 533 miles from Iquitos. The town maintains
tributaries, some of which are navigable. The river rises from regular river service with ships of 3,000 dwt. There is a wood-
March to July and falls from August to February. The current en wharf at which ships can berth at any level of the river. The
runs from 1 to 3 knots in its lowest part and from 3 to 7 knots in controlling depths at high and low river are about 9m and 2.7m,
its upper part. respectively.
The Rio Javari (Rio Yavari) enters the S bank of the Rio So-
1.75 The Rio Huallaga rises in the mountains of Peru and enters
1.76

limoes near Benjamin Constant. The greater part of this river the S bank of the Rio Maranon in about latitude 5°S. The river
forms the boundary between Brazil and Peru. The Rio Javari is is navigable by river boats as far as Yurimaguas, about 96 miles
tortuous but the river is navigable by small craft during the from its mouth, and by launches as far as Chasuto, about 181
rainy season. miles from its mouth.
The Rio Napo rises in Ecuador on the E slope of Volcan Co-
1.75

Pub. 124
 1.
Sector 2—North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

1.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 2 — CHART INFORMATION
Pub. 124

43
 45

SECTOR 2
NORTH COAST OF BRAZIL—PONTA CURUCA TO PONTA DE SANTO ANTONIO

2.0Plan.—This sector describes the N coast of Brazil from Pon- about 275 miles ESE, is low, formed by sandhills 45 to 75m
ta Curuca to Cabo Calcanhar and the NE coast from Cabo Cal- high, and indented heavily with bights.
canhar to Ponta de Santo Antonio. The N coast sequence is The indentations are so numerous along this stretch of the
2.1

from W to E and the NE coast sequence is from N to S. coast that they may be difficult to distinguish from one another.
2.0Penedos de Sao Pedro e Sao Paulo, Arquipelago de Fernan- The coast consists of several sandhills which are also similar
2.1

do de Noronha, and Atol das Rocas are also described in this in appearance and which are interspersed with reddish cliffs
sector in the above order. and clumps of mangroves.
This part of the coast is imperfectly surveyed and should be
2.1

General Remarks approached with caution and not within the 20m curve.
Several rivers flow into the sea along this section of the
2.1

2.1 Winds—Weather.—Along the stretch of coast NE of coast. The silt carried out by these rivers forms shoals which
Salvador, the direction of the trade winds varies an average of extend, in places, as far as 20 miles from their mouths.
045° during the contrary monsoons. They are E during the These shoals, taking the name of what ever geographic fea-
2.1

months of February, March, and October, ENE during Novem- ture is closest, form an extensive coastal bank along this entire
ber and December; and ESE from April to September. coast. Constant soundings should be taken when in this vicini-
2.1Other winds and weather of a local nature are discussed in ty.
sequence along with related geographical features. Regulations.—The coastline in this S and SW reaches of
2.1

2.1The year has two seasons, the rainy season and the dry sea- this sector contain significant marine reserve areas, established
son. The rainy season is between January and May. The dry by the Brazilian Government. These restricted areas can best
season is between June and December. be seen on the chart and mariners are advised to review specific
2.1The prevailing winds are from the NE.Weak and short-lived regulations to marine activities in these zones.
winds blow from S and W during the rainy season. Caution.—The coastal bank contains most dangers along
2.1At times, there are heavy rains from the NW and SW during this part of the coast. However, depths of less than 18.3m are
February, March and April. charted outside the 20m curve.
2.1In the dry season, winds are from the ENE. At times, there The 20m curve lies as far as 13 miles offshore, except be-
2.1

are fresh N winds during the day, which weaken at night. There tween Ilhas de Sao Joao and Ilha Mangunca, where it lies as far
is some rain even during the dry season. as about 32 miles.
2.1In the afternoon there is a sea breeze and at night there is a
land breeze. 2.2 Banco Hylas (0°18'S., 47°18'W.) is an extensive
Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents off the whole of this shoal with a bottom of rock in places. The middle of the bank
coast are very regular, with their rates increasing progressively lies about 18 miles N of Salinopolis Light. The minimum depth
to the W. The current in both directions follows the trend of the on the bank is 11.2m.
coast, and are stronger close inshore and in shallow water, but 2.2Banco Buckle (0°17'S., 47°00'W.), with a least depth of
in general their influence is not felt more than 6 to 8 miles off- 7.5m, is charted about 30 miles NE of Salinopolis Light.
shore. 2.2Recife Manoel Luis (0°52'S., 44°16'W.) is a dangerous
2.1In the vicinity of Cabo Calcanhar (5°10'S., 35°29'W.), the group of drying rocks, surrounded by shoals, on a bank with
rate of the current never exceeds 1 knot, but between Ilhas de depths of less than 10m, lying 48 miles NNE of Ilha Mangun-
Sao Joao and Ilha de Santana, there are usually rates from 2 to ca. The sea breaks over these rocks at LW. It is almost impossi-
3 knots, and on a few occasions 4 to 5 knots. ble to see them unless they are passed nearby.
2.1Off the coast between Ponta da Atalaia and Ilhas de Sao 2.2The depths and nature of the bottom near Recife Manoel Lu-
Joao, the tidal currents are sometimes felt as much as 20 miles is are so variable that soundings give no indication of nearness
offshore. The SW current generally runs SW near the coast and to this danger.
WSW or W some distance from it. Near the land, it has a mean 2.2Changes in depths and in the position of banks and shoals
rate of 2.5 knots at springs and 1.75 knots at neaps, but the rate have been observed for a long period of time along this stretch
diminishes as the distance offshore increases. The NE current of the coast, not only close to shore, but also well offshore.
runs ENE close inshore at a rate of 1.75 knots at springs and 1
knot at neaps, and trends N with diminishing strength in pro- Ponta Curuca to Ilha de Santana
portion to the distance offshore.
2.1The difference between the rate of the SW current and that of 2.3 Ponta Curuca (0°33'S., 47°49'W.) is located on the N
the NE current is the result of a general set W from 18 to 24 extremity of Ilha de Curuca. The point is conspicuous because
miles a day during the greater part of the year; however, during it is the highest point of land in the area. A light is shown from
the months of March, April, and May, the set may sometimes the W side of Ilha de Cajutuba, about 3 miles ESE of Ponta
be E at the same rate. Curca.
2.1Aspect.—The coast from Ponta Curuca to Ilha de Santana, Ponta do Algodoal (0°35'S., 47°35'W.), the N extremity of

Pub. 124
46 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

Ilha do Algodoal, and from which a light is shown, lies about with marks of red earth. A high lookout mast stands on the
13 miles E of Ponta Curuca. The point is distinguished by a point near the ruins of a lighthouse.
small hummock with a notch in it and by its sandy beach and When approaching from the E, the point, when initially
2.3

prominent sand dunes. When seen from offshore, the point sighted, gives the impression of being an island. From the same
looks like a nipple; when seen from the E the point looks like direction, Monte Piraucu, a small hill lying 8 miles S of the
an island. point, can be seen in clear weather rising from the surrounding
2.3Baia de Salinas is entered between Ilha do Marco and Ponta land.
da Atalaia, about 6 miles to the E. The bay affords shelter to
small craft entering on the tide. Ponta da Atalaia to the Rio Gurupi
2.4 The coast from Ponta da Atalaia trends ESE for about
43 miles to the N end of Ilha Boiucucanga. This part of the
coast is fringed by several islands, between which are bays,
formed generally of river estuaries. The entire coast is bordered
by a sandbank which extends as far as 4 miles N from the is-
lands.
2.4Ponta Boiucucanga (0°48'S., 46°38'W.) is the NE extremity
of the island of the same name. The point is higher and more
conspicuous than any in the area. A light is shown 0.3 mile
SSE of the point.
2.4Baia do Caete is entered between Ilha Boiucucanga and Ilha
Camarauacu, about 13 miles to the ESE. Ilha Camarauacu is
surrounded by sandy beaches which are visible at a distance of
about 8 miles. Ships drawing up to 2m and with local knowl-
edge can reach the town of Braganca, located on the W bank of
the Rio Caete, about 10 miles above its mouth.
2.4The coast from Ilha Camarauacu trends ESE for about 25
miles to the estuary of the Rio Gurupi.
2.4The entire coast is bordered by a sand bank extending as far
as 6 miles N from the islands which fringe it. These islands
form several narrow and shallow channels which afford shelter
from offshore winds.
2.4Baia do Guaperoba lies between Ilha Camarauacu and Ilha
do Apeu, about 10 miles to the E. The SE part of the bay is the
deepest, but local knowledge is essential as there are many
shoals within the bay.
2.4The Rio Gurupi (1°04'S., 46°02'W.), about 389 miles long,
flows into Baia do Gurupi, about 10 miles SE of Apeu Light,
which is located on Cabo Gurupi. Sand banks obstruct the estu-
ary and extend about 8 miles N from the mouth of the river.
The river is navigable by small craft, with local knowledge and
at high water, as far as Viseu, located about 20 miles above its
2.3 Salinopolis Light mouth. During the rainy season, small craft can ascend the riv-
er to its source.
2.3The town of Salinopolis is located on a wooded plain on the
E side of the bay. The Rio Gurupi to Baia de Sao Marcos
2.3Salinopolis (0°37'S., 47°21'W.) is the base station for the
Rio Para pilots. The town stands on a red cliff. The land slopes 2.5 The coast from the estuary of the Rio Gurupi trends
downward to the W of the town to a mass of tall trees. ESE for about 70 miles to Ilhas de Sao Joao. Sand banks,
2.3Vessels approaching the pilot station will first sight the light, which break during onshore winds, extend as far as 10 miles N
which stands in a town, then four radio towers, and then a from the islands which fringe this part of the coast. These is-
white church tower. Deep draft ships approaching the pilot sta- lands form sheltered channels for small craft but should only
tion from the N can anchor with the light bearing 175°, distant be approached with local knowledge.
4.5 miles, in depths of 10 to 14m, mud. 2.5Monte Piracoaua, small but prominent, as it is the only hill
2.3Salinopolis provides pilotage for the Amazon River (see along this stretch of the coast, stands about 36 miles SE of the
paragraph 1.410, the Rio Para (see paragraph 1.49), and Belem light on Cabo Gurupi.
(see paragraph 1.53). 2.5Tides off this section of the coast are semi-diurnal. They
2.3Ponta da Atalaia (0°36'S., 47°19'W.), located about 3 miles have great amplitude and can reach 7m during the spring tides
ENE of Salinopolis Light, is the most conspicuous and easily close to the equinoxes.
recognizable point in the area. It is formed by sandy terrain 2.5During January, February, July, and August, the current is

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 47

from the W with a rate of 1.6 to 2 knots. During the rest of the Heavy, but short, rain storms are common during the rainy
2.7

year, the current is from the WNW with a rate of 1 to 2 knots. season.
2.5Baia de Turiacu (1°30'S., 45°15'W.) forms the estuary of The predominant wind is from the E most of the year, with
2.7

several small rivers and is encumbered with sand banks. A nar- the exception of January and April (from N), March and Octo-
row and sinuous channel that has frequent variations gives ac- ber (from SE), and August (from SW). The average wind force
cess to the town of Turiacu, on the W bank of the Rio Turiacu. in this area is 2 to 5 on the Beaufort scale.
2.5The channel is very dangerous and can only be entered by Tides—Currents.—In Baia de Sao Marcos, the current is
2.7

small vessels with local knowledge. quite strong and can reach 6 knots between the banks. The
2.5Ilhas de Sao Joao (1°19'S., 44°56'W.) consists of a group of maximum tidal velocities occur 3 to 4 hours after HW and 2 to
seven low islands, separated from each other by narrow chan- 3 hours after LW.
nels, located about 18 miles NE of Baia de Turiacu. Strong eddies provoked by tidal currents are observed NE of
2.7

2.5Ilha Maiau, the northernmost and largest of the group, is Banco dos Almas and close to the port of Itaqui.
covered with sand dunes and shows a light on its N side. Ilha
dos Lencois is the easternmost of the group and consists solely 2.8 Ponta Pirarema (2°20'S., 44°22'W.) is located about
of white sand dunes. The other islands of the group are Ilh a do 12 miles SSE of Ponta Itacolomi and consists of high red cliffs.
Guara, Ilha Urumaru, Ilha Mirinzal, Ilha do Porto do Meio, and On the cliffs S of the point is a very remarkable red patch
2.8

Ilha Aracaja. There are numerous drying sandbanks between which is most visible from seaward when bearing more than
the islands and the coast. Depths of less than 10m extend up to 270°. A drying reef extends 0.5 mile NE from the point.
12 miles NE of Ilha Maiau and Ilha Lencois. Ponta de Sao Raimundo lies 3.5 miles SSW of Ponta Pi-
2.8

2.5Anchorage.—Anchorage, sheltered from all except E rarema and Ponta Tatinga lies 1.5 miles farther SW. Between
winds, may be obtained by ships with a draft of up to 5m in these two points there is a very conspicuous white sand hill.
fine sand in the bay SE of the islands, close S of the SW point Also conspicuous is a small hill on Ponta Tatinga.
of Ilha Lencois. The bay is obstructed by sand banks beyond Alcantara, built on a hill, is situated about 1.7 miles W of
2.8

this anchorage. The tidal current in the anchorage runs ENE Ponta Tatinga and a light is shown close S of Alcantara.
and WSW at rates of up to 3 knots, changing direction at HW Morro Aracagi (2°27'S., 44°09'W.), 51m high, rises on the
and LW. N side of Ilha de Sao Luis and is the first land sighted when ap-
proaching from the NE. A light is shown from the W side of
2.6 The coast from Ilhas de Sao Joao trends SE for about Morro Aracagi.
60 miles to Ponta Itacolomi. Several shoals lie within and near Ponta de Sao Marcos (2°29'S., 44°18'W.), about 9 miles
2.8

the 32m curve along this part of the coast. The coastline is WSW of Morro Aracagi, marks a sharp turn of the shore at the
fringed by several islands, between which are bays, formed NW extremity of Ilha de Sao Luis. Extensive shoals extend NE
generally of river estuaries. Drying sand banks, marked by of the point to a distance of almost 4 miles. A light is shown
breakers around the edges, lie up to 10 miles off the coast. from a conspicuous fort which stands on the point. A danger-
2.6Ilha Mangunca (1°36'S., 44°39'W.) is located about 24 ous wreck lies about 0.7 mile WNW of the point.
miles SE of Ilha Lencois. The island is wooded and shows a Ponta da Areia, low and sandy, lies about 2 miles SW of
2.8

light from its E side. Close W of its S point, there is anchorage, Ponta de Sao Marcos. The point is fronted by a sand bank, with
sheltered from all winds, in depths of about 8m, sand, accessi- depths of less than 1.8m, which lies up to 1.3 miles offshore.
ble to vessels with local knowledge. Ilha do Medo lies about 3 miles WSW of Ponta da Areia.
2.8

2.6Ponta de Itacolomi (2°09'S., 44°28'W.) is formed by high Rocks, above and below-water, extend about 0.6 mile NE of
reddish cliffs covered with scrub. Morro Itacolomi rises to an the island. Canal do Boqueirao lies between the S side of Ilha
height of 69m, 1.5 miles SE of the point, and is visible up to 20 do Medo and the shoals which extend from Ilha de Sao Luis.
miles in clear weather. The canal should not be attempted without a pilot. A light is
2.8

2.6Ponta Pirajuba (2°13'S., 44°24'W.) is a rocky steep point shown from the island.
with red cliffs that are visible a good distance offshore. A light
is shown from the point, 5 miles SE of Ponta Itacolomi. 2.9 Ponta da Madeira (2°34'S., 44°23'W.), the W ex-
tremity of Ilha de Sao Luis, lies about 3 miles SSW of the S
Baia de Sao Marcos side of Ilha do Medo. A disused lighthouse stands on the point.
2.9Ponta da Madeira Iron Ore Terminal (2°34'S., 44°23'W.)
2.7 Baia de Sao Marcos (2°21'S., 44°17'W.) is entered is situated at the end of Ponta da Madeira.
between Ponta Itacolomi and the NE extremity of Ilha do Ma- 2.9Depths—Limitations.—A berthing quay, lying N to S and
ranhao (Ilha de Sao Luis). This bay is the deepest of all along about 250m long, with three dolphins at each end, is connected
the N coast of Brazil. The bay is much encumbered by sand- to the shore by a jetty.
banks, through which, however, there are channels which can 2.9It is protected by two stone breakwaters which project, re-
be used by deep draft vessels. spectively, 1,050m NW and 312m SW from the shore at either
Winds—Weather.—The year has two seasons, the rainy
2.7
end of the berth. A light is shown from the end of each break-
season and dry season. The rainy season is January to May and water.
the dry season from June to December. 2.9Four berths are designed to accommodate vessels up to
Visibility is usually good in the bay. The occurrence of fog is
2.7
420,000 dwt, with drafts up to 23m. Berth 1 can accommodate
very rare; however, some mist may occur, which brings a slight vessels up to 365m in length, 66m beam, and 23m draft. Berth
reduction in visibility. 2 can accommodate vessels up to 280m in length, 50m beam,

Pub. 124
48 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

10. Gas-free condition.

11. Details of mooring lines.
12. Master's name.
Vessels should send a message 48 hours in advance (with re-
2.9

quest for pilot and anchorage instructions) and 24 hours in ad-

vance (with gas-free condition and any amendments to
previous messages) through Sao Luis (PPB). Contact the termi-
nal on VHF 4 hours prior to ETA to confirm the pilotage re-
quest.
Pilots board, as follows:
2.9

1. Vessels with a draft of 11m or less—about 4 miles

WNW of Ponta do Sao Marcos Light.
2. Vessels with a draft of over 11m or over 100,000
dwt—2 miles NNE of Lighted Buoy No. 19 and Lighted
Buoy No. 24.
Contact Information.—See the table titled Ponta da Ma-
2.9

deira—Contact Information.

Ponta da Madeira—Contact Information

Pilots
See Itaqui Pilots in paragraph 2.11.
Terminal
VHF VHF channels 15 and 16
Telephone 55-098-321-85678
Facsimile 55-098-321-85673
E-mail [email protected]
Web site http://www.vale.com
Tugs
VHF VHF channel 13
Agents
2.8 Aracagi Light
VHF VHF channels 12 and 13
and 18m draft. Berth 3 can accommodate vessels up to 365m in
length, 65m beam, and 21m draft. Berth 4 can accommodate 2.9Directions.—With Morro Itacolomi bearing 270°, distant
vessels up top 365m in length, 66m beam, and 23m draft. A about 17 miles or with Pirajuba Light bearing 257°, distant 14
project is underway (2010/11) to dredge and allow for a depth miles, Morro Aracagi Light will bear about 175°.
of 25m alongside. For further information see the table titled 2.9Steer a course of 212° to pass between Banco do Meio and
Itaqui—Berth Information in paragraph 2.11. Banco das Almas, in depths of 25 to 35m. This channel is most
2.9The breakwaters are designed to divert the tidal currents to frequently used for entering Baia de Sao Marcos and is laid
run parallel to the quay at a maximum speed of 3 knots, which down on the chart.
is the limiting condition for berthing vessels over 100,000 dwt. 2.9Vessels bound for Porto de Itaqui continue on the 212°
2.9Mooring maneuvers should be carried out against the cur- course until Isla do Medo Light bears 139°, then change course
rent. to 180° which leads to the anchorage and pilot boarding area
2.9Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and reported available 24 W of Ponta do Madeira.
hours. Vessels should send their ETA 15 days (or on leaving 2.9The channel E of Banco do Meio is not recommended and
previous port, if nearer) and 8 days in advance, stating: should not be attempted for entering Baia de Sao Marcos.
1. DWT in tropical waters. 2.9Caution.—All along Baia de Sao Marcos there are strong
2. LOA. ebb and flood tidal currents. These currents, which may reach 6
3. Beam. knots, have been causing the loss of anchors of anchored ves-
4. Maximum draft in tropical waters. sels, therefore, creating great risk of running aground on the in-
5. Arrival draft and expected departure draft. numerable sand banks and shoals which exist in the bay.
6. Cargo plan and loading sequence. 2.9Banco das Almas, an extensive shoal with depths of 3.6 to
7. Air draft. 9.1m, sand and shells, lies with its N extremity about 12 miles
8. Deballasting time. E of Ponta de Itacolomi. A 11m patch lies about 2 miles E of
9. Water requirements. the NE extremity of Banco das Almas.

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 49

2.9Banco do Meio, a bank of fine sand 13 miles long, with Ilha de Guarapira, marked by a light, lies just over 0.5 mile
2.9

depths of less than 10m, lies in the middle of Baia de do Mara- SSE of Ponta da Madeira Light. It lies on a rocky shoal with
nhao, about 10 miles NW of Ilha de Sao Luis. The NW edge is depths of 3.4 to 10m. The NNW, NE. and SE ends are marked
steep-to and should be given a wide berth. by lighted buoys. A depth of 7.7m lies just over 0.5 mile WSW
2.9A dangerous wreck lies on the SW end of the bank. The of Ilha de Guarapira Light.
bank, which has a least depth of 2.1m, breaks at LW.
2.9Ships should not approach Baia de Sao Marcos between 2.10 Sao Luis (2°32'S., 44°17'W.) (World Port Index No.
Banco do Meio and the N side of Ilha de Sao Luis as several 12590) has silted up and has ceased to be important as a port
unmarked shoals lie within this area. after the construction of the port of Itaqui.
2.9Banco da Cerca, a sand bank 4 miles long, lies about 2.2 The port of Sao Luis is used mainly by fishing boats and
2.10

miles NW of Ponta da Areia. It has a least known depth of pleasure craft. The port has a few piers that allows mooring,
0.2m located near the middle of the shoal, but there are reports but only at flood tide, to ships of 2.5 to 3.5m draft. The quaran-
that rocky heads exist elsewhere on the bank. tine anchorage is WNW of Ponta da Areia.
2.9The sea is reported to break over the whole length of this
shoal at LW. The tidal currents near the shoal attains a rate of 5 2.11 Itaqui (2°34'S., 44°22'W.) (World Port Index No.
knots at times. 12585) is located about 6 miles WSW of Sao Luis, on the is-
2.9Banco de Sao Macos, a sandbank that uncovers at LW, lies land of San Luis in the Bay of Sao Marcos.
from 1 to 3.5 miles NE of Ponta de Sao Marcos. Depths—Limitations.—A wharf extends up to 0.3 miles
2.11

2.9Banco das Almas and Banco do Meio are reported to be ex- from the shore, with a jetty extending NNW and WNW form
tending to the NE. Several reefs and shoals lie between Banco its N end. Ilha de Guarapir which lies 0.2 miles W of the wharf
de Cerca and Ilha do Medo. has two shoal areas with depths of 3.4m and 4m marked by
2.9Pedra do Severino, 1.3 miles NNE of Ilha do Medo Light, lighted buoys. A light buoy marks a bank with a least depth of
has a depth of 2.4m. Extensive shoals with rocks extend up to 5.1m, extending.015 miles NNW from the island.
1.5 miles NE of Ilha do Medo with a minimum depth of 1.4m. Cargo vessels may moor day or night, depending on the tide;
2.11

2.9A sunken wreck, marked by a light, lies 2.5 miles W of Ilha however, vessels with a draft greater than 7m may maneuver
do Medo. Cabeco Mearim, an extensive shoal with rocks, lies only at or near slack water. Vessels that are bound for the oil
0.75 mile SSW of the point of Ilha do Medo. The shoal has a berths may only berth on the rising tide during the day.
depth of 4.4m and is marked by a buoy. Berthing should commence 1 hour before HW. For further
2.9The NE edge of a shoal with a least depth of 2.5m lies about berthing information refer to the table titled Itaqui—Berth
3.2 miles SW of the light on Ilha do Medo. Information.

Itaqui—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Ponta da Espera Military Base
Naval Berth 55m — — — — Naval bunkers.
Ponta da Espera
Ro-Ro No. 1 — — — — — Fast ferry, ro/ro passengers/vehicles/rail, and bunkers.
Vale Terminal
105 (P2) 280m 18.0m 235m 17.5m 40.0m General cargo.
P1 — 23.0m 365m 23.0m 70.0m Iron ore. Berthing length of 442m (including dolphins).
P3 N 305m 210m 365m 17.3m 66.0m Iron ore. Berthing length of 610m (continuous).
P3 S 305m 21.0m 365m 20.3m 66.0m Iron ore. Berthing length of 610m (continuous).
Pier 4 N — 23.0m 365m 21.5m 66.0m Iron ore. Berthing length of 480m (including dolphins).
Pier 4 S — 23.0m 365m — 66.0m Iron ore. Berthing length of 495m (including dolphins).
Alumar Terminal
No. 1 260m 13.0m 229m 11.5m 32.3m CPP, DPP, alumina, bauxite, and coal. Continuous berthing
No. 2 220m 13.0m 229m 11.5m 32.3m length of 480m.
Empresa Maranhense de Administracoa Portuaria (EMAP)
102 223m 12.0m 254m 11.5m 37.0m General cargo.
104 200m 13.0m 251m 12.5m 43.8m General cargo.

Pub. 124
50 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

Itaqui—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Terminal de Graos do Maranhao (TEGRAM)
099 264m 15.0m 225m 14.5m 40.0m Containers and breakbulk.
100 320m 15.0m 240m 14.5m 40.0m General cargo.
103 270m 15.0m 235m 14.5m 38.0m General cargo.
Eneva—Itaqui Geracao de Energia
101 223m 12.0m 229m 11.5m 40.0m General cargo.
Petrobras
Petroleum products. Berthing length of 340m (including
106 70m 19.0m 280m 18.5m 48.0m
dolphins).
Petroleum products. Berthing length of 300m (including
108 58m 15.0m 245m 14.5m 40.0m
dolphins).

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and should be arranged

2.11
Itaqui—Contact Information
through the agent giving 24 hours, 12 hours, and 6 hours notice
of ETA. Terminal Control
See paragraph 2.9 for pilot boarding locations.
2.11
VHF VHF channel 6
Contact Information.—See the table titled Itaqui—Con-
2.11

tact Information. Telephone 55-098-3217-3271

Facsimile 55-098-3210-3251
Itaqui—Contact Information Terminal Operators
Praticagem SLZ Pilots Telephone 55-098-3217-3380
Call sign Sao Luis Pilot Facsimile 55-098-3217-3202
VHF VHF channels 14 and16 Web site http://www.transpetro.com.br
Telephone 55-098-3223-8586
Anchorage.—There are three designated outer anchorage
2.11

[email protected] areas. Anchorage No. 1 is for partially-loaded vessels bound

E-mail for Ponta da Madeira Terminal, with drafts greater than 11m
[email protected]
and/or over 100,000 gt; vessels in litigation; or vessels over
Web site http://www.apem-ma.com.br 80,000 gt with a draft greater than 11m awaiting major repairs.
Maranhao Pilots Anchorage No. 2 and Anchorage No. 3 are for vessels with
drafts over 20m awaiting the tide.
VHF VHF channels 6 and 16 Caution should be exercised due to the possible existence of
2.11

55-098-3084-3015 submarine cables W of this area.

There are five anchorage areas, designated No. 4 to No. 8, in
2.11

Telephone 55-098-3275-6499 Baie de Sao Marcos. Anchorage No. 7 is for vessels of less
55-098-3275-6498 than 80,000 dwt or 11m draft. Anchorage No. 8 is for vessels
with a draft of less than 11m when in quarantine or when load-
[email protected]
E-mail ing or unloading combustibles and explosives; permission must
[email protected] be obtained from the Captain of the Port before using this an-
chorage.
Port Captain
VHF VHF channel 16 2.12 Porto da Alumar (2°40'S., 44°22'W.) is a new bulk
Telephone 55-098-3231-1022 terminal located about 5 miles S of Itaqui.
The approach channel is entered 3 miles S of Itaqui. It leads
2.12

Port Authority SSE for 1.2 miles and then S for 1.8 miles until it reaches a
Telephone 55-098-3216-6060 turning area off the wharf. The channel and the turning area are
dredged to 7m. Range lights lead through the channel entrance.
http://www.portodoitaqui.ma.gov.br The channel limits are marked by lighted buoys.
Web site
http://www.emap.ma.gov.br The wharf is 251m long and has depths alongside of about
2.12

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 51

bay is obstructed by Coroa Grande.

Coroa Grande, an extensive shoal consisting of several ridg-
2.13

es with depths of less than 1.8m in places, extends about 18

miles NE and 11 miles N from the NE extremity of Ilha de Sao
do Maranhao.
The sea occasionally breaks over some of the ridges at LW.
2.13

Coroa Grande was reported to be extending to the N and

should be given a wide berth.

Ilha de Santana to Tutoia

2.14 Ilha de Santana (2°18'S., 43°41'W.) is low and cov-
ered with mangroves. The island is surrounded by reefs on
which the sea breaks but the breakers are seldom seen until the
land is well in sight. A light is shown from the NE side.
Between the NE point of Ilha de Santana and Ponta dos
2.14

Mangues Secos, 12 miles to the SE, there is an extensive bay

known as Baia do Tubarao.
The entrance to the bay is obstructed by Banco Imperial (Re-
2.14

cifes de Santana), which is largely unsurveyed.

Depths are reported uneven for about 13 miles N of Banco
2.14

Imperial. There are numerous banks in the area with depths of

2.11 Itaqui less than 20m. The shallowest, with a depth of 11.8m, lies 11.5
miles NNE of Isla de Santana Light. There is also a 9.8m patch
13m. Vessels with a maximum length of 225m and a beam of 13.5 miles ENE of the light.
32.3m can be accommodated. There is a spacious and secure anchorage, in depths from 9
2.14

The wharf is equipped for loading aluminum and for unload-

2.12
to 13m, 2 miles W of Ponta dos Mangues Secos. The best ap-
ing bulk cargo such as bauxite and coal. proach to this anchorage is by way of a somewhat intricate
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and served by the Itaqui
2.12
channel which passes 1 mile SE of Banco Cesar and then 1
pilots. Pilots are picked up in the same places as the pilots for mile N and 2 miles W of Ponta dos Mangues Secos.
the Ponta da Madeira Iron Ore Terminal. The channel has a minimum depth of 6m but local knowl-
2.14

The ETA should be given 15 days in advance, or on depar-

2.12
edge is essential. Tidal currents in this channel can attain a
ture from a previous port, and confirmed 5 days, 48 hours, and speed of 3 to 4 knots.
24 hours before arrival.
The 48-hour message should include the vessel’s ETA, cargo
2.12
2.15 Ponta dos Mangues Verdes (2°20'S., 43°22'W.) is
tonnage, arrival draft, ballast tonnage, and deballasting time. covered with vegetation and lies 8 miles E of Ponta dos
Anchorage instructions are requested 4 hours in advance.
2.12
Mangues Secos. Prominent white sand dunes, extending to the
Contact Information.—See the table titled Porto da
2.12
E, begin at this point. From this point to Tutoia, 65 miles to the
Alumar—Contact Information. ESE, the coast is fringed by banks and reefs, with depths of
less than 10m, to distances up to 9 miles offshore.
As far as the mouth of the Rio das Preguicas, depths of over
2.15

Porto da Alumar—Contact Information 20m are to be found 18 miles offshore, but then to Tutoia there
Call sign Alumar Port Marine Operations are several banks with depths from 16.7 to 19.3m lying up to
25 miles offshore. The banks and reefs in this area can best be
VHF VHF channel 16
seen on the chart.
55-98-3218-1312 The Rio das Preguicas is located about 40 miles ESE of Pon-
2.15

Telephone ta dos Mangues Verdes.

55-98-3218-1866
A light is reported to be shown from the W side of the mouth
2.15

Facsimile 55-98-3218-1461 of the river. The river is entered by a winding channel between
two sand banks, which extends up to 1.5 miles off the river en-
Anchorage Area D (2°38.0'S., 44°22.7'W.) can be used by a
2.12
trance and on which the sea breaks. At HWS, vessels drawing
single vessel waiting to berth at Porto da Alumar. up to 4.5m can enter the river and reach the inner anchorage.
Caution.—It has been reported (1994) that the banks and
2.12
Anchorage.—The outer anchorage, situated about 4 miles N
2.15

drying banks on the W side of the channel in the approaches to of the light, has depths of 7m, sand and mud, good holding
Porto da Alumar are extending E into the channel. ground. The inner anchorage, located ENE of the light, has
depths of 5.5m, mud. Local pilots are available to assist ships
Baia de Sao Jose between the outer and inner anchorage.
Between the mouth of the Rio das Preguicas and Barra de
2.15

2.13 This bay, encumbered almost entirely by sand banks, Tutoia, the entrance of the W branch of the Rio Parnaiba, about
occupies the E part of Baia do Maranhao. The entrance to the 28 miles to the ESE, the coast consists of white sandhills and

Pub. 124
52 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

time Buoyage System (Region B); due to the frequent changes

the position of the channel buoys are not charted and local
knowledge is essential. The approach to Canal das Gaviotas is
marked by a lighted buoy.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and indispensable for
2.16

safe navigation due to the frequent changes of the shoals,

depths, and direction of the channels.
Pilots board ships near Tutoia Lighted Buoy. Pilots should
2.16

have at least 12 hours advance notice. Ships will not be taken

in or out at night.
Anchorage.—Ships awaiting a pilot may anchor, in 10m,
2.16

about 6 miles NE of Barra de Tutoia Light.

The usual anchorage is in 10.9 to 14.0m, about 1.2 miles
2.16

NNE of Ponta da Andreza Light.

Vessels can anchor, in 5.5 to 7.5m, about 1 mile N of the N
2.16

extremity of Ilha Coroata, about 2 miles ENE of Ponta da An-

dreza Light.
A least depth of 4.9m lies on the inner bar N of this anchor-
2.16

age.
Caution.—Wreck reported (2023) 10.7 miles N of Tutoia.
2.16

The Rio Parnaiba—Delta

2.17 This river rises in Serra de Tabatinga, about 450 miles
inland. It flows into the sea through three main tributaries, the
Rio Santa Rosa, the Rio Canarias, and the Rio Igaracu.
These tributaries again divide into several others of less im-
2.17

portance. The mouths of these tributaries form a delta which

extends from Barra de Tutoia to Ponta Atalaia, 40 miles E.
The delta, low and wooded, has a uniform appearance, ex-
2.17

cept for some sand hills, when seen from the offing. Outside
the delta, the water is muddy and the bottom is composed of
sand and ooze.
Ships should approach this part of the coast with caution due
2.17

to the uniform aspect of the land, the heavy sea, the prevailing
2.14 Preguicas Light strong westerly current, and the dense fogs which often occur
in this vicinity.
clumps of trees. Mato de Sao Cosme, lying about 11 miles SE The ports of Tutoia, Luis Correia, and Parnaiba have the only
2.17

of the mouth of the Rio das Preguicas, is the most prominent of river entrances of any navigational importance, as the other en-
these clumps, and visible for about 13 miles offshore. Tutoia trances are obstructed by sand banks.
Light is situated about 11 miles E of Mato de Sao Cosme. The greater part of the delta is fringed by a chain of reefs
2.17

which extend about 2 miles from the shore. Off Ponta da Pedra
2.16 Tutoia (2°47'S., 42°17'W.) (World Port Index No. do Sal, about 35 miles E of Barra de Tutoia, part of this chain
12600) consists of an anchorage, sheltered from seaward by dries, forming a group of rocks named Recifes da Pedra do Sal.
sand banks, where ships of medium draft load and unload from These rocks are about 1 to 2m high. A 10.3m patch lies 9 miles
lighters. The port lies on the N side of the Rio Comum and W NNE of Ponta da Pedra do Sal.
of the lighthouse on Ponta do Andreza. A stranded wreck lies on Barra das Canarias, about 7 miles
2.17

Winds—Weather.—The port of Tutoia is exceptionally well

2.16

NW of Ponta da Pedra do Sol and a dangerous wreck has been

sheltered from the prevailing winds in the area, which are al- reported to lie about 22 miles NNE of Barra de Tutoia.
most always from the E. A light is shown from Ponta da Pedra do Sol. An aeronauti-
2.17

Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal range is 2.9m at springs

2.16

cal radio beacon is located about 6 miles S of Ponta da Pedra

and 1.5m at neaps. The currents across the bar attain rates up to do Sol Light.
4 knots and set NE during the ebb tide and SW during the flood A light is shown from the W entrance point of the Rio das
2.17

tide. Canarias.
Depths—Limitations.—There are three entrance channels
2.16

to the river. Canal das Gaivotes is the W channel and Canal 2.18 The Rio Igaracu (2°52'S., 41°40'W.), the easternmost
Velho is the center channel. The E channel is unnamed. The tributary of the Rio Parnaiba, flows in a NE direction for about
depths in these channels vary and whichever one has the best 17 miles and forms Barra do Igaracu at its mouth.
depths in it is used. The river is entered about 6 miles SE of Ponta da Pedro do
2.18

The channel is buoyed in accordance with the IALA Mari-

2.16

Sal Light. A channel leads to the harbor between a detached

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 53

mole extending NNE and the long arm of an L-shaped break- leading into the river. The buoy is moored about 2 miles NE of
water to the E, projecting 1.5 miles NNE from Ponta da Ata- the light on Ponta do Trapia.
laia (2°52'S., 41°39'W.), the S entrance point of the harbor. From June to December, strong winds from between ENE
2.20

Berths on the W side of the breakwater, 0.4 mile SW of its el- and ESE raise a heavy sea on the bar, occasionally rendering it
bow, were under construction. The least depth in the channel is impassable.
0.3m. At neaps, the limiting vessel dimensions are a length of 75m,
2.20

Luis Correia (2°53'S., 41°40'W.) is a city located on the SE

2.18 a beam of 15m, and a draft of 4m.
side of the Rio Igaracu. Pilotage is compulsory. All cargo is At springs, the limiting vessel dimensions are a length of
2.20

worked from lighters at the anchorage, which is in front of the 100m, a beam of 15m, and draft of 4.5m.
city, in depths from 2 to 4m. Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and necessary due to the
2.20

From August to December, the winds usually are strong,

2.18 shifting of the sand banks. A pilot, which must be requested 24
which makes the entrance difficult, and sometimes makes the hours in advance, boards in the vicinity of Camocim Entrance
bar impassable. Lighted Buoy. Vessels awaiting a pilot can anchor, in 8m, near
Tidal currents attain rates from 4 to 5 knots over the bar. Out-
2.18 the buoy.
side the bar the outgoing tide sets N. Vessels load cargo at an anchorage, abreast the town, in a
2.20

Pedras Malhadinhas are two rocky shoals with depths of less

2.18 depth of 6.4m. The port has two small piers for vessels to
than 5.5m and a minimum depth of 5.2m which lies 2 to 2.5 moor.
miles N of Ponta da Atalaia. A similar group with a minimum Caution.—Banco Revesso, a drying bank on the E side of
2.20

depth of 5.4m lies about 3.7 miles NNW of the same point. the entrance channel, was extending to the NW, with the depths
An isolated shoal with a depth of 4.6m lies midway between
2.18 on the E side of the bar over the entrance channel being less
these two groups. than charted.
Parnaiba (2°54'S., 41°47'W.) (World Port Index No. 12620)
2.18

is located on the SE side of the Rio Igaracu, 10 miles above its Camocim to Fortaleza
mouth. The port has a wharf with a depth of 1.1 alongside.
Small craft and lighters move cargo from the port to Tutoia
2.18 2.21 The coast from Camocim, backed by sand hills of uni-
and Luis Correia for overseas export. form height, trends ENE for about 22 miles to Ponta de Jerico-
aco area. Serra Tiaia stands about midway between the two
Luis Correia to Camocim above points and about 14 miles inland and can be seen for a
distance of 30 miles offshore.
2.19 The coast trends E from Luis Correia for about 48 Ponta de Jericoacoara (2°47'S., 40°30'W.) rises to a re-
2.21

miles to Ponta do Trapia, the W entrance point of the bay at the markable saddle-shaped hill. The E and higher part appears as
mouth of the Rio Coreau. The coast is low and sandy, with an island from offshore. There is a prominent white house on
scattered inland patches of vegetation. This part of the coast is the W slope of this hill and a fishing village at the foot of the
fringed with sand banks and reefs. slope. A light is shown from the point, which should be given a
A light is shown from Ponta de Itaque, 6 miles E of Punta da
2.19 berth of at least 1 mile.
Atalaia. Anchorage.—There is sheltered anchorage about 2 miles W
2.21

Several small rivers flow into the sea along this stretch of the
2.19 of Ponta de Jericoacoara, in depths of 6 to 8m, sand and mud,
coast, with the Rio Coreau the only one of importance to ship- good holding ground. The anchorage, sheltered from the pre-
ping. vailing winds, which blow from between NE and SE, and also
Ponta das Almas (2°54'S., 41°16'W.) lies 24 miles E of Luis
2.19 from the W current.
Correia and shows a light. The mouth of the Rio Timonha lies From Ponta de Jericoacoara to Ponta de Itapage, a wooded
2.21

immediately S of Ponta dos Almas and is encumbered by sand point 31 miles to the E, the coast is low and sandy.
banks. Small vessels can anchor within the sand banks, in Deep-draft vessels should not approach within 30 miles of
2.21

depths of 5 to 7m, good holding ground. this coast as less water than charted has been reported.
Banco do Mergulho (2°36'S., 41°22'W.), a bank of coral
2.19 The Rio Acarau (2°50'S., 40°08'W.) lies about 8 miles W of
2.21

with a depth of 7.2m, lies 19 miles NNW of Ponta das Almas Ponta de Itapage. Shifting sand banks, which extend about 2
Light. A detached 9.4m patch lies 6 miles WNW of the shal- miles offshore, obstruct the entrance. Small craft with a draft of
lowest part of the bank. A 15.7m patch lies 30 miles NNW of 2.4m can enter the river at HWS but may touch bottom in plac-
the light; between it and Banco do Mergulho there are depths es.
of less than 15m. A wreck buoy is moored about 4 miles N of the river en-
2.21

Pedra Tourao, a rock with a depth of 1.2m, lies 3.5 miles off-
2.19 trance. The channel into the river is marked by stakes. The vil-
shore and 8 miles ENE of Ponta das Almas Light. lage of Acarau is situated on the E side of the river about 4
miles above its mouth.
2.20 Camocim (2°54'S., 40°50'W.) (World Port Index No. Vessels may anchor, in about 4m, within the mouth of the
2.21

12630), 28 miles W of Ponta das Almas, lies on the W bank of river.

the mouth of the Rio Coreau. The flood and ebb currents over
the bar average about 3 knots. 2.22 Ponta de Itapage (2°51'S., 40°00'W.) is a wooded
The approach to the river mouth is encumbered by sand-
2.20 point located about 9 miles E of the mouth of the Rio Acarau.
banks through which there is a channel navigable by vessels of A light is shown about 4 miles ESE of the point.
4m at HW. A lighted buoy marks the approach to the channel The coast from Ponta de Itapage trends ESE for about 42
2.22

Pub. 124
54 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

miles to Ponta Mundau. reddish patches W of the point. The village of Lagoinha is lo-
The coast is backed by sand hills covered with vegetation
2.22 cated about 1 mile W of the point.
and can be seen from 12 to 14 miles offshore as far along the Ponta Paracuru (3°24'S., 39°00'W.), marked by a light, is
2.23

coast as Ponta dos Patos, about 21 miles ESE of Ponta de Ita- very conspicuous and lies about 7 miles ESE of Ponta Aguda.
page. Several fishing villages are situated along the coastline. It can be identified by a conical wooded hill which rises 2
The coast between Ponta de Itapage and Ponta dos Patos is
2.22 miles inland and is visible from nearly 18 miles offshore. The
fringed by the E part of Banco Acarau. The coast between Pon- mouth of the Rio Curu, with several villages in its vicinity, lies
ta dos Patos and Ponta Mundau is fringed by sand banks and about 5 miles WSW of the point. There is anchorage for small
reefs which extend about 0.5 mile offshore. Fishing stakes can craft under the shelter of Ponta Paracuru and the mouth of the
be found along this part of the coast. Rio Curu.
Ponta Mundau (3°11'S., 39°23'W.), formed by dunes cov-
2.22 An L-shaped pier extends about 0.3 mile NW from the W
2.23

ered with low vegetation, has a prominent grove of palms on it. side of the point. Lights are shown from the pier head.
Morro das Melancias is a saddle-shaped hill and is visible
2.22 Pecem Terminal (3°32'S, 38°48'W) consists of an L-shaped
2.23

for about 20 miles in clear weather. pier, which extends 1.25 mile NE from the shore, before form-
The W summit is covered with vegetation and is a dark col-
2.22 ing a right angle to turn NW, extending a further 1 mile. The
or; the E summit is sandy and whitish. A light is shown from structure contains two finger piers providing berths extending
Ponta Mundau. NW from the inshore segment, and a continuous berth along
Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken 1.5 to 2 miles W of
2.22 the leeward side of the offshore segment. All the berths are
Ponta Mundau, in a depth of 7m, sand. The reefs which extend protected from the NE and SE by an L-shaped breakwater
about 0.5 mile N and W from Ponta Mund au must be given a which is built into the pier.
wide berth when approaching the anchorage. Anchorage can Depths—Limitations.—For berthing information see table
2.23

also be taken about 4 miles NE of the point, in depths of 10 to titled Pecem—Berth Information.
11m, sand, protected from W, SW, and S winds. Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. Pilots may
2.23

Lighted production platforms stand 21 and 27 miles ENE

2.22 be requested through the agent 24 hours prior to arrival. The pi-
and 32 and 34 miles E of Ponta Mundau Light. The platforms lot boards about 2 miles N of the breakwater.
are connected to each other by a submarine pipeline, which Contact Information.—See the table titled Pecem—
2.23

continues on to Fortaleza. Contact Information.

Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies about 3 miles W of the
2.22 Anchorage.—Four designated anchorages for various
2.23

first platform. cargoes and quarantining vessels are located offshore of the
outer segment of the breakwater. The anchorages, which can
2.23 Ponta Aguda (3°21'S., 39°07'W.), 18 miles SE of best be seen on the chart, sit roughly between 2 to 6 miles NE
Ponta Mundau, is low and sandy. There are some cliffs with of the breakwater.

Pecem—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Pier 1
01 (SW Side) 340m 13.9m 240m — 39.0m Iron ore, coal, pig iron, and scrap metal.
02 (NE Side) 340m 15.8m 389m — 45.0m Steel products.
Pier 3 Multiple Utilities Terminal (TMUT)
05 316m 16.0m 259m — 43.0m
Breakbulk. Continuous berth length of
06 316m 16.0m 260m — 43.0m
1,580m.
07 316m 16.0m 229m — 38.0m
Pier 3 APM Terminals Pecem
08 316m — 330m 15.3m 48.0m Containers and breakbulk. Continuous
09 316m 16.5m 330m 15.3m 48.0m berth length of 1,580m.
Pier 2 Petrobras
LNG. Berth length of 330m (including
03 (SW Side) 60m 16.5m 294m — 46.0m
dolphins).
LNG. Berth length of 320m (including
04 (NE Side) 60m 16.5m 299m — 49.0m
dolphins).

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 55

Pecem—Contact Information Directions.—The port may be approached directly from the

2.23

NNE to the lighted buoy (3°28'9S, 38°48'5W). The berths are

Pilots (Ceara Marine) approached directly in a least depth of 15.2m. It is reported that
VHF VHF channels 13 and 16 numerous small fishing canoes and sailboats work in the area
near the port.
Telephone 55-85-338-84638
Facsimile 55-85-338-84636 2.24 Ponta Pecem (3°33'S., 38°49'W.), about 13 miles SE
of Ponta Paracuru, is a prominent landmark because of Morros
E-mail [email protected]
Tres Irmaos, which can be seen from 20 miles offshore. The
Web site http://www.cearapilots.com.br point is marked by a light; the pier and breakwater extend NE.
Pico Da Rajada (3°54'S., 38°44'W.), located in the Serra de
Pilots (Ceara State)
2.24

Marnaguape, about 16 miles SW of Fortaleza, is 920m high. It

VHF VHF channels 13 and 16 is the first point sighted in the area, due to its height.
Telephone 55-85-321-93849 Ponta de Mucuripe (3°42'S., 38°28'W.), the E entrance
2.24

point of Enseada de Mucuripe, projects about 1 mile seaward

Facsimile 55-85-321-93849 from the general trend of the coast. The point is formed by a
Port chain of sand hills which rises to a height of 72m. Ponta de
Mucuripe Light is shown 1 mile S of the point. An auxiliary
VHF VHF channels 9, 11, and 16 light is shown from the old light structure close on the N end in
Telephone 55-85-331-51977 the event that Ponta de Mucuripe Light is not operating.
Molhe de Mucuripe, the breakwater which shelters the har-
2.24

Facsimile 55-85-331-51974 bor and Enseada de Mucuripe, extends about 1 mile WNW
E-mail [email protected] from the point. A light is shown from the seaward end.
Caution.—A restricted area, used for rocket firings, is estab-
2.24

Web site http://www.complexodopecem.com.br

lished between Ponta Pecem and Ponta de Mucuripe. It extends
Port Authority from close offshore to approximately 35 miles NNE and 50
miles NE of the coast.
Telephone 55-85-3219-7555
Facsimile 55-85-3219-7555 Mucuripe (3°43'S., 38°29'W.)
E-mail [email protected]
World Port Index No. 12650
Tugs
VHF VHF channel 16 2.25 The port of Mucuripe is situated in Enseada de
Mucuripe and is sheltered by Molhe de Mucuripe, which
extends from Ponta de Mucuripe. It consists of a small harbor
An additional anchorage for offshore support vessels sits
2.23

protected by a jetty and is situated just N of the city of

about 1.75 miles W of the NW tip of the L-shaped pier, and can
Fortaleza; E of this lies two jetties that are about 260m long.
best be seen on the chart. This anchorage is closer to shore and
is slightly protected by the breakwater to the E.

Fortaleza—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Commercial Wharf
101 220m 5.0m — — — Tugs and fishing vessels. Continuous berthing
102 197m 7.0m — — — length of 417m.
103 160m 10.5m 200m — 32.0m
General cargo. Continuous berthing length of
104 210m — 200m 11.0m 32.0m
680m.
105 210m — 300m 11.0m 40.0m
Passenger Terminal
106 350m 13.0m 237m 10.0m 32.0m Passengers.
Petrobras Terminal
Inner Berth 90m 11.0m 183m 9.0m 32.0m Petroleum products.
Outer Berth 90m 12.0m 210m 10.0m 40.0m Petroleum products.

Pub. 124
56 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

Winds—Weather.—The port is exposed to winds from the

2.25
Mucuripe—Contact Information
W and N. The prevailing winds are from the E and SE. The
strong winds that commonly blow in the area will at times Telephone 55-85-326-68800
cause some difficulty in the maneuver and mooring of vessels. E-mail [email protected]
Tides—Currents.—The tidal range is 1.9m at springs and
2.25

0.9m at neaps. During flood tide, the current runs close to the Web site http://www.docasdoceara.com.br
coast and in the proximity of the wharf takes a SE direction Tugs
with a velocity of 1 knot. During ebb tide, it has a WNW
VHF VHF channel 10
direction, at a rate of 0.5 knot.
Depths—Limitations.—The approach channel leads across
2.25

the bar in a SE direction from a position about 0.5 mile W of

the head of the breakwater for a distance of about 1 mile and
then in a general E and ENE direction to the N extension of the
wharf. The channel is marked by lighted buoys. The maximum
size of vessel for entry is a length of 210m, a beam of 40m, and
a draft of 10m.
Recife da Velha, with a minimum depth of 3.3m; Pedras do
2.25

Justin, with a minimum depth of 7.1m; and Recife do Meireles,

with a minimum depth of 1.5m, lie up to 1.75 miles offshore, N
of the old port area. Pedras do Justin and Recife do Meireles
are marked by buoys. For berthing information see the table
titled Fortaleza—Berth Information.
Aspect.—The old port of Fortaleza, which borders the city,
2.25

is no longer in use. It stands on a plateau 20 to 30m high,

extending 5 miles W from Ponta de Mucuripe along the shore,
and is prominent from the offing.
A vessel approaching the port, when 15 or 16 miles away,
2.25

will sight Mucuripe Light, a conspicuous white round masonry

tower with black bands, located on a 62m high hill, 1.25 miles
S of Ponta de Mucuripe.
The conspicuous white silos on the wharf and the conspicu-
2.25

ous twin gray towers of the cathedral standing 3.5 miles WSW
of Ponta de Mucuripe will be sighted at about the same time.
Ponta de Mucuripe, on which there is an abandoned light-
2.25

house, will be seen when closer to the city. Television towers

lie 1.25 and 3 miles, respectively, SW of Ponta de Mucuripe.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and should be ordered
2.25

through the agent or Fortaleza (PPP) 2 hours in advance. Pilots

board from a red motor launch marked “Pilots,” as follows:
1. Vessels with a draft less than 9m—at the anchorage in
position 3°41.7S, 38°29.9W.
2. Vessels with a draft of 9m and over—in position
3°39.5S, 38°29.2W
Vessels can anchor within 0.3 mile of either position while
2.25

awaiting pilot.
Contact Information.—Mucuripe pilots can be contacted,
2.25

as follows: 2.25 Mucuripe Light

Mucuripe—Contact Information Anchorage.—There are designated anchorage areas within

2.25

Enseada de Mucuripe which are best shown on the chart. The

Pilots charted anchorage areas are used, as follows:
For pilot contact information, see the table titled, 1. Anchorage Area 1—Vessels with a draft greater than
Pecem—Contact Information in paragraph 2.23 7m.
2. Anchorage Area 2—Vessels greater than 2,000 gross
Harbormaster tons, including LASH vessels, with a draft of up to 7m.
Telephone 55-85-322-46566 LASH vessels have priority for anchoring.
3. Anchorage Area 3—Vessels of 200 to 2,000 gross
Port Authority tons.
VHF VHF channels 9, 10, 13, and 16 4. Anchorage Area 4—Harbor support craft.
5. Anchorage Area 5—Fishing boats and motor boats.

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 57

6. Anchorage Area 6—Non-powered fishing vessels.

Depending on vessel size and description, Anchorage Area 1
2.25

and Anchorage Area 2 are also designated Quarantine and Ex-

plosives Anchorage Areas.
Caution.—Vessels coming from the E, and being overtaken
2.25

by a very strong E or ENE wind, should make allowance, for

the combined effect of wind and current could set them onto
the breakwaters.
Many small fishing craft may be found, during daylight, in
2.25

the vicinity of the port and up to 20 miles from it.

A dangerous wreck, best seen on the chart, lies along the
2.25

outer edge of the entrance fairway.

Fortaleza to Ponta do Pontal

2.26 The coast from Ponta de Mucuripe trends SE for
about 61 miles to Ponta Maceio, the W entrance point of the 2.26 Maceio Light
Rio Jaguaribe. The coast is a succession of sand hills, which at-
tain heights of about 91m. There is little vegetation along this ribe, about 9 miles from the mouth of the river. Pilotage is
part of the coast. compulsory. Small vessels drawing 3m can normally cross the
Morro Pacoti (3°52'S., 38°23'W.), 40m high, marks the E
2.26 bar during HWS although the bottom has been touched at this
entrance of the Rio Pacoti, about 8 miles SSE of Ponta de draft.
Mucuripe. Recife da Cacoeira lies up to 1.5 miles offshore, 2 Small vessels can anchor, in 4m, abreast the town of Fortin-
2.27

miles ESE of the mouth of the Rio Pacoti. The sea breaks over ho, about 3 miles inside the mouth of the river.
the reef at LW during a fresh breeze. Larger vessels can obtain anchorage, in depths of 7 to 9m,
2.27

Cabo Iguape (3°56'S., 38°17'W.), about 18 miles SE of

2.26 sand and mud, with shelter from S, SW, and W winds, with the
Ponta de Mucuripe, is 120m high and somewhat salient. The light on Ponta Macelo bearing 242°, distant 3.5 miles. This an-
cape can be seen about 23 miles offshore. Reefs, which break, chorage is very exposed to the strong winds from between
fringe the cape and extend a short distance from it. The 20m ENE and ESE, which blow from June to December.
curve lies about 13 miles off Cabo Iguape. A small bay, bor- The coast from the mouth of the Rio Jaguaribe trends SE for
2.27

dered by steep cliffs, lies W of the cape. about 21 miles to Ponta Grossa. This part of the coast is formed
A gunnery firing area has been established about 4 miles NE
2.26 by sandhills and low hills, covered with vegetation. Banco do
of Cabo Iguape. Retiro, with depths of less than 5.5m, borders this stretch of the
The Rio Choro (4°06'S., 38°09'W.) flows into the sea about
2.26 coast and lies up to 5 miles offshore.
12 miles SE of Cabo Iguape. Small crafts, with drafts up to 2m, Off this stretch of coast depth of less than 10m extend up to
2.27

enter at HW and anchor, in 2.4m, within the bar. 10 miles offshore. There is an 8.9m shoal 13 miles NNE of
Local knowledge is essential for safe navigation as access to
2.26 Ponta Grossa.
the river’s mouth is difficult due to the rocks and shifting sand Morro do Mandioca (4°34'S., 37°40'W.), about 10 miles
2.27

banks. The bar can seldom be crossed from January to July. SSE of the mouth of the Rio Jaguaribe, is conical in shape and
A dangerous wreck lies about 4 miles ESE of the mouth of
2.26 appears dark due to the vegetation. The hill can be seen from
the Rio Choro. about 20 miles offshore in clear weather.
Morro Cascavel (4°08'S., 38°16'W.) and Morro Azul
2.26 Another hill, Morro Urubu, similar in appearance, stands
2.27

(4°31'S., 38°06'W.), both about 180m high, are isolated conical about 2 miles NW of Morro do Mandioca. A village is situated
feature which can be useful in identifying this stretch of coast. at the foot of this hill.
The hills rise 7.5 miles WSW and 24.5 miles S of the mouth of The village houses stand out against the dark background of
2.27

the Rio Choro, respectively. the hill.

The Rio Pirangi flows into the sea about 26 miles SE of the
2.26 A large sandal with two conical peaks stands about 5 miles
2.27

mouth of the Rio Choro. Small craft drawing 2m enter at HW SE of Morro do Mandioca. This sandal can be seen about 17
and anchor, in 3m, within the bar. Local knowledge is essential miles offshore.
for safe navigation as access across the bar is dangerous.
Ponta Maceio (4°25'S., 37°46'W.), on which there are red-
2.26 2.28 Ponta Grossa (4°38'S., 37°30'W.), about 100m high,
dish cliffs, lies 1.5 miles NNW of the W entrance point of the is steep and salient; it stands out well against the land in its vi-
Rio Jaguaribe. There are two sand hills within the mouth of the cinity. The point can be seen about 21 miles offshore.
river on its E side which appear as islets when seen for a dis- A hillock, when bearing about 240°, opens out near the base
2.28

tance offshore. A dangerous wreck lies 9.5 miles NNE of Ponta of Ponta Grossa.
Maceio in 7.5m of water. A light is shown 0.5 mile S of the Rocks, some of which dry, lie as far as about 2 miles from
2.28

point. the point.

Enseada do Retiro-Grande lies close W of Ponta Grossa. A
2.28

2.27 Aracati (4°34'S., 37°46'W.) (World Port Index No. ship entering the cove should give Ponta Grossa a berth of
12660), is a small port, located on the E bank of the Rio Jagua- about 3 miles and should steer 215° for a hill within the SW

Pub. 124
58 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

shore of the cove. Banco do Retiro should be avoided. winds blow strongly from the E, being strongest in August.
The coast from Ponta Grossa trends ESE for about 12 miles
2.28 The rainy season is from January to May. From January to
2.30

to Ponta Cajuais, then SSE for about 17 miles to the mouth of May, the sea is comparatively calm, becoming moderate until
the Rio Mossoro. August; from August to December, the sea is heavy.
Between Ponta Grossa and Ponta Cajuais, the coast appears
2.28 Tides—Currents.—In the vicinity of the terminal, the cur-
2.30

as two steps, the lower step being reddish and the upper gray. rent has a rate of 0.8 knots at springs in a WSW direction about
A light is reported to stand about 2 miles inland from Ponta
2.28 4 hours before HW, and in a NE direction about 3 hours after
Cajuais. HW.
Between Ponta Cajuais and the mouth of the Rio Mossoro,
2.28 In the vicinity of Recifes do Joao da Cunha and the anchor-
2.30

the coast is higher than the preceding stretch. Banco dos Ca- age, the flood current sets SW at a rate of up to 1 knot, while
juais, which dries in places, borders this stretch of the coast and the ebb current sets NE at a rate of up to 1.5 knots.
has depths of less than 5.5m up to 7 miles offshore. Depths—Limitations.—A buoyed channel, with a least
2.30

Morro do Tibau (4°50'S., 37°17'W.), about 10 miles SSE of

2.28 depth of 11m and a width varying between 400 and 1,000m, is
Ponta Cajuais, is a prominent reddish hill which can be seen entered about 2.2 miles ENE of the shallowest part of Recifes
for about 19 miles offshore. do Joao da Cunha. The 9.2 mile long channel passes S of these
Caution.—A group of tanker mooring buoys is situated 16
2.28 reefs and leads to a point about 1 mile SW of the terminal. The
miles N of Ponta Cajuais. area between this point and the terminal is a maneuvering basin
and has a least depth of 11m.
2.29 Ponta do Pontal (4°56'S., 37°09'W.) is the E en- On the SW side of the artificial island there is a quay 195m
2.30

trance point of Rio Mossoro. The river, about 180 miles long, long, with a depth of 6m alongside. This berth, used for the dis-
rises in Serra dos Cariris-Velhos. It is navigable for small craft charge of salt, can accommodate three barges.
for about 12 miles above its mouth. Bulk carriers moor against three dolphins, with a span of
2.30

The mouth of the river is obstructed by sand banks which dry

2.29 166m, with an alongside depth of 14m. Vessels berth port side-
in places at LW and extend about 1.5 miles offshore. Recifes to. No night navigation is permitted.
do Joao da Cunha, which seldom dries, lies about 17 miles NE The maximum dimensions of a vessel that can be accommo-
2.30

of the mouth of the river. This group of rocks is about 2 miles dated are 35,000 dwt, a length of 180m, a beam of 22m, and a
in extent. The sea breaks heavily over them with a NE wind, draft of 11m.
but from February to May there are seldom any breakers which Aspect.—The stockpile of salt at the terminal appears as a
2.30

mark them. large white mound and can be detected on radar at ranges of
The approach to the mouth of the river and the channel with-
2.29 over 24 miles.
in the bar are marked by buoys, some of which are lighted. The Pilotage.—Pilotage, which is available during daylight
2.30

buoys are moved as necessary to conform with the changes in hours only, is compulsory from the pilot anchorage to the ter-
the channel due to the shifting sand banks. A light is shown minal or any point within the port area, for vessels greater than
from Ponta Upanema, about 3 miles E of Ponta do Pontal. 2,000 gt. Vessels should send their ETA at the pilot boarding
Depths—Limitations.—For berthing information see the
2.29 position through their agent. The pilot boarding position is best
table titled Ponta do Pontal—Berth Information. seen on the chart. Vessels should establish contact with the ter-
minal 10 hours in advance.
Ponta do Pontal—Berth Information
Berth Length Depth Remarks Salineiro Terminal—Contact Information

Porto-Ilha Terminal Pilots

Barges Pier 153m 7.0m Salt VHF VHF channel 16

Ship Dock 113m 18.0m Salt Telephone 55-84-3332-2404

NORSAL Terminal Facsimile 55-84-3332-2404

No. 01 27m — Salt E-mail [email protected]

Harbormaster
Four dangerous wrecks lie between 3 and 6 miles N of the
2.29

Telephone 55-84-333-22211
light on Ponta Upanema.
Facsimile 55-84-333-22211
2.30 Salineiro Terminal (4°49'S., 37°03'W.), also known E-mail [email protected]
as Porto-Ilha, a salt storage island, with a walkway and convey-
or bridge, leads about 0.2 mile SSE to a slowing platform and Terminal Local Office
bridge shiploader. It is located on the NW side of the above- Telephone 55-84-333-22121 (switchboard)
mentioned channel.
The terminal is reported to carry a stock of salt.
2.30
Facsimile 55-84-333-22399
Winds—Weather.—From January to June, winds blow
2.30
Web site http://www.codern.com.br
from the NE with occasional calms. From July to October,

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 59

Regulations.—A tug must be present during the mooring of

2.30
Ponta do Pontal to Cabo Calcanhar
all vessels. Vessels larger than 10,000 dwt must employ two
tugs. Mooring is not attempted when wind speed is greater than 2.31 The coast from Ponta do Pontal trends E for about 17
25 knots. miles to Ponta do Mel then SE for about 14 miles to Pontal do
Contact Information.—See the table titled Salineiro
2.30 Alagamar.
Terminal—Contact Information. Ponta do Cristovao (Ponta Redonda) (4°55'S., 36°58'W.),
2.31

Anchorage.—Large vessels awaiting a pilot or berth should

2.30 about 10 miles E of Ponta Upanema, is an oblong-shaped bar-
anchor, in depths of 11 to 12m, about 3 miles ENE of the ren sandal. The point was reported to give good radar returns.
shallowest part of Recifes do Jao da Cunha. A village is located near the point.
The inner anchorage, known as Foundeabdouro do Lamarao
2.30 Ponta do Mel (4°57'S., 36°53'W.), 5 miles ESE of Ponta do
2.31

de Dentro is situated 2 miles NW of Ponta Upanema and has a Cristovao, has prominent reddish cliffs about 90m high that are
depth of 5.5m, sand. It is used to transship salt from lighters visible at a distance of about 20 miles. The cliffs stand out
and should not be approached without local knowledge. against the sand hills in the vicinity. From the N, Ponta do Mel
Areia Branca (4°57'S., 37°08'W.) stands on the E bank of
2.30 appears as two points, the E of which appears broader. A light
Rio Mossoro, 2 miles above its mouth. There are no alongside is shown 1 mile S of the point.
berths for ocean-going vessels,; all cargo is worked to and from Ponta do Alagamar (5°06'S., 36°41'W.) is a low sandy
2.31

lighters, usually at the anchorage and Salineiro Terminal. point lying 15 miles SE of Punta do Mel and is the E entrance
point of the Rio Acu. A light is shown about 2 miles E of the
point.
A conspicuous water tower with obstruction lights is situated
2.31

about 1.2 miles E of the point.

The Rio Acu (Rio Piranhas) (5°06'S., 36°41'W.) is the main
2.31

branch of the Rio Piranhas which rises in Serra dos Cariris Vel-
hos.
The mouth of the Rio Acu is obstructed by shifting sand
2.31

banks, which dry in places, and extend up to 2.5 miles off-

shore.
Between the sand banks, there are two bars, a N bar and a S
2.31

bar, with a channel leading over each.

The N bar channel is recommended as it is deeper and
2.31

buoyed. This bar affords access at HW for drafts up to 2.8m.

A dangerous wreck, marked on its N side by a lighted buoy,
2.31

lies about 5.7 miles NW of Alagamar Light.

Pilotage is compulsory and vessels anchor in Fondeadouro
2.31

do Lagamar, 5.5 miles NNW of Alagamar Light, in depths of

8.8 to 9.4m, fine sand. A second wreck lies about 4 miles
NNW of the light.
Macau (5°07'S., 36°38'W.) is located about 3 miles above
2.31

the mouth of the Rio Acu. The principal export is salt which is
loaded at the anchorage.

2.32 The coast trends E for about 71 miles from Pontal do

Alagamar to Cabo Calcanhar. Several rivers of no importance
to navigation flow into the sea along this stretch of the coast.
Ponta do Tubarao (5°04'S., 36°30'W.), about 11 miles E of
2.32

Pontal do Alagamar, is formed by sandhills. This point appears

to be higher than it actually is from the offing.
A prominent cone-shaped hill stands about 1 mile S of Ponta
2.32

do Tubarao. This hill stands out from the hills to the W because
of its lighter color. A small lighthouse stands on the W side of
the point.
A lighted offshore platform stands about 5 miles WNW of
2.32

Ponta do Tubarao. A submarine pipeline extends in a SE direc-

tion from the platform to the shore.
Morro Mangue Seco (5°09'S., 36°25'W.), about 7 miles SE
2.32

2.30 Ponta do Mel Light of Ponta do Tubarao, can be seen from about 21 miles offshore
in clear weather.
Caution.—A 6m shoal was reported to lie about 11 miles
2.30
Urca do Tubarao (4°51'S., 36°27'W.), the W extremity of
2.32

ENE of the shallowest part of Recifes do Jao da Cunha. which lies about 13 miles N of Ponta do Tubarao, is composed
of sand and coral heads having least depths of 4m. The reef sel-

Pub. 124
60 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

dom breaks but swells are formed during moderate winds.

2.33 Guamare Oil Terminal (4°52'4S, 36°22'4W) is an

offshore CBM situated in an oil and gas field N of Ponta Galin-
hos.
Tides—Currents.—A 3-knot current can be expected at the
2.33

berth.
Depths—Limitations.—Ubarana Heavy Oil Mooring Area
2.33

has a depth of 17m and can handle vessels with a maximum loa
of 280m, a maximum draft of 14m, and a maximum beam of
55m. Ubarana Light Oil Mooring Area has a depth of 15m and
can handle vessels with a maximum draft of 9m.Vessels gener-
ally berth during daylight hours only. Both berths are CBMs.
Pilotage.—Pilots board in the anchorage area. The ETA
2.33

should be given 72 hours, 48 hours and 24 hours prior to arriv-

al.
Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor within a 1 mile radius of
2.33

position 4°51'S, 36°23'W, in 17m, good holding ground.

Directions.—The terminal and anchorage lie about 6.5 miles
2.33

WNW of Agulha Light (4°52.5'S, 36°16.2'W) and should be

approached from between N and NNE.
Caution.—Urca do Tubarao, a 4.1m shoal, lies 4 miles W of
2.33

the anchorage. A dangerous wreck lies 29 miles WNW of

Agulha Light.

2.34 Ponta de Galinhos (5°05'S., 36°18'W.), from which a

light is shown, lies about 13 miles E of Ponta do Tubarao. The
point marks the E entrance of the Rio Guamare. The village of
Guamare is situated on the W side of the river close within its
mouth.
A dangerous sunken wreck lies in 5°03'S, 36°16'W, position
2.34

approximate, about 2.5 miles NNE of Ponta de Galinhos. A

drying patch lies 1.5 miles NW of the point.
A shoal with depths ranging from 7.8 to 10m lies 11 miles
2.34
2.34 Ponta de Galinhos Light
NNW of Ponta de Galinhos.
Numerous lighted oil platforms and submarine pipelines ex-
2.34

ist in an area between 7 and 15 miles N of Ponta de Galinhos. pear as an island from the offing.
An offshore oil berth with six mooring buoys, marked by a The prominent cliffs of Sao Jose lie about 2 miles E of Ponta
2.35

lighted buoy, lies about 11 miles NNW of Ponta de Galinhos. Santo Cristo. The W part of the cliffs consists of reddish clay.
Caution—Attention is called to the fact that in many cases
2.34
The E part changes to whitish clay.
the pipelines are not buried; charted depths may be decreased Morro Branco (5°09'S., 35°32'W.), about 60m high, stands
up to 2m. Vessels should not anchor or trawl in the vicinity of about 5 miles ESE of Ponta Santo Cristo. This barren hill, com-
the pipelines. posed of white sand, is a good landmark as it is the highest
Ponta de Santo Alberto lies about 17 miles E of Ponta de
2.34
point of land on this part of the coast. Morro Branco can be
Galinhos. Coconut trees, which are the easternmost growth of seen about 18 miles offshore.
trees in this vicinity and visible from 12 to 15 miles offshore, Caution.—Several reefs with heads less than 3.6m, shoals
2.35

mark the point. which dry at LW, and dangerous wrecks, lie within the 18.3m
A light is shown from Ponta Caicara, about 2 miles W of
2.34
curve between Ponta do Tubarao and Cabo Calcanhar. The
Pont a de Santo Alberto. The village of Caicara is situated near reefs and shoals are steep-to. The bottom is composed of white
Ponta Caicara. A church is located in the village. sand, coral, and gravel.
In general, the water over the shoals is green and this color is
2.35

2.35 Ponta dos Tres Irmaos (5°03'S., 35°59'W.), about 2 distinctive from the color of the water outside them.
miles E of Ponta de Santo Alberto, consists of four cliffs which The current is strong and sets WNW and NW. The tidal rise
2.35

are bordered by dark rocks. over the shoals is about 3.1m at springs and 1.8m at neaps.
Ponta Santo Cristo, about 23 miles E of Ponta dos Tres Ir- Ships without a pilot on board should avoid these dangers by
2.35

maos, is a narrow promontory about 1 mile long. navigating well outside the 20m curve.
A village is situated close SSW of Ponta Santo Cristo and a
2.35

church is situated in the village. Cabo Calcanhar to Natal

Ilha de Cima, a hill, stands about 6 miles W of Ponta Santo
2.35

Cristo. The land in the vicinity is low which makes the hill ap- 2.36 Cabo Calcanhar (5°10'S., 35°29'W.), from which a

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 61

light is shown, is the extreme NE point of Brazil; a racon is lo- mum depth of 4.2m. Its width is restricted to 1 mile abreast
cated at the light The point is formed by sand dunes of very lit- Baixo do Teresa Panca. This channel is used mainly by local
tle height. In clear weather, the lighthouse can be seen for a vessels of shallow draft. It should not be attempted without lo-
distance of 38 miles. A continuous radio signal and a differen- cal knowledge and good visibility.
tial GPS beacon are reported to be located at this location. Pilotage for Canal de Sao Roque may be obtained at Recife
2.37

and Areia Branca or at other ports in the vicinity.

Cabo de Sao Roque (5°29'S., 35°16'W.) is a white sandy
2.37

point, about 55m high, with vegetation on its summit. A light is

shown from a position about 0.6 mile S of the cape. The cape is
reported to be a good radar target.

2.36 Cabo Calcanhar Light

At Cabo Calcanhar, the aspects of the coast changes. To the

2.36

SE of the cape there are large coconut groves and a number of

towns and villages.
A number of elevations of land stand out and are visible 10
2.36

to 20 miles offshore.
Cidade de Touros (5°12'S., 35°28'W.) stands on low ground
2.36

at the head of Enseada de Touros, 3 miles SE of Cabo Calca-

nhar.
The town church and the dark colored cliffs lying about 0.2
2.36

mile NW of the town are prominent by day and the street lights
of the town are prominent at night.
Anchorage for small craft can be obtained off the town, in a
2.36

depth of 3.5m, mud.

Ponta da Gameleira (5°13'S., 35°25'W.) lies 5.5 miles SE
2.36

of Cabo Calcanhar and is formed by sand hills. It is the first 2.37 Natal Light
land sighted by vessels coming from the N.
A light, the structure of which has been reported to be diffi-
2.36
Rocks, with depths of less than 2m, on which the sea occa-
2.37

cult to see during the day, is shown from the point. sionally breaks, lie 1 mile E of the cape.
Baixo do Rio do Fogo lies about 4 miles E of Ponta da
2.36
Between Cabo de Sao Roque and Punta de Santa Rita, 13
2.37

Gameleira. The shoal has a depth of 0.2m, over which the sea miles SSE, the coast has no remarkable features. It is backed
breaks. A light is shown from the center of the shoal. A wreck by hills from 35 to 60m high, which are sparsely wooded, and
lies 1.5 miles NW of the light. has several villages and coconut groves along it.
Caution.—Shoal patches, with depths of 11.2m and 13.3m,
2.37

2.37 Risca do Zumbi (5°11'S., 35°11'W.), a rock with a lie about 13 miles ESE of Cabo de Sao Roque. A shoal with a
depth of 5m, lies 10 miles ENE of Baixo do Rio do Fogo. depth of 8.9m lies 14.5 miles ENE of Cabo Calcanhar, another
Depths of 11.9m and 10.4m lie 3 miles S and 5 miles SSW,
2.37
shoal with a depth of 22m lies approximately 33 miles NNE of
respectively, of this rock. the same point.
Ponta do Caconho, 12 miles SE of Cabo Calcanhar, consists
2.37

of light-colored sand hills which are slightly higher than the Natal (5°47'S., 35°12'W.)
coast to the NW. The point is surrounded by several submerged
rocks. World Port Index No. 12690
Baixo da Teresa Panca, marked by a light, and Baixo de Ma-
2.37

racajau lie up to 4 miles E of Ponta do Caconho. 2.38 The port of Natal is situated at the mouth of the Rio
Canal de Sao Roque is about 23 miles long and has a mini-
2.37
Pontengi. The river, about 100 miles long, rises in the Serra do

Pub. 124
62 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

Angico and flows into the sea through an opening in the barrier of 158.5m, a maximum beam of 21m, and a maximum draft of
reef. The barrier reef forms a natural breakwater for the port. 7m. Night berthing is possible.
Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds most of the year
2.38 It has been recommended that berthing be done port side-to
2.38

are from the ENE to SE. on the ebb tide, while unberthing be done on the flood tide.
A naval base, which has an L-shape jetty projecting 50m NE,
2.38

has depths of 5m alongside and is about 2 miles upstream from

the main wharf.
A prominent cable-stayed bridge, with a vertical clearance of
2.38

55m spans the river 0.5 mile from the river mouth. For further
berthing information refer to the table titled Natal—Berth
Information.

Natal—Berth Information
Berth Length Depth Remarks
Companhia Docas do Rio Grande do Norte
2.38 Natal No. 1 240m 11.5m General cargo.
No. 2 195m 11.5m General cargo.
No. 3 250m 11.5m Passengers.
Berth length of
No. 4 250m 11.5m 25m (including
dolphins).
Petrobras Terminal
Fuels. Berth
length of 98m
(including
Dolphin Berth 10m 7.3m
dolphins).
Maximum
beam of 21m.

Aspect.—The coast near the mouth of the Rio Potengi is low

2.38

2.38 Aerial view of Natal and has few prominent features. Natal Light, near Ponta Mae
Luiza, is a good landmark. Morro do Pinto, about 3 miles S of
Tides—Currents.—The flood current attains rates up to 1.5
2.38
the river mouth is another. The hill can be seen from a distance
knots. The ebb current attains rates up to 2.5 knots. The greater of about 23 miles.
rates occur during the rainy season and have been observed be- An old fort stands on the reef 0.3 mile S of the reef's N ex-
2.38

tween Baixinha and Banco das Velhas. tremity. A conspicuous water tower and a conspicuous church
When offshore, due allowance should be made for the cur-
2.38
stand 1.5 and 1.75 miles, respectively, S of the fort. Another
rents which set very strongly onshore at times, especially conspicuous church situated 0.75 miles SW.
during SE winds, when the current is N. During NE winds, the A prominent television tower stands about 2 miles SSW of
2.38

current is S. Natal Light and a conspicuous water tower is situated near the
Depths—Limitations.—The maximum safe draft for enter-
2.38
coast, about 5 miles S of Morro do Pinto.
ing the port is 7.3m at HW and 5.5m at LW. Other limiting di- Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and it is requested that a
2.38

mensions are a maximum length of 180m and a maximum minimum of 2 hours notice be given prior to arrival. Pilots will
beam of 26m. board from a red painted launch with a black “P” on each bow.
The port is entered through a gap, about 0.1 mile wide, in the
2.38
Pilots meet incoming vessels in the vicinity of position
barrier reef, which forms a natural breakwater trending N to S, 5°44.8’S, 35°12W. Pilotage is available 24 hours, although it
abreast the mouth of the river. has been reported that pilots will board vessels only between
The channel is led between lighted buoys, and the fairway is
2.38
the hours of 0800 and 1800.
marked No.1, moored at 0.2 mile NE of Cabeca de Negro reef. The vessel’s ETA should be advised 48 hours and 24 hours
2.38

The channel has a least depth of 8.7m with an average width of in advance.
90m, sand and mud bottom. Regulations.—The maximum speed permitted in the Rio
2.38

The main commercial wharf is 540m long, with depths

2.38
Potengi is 8 knots. The port is open to tankers during daylight
alongside of 11.5m. An oil terminal, located about 0.1 mile N hours only.
of the main wharf, can handle tankers with a maximum length Contact Information.—See the table titled Natal—Con-
2.38

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 63

tact Information. Rocks and lying about 520 miles NE of Cabo de Sao Roque,
belongs to Brazil. Charles Darwin visited the rocks during his
Natal—Contact Information voyage aboard the HMS Beagle. The highest rock is about 19m
high and is visible from 8 to 9 miles. The rocks sometimes ap-
Pilots pear as sails.
VHF channels 6, 8, 10, 11, 12, The upper part of the larger rocks are whitened by guano. A
2.39

VHF light stands about 0.1 mile SSW of the highest rock.
13, and 16
A manned research station is located on the largest islet in
2.39

Telephone 55-84-3222-1613
the group.
E-mail [email protected] The bank on which the group lies is steep-to and is reported
2.39

to extend 0.5 mile W. A depth of 9.1m, rock, lies about 0.2

Web site http://www.natalpilots.com
mile W of the light.
Port Captain Penedos de Sao Pedro e Sao Paulo lie within the N limit of
2.39

VHF VHF channel 16 the equatorial current which sets W. The current near this
group generally sets WNW with rates of 1 knot to 2 knots.
Telephone 55-84-320-19630 Currents setting in other directions are not infrequent, espe-
2.39

Petrobras Terminal cially from February to July.

A ship should approach the vicinity of these rocks with cau-
2.39

VHF VHF channel 13 tion as there is nothing to indicate the approach to them.
Telephone 55-84-321-69219 The current must be taken into account. Southeast winds pre-
2.39

vail from June to December while NE winds prevail from Janu-

Facsimile 55-84-321-69209 ary to May.
Terminal Supervisor In good weather, landing can be made in a cove, which is en-
2.39

tered from NW, between the two largest rocks. The cove is
VHF VHF channel 13 about 45m wide at its entrance, 91m long, and has depths of
Telephone 55-84-321-69224 9.1 to 12.8m. The cove provides excellent shelter for boats.
Facsimile 55-84-321-69209 Caution.—Since this region is an active geologic formation
2.39

and is subject to seismic shocks, ships passing in the vicinity

Port Authority may be subject to what appears to be grounding. Such inci-
Telephone 55-84-321-15311 dents are caused by shock waves from seismic disturbances.
An obstruction is reported to lie about 10 miles SW of the
2.39

55-84-322-16072 rocks.
Facsimile
55-84-320-11032
2.40 Arquipelago de Fernando de Noronha (3°52'S.,
E-mail [email protected] 32°26'W.) lies about 200 miles ENE of Cabo Calcanhar and is
Web site http://www.codern.com.br of volcanic origin. The group consists of Ilha de Fernando de
Noronha, five smaller islands, and a number of islets and rocks.
Tugs
VHF VHF channel 16
Telephone 55-84-320-17634

Anchorage.—There are two outer anchorages.

2.38

The anchorage area in position 5°45.2’S, 35°10.5’W is des-

2.38

ignated for vessels awaiting pilots or a berth. This anchorage is

also used by vessels in transit, but with a 24-hour prior request
for approval made to the Port Captain.
The quarantine anchorage area lies 0.5 mile ESE of Forte
2.38

dos Reis Magos.

Vessels are prohibited to anchor S of the designated area
2.38

where submarine cables exist in the vicinity of Praia do Meio.

Caution.—In the area where access channel pass, between
2.38

the bar and the entrance to Gamboa Manimbu (5°45.5’S.,

35°12.5W.) one vessel is allowed to make the passage at a
time, vessels are not to meet end on or by pass each other. 2.40 Fernando de Noronha Light

Off-lying Islands and Rocks Ilha de Fernando de Noronha (3°52'S., 32°26'W.), when
seen from the offing, appears rugged and mountainous. The is-
2.39 Penedos de Sao Pedro e Sao Paulo (0°55'N., land is covered with vegetation. Pico, 323m high, is the highest
29°21'W.), a group of islets and rocks, also known as St. Paul's peak on the island. This barren and rugged mountain stands on

Pub. 124
64 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

the NW side of the island and can be seen in clear weather with a raised platform which works with guides around a haw-
more than 30 miles. The island gives good radar returns from ser secured to a buoy. Years ago, the raft and hawser were not
NE up to 20 miles. seen.
Much of the island is national park land and tourism is now
2.40 There is a L-shaped mole in position 3°50'S, 32°24'W. Land-
2.40

the main source of income. ing is difficult as there is a surf on the beach. A wreck lies near
Ponta de Santo Antonio, the NE extremity of the island, is a
2.40 the beach.
narrow peninsula about 0.3 mile long. Morro de Santo Anto- Landing can also be made on the NW side of Fernando de
2.40

nio, 104m high, stands about 1 mile SW of the point. Noronha in Enseada do Carreiro de Pedro, about 2 miles ENE
Two radio towers are located on this part of the island. A
2.40 of Ponta da Sapata.
dangerous rock lies 0.4 mile SW of Ponta de Santo Antonio. Landing on the S side of Fernando de Noronha is seldom
2.40

Baia de Santo Antonio indents the N portion of the island on

2.40 possible. Only with favorable weather conditions can landing
the W side of Ponta de Santo Antonio. A fort is located on the be made in Baia do Sueste. This bay lies about 2.2 miles WSW
S shore of the bay. The fort has a signal station. of Pontinha.
Morro do Frances, 198m high, stands about 1 mile S of Pon-
2.40 Landing can be made on Praia do Leao, about 2 miles E of
2.40

ta de Santo Antonio. Pontinha, the E extremity of the island, Alto da Bandeira, providing the weather conditions are favor-
lies about 0.5 mile ESE of Morro do Frances. Between Morro able. A wreck lies near Praia do Leao.
do Frances, Morro de Santo Antonio, and Pico is a plateau on There is a good landing place in a cove on the SW side of Il-
2.40

which a village is situated. The prominent buildings of a for- ha Rata.

mer prison comprise a large part of the village. The area surrounding Ilha de Fernando de Noronha consti-
2.40

Morro do Espinhaco, 223m high, stands on the SE part of the

2.40 tutes the Fernando de Noronha Marine National Park.
island about 1 mile SSE of Pico. An airport is located between Anchorage, hunting and fishing and any disturbance of the
2.40

Morro do Espinhaco, Pico, and the hills in the SW part of the environment are prohibited in this area.
island.
An aeronautical radiobeacon is located near the SE corner of
2.40 2.41 Atol das Rocas (3°52'N., 33°49'W.). a coral atoll
the airport. An aviation light is shown from Morro do Pico. about 127 miles NE of Cabo Calcanhar, is 1.75 miles from E to
Ponta da Sapata, the SW extremity of the island, a narrow W and 1.5 miles from N to S. The atoll dries about 1.8m. Ilha
peninsula about 0.5 mile long. There is a natural tunnel on the do Farol and Ilha do Cemiterio lie on its W side. Ilha do Farol
peninsula. is the N and larger of the two. At LW, the islets are joined to-
Alto da Bandeira, 193m high and marked by a light, stands
2.40 gether with the reefs.
less than 1 mile E of the point. A rock, awash, lies 0.3 mile W A light is shown from Ilha do Farol. The lighthouse and the
2.41

of Ponta da Sapata. breakers over the reefs make it possible to identify the atoll.
Other rocks, awash, have been reported to lie 0.4 and 0.8
2.40 The remains of several wrecks lie scattered on the reefs.
2.41

mile S of Ponta da Sapata. The 10 and 20m curves lie as far as 0.3 and 0.75 mile, re-
2.41

Ilha Rata (3°49'S., 32°23'W.), the largest of the smaller is-

2.40 spectively, around the atoll. Several rocks, with less than 5.5m,
lands, lies about 1 mile NE of Ponta de Santo Antonio. A nar- lie inside the 20m curve, off the W, NW, and NE sides.
row channel with a depth of 5.2m lies between Ilha Rata and A bank, with depths of 16.5 to 46m, extends about 13 miles
2.41

Ilha do Meio, close SW. The channels between the other is- ENE and E from Atoll das Rocas. The currents attain rates of
lands of the group are foul. about 1.5 to 2 knots in the anchorage.
A light is shown near the center of Ilha Rata. Ilha Rata
2.40 A landing place for boats is located at the SW end of Ilha do
2.41

should be given a wide berth to allow for the strong currents in Farol. A boat passage leads between a gap in the reefs, about
the vicinity. 15m wide on the NW side of the atoll, and the landing place.
Fernando de Noronha is fringed by reefs, most of which ex-
2.40 The reefs open out to form a pool and the sea is calm here. A
tend less than 0.3 mile from the shore. Several dangerous rocks submerged rock lies in the middle of the passage.
lie as far as 2 miles off the E, S, and SW sides of the island. Boats should pass S of this rock even though it can be passed
2.41

A 7.3m shoal, position doubtful, was reported to lie outside

2.40 over at higher water.
the 20m curve about 0.6 mile NNW of Pico. When passage through the entrance can not be made because
2.41

Tides—Currents.—Arquipelago de Fernand o de Noronha

2.40 of the lowest tides, a boat can moor on a reef N of the entrance
and Atol das Rocas lie within the equatorial current which sets but care must be taken to avoid a drying rock which lies close
W. Currents setting in other directions are not infrequent. The W of this landing.
westerly currents, experienced in these areas, attain rates of up Another boat passage leads through a narrow gap in the N
2.41

to 2 knots. Occasionally these rates are exceeded. part of the reef, but this passage can only be used in good
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in Baia de Santo An-
2.40 weather. At HW a boat can reach the landing place in Ilha do
tonio. The best anchorage is in 14.6 to 24.0m, sand, about 0.5 Farol but at LW it has to beach on the shore of a small lake
mile offshore with Pico bearing 214° and the fort on the S within the atoll. The dangers can be avoided as the water is
shore of the bay bearing 163°. clear.
The anchorage is sheltered from the prevailing SE and E
2.40 Atol das Rocas is an established conservation area. It is pro-
2.41

winds. During NE winds, ships anchor closer inshore, in 10.9 hibited to anchor, disembark, dive, hunt, fish, dispose of gar-
to 20m. During N or NW winds, the anchorage is unsafe. bage, or any other alteration to the environment, within the
The usual landing place is on a beach, abreast the village, in
2.40 boundaries of the prohibited area.
Baia de Santo Antonio. Landing is made by means of a raft

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 65

Natal to Cabedelo
2.42 Between Natal and Cape Bacopari, about 40 miles
SSE, the coast is marked by isolated conical hills. The shore
line consists of white sandy beaches.
From Cabo Bacopari to Ponta das Trincheiras, about 19
2.42

miles to the S, the coast is formed by a continuous line of white

sand dunes covered by intervals of bushes.
From Ponta das Trincheiras to Ponta de Lucena, about 14
2.42

miles SSE, the coast is intersected by small rivers.

Ponta da Tabatinga (6°03'S., 35°06'W.), about 18 miles
2.42

SSE of Natal, is of a reddish color and marked by a light. The

hills inland are covered with vegetation. A summit 127m high
rises 2 miles SSW of Ponta da Tabatinga.
Ponta dos Moleques (6°15'S., 35°03'W.), a cliff having a
2.42

flat top and devoid of vegetation, is located about 11 miles SSE

of Ponta da Tabatinga. Ponta da Cancela, a point which
resembles a cask standing on end, and is visible 18 miles
offshore, is situated 1 mile NNW of Ponta dos Moleques.
Anchorage may be obtained by vessels with local knowledge
2.42

about 2 miles NW of Ponta dos Moleques, in depths of 8 to

10m, soft mud, sheltered from the S.
Cabo Bacopari (6°22'S., 35°00'W.) is located 8.5 miles SSE
2.42

of Ponta dos Moleques and shows a light. Baia Formosa lies

close NW of the cape and appears as an extensive inlet.

2.43 Morro do Chapeu (6°23'S., 35°01'W.), a low mush-

room-shaped hill, rises from the coast 1.5 miles S of the cape.
Outeiros dos Porcos, two remarkable knolls close to each
2.43

other, lie about 3 miles S of Cab o Bacopari.

Vessels can anchor in Baia Formosa, about 0.4 mile off the
2.43

village of Formosa, in depths of 7 to 9m, soft mud, sheltered

from S and SE winds.
Ponta da Trincheira lies 19 miles SSE of Cabo Bacopari.
2.43

Baia de Traicao indents the coast NNW of the point. A reef that
uncovers lies close E of the point, and shows a light from the N 2.43 Traicao Light
end. The town of Traicao, which has two churches, the W of
which stands on the summit of a hill, lies on the S shore of Baia forks by Ilha da Restinga. The E fork, Cabedelo Channel, leads
de Traicao. to the berths at Cabedelo. The W fork is known as Canal do
Anchorage may be obtained in the bay, in a depth of 6m, but
2.43
Porto Velho. The two channels reunite at Ponta do Galego, the
local knowledge is necessary. S extremity of the island.
Ponta de Lucena (6°54'S., 34°51'W.) is located 13.5 miles
2.43
Extensive breakers indicate the entrance to the river. They
2.44

SSE of Ponta da Trincheira and is densely covered with a coco- are caused by the shoals extending E from Ponta de Lucena
nut grove. The point is not easily distinguished from the offing. and by the shoals fronting the river mouth.
A village with a conspicuous church is located W of the point. Pedra Seca (6°57'S., 34°49'W.), a reef from which a light is
2.44

A light is shown from the point. About 2 miles to the E and NE shown, lies S of the river entrance in a position about 0.7 mile
of the point, the sea breaks over reefs and rocks. A wreck is NE of Ponta de Mato. From seaward it looks like a small boat
visible S of the reefs. under sail.
Ponta de Santo Antonio, lying 4 miles S of Ponta de Lucena,
2.43
A shoal bank, contiguous with the reef and with depths of
2.44

rises to a hill. A conspicuous church lies on this hill, about 2 less than 2m, extends 0.7 mile NW from the light.
miles WNW of the point.
Baixo de Lucena extends up to 2.5 miles offshore between
2.43
Cabedelo (6°58'S., 34°50'W.)
Ponte de Lucena and Ponta de Santo Antonio. Seas break over
these shoals. A buoy marks the SE limit of these shoals. World Port Index No. 12710

2.44 The Rio Paraiba (6°58'2"S., 34°51'W.) rises in the 2.45 Winds—Weather.—During the summer winds are
Jabitaca Mountains and discharges between Ponta de Santo generally from the NE and E. During the winter, they are from
Antonio and Ponta de Mato, about 2 miles to the E. The town E to SW and are stronger than in the summer.
of Cabedelo stands to the W of Ponta de Mato. Tides—Currents.—The spring range is about 2.2m and the
2.45

The Rio Paraiba is divided just within its mouth, into two
2.44
neap range is about 1m.

Pub. 124
66 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

2.43 Courtesy of John Vergari

2.43 Penedos de Sao Pedro e Sao Paulo Light and research station

During the winter months of the SE trades, the currents set to

2.45 For further berth information refer to the table titled
2.45

the N or NW. During the summer months of the NE trades, the Cabedelo Terminal—Berth Information.
currents set to the S or SW. During SW winds, the current at-
tains a rate of 5 to 6 knots at spring tides. Cabedelo Terminal—Berth Information
Depths—Limitations.—A single quay, 600m long with
2.45

depths alongside of 11m, is located in the port. Vessels up to Berth Length Remarks
200m in length and 9m draft can be accommodated. General cargo, chemicals,
Dock 01 175m
Pedra Nova is a rocky shoal with less than 1.8m. It lies on
2.45 crude oil, and ro-ro.
the N side of the entrance, about 2 miles NNW of Ponta de Ma- General cargo, chemicals,
to. Dock 02 175m
crude oil, and ro-ro.
Banco do Tabuleiro, with a least depth of1m, lies close S of
2.45

the channel entrance. General cargo, chemicals,

Dock 03 175m
Coroa da Sororoca, having depths of less than 3m, extends
2.45 crude oil, and ro-ro.
up to 0.7 mile N and 1 mile NE of Ponta de Mato. Shoals ex- General cargo, chemicals,
tend about 1.25 miles N and 1 mile E from this point. Dock 04 175m
crude oil, and ro-ro.
A detached 4.5m patch lies E of the entrance of the bar chan-
2.45

nel in a position about 0.7 mile N of the above lighthouse.

Aspect.—The river is approached through a gap in the barri-
A detached 4m patch lies W of this patch. It is marked by a
2.45

2.45

er reef about 2 miles wide. Within this gap, the channel leading
lighted buoy.
to the mouth of the river is narrowed by submerged rocks and
Banco da Restinga extends N and NNE from Ilha da Resin-
2.45

sand banks.
ga. A lighted buoy marks the N extremity of this shoal.
Ponta de Mato is covered with a dense growth of coconut
A 5m patch lies close off the S end of the quay.
2.45

2.45

palms and is the NE extremity of a spit, running N to S, that is

about 0.7 mile wide from E to W. A breakwater, marked by a
light at its extremity, projects 0.1 mile N from Ponta do Molhe,
the NW extremity of the spit. Two silver-colored tanks lie close
E of the root of the breakwater.
A ruined fort lies close SE of the root of the breakwater. A
2.45

conspicuous water tower stands about 1 mile SSE of the ruined

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 67

fort. An obstruction light is shown from a building close to the of 5 to 6m, mud.
NE of the water tower. Caution.—A dangerous wreck, with a depth of 7m, lies 7
2.45

The light tower on Pedra Seca is frequently obscured by nu-

2.45 miles SSE of Ponta de Mato.
merous small craft in the vicinity. A spoil ground lies 3 miles NE of Cabedelo.
2.45

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.

2.45

Pilots should be requested 24 hours in advance. Pilots board Cabedelo to Recife

about 2 miles NNE of Pedra Seca from a red launch with the
letter “P” on each bow. 2.46 From Cabedelo to Cabo Branco the coast consists of
Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA to their agent
2.45 sandy beaches backed by low ground covered with bushes.
48 hours in advance for berthing and cargo information. Cabo Branco (7°09'S., 34°48'W.), located about 12 miles S
2.46

Contact Information.—See the table titled Cabedelo—

2.45 of Pedra Seca Light, is a pronounced projection of the coast,
Contact Information. rising in sheer cliffs to a dark-colored and level summit; it is
visible at a distance of about 14 miles and is a good landmark.
Cabedelo—Contact Information A light is seen from the cape. A conspicuous yellow building
2.46

is situated about 1 mile W of the light; a prominent yellow con-

Pilots (Praticagem de Cabedelo) vent stands on the top of a hill about 1.2 miles S of the light.
VHF VHF channel 16 Between Cabo Branco and Ponta de Pedras, about 30 miles
2.46

to the S, the coast is mainly sandy beaches interrupted by per-

Telephone 55-83-3228-1801
pendicular red cliffs. Reefs and rocks lie up to 3 miles offshore.
Facsimile 55-83-3228-1801 Ponta Tambaba is made up of brightly colored cliffs that
2.46

slope steeply to the shore and is located 10.5 miles S of Cabo

Pilots (Praticagem Paraiba)
Branco. Barreiras de Tambaba, S of the point, are conspicuous
VHF VHF channel 16 red cliffs and the highest land in the vicinity.
Telephone 55-83-910-61255 Ponta Pitimbu (7°28'S., 34°48'W.), about 9 miles S of Pon-
2.46

ta Tambaba, is a salient point covered with vegetation. The vil-

Facsimile 55-83-322-81801 lage of Pitimbu is located close S of the point.
E-mail [email protected] Pitimbu Light is shown from the N end of a reef 0.5 mile E
2.46

of Ponta Pitimbu.
Port Between Ponta dos Coqueiros, a salient point located about 3
2.46

VHF VHF channels 14 and 16 miles S of Pitimbu, and Ponta de Pedras, the coast is slightly
indented and intersected by the Rio Goiana and the Rio Megao.
Telephone 55-83-325-03000 A marine reserve has been established in the area E of the
Facsimile 55-83-325-03001 mouth of Rio Goiana and can best be seen on the chart.
Numerous restrictions are in place and mariners are advised to
Web site http://www.portodecabedelo.com.br
contact local authorities before proceeding.
Tugs 2.46The village of Taquara is located about 2 miles W of Ponta
dos Coqueiros.
VHF VHF channels 14 and 16
Ponta de Pedras (7°38'S., 34°48'W.), from which a light is
2.46

Telephone 55-83-322-88844 shown, is wooded and prominent. A village with a church lies
Facsimile 55-83-325-03025 close S of the point. The coastal reef extends about 2 miles sea-
ward from the point.
Petrobras Terminal Control Between Ponta de Pedras and Olinda, about 24 miles to the
2.46

VHF VHF channels 9 and 16 S, the coast is deeply indented. Ilha de Itamaraca, a large is-
land, lies in the middle of this indenture.
Telephone 55-83-326-99290 Ilha de Itamaraca appears like a part of the coast from off-
2.46

Facsimile 55-83-326-99242 shore.

Pilar, a village with a church, is located on the seaward side
2.46

Petrobras Terminal Operators of the island, about 8 miles S of Ponta de Pedras. An old fort
Telephone 55-83-326-99230 stands on the SE extremity of the island.
Facsimile 55-83-326-99238
2.47 Barra de Catuama (7°43'S., 34°48'W.) is a passage
Web site http://www.transpetro.com.br through the barrier reef and shoals, which gives access to the
Rio Catauma, the Rio Carrapicho, and Canal de Santa Cruz.
Anchorage.—Vessels awaiting pilot or tide anchor, in 10 to
2.45
The entrance to all of which lie within 1 mile to the W of
2.47

11m, about 2 miles NNE of Pedra Seca Light. The inner an- Ponta do Funil (7°41'S., 34°50'W.). The barrier reef on both
chorage, for vessels over 5,000 gt, lies about 0.5 mile SW of sides of the entrance is submerged, and the entrance is
the head of the Ponta do Mol, in depths of 6 to 8m; swinging narrowed by shoals lying off both ends of the reef.
room is limited by the proximity of the 5m depth contour. Within the entrance a narrow channel with a minimum depth
2.47

The quarantine anchorage, also designated for vessels of less

2.45
of 2.5m in the fairway leads to an anchorage off the mouth of
than 5,000 gt, is 0.2 mile S of the S end of the quay, in depths the Rio Catauma, which has a depth of 9m.

Pub. 124
68 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

2.46 Ponta de Olinda Light 2.46 Ponta de Pedras Light

The bar should not be approached without the aid of local

2.47

light is shown. The town of Olinda, located on the point and

knowledge. Pilotage is mandatory.
hill, is prominent from offshore. A vessel approaching the
Anchorage is afforded, in depths of 13 to 14m, about 4 miles
2.47

point will first sight Nossa Senhora do Monte church, close N

ESE of Ponta do Funil. of the town.
Barra da Ilha, the S entrance to Canal de Santa Cruz, is
Close N of Ponta de Olinda two breakwaters parallel the
2.47

2.47

formed by a break in the barrier reef, 2 miles E of the SE ex-

coast about 0.3 mile to seaward. One is L-shaped and projects
tremity of Ilha thade Itamaraca.
from the coast to the E and then turns NNE. The other is de-
The minimum depth over the bar was 2.5m, and within the
tached and extends NNE from close inshore from the head of
2.47

bar the depth increases to 7.m, where vessels anchor off the old the first. Development works on a partly-submerged breakwa-
fort. The bar should not be approached without the aid of local ter were reported in the vicinity.
knowledge.
Baixos de Olinda, which fringes Ponta de Olinda, consists of
2.47

Ponta de Janga is a low, salient point covered with palm

2.47

two lines of reefs, the outer of which Baixo Itabaiacus, also

trees. The village of Pau Amarelo and an old fort lie to the N of
known as Baixo Olinda de Fora, lies about 1 mile offshore.
the point. Barra do Pau Amarelo lies close offshore from the
The sea breaks on the inner reefs only and then mainly
2.47

point.
during strong winds. The S extremity of Baixo Itabaiacus is
Ponta de Olinda (8°01'S., 34°51'W.), located 6 miles S of
marked by a lighted buoy.
2.47

Ponta de Janga, rises to Morro do Serapiao, a hill from which a

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 69

bered from N to S. The depths alongside vary from 3 to 10m.

There are facilities for ro-ro, containers, tankers, and grain.
Vessels drawing over 8.8m must use tugs. Vessels are re-
2.48

quired to use their own fenders.

Banco Victor Pisani lies with its least depth of 7.5m about
2.48

1.3 miles E of the head of the S breakwater. The bank is the S

limit of depths of less than 9.1m which lie to the S of Baixo Ita-
baicus.
A dangerous wreck lies close to the SE edge of Banco Victor
2.48

Pisani. A lighted buoy is moored close E of the wreck.

A shoal, with a least depth of 7m, lies about 1.7 miles E of
2.48

Recife Lighted Tower.

Banco Ingles, with a least depth of 3.2m, lies with its center
2.48

about 0.5 mile ESE of the head of the S breakwater. The bank,
with depths of less than 5.5m, is about 0.5 mile long, N and S,
and about 0.3 mile wide. With SE winds the sea breaks heavily
on Banco Ingles.
A breakwater leads across Banco Ingles. Lights are shown
2.48

from the N and SSW ends of the breakwater. A lighted buoy is

moored off the W side of the middle of the breakwater.
2.47 Cabo Branco Light Banco Ituba, with a least depth of 6.8m, sand and coral, lies
2.48

about 2.7 miles SSE of the head of the S breakwater. The mini-
Recife (8°03'S., 34°52'W.) mum depths are over the S side of the bank.
Banco Tacis, with depths of 2.2 to 5.5m, lies with its N edge
2.48

World Port Index No. 12730 about 1.2 miles S of Recife Lighted Tower. The bank extends
about 1 mile S and joins Banco dos Afogados. Banco Tacis,
2.48 The harbor entrance is located about 2 miles SSW of with its outer edge about 0.7 mile offshore, parallels the reef
Ponta de Olinda. The harbor is formed by the barrier reef and which fringes the shore.
three breakwaters. The harbor is one of the largest and busiest Banco dos Afogados is a continuation of Banco Tacis to the
2.48

on the NE coast of Brazil. S; it has least depths of less than 1.4m and lies with its outer
edge nearly 1 mile offshore in a position about 3.2 miles S of
Port of Recife Recife Lighted Tower.
Cabeca de Coco, a rock which breaks at LW, lies about 0.9
2.48

http://www.portodorecife.pe.gov.br mile NNE of the head of the N breakwater.

Baixo Salgadinho, a shoal with a least depth of 0.8m, lies
2.48

Winds—Weather.—During the summer months, the winds

2.48 about 0.5 mile NNE of the head of the N breakwater. Shoals
are generally from the E and NE. During the winter, from with depths of 2.2 to 4.4m lie from 1.25 to 1.5 miles NE of the
March to August, the winds are from E to SW and blow with head of the same breakwater.
much more force. A 5.5m patch lies about 1 mile SSE of Recife Lighted Tower.
2.48

Tides—Currents.—The tidal range at springs is 2.1m and at

2.48 Sunken rocks, with depths of less than 1.8m, extend about
2.48

neaps is 0.3m. High winds from seaward cause an additional 91m ESE from the head of the N breakwater. Scattered patch-
rise up to 0.3m. es, with depths of 9.1 to 11m, lie outside the 11m curve; the
The tidal currents within the harbor attain velocities of 1 to 2
2.48 chart is the best guide for locating these.
knots at springs; the ebb current is always the stronger. For berth information refer to table titled Cabedelo (Porto
2.48

Depths—Limitations.—Canal de Olinda and Canal do Sul

2.48 de Recife)—Berth Information.
are the two approaches to the port of Recife. Aspect.—The entire harbor is fronted by a 2-mile long
Canal de Olinda, the N approach to the port, should not be
2.48 breakwater which extends NNE from the S, roughly parallel to
used by vessels having a draft of more than 4.5m. A 4.3m patch the coast. A sculpture park (Parque de las Esculturas Francisco
lies 0.2 mile E of the N end of the detached breakwater. Brennand), indicated on the chart by a monument symbol, is
Canal do Sul, the S approach to the port, is the main access
2.48 situated near the middle of the breakwater. It consists of a tall
route to Recife. It lies S and W of the breakwater built on Ban- central column resembling a torch, surrounded by smaller col-
co Ingles. Canal do Sul has charted depths of about 7.3 to umns and figurines.
12.8m. Vessels drawing over 9m regularly use the port. The best landmarks for a vessel approaching from the N are
The channel W of the detached breakwater has a minimum
2.48 Morro do Serapiao, with Olinda Lighted Tower standing on it.
depth of 10m over a width of 0.15 mile at high tide. The harbor Two gray chimneys lie 1.5 and 2 miles SW, respectively, of the
entrance has maintained depths of 10.2m between the break- Olinda Lighted Tower. Three conspicuous radio towers lie 3
waters; however less water due to silting may be present. A miles SW of Olinda Lighted Tower.
depth of 6.7m is maintained in the entrance channel. A subma- For a vessel approaching from the S, the best landmarks are
2.48

rine pipeline lies in the vicinity of the N part of the harbor. the lighthouse on Cabo de Santo Agostinho, situated 18 miles
The harbor has about 2.5 miles of quays. Berths are num-
2.48 SW of the harbor entrance, and Serra Selada, a saddle-shaped

Pub. 124
70 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

side, Mohle de Olinda, 0.2 mile long, extends NW to the shore.

On the E side, the barrier reef and the breakwater which ex-
2.48

tends it stretch 2 miles SSW, enclosing the harbor. A masonry

wall has been built on top of the barrier reef.
Lights are shown from the seaward end of each breakwater.
2.48

A lighthouse lies about 0.6 mile SSW of the end of the E

breakwater, but is difficult to distinguish during daylight hours
if white-hulled vessels are tied up at the quays.
A detached breakwater, lying in a general N to S direction,
2.48

has been built about 0.5 mile E of the harbor entrance. Lights
are shown from each end of the breakwater.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 200 tons
2.48

and over; it is available 24 hours. Pilots board from a red

launch with a black “P” on each bow.
Vessels await pilots S of Banco Ingles breakwater. Vessels
Recife—Sculpture Park
2.48

2.48

can await pilots either 1 mile SSE or 0.5 mile NE of the

mountain 310m high, located 16 miles WSW of Cabo de Santo detached breakwater.
Agostinho. Vessels drawing less than 7.6m may enter and leave port any
2.48

A conspicuous church with twin steeples and a conspicuous

2.48 time of the day.
gray chimney lie 6 miles and 3 miles, respectively, SW of the Vessels with a greater draft should arrive at the pilot board-
2.48

harbor entrance. ing position in daylight about 1 hour before HW so they can
The harbor entrance lies between two breakwaters. On the W
2.48 enter the harbor and moor during slack water.

Cabedelo (Porto de Recife)—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft
00 180m 9.6m 190m — Sugar. Continuous berthing length of 558m.
01 150m 9.6m 200m — Cruise vessels and grain. Continuous berthing length of 558m.
02 228m 11.1m 213m — Containers and cruise vessels. Continuous berthing length of 558m.
03 163m — 213m 12m Grain and cruise vessels. Continuous berthing length of 574m.
04 200m 11.1m 225m — Grain and cruise. Continuous berthing length of 574m.
05 211m 11.1m 204m — Cruise vessels. Continuous berthing length of 574m.
06 197m 9.0m 99m — Cruise vessels and bulk cargo.
07 137m 6.0m — — Ferries. Continuous berthing length of 497m.
08 120m 6.0m — — Ro/ro and passengers. Continuous berthing length of 497m.
09 240m 4.8m — — Ro/ro and passengers. Continuous berthing length of 497m.

Permission may be granted for ships up to 9.4m draft to sail

2.48
Recife—Contact Information
at night during HW.
Pilots board in position 8°23'12''S, 34°56'46.2''W (Olinda
2.48
Telephone 55-81-342-45010
Channel) and 8°04'09''S, 34°50'55.8''W (south channel of Reci- E-mail [email protected]
fe).
Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA, via the agent,
2.48
Web site http://www.pernambucopilots.com.br
72 hours, 48 hours, and 4 hours in advance. Porto Recife Radio
Vessels should establish VHF contact with the pilot associa-
2.48

Call sign Porto Recife Radio (PVJ2)

tion when within range.
Contact Information.—See the table titled Recife—Con- VHF channels 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 69,
VHF
2.48

tact Information. and 71

Barec Radio
Recife—Contact Information
Call sign Barec Radio (PVJ6)
Pilots
VHF channels 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 69,
VHF VHF channels 9, 10, 13, and 16 VHF
and 71

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 71

Recife—Contact Information very conspicuous from offshore. A rocky shoal extends for
nearly 1 mile E from Punta das Pedras Pretas.
Port Authority Isolated shoals, one with a depth of 5.5m, lie up to 2 miles
2.49

Telephone 55-81-341-91900 off the coast between Ponta das Pedras Pretas and Cabo de
Santo Agostinho.
Facsimile 55-81-322-42848 Cabo de Santo Agostinho (8°21'S., 34°56'W.), from which
2.49

E-mail [email protected] a light is shown, is a rugged projecting promontory of

moderate height and is located about 19 miles SSW of the
Web site http://portodorecife.pe.gov.br
entrance to Recife. The cape is a good landmark and in clear
Tugs weather is visible about 24 miles. A church stands close to the
light and an old fort is located on the S side of the cape. A
VHF VHF channels 9, 10, 13, and 16
dangerous wreck is charted close E of the cape.
From Cabo de Santo Agostinho to Ponta dos Ilhetas, about
2.49

Anchorage.—Ships anchor, in depths of 9.1 to 12m, 0.3

2.48
28 miles to the SSW, the coast continues low and sandy and is
mile S of the S end of Banco Ingles Breakwater, sand, with covered with vegetation.
good holding ground. Vessels can also anchor between Banco
Ingles Breakwater and South Breakwater, in depths of 9 to 2.50 Suape (8°24'S., 34°58'W.), situated 3 miles S of Cabo
10m. de Santo Agostinho, is protected by a large breakwater that
Anchorage is prohibited in the cable areas indicated on the
2.48

projects from the coast and hosts tanker and bulk berths on its
charts. inshore faces. This main breakwater extends 0.5 mile ESE
Caution.—A shoal, with a depth of 7m, lies 0.3 mile E of
2.48

from the coast, then turns ENE for 0.5 mile and NNE 0.4 mile.
the S end of the detached breakwater. The entrance to the inner harbor lies within the bight formed by
Mariners are warned that the channels within the port of Re-
2.48
the main breakwater and the shoreline and is protected by two
cife are subject to frequent change and shallower depths may smaller jetties at its mouth. The N jetty is degraded and awash,
exist. but still affords sufficient protection and is appropriately
It is reported a scend may be experienced by vessels within
2.48
marked with visual aids. The inner harbor hosts the container
the harbor. and row-row automobile terminals on its S shore.
South Atlantic Shipyard (Estaleiro Atlantico Sul) sits in the
2.50

Recife to Maceio N part of the inner harbor. It is the largest shipyard in South
America and constructs vessels of numerous designs and
2.49 Between Recife and Cabo de Santo Agostinho, about functions. It consists of large dry dock berths, a travel lift, and
19 miles to the SSW, the coast is low and covered with palm a berthing pier. Works in progress are present in the W area of
groves. Above-water and sunken reefs and rocks fringe and the shipyard.
parallel this part of the coast to distances of 2 miles offshore. Depths—Limitations.—The inner harbor quay has depths
2.50

Nossa Senhora dos Prazeres (8°09'S., 34°56'W.), a church

2.49
alongside of 15.5m and can accommodate vessels up to 80,000
with two towers, is located about 7 miles SSW of Recife dwt.
Lighted Tower. The church is about 2 miles inland of the coast The maximum size vessel which can be accommodated at is
2.50

and prominent from offshore. 266m in length, with a draft of 14.5m. The approach channel
Barra das Jangadas, about 12 miles SSW of Recife Lighted
2.49

has a width of 390m and reported depths of 16.5m. The turning

Tower, is the common entrance to the Rio Jaboatao and the Rio basin is 600m in diameter, with a depth of 16m. The inner har-
Pirapama. The rivers are narrow with strong currents and are of bor is accessed through a 300m gap in the breakwaters. For fur-
little importance to navigation. ther information see the table titled Suape—Berth
Ponta das Pedras Pretas (8°18'S., 34°56'W.), about 4 miles
2.49

Information.
S of Barra das Jangadas, is fringed by black rocks which are

Suape—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Altantico Sul Shipyard
EAS-1S 365m — 320m 10.2m 43.8m Project/heavy lift cargo. Continuous
EAS-2S 365m — 320m 10.4m 43.8m berthing length of 730m.
Suape Internal Port
No. 04 350m — 214m 11.8m 37.5m General cargo.
No. 05 343m — 300m 12.6m 44.0m General cargo.
TECON Suape

Pub. 124
72 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

Suape—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
No. 01 - Public
275m 15.5m 305.6m 14.4m 48.4m
berth
No. 02 - Private General cargo. Continuous berthing
330m 15.5m 305.6m 14.1m 48.4m
berth length of 935m.
No. 03 - Private
330m — 305m 11.9m 42.8m
berth
Suape Marine Terminal
CMU East 343m 14.0m 280m 13.6m — General cargo.
CMU West 343m 10.2m 160m 9.8m — General cargo.
Petroleum products. Berthing length
PGL-1 East 85m 12.4m 200m 12.3m 40.0m
of 194m (including dolphins).
Petroleum products. Berthing length
PGL-1 West 85m 12.7m 200m 12.5m 40.0m
of 194m (including dolphins).
Petroleum products. Berthing length
PGL-2 East 77m 14.1m 280m 13.7m —
of 305m (including dolphins).
Petroleum products. Berthing length
PGL-2 West 76m 14.2m 280m 13.1m —
of 300m (including dolphins).
Petroleum products. Berthing length
PGL-3A 97m 12.7m 300m 12.3m 48.0m
of 280m (including dolphins).
Petroleum products. Berthing length
PGL-3B 98m 17.7m 300m 17.3m 48.0m
of 305m (including dolphins).

Pilotage.—Pilots board in a charted position about 1 mile

2.50
Suape—Contact Information
ENE off the N tip of the main external breakwater. For contact
info, see the table titled Suape—Contact Information Terminal Control
Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA, via the agent
2.50
VHF VHF channels 6, 9, and 16
72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance.
55-81-352-76321
Telephone
Suape—Contact Information 55-81-352-76029
Pilots Terminal Operators
VHF VHF channels 13 and 16 Telephone 55-81-352-76330
Telephone 55-81-3424-5010 55-81-352-76029
Facsimile
E-mail [email protected] 55-81-352-71150
Web site http://www.pernambucopilots.com.br Web site http://www.transpetro.com.br
Port Captain DECAL Terminal
VHF VHF channel 16 Telephone 55-81-331-15950
Telephone 55-81-342-47111 Facsimile 55-81-331-15960
Facsimile 55-81-342-47754 E-mail [email protected]
Port Authority Web site http://www.decalstorage.com/brazil/
Telephone 55-81-352-75000 TECON Terminal
Facsimile 55-81-352-75066 Telephone 55-81-352-75200
E-mail [email protected] Facsimile 55-81-352-75201
Web site http://www.suape.pe.gov.br Web site http://www.teconsuape.com

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 73

Contact Information.—See the table titled Suape—

2.50 Ilha do Barra, a coral formation which occasionally covers.
Contact Information. Anchorage may be obtained, close to the beach, off a pier at
2.52

Anchorage.—Anchorage is available 1 mile ENE of the

2.50 the N end of the bay, in depths of 6 to 7m, dark mud and sand,
breakwater head, in depths of 16 to 26m, sand, but is very good holding ground. This anchorage is well sheltered except
exposed. during SE winds which raise a sea inside the bay.
Caution.—A rock, with a depth of 11.5m and marked by a
2.50

lighted buoy, lies about 0.3 mile E of the head of the 2.53 From Baia de Tamandare to Porto de Pedras, about 25
breakwater. miles SSW of the bay, the shoreline is low and sandy. Hills
commence to rise a few miles inland. Between the hills, the
2.51 Pontal do Cupe, about 7 miles SSW of Cabo de Santo valley in which the Rio Una flows can be identified from off-
Agostinho, is a small salient point surrounded by a reef. A shore. The coastal reef, uncovered and broken in places, paral-
village marks the point. The town of Porto de Galinhas is lels this coast to a distance of about 0.7 mile to 2.5 miles
located near the shore about 3 miles SSW of Pontal do Cupe. offshore. Sand banks and foul ground lie between the reef and
Pedra Selada (8°25'S., 35°12'W.), 311m high, is part of the the coast.
prominent Serra Selada range, and is located 16 miles WSW of The Rio Una discharges into the sea about 3 miles SSW of
2.53

Cabo de Santo Agostinho. In clear weather it is visible for bet- Ponta das Ilhetas. Caixao do Una, a break in the coastal reef
ter than 20 miles. about 2 miles wide, lies off the mouth of the Rio Una. This bar
It is saddle-shaped and is an excellent landmark, being the
2.51 has a depth of 9.8m and leads to a small anchorage to the N,
first land to be sight be a vessel approaching from the E. How- which has a depth of 7.4 to 9.0m, mud.
ever, it is frequently covered by haze, especially in the morn- The anchorage affords some shelter from NE winds to small
2.53

ing, when the land breeze is blowing. vessels. Local knowledge is essential.
Ilha de Santo Aleixo (8°37'S., 35°02'W.) is located about 10
2.51 From Ponta de Gravata, 2 miles S of the Rio Una, to Pontal
2.53

miles SSW of Pontal do Cupe. The seaward side of the island do Antunes, about 7 miles further SSW, the coast is uniform. A
is low and almost barren. Two hills, the higher one being 23m village stands on the coast about 2 miles SSW of Ponta de Gra-
high, mark the S side of the island. vata. The Rio Persinunga discharges about 1 mile SSW of the
A submerged reef extends to the SW from the SE side of the
2.51 village. A church stands about 0.5 mile S of the mouth of the
island for a distance of about 0.5 mile and is marked by several river.
above-water rocks on which the sea always breaks. Barra Grande (8°59'S., 35°11'W.), a break in the coastal
2.53

A rocky shelf off the W extremity of the island is separated

2.51 reef about 150m wide, has depths of 5.8m in the center of the
from the coastal reef by a channel with a depth of 5.5m. channel. There are two anchorages for small craft, one to the N
Anchorage.—Small vessels can anchor, in 6 to 7m, mud, off
2.51 of the bar and one to the S. Local knowledge is essential.
the beach on the W side of the island. Larger vessels can an- About 3 miles SW of Barra Grande and near the shore, the
2.53

chor, in 10 to 12m, adjacent to the sunken ledge of reefs off the town of Maragogi can be seen. A church stands about 3 miles
S side of the island. Local knowledge is required when anchor- SSW of the town and is prominent from offshore.
ing in this area.
The Rio Formoso (8°42'S., 35°05'W.) discharges about 6
2.51 2.54 Porto de Pedras (9°09'S., 35°18'W.) is located on the
miles SSW of Ilha de Santo Aleixo. A conspicuous church S bank of the Rio Manguaba, near its mouth, 9.5 miles SW of
stands on the N side of the river mouth. Local knowledge is re- Maragogi. A light is shown from high ground on the S bank of
quired for small vessels to enter the river. the river mouth, close to a prominent church.
Ponta Tamandare, lying 3.5 miles SSW of the entrance to the
2.51 Anchorage for small craft is afforded, in 3.6m, between the
2.54

Rio Formoso, is low and sandy. A light is shown from the extremity of the barrier reef and the inner line of reefs which
point. restrict the port area. Local knowledge is required. From Porto
de Pedros to Ponta Verde, 39 miles to the SW, the shoreline is
2.52 Baia de Tamandare (8°46'S., 35°06'W.) is entered mostly low and sandy.
between Ponta Tamandare and Ponta das Ilhetas, 2.25 miles to The Serra Mariquita, a low range of hills, rises about 18
2.54

the SSW. The village of Tamandare stands on the beach on the miles W of Porto de Pedras. The coastal reef and the rocky
N side of the bay. shelf, which fronts it, continue to parallel the coast and lie at
A light is shown from Forte de Santo Inacio located near the
2.52 distances of less than about 1 mile to nearly 2 miles from the
village. The bay can be identified by the fort with the lighted shore. The reef is uncovered and broken in many places.
tower and the buildings of a school. Barra do Camaragibe (9°20'S., 35°24'W.), nearly 1 mile
2.54

The barrier reef, which generally dries in the vicinity of the

2.52 wide between sunken reefs, lies off the mouth of the Rio Ca-
bay, has three gaps in it. maragibe, 12.5 miles SW of Porto de Pedras. Depths inside the
Barra de Tamandare, the main entrance, is about 0.5 mile
2.52 bar range from 6 to 7.9m. A reef encumbers the N part of the
wide and has a minimum depth of 7.6m in the fairway, but harbor.
depths of less than 5m extend up to 0.15 mile from either side. Sheltered anchorage is afforded small craft with local knowl-
2.54

This entrance is obstructed by Baixa Grande, with a least

2.52 edge.
depth of 3.4m and Baixinha, a group of shoals with a least Ponta do Prego (9°32'S., 35°35'W.), low, prominent, and
2.54

depth of less than 2m. Two ledges with depths of 3.5 and 4.0m covered with trees, is located about 17 miles SW of Barra do
lie in mid-channel S of Baixinha. Camaragibe. A village stands near the shore about 1 mile W of
The barrier reef on the N side of this entrance terminates in
2.52
the point. A depth of 8.8m lies about 3 miles SE of Ponta do

Pub. 124
74 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

Prego.
Ponta Verde (9°40'S., 35°41'W.), the NE point of Porto de
2.54

Maceio, is a prominent low salient point with some conspicu-

ous buildings. A light is shown from Recife da Pont a Verde,
the reef which extends from and encircles the point to a dis-
tance of about 0.7 mile. The sea breaks over the reefs in the vi-
cinity of Ponta Verde.

Maceio (9°40'S., 35°44'W.)

World Port Index No. 12750

2.55 The port of Maceio lies in an open bay on the SW side

of Ponta Verde. It is the only port for large vessels between
Recife and Salvador.

Port of Maceio
http://www.portodemaceio.com.br

The city of Maceio and the town of Jaragua front the wide
beach of the bay which comprises the harbor. Maceio Light
stands on a high hill, about 0.7 mile N of Jaragua.
Winds—Weather.—During the summer months, the pre-
2.55

vailing winds are from the NE during the day and from NW at
night. At this time of the year the bay is generally calm and
considered safe. During the winter months the wind is general-
ly from the SE and SW and heavy swells enter the bay. 2.55 Braskem Terminal
Tides—Currents.—The maximum range of tides is report-
2.55

ed to be 2.6m.
months the head of the breakwater should be given a wide
berth because the waters of the lagoons discharge into the W
part of the bay and then set to the E. Throughout the year the
coastal current sets to the SW.
Depths—Limitations.—In the middle of the bay W of the
2.55

head of the breakwater there are depths of 9.1m, decreasing to

the N to 5.5m about 0.3 mile from the shore. A least depth of
9.1m is found in the harbor area N of the breakwater.
Baixio do Peixe-Pau, nearly 0.5 mile in extent and with a
2.55

least depth of 3.6m, lies with its SW edge about 0.7 mile SSW
of the elbow of the breakwater. The sea breaks over this danger
with strong S winds.
Rocky patches, with a least depth of 5.9m, lie about 1.2
2.55

miles ESE of the elbow of the breakwater. A patch, with a

depth of 8m lies about 1 mile SE of the elbow. Another rocky
2.55 Maceio patch, with a least depth of 6.7m, lies about 1 mile SW of the
same position. Enseada de Pajucara, lying between Ponta
Off Maceio, the Brazil Current has been observed setting
2.55
Verde and the breakwater 2 miles to the SW, is completely
parallel with the coast at a rate of 3 knots. During the winter obstructed by reefs.

Maceio—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Maceio
02 200m — 200m 10.5m 32.0m
General cargo. Continuous berthing
03 200m — 340m 10.5m 41.0m
length of 480m.
04 80m — 200m 9.5m 27.8m

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 75

Maceio—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
05 350m — 200m 8.5m 32.0m General cargo.
06 250m — 200m 9.5m 32.0m General cargo.
General cargo. Berthing length of 315m
TGL Terminal 18m 11.0m 186m 10.5m 40.0m
(including dolphins).
Braskem Terminal
Tanker Jetty 47m — 174m — 27.7m Petroleum products.

2.55 Maceio

A breakwater extends about 0.5 mile SSW from the W point

2.55 Aspect.—The most conspicuous object in the port is a silo
2.55

of Enseada de Pajacura, along the W side of the reefs, and then situated 0.6 mile N of the root of the breakwater. It appears on
turns WNW for 0.4 mile. the horizon when Ponta de Prego is abaft of abeam.
On the W side of the inshore part of the breakwater there is a
2.55 A large shed and a tower marked with red obstruction lights,
2.55

reclaimed area 0.2 mile wide, on which there are molasses lie 0.3 mile and 1.5 miles NW, respectively of the root of the
storage tanks and sugar warehouses. breakwater. A prominent water tower lies 4 miles SW of the
The outer leg of the breakwater is quayed on its inner side.
2.55 root of the breakwater. A tank farm lies at the root of the
The general cargo berth located on the inner side of the chemical pier.
breakwater is 400m long, with a depth of 10m alongside. Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and
2.55

The sugar and molasses berth is parallel to, and 0.2 mile NE
2.55 is available 24 hours. Berthing of tankers is restricted to
of, the general cargo berth. The berth is 250m long and with a daylight hours only. Vessels should send their ETA 24 hours in
depth of 10.5m alongside. advance.
The tanker berth extends WNW from the sugar and molasses
2.55 If the ETA falls on a Saturday or Sunday, messages must
2.55

berth. It has depths alongside of 10.6m. arrive by the preceding Friday. Requests for a pilot, together
Braskem Terminal (Maceio Maritime Terminal), an L-
2.55 with the vessel's ETA, should be forwarded at least 12 hours in
shaped chemical pier, projects about 0.6 mile SE from the advance to the vessel’s agent through Olinda (PPO) or
shoreline, about 1.7 miles WSW of the general cargo berth. Salvador (PPA). The pilot boards about 0.4 mile SW of Baixo
A detached breakwater, 0.2 mile long, lies close seaward of
2.55 do Peixe-Pau Lighted Buoy in position 9°42'03''S, 35°44'22''W.
the pier head and parallel with the coast. Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA 72 hours, 48
2.55

A berth, on the inshore side of the pier head has a depth of

2.55 hours, and 24 hours in advance.
8.8m alongside. A vessel with a length of 132m and a draft of The maximum vessel speed permitted between the pilot
2.55

7.8m can berth alongside. pickup point and the port is 6 knots.

Pub. 124
76 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

Contact Information—See the table titled Maceio—Con-

2.55 shoreline for the most part, continues low and sandy. The coast
tact Information. is marked by red cliffs and hills in several places.
Anchorage.—Vessels less than 3,000 gt can anchor, in 6 to
2.55 Along this stretch of coast the coastal reef, above-water and
2.56

7m, about 0.5 mile WNW to W of the head of the breakwater. sunken, parallels the shore to distances of 2.5 miles offshore in
Vessels greater than 3,000 gt can anchor in charted depths of
2.55 places. Sunken rocks fringe various parts of the coast to a dis-
9.2 to 14.5m in an area, best seen on the chart, lying SW of the tance of 1 mile, and depths of less than 3.6m lie as far as 6
head of the breakwater. miles offshore.
Vessels awaiting the pilot can anchor, in 13m, W of Baixo do
2.55 Porto Frances (9°46'S., 35°50'W.), located on the coast
2.56

Peixe-Pau Lighted Buoy. about 10 miles SW of Maceio Light, is marked by white sand
Vessels waiting to use Braskem Terminal anchor in an area,
2.55 dunes. The coastal reef off Porto Frances uncovers and skirts
best seen on the chart, lying about 2 miles SE of the head of the the coast at a distance of about 0.5 mile. The coast between
terminal pier, in charted depths of 14.9 to 16.8m. here and the mouth of the Rio Sao Miguel rises to high hills
Caution.—Fishing vessel concentrations may be
2.55 and is covered with vegetation.
encountered up to 20 miles from the coast. Barra de Sao Miguel lies off the mouth of the Rio Sao Mi-
2.56

guel, located about 6 miles SW of Porto Frances. A light is

shown from the S side of the river mouth. A reef, the N extrem-
Maceio—Contact Information ity of which dries occasionally, begins 1 mile E of the S en-
Pilots trance point of the Rio Sao Miguel and extends SW for 2 miles.
Small vessels, with local knowledge, may obtain anchorage
2.56

VHF VHF channels 12, 14, and 16

between the reef and the coast, in depths of 3 to 4m, and also
55-82-3311-8014 inside the reef off the river mouth near Cidade de Santana,
Telephone which stands on the N bank of the river close to its mouth.
55-99-968-5954 (Mobile)
From the mouth of the Rio Sao Miguel to Pontal de Coru-
2.56

Facsimile 55-82-3311-8017 ripe, about 22 miles SW, high red cliffs dominate the N part of
E-mail [email protected] the coast. Further SW, the coast becomes lower and several
lakes are formed.
Web site http://www.maceiopilots.com.br Lajes dos Baixos, a sunken rocky ledge, lies about 1 mile
2.56

Terminal Control from the shore. Depths of 9.1m and less lie to a distance of 2.5
miles off shore and depths of 20.1m and less lie about 6 miles
VHF VHF channels 12 and 16 from this coast.
55-82-321-77890 Pontal de Coruripe (10°10'S., 36°08'W.), from which a
2.56

light is shown, forms into a small bay open to the SW. The vil-
Telephone 55-82-321-77754 (Security 24-hr) lage of Coruripe stands on the point.
55-82-321-77888 (Administration) Pontal do Peba (10°22'S., 36°17'W.), about 15 miles SW of
2.56

Pontal de Coruripe, is conspicuous from offshore because veg-

Facsimile 55-82-321-77744
etation ceases in the vicinity of the point.
Terminal Operators The village of Peba stands on the point, which is fringed by
2.56

numerous uncovered reefs for a distance of 1 mile. An open an-

Telephone 55-82-321-77702
chorage for small craft lies N of the reefs.
Web site http://www.transpetro.com.br
Port Captain 2.57 The mouth of the Rio Sao Francisco do Norte
(10°31'S., 36°23'W.) is located about 12 miles SW of Pontal do
55-82-321-55800 Peba. The river is one of the largest and most torrential in Bra-
Telephone zil. From its source in the mountains, the river flows about
55-82-321-55899
1,700 miles to the sea. Small vessels navigate the river for
E-mail [email protected] about 150 miles above its mouth to the village of Piranhas.
Web site http://www.cpal.mar.mil.br The channel leading into the river lies between sand banks
2.57

which extend 2 miles off both entrance points and on which the
Port Authority sea always breaks. Vessels with local knowledge can cross the
Telephone 55-82-212-12500 (Administration) bar. There were charted depths of 1.5 to 2.4m on the bar. Both
the sand banks and the bar are subject to continual change, es-
Facsimile 55-82-323-12975 pecially during the high river season.
E-mail [email protected] Anchorage may be obtained S of the bar, in a depth of about
2.57

Web site http://www.portodemaceio.com.br 9m. The anchorage is exposed to prevailing winds.

Pilots for the river are embarked at Maceio. Previous notice
2.57

of a vessel’s expected time of arrival should be sent to Penedo,

Maceio to Aracaju the principal town on the river.
A drying wreck lies on the edge of a sandspit, about 2 miles
2.57

2.56 From Maceio to the mouth of the Rio Sao Francisco SSW of Ponta Cabeco, the S entrance point of the river.
do Norte (10°31'S., 36°23'W.), about 64 miles to the SW, the From the mouth of the Rio Sao Francisco do Norte to the
2.57

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 77

2.57 Sergipe Terminal (Terminal Maritimo Inacio Barbosa)

beach and the coast is mostly devoid of unique features. There

is a breakwater made from boulders which protects the termi-
nal to seaward.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. Vessels or
2.58

their agents should request pilotage and provide ETA at least

24 hours in advance of arrival.
Contact Information.—See the table titled Sergipe Termi-
2.58

nal—Contact Information.

Sergipe Terminal—Contact Information

Pilots
VHF VHF channel 16
2.57 Sergipe Light
Telephone 55-79-991-280118
mouth of the Rio Sergipe, the entrance to Porto de Aracaju, 46 Terminal
miles to the SW, the coast is formed by Praia de Santa Isabel, a
white sandy beach backed by hills covered with vegetation. Telephone 55-79-3211-4340
A lighted platform stands about 17 miles SW of Rio Sao
2.57
Facsimile 55-79-3211-0775
Francisco do Norte Light. Depths of 6.3 and 5.1m lie 2.5 miles
E and 2 miles ESE, respectively, of the platform. A depth of
5.5m was reported to lie 1.5 miles E of the platform. 2.58 Anchorage.—Anchorage areas are located, as follows:
Sailing craft should use caution along this part of coast be-
2.57
1. No. 1 (10°49’37.8''S., 36°51’09.6''W.)—LNG supply
cause of the strong prevailing winds and currents, which tend vessels. Depths of 17m to 21m.
to set them on shore. The current sets to the S with velocity of 2. No. 2 (10°51’12.0''S., 36°51’15.0''W.—Emergency
1.5 to 3 knots. escape area. Depths of 22m to 25m.
3. Quarantine (10°53’30.0''S., 36°54’45.0''W.)—Depths
2.58 Sergipe Terminal (Terminal Maritimo Inacio Barbo- of 15m to 22m.
sa) (10°51'S., 36°55'W.) is a T-shaped pier situated 1.5 miles
SE of Sergipe Light and approximately 10 miles NNE of Ara- Aracaju (10°55'S., 37°03'W.)
caju. The terminal is associated with the Port of Aracaju (see
paragraph 2.59) and has a berth 330m in length which can ac- World Port Index No. 12760
commodate vessels up to 30,000 dwt.
Winds—Weather.—See paragraph 2.59.
2.58
2.59 Aracaju stands 3 miles within the mouth of the Rio
Tides—Currents.—See paragraph 2.59.
2.58
Sergripe, which is navigable as far as Cidade de Riachuelo, 20
Depths—Limitations.—The berth is 356m long, with a
2.58
miles up river.
maximum depth alongside of 9.5m. Vessels with a maximum Winds—Weather.—From September to February, the
2.59

loa of 200m and a maximum beam of 32m can be accommo- winds are from the N quadrants and from the S quadrants from
dated. March to August. The S winds send in a heavy sea and make
Aspect.—The 2,000m long T-shaped pier is the most con-
2.58
crossing the bar difficult if not impossible.
spicuous landmark around, as the shoreline is a large sandy Tides—Currents.—The spring range is 1.9m; the neap
2.59

Pub. 124
78 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio

range is 0.9m. During ebb tide, the current reaches a maximum lies 6 miles E of the Rio Vaza-Barris. Each platform has a
velocity of about 2 knots. tower with an orange daymark indicated by a number in black,
Off the mouth of the river, the flood current sets S and the
2.59 also a fixed red light and a flashing white light is shown from
ebb current sets N. During the ebb, the sea on the bar is gener- the tower
ally higher than during the flood. Aspect.—The city can be identified by Morro do Urubu,
2.59

over 90m high, and by a conspicuous twin towered church

standing on a hill 1 mile S of Morro do Urubu.
Prominent objects at the mouth of the river include the Ara-
2.59

caju Light and a flare stack close NW.

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilotage is available
2.59

during daylight hours for berthing and 24 hours for unberthing.

Vessels are required to send their ETA 48 hours and 24 hours in
advance. The pilot boards in position 10°58'54''S, 36°59'25''W.
In bad weather, vessels are directed across the bar by signals
2.59

made by the pilot from their boat and repeated by the signal
station. The signal station is located about 0.7 mile S of
Aracaju Light.
Contact Information.—See the table titled Aracaju—
2.59

Contact Information.

Aracaju—Contact Information
Pilots
Telephone 55-79-3211-5699
Facsimile 55-79-3211-5699
E-mail [email protected]
Port Captain
VHF VHF channel 16
Telephone 55-79-321-11666
2.59 Aracaju Light Facsimile 55-79-321-13182
Depths—Limitations.—The mouth of the Rio Sergipe is
2.59

0.75 mile wide between its entrance points, but is obstructed by Anchorage.—In calm weather, vessels can anchor NE of the
2.59

sand banks, leaving only a narrow channel on the S side. This bar, in depths of 7 to 12m, fine sand and mud.
channel does not change position but its width varies, and Within the river, sheltered anchorage is afforded in depths of
2.59

should never be entered without local knowledge. 10 to 12m off the city. Ships should not anchor S of the channel
Banco Norte and Banco Sul, on which the sea always breaks,
2.59 across the bar due to submarine oil pipelines.
extend 2 miles SE and 1.5 miles ESE from the N and S en- Caution.—Carmopolis Onshore Oil Terminal is located 3
2.59

trance points of the river, respectively. miles SW of Aracaju Light (10°58'S., 37°02'W.). Submarine
The channel is approached across a bar between the extremi-
2.59 oil pipelines are laid to groups of offshore oil platforms situat-
ties of these two sand banks. Depths over the bar are subject to ed 6 miles ENE, 9 miles E, and 10 miles S of the oil terminal.
frequent changes and the buoys are moved as necessary. There Ships should not anchor, and are advised to avoid navigating
2.59

is a depth of 3m at the bar. within the area between a line joining these two groups of plat-
There is a concrete wharf, 96m long, with depths alongside
2.59 forms.
of 6 to 7m. In Aracaju Terminal there is a pier, 89m long with a
depth alongside of 7m. It is used for General cargo and crew Aracaju to Ponta Itapuazinho
transportation.
Carmopolis Offshore Loading Berth (11°02'S., 37°01'W.) is
2.59 2.60 Barra de Sao Cristovao (11°11'S., 37°08'W.), locat-
located about 4.5 miles SSE Aracaju Light. Six mooring buoys ed at the mouth of the Rio Vaza-Barris (Yasa or Vasa) and iden-
are situated around the terminal. A berthing master is provided tified by the Morro dos Tres Irmaos, lies 15 miles SW of Pontal
to assist ships berthing; ships are normally berthed during day- do Propria. The river entrance is obstructed by sand banks, but
light hours. There are no tugs. The berth can accommodate a small craft with local knowledge can navigate the narrow chan-
ship with a maximum loa of 300m and maximum draft of 14m. nel. The N entrance point is marked by a light.
A ship waiting to berth should anchor 1.5 miles SE of the Strong winds raise a sea over the bar and sandbanks off the
2.60

berth, in a depth of 24m, mud and fine sand. mouth of the river. The anchorage off the bar has little shelter
Guaricema Offshore Loading Berth (11°09'S., 37°04'W.),
2.59 and poor holding ground. The current off the river entrance sets
consisting of six offshore platforms and a berth between four S during flood tide.
mooring buoys connected to shore by a submerged pipeline, Barra da Estancia (11°27'S., 37°21'W.) is located about 21
2.60

Pub. 124
 Sector 2. North Coast of Brazil—Ponta Curuca to Ponta de Santo Antonio 79

miles SSW of Barra de Sao Christoavo, and is part of the com-

mon mouth of the Rio Real and the Rio Piaui. A light is shown
from a point of land close to the N side of the bar.
Some houses stand on shore on the S side of the river's en-
2.60

trance near the extremity of Mangue Seco.

Breakers on the bar and sand banks which obstruct the river
2.60

mouth, are visible at a distance of about 4 miles.

A narrow channel, navigable by ships with drafts of 3m,
2.60

leads across the bar. The channel across the bar is reported to
be marked by unlighted buoys.
Pilot service is available from Aracaju. Pilots navigate the
2.60

river as far as Crasto, 32 miles from the bar.

2.61 The Rio Itapicuru (11°44'S., 37°31'W.) is located

about 20 miles SSW of the mouth of the Rio Real. The mouth
of the river is obstructed by sandbanks on which the sea almost
always breaks.
The town of Conde, with a conspicuous church, lies on the S
2.61

bank of the river, about 9 miles within its entrance. Small craft
with local knowledge use the river.
The Rio Itariri and the Rio Inhambupe discharge about 15
2.61

and 23 miles SSW, respectively, of the mouth of the Rio Itapi-

curu.
Between the mouths of these two rivers, low hills, 2 to 3
2.61

miles inland, are visible 15 to 20 miles offshore. A light is

shown from the mouth of the Rio Itariri.
Outeiro Pelador, a prominent hill, is located about 19 miles
2.61

SW of the mouth of the Rio Inhambupe.

2.61 Ponta Itapua Light

The Rio Jacuipe and the Rio Joanes discharge 11 and 24

2.61

miles, respectively, SW of Ponta Acu da Torre. Between the

mouths of these rivers a series of small tree-covered hills back
the low shore. A lighted tower and a conspicuous chimney
stand 7.5 miles SW of the Rio Jacuipe.
Ponta Itapua (12°57'S., 38°22'W.), from which a light is
2.61

shown, is located about 7 miles SW of the mouth of the Rio

Joanes. A conspicuous building, illuminated at night, is located
close NW of the light on the point. An aviation light is shown
from a position 1 mile inland of the coast and nearly 4.5 miles
NE of Itapua Light.
Ponta Itapuazinho (13°01'S., 38°29'W.) is located about 8
2.61

miles WSW of Ponta Itapua. From here to Ponta de Santo An-

2.61 Rio Joanes Light tonio, nearly 4 miles to W, the coast is rocky and reef fringed.
Sunken rocks extend about 0.2 mile from the shore in many
2.61

Large patches of white sand on the hill are conspicuous and

2.61
places, namely around Ponta Itapuazinho and just to the W of
can be seen up to 18 miles offshore. Ponta do Concelho, located about 1 mile to the W of Ponta
Ponta Acu da Torre (12°34'S., 38°00'W.), 17 miles SW of
2.61
Itapuazinho.
Outeiro Pelador, is a low point where the coast turns and trends A submarine pipeline is laid in a position 1.25 miles S of a
2.61

SW to Ponta Itapua. Garcia d'Avila Light is shown from the point 1.25 miles W of Ponta Italpuazinho. Anchorage is pro-
point. hibited.
Monte Gordo, a large hill, rises prominently 5.5 miles SW of
2.61
Ponta de Santo Antonio (13°01'S., 38°32'W.) is described
Ponta Acu da Torre. in paragraph 3.2.

Pub. 124
 81
4. Cabo Frio
Sector 3—East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to

4.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 3 — CHART INFORMATION

Pub. 124
 83

SECTOR 3
EAST COAST OF BRAZIL—PONTA DE SANTO ANTONIO TO CABO FRIO

Plan.—This sector describes the E coast of Brazil, from

3.0

Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio and the outlying islands

of Ilha da Trindade and Ilhas Martin Vaz. Included in this sec-
tor are the ports of Salvador, Vitoria, Tubarao, Ilheus, Cama-
mu, Seguro, and numerous river ports of lesser importance.
The description is from N to S.

General Remarks
3.1 Winds—Weather.—Inside Baia de Todos os Santos,
the winds are usually from the NE in the summer and from the
SE in the winter. August is the month of S storms which are
called Cambueiros. From April to August, winds blow from
the E and SE; in September the NE winds begin, accompanied
by thunderstorms. March and April are calm. Bad weather does
not last very long and is usually followed by a calm or winds
from the E.
3.1The winds from the S usually subside during full moon and
new moon; they sometimes blow for two or three days in suc- 3.2 Fort of Santo Antonio da Barra
cession causing the waters of the interior of the bay to surge so
much that this condition lasts after the wind has ceased to blow channel N of the bank should only be used with local knowl-
and this usually occurs during ebb tide. Winds from the S may edge.
cause a considerable sea in the bay. A wreck lies on the W side of the shoal about 2.7 miles S of
3.2

3.1From September to March, the NE winds are sometimes the light.

strong between periods of light winds or calms. From March to Other dangerous wrecks lie about 2.7 miles SE and 0.2 mile
3.2

September NE winds are rare; during this period, SE and SW WNW of the same light.
winds prevail. They are generally stronger than the NE winds. Ponta de Santa Maria, on which there is an old fort, lies 0.4
3.2

The arrival of the SW winds, which are not the strongest, is in- mile N of Ponta de Santo Antonio.
dicated by a calm that follows rather strong NE winds; the Pedra de Gamboa, a rock with a depth of less than 3m, lies
3.2

shorter the period of calm the greater the intensity of the SW on the W edge of Banco da Gamboa, 1.75 miles NNE of Ponto
winds. From March to September, SE and SW storms are pre- de Santo Antonio. Pedra Tira Pomba, a rocky ledge with a least
ceded by a sharp rise in temperature, a great calm, and a calm depth of 0.7m, lies 0.2 mile SW of the S breakwater in the har-
sea. bor of Salvador.
3.1Winds from the NE or N cause hazy condition with resultant
reduced visibility. Salvador (12°58'S., 38°31'W.)
Ponta de Santo Antonio to Ponta Corumbau World Port Index No. 12770

3.2 Ponta de Santo Antonio (13°01'S., 38°32'W.) is the 3.3 The port of Salvador, on the E side of and just within
SW point of the mainland coast which lies on the E side of the the entrance of the Baia de Todos os Santos, is located about 3
entrance of the Port of Salvador and Baia de Todos os Santos. miles NNE of Ponta de Santo Antonio. Salvador is the fourth
3.2In the vicinity of the point, the land, covered with trees, is largest city in Brazil.
higher than that to the W and is visible for about 30 miles. A 3.3The port is limited by the E-W line which passes through the
light is shown from the old fort of Santo Antonio da Barra, Santo Antonio Light, bridging the coast of the island of Itapar-
which stands on the extremity of Ponta de Santo Antonio. ica, and from there turning to enter the bay through the same E-
3.2Numerous tall buildings stand near the lighthouse making it W line which connects the mainland and that towards the coast
difficult to discern. Two conspicuous television masts are situ- N as far as the parallel of 12°50'S, and then from there going E
ated about 2 miles ENE of Ponta de Santo Antonio. towards the mainland.
3.2Banco de San Antonio, with depths of less than 11m, lies 3.3Winds—Weather.—Winds are usually from the NE in the
about 0.3 mile S of Ponta de Santo Antonio and extends 4.5 summer and from the SE in the winter. August is the month of
miles S. It is composed of red sand and coral and is steep-to storms from the S, which are called Cambueiros.
3.2The sea sometimes breaks on the bank during S winds. The 3.3Bad weather generally lasts only a few hours and is followed
shoal has a minimum depth of 2.8m. by a calm or winds from the E. Winds from the S may cause a
3.2Due to its narrowness and the strong currents through it, the considerable sea in Baia de Todos os Santos.

Pub. 124
84 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio

3.3 Salvador Harbor

3.3Tides—Currents.—The MHW interval is 2 hours 54 min-
utes. The spring range was 2.2m and the neap range was 0.9m.
3.3The flood current runs about 5 hours to the NNE; the ebb
current runs 7 hours to the SSW.
3.3The velocity of the tidal currents is about 1.5 knots, increas-
ing to between 2 and 3 knots during spring tides.
3.3Tidal currents in the anchorage N of Banco da Panela run
NNE and SSW; their rate, especially that of the SSW current,
is considerable. 3.3 Salvador Terminal
3.3To the W of Banco da Panela, the ebb current is reported to vessels. There are least depths of 11 and 8.1m in the N and S
attain rates of 3 to 4 knots. entrances, respectively.
3.3Depths—Limitations.—Banco da Panela, a rocky bank 3.3If the vessel’s draft is over 8.5m the N entrance shall be used,
with a least depth of 4.4m, lies W of the S entrance to the har- with berthing and unberthing take place 1 hour before HW un-
bor, about 2.5 miles N of Ponta de Santo Antonio. Its position til 1 hour after HW. The anchor is used for berthing. Cargo and
can best be seen on the chart. This bank is about 1 mile long container vessels berth at anytime.
and between 0.25 and 0.5 mile wide. The shallower part of the 3.3An L-shaped breakwater is SW of the inner part of the main
bank has extended W. breakwater. For further information see the table titled
3.3Between the shoal and the S breakwater, 0.6 mile E, there is Salvador—Berth Information.
a channel with a least depth of 7.9m. 3.3Aspect.—The harbor is protected from the SW by a
3.3A detached shoal, with a depth of 9.1m, lies 0.3 mile NNW breakwater which extends 0.5 mile NNW from the coast, 2.5
of the head of the S breakwater. miles NNE of Ponta de Santo Antonio. A cylindrical fort is
3.3Entrance to the inner harbor can be made to the N or S of the situated within this breakwater, 0.2 mile SE of its head.
detached N breakwater. The N entrance is used mainly by large

Salvador—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Commercial Quay
201 — 8.0m 333m — 38.0m Grain and wheat. Continuous berthing length of
202 — 8.0m 333m — 38.0m 386m.
203 150m 11.5m 323m 11.4m 41.0m General cargo and ro-ro. Continuous berthing
204 150m 11.5m 333m 9m 38.0m length of 300m.
205 190m 10.0m 290m 8.0m 35.0m General cargo, wheat, grain, and ro-ro.
206 190m 10.0m 333m 8.8m 38.0m General cargo, wheat, grain, and ro-ro.
207 170m 9.8m 199m 8.0m 35.0m General cargo, wheat, grain, and ro-ro.

Pub. 124
 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio 85

Salvador—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Enseada Terminal
Enseada Berth 242m — — — — Iron ore.
Sao Joaquim Terminal
Ferry Berth E — — — — — Ferry/passengers.
Ferry Berth W — — — — — Ferry/passengers.
Tecon Salvador
Agua de Meninos
377m 16.0m 330m 14.7m 48.0m Containers.
Wharf
Connecting Wharf 240m 12.0m 244m 12.0m 40.0m Containers and breakbulk.
Santa Dulce dos
323m 16.0m 306m 14.3m 48.0m Containers.
Pobres Wharf
Bahia Regasification Terminal
FSRU Excelerate LNG. Berthing length of 300m (including dol-
— 17.0m 299m 12.5m 46.0m
Sequoia phins).
Closed. Berthing/unberthing during daylight
FSRU Golar Winter — 17.0m 315m 12.5m 49.0m hours only. Vessels berth port side-to. Berthing
length of 330m (including dolphins).

A detached breakwater lies with its SW end 0.25 mile ENE of Salvador—Contact Information
the head of the S breakwater and extends 0.7 mile NE.
3.3One of the most prominent landmarks in the vicinity of the Web site http://www.codeba.com.br
entrance is a tower, 70m high, situated on a hill on the S end of Port Captain
Ilha de Itaparica.
3.3To the N of the harbor are many cottages with red roofs. A VHF VHF channel 16
fort stands on Ponta de Monte Serrat. Telephone 55-71-3320-3777
3.3The conspicuous white church of Nosso Senhor do Bonfim,
Facsimile 55-71-3320-3811
with a large tower at either corner of a southwest-facing fa-
cade, is situated about 0.7 mile ENE of Ponta de Monte Serrat. Port Office
Gas being burned at a refinery at Mataripe (12°42'S.,
Telephone 55-71-3242-4570
3.3

38°35'W.), 13.5 miles NNE of Ponta de Monte Serrat, shows

up well at night. Port Security
3.3A white square elevator, with an iron roof, stands abreast of Telephone 55-71-3242-3497
the S end of the inner harbor.
3.3The customs house, close N of the elevator, is a conspicuous Salvador Pilots
white building with a red roof and circular open front support- Call Salvador Pilot
ed on pillars.
3.3Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and VHF VHF channels 11, and 16
is available day and night. Pilots board about 1.7 miles W of 55-71-3241-8984
Ponta de Santo Antonio Light. Advance notice should be given
48 hours and 24 hours prior to arrival. 55-70-3326-7485
Telephone
3.3Contact Information.—Sthe table titled Salvador—Con- 55-71-3264-2929 (Pilot Station)
tact Information.
55-71-3241-8891 (Pilot Station)
Salvador—Contact Information Facsimile 55-71-3241-5901
Port Authority E-mail [email protected]
Telephone 55-71-3320-1299 Web site http://www.salvadorpilots.com.br
Facsimile 55-71-3242-1268 Bahía Pilots
E-mail [email protected] VHF VHF channel 16

Pub. 124
86 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio

Salvador—Contact Information approaches to the entrance of the marked channels which lead
to Baia de Aratu and Porto de Madras de Deus, range from
55-70-3016-8500 14.6 to 35m, with depths of 50m and 53m lying about 2.7 miles
55-70-3016-8512 (Pilot Station) W of Ponta de Monte Serrat.
Telephone 3.4Caution.—An uncharted military area exists in the vicinity
55-71-3016-8513 (Pilot Station) of Ponta Toque, N of Salvador, and is marked by lit beacons.
55-71-3016-8514 (Pilot Station) Hazardous operations in the area may only be locally adver-
tised. Unauthorized vessels are prohibited from entering and
Facsimile 55-71-3016-8511
anchoring within the area bound by the beacons.
[email protected] (office) 3.4Caution should be exercised at night and during poor visibil-
E-mail ity when navigating the bay N of Salvador as there are oil drill-
[email protected] (Pilot Station)
ing structures in the area.
Web site http://www.bahiapilots.com.br 3.4The structures show flashing lights, but disused structures
Tugs are unmarked and at times submerged. They are temporary
structures that are not charted. Submarine cables and pipelines
VHF VHF channels 14 and 16 are seen on the chart.
Telephone 55-71-3642-3429 3.4Ponta da Sapoca (12°50'S., 38°29'W.) lies 6.5 miles NNE
of Ponta de Monte Serrat. A pier supporting a conveyor system
Facsimile 55-71-3642-3338 extends 0.5 mile W from the point. At the head of the pier is
Terminal da Usiba, comprising a jetty 120m long with flanking
3.3Anchorage.—Vessels anchor in one of three areas, as dolphins and five mooring buoys. A ship with a draft up to
follows: 10.1m can berth at the terminal. Mariners should take care not
1. Anchorage No. 1, centered on position 12°56.1’S, to confuse this berth with an adjacent defunct terminal to the S.
38°32.0’W for vessels with drafts less than 10m, refueling, The inoperative terminal, which is unlit, extends SW from the
or transferring crew. shore and is about 400m long. It fronts an associated aban-
2. Anchorage No. 2, centered on position 12°57.3’S, doned plant on Ponta de Sapoca.
38°32.6’W for vessels with drafts less than 10m. 3.4A detached island quay, marked by a light at each end, stands
3. Anchorage No. 3, centered on position 12°57.4’S, close N of this pier.
38°34.1’W for vessels carrying explosives. 3.4Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots will board at the anchorage
4. Anchorage No. 4, centered on position 12°55.8’S, SW of Ponta de Monte Serrat.
38°33.6’W for quarantine. 3.4Baia do Aratu is entered 8.5 miles NNE of Ponta de Monte
5. Anchorage No. 5, centered on position 13°02.0’S, Serrat through a deep, but narrow and tortuous channel which
38°36.0’W is free anchorage for vessels waiting for a vacan- forms the lower part of the Rio Cotegipe and is about 2 miles
cy of internal anchorages. long. The greater part of the bay has depths of over 5m and
6. Anchorage No. 6, centered on position 12°54.5’S, there are depths of over about 10m in the vicinity of the en-
38°36.3’W, is intended exclusively for LNG ships which op- trance. There is a naval base in Baia do Aratu.
erate regasification in the terminal. 3.4Ponta da Mangueira (12°47'S., 38°29'W.) is on the N side
7. Anchorage No. 7, centered on position 12°58.5’S, of the Rio Cotegipe, about 1.5 miles ENE of Ponta da Areia. A
38°32.0’W, is intended for large yachts and recreational T-shaped jetty, with flanking dolphins, projects S from the
ships of 60m length or greater. point.
Care should be taken not to obstruct the passage of vessels 3.4The jetty can accommodate ships up to 15,000 gt, with a
transiting the N entrance to the harbor. maximum length of 170m,a maximum beam of 25m, and a
3.3Vessels proceeding to ports in the N part of the bay can an- maximum draft of 10.3m.
chor about 0.6 mile SW of Ponta de Monte Serrat, in depths of
23 to 25m, mud. 3.5 Porto de Aratu (12°47'S., 38°30'W.) (World Port
3.3Anchoring is prohibited in a area about 0.4 mile NNE of the Index No. 12772), situated N of the entrance to Baia do Aratu,
N head of the detached breakwater. consists of four jetties projecting from Ponta do Marinho and
Ponta Joao Pereira, N of Ponta da Areia. The maximum size
Baia de Todas os Santos vessel that can enter the port is 100,000 dwt.
At Dow Quimica Terminal, berthing and unberthing at night
3.5

3.4 Baie de Todas os Santos is entered between Ponta de authorized with a maximum loa of 150m, a maximum beam of
Santo Antonio and the E coast of Ilha de Itaparica, 5 miles to 25m, and a maximum draft of 8.5m. Vessels berthed starboard
the WNW. The main channel leading to the entrance of the bay side-to with a maximum loa of 180m, a maximum beam of
lies W of Banco de Santo Antonio. The channel at the entrance 30m, and a maximum draft of 11.0m may unberth at night.
is about 2.5 miles wide between Ponta de Santo Antonio and During daylight maneuvers with vessels with a maximum loa
Pedra do Baixo Grande. The N part of the bay is known as of 185m may be made with the following conditions:
Reconcavo and contains a number of islands, rivers, and good 1. Prior authorization from the port captain.
anchorages. 2. Time of entry at pilot’s criteria.
3.4Depths in the bay are irregular and reach 60m about 3 miles 3. Compliance with special safety measures.
E of Ponta de Itaparica. Charted depths in the middle of the bay

Pub. 124
 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio 87

For further berthing information see the table titled Aratu—

3.5

Berth Information.
Pilotage is compulsory for Porto de Aratu and Baia do Aratu.
3.5

Pilots are requested at least 5 hours in advance, specifying the

time of the vessel’s entry. Pilots will board at the anchorage
SW of Ponta de Monte Serrat (12°56'S., 38°31'W.). Pilotage is
provided from Salvador.
The channel leading from S to the entrance to Baia do Aratu,
3.5

Porto de Aratu, and the fairway of the Rio Cotegipe are marked
by lighted buoys. The channel is about 0.3 mile long, 0.1 mile
wide, and has a minimum depth of 18m. The maneuvering
basin has a depth of 12m. A light is shown from Ponta de
Areia, the S entrance point of Baia do Aratu.

Aratu—Contact Information
Telephone 55-71-3602-5711 3.5 Porto de Aratu
Facsimile 55-71-3602-5705
Porto de Madre de Deus (12°45'S., 38°37'W.) (World Port
3.6

E-mail [email protected]
Index No. 12775), located at the SW extremity of Ilha Madre
Web site http://www.codeba.com.br de Deus and about 0.3 mile N of the N end of Ilha do Frade.
Depths—Limitations.—The port is approached through a
3.6

3.6 Ilha do Frade (12°47'S., 38°38'W.) lies 7 miles W of channel marked by lighted beacons. The channel, about 0.1
Ponta de Areia. A light is shown from the S extremity of the mile wide at its narrowest part, has a minimum depth of 10.8m
island. Ilha Madre de Deus lies 0.5 mile N of Ilha do Frade. near Buoy No. 7.
3.6Caution.—An obstruction area, best seen on the chart, lies The port consists of a T-shaped petroleum jetty and a J-
3.6

about 0.3 mile of Punta da Tapera. shaped jetty extending SW from Ponta Mirim (12°45'S.,
38°37'W.). For further berthing information, see the table titled
Madre de Deus—Berth Information.

Aratu—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Terminal de Graneis Solidos
Grain and general cargo. Berthing length of
TGS 2 210m 12.0m 200m 12.0m 32.0m
295m (including dolphins).
Grain. Berthing length of 260m (including dol-
101 203 12.0m 227m 12.0m 38.0m
phins).
Grain. Berthing length of 280m (including dol-
102 195m 12.0m 204m 12.0m 32.0m
phins).
Terminal Miguel de Oliveira
Pier da Ford 195m 14.0m 199m — 35.0m Automobiles.
Cotegipe Port Terminal
North East 260m — 229m — 32.0m Wheat and soybeans. Continuous berthing
South West 260m — 229m — 35.0m length of 520m.
MFX do Brazil
MFX Berth 30m — — — — Transfer of sub sea cables and tubing.
Terminal de Ganeis Liquidos
Chemicals and petroleum products. Berthing
201 44mm 12.0m 185m 12.0m 32.0m
length of 230m (including dolphins).
Chemicals and petroleum products. Berthing
202 45m 12.0m 195m 12.0m 35.0m
length of 230m (including dolphins).

Pub. 124
88 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio

Aratu—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Terminal de Poductos Gasosos
Chemical gases and LPG. Berthing length of
301 85m 14.8m 229m 14.8m 40.0m
215m (including dolphins).
Dow Quimica Terminal
Propylene oxide, propylene glycol, hydrochlo-
No. 1 25m 12.0m 183m 11.0m 32.0m ric acid, and caustic soda. Berthing length of
265m (including dolphins).

Madre de Deus—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Terminal Madre de Deus
Petroleum products. Berthing length of 275m
PP-1 100m 13.0m 277m 12.5m 50.0m
(including dolphins).
Petroleum products. Berthing length of 240m
PP-2 75m 13.0m 275m 12.5m 44.0m
(including dolphins).
Petroleum products. Berthing length of 210m
PP-3 76m 10.5m 186.4m 10.2m 40.0m
(including dolphins).
Petroleum products. Berthing length of 284m
PP-4 90m 22.0m 279m 14.0m 50.0m
(including dolphins).
Petroleum products. Berthing length of 195m
PS-1 40m 8.3m 145m 7.9m 19.0m
(including dolphins).
Petroleum products. Berthing length of 155m
PS-2 40m 8.3m 145m 4.2m 19.0m
(including dolphins).

3.6Vessels are berthed day or night, stemming the tidal current, within the vicinity of the oil terminal.
which is reported to attain a rate of 4 knots. Berthing at Berth Caution.—The existence of unlighted buoyage markers
3.6

P1 is done 6 hours either side of HW. within the approaches indicates the position of underwater
3.6Berthing at Berth P3 is done on the flood current. Vessels pipelines.
berth port side-to at Berth P1, Berth P2, Berth P4, and Berth S1 Dangerous submerged rocks, which can best be seen on the
3.6

and starboard side-to at Berth P3 and Berth S2. chart, sit N of Ponta Cavalo, on the S edge of the channel
3.6A jetty projects W from the coast about 0.2 mile N of Ponta leading to the T-shaped jetty.
Mirim and has a depth of 3.3m alongside the head. Bahia Regasification Terminal (12°49'S., 38°41'W.) is lo-
3.6

3.6The Bahia Regasification Terminal, accommodating LNG cated 2.3 miles W of the S extremity of Ilha do Frade. The ter-
vessels, consists of two berths. One berth is occupied by the minal, accommodating LNG vessels, consists of two berths.
floating storage and regasification unit Golar Winter. The ter- One berth is permanently occupied by the floating storage and
minal is situated 2.3 miles W of the S extremity of Ilha do regasification unit Golar Winter.
Frade.
3.6Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels. Pi- 3.7 The Rio Paraguacu (12°50'S., 38°48'W.), which en-
lotage should be requested via Salvador at least 3 hours in ad- ters the bay 9 miles W of the S end of Ilha do Frade, is naviga-
vance. Pilots board in position 12°59'S., 38°33'W. ble from its mouth for about 22 miles to the town of Cachoeira,
3.6Regulations.—The following regulations were issued by the located in the W part of Reconcavo. Sao Rogue do Paraguacu,
Brazilian Port Authority for the approach to Porto de Madre de from which ore is shipped, and Maragogipe, with a pier where
Deus: ships with draft ts up to 4.5m can berth, are ports located on the
1. Vessels must not meet and pass nor overtake while in Rio Paraguacu below Cachoeira.
the approach channel areas between Beacon Nos. 1, 2, 5, and 3.7Canal de Itaparica, which separates Ilha de Itaparica from
6, and between Beacon Nos. 11, 13, 14, and 16. the mainland to the W, is entered between Ponta Itaparica
2. Inbound vessels shall yield to outbound vessels. (12°53'S., 38°41'W.) and Ilha do Medo, 1.75 miles NW. This
3. Anchoring is prohibited, except in an emergency, channel should not be attempted without local knowledge.

Pub. 124
 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio 89

A prohibited area exists close N and W of Ponta Itaparica

3.7 er mouth the channel trends to the N and is about 0.5 mile wide
and a restricted area, in which anchoring and fishing are not between the bank and the low W point of the mainland. The
permitted and vessels should not navigate without authority, minimum depth in the channel is about 10m.
extends about 0.5 mile offshore for a distance of 2 miles S from 3.9Ilha de Tinhare (13°29'S., 38°58'W.) and Ilha de Boipeba
the point. form the coast for about 18 miles S of Monte de Sao Paulo.
The Rio Jaguaribe flows into the W side of Canal de Itapari-
3.7 Channels and rivers separate the islands from each other and
ca close to its S end and has depths of 3.5m up to 22 miles from the mainland. Small craft navigate these waters.
above its mouth. 3.9Ponta de Castelhanos, the SE extremity of Ilha de Boipeba,
is fringed with reefs and rocks, which extend out 1 mile from
3.8 Between Ponta Garcia, the S entrance point of Canal the point. A wreck, partially submerged, lies stranded about 1
de Itaparica, and the W entrance point of the Rio Una, 6 miles mile NE of Ponta Castelhanos.
SW, the coast forms a low sandy bay which is fringed by shoals 3.9Ilha Quiepe (13°50'S., 38°56'W.), a small reef-fringed is-
to a distance of 2 to 3 miles. land about 0.25 mile in extent, lies on the N side of the en-
Morro de Sao Paulo (13°22'S., 38°55'W.), the N extremity
3.8 trance of Porto de Camamu. The island is flat, covered by
of Ilha de Tinhare, marks the SE side of the entrance of the Rio coconut trees, and can be seen as far as 13 miles away, making
Una. It is a conspicuous mount, which falls abruptly onto the it an excellent bearing for navigation. Two houses are located
sea, on the N and W sides. When seen from a distance it shows on the N side of the island.
two peaks; the S peak has a hillside with a smooth descending
slope and the N peak hillsides have a more pronounced de- 3.10 Porto de Camamu (13°52'S., 38°56'W.) (World Port
scending slope. Next to the N side, there is a masonry tower Index No. 12780) is the common mouth of the Rio Camamu
from which a light is shown. It is the most visible bearing for and the Rio Marau. The port lies between Ilha Quiepe and Pon-
the mariner coming from the S. ta Muta, about 2.5 miles S of Ilha Quiepe. The port is privately
owned and is used exclusively to export barium ore.
Winds—Weather.—Prevailing winds are NE from Septem-
3.10

ber through February, S from March to August, and E during

August.
Tides—Currents.—Tidal heights above chart datum are
3.10

2.1m at MHWS and 1.6m at MHWN. The spring range is 2m

and the neap range in 1m.
The ebb current, increased by the waters from the rivers
3.10

which flow into the bay, is much stronger than the flood. The
average velocity of the ebb is 1.5 to 2 knots and it sets toward
Ilha Quiepe and the reefs in the vicinity of the island.
Current velocities of up to 5 knots at ebb and 3 knots at flood
3.10

have been recorded.

Depths—Limitations.—There is a least charted depth of
3.10

9.1m in the recommended approach about 2.2 miles ESE of Il-

ha Quiepe Light.
A least depth of 7.6m is charted in the approach to the
3.10

buoyed channel entrance. Least depth in the buoyed channel is

charted at 7.2m. It was reported the maximum safe draft for en-
tering the port was 8.5m.
The ore berth is located on the E side of Ilha Grande de
3.10

3.8 Morre de Sao Paulo Light Camamu. It consists of a T-headed pier with a face about 80m
in length. There is a least depth of 5m alongside the face.
3.8Anchorage.—The mouth of the Rio Una, W of Morre de Mooring buoys are situated N and S of the pier. Vessels moor
3.10

Sao Paulo, affords easy access to an anchorage known as Por- starboard side-to the pier head.
talo which provides shelter from E through SW winds. Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots for the port of
3.10

3.8Anchorage may be obtained, in 6 to 8m, in front of a village Camamu are available at Salvador.
about 0.5 mile SW of the light. Anchorage.—Vessels anchor, in 15m, sandy bottom, about
3.10

0.7 mile W of Ponta Muta.

3.9 The Rio Una (13°23'S., 38°56'W.) empties W of This anchorage lies between Pedras Paragonas de Baixo and
3.10

Morre de Sao Paulo. Pedras Guaraiubas. Vessels may also anchor, in 12.8 to 14.6m,
3.9Banco Joao Goncalves, in the W part of the river mouth, re- about 0.2 mile NW of Ponta do Gaviao, located nearly 3 miles
stricts the width of the entrance over the bar and anchorage to SW of Ponta Muta.
about 0.7 mile. The sea breaks over this extensive sand bank
and the S part is partially dry. 3.11 From Ponta Muta to the Port of Ilheus, a distance of
3.9The E side of the channel just within Morre de Sao Paulo is about 55 miles, the coastline trends almost due S and is free of
steep-to, but 0.5 mile S a bank begins and borders the S shore dangers. The N end of this stretch of coast is low and sandy,
to a distance of about 0.1 to 0.2 mile. In the SW part of the riv- with some patches of palm trees. The S end is high in places

Pub. 124
90 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio

with bluff points and sheer cliffs. Velocities of the tidal currents are about 1 knot during the
3.13

Cabo Tromba Grande (14°16'S., 38°59'W.) is a conspicu-

3.11 flood and 2 knots during the ebb.
ous cliff of black rocks and is located about 25 miles S of Ponta Depths—Limitations.—The artificial basin is formed by a
3.13

Muta. The prominent summits of Serra Grande lie to the SSW breakwater 1,922m long. The first leg, aligned NE to SW, is
of the cape. 650m long, followed by a curved section that is 162m long,
Ponta Trombinha, about 1 mile N of Cabo Tromba Grande,
3.11 leading to the last section, aligned N to S, 1,110m long.
is equally bold but less elevated than the cape. The point marks It was reported that the breakwater was being extended, with
3.13

the N side of the entrance of the Rio das Contas. underwater work in progress for about 365m N from its head.
Sand banks lie on the N side of the entrance to the river. Con-
3.11 The maneuvering basin is 560m wide, with a depth of about
3.13

tas Islet lies close N of Ponta Trombinha and shows a light. 10m. The approach channel is 1,000m long with a depth of
The Rio das Contas (14°16'S., 39°00'W.), which is about
3.11 about 10m.
250 miles long, has depths of 2m and an average width of Port Ilheus consist of a quay 428m long, with an alongside
3.13

about 137m as far as Cachoeira do Funil, about 12 miles from depth of 9.3m.
its mouth. The currents in the river are rapid, especially after A 70m long wooden T-shaped pier, with a depth of 7m
3.13

heavy rains. alongside and used to transfer liquefied petroleum gas, lies at
Within the entrance, the S bank is high and wooded. Cidade
3.11 the root of the breakwater.
de Contas stands on the S bank 1 mile SW of Ponta Trombinha. Porto do Rio Cachoeira consists of six piers which extend
3.13

In the river mouth, the ebb current attains a rate of from 3 to 4 from the N bank of the river W of the N end of Morro de Sao
knots. Sebastiao. All have depths of at least 4.1m alongside.
When the sea is calm there is little difficulty in entering the
3.11 Aspect.—Morro de Sao Sebastiao, a high hill, forms the W
3.13

Rio das Contas, but fresh onshore winds cause breakers across entrance point to the Rio Cachoeira. A monument stands on its
the mouth of the river during the ebb tide. S extremity known as Ponta Maria Augusta. A church, with a
Anchorage is afforded near the entrance of the river, in 14 to
3.11 conspicuous dome and towers, stands 0.4 mile N of Ponta Ma-
17m, with Cabo Trombe Grande bearing 185°, distance 2 ria Augusta. A prominent church, painted gray, stands on a hill,
miles. 0.35 mile farther N.

3.12 Ponta da Serra Grande (14°28'S., 39°01'W.) is the E

extremity of the Serra Grande, a chain of mountain ranges
which rises to the W of the point. From offshore, the mountains
appear as cliffs running in a N and S direction for a distance of
10 miles. Depths of 20m lie about 1 mile off the point.
From Ponta de Serra Grande, the low sandy shore continues
3.12

S for about 18 miles to the mouth of the Rio Almada. High

land backs the greater part of this section of the coast. A wide
valley lies between the Serra Grande and the hills to the S,
which rise to the N of the Rio Cachoeira, the river which emp-
ties into the sea at Ilheus.
The village of Itaipe lies on the N side of the mouth of the
3.12

Rio Almada. Sand banks, about 0.2 mile offshore, encumber

the entrance of the river.

Ilheus (Malhado) (14°47'S., 39°01'W.)

World Port Index No. 12810
3.13 Ilheus
3.13 The port of Ilheus consists of Porto do Malhado, a
breakwater with berthing on its W side and projecting NE and Morro Pernambuco, a peninsula 30m high and covered with
3.13

N from Ponta do Malhado, and Porto do Rio Cachoeira, the vegetation, forms the E entrance point of the Rio Cachoeira. A
original port of Ilheus, on the N bank of the river, 0.5 mile ruined fort and cross stand near the NW extremity of the
within its mouth and used only by fishing boats. peninsula. A light is shown from the summit of Morro
Pernambuco.
Port of Ilheus Lights are shown from the breakwater head at Malhado and
3.13

from Ilheu Grande.

http://www.codeba.com.br/portoilheus.php Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels:
3.13

1. All foreign vessels.

Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are reported to be
3.13 2. Tankers.
from the SE. 3. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo.
Tides—Currents.—Tidal heights above chart datum are
3.13 The pilot must be requested, via the agent, 4 hours in ad-
3.13

MHWS 1.9m, MHWN 1.4m. The spring range is 1.7m and the vance. Pilots board in position 14°45’S, 39°01’W for the Mal-
mean range is 1.4m. hado Pier and about 0.6 mile NNE of Morra Pernambuca for

Pub. 124
 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio 91

the piers in the Rio Cachoeira. along the N part to Barra do Una, then S it continues low to
Contact Information.—See the table titled Ilheus—Con-
3.13 Barra de Belmonte.
tact Information. The coast is backed by mountain ranges, which rise from 15
3.14

to 18 miles inland and are normally visible up to 30 miles off-

Ilheus—Contact Information shore. The highest range is Serra Panemosa, 620m high, and
fairly isolated from the outer mountains. It has an undulating
Pilots summit and is easily identified as the best landmark near this
VHF VHF channel 16 part of the coast.
The coast is clear of dangers except for some coral reefs
3.14

Telephone 55-73-3634-4455
which extend 1 mile offshore in places along its N part.
Facsimile 55-73-3634-4478 Olivenca (14°58'S., 39°01'W.), a small village about 10
3.14

E-mail [email protected] miles S of Ilheus, is situated on the summit of a hill near the
shore. The village and a church are conspicuous from offshore.
Port Ponta Itapua (14°59'S., 38°59'W.), a low salient point cov-
3.14

Telephone 55-73-3231-3318 ered with trees, is located about 3 miles SSE of Olivenca.
The mouth of the Rio Aquipe lies about 6 miles S of the
3.14

Facsimile 55-73-3231-3318 point. Conspicuous white cliffs stand on the S bank of the river
E-mail [email protected] and are visible from offshore.
The Rio Una (15°15'S., 39°00'W.) lies about 11 miles S of
3.14

the mouth of the Rio Aquipe. The village of Pedras stands

Anchorage.—Vessels awaiting a pilot for Porto de Malhado
about 2 miles SSW of the mouth of the river on its W bank.
3.13

should anchor 0.2 to 0.3 mile NNE of the breakwater head, in About 3 miles S of the Rio Una, the Rio Doce empties into the
depths of 10 to 12m, sand. sea.
Vessels working cargo into lighters may anchor W of the
A submerged obstruction, with a depth of 27m, lies about 8.5
3.13

3.14

breakwater in depths of more than 8m where the sea is usually

miles SE of the mouth of the Rio Una.
calm. Vessels waiting to berth at the piers at Porto do Rio
Cachoeiro may anchor temporarily in the river off the piers,
3.15 Barra das Canavieiras (15°43'S., 38°54'W.) lies at
sheltered from all winds, in depths of 6 to 8m, mud.
the entrance of the common mouth of several rivers, the most
Anchorage is forbidden along the 100m stretch of the wharf
3.13

important of which is the Rio Pardo.

and in the access channel.
The town of Canavieiras is situated on the N bank of the Rio
3.15

A quarantine anchorage has been established 1 mile NNE of

3.13

Pardo, about 3 miles within the entrance.

the breakwater head.
The land in the vicinity of the bar is very low, but a white
3.15

Caution.—Less water than charted was reported within the

church tower in the town provides a landmark from offshore.
3.13

10m depth contour in the approaches to and in the maneuver-

The town has four piers with depths of 3.1m at the pier
3.15

ing basin at Ilheus.

heads.
The area at the head of the harbor, SE of the small breakwa-
Pilotage is available. The bar should only be approached
3.13

3.15

ter, is being reclaimed.

when using the services of a pilot.
A chain of islets and reefs, nearly 2 miles long, parallels the
Anchorage is afforded, in 10 to 11.9m, mud, about 4 miles
3.15

coast at a distance of 1 to 2 miles. Ilheu Grande is the largest

ESE of the church tower.
and northernmost of the group. The island is always exposed
and equipped with a light. It lies about 1.2 miles NE of Ponto
3.16 The coast SSE of Barra das Canavieiras to Belmonte,
do Malhado and is visible about 15 miles.
a distance of about 9 miles, is low, wooded, and broken by the
Ilheuzinho, a group of uncovered rocks, lies about 137m SE
3.13

entrances of a lagoon. Small villages mark this section of the

of Ilheu Grande. Itaipins Reef, part of which uncovers, lies coast. With the exception of the Morros de Comandatuba, visi-
0.75 mile SSE of Ilheu Grande. Ilhote de Itapitanga lies nearly
ble to the NW, the country is void of high land, being flat and
1.25 miles S of Ilheu Grande. Parcel dos Sororocas extends marshy.
about 0.6 mile SSE from Ilhote de Itapitanga. The reef never
Barra de Belmonte (15°50'S., 38°52'W.), 8 miles SSE of
3.16

uncovers, but breaks with a small sea.

Barra de Canavieiras, is the mouth of the Rio Belmonte
Laje do Rapa, a group of three rocks which uncover at LW
3.13

(Jequitinhonha), which runs a course of about 300 miles. The

and on which the sea always breaks, lies nearly 0.5 mile N of only means of identifying the river entrance is Belmonte Light,
Morro Pernambuco. Coroa do Rapa, a drying sand bank
on the S side of the river.
marked by breakers, extends to the E from the beach to the vi-
The bar should only be approached with local knowledge or
3.16

cinity of Laje do Rapa.

with local available pilots. On the spring tides the depth of the
Vessels are cautioned not to use the channel between Recifes
access channel is about 2m. The sand banks close to the bar
3.13

Itaipios and the N extremity of the foul ground extending N vary in position at times.
from Ilhote de Itapitanga.
After prolonged rains, which usually occur from November
3.16

to March, the outflow of the river is considerably increased,

Ilheus to Belmonte causing strong currents over the bar. During these periods, dis-
colored water can be seen up to 10 miles offshore.
3.14 The coast from Ilheus to Belmonte, 65 miles S, is high

Pub. 124
92 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio

and Ponta de Coroa Vermelha, 7.5 miles SSW.

The shore of the bay is of moderate height and is backed by
3.17

wooded hills, 30 to 35m high. The valley of the Rio Joao de Ti-
ba, the mouth of which lies 4.5 miles SW of Ponta de Santo
Antonio, is very prominent from seaward. The town of Santa
Cruz, with its prominent church, stands on the S side of the riv-
er.
The sandy beach forming the shore of Baia de Cabralia is in-
3.17

terrupted by two lines of reefs, separated by a small gap, ex-

tending 2 miles NNE from the mouth of the Rio Joao de Tiba.
These reefs dry and form a natural breakwater. A number of
3.17

reefs and rocks lie to the SSE of Baia de Cabralia and can best
be located by the chart.
Anchorage is afforded in the N part of Baia Cabralia, 0.5
3.17

mile ESE of the N end of the two lines of reefs extending from
the mouth of the Rio Joao de Tiba.
The anchorage has depths of 7m, mud, good holding ground.
3.17

Vessels may also anchor in the S part of the bay, 0.7 mile N
3.17

of Ponta da Coroa Vermelha, in depths of about 7m, fine sand

and mud. Small craft can anchor closer inshore towards the
point.
A vessel should anchor in the N part of the bay during winds
3.17

from between N and E, and in the S part during SE winds. The

sea is never heavy in either part of the bay, even during SE
winds.

3.18 The Rio Joao de Tiba (16°17'S., 39°02'W.) can be

reached by small craft with local knowledge via a channel
about 91m wide, on the W side of the two lines of reefs extend-
3.16 Belmonte Light ing NNE from its mouth. Pedra Baixnha, a rock with a depth of
1m, lies off the entrance to this channel, 0.2 mile NE of the end
Belmonte (15°51'S., 38°53'W.) is located on the S bank of
3.16
of the reefs.
the Rio Belmonte a little more than 1 mile from the bar. A light Ponta Grande (16°22'S., 39°01'W.) is located 2.5 miles S of
3.18

stands on the S bank of the bar. It is not visible from offshore Ponta da Coroa Vermelha. The point is low and inconspicuous
because it is surrounded by dense and close coconut groves. and marks the N end of Baia de Porto Seguro.
There is a wharf, 450m long, with depths of from 3.6 to 5m
3.16
Between the two points, extensive reefs and rocks border the
3.18

alongside. low shore. A shoal, with a depth of 8.5m, lies 2.5 miles E of
Anchorage may be obtained outside the reef and shoals, in
3.16
Ponta Grande.
10m, mud, with Belmonte Light bearing 245°, distance 4 Baia de Porto Seguro (16°26'S., 39°03'W.) lies between
3.18

miles. Ponta Grande and the mouth of the Rio Buranhem, about 5.7
After crossing the bar, anchorage may be had in the deeper
3.16
miles to the SW. A ridge of hills, with red cliffs and coconut
water inside the chain of shoals, but local knowledge is essen- palms, lies parallel with the coast about 1 mile inland and is
tial. broken by the marshy valley of the Rio Buranhem.
The valley and the church of Nossa Senhora da Pena, which
3.18

Belmonte to Porto Seguro stands on the N side of the river, are reported as conspicuous
landmarks. Porto Seguro Light stands close NE of the church.
3.17 From the mouth of the Rio Belmonte, the coast con- Recifes de Fora, nearly 3 miles long and about 1.5 miles
3.18

tinues in a S direction to Porto Seguro, a distance of 36 miles. wide, lies with its outer edge about 6 miles ENE of Porto Se-
This part of the coast is rather low with some small hills in-
3.17
guro Light. For about 2 miles of its length this coral reef un-
land a few miles from the coastline. covers and the sea always breaks over it. Several shoal patches,
Morro Dois Irmaos, a mountain with twin peaks, rises about
3.17
with depths of 6.2 to 8.1m, lie within 2.5 miles S and SSW of
20 miles inland and can be seen in clear weather. Recifes de Fora.
Ponta Araripe (16°10'S., 38°57'W.), marked by a light, lies
3.17
The Rio Buranhem can be entered through a channel 0.1
3.18

18 miles S of Barra de Belmonte. Recife de Arajipe is a drying mile wide and a depth of 3.6m at HWS. The channel lies be-
reef which extends up to 3.5 miles E of the point. tween the N extremity of the chain of reefs and the coast.
Ponta San Antonio, the S entrance point of the Rio San An-
3.17
Pilotage is available and vessels are boarded on the outside
3.18

tonio, lies 3 miles SSW of Ponta Arajipe. of the bar. Their services should be requested by wire prior to
A dangerous underwater rock lies about 15 miles ESE of
3.17
arrival.
Ponta San Antonio. A dangerous wreck, with its superstructure visible, is situat-
3.18

Baio de Cabralia is entered between Ponta de Santo Antonio

3.17
ed about 5 miles SE of Porto Seguro Light.

Pub. 124
 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio 93

Anchorage is afforded, in depths from 8 to 9m, sand and

3.18 Monte Pascoal (16°53'S., 39°24'W.), which is prominent,
3.20

mud, good holding ground, in a position about 1 mile ESE of rises to an elevation of 535m nearly 18 miles W of Ponta Co-
the church of Nossa Senhora da Pena. The anchorage is unshel- rumbau, and forms part of a range trending parallel with the
tered from NE to SE winds. coast. When seen from NE or E, it appears isolated with a
Vessels also anchor farther offshore, in depths of about 10 to
3.18 rounded and somewhat conical summit, but from SE it appears
11.9m, about 2 miles ESE of Porto Seguro Light. to be joined to other hills.
Porto Seguro (16°27'S., 39°04'W.) (World Port Index No.
3.18 To the SW of Monte Pascoal there is Joao do Leao peak,
3.20

12820) is situated on the N bank of the Rio Buranhem, just with a greater altitude and more outstanding because of its cy-
within the rivers entrance. That part of town which stands on lindrical formation.
low ground is hidden by coconut palms, the higher part of town Recifes Itacolomis (16°54'S., 39°04'W.) are a group of reefs
3.20

is visible from offshore. The port is used mostly by coastal lying on a extensive sandy shoal which extends nearly 6 miles
steamers. E from Ponta Corumbau. The reefs dry near the center of the
shoal. The shoal is steep-to on the seaward side, rising abruptly
Porto Seguro to Porto de Caravelas from depths of over 20m, and soundings give little indication
of its proximity.
3.19 From the mouth of the Rio Buranhem to Ponta Itaque- Passing vessels are advised to keep in depths of over 30m
3.20

na, 11 miles to the S, the coast has no salient features. A short which will give the shoal a berth of at least 6 miles.
distance S of the river mouth, hills rise from the coast. One Canal dos Itacolomis, between Recifes Itacolomis and Ponta
3.20

mile S of the river mouth, the church of Nossa Senhora da Aju- Corumbau, is narrow and tortuous with depths of from 5 to 7m.
da stands on one of the hills and is conspicuous from seaward. The most favorable time for passing through it is at LW when
Barreiras Vermelhas de Porto Seguro (16°30'S.,
3.19 the reefs uncover, but it should not be attempted without local
39°04'W.), a line of red cliffs, 3.5 miles S of Porto Seguro, rise knowledge.
sheer from the sea to heights of 40 to 50m on the S side of the Anchorage may be obtained by vessels with local knowledge
3.20

mouth of the Rio Taipe. They extend 3 miles S and are inter- between the S part of Recifes Itacolomis and the coast SW of
rupted near the middle by the Rio Pitinga and can be seen from Ponta Corumbau, in a depth of 9m, sand and mud.
25 to 30 miles offshore. This anchorage is sheltered from all winds except from the
3.20

Red cliffs reappear 1.5 miles S of Barreiras de Porto Seguro,

3.19 S, and the holding ground is good.
but they are lower and less prominent and decrease in height
near Ponta Itaquena. The village of Trancoso stands between 3.21 Ponta Mato Grosso (16°57'S., 39°10'W.), nearly 5
the two sets of cliffs. miles SW of Ponta Corumbau, may be identified by its con-
Ponta Juacema (16°45'S., 39°08'W.), 10 miles SSW of
3.19 spicuous high red cliffs. Barreira do Cai, 3.5 miles S of Ponta
Trancoso, rises in white cliffs, which appear as steps on the S Mato Grosso, is a high extensive whitish cliff and makes a
slope of a hill. good landmark for Canal dos Itacolomis.
Ponta Juricuara, about 2 miles farther S, is red in color. Reci-
3.19 Barreiras de Taua, 2.5 miles S of Barreira do Cai, are smaller
3.21

fe Juacema, with a depth of 1m, sand and coral, lies 0.5 mile S than the latter and reddish in color. The village of Cumuraxati-
of Ponta Juacema. ba is a small settlement. A white church and the chimney of a
Recifes de Pitiacu, with depths of less than 0.6m, lie 1 to 2
3.19 factory can be seen from the sea.
miles ESE of Ponta Juricuara. There are depths of from 7 to 8m A chain of detached reefs extends S from Ponta Corumbau
3.21

between these reefs and the coast. for 8.5 miles and lie up to three miles offshore. Several of these
The channel between Recifes Pitiacu and Recife Juacema is
3.19 reefs dry, including Recifes Patachos, the southernmost of the
about 0.7 mile wide and has depths of 6.4m. chain. A shoal, with a depth of 7.3m, lies 11 miles SE of Ponta
Anchorage may be obtained close N of Ponta Itaquena, in a
3.19 Corumbau.
depth of 10m, good holding ground, but should not be attempt- Numerous shoals, with depths of less than 20m, lie up to 35
3.21

ed without local knowledge as there are reefs close off the miles offshore between Ponta Cumuruxatiba and Ponta Guarat-
point. ibas, 20 miles S. Vessels on passage off this coast are advised
The area W of Recife Juacema and Recifes Pitiacu is clear of
3.19 to keep in depths of over 30m.
dangers and affords good anchorage to small vessels. It is well Pilotage is available and vessels are boarded outside the
3.21

sheltered from all winds and access is easy. reefs. There is a small pier used by coastal vessels.
Temporary anchorage may be taken in good weather, about
3.19 Anchorage may be obtained by small vessels with local
3.21

0.7 mile SE of Ponta Juacema, in depths of from 9 to 10m, knowledge in a cove on the N side of Ponta Cumuruxatiba,
mud, with good holding ground. with the chain of reefs off the point. It offers good shelter even
During fresh winds a vessel should anchor W of Recifes Piti-
3.19 during fresh NE winds. The cove is entered through a break in
acu, passing either N or S of these reefs. the reefs with a depth of about 15m. The anchorage in its N
part has a depth of about 5m, and from about 2.5 to 3m in is S
3.20 Ponta de Corumbau (16°52'S., 39°07'W.) is low and part.
sandy, and covers to a great extent at HW. A light is shown A beacon stands close within the edge of the reef on the N
3.21

from the point. side of the entrance. Some of the shoals in the S part of the
To the N of the point the coast is low and covered with vege-
3.20 cove are marked by wooded perches.
tation as far as Barra do Graminua, 4.5 miles NW. Reefs and
shoals extend 2 miles from N of the point. 3.22 Barra do Prado (17°22'S., 39°13'W.) lies about 16

Pub. 124
94 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio

miles S of Ponta Cumuraxatiba at the mouth of the Rio Jucuru- side. There are also two piers at Ponta da Areia, 2 miles E of
cu. The bar has a dangerous approach even in good weather. Caravelas, both of which can accommodate vessels drawing up
Small boats navigate the river for a distance of 18 miles above to 2.6m. Local fishermen are used as pilots. The port has no
its mouth. The town of Prado stands near the coast within the commercial value and is used mainly by fishermen.
entrance to the river.
Anchorage may be taken with the town of Prado bearing
3.22
Arquipelago dos Abrolhos
234°, distant 2.3 miles, in depths of 8 to 10m, sand and mud.
This anchorage is sheltered from all winds except N, NE, or E. 3.24 Arquipelago dos Abrolhos (17°58'S., 38°42'W.), a
Barreiras do Prado, a series of uninterrupted conspicuous red
3.22 group of five islands of coral formation, lies 30 miles SE of
cliffs, begin 3 miles SSW of Ponta Cumuruxatiba and mark the Ponta da Baleia. The islands lie in about a 1.25 square mile ar-
coast for a distance of 9 miles to the S to within 2.5 miles of the ea and are mostly free of vegetation.
town of Prado. The cliffs are the best landmarks along this Ilha de Santa Barbara, the largest of the group, is 0.75 mile
3.24

stretch of the coast. A light is shown from a position on the long E and W, and about 0.1 mile wide. A lighthouse and two
coast about 11 miles S of Ponta Cumuraxatiba and 3 miles N of radio towers situated on the summit of the island make excel-
Prado. lent landmarks. The W part of the island is the larger and a
Recifes do Prado, about 0.7 miles in extent, lie about 4 miles
3.22 group of buildings are seen near its end. A coral reef, which
ESE of the church in Prado. These sand and coral dangers un- dries, extends 91m NW from the W end of the island. Ilha
cover at LW and depths of 10.9m surround the reefs about 0.5 Guarita lies 0.25 mile NNW of the E end of Ilha de Santa Bar-
mile off their outer edge. bara.
From Barra do Prado to Ponta Guaratibas, 4.5 miles SSE, the
3.22 Ilha Redonda and Ilha Siriba, which are linked by a drying
3.24

coast consists of a low beach, covered with vegetation of a uni- coral reef on which there is a narrow ridge of sand, lie W and
form height. SW of the W end of Ilha de Santa Barbara. Ilha Redonda has a
Recifes de Guaratibas (17°26'S., 39°08'W.), two drying
3.22 small group of coconut palms on a sand spit at the SE end of
reefs, lie on a bank with depths of less than 3m, 3.5 miles ENE the island. Ilha Siriba is high on its E end and then slopes down
of Ponta Guaratibas. A channel, with depths of over 5m, exists to a beach at its W end and is covered with palm trees.
between the bank and the coast, but should only be used with Ilha Sueste (17°59'S., 38°42'W.), 1 mile SSW of the E end
3.24

local knowledge. Recifes das Timbibas, an extensive group of of Ilha de Santa Barbara, is about 15m high with clumps of
drying reefs, lies 7 to 12.5 miles ESE of Ponta Guaratibas. trees near its center and is surrounded by a drying coral reef on
From Ponta Guaratibas to Barra de Alcobaca, 8 miles to the
3.22 which the sea usually breaks.
SE, the coast is covered with vegetation and is visible about 12 Arquipelago dos Abrolhos is surrounded by dangers and ma-
3.24

miles offshore. The only landmark is the town of Alcobaca, ny uncharted shoals exist in its vicinity. Extreme caution must
which is fairly prominent from offshore. A light is shown 2 be used when navigating in this area. The only approach to
miles N of the church in Alcobaca. these islands, which is comparatively clear of dangers, is from
Ponta da Baleia (17°41'S., 39°08'W.), lying 8.5 miles SSW
3.22 the SW.
of Barra de Alobaca, is the most salient point on this coast and Tidal currents are regular except when influenced by the
3.24

is covered with vegetation. Ponta da Baleia Light is situated force and direction of the wind with average rates of from 1 to
near the point. Caravelas Aero Light is situated 6.5 miles 1.5 knots. In the channel between the islands, they follow the
WNW of Ponta da Baleia. direction of the channel and attain a rate of 3 knots.
Between Ponta da Baleia and Ponta do Catoeiro, 12.5 miles
3.22 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 10 to 12m, sand
3.24

SW, the coast consists of a low beach backed by scattered co- and shells, with Abrolhos Light bearing about 042°, distance
conut palms. There are two prominent groups of palms SW of 0.4 mile. Vessels of light draft with local knowledge anchor N
the mouth of the Rio Caravelas. Ponta do Catoeiro is not easily of Santa Barbara during S winds, in depths of 10 to 12m, with
distinguished from seaward, but shows a light. the light bearing about 145°, distance about 0.6 mile. This an-
Parcel das Paredes (17°49'S., 38°57'W.), an extensive shoal
3.22 chorage is recommended only to small craft.
of coral and sand, parts of which are above-water, lies from 6.5
to 19 miles SE of Ponta da Baleia, its N extremity in Pedra 3.25 Parcel dos Abrolhos (17°59'S., 38°39'W.), a series of
Lixa. drying coral reefs, between which there are narrow shallow
The reef is an excellent fishing area, and also provides good
3.22 channels, lies about 3 miles E of the light on Ilha de Santa Bar-
shelter for fishing craft under the lee of its W side. The fisher- bara.
men mark the dangers and channels in this vicinity with perch- The reefs cover about 7 miles in a N to S direction and about
3.25

es. 3 miles E to W.
A number of other reefs are reported to surround Parcel das
3.22 A spit, with less than 10m, extends 12 miles NNW from the
3.25

Paredes. N extremity of the drying reefs and numerous detached shoals

The surrounding area is dangerous for navigation due to un-
3.22 with similar depths, extend up to 7 miles SE of the reefs and
charted shoals. A light is shown from Coroa Vermelha, a coral terminates in Recife Calafornia, a shoal with a depth of 5.9m,
reef which uncovers at LW, 16 miles SW of Parcel das Paredes. located 12 miles SE of Ilha de Santa Barbara Light.
A wreck lies in the middle part of Parcel dos Abrolhos. Ban-
3.25

3.23 Porto de Caravelas (17°44'S., 39°16'W.) lies 6 miles co Caladas, with a depth of 9.2m, lies about 15.5 miles NNE of
upstream from the mouth of the Rio Caravelas. There is a con- the wreck.
crete wharf in the port, 90m long, with a depth of 4m along- The limits of Parcel dos Abrolhos are not well defined and
3.25

Pub. 124
 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio 95

shoals are constantly being reported outside the charted limits. Santo (20°19'S., 40°16'W.) and has a minimum depth of 77m.
Vessels should pass at least 15 miles to the E of Ilha de Santa Depths of 38m and 37m lie 12 miles N and 20 miles SSW,
3.28

Barbara Light. respectively, of this bank. A depth of 2.4m has been reported
Fishing is extensively carried on in this area. Ships passing
3.25 (1994) to lie approximately 20 miles E of this bank.
SE of Parcel dos Abrolhos often encounter fishing fleets, Vitoria Bank is an extensive area, with depths of less than
3.28

which are comprised of one or two larger vessels tending nu- 183m, lying from 110 to 175 miles E of Baia de Espiritu Santo.
merous rowboats. At night the rowboats exhibit a torch on the It has a minimum depth of 33m located in position 20°40'S,
near approach of other ships. 37°43'W; shoals, with depths of 27m and 34m, lie 26 miles
Canal dos Abrolhos separates Arquipelago dos Abrolhos and
3.25 WNW and 2 miles, respectively, NE of Vitoria Bank.
Parcel dos Abrolhos from Parcel dos Paredes. The channel is Congress Bank, with a least reported depth of 37m, lies 32
3.28

about 10 miles wide, but there are numerous dangers. It was re- miles NE.
ported that a depth of only 5.5m could be carried through it. Montagu Bank, lying 200 miles E of Baia de Espiritu Santo,
3.28

The channel should only be used by ships with drafts under

3.25 has a minimum depth of 58m. An isolated shoal, with a depth
5m. Large ships should not navigate the channel without local of 53m, was reported to lie 15 miles ENE of Montagu Bank.
knowledge. Jaseur Bank has a minimum reported (1960) depth of 11m
3.28

and lies in position 20°30'S, 36°10'W. An isolated bank, with a

minimum depth of 30m, lies 20 miles ESE of the E extremity
of Jaseur Bank.
Davis Bank, with a least charted reported (1965) depth of
3.28

20m, lies 50 miles E of Jaseur Bank.

Dogaressa Bank, with known depths of 54m and 110m, lies
3.28

60 miles ESE of Davis Bank.

3.29 Ilha da Trindade (20°30'S., 29°20'W.), about 3 miles

long NW to SE and up to 2 miles wide, lies approximately 600
miles off the E coast of Brazil. The island is mountainous and
of volcanic origin.
Pico Desejado, the highest, rises to a height of about 600m
3.29

near the center of the island, and can be seen 40 miles away in
clear weather.
The island is fringed by several reefs and rocky ledges, on
3.29

which the sea breaks heavily.

These dangers extend up to 0.2 mile from the shore. There
3.29

3.25 Abrolhos Light are a few beaches on which landings are possible providing the
winds are favorable. Prevailing winds are E and NE
A light is occasionally shown from Ponta do Valado, about
3.29

Off-lying Islands and Banks 1.25 miles SE of the NW extremity of the island.
A lighted range, at the head of Ensenada dos Portugueses, on
3.29

3.26 The banks which extend into the S Atlantic from the E the NE side of the island, serves as a range for the anchorage in
coast of Brazil, between the parallels of 16°S and 21°S, form the bay.
two main groups. At the SE end of the island there is a natural tunnel which
3.29

The N group extends 220 miles E from the coast between

3.26
lies under the E slope of Morro do Paredao. When the sea is
Ponta Corumbau and Arquipelago dos Abrolhos, and the S calm, an islet can be seen by looking through the S entrance of
group, which terminates in Ilhas Martin Vaz, extends 660 miles the tunnel.
E from the coast in the vicinity of Baia de Espiritu Santo. Pico Monumento, a remarkable peak in the form of a slightly
3.29

Depths of over 1,000m approach the coast within 120 miles be- inclined cylinder, rises from the W coast of the island about 1
tween the two groups. mile SSW of Ponta Crista de Gallo, the N extremity of the is-
land.
3.27 North group.—Sulfer Bank lies 84 to 120 miles E of Anchorage.—The usual anchorage is in Enseada dos Portu-
3.29

Ponta Corumbau. Two seamounts, with their surrounding gueses where a small settlement is located. Due to the many
shoals, rise out of depths in excess of 2,000m. Banco Minerva, dangers to navigation, approach to the anchorage should be do-
with a least depth of 13m, is composed of coral tinted with sul- ne only during daylight hours.
fur. Banco Rodger, located ESE of Banco Minerva, has a least Vessels anchor on the range about 0.2 mile off the beach, in
3.29

depth of 44m, although a depth of 12m, existence doubtful, has depths of 16 to 17m. Smaller vessels can anchor, in 9m, on the
been reported on the bank. same range, about 0.1 mile from the beach.
Hotspur Bank (17°50'S., 35°55'W.) lies 160 miles E of Ar-
3.27
Vessels can anchor, in 49m, about 0.5 mile NNE of Ponta
3.29

quipelago dos Abrolhos and has a minimum depth of 23m. das Tartarugas (20°31'S., 29°18'W.).
Enseada do Principle affords anchorage off the S side of the
3.29

3.28 South group—Eclaireur Bank (Sylvia Bank) island, 0.2 mile W of Laje do Paredao, in a depth of 22m. Pedra
(20°19'S., 37°46'W.) lies 150 miles E of Baia de Espiritu do Meio, on which the sea breaks, lies near the middle of the

Pub. 124
96 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio

bay and should be given a wide berth. dries up to 0.75 mile offshore.
Anchoring, except for Brazilian naval vessels, is prohibited
3.29 Several detached drying sand banks, the outermost of which
3.31

within the 50m depth curve around Ilha da Trindade. is Coroa do Bagre, extend up to 1.5 miles ESE from the SW
Anchorage can be obtained in Enseada da Cachoeira, in
3.29 entrance point. A buoy marks the approach to the channel be-
31m, about 0.5 mile SSE of Ponta da Cachoeira. tween the sand banks and is moored 2.5 miles SE of the mouth
of the river. A pilot may be obtained at Caravelas.
3.30 Ilhas Martin Vaz (20°30'S., 28°51'W.) consists of The offshore tidal currents set N and S, with a velocity of 1.5
3.31

four small barren islands of volcanic origin lying about 26 knots. The ebb current, which sets to the S, is slightly stronger
miles E of Ilha da Trindade. due to the discharge of the Rio Peruipe.
Ilha Martin Vaz, the largest of the group, is rocky and steep
3.30 Between the entrance buoy and Pontal do Sul, the ebb cur-
3.31

rising to an irregular plateau with several peaks. rent sets to the W toward the dangers lying on the W side of the
The highest peak reaches an elevation of 175m and lies near
3.30 entrance and the flood current sets to the E toward Banco do
the NW end of the island. The shores of the island are strewn Cascalho.
with boulders and are usually surfbound. At spring tides, the velocities of the currents reach 4 to 5
3.31

Many years ago, a British party effected a landing on the W

3.30 knots.
side of the island about 0.1 mile from its N extremity. Anchorage may be obtained within the river mouth, 0.75
3.31

Ilha do Norte, 75m high, lies 0.2 mile NNW of the N end of
3.30 mile N of Pontal do Sul, in depths of about 6m.
Ilha Martin Vaz. A flat rock about 0.6m high lies off its S ex- Caution is necessary when approaching and entering the riv-
3.31

tremity and similar rocks extend S for nearly 137m. er. The winds have little or no effect on the tidal currents in the
Ilote Angulha is a flat circular rock, 60m high, lying 200m
3.30 entrance.
off the NW extremity of Ilha Martin Vaz. There is a sharp pin-
nacle at its S end. 3.32 The Rio Mucuri (18°06'S., 39°34'W.) lies about 15.5
Ilha do Sul is a rocky pinnacle, lying 1 mile S of Ilha Martin
3.30 miles SW of Barra de Nova Vicosa. The entrance to the river
Vaz. There is a depth of 35m, 0.75 mile NW of Ilha do Sul, the can easily be identified by a group of houses comprising the
bottom is rocky and visible, with depths decreasing gradually village of Mucuri, which stands on the N shore of the river's
toward the island. A submerged rock has been reported to lie 1 mouth. A large house with a yellow roof is prominent and is
mile SW of Ilha do Sul. visible for about 7 miles offshore.
Laje Valhalla, a flat-topped submerged rock with a probable
3.30 The bar at the mouth of the river has a reported depth of
3.32

depth of less than 4m, lies about 1.7 miles W of the N extremi- about 1m. Small craft can navigate the river for a distance of
ty of Ilha Martin Vaz. Depths of 9.1m have been reported close 105 miles.
off the rock. Anchorage is afforded 1 to 1.5 miles ESE of the bar, in
3.32

Anchorage can be taken, in 53m, sand, with the S end of Ilha

3.30 depths of 5.5 to 7m, sand, good holding ground.
Martin Vaz bearing 064°, distance 1.2 miles. The bottom, Barreira das Velhas, 10 to 14 miles SSW of the Rio Mucuri,
3.32

which was generally sandy, was found to shelve gradually NE are reddish cliffs about 30m high and conspicuous between the
toward the above-mentioned bank. adjacent sandy shores.
Ponta Lencois is 1 mile S of the cliffs and is named because
3.32

Ponta do Catoeiro to the Rio Doce of its white cliffs which resemble a row of white houses.

3.31 From Ponta do Catoeiro to Barra de Nova Vicosa, 4.5 3.33 The Rio Sao Mateus (18°37'S., 39°44'W.) is located
miles to the WSW, the coast has denser and more uniform veg- about 17 miles SSW of Ponta Lencois. The entrance to the riv-
etation than to the N of the point. The coast continues to have a er can be identified when approaching from the N by an isolat-
similar aspect as far as the mouth of the Rio Mucuri, 22 miles ed group of palms which have the appearance of an islet.
SW of Ponta do Catoeiro. When approaching from the E or S the large white sand
3.33

Barra de Nova Vicosa (17°54'S., 39°21'W.), 1 mile wide, is

3.31 dunes which mark the coast about 2 miles S of the river mouth
the mouth of the Rio Peruipe, which trends N for 1.5 miles aid in its identification.
from its mouth to its junction with the channel leading to the These dunes are observed before the houses in the village of
3.33

Rio Caravelas and then turns W. Corceicao da Barra, which is located on an islet on the N side
Vila de Nova Vicosa stands on the S bank of the Rio Peruipe,
3.31 of the river mouth.
3 miles above its mouth. The entrance of Nova Vicosa is sub- Access to the mouth of the river is dangerous because of the
3.33

ject to major changes. breakers, the fronting shoal, and the rough sea which often runs
Only mariners with extensive local knowledge should at-
3.31 there. The bar has a depth of 2.5m at high water springs. A
tempt sailing through it. light is shown close S of the village.
A conspicuous chimney stands in the town and is the best
3.31 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board seaward of the shoals
3.33

landmark as the coast is without any prominent features. Ap- off the mouth of the river.
proaching from the S the chimney is visible off the mouth of The town of Sao Mateus is located 12 miles above the mouth
3.33

the Rio Mucuri. of the river and can be reached by small craft. The town has a
Sand banks extend 2 miles SE from the mouth of the Rio Pe-
3.31 pier 25m long with depths of 3.6m at its head.
ruipe and between them is a channel by which vessels of up to Barra Seca (19°05'S., 39°43'W.) is located about 30 miles S
3.33

4m draft, and with local knowledge, can enter the river at HW. of Barra do Sao Mateus. A lighted platform and mooring buoys
Banco do Cascalho, extending from the NE entrance point, stand 4 miles E of Barra Seca.

Pub. 124
 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio 97

A submarine pipeline lies in a NW direction between the

3.33 11.6m, and a maximum beam of 35m.
platform and the coast. Navigation within 500m of the facilities Barro do Riacho Waterway Terminal lies on the NW side of
3.35

is prohibited. the harbor. The terminal handles petroleum products on both

the N and S berths. Each berth is 41m in length and are extend-
The Rio Doce ed to a berthing length of 250m by dolphins.
The barge basin is extends NW from the NW corner of the
3.35

3.34 The Rio Doce (19°38'S., 39°49'W.), whose mouth lies main basin and has a depth of about 6m.
64 miles S of the Rio San Mateus, is about 390 miles long and Aspect.—A power station, which gives a good radar re-
3.35

navigated by shallow draft vessels as far as Cidade de Colati- sponse and has been identified visually from distances of up to
na (19°32'S., 40°37'W.), 62 miles above its mouth. Small craft 20 miles, is located 2 miles SW of the river mouth.
can navigate an extra 63 miles to Vila de Figueira. Portocel sits along the sandy shore and is comprised of two
3.35

The mouth of the river can be identified by its breakers and

3.34 adjoining basins protected by N and S breakwaters. The ap-
by three small hills rising a few miles to the NW of it. A con- proach is made from the E by a marked access channel which
spicuous building stands about 3 miles N of the mouth. At enters between the N and S breakwaters. A light is shown close
times the approach to the river is indicated by large areas of NW of the entrance and at the head of each breakwater.
reddish-colored river water. A light is shown near the W en- Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.
3.35

trance point of the river. Pilots are requested from Vitoria-Tubarao and board vessels
Sand banks and shoals, which dry in places, front the mouth
3.34 about 1 mile E of the harbor entrance.
of the river and extend 3 miles SE from the E entrance point; Regulations.—A minimum of two tugs are required for all
3.35

they are continually shifting. There are heavy breakers over vessel movements.
these dangers.
The sea breaks up to 2 miles seaward of them, especially
3.34
Portocel—Anchorages
during SE and SW winds.
Lagoa Parda Terminal (Regencia Terminal) (19°41'S.,
3.34
Anchorage Position Remarks
39°50'W.) consists of a submarine pipeline extending 2 miles No. 1 19°49'S, 39°58'W —
from the coast 1.5 miles WSW of Rio Doce Light. The seaward
No. 2 19°51'S, 39°58'W —
end of the pipeline is equipped with a CBM and a special light-
ed buoy. The terminal can handle a vessel with a maximum; loa Reserved for vessels
of 200m, a maximum beam of 30m and a maximum draft of with authorization
13m. No. 3 19°49'S, 40°01'W and/or awaiting na-
The mooring buoys can accommodate tankers up to 30,000
3.34 val, law enforcement,
gt and a maximum draft of 13m. or health inspections.
The terminal should be contacted on either 4125 kHz or
Reserved for ships
3.34

VHF channel 16 when about 40 miles from the terminal. The

awaiting to berth at
mooring master boards about 1 mile SE of the berth. No. 4 19°52'S, 39°59'W
the shipyard termi-
The Rio Doce can be entered by small craft with local
3.34

nal(s).
knowledge drawing less than 1.5m.
The most favorable conditions for entering are during N
3.34

winds, as the entrance is difficult with winds from other direc- Terminal restrictions are given in the accompanying table ti-
3.35

tions. tled Portocel—Restrictions.

Small vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor within the
3.34

mouth of the river off Vila de Regencia, in a depth of 3.7m, but Portocel—Restrictions
should moor head and stern as the swinging room is restricted Maximum length 213m
Vessels may anchor to the S of the terminal in the designated
3.34

anchorage centered on position 19°41'S, 39°50'W. Maximum arrival draft 11.2m

Maximum departure draft 11.2m plus height of tide.
3.35 Portocel (Barra do Riacho) (Terminal da Aracruz)
(19°51'S., 40°03'W.) is situated near the mouth of the Rio Ria-
cho, about 17 miles SW of Rio Doce Light. The port is used for Contact Information.—See the table titled Portocel—Con-
3.35

the export of cellulose from the nearby Aracruz Plant, which is tact Information.
prominent from seaward. There is no cargo-handling equip-
ment beyond vehicles; ships must load/offload cargo with their Portocel—Contact Information
own cranes or other equipment. Port Authority
Depths—Limitations.—The access channel is approxi-
3.35

mately 650m long and 159m wide, measured from its outer VHF VHF channel 16
reaches to the pier within the basin. The channel has a depth of Telephone 55-27-3270-4422
approximately 12m. The main basin is about 460m in diameter
Facsimile 55-27-3270-4433
with a depth of about 11.8m. The cargo quay is 700m in length
and located on the N side of the harbor. The quay can handle E-mail [email protected]
vessels with a maximum loa of 214m, a maximum draft of

Pub. 124
98 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio

Portocel—Contact Information the area with caution and consult the shipyard authorities for
the latest information.
Web site http://www.portocel.com.br
3.37 From the mouth of the Rio Riacho to Baia do Espiri-
Anchorage.—Numerous anchorages are available; see the
3.35
to Santo (20°18'S., 40°16'W.), a distance of 29 miles, the coast
table titled Portocel—Anchorages for detailed information. trends SW and then SSW toward the bay.
Caution.—A submarine discharge pipeline extends seaward
3.35
The sandy shore becomes higher and is broken by numerous
3.37

for 0.6 mile from the elbow of the S breakwater. Anchoring is small reddish cliffs. Reefs extend about 1 mile offshore in
prohibited near this pipeline and S of the S breakwater. places.
Construction and dredging work is ongoing at Portocel and
3.35
Serra dos Aimores, a mountain range, backs and roughly
3.37

its vicinity. Mariners are advised to navigate the area with cau- parallels this stretch of coast. The first summits of the range,
tion and consult the port authorities for the latest information. visible from seaward, have the appearance of a series of small,
conical, and slightly flattened hills.
3.36 EJA Shipyard (19°52'S., 40°03'W.), located about 1 Serra do Cavalo (19°54'S., 40°21'W, with.) a wavy summit
3.37

mile SW of Portocel, is a full-service shipyard operated by Ju- with three peaks, is located 34 miles WSW of the mouth of the
rong of Singapore. The shipyard primarily serves the offshore Rio Doce. Morro do Feijao, a moderately-high mountain with
oil and gas industry. It has the largest crane in Latin America, remarkable reddish cliffs on its summit, is located about 16
with a lifting capacity of 3,600 tons. miles NNW of Serra do Cavalo.
Aspect.—The shipyard sits along the sandy coast and is
3.36
Monte Mestre Alvares (20°10'S., 40°19'W.) lies about 16
thoroughly protected by two breakwaters. A collection of large miles S of Serra do Cavalo and 9 miles NNW of Baia do
white warehouses with turquoise roofing are in the SW corner Espirito Santo. Isolated and densely wooded, it is visible for
of the yard. The channel is marked by lighted port and star- nearly 60 miles and is the most conspicuous peak on this part
board navigational aids and enters the port basin from the NE, of the coast.
between the two breakwaters. A light is shown on the E tip of Barra de Santa Cruz (19°57'S., 40°08'W.), 24 miles SW of
3.37

the N breakwater. the mouth of the Rio Doce, is the common mouth of the Rio
Contact Information.—See the table titled EJA Ship-
3.36 Piraque-Acu and the Rio Piraque-Mirim, which unite 1.5 miles
yard—Contact Information. to the W.
It can be identified by the adjacent mountains and by Vila de
3.37

EJA Shipyard—Contact Information Santa Cruz, which stands on the S side of the river entrance,
but is only visible from NE. A school building stands on the N
Port side of the river entrance. Pontal de Tacipeba, the N entrance
55-27-3270-6900 point of the river, is low and sandy.
Telephone 55-27-3370-6900 Ponta de Santa Cruz, the S entrance point, is prominent
3.37

because of its wooded cliffs. A dangerous submerged reef

55-27-2237-6900 extends 1.5 miles from the latter point. There are reefs and
Web site http://www.jurong.com.br shifting sand banks with the river mouth.
Anchorage can be obtained off Vila de Santa Cruz, in depths
3.37

of from 6 to 8m, with good shelter from wind and swell. The
Anchorage.—Numerous anchorages are available. See the
3.36

entrance to the river is dangerous and should not be attempted

table titled Portocel—Anchorages for detailed information. without local knowledge.
Caution.—Construction and dredging work is ongoing at
3.36

EJA Shipyard and its vicinity. Mariners are advised to navigate

3.37 EJA Shipyard

Pub. 124
 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio 99

3.38 Barra do Almeida (20°03'S., 40°11'W.), the entrance Ponta do Tubarao, the NE entrance point, and Ponta de Santa
of the Rio Reis Magos, lies between Ponta dos Frecheiros and Luzia, the SE entrance point.
Ponta Capuba, 2 miles to the SSW. A light is shown from Ponta de Santa Luzia. Morro Moreno
3.39

Ponta Capuba can be easily identified by its red cliffs and in

3.38 is 197m high and stands about 0.5 mile W of Ponta de Santa
the city of Nova Almeida, there is an old convent with a visible Luzia Light.
church. The bay contains the ports of Vitoria and Tubarao, together
3.39

The village of Nova Almeida is situated on the S bank of the

3.38 with Praia Mole, a new port developed on reclaimed land S of
mouth of the river. Small craft navigate the river for up to 18 Tubarao.
miles from the mouth. The N part of the bay is shallow and a mass of breakers
3.39

Shoals completely obstruct the mouth of the river which can

3.38 during SE winds.
be approached only by small craft at HW. Two islands, Ilha do Boi and Ilha do Frade, and several small
3.39

islets lie in the SW part of the bay, N of the entrance of the es-
tuary which leads to the port of Vitoria.
The W shore of the S side of the bay is formed by Ilha do Es-
3.39

piritu Santo, a large island separated from the mainland by the

Rio de Passagem, a narrow shallow channel which is the small-
er outlet from a lagoon formed by the Rio de Santa Maria to
the W of the island.
The main outlet from the lagoon is Estuario de Santa Maria,
3.39

a channel which passes S of the island and forms the harbor of

Vitoria. The Rio de Santa Marie is navigable for nearly 33
miles to Cidade de Cachoeira de Santa Leopolinha.
The S part of the bay, near the approach channel to Vitoria,
3.39

contains a number of reefs and rocks which are marked by bea-

cons and buoys and can be seen on the chart.
There is a mandatory Ship Reporting System for the ports of
3.39

Vitoria and Tubarao. Information on this system may be found

in paragraph 3.40 in Vitoria—Regulations.

Vitoria (20°19'S., 40°20'W.)

World Port Index No. 12850

3.40 The port of Vitoria is approached through the estuary

of the Rio Santa Maria, 4 miles long, which is entered between
Ponta do Tagano and Ilha do Boi, 0.5 mile NNW.
The channel passes between Ilha do Espiritu Santo and the
3.40

mainland, both of which have a number of off-lying islets.

Hills rise from both sides of the channel.
Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are from the SE.
3.40

The port area is protected from all winds.

Tides—Currents.—The tidal range at springs is 1.4m and
3.40

3.38 Santa Luzia Light the range at neaps is 0.6m. The maximum draft is 11m at HW
and 9.7m at LW.
Barra do Rio Jacareipe lies about 6 miles S of Barra do
3.38
The velocity of the tidal current varies from 2 to 3 knots, but
3.40

Almeida. The white houses in the town of Jacareipe, situated at times it reaches 5 knots. Abreast the port, the tidal currents
on the S bank of the river mouth, stand out against the dark were observed to have a velocity of 4 knots at springs. About
wooded hill on which they are built. 0.2 mile E of Pedras das Argolas the ebb current sets NE to-
Baixo do Carapebus (20°15'S., 40°10'W.) is a rocky shoal
3.38
ward the wharf and the flood current sets WSW.
with a reported (1991) depth of 4.5m. Depths—Limitations.—All sailing is to take place on a ris-
3.40

ing tide. Vessels up to 205m long can enter the port day or
Baia do Espirito Santo night, although for vessels between 182m and 205m long, tugs
are required. Vessels from 205m to 242m long can enter the
3.39 Baia do Espirito Santo (20°18'S., 40°16'W.) indents port during daylight hours only, weather permitting.
the coast to a distance of 2.5 miles to the W and NW.
The entrance to the bay is about 2.5 miles wide between
3.39

Vessels of over 200m long must be assisted by three tugs,

3.40 The maximum draft for the port is 10.5m at HW and 9.7m at
3.40

two of which must be at least 1,000 horsepower and the other LW. The maximum speed in the channel is 5 knots. Vessels
of at least 400 horsepower. may only leave port on the flood tide.

Pub. 124
100 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio

3.39 Entrance to Vitoria

Vitoria—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Commercial Quay
101 229m 7.7m 200m — 32.2m General cargo. Continuous berthing length of
102 229m 7.0m 212.5m — 32.2m 458m.
Technip Terminal
Flexibras Dol-
145m 6.71m 145m — — Closed.
phin Berth
Terminal de Vila Velha
203 223m 11.0m 240.7m — 32.2m General cargo. Continuous berthing length of
204 224m 11.2m 238.8m — 32.2m 447m.
Capuaba Wharf
201 205m 10.7m 199.2m 10.4m 32.2m General cargo. Continuous berthing length of
202 202m 10.1m 230.9m 9.3m 32.4m 407m.
Paul’s Wharf
206 260m 10.1m 232.3m 9.7m 32.2m Containers and breakbulk.
905 160m 10.4m 242m 10.1m 32.2m Multipurpose.
Prysmian Group Terminal

Pub. 124
 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio 101

Vitoria—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Main Wharf 156m — 146m — 18.5m Heavy lift and project cargo.
CPVV Terminal
CPVV Jetty 205m 10.5m — 9.1m — Berthing length of 285m (including dolphins).
Nascon—Vitoria Terminal
Atalaia Dol- Closed. Berthing length of 130m (including
— 9.7m 180m — —
phins dolphins).
Sao Torquato Liquid Bulk Terminal
Closed. Berthing length of 66m (including dol-
902m 20m 6.9m 145m 6.1m —
phins).

The access channel, 3.5 miles long, is only 120m wide,

3.40 from the S:
except abreast Ilha das Bombas, where it is only 75m wide. 1. Ihla Escalvada, with its lighthouse.
Overhead cables, with vertical clearances of 56m, span the
3.40 2. To the NW, the city of Guarapari, with its many build-
river at two points. A bridge, with a vertical clearance of 58m, ings.
crosses the river 0.5 mile W of Ponta do Tagano. For further 3. To the N, in the interior, several mountains.
information refer to table titled Vitoria—Berth Information. 4. The coves of Guarapari and Perocao.
Aspect.—The following landmarks are visible to the mariner
3.40 Morro Moreno, 194m high, an excellent mark for identifying
3.40

coming from the N: the entrance to the bay, rises 0.5 mile W of Ponta de Santa Ou-
1. The mountains located on the N of Baia do Espirito zia.
Santo, visible at a great distance, among which Mestre Alva- Morro da Penha, 155m high, on the summit of which there is
3.40

res stands out. a ruined convent which is marked by a red obstruction light, is
2. Closer to the bay appear the mountains of Frade surmounted by an illuminated cross, which is floodlit from
Leopardo, Moreno and Penha, the latter with the convent of 2000 until 2300, 1.25 miles WSW of Ponta de Santa Luzia. An
Our Lady of Penha on its summit. old fort stands 0.3 mile N.
3. Ponta do Tubarao, along with the installations of the
terminals of Praia Mole and Tubarao, where there is a reser- Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 200 gt
3.40

voir and a chimney very visible. and is available 24 hours. The approximate time of arrival
4. Ponta do Santa Luzia with its lighthouse. should be sent to the pilot office at least 1 hour in advance. The
5. Ilha dos Pacotes with its beacon. pilot station is located on Ilha dos Praticos, close E of Ponta do
When approaching the bar the mariner should navigate out-
3.40 Tagano. Pilots board in position 20°21.6'S, 40°14.1'W. Pilot
side the 20m contour. contact information can be found in the table titled, Vitoria—
The following landmarks are visible to the mariner coming
3.40 Contact Information.

Tubarao—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Terminal de Productos Diversos (TPD)
Grain. Vessels with an loa over 242m must berth
TPD 3 190m 16.0m 240m 15.0m 39.0m
port side-to.
TPD 4 230m 12.5m 230m 12.0m 35.0m General cargo.
Terminal Portuario de Minerio de Ferro de Tubarao
Pier 1 N 390m 18.0m 300m 17.0m 50.0m Iron ore.
Pier 1 S 390m 17.0m 260m 16.0m 43.0m Iron ore and steel products.
Iron ore. Berthing length of 540m (including dol-
Pier 2 210m 24.0m 362m 23.3m 65.0m
phins).
Terminal de Graneis Liquido (TGL)

Pub. 124
102 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio

Tubarao—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Petroleum products. Berthing length of 124m (in-
TGL 5 18m 12.5m 177m 11.35m 29.0m
cluding dolphins).

3.40 Vitoria
5. Type of vessel.
6. Anchorage or berth (inbound vessels) or estimated
date of arrival at destination (outbound vessels).
7. Estimated date of departure and cruising speed (out-
bound vessels).
Vessels changing berth or anchorage must report the follow-
3.40

ing information:
1. Vessel name.
2. International call sign.
3.40 Isla Escalvada Light 3. Previous position.
4. Present position.
Regulations.—A vessel reporting system, which is
3.40
All communications must be made in Portuguese or English.
3.40

mandatory, is in operation in Vitoria and Tubarao. Vessels must All times are given in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). For-
report to Control Post (call sign: PWG 77), as follows: eign vessels should utilize the pilot to aid in providing the in-
1. Inbound vessels—When crossing a line between formation to Control Post.
Santa Luzia Light and the Praia Mole. If communications cannot be established with Control Post,
3.40

2. When anchoring. the vessel should contact the Harbor master of Vitoria-Tubarao
3. When leaving an anchorage. by the quickest and most convenient means possible, with the
4. When changing the berth. following information:
5. Outbound vessels—Immediately before leaving the 1. Vessel’s name.
berth. 2. Date and time of event.
The report must include the following information:
3.40
3. Reason why communication has not been made.
1. Vessel name. Contact Information.—See the table titled Vitoria—Con-
3.40

2. International call sign. tact Information.

3. Flag.
4. Port of origin (inbound vessels) or port of destination Vitoria—Contact Information
(outbound vessels). Port

Pub. 124
 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio 103

Vitoria—Contact Information largest iron ore port in the world, with an annual export of 80
million tons.
VHF VHF channel 16 Tides—Currents.—The characteristic semi-diurnal tide
3.41

Telephone 55-27-3132-7353 predominates in the port and since it is an artificial port and
relatively open, there are no appreciable currents to be noted.
Web site http://www.portodevitoria.com.br Depths—Limitations.—The channel to the buoyed ap-
3.41

Pilots proach channel to the port lies about 1.5 miles ESE of Ponta de
Santa Luzia. The channel is 2 miles long, with a width of
VHF VHF channels 10, 12, 13, 14, and 16
280m, and is dredged to a depth of about 25m.
Telephone 55-27-3200-3898 The maneuvering area for berthing and unberthing has a
3.41

width of 150m along the length of the quay. The maneuvering

Facsimile 55-27-3224-3866
basin has a diameter of 500m and a depth of 17m.
E-mail [email protected] The port consists of a breakwater, with a tanker berth on its
3.41

inner side, and two ore loading piers, 0.1 mile and 0.3 mile, re-
spectively, NW of, and parallel to it.
Silting was reported between the smaller ore berth and the
3.41

tanker pier.
The SE breakwater has been extended about 0.2 mile to the
3.41

WSW.
Praia Mole, comprising a coal and steel terminal, is
3.41

approached through a dredged channel which had a reported

limiting draft of 14m. The coal terminal, lying on the S side of
the harbor immediately N of the jetty.
The steel products terminal, lying on the N side of the termi-
3.41

nal, fronts an area used for handling and storage located on re-
claimed land just S of Ponta do Tubarao. The quay, which is
638m long.
Lights are shown from the head of each breakwater and from
3.41

the elbow of the SE breakwater. For berthing information see

the table titled Tubarao—Berth Information.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 200 gt
3.41

and available 24 hours. Pilots board about 0.5 mile SSE of the
entrance buoys in position 20°20.0'S, 40°14.2'W.
Regulations.—A mandatory vessel reporting system is in
3.41

3.40 Tubarao operation in Vitoria and Tubarao. For further information, see
paragraph 3.39 in Vitoria—Regulations.
Anchorage.—Vessels bound for the port of Vitoria and
3.40 Contact Information.—For detailed contact information,
3.41

awaiting a pilot anchor in Anchorage No. 1, about 1 mile ESE see the table titled Vitoria—Contact Information.
of Ponta de Santa Luzia, in a depth of about 20m. Vessels Anchorage.—See anchorages listed under Vitoria in para-
3.41

bound for the Praia Mole terminals in Porto de Tubarao anchor graph 3.39.
in Anchorage No. 2, centered 5 miles E of Ponta de Santa Caution.—A moderate speed is reported to affect the berths
3.41

Luzia, in depths of 18 to 34m. Vessels bound for the iron ore at Praia Mole. Depths in the approach channel and harbor are
terminal in Porto de Tubarao anchor in Anchorage No. 3, subject to silting and may be less than reported.
centered 6.5 miles SE of Ponta de Santa Luzia, in depths of 30
to 35m. Vessels requiring inspection by the naval, health, Vitoria to Cabo de Sao Tome
police, or maritime authorities anchor in Anchorage No. 4,
centered 2.5 miles ENE of Ponta de Santa Luzia, in depths of 3.42 The coast between Ponta de Santa Luzia and Cabo de
20 to 28m. Sao Tome, 110 miles to the SW, is backed by mountainous
Within the port of Vitoria, anchorage may be obtained
3.40 country containing peaks which rise to heights of over 900m
between Recife de Sao Joao and Pedras dos Argolas, in depths within 25 miles of the sea, and are remarkable for their pyrami-
of 6 to 11m, mud. This anchorage is restricted to a width of dal shape. These mountains are prominent in clear weather, but
about 0.1 mile. are frequently obscured as the low land between them and the
coast is often covered with fog or haze. They are usually most
Tubarao (20°17'S., 40°15'W.) clearly seen about sunrise.
Ilha dos Pacotes (20°21'S., 40°15'W.), a small low island
3.42

World Port Index No. 12855 bare of vegetation, from which a light is shown, lies nearly 2
miles SSE of Ponta de Santa Luzia. A reef, part of which
3.41 The port of Tubarao is located on the W side of the S uncovers, extends about 0.3 mile SW of the island. Breakers
extremity of Ponta do Tubarao, the NE entrance point of the mark this danger.
Baia do Espirito Santo. The port of Tubarao has become the

Pub. 124
104 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio

Ilha das Garcas, an islet, lies about 0.7 mile offshore and 3
3.42

miles SW of Ilha dos Pacotes. A small islet lies close on its SW

side.

3.42 Ilhas Rasas Light

3.43 The Rio Guarapari (20°40'S., 40°30'W.) empties in-

3.42 Praia Mole to the SW part of Enseada de Guarapari and can easily be iden-
tified by its S entrance point which rises to a 21m hillock with
Ilhas Jucu (20°25'S., 40°19'W.), several small islets close
3.42
a reddish cliff; this cliff is the first of its kind sighted when pro-
together, lie about 0.5 mile ENE of Ponta Jucu. The islets are ceeding from N. A conspicuous church stands on the summit
always visible above water. The Rio Jucu enters the sea on the of the hillock.
N side of Ponta Jucu and the village of Jucu stands on the S The town of Guarapari stands on the S bank of the river near
3.43

bank of the river near the point. A conspicuous white water its mouth, but is of little importance. The village of Muquicaba
tower stands 1.25 miles WSW of Punta Jucu. stands on the N bank opposite the town.
Ponta da Fruta lies about 6 miles SSW of Ponta da Jucu and
3.42
Vessels with local knowledge can anchor in the W part of
3.43

is identified by a conspicuous white church, which stands on a Enseada de Guarapari, close E and on the N side of the river
hillock above the point. Between Ponta Jucu and Ponta da Fru- mouth, or 0.5 mile E of the church above the S entrance point.
ta, reefs extend up to 1 mile off the coast. These berths have depths of from 9 to 10m, mud, and are shel-
Laje Canopus, an islet, lies about 0.3 mile SSE of Ponta da
3.42
tered from N winds.
Fruta and sunken rocks, over which the sea breaks, lie about Vessels drawing up to 4.5m can cross the bar at HWS and
3.43

0.3 mile SSW of the islet. anchor off the town, in depths of 6.5 to 7.7m. Swinging space
Baixo do Una (20°33'S., 40°21'W.), a rocky shoal with a
3.42
is restricted, so vessels must moor head and stern.
depth of 5.8m, lies about 2 miles SSE of Punta da Fruta. The Within the river mouth, a wharf about 76m long has a depth
3.43

sea occasionally breaks over this shoal. Another rocky shoal, of less than 10m alongside. Private individual pilotage service
with a depth of 8.4m, lies about 2.5 miles S of the point. is available.
Ponta da Setiba (20°39'S., 40°26'W.), about 8 miles SSW
3.42
From the Rio Guarapari to Ponta dos Castelhanos, about 13
3.43

of Ponta do Fruta, is marked by a 64m high hill, with sparse miles to the SW, the coast consists alternately of small beaches
vegetation on its upper side. and red cliffs. The cliffs are visible for about 10 miles.
Tres Ilhas, a group of three islands, lie about 2 miles offshore
3.42
Morro Urubu, 3.5 miles from the coast, is the most promi-
3.43

in a position 3.5 miles ENE of Ponta de Setiba. The islands and nent hill and a good landmark.
other islets of less importance comprise an archipelago. A The only settlements on this part of the coast is the village of
3.43

channel about 1 mile wide lies between the coast and the archi- Meaipe, about 4.5 miles SSW of Guarapari, and the small vil-
pelago. lage of Ubu, about 3 miles NE of Ponta dos Castelhanos.
Ilhas Rasas (20°41'S., 40°22'W.) lie about 4.5 miles SE of
3.42
Between Guarapari and Ponta dos Castelhanos, reefs and
3.43

Ponta de Setiba and consist of two rocky islets with a height of sunken rocks lie and extend as far as 1 mile offshore. Depths of
2m. Submerged rocks lie as far as 0.3 mile SE of the islets. less than 20m lie as far as 11 miles ENE, 10 miles E, and 13.5
Ilha Escalvada, a sandy islet, lies 2.5 miles WSW of Ilhas
3.42
miles ESE, respectively, of Ponta dos Castelhanos.
Rasas and shows a light. The islet is visible for a distance of 7
miles. 3.44 Ponta do Ubu Ore Terminal (20°47'S., 40°35'W.) is
Ships should avoid passing between Ilhas Rasas and Ilha Es-
3.42
located about 9 miles SW of the mouth of the Rio Guarapari.
calvada due to a wreck at a depth of 13.7m. A rock, with a When approaching the terminal, the main characteristics points
depth of 9.2m, lies 4.5 miles WSW of the islet and 2 miles off- are Escalvada Island, the mounts of Sela Grande and Urubu,
shore. and the lighthouses on Ponta do Ubu and Ponta dos Castelha-
Caution.—Wreck reported (2023) 1.4 miles NNE from
3.42
no.
Ponta da Fruta. Depths—Limitations.—The terminal consists of a break-
3.44

Pub. 124
 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio 105

water extending about 0.4 mile E and then 0.2 mile NNE from nage carried, and deballasting time.
the shore. A jetty, 313m long, projects NNE from the breakwa- d. 24 hours, with details of inert system.
ter, parallel to, and 183m inshore of its outer leg. Contact Information.—Ponta do Ubu terminal can be con-
3.44

tacted, as follows:

Ponta do Ubu—Contact Information

VHF VHF channels 13 and 16
Telephone 55-27-3361-9330
Facsimile 55-27-3361-9474
E-mail [email protected]

Anchorage.—There are four designated anchorages, as fol-

3.44

lows:
3.44 Ponta do Ubu Ore Terminal 1. Anchorage A (20°46.5'S., 40°32.7'W.)—Depths of 20
to 26m; for vessels awaiting a pilot, health inspectors, or the
Ponta Uba Ore Terminal is an iron ore facility with two
3.44
maritime police.
berths, as follows: 2. Anchorage B (20°46'S., 40°31.7'W.)—Depths of 23
1. West Berth—Has a length of 308m with a depth of to 26m; for platforms, special vessels, and vessels under re-
18.2m alongside. The berth can accommodate vessels with a pair.
maximum loa of 241m, a maximum draft of 16.8m, and a 3. Anchorage C (20°47'S., 40°32.7'W.)—Depths of 25
maximum beam of 59m. to 27m; for warships and submarines.
2. East Berth—Has a length of 240m with a depth of 4. Anchorage D (20°48'S., 40°29'W.)—Depths of 17 to
15.2m alongside. The berth can accommodate vessels with a 25m; for vessels carrying inflammables, dangerous cargoes,
maximum loa of 241m, a maximum draft of 13.0m, and a or explosives.
maximum beam of 33m. Vessels should also request anchoring, berthing, and cargo-
3.44

The jetty is approached through a channel about 0.1 mile

3.44
loading instructions 4 hours in advance or when within VHF
wide. The channel is maintained at a depth of 18m. Range range.
lights, in line bearing 270°, lead through the center of the Caution.—Foul ground reported (2023), best seen on chart,
3.44

dredged channel. Silting has been reported on the S side of the lies 3 miles to the E of Punta do Ubu.
channel and NNE of the pier head.
A light is shown from a white pyramidal tower standing on
3.44
3.45 Baia de Benevente (20°53'S., 40°42'W.) is an inden-
the shore 0.5 mile N of the root of the breakwater. A conspicu- tation in the coast between Ponta dos Castelhanos and Ilha do
ous radio mast stands about 0.8 mile N of the root of the break- Frances, which lies about 8.7 miles SW of the point. The N
water. Lights are shown from the head of the breakwater and part of the bay indents the coast for about 2 miles and the Rio
the head of the jetty. Benevente empties into the N part of the bay.
A reef, about 0.2 mile in extent, with depths of less than 2m,
3.44
The town of Anchieta stands on the E bank of the river near
3.45

lies with its center 0.5 mile SSE of the elbow of the breakwater. its mouth. The town church is a prominent landmark.
Patches, with depths of 9.7m, lie 0.75 mile SE and ESE of the Depths in the bay range from 5.5 to 9.1m. Depths of less
3.45

elbow of the breakwater. Barra de Maimba, with a least depth than 20.1m lie as far as 18.5 miles E of Ilha do Frances.
of 5.4m, lies 0.8 mile NNE of the breakwater. Baixo da Tiagem, a dangerous rocky shelf which dries in
3.45

The West Berth can accommodate vessels up to 308m in

3.44
places, extends 1.25 miles from Ponta dos Castelhanos. Baixo
length with a draft of 16.8m plus the height of the tide. The Grande, a rock with a least depth of 0.9m, lies 2.5 miles SW.
East Berth can accommodate vessels up to 240m in length with The passage between this danger and Baixo da Tiagem has a
a draft of 13m plus the height of the tide. depth of 4m, but should not be used without local knowledge.
The cargo-handling equipment on both sides of the jetty lim-
3.44
The bar at the mouth of the river breaks with strong S winds
3.45

its a vessel’s vertical clearance to 18.5m. and has a depth of 1.3m at LWS. The river is navigable by
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available during
3.44
small craft with local knowledge for about 13 miles.
daylight hours only. Pilots are provided from Vitoria-Tubarao. Anchorage may be obtained in the bay, in depths of 9 to
3.45

Vessels wait for the pilot in the anchorage area. Pilots board 15m, sand and mud bottom. Vessels are cautioned to keep clear
about 0.7 mile NE of the entrance to the dredged channel in vi- of a dangerous wreck 3.5 miles WSW of Ponta dos Castleha-
cinity of 20°46’S, 40°33’W. nos.
Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA in advance, as
3.44
Morro Aga, Ilha do Frances Light, and the church at Anchie-
3.45

follows: ta are good landmarks for clearing the dangers in the approach
a. 15 days, or when leaving the previous port, if later. to the anchorage.
b. 5 days, with cargo tonnage required and whether ves- Ships approaching from the NE should pass S of Baixo
3.45

sel is an ore/bulk/oil carrier or an ore/oil carrier. Grande.

c. 72 hours and 48 hours, with arrival draft, ballast ton- The Rio Piuma discharges about 4.5 miles SW of the mouth
3.45

Pub. 124
106 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio

of the Rio Benevente and can only be navigated by small boats. as 4.5 miles offshore. Depths of less than 20m lie as far as 25
Ilhotas de Piuma, a group of three islets, lies close off the en-
3.45 miles E of the mouth of the Rio Paraiba do Sul.
trance to the river.
The village of Piuma stands on the S bank of the mouth of
3.45 3.48 The Rio Paraiba do Sul (21°37'S., 41°01'W.), about
the river. A sheltered anchorage for small craft lies about 0.2 467 miles long, empties by way of three channels at its mouth.
mile W of the southernmost of Ilhotas de Piuma. Ilha do Lima and Ilha da Convivencia lie in the mouth of the
3.48

Ilha do Frances (20°55'S., 40°45'W.), from which a light is

3.45 river.
shown, lies nearly 2 miles offshore. The island is connected to Gargau Channel, the northernmost channel, lies between the
3.48

the shore by a tongue-shaped sand bank which has depths of W side of Ilha do Lima and the mainland. It is accessible from
less than 3m. the S part of Saco de Gargau and is navigable by small craft.
Anchorage may be obtained with Ilha do Frances Light bear-
3.45 The middle channel, between Ilha do Lima and Ilha da Con-
3.48

ing 200°, distant 1.25 miles, in a depth of 9m. vivencia, follows a winding course in the midst of islets and
A conspicuous water tower stands 2.5 miles WNW of Ilha do
3.45 shoals. Small boats navigate this channel when prohibited from
Frances. using the principal entrance.
The main channel has a width of 0.2 mile between the S ex-
3.48

3.46 Ilha Branca (21°00'S., 40°47'W.), from which a light tremity of Ilha da Convivencia and the mainland coast. The
is shown, lies about 1 mile E of the mouth of the Rio main channel, which leads across the bar, is narrowed by sand
Itapemirim. Rocks, which uncover, lie close to the NE and SW banks; the position of the bar is subject to change.
points of the island. There is no interest to ocean navigation and its bar can only
3.48

3.46The town of Itapemirim stands on the S bank of the river, be approached by small vessels with through knowledge of the
about 3 miles within the entrance. area. The bar should not be attempted without local knowl-
The position of the bar is subject to change. Depth over the
3.46 edge. Bar signals are displayed from a mast on the S side of the
bar was reported to be about 1m at HW. A pilot is available up- river entrance. The bar has depths of 2.2 to 2.4m at HWS.
on request by radio. The town of Itapemirim has a small pier, The town of Sao Joao da Barra stands on the S bank, about
3.48

with depths of 1 to 2m alongside. 2.5 within its entrance. A light is shown from the S entrance.
The mouth of the Rio Itabapoana is located about 20 miles Anchorage is afforded in Saco de Gargau, in a depth of about
3.48

SSW of the entrance of the Rio Itapemirim. Prominent red 10m.

cliffs and wooded hills mark the coast between the two rivers. From the mouth of the Rio Paraiba do Sul to Barra do Acu
3.48

Villages on some of the hills are visible about 10 miles from Light, 23 miles to the S, the coast is low and sandy.
offshore. A conspicuous house stands on Ponta do Siri, about 8
miles SSW of the Rio Itapemirim. The red cliffs are prominent 3.49 Porto do Acu (Superport Acu) (21°52'S., 41°00'W.), ,
between Ponta do Siri and Ponta do Cacurucaia, 2.5 miles SW lies about 9 miles N of Barra do Acu. The port opened in 2014
of Ponta do Siri. and is operated by Prumo Global Logistics. The port handles
Ilha das Andorinhas (21°10'S., 40°53'W.) lies about 0.5
3.46 iron ore, crude oil and natural gas.
mile offshore SE of Ponta do Cacurucaia. A stranded wreck Depths—Limitations.—The approach channel has an
3.49

lies close to shore about 0.5 mile W of Ilha das Andorinhas. approximate depth of 24.5m. Shoals with approximate depths
of 20.5m exist in the Terminal 1 basin.
3.47 The Rio Itabapoana (21°18'S., 40°58'W.) is naviga- 3.49Terminal 1 consists of a pier which extends perpendicularly
ble by small craft for about 35 miles from its entrance. The about 1.5 miles from the coast. The pier’s extremity turns N at
town of Itabapoana stands on the S bank of the river near its a 90° angle, forming an L-shape which acts a breakwater. This
mouth. A light is shown from the S entrance point of the river. breakwater is about 1,450m in length.
The bar can be crossed at HW by small craft with drafts of
3.47 Terminal 2, with a least charted depth of 13.7m, consists of a
3.49

1.6m. Local knowledge is essential for approaching and enter- sizable access bracketed to the N, S, and E by two breakwaters
ing the river. Reefs, which dry in places, lie as much as 2 miles which form a pincher-like entrance to a dredged basin. Vessels
E of the river mouth. The sea breaks continuously over the enter between the two breakwaters from the NE before turning
largest and most seaward of them. W to enter the first segment of the basin between another set of
Vessels can anchor about 1 mile offshore, either N or S of the
3.47 shorter breakwaters to the N and S. This first segment is about
reefs, according to the direction of the wind, in depths of 7 to 400m wide and continues inland for about 1.7 miles before
8m. turning S at nearly a right angle. This second segment of the
Ponta do Roteiro, marked by a light, lies 3.5 miles S of the
3.47 basin is about 300m wide and about 2 miles in length,
mouth of the Rio Itabapoana and can be identified by its low terminating at a small triangular turning area. It is lined with
red cliffs. Ponta do Cacador is located 2.5 miles SSW of Ponta various marine terminals which are described in the table titled
do Retiro. Reefs extend about 1 mile offshore between the two Porto do Acu—Berth Information.
points. A stranded wreck lies on the reefs about 0.7 mile NE of Aspect.—The port’s two terminals sit along a sandy beach.
3.49

Ponta do Cacador. The shore and background are void of distinguishable features.
Between the mouths of the Rio Itabapoana and the Rio Para-
3.47 The most prominent landmarks consist of the port terminal in-
iba do Sul, 19 miles to the S, depths of less than 10m lie as far

Pub. 124
 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio 107

frastructure itself.

Porto do Acu—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
T1-T-Ore
East Berth 442m 20.5m 300m 18.5m 50.0m Iron ore.
West Berth 442m 20.5m 300m 18.5m 50.0m Iron ore.
T2- B-Port - Terminal Offshore
Transhipment, offshore vessels, and steel prod-
Quay 310m 8.0m 162m 7.2m 24.0m
ucts.
OSX
Oil and gas industry supplies and services. Off-
Quay 450m 14.5m 145m 6.0m 30.0m shore supply vessels, new build vessels, and plat-
forms.
T2 - Molhe Sul
Logistical support services, maintenance, and
Quay 500m — — — —
electromechanical assembly.
T2 - Technip - Fabrica de Flexiveis
Quay 500m 10.0m 183m 8.57m 30.0m Breakbulk. Flexible boards.
T2 - Terminal Intermoor
Quay 90m 10.0m 183m 8.9m 30.0m Project/heavy cargo. Flexible boards.
T2 - T-MULT
T-MULT 500m 14.5m 250m 13.0m 40.0m Bauxite, coal, and petcoke.
T-MULT
700m — — — — Under construction.
Expansion
T2 - Terminal NOV
Quay 210m 10.0m 183m 8.9m 30.0m Flexible products and materials.
GNA - Gas Natural Acu
FSRU BW LNG. Berthing length of 340m (including dol-
38m — 294m 12.0m 46.0m
Magna phins).
T1 - T-Oil
Outer Berth
134m 25.0m 340m 21.7m 60.0m Oil products.
Middle
Outer Pier
137m 25.0m 340m 21.7m 60.0m Oil products.
North
Outer Pier
140m 25.0m 300m 17.2m 50.0m Oil products.
South
T2 - TECMA - Terminal de Combustiveis
CPP and DPP. Berthing length of 214m (includ-
Berth 01 — 12.5m 185m 11.0m 32.0m
ing dolphins).
CPP and DPP. Berthing length of 127m (includ-
Berth 02 — 10.3m 95m 7.9m 20.0m
ing dolphins).

The approach channels are marked with lighted navigational

3.49 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels are required to
3.49

aids. report 6 hours prior to arrival. Pilots board at position 21°50’S,

Pub. 124
108 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio

40°53’W for Terminal 1 and position 21°51’S, 40°55’W for

Terminal 2.
Contact Information.—See the table titled Porto do Acu—
3.49

Contact Information.
Anchorage.—An FPSO is located at position 21°51’S,
3.49

40°57’W. There are also nine additional anchorages for

Supply, T-Multi, Quarantine, T-Oil/Ferroport, NFX Tankers, T-
Ore, Emergency, and Repairs. Anchorages are best seen on
chart.
Caution.—The port is under expansion and has numerous
3.49

projects which have and may continue to alter the aspect,

approaches, depths, and navigational aids. Mariners are
advised to navigate with caution and consult the port web site
and local authorities for the latest information.

Porto do Acu—Contact Information

Pilots
VHF VHF channels 12 and 13
Port
55-22-2133-1223
Telephone
55-22-9981-99656 (mobile)
E-mail [email protected]
Vessel Traffic Service 3.49 Sao Joao Light
Call Acu VTS
a gradual change in direction of the coast, from S to WSW. The
VHF VHF channels 10 and 16 light towers and the radiobeacon tower are the only landmarks
55-22-2133-1223 visible from seaward. From a distance of 3 miles, the low
sweeping cape resembles a long line of breakers.
Telephone 55-22-9811-93700 (mobile) Acu Light is shown from the E side of the cape, about 6
3.50

55-22-998-199656 (VTS Manager mobile) miles NE of Cabo de Sao Tome Light, which is shown from the
SW side of the cape.
E-mail [email protected] Banco de Sao Tome, with depths of less 11m, extends 15
3.50

miles E from Cabo de Sao Tome Light. Depths of less than

5.5m extend 6.25 miles offshore on the inner part of the bank.
Depths of less than 18m extend 17 miles E of Acu Light.
3.50

Submerged wrecks, with depths of 1.7m, lie up to 6.7 miles E

of Cabo de Sao Tome Light.
The sea breaks heavily over the bank during S winds and the
3.50

bank is subject to continual change. The sea breaks over the W

end of the bank during fresh NE winds. The sea in this area is
always discolored.
Canal de Sao Tome, between the S side of the cape and the
3.50

inner end of the bank is navigable by vessels drawing up to 4m,

but is not safe during S winds.
Anchorage may be obtained by small craft during N winds
3.50

about 0.3 mile SE of Cabo de Sao Tome Light, in depths of

about 5m, mud.
During strong head winds, a vessel may find it advantageous
3.50

to give the cape a wide berth, as it has been ascertained that the
strength of the current often increases as the depth decreases
towards the shore.
Pampo Oil Field (Campos Basin) (22°30'S., 40°30'W.) lies
3.50

3.49 Sao Tome Light about 40 miles SE of Cabo de Sao Tome and is surrounded by a
restricted area best seen on the chart. Numerous platforms,
Cabo de Sao Tome to Ponta Imbetiba submarine pipelines, mooring buoys, floating storage and/or
production vessels, and other support vessels are located in this
3.50 Cabo de Sao Tome (22°00'S., 40°59'W.) is formed by

Pub. 124
 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio 109

oil field. Vessels should not navigate in the restricted area. A prominent house is reported to stand on the summit of
3.52

Tankers should send their ETA in the oil field to their agent in Ponta Imbetiba.
Macae when departing their last port of call. When 10 miles A ruined wharf on Ponta Imbetiba cannot be approached ow-
3.52

from their destination, tankers should contact their destination ing to submerged obstructions. There are depths of 4.7m be-
terminal on VHF channel 16 or on 4125 kHz, stating their ETA tween this point and Ponta do Forte.
and requesting instructions from the mooring master. The The Rio Macae can be entered by ships with drafts to 2.7m,
3.52

mooring master will advise vessels of the date, time, and loca- but local knowledge is required. The river is navigable by small
tion of boarding. craft for about 30 miles.
From Cabo de Sao Tome to Ponta Imbetiba, about 50 miles
3.50 At times, the outflow from the river discolors the sea for
3.52

to the WSW, the coast is extremely low and sandy with scat- some distance from its mouth, giving the appearance of sandy
tered patches of vegetation. Pico do Frade, about 20 miles NW shoals.
of Ponta Imbitiba, is very prominent, but it is frequently ob- Rocks and a depth of 0.4m exist close S of the N entrance
3.52

scured by clouds. point of the river.

Barra do Furado (22°06'S., 41°08'W.), about 5 miles SW
3.50

of Cabo de Sao Tome Light, has several houses and great 3.53 Macae (22°22'S., 41°46'W.) stands on a plain on the
palms around it. Canal Ubatuba, about 10 miles WSW of Barra S bank of the river near its mouth. There is an offshore oilfield
do Furado, connects the sea with Lagoa Feia. The Rio Macae supply base located in Baia de Imbetiba. Three piers, protected
empties into Enseada de Macae about 1 mile NNW of Ponta by a breakwater. For berthing information see the table titled
Imbetiba. Macae—Berth Information. The approach channel W of Ilha
dos Papagaios is marked by buoys.
3.51 Ilhas de Santana (22°25'S., 41°42'W.), a group of
five islets, lie about 4 miles ESE of Ponta Imbetiba. Ilha de Macae—Berth Information
Santana, near the middle of the group shows a light and is the
largest islet of the group. Maximum
Berth Length Remarks
The passage between the islets and the mainland to the NW
3.51
Draft
is obstructed by a bank with a depth of less than 8.m. Petrobras Terminal
Pedra do Hermes, a rock with a least depth of 2.2m, lies 4
3.51

Chemicals and proj-

miles N of the light on Ilhas de Sonata. The sea does not break A1 Pier 90m 5.7m
ect cargo.
over this rock. Numerous rocks, with depths between 7m and
10m, lie between 1 and 3 miles ENE of Pedra do Hermes. Chemicals and proj-
A2 Pier 90m 5.7m
Rocks, with depths of 5m and 6.2m, lie about 0.8 mile and
3.51 ect cargo.
1.5 miles SW, respectively, of Pedra do Hermes. Chemicals and proj-
Anchorage may be obtained off a sandy beach on the NW B1 Pier 90m 5.7m
ect cargo.
3.51

side of Ilha de Santana, in a depth of 12m, mud. Vessels should

anchor 0.7 mile off the beach to avoid the submerged ledge Chemicals and proj-
B2 Pier 90m 5.7m
which lies out side the line joining the entrance points. ect cargo.
This anchorage is open to NE and SW winds, which do not
3.51
Chemicals and proj-
raise much sea. A vessel approaching the anchorage should C1 Pier 90m 5.7m
ect cargo.
pass SW of the islets which is clear of danger on that side.
Ilha dos Papagaios, from which a light is shown, lies about Chemicals and proj-
3.51
C2 Pier 90m 5.7m
0.5 mile ENE of Ponta Imbetiba. The islet is 22m high and ect cargo.
wooded.
Pedra dos Moleques, a rock awash lies a little more than 0.5
3.51
Anchorage may be obtained 0.25 mile N of Ponta do Forte,
3.53

mile E of Ilha dos Papagaios. The rock has the appearance of a in a depth of 4m, sand. Anchorage for larger vessels may be
buoy and can only be seen from a short distance. A reef, with obtained 0.8 mile NE of Ilha dos Papagaios Light, in a depth of
three heads that have depths of 1m, extends 91m S from Pedra 8.2m.
dos Moleques. Caution.—Pedra dos Moleques, a rock awash, with a below
3.53

Pedra da Mula, with depths of less than 1m, lies 0.75 mile
3.51 water rock close S, lies about 0.5 mile E of Ilha dos Papagaios.
ESE and is marked by a lighted buoy on its S side. The sea Pedra da Mula, with a depth of 1m, lies 1.25 miles E of Pon-
3.53

breaks over the rock and it uncovers at LWS. The passage be- ta de Imbetiba. Breakers occur over this rock when there is any
tween Ilha dos Papagaios and Pedra da Mula should not be at- sea running. The S side of Pedra da Mula is marked by a light-
tempted. ed buoy.
Caution.—A lighted tanker mooring buoy lies about 3.2
3.51

miles ENE of the S extremity of Ilha de Santana. Ponta Imbetiba to Cabo Frio
Submerged gas and oil pipelines in the area may best be seen
3.51

on the chart. 3.54 The coast between Ponta Imbetiba and Cabo dos Buz-
Wreck reported (2023) 14.1 miles E of Ilha de Santana.
3.51
ios, about 22 miles to the SSW, is indented about 9 miles to the
W by a large bay.
3.52 Baia de Imbetiba (22°23'S., 41°46'W.) is entered be- This coast, for the most part, is regular, low, sandy, and bro-
3.54

tween Ponta Imbetiba and Ponta do Forte, 0.6 mile to the N. ken in a few places, namely in the vicinity of Ponta Itapebucu,

Pub. 124
110 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio

a peninsula which is much indented and extends 3.5 miles NE

from a low isthmus 0.5 mile wide. Enseada de Buzios is en-
tered between Ponta da Matadeira and Ponta da Cruz. The vil-
lage of Buzios, with a church, stands on the E shore of the bay.
Anchorage may be obtained in Enseada de Buzios about 0.3
3.56

mile WSW of Ponta da Matadeira, in depth of about 11m, shel-

tered from all except NE winds. Vessels are advised to ap-
proach this berth passing N of Ilha Branca giving the island a
berth of at least 0.5 mile.
Ilha Ancora (22°46'S., 41°47'W.) lies 4.75 miles ESE of
3.56

Cabo Buzios and is visible at a distance of more than 20 miles.

Ilha Gravata lies about 2 miles W of Ilha Ancora. Two islets
named Filhote lie about 0.5 miles SSW of Ilha Gravata.
The islands and islets are steep-to and depths greater than
3.56

37m lie between them and in mid-channel between Ilha Grava-

ta and the coast. A shoal patch, with a depth of 17.6m, lies 1
mile NE of Ilha Gravata.

3.57 Ponta Emerencia (22°49'S., 41°56'W.), bold and

prominent, is located about 5.5 miles SW of Cabo Buzios.
3.53 Macae Light Two islets lie within 0.5 mile ESE of the point, and two
3.57

above-water rocks lie E of the islets.

Cabo dos Buzios, and Barra de Sao Joao, located about mid-
A 6-mile long chain of islands and islets lies in a NE to SW
3.57

way between the point and cape. Sunken rocks and reefs fringe
direction about 1 to 3 miles off the coast between Ponta Emer-
a great part of the coast and in places they extend about 1 mile
encia and Ponta Lajinha. Commencing at the NE end of the
offshore.
chain, Ilha do Breu lies about 2.5 miles SE of Ponta Emeren-
Sunken and above-water rocks lie as far as 3.5 miles offshore
cia. Continuing to the SW are Ilha de Pargos; Ilha dos Capoes;
3.54

in places.
Ilha Comprida, which is the largest; Ilha Redonda; Ilha dos Ir-
Numerous islets also lie off this part of the coast. The chart is
maos; and Ilha dos Papagaios.
3.54

the best guide for locating these islets and dangers.

The larger islands are covered with trees, but are difficult to
3.57

Between Ponta Imbetiba and Cabo dos Buzios, several hills

distinguish as they blend with coastal features, which are simi-
3.54

and mountains are prominent from offshore. The most conspic-

lar in aspect.
uous is Monte Grande (Pico de Sao Joao), with its slightly flat-
The islands and islets are all steep-to, except for Ilha Com-
3.57

tened summit, located about 4 miles inland. The mountain is

prida, where sunken rocks lie about 0.2 mile E of its NE end.
isolated and visible about 40 miles. It is the principal landmark
Depths greater than 20m lie to within 0.25 mile of the seaward
for this part of the coast.
side of the chain islands.
Pedra do Amorim and Pedra Alta, two rocks with depths of
Canal de Papagaios (22°51'S., 41°57'W.), the channel be-
3.54

3.57

9.8m and 9.5m, respectively, lie 1.5 and 3 miles ESE, respec-
tween the above chain of islands and the mainland, is clear of
tively, of Ponta dos Ostras (22°32'S., 41°56'W.).
dangers with the exception of Laje do Pero, a rock with a depth
Small vessels, drawing up to 4m with local knowledge, can
of less than 2m, lying close E of Ponta do Pero. There is always
3.54

anchor in the mouth of the Rio Ostras with good shelter.

smooth water in this channel, even during fresh winds, and
there is good anchorage under the lee of the islands.
3.55 Barra de Sao Joao (22°36'S., 41°59'W.), 5 miles SW
The coast SW of Ponta do Pero to Ponta Lajinha, on the E
3.57

of Ponta dos Ostras, has depths from 3.5 to 4m over the bar and
side of Barra Nova de Cabo Frio, is high and bold. A light is
similar depths within the mouth of the river. The town of Sao
shown from Ponta Lajinha. An aeronautical radiobeacon trans-
Joao da Barra stands near the mouth of the river. Ilha de Trinta
mits from a position near Pedro de Aldeia, 6.75 miles NW of
Reis lies nearly 0.5 mile E of the river mouth. There are two
Ponta Lajinha.
other islets off and to the S of the river mouth.
Anchorage may be obtained 0.5 mile SSW of Ilha de Trinta
3.58 Barra Nova de Cabo Frios (22°53'S., 42°00'W.) lies
3.55

Reis, in depths of from about 8 to 10m, sand and mud.

in the mouth of the Rio Italpuru which drains the large Lagoa
Ilha Branca (22°43'S., 41°53'W.), from which a light is
de Araruama. The lagoon extends nearly parallel with the coast
3.55

shown, lies about 10 miles SSE of Barra de Sao Joao and is

for 21 miles W of Cabo Frio.
close N of Cabo Buzios. Ilha Raza lies 4 miles WSW of Ilha
The Rio Itajuru is narrow and sinuous. Vessels drawing up to
3.58

Branca. Numerous above-water rocks and sunken reefs and

4m can enter at HW. The bar should only be approached with
rocks, some of which uncover, lie near Ilha Raza.
the service of a pilot.
Caution.—Shoal patches, with depths of 15.8m and 17.6m,
Anchorage is afforded within the river mouth to small craft,
3.55

3.58

lie 0.9 mile NNW and ENE, respectively, from the light on Ilha
but swinging room is restricted. Anchorage is also afforded
Branca.
close off the bar, in depths of 14 to 18m. This anchorage is ex-
posed to winds from SE to SW.
3.56 Cabo Buzios (22°45'S., 41°52'W.) is the extremity of
Cabo Frio (23°01'S., 42°00'W.), marked by a light, stands
3.58

Pub. 124
 Sector 3. East Coast of Brazil—Ponta de Santo Antonio to Cabo Frio 111

Enseada dos Anjos.

The sand bank which divides the inlet extends ENE from the
3.58

mainland to about the middle of the NW side of Ilha do Cabo

Frio. With NE winds, the sea breaks heavily on the sand bank.
A narrow channel, with a minimum depth of 3.5m, leads
3.58

over the E end of the sand bank, but local knowledge is essen-
tial to its use.

3.59 Porto do Forno (22°58'S., 42°01'W.) (World Port In-

dex No. 12910) lies along the N shore of Enseada dos Anjos
and is a shipping point for the area’s alkali and salt production.
Depths—Limitations.—Forno Terminal consists of a quay
200m long with an alongside depth of 9.1m.
Commercial Quay can accommodate vessels with a maxi-
mum loa of 200m and a maximum draft of 9.6m. It also con-
sists of a walkway that is 100m long with an alongside depth of
9.6m. This pier is used only for repairs and has a maximum loa
requirement of 140m.
East of the quay a pier, with three dolphins off its W side, ex-
3.59

tends about 0.1 mile S from the shore. A light is shown from
the pier head. The depth alongside the dolphins was reported to
be about 10m.
Aspect.—A conspicuous tank is situated about 0.1 mile
3.59

3.58 Cabo Frio Light NNW of the pier and a conspicuous chimney stands about 1.2
miles NW of the pier.
on the S extremity of Ilha do Cabo Frio. The area near the point Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots should be request-
3.59

is notable for its sheer cliffs. ed through Rio de Janeiro by radio at least 24 hours to arrival.
Enseada do Cabo Frio lies between Ilha do Cabo Frio and
3.58
Pilots board only during daylight hours about 2nm offshore at
the mainland coast. An extensive sand bank separates the inlet position 22°58’S, 42°00’W.
into two parts. The N part is the larger of the two and affords Anchorage.—There is anchorage, in a depth of 16.5m, 0.2
3.59

good anchorage. mile ESE of Ponta do Forte.

Enseada do Forno and Enseada dos Anjos indent the main-
3.58
In the S part of Enseada do Cabo Frio, anchorage is afforded
3.59

land coast off the W side of the N part of Enseada do Cabo in a cove on the W end of Ilha do Cabo Frio, close within the
Frio. Boqueirao entrance, in depths of 6 to 9m.
The NE entrance to the bay is clear, wide, and deep. Boque-
3.58
This anchorage is reported to be exposed to winds from the
3.59

irao, the narrow SW entrance to the bay, lies between the W NE and SW. With strong NE winds, it is advisable to moor,
extremity of Ilha do Cabo Frio and the mainland coast; it is with an open hawse-hole to the E.
spanned by an overhead cable.
The town of Arraial do Cabo is situated on the W shore of
3.58

Pub. 124
 4. ta del Este
Sector 4—South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Pun-

4.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 4 — CHART INFORMATION
Pub. 124

113
 115

SECTOR 4
SOUTH COAST OF BRAZIL AND EAST COAST OF URUGUAY—CABO FRIO TO PUNTA DEL
ESTE

Plan.—This sector describes the E coast of Brazil from Ca-

4.0 sea in many places, cutting into segments and pockets the
bo Frio to Punta del Este, the N entrance to the Rio de la Plata fringe of lowland that fronts the foot of the mountains.
in Uruguay. The descriptive sequence is from N to S. 4.1South of latitude 30°S, where Serra do Mar abruptly turns W,
the coast consists of hilly uplands fronted by a broad area of
General Remarks sand dunes, lagoons, and swamps.
4.1The offshore approaches are fronted by islands, islets, and
4.1 Winds—Weather.—In Baia de Guanabara local rocks, most of which are separated by wide and clear channels.
winds which vary from NE depending on the location, blow
during the night and part of the morning. They descend from Cabo Frio to Baia de Guanabara
the mountains near the coast and spread up to 6 to 9 miles from
the coast. They subside in the morning and are followed by a 4.2 Cabo Frio (23°01'S., 42°00'W.), the S extremity of
period of calm which lasts until about noon. Ilha do Cabo Frio, ends S in the narrow Focinho do Cabo. The
4.1The sea breeze then begins and subsides at sunset. It is re- island, covered with vegetation, is visible in clear weather for
ported to be weak when it enters the bay, but immediately be- about 4 miles. The area near the point is notable for its sheer
comes stronger. cliffs. When seen from the SW, the island appears as an undu-
4.1The regularity of the variation of these breezes ceases only in lating plateau with three peaks, of which the middle peak is the
the event of bad weather. In this event usually from June to Oc- highest. A disused lighthouse, 390m high and is usually cloud
tober, the winds blow from the SW or S. During this period SE covered, stands on the middle peak.
winds usually cause a confused sea breaking in Enseada de 4.2Cabo Frio Light is shown very close to the N of Focinho do
Botafogo and Enseada de Flamengo. Cabo. Good radar returns have been reported from Cabo Frio,
4.1Strong thunderstorms form in the interior of the bay on very distant of about 26 miles.
hot days during January, February, and March, and generally 4.2Caution.—A rock, with a depth of 3.3m, lies close S of Fo-
when the sea breeze either lags or does not blow. They are ac- chinho do Cabo.
companied by short but violent winds and heavy rains. 4.2Between Cabo Frio and Baia de Guanabara, about 63 miles
4.1These thunderstorms are even stronger when clouds gather to the W, the coast is low and consists of a uniformed barren
over Serra dos Orgaos, N of the bay, with winds from N, but sandy beach as far as Ponta Negra. The mountains of the interi-
this rarely occurs. or gradually close the coast toward the entrance of Baia de
4.1During bad weather, it will clear if the wind shifts from SW Guanabara where they rise from the sea in almost sheer granite
to N, passing through E. If the contrary occurs, the weather cliffs. The mountains within the E part of this coast are far in-
will continue to be bad. land and cannot be identified from seaward.
4.1In the morning during May, June, and July there is generally A measured mile is situated about 12.5 miles W of Ilha do
dense fog which disappears in the late morning. Cabo Frio. It is marked by two pairs of beacons aligned on a
4.1The winds in Canal de Santa Catarina generally follow the bearing of 092°. The towers, visible at 4 miles, are made of
direction of the channel. They are seldom strong, although the brick and concrete with the front one being white with a black
short choppy seas are dangerous for small boats. stripe and the rear one being black with a white stripe.
4.1From March to September, cold fronts accompanied by very 4.2Ilhas dos Franceses, about 3 miles NW of Cabo Frio and 0.1
strong winds from S to WSW move through the area; they car- mile offshore, consist of two rocky islets, the highest of which
ry continuous precipitation which can last up to 6 days. is 44m high.
4.1During October, the winds shift to E and N, and the follow- 4.2Ponta de Saquarema (22°56'S., 42°30'W.), about 28 miles
ing six months are the hottest of the year. During this season, W of Cabo Frio, is a small hill surrounded by a convent. This
there are frequent storms from N around by E to W. convent is conspicuous and visible 6 miles. Laje de Itauna is a
4.1Winds from SE are accompanied by heavy rain. In general, group of above-water rocks lying up to 0.5 mile off Ponta de
the heaviest rain fall in August and September, but some years Saquarema and should be given a wide berth.
these months are dry. 4.2Ponta Negra (22°58'S., 42°41'W.), about 11 miles W of
4.1During August at dawn, the area is frequently covered by a Ponta de Saquarema, is the extremity of a spur of the moun-
dense fog which fades away about noon. tains projecting about 1 mile from the coast. This dark bluff
Aspect.—This part of the coast of Brazil is dominated by forms the W limits of Praia de Macambaba and is easily recog-
Serra do Mar, which extends almost uninterrupted to near the S nized. Radar returns from the point have been reported up to 18
boundary of Brazil. miles. Laje Ponta Negra, a rock with a depth of 1.3m, lies
4.1The mountains which make up Serra do Mar in most places about 0.5 miles S of the point and the sea breaks almost contin-
consist of several ranges lying parallel with the coast, with the uously on it. A light is shown from Ponta Negra.
highest ranges being farthest from the coast. 4.2Caution.—A submerged pipeline lies 2 miles E of Ponta
4.1North of latitude 30°S, the mountainous terrain reaches the Negra, oriented N-S for 8 miles.

Pub. 124
116 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

4.2 Rio de Janerio—Christ Statue on Pico do Corcovado

4.2Ilhas Maricas (23°01'S., 42°55'W.) consist of two islets and the entrance to 15 miles at the head.
lies 13 miles WSW of Ponta Negra. Two above-water rocks, on It contains many islands and islets, and is surrounded by
4.3

which the sea breaks heavily, lie close off the N extremity of high wooded mountains which slope gently to its shores.
the N islet. The shores of the bay are sandy beaches, separated by slight-
4.3

4.2Two small rocks lie close off the S end of the S islet. A light ly projecting points covered with vegetation. Several rivers
is shown from the N islet. empty into the head of the bay.
4.2A rock, with a depth of 14m, lies 1.5 miles NE of the N islet. The bay is approached between Ponta de Itaipu, about 20
4.3

Good radar returns from the islets have been reported up to 12 miles W of Ponta Negra, and Ponta do Arpoador, about 8 miles
miles. farther to the W. The entrance to the bay lies between Ponta de
Santa Cruz, about 6 miles WNW of Ponta de Itaipu and Ponta
Baia de Guanabara de Sao Joao, about 0.9 mile to the W.
Porto do Rio de Janeiro occupies the S and W parts of the
4.3

4.3 Baia de Guanabara (22°57'S., 43°08'W.) is one of bay. Ilha do Governador, the principal oil terminal, is in the N
the finest and best-sheltered natural harbors in the world. It is part of the bay and Niteroi, a shipbuilding center, occupies
about 16 miles long, gradually widening from about 1 mile at most of the E part of the bay.

Guanabara Bay Terminal—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
DTSE/GEGUA Terminal
Bunkering. Barges only. Berthing
Barge Pier-PB — — 115m 5.8m —
length of 115m (including dolphins).

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 117

Guanabara Bay Terminal—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
LPG and chemicals. Berthing length
Ilha Redonda Pier (IR) 50m 9.5m 215m 8.5m —
of 200m (including dolphins).
Closed. LPG and chemical gases.
Ilha Comprida (ICOMP) 81m 8.5m 210m 8.5m — Berthing length of 235m (including
dolphins).
Main Pier-PP-2 — 13.0m — 12.8m — Petroleum and by-products, alcohol,
and chemicals. Berthing length of
Main Pier-PP-1 — 17.0m — 15.8m — 310m (including dolphins).
Secondary Pier-PS-2 72m 8.5m 175m 8.5m — Petroleum and by-products, alcohol,
and chemicals. Berthing length of
Secondary Pier-PS-1 72m 12.8m — 12.0m — 300m (including dolphins).
Guanabara Bay LNG Terminal
LNG. Berthing length of 365m (in-
LNG Berth PG-1(East) — 16.0m 315m 12.0m —
cluding dolphins).
FSRU Experience moored and sup-
plies LNG regasification. LNG and
LNG Berth PG-2(West) — — 300m 12.0m —
CNG. Berthing length of 365m (in-
cluding dolphins).
Polibrasil
LPG and chemical gases. Berthing
Maritime Terminal 23m 11.7m 134m 8.5m 20.0m
length of 144m (including dolphins).

Winds—Weather.—In Baia de Guanabara, local winds comprised of 7 berths. The Main Pier has two berths. Second-
blow with great regularity. The regularity of the variation of ary Pier has two berths, and Ilha Redonada has two berths. For
these winds ceases only in the event of bad weather. In this further information refer to table titled Guanabara Bay Ter-
event, usually from June to October, the winds blow from the minal—Berth Information.
SW or S. 4.3Aspect.—The entrance of Baia de Guanabara can be identi-
4.3During this period, SE winds cause a confused breaking sea fied by several prominent mountains in its immediate vicinity.
in Enseada de Botafogo and Enseada de Flamengo. Strong 4.3On the E side, Falso Pao de Acucar (22°58'S., 43°02'W.)
thunderstorms form in the interior of the bay on very hot days rises from the sea in almost sheer granite cliffs and is the most
from January to March, and generally when the sea breeze conspicuous. On the W side, Pao de Acucar is prominent. The
either lags or does not blow. They are accompanied by short, peak, 395m high, has the shape of a sugarloaf and is so named.
but violent, winds and heavy rains. A large pavilion stands on the summit and is lighted until about
4.3During bad weather, it will clear if the wind shifts from SW 2200.
to N passing through E. If the contrary occurs, the weather will 4.3Pico do Corcovado, about 3 miles W of Pao de Acucar, is
continue to be bad. In the morning during May, June, and July conspicuous by the lighted statue of Christ on its summit, al-
there is generally a dense fog which disappears around 1000. though it is frequently obstructed by clouds and haze.
4.3Tides—Currents.—Close to Cabo Frio, with winds from 4.3Pedra da Gavea, about 5 miles SW of Pico do Corcovado, re-
the S, the current tends to the N; with winds from the NE, the sembles a square sail. It is visible for about 50 miles in all di-
current usually tends to the W. A counter current, which forms rections and cannot be mistaken for any other peak in the
in this area and can be felt up to 10 miles W of the cape, tends vicinity. At night the loom of the lights of Rio de Janeiro can
to move vessels closer to shore. be seen for great distances, especially when there are clouds
4.3In the vicinity of Baie de Guanabara, from October to over the city reflecting it.
March, when the wind is from the NE, the current tends to the 4.3Pilotage.—Requests for pilotage service may be made either
W; from March to October, when the wind blows from the SE, to the Harbor Pilots Working Cooperative (Pilot Station),
the current tends to the N. At Guanabara Bay Terminal the av- which can be contacted on VHF channels 16 and 12.
erage tide is 1.1m, spring tides 1.6m. 4.3For tankers larger than 100,000 dwt, pilots usually board
4.3Depths—Limitations.—The Baia de Guanabara entrance vessels outside the main channel entrance. This will occur if
channel, which extends SSW from the mouth of the bay, is weather conditions permit and in daylight only.
dredged to a depth of 17.3m. Within the bay there is Guanabara 4.3In certain cases and at the discretion of the pilot according to
Bay Terminals. The terminal is operated by Petrobras. It is the prevailing conditions ships will use this channel with a

Pub. 124
118 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

draft up to 12.5m. 4.4 Ilha Rasa (23°04'S., 43°09'W.), about 7 miles S of

Pilotage for Guanabara Bay Terminal is compulsory for all
4.3 the entrance of Baia de Guanabara, is covered with vegetation
foreign and national ships carrying hazardous or inflammable and shows a light. A radiobeacon and a DGPS station are locat-
cargo maneuvering within the port. Pilot requests should be ed the light.
sent 24 hours in advance. 4.4Ilha Redonda lies about 3 miles W of Ilha Rasa, and is coni-
For detailed pilotage and contact information, see Rio de Ja-
4.3 cal in shape. Filhote de Redonda lies 183m S of the SW side of
neiro (paragraph 4.5). Ilha Redonda.
Directions.—The islands in the approach to Baia de Guana-
4.3 4.4Laje da Redonda, about 1 mile to the SW, is a rocky ledge
bara are steep-to, and may be approached safely. The passage with one head about 1.5m high.
between Ilha Rasa and Ilha do Pai is the widest, and is the one 4.4Ilhas Cagarras, about 3 miles N of Ilha Redonda, consists of
generally used by vessels approaching from the E. seven islets. Ilha Comprida is the largest of the group. Ilha de
Ships entering or leaving over the bar have preference of ma-
4.3 Palmas shows a light.
neuvering over other ships and small craft navigating outside 4.4Sunken rocks extend 183m S of the E end of Ilha de Palmas.
the channel. Loaded vessels have priority when passing Ilha do Pai and Ilha da Mae lie on the NE side of the approach
through the dredged channel. to Baia de Guanabara, close W of Ponta de Itaipu. A shoal
Vessels whose draft does not exceed 13.4m should enter the
4.3 patch, with a depth of 20m, lies 0.2 mile S of Ilha do Pai.
port via the channel E of Ilha de Cotunduba. 4.4Vessels approaching the entrance to Baia de Guanabara
Vessels whose draft exceeds 13.4m should use the channel
4.3 should keep a sharp lookout for small craft and fishing vessels.
dredged to 17.3m, entered 1 mile E of Ponta de Copacabana.
Rio de Janeiro (22°54'S., 43°10'W.)
World Port Index No. 12920

4.5 Rio de Janeiro is part of the leading commercial cen-

ter and the largest port complex in Brazil.
4.5The port, which occupies the S and W parts of Baia de
Guanabara, lies between Ponta de Santa Cruz and Ponta da
Armacao, about 4 miles to the N, on the E side, and Ponta de
Sao Joao and Caju, about 5 miles to the NW, on the W side.

Port of Rio de Janeiro

http://www.portosrio.gov.br

4.5Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents off the berths at Rio

de Janeiro are weak, but SE of Ilha Fiscal they attain a velocity
of 1.5 knots at springs. The ebb runs much stronger than the
flood, especially after heavy rains. It generally follows a SSE
direction to Ilha das Cobras where it divides into two branches.
One branch passes through the anchorage E of the island
awhile the other passes through the channel W of the island,
where it attains great speed.
4.5On the arrival of cold fronts in winter and when the S wind
freshens, a “holding in” of the waters of the bay has been ob-
served; this could cause a lengthening of the flood slack water.
The tides in Rio de Janeiro are diurnal, but they are non-uni-
form. The tidal range is 1.1m at springs and 0.5m at neaps.
4.5Depths—Limitations.—The main channel is swept to 17m.
The channel to the container terminal and ore docks is 10m
deep. The channel to Gamboa Quay and Sao Cristovao Quay
varies from 6 to 12m deep. The channel to Caju Quay is 15m
4.3

deep.
4.3 Ilha Rasa Light
4.5The Presidente Costa E Silva Bridge crosses Baia Guanabara
between the NW entrance point of the commercial harbor and
This route passes between Ponta do Leme and Ilha de
4.3

Ilha de Moncangue of Niteroi. Passage under the main span is

Cotunduba; between Ilha Laje and Ponta de Santa Cruz; up the
restricted to vessels of more than 50,000 dwt or with a draft
E side of the quarantine anchorage, and then to the Alte
greater than 12.2m.
Tamandare Tanker Terminal.
The main span of the bridge, between Pier 100 and Pier 101,
Maneuvering is restricted at the terminal if the winds are
4.5

4.3

has a vertical clearance of 60m above mean sea level and a

20kts or more, and currents are 1.3kts or more.
horizontal clearance of 269m.

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 119

4.5 Courtesy of Jorge Andrade

4.5 Rio de Janeiro Harbor

A racon is located in the middle of the central span.

4.5 and inclement weather. For further berthing information refer
Other vessels should pass under the span adjacent to the
4.5 to table titled Rio de Janeiro—Berth Information.
main span, as follows: 4.5Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and
1. Southbound vessels—between Pier 99 and Pier 100. all vessels carrying petroleum, propane, or explosives. Pilotage
2. Northbound vessels—between Pier 101 and Pier 102. is available 24 hours.
The two adjacent spans have a vertical clearance of 60m
4.5 4.5Vessels should send an ETA, via the agent, 72 hours, 48
above mean sea level and a horizontal clearance of 170.5m. hours, and 24 hours in advance. The pilot should be confirmed,
There are about 4 miles of quayage in the commercial harbor
4.5 via the agent or the pilot’s association, 12 hours and 3.5 hours
of Rio de Janeiro. Ships usually moor and unmoor at any hour in advance.
except when an unexpected event arises, such as breakdown

Rio de Janeiro—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Gamboa Pier
TG1 General Cargo Terminal 697m 10.0m 229m 8.0m 32.2m General cargo.
TG2 General Cargo Terminal 679m 10.2m 205m 9.5m 32.2m General cargo.
TPA Passenger Terminal 680m 11.0m 333.3m — 50.0m Cruise vessels.
TPP Terminal 250m 10.2m 190m — 32.2m Breakbulk.
TSG Terminal Steel Products 304m 10.2m 205m — 32.2m Steel products and breakbulk.
TT1 Terminal 1 150m 10.2m 142.7m — 18.2m Breakbulk.
Sao Cristovao Quay

Pub. 124
120 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

Rio de Janeiro—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
TGS General Cargo Terminal 390m 13.5m 182.2m — 32.0m General cargo.
TPS Steel Products Terminal 436m 9.5m 144.2m 7.5m 24.2m Steel products.
Cosan Ilha do Governador (RJ) Terminal
Chemical products. Berthing length of
Products Berth 25m 10.0m 186.4m 8.0m 32.2m
270m (including dolphins).
Manguinhos Oil Refinery
MBM — — 220m 13.0m 45.0m Closed.
Shell Terminal
Products Berth 64m 9.1m 185m 7.6m 30.4m Chemicals.
Caju Pier
General cargo. Berthing length of
TCO (T1 Container Terminal) — 15.0m 300m 13.0m 48.2m
545m (continuous).
Containers. Berthing length of 533m
TCO (T2 Container Terminal) — 15.0m 300m 14.2m 48.4m
(continuous).
General cargo. Berthing length of
TRR Ro-Ro Terminal — 13.5m 231m 12.6m 32.2m
917m (continuous).

4.5The pilot boat displays a red flag with a black “P.” Pilots (outbound vessels).
board, as follows: 7. Anchorage or berth (inbound vessels) or estimated
1. Vessels approaching from the E—about 1.5 mile SW date of arrival at destination (outbound vessels).
of Ilha do Pai, by request. 8. Estimated date of departure (inbound vessels) or
2. Vessels approaching from the S or entering the cruising speed (outbound vessels).
dredged channel—about 2 miles SSE of Ilha de Cotunduba. 4.5Vessels changing berth or anchorage must report the follow-
3. Vessels entering the Santa Cruz channel with a draft ing information:
less than 12.5m—about 0.3 mile SW of Ponta de Santa Cruz. 1. Vessel name.
4.5Vessels of over 10m draft usually embark a pilot at the outer 2. Flag.
station. Pilots will not bring a vessel to the quarantine anchor- 3. International call sign.
age at night if its draft exceeds 11m. 4. Present position.
4.5Regulations.—Vessels with a draft of 13.4m or more must 5. Intended position.
use the 17m dredged channel, which begins in the vicinity of 6. Type of cargo on board.
Ponta de Copacabana. There is a speed limit of 8 knots in the 4.5All communications must be made in Portuguese or English,
channel, reducing to 5 knots in the harbor between Ilha da Boa with the pilot assisting in the reporting for foreign vessels. All
Viagem and Ilha do Manuel Joao. The limit is 6 knots in the times are given in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Foreign
approach channels S to the berths located S of the bridge. vessels should utilize the pilot to aid in providing the informa-
4.5A vessel reporting system, which is mandatory for vessels 20 tion to Control Post.
gt and over, is in operation in Rio de Janeiro. Vessels must re- 4.5If communications cannot be established with Control Post,
port to Control Post (PWZ 88), as follows: the vessel should contact the Captain of the Port of Rio de
1. When entering Baia Guanabara—on the Lage-Santa Janiero, by the quickest and most convenient means possible,
Cruz alignment. with the following information:
2. When leaving the port of Rio de Janeiro—passing 1. Vessel name.
abeam of Ilha Fiscal. 2. Date and time of event.
3. When changing berth or anchorage. 3. Reason why communication has not been made.
4.5The report must include the following information: 4.5Signals.—Storm and weather signals are shown from the
1. Vessel name. signal stations about 0.1 mile W of Ponta de Copacabana and
2. Flag. near the middle of Ilha dos Cobras. Another signal station is on
3. International call sign. the S end of Ilha do Mocangue in the approach to Niteroi. The
4. Type of vessel. signals are, as follows:
5. Type of cargo (general, bulk, containers, chemicals, 1. A white flag—Good weather.
etc.). 2. A blue flag—Threatening or bad weather.
6. Port of origin (inbound vessels) or port of destination 3. A white and blue flag—Unsettled weather.

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 121

4.5When these flags are displayed alone, it also signifies that navigate with caution in the vicinity of the reported obstruc-
the temperature will remain stable. tion.
4.5A black pendant, displayed above or below the flag, indi-
cates that the temperature will rise or fall, respectively. Should Rio de Janeiro—Contact Information
a large rise or fall in temperature be expected, the pendant will
be replaced by a white flag with a red or black rectangular cen- Port Captain
ter, respectively. VHF VHF channel 16
4.5At night, the following signals are exhibited at the meteoro-
Telephone 55-21-2104-5320
logical observatory and on a building in Cidade do Rio de Ja-
neiro: Facsimile 55-21-2104-5319
1. A white light—good weather.
Port Authority
2. A blue light—threatening or bad weather.
3. A red light—unsettled weather, with or without rain. Telephone 55-21-2233-2375
4.5Contact Information.—See the table titled Rio de Janei- E-mail [email protected]
ro—Contact Information.
4.5Anchorage.—Vessels which have to anchor outside the Web site http://www.portosrio.gov.br
harbor due to congestion at the inner anchoring grounds, or Port Manager
which are constrained by their draft, shall anchor 2 miles N of
Ilha Rasa, in a depth of about 32m. Telephone 55-21-2291-2122
4.5Vessels that use this anchoring area must communicate with Port Administration
the harbormaster’s office as soon as they reach the area. They
may communicate by VHF radio or by fax, or their agent can Telephone 55-21-2516-1336
report in person to the Division of Naval Police, as part of Praticagem RJ
clearance, and at the State Offices at any time, including week-
ends. VHF VHF channels 12 and 16
4.5Vessels may not anchor in the aforementioned anchorage Telephone 55-21-2516-1416
without informing the harbormaster’s office. A vessel’s stay is E-mail [email protected]
limited to 48 hours.
4.5This anchorage area is subject to strong S winds and ground Web site http://www.praticagemrio.com.br
swell. Sindi Pilots
4.5For anchorage in Baia Guanabara, vessels must use a local
pilot and have permission and clearance. Inner anchorages can VHF VHF channel16
be best seen on the chart. Telephone 55-21-2516-2340
4.5For detailed anchorage information and locations, see the
table titled Rio de Janeiro—Designated Anchorages. Facsimile 55-21-2263-8222
4.5Caution.—A number of wrecks and obstructions are situat- E-mail [email protected]
ed within these anchorage areas.
4.5Numerous submarine cables from many directions land Tugs
between Ponta de Copacabana and Ponta do Leme, at the city VHF VHF channels 13 and16
of Rio de Janeiro, a marine farm is located at position
26°45.0'S, 48°37.0'W. Any vessels anchoring outside the bar of Reporting System
Baia Guanabara must use the anchorage 2 miles N of Ilha Call sign PWZ88
Rasa.
VHF VHF channel16
4.5An obstruction, lying at a depth of 2.9m, has been reported
in position 22°53'51''S, 43°10'03''W. Mariners are advised to

Rio de Janeiro—Designated Anchorages

Anchorage Number Type Location
No. 1 Quarantine and Customs 22°53.05'S, 43°08.85'W
No. 1A Platforms 22°54.01'S, 43°08.63'W
No. 2 (Area 1) Naval vessels 22°54.49'S, 43°09.19'W
No. 2 (Area 2) Naval vessels 22°53.57'S, 43°09.43'W
No. 2 (Area 3) Naval vessels 22°51.67'S, 43°08.64'W
No. 3 Barges, container vessels, and refueling 22°52.73'S, 43°09.83'W
No. 4 Cargo working 22°52.68'S, 43°10.81'W

Pub. 124
122 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

Rio de Janeiro—Designated Anchorages

Anchorage Number Type Location
No. 5 LASH barges 22°53.04'S, 43°10.84'W
No. 6 Cargo working and vessels under repair 22°51.13'S, 43°11.23'W
No. 6A Vessels under repair 22°49.97'S, 43°08.21'W
No. 7 Dangerous cargo 22°49.45'S, 43°07.28'W
No. 8 Vessels for liquid bulk terminals 22°48.87'S, 43°08.36'W
No. 9 Vessels for liquid bulk terminals 22°47.97'S, 43°07.98'W
No. 10 Vessels carrying LNG 22°47.34'S, 43°07.60'W
No. 11 Platforms 22°54.56'S, 43°08.38'W
No. 12 Vessels for Suzano Petrochemical Terminal 22°46.02'S, 43°08.98'W

A dangerous wreck lies close E of Parcel das Feiticeiras.

4.5 1. Almirante Tamandare Terminals 1 and 2, about 0.5
An area surrounding the piers and facilities, best seen on
4.5 mile ENE of Ponta da Ribeira and 0.8 mile NE of Ilha
chart, are prohibited unless specifically authorized. d’Agua, respectively.
2. The terminals at Ponta da Ribeira.
Baia de Guanabara—North Part 3. The terminals near Ponta da Cousa, Ilha Comprida,
and Ilha Redonda, ENE of Ilha Comprida.
4.6 Niteroi (22°53'S., 43°07'W.) (World Port Index No. Almirante Tamandare Terminal 1 has a length of 320m and
4.7

12930) stands on the opposite side of Baia de Guanabara, can accommodate two tankers up to 135,000 gt, one on each
across from Rio de Janeiro. The port is situated in Enseada de side, in depths of at least 17m. The maximum draft permitted is
Sao Lourenco and can be approached either by passing be- 15.8m.
tween Ponta do Toque-Toque and Ilha do Mocangue Grande, Almirante Tamandare Terminal 2, of similar construction to
4.7

or between the latter island and Ilha do Viana. Terminal 1, can accommodate vessels up to 35,000 dwt with a
4.6The vertical clearance of the bridge between Pier 126 and maximum draft of 10.4m.
Pier 130 is 19m. The other terminals can accommodate tankers with lengths
4.7

4.6Enseada de Sao Lourenco is entered by a narrow channel, up to 200m and drafts up to 9.0m.
with a least depth of 5.4m, between Ilha Caju and Ponta da There are numerous oil pipelines in the N part of the bay and
4.7

Areia, 183m to the SW. can best be seen on the charts. Vessels are cautioned not to an-
4.6The maneuvering basin in the channel of Niteroi is 430m chor in the vicinity of these pipelines.
long, 250m wide, and has a depth of 6m. Caution.—When using the applicable navigation chart, do
4.7

4.6The quay at Niteroi, which is 429m long, lies on the S shore not use objects on both sides of the channel concurrently to fix
of Enseada de Sao Lourenco and has a depth of 7.5m along- the vessel’s position. The two sides of the bay were surveyed
side. A floating dock is moored at the E end of the quay. independently and may not exactly match.
4.6A pier, with a light shown from its head, extends 100m W
and SW from the W extremity of Ilha da Conceicao. Baia de Guanabara to Baia de Sepetiba
4.6An L-shaped pier projects W, then about 450m N from the
NW extremity of Ilha do Mocangue, with a second pier pro- 4.8 Between Ponta do Arpoador and Cabo da Gavea,
jecting 300m N from its root. A wreck, with a depth of 8.3m, about 6 miles to the WSW, the coast is backed by the continua-
lies close N of this pier head. A third pier is reported to project tion of the mountains that surround Rio de Janeiro.
about 100m NW from the NE extremity of lha do Mocangue. 4.8Ponta dos Dois Irmaos, about midway along this stretch, is
A light is exhibited from the head of each pier. high and steep and rises to Pico Dois Irmaos, about 0.5 mile in-
4.6Pilotage is compulsory; pilots board at the quarantine an- land.
chorage. Before entering the port vessels must clear with port
4.8Cabo da Gavea (23°01'S., 43°18'W.) is the SW extremity of
authorities at the quarantine anchorage.
a rocky promontory. Pico da Tijuca, a conspicuous peak, stands
4.6Caution.—Foul ground lies 2 miles NW of Niteroi. about 4 miles N of the cape. A dangerous rock, with a depth of
2.5m, lies about 0.2 mile offshore and nearly 0.75 mile WSW
4.7 The bay N of Rio de Janeiro is generally shallow and
off the cape.
foul. The main channel, swept to a depth of 17m and described
4.8Ilhas Tijucas, consisting of three islets and several rocks
in paragraph 4.5, leads from the quarantine anchorage to about
whose least known depth is 2m, and are located about 1 mile S
1 mile E of Ilha d'Agua, about 0.7 mile off the E side of Ilha do
and SE of Cabo da Gavea.
Governador.
4.8Mariners are advised to navigate in depths no lower than the
There are several maritime terminals for the loading and dis-
20m curve when transiting this area.
4.7

charging of oil in the N part of Baia de Guanabara.

4.8A channel runs between the islets and the coast. Vessels us-
The principal terminals are, as follows:
4.7

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 123

ing this channel should keep near Cabo da Gavea, which is off the pier. A heavy swell sometimes runs into the bay and it
steep-to. may be necessary for a vessel to leave the berth and anchor off
it.
4.9 Pontal de Sernambitiba (23°02'S., 43°28'W.), a low 4.11Depths—Limitations.—A channel, marked by lighted
islet joined to the coast by a drying sand ridge, is located al- buoys and dredged to 22.5m, leads in a 328°30' direction for
most 10 miles W of Cabo da Gavea. Ilha Urupira lies 2.5 miles nearly 5 miles from a position about 3 miles SW of Ponta do
SW of Pontal de Sernambitiba, and between it and the main- Sino.
land is Ilha das Pecas. 4.11The channel then turns to the E and leads in a 069° direction
4.9Caution.—Submarine cables extend from the coast just E of for about 5 miles to a position abreast the ore pier off the S side
Pontal de Sernambitiba. of Ilha Guaiba. Range lights and a racon mark the two legs of
the channel. The distance from the entrance at the bar to the
4.9Ponta de Guaratiba (23°05'S., 43°34'W.) is the SW extrem-
port is 14 miles. The dredged depth of 22.5m is carried as far as
ity of a promontory which is about 1 mile wide. It rises to a
the maneuvering basin in front of the quay, which has a least
conical peak, 354m high, and is the SW end of a chain of
depth of 20.4m.
mountains surrounding Rio de Janeiro. A small low islet lies
close W of Ponta de Guaratiba. 4.11The South Berth (Outer Berth) has a depth of 22.5m along-
side; the North Berth (Inner Berth) has a depth of 19m along-
4.9Ilha Rasa da Guaratiba, close S of Ponta de Guaratiba, is
side. A mooring dolphin at the W end of the pier provides an
32m high and covered with low vegetation. An above-water
overall mooring length of 470m alongside the S berth. Vessels
rock lies about 0.1 mile WSW of the island. The passage be-
up to 21.6m draft and 350,000 dwt can be accommodated.
tween the island and the coast is obstructed by submerged
There is an air draft restriction at both berths of 19m.
rocks. A light is shown from the island.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by Rio de
Caution.—A wreck, best seen on chart, lies 1 mile W of
4.11

4.9

Janeiro. The pilot boards about 3 miles ENE of the Ponta dos
Ponta de Guaratiba.
Castelhanos light, at the extreme E point of Ilha Grande.
4.9Laje da Marambaia (23°07'S., 43°51'W.), about 15 miles
W of Ponta de Guaratiba and 2.75 miles offshore, is 18m high 4.11Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA 6 days, 48
and barren. From the S this steep-to rocky islet appears cone hours, and 24 hours in advance, with any changes sent at least
8 hours in advance, through either Rio de Janeiro or directly to
shaped. A light is shown from Laje da Marambaia. A shoal
with a depth of 7.3m and one with a depth of 7.6m lie 0.8 mile the terminal when within VHF range.
and 1 mile W, respectively, of the light. 4.11Vessels should request anchoring and berthing instructions 4
hours in advance or when within VHF range.
4.9Restinga de Marambaia, a tongue of land which extends
nearly 25 miles W from the foot of Morro de Guaratiba, is sep- 4.11Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the vicinity of the
arated from the mainland at its E end by a narrow channel. It is pilot boarding area, in a depth of 23m, sand and shell. Ships
should not proceed beyond this point unless a pilot is aboard
mostly sandy with some low vegetation.
and instructions for mooring have been received.
4.9Ilha de Marambaia, which forms the W end of this peninsu-
la, rises to a height of 641m. 4.11Large ships can anchor about 2 miles NE of Ponta dos Cas-
telhanos or about 3 miles NW of Ponta do Sino while awaiting
4.9Areas prohibited to anchoring or fishing are located along
berth to load ore.
the S coast of Restinga da Marambaia.
4.11Caution.—Less water than charted has been reported on the
328.5° entrance channel.
Baia de Sepetiba
4.12 Ilha Guaibinha (22°59'S., 44°02'W.) lies about 0.5
4.10 Baia de Sepetiba, N of Restinga de Marambaia, is
mile N of Ilha Guaiba. Anchorage is afforded in the middle of
about 20 miles long and up to 8 miles wide. The W part of the
the channel between the two islands, in depths of 13 to 14m.
bay has numerous islands and rocks, with deep water and good
anchorage between them. The E part of the bay, with fewer is- A shoal, with depths of less than 5.5m, extends about 0.7
4.12

mile E and 1.25 miles NE from Ilha Guaibinha.

lets and dangers, is shallower, but does not afford good anchor-
age. The N shore of the bay is low and intersected by several Laje Preta de Fora, above-water and showing a light, lies at
4.12

rivers and drainage canals navigable by small craft. the NE end of this shoal.
Ilha Jurubaiba (22°58'S., 43°57'W.) lies 5 miles NE of Ilha
The bay, approached W of Ilha do Marambaia, is entered be-
4.12

4.10

Guaiba and shows a light from its W side. A light is shown

tween Ponta do Sino (23°05'S., 44°01'W.) and Ponta do Bis-
from Laje do Cabrito, a submerged rock located 3 miles W of
po, about 6 miles to the NNW.
Ilha Jurubaiba. The island is flat and elongated in a E to W di-
rection, 32m high with rocky slopes.
Guaiba Island Terminal (23°01'S., 44°02'W.) Ilha de Jaguanum (23°00'S., 43°56'W.) lies about 2 miles
4.12

NE of Ponta Mangona, the N extremity of Ilha da Marambaia.

World Port Index No. 12935
The island shows two elevations of the same altitude separat-
4.12

ed by a depression. It is covered by intense vegetation, with

4.11 Guaiba Island Terminall da Ilha Guaiba) consisting of
a 470m long deep-water pier, is situated off the SE end of Ilha rocky slopes.
Guaiba, about 7 miles due N of the bay entrance. The terminal Anchorage is afforded off the NW side of Ilha de Jaguanum,
4.12

in a depth of about 9.1m. The best anchorage for small craft is

serves as an iron ore export facility.
NE of the island, in depths of 10 to 20m, but care should be
Tides—Currents.—The current runs about 2 knots at times
4.11

taken to keep clear of the spit extending NW from Ilha Bonita.

Pub. 124
124 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

4.13 Ilha de Itacuruca (22°57'S., 43°53'W.), the largest at Sepetiba. A single approach channel splits into NE and ENE
and highest island in Baia de Sepetiba, lies about 2 miles NE of branches leading to the W and E areas, respectively. The entire-
Ilha de Jaguanum, and is separated from the coast by Canal de ty of this channel has a control depth of 20m.
Itacuruca on its N side. The E port area consists of an L-shaped jetty, with a length
The island is flat on its N part and high on the S part, with
4.13 of about 540m, extending S from the shore. It forms a protect-
dense vegetation, rocky slopes with beaches, and many isolated ed basin with the container terminal to the N on the mainland
houses which is the village of Itacuruca that stands near the quay with 13.7-15.8m of depth and the TECAR berth to the S
mainland near the W entrance to the canal. on the N face of the L-shaped pier with depths of 9-10m. The
A pier in the village can accommodate vessels of up to 3m
4.13 inner-most portion of the basin has shallower depths ranging
draft. The canal has a minimum depth of 4.6m in the fairway. from 2-6m. The S face of the TECAR terminal has alongside
Anchorage may be obtained 183m S of the pier at Itacuruca,
4.13 depths of 20m. Immediately adjacent to the E of the L-shaped
in depths of 7 to 8m, mud, with good shelter from all except W pier is the Mineral Terminal, a T-head pier extending S from
and SW winds. The E part of Baia de Sepetiba is shallower the shore. Vessels moor at the end of the T in 20m depth.
than the W part and there are fewer islets and dangers in it. The W port area, built near the end of the cape consists of a
4.14

The NE part of the bay is low and backed by mangroves and

4.13 naval base, of which entry is restricted and construction works
it is broken by the mouths of several rivers and canals which are currently in progress. The basin is protected by two
are navigable by small craft. breakwaters that form a pincher shape, with the entry facing W,
The villages of Sepetiba and Pedra stand on this part of the
4.13 and with an opening about 200m wide. The depth of this naval
bay. Anchorage may be obtained by small vessels about 1 mile basin ranges from 10-12m. Enveloping the NW side of this
off Sepetiba, in a depth of 4m, mud. basin, just offshore of the W breakwater, is a bulk ore terminal,
Caution.—Several mooring buoys are located in Canal de
4.13 consisting of a single L-shaped pier, extending about 530m W
Itacuruca. from the land just N of the naval basin. From there it angles
A wreck is reported N of Ilha de Itacuruca.
4.13 SSW and extends approximately 1100m. Berthing is along the
lower half of the W side of this longer section, with depths of
4.14 Porto de Sepetiba (Itaguai) (22°56'S., 43°50'W.) 19m.
consists of three main terminals. Coal and aluminum are For further berthing information refer to table titled Sepetiba
imported and iron ore is exported. Containers are also handled. (Itaguai)—Berth Information.
Depths—Limitations.—Two separate port areas are present

Sepetiba (Itaguai)—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Companhia Portuaria Baia de Sepetiba (CPBS)
401 125m 20.0m 300m 18.1m 50.0m Iron ore. Berthing length of 370m (including dolphins).
TECAR Terminal
101 270m 20.3m 300m 19.8m 52.0m Coal and petcoke. Berthing length of 540m (continuous).
Iron ore. Berthing length of 342m (including dolphins) and
102 270m 20.3m 300m 19.8m 52.0m
540m (continuous).
202 270m 11.1m 300m 10.6m 50.0m Iron ore. Berthing length of 342m (including dolphins).
Sepetiba TECON
General cargo. Berthing length of 330m (including dolphins)
301 270m 13.5m 340m 13.0m 45.2m
and 810m (continuous).
302 270m 15.2m 334m 14.7m 48.4m Containers. Berthing length of 810m (continuous).
General cargo. Berthing length of 300m (including dolphins).
303 270m 15.2m 330m 14.7m 48.4m
and 810m (continuous).
Terminal Ternium
01 413m 17.0m 259m 14.0m 43.0m Coal and steel. Berthing length of 700m (continuous).
02 287m 17.0m 256m 14.0m 36.0m Steel products. Berthing length of 700m (continuous).
Porto Sudeste
B1 383m 19.6m 300m 17.8m 50.0m Iron ore. Berthing length of 766m (continuous).
B2 383m 19.6m 300m 17.8m 50.0m Iron ore. Berthing length of 766m (continuous).

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 125

Sepetiba (Itaguai)—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
TGS 3
201 253m 11.1m — 10.6m — Closed.

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by Rio de

4.14 and passes S of Ilha do Martins.
Janeiro. The pilot boards about 3 miles ENE of the Ponta dos It is reported (2015) that changes to the approach channel
4.14

Castelhanos Light, at the extreme E point of Ilha Grande. buoyage have been recently effected.
Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA 6 days, 48
4.14 Depths less than charted have been reported (2018). The
4.14

hours, and 24 hours in advance, with any changes sent at least mariner is advised to navigate with caution and obtain informa-
8 hours in advance, through either Rio de Janeiro or directly to tion about aids to navigation and depths in the approach chan-
the terminal when within VHF range. nels and the turning basin from the local authorities.
Vessels should request anchoring and berthing instructions 4
4.14 Works in progress are present in the inner harbor basin of the
4.14

hours in advance or when within VHF range. naval base near the end of the cape. Mariners are advised to
An alternative fairway channel, passing S of Ilha do Martins
4.14 contact local authorities for the latest information.
and marked by lighted buoys and a lighted beacon, is used by
outgoing vessels after unloading at Sepetiba. Ilha Grande
A restricted area of spoil ground, in which entry is prohibit-
4.14

ed, is located about 2 miles SE of the container terminal. The 4.15 Ilha Grande (23°09'S., 44°13'W.), lying in the en-
area is marked by buoys, and can also be seen on the chart. trance of Baia da Ilha Grande, is about 16 miles long and 7
Contact Information.—See the table titled Porto Sepeti-
4.14 miles wide. The island is mountainous and covered with thick
ba—Contact Information. vegetation to the water's edge.
Pedra d’Agua, the summit of the island, is 1,035m high; Pico
4.15

Porto Sepetiba—Contact Information da Papagaio, about 2 miles ESE, is 982m high and resembles a
parrot's beak.
Coal Terminal (TECAR) Ponta dos Castelhanos, the E extremity of the island, shows a
4.15

55-21-2688-9334 light.
Telephone The S coast of Ilha Grande is formed by several bays and
4.15

55-21-2688-9369
coves, two of which are located between Ponta de Lopes
Facsimile 55-21-2688-9209 Mendes and Ponta da Andorinha, 2.5 and 6 miles WSW, re-
E-mail [email protected] spectively, of Ponta de Castelhanos. The buildings of a penal
colony stand on the W side of the bay.
Container Terminal (TECON) Ponta dos Meros (23°14'S., 44°21'W.) is the SW extremity
4.15

55-21-2688-9268 of Ilha Grande. Ilha dos Meros lies 1 mile NW of the point and
rocks awash lie 0.25 mile NE of the island.
Telephone 55-21-2688-9288
55-21-2688-9603 Baia da Ilha Grande
Facsimile 55-21-2688-9211 4.16 The entrance to Baia de Ilha Grande lies between Ilha
E-mail [email protected] de Marambaia and Ponta de Juatinga (23°18'S., 44°30'W.),
30 miles to the WSW. The bay is extensive and its shores are
Web site http://www.csn.com.br deeply indented.
Port Authority The two channels of Grande Island Bay are easily recog-
4.16

nized by the elevations of Marambaia Island, on the E bank,

Telephone 55-21-3781-1891
and from Juatinga point, on the W bank, and Grande Island is
Facsimile 55-21-3781-2174 between them, also with outstanding mountains.
Approaching the E and W channels does not present any dif-
Web site http://www.portosrio.gov.br
4.16

ficulty up to the places of pilot boarding and disembarkation;

Pilots however, navigation in the vicinity of Marabbaia spit has re-
Call sign Pilot Sepetiba (Praticagem Sepetiba) strictions which are best shown on the chart.
There are numerous islands, islets, and rocks throughout the
4.16

VHF VHF channels 11, 12, 13, and 16 bay. There are good anchorage areas in most parts of the bay.
Caution.—The government of Brazil has established re-
4.16

Caution.—The buoyed channel passing W and N of Ilha do

4.14
stricted environmental protection areas throughout Baia da Ilha
Martins is now known as Secondary Channel. Main Channel, Grande and Baia da Ribeira. These areas, which can best be
formerly the alternative channel for departures, is also buoyed seen on the chart, are governed by numerous regulations.

Pub. 124
126 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

Baia da Ilha Grande—East Part Vessels approach the terminal through a channel marked by
4.18

lighted buoys. The channel, which is 9.2 miles long, 0.2 mile
4.17 The E part of the bay, lying W of Baia de Sepetiba, is wide, and has a least depth of 25m, begins about 3 miles N of
formed by the NE side of Ilha Grande and the coast to the N the W extremity of Ilha Grande.
and is entered between Ilha da Marambaia and Ponta de Cas- Pilotage.—Pilotage for the channel and berths is compulso-
4.18

telhanos (23°10'S., 44°06'W.). ry. The arrival time of vessel should be sent 72 hours in ad-
The bays and coves on the NE coast of Ilha Grande afford
4.17 vance and should be confirmed 48 hours and 24 hours before
excellent anchorage, but those on the mainland coast are gener- arrival. The pilot boards about 3 miles ENE of the Ponta dos
ally exposed to winds from SE through SW, and to the swells Castelhanos light, at the extreme E point of Ilha Grande. Ves-
caused by these winds. sels can be berthed day or night.
Enseada das Palmas (23°08'S., 44°07'W.) lies 2.5 miles
4.17

NW of Ponta de Castelhanos. The bay is separated into two Ilha Grande—Northwest Coast
small coves by Pontinha.
Anchorage can be obtained in the SE part of the bay in
4.17 4.19 The NW coast of Ilha Grande trends generally NE
depths of about 11m, and small craft may anchor off the head from Ponta Acaia (23°10'S., 44°23'W.) to the N extremity of
of the S cove, in a depth of about 7m. the island.
Ilha Pau a Pino is located about 3 miles N of Enseada das
4.17 Enseada de Aracatiba (23°09'S., 44°20'W.) is entered be-
4.19

Palmas and rises sheer from the sea. The island has little vege- tween Ponta Grande, 2.5 miles ENE of Ponta Acaia, and Ilha
tation, but shows a light. A rocky ledge extends about 0.2 mile Longa, 1 mile NE and close offshore. Anchorage is available in
SW from the island. the bay, with good shelter, about 0.4 mile S of the W end of Il-
Enseada do Abraao (23°08'S., 44°09'W.) lies about 2 miles
4.17 ha Longa, in a depth of 21m, mud.
NW of Enseada das Palmas. On the W shore of the bay are the Enseada de Sitio Forte is entered between Ponta Grossa de
4.19

large buildings of a disused quarantine station and a small Sitio Forte, about 2 miles NE of Ilha Longa, and Ponta Aripe-
landing pier. ba, about 1 mile farther E. The head of the bay is formed by a
Abraao, a small fishing village, stands at the head of the bay.
4.17 small cove, the W side of which is foul.
Vessels drawing up to 3m can berth at the pier at HW. Anchorage, sheltered from all winds, and the best on this
4.19

Anchorage may be obtained in any part of the bay according

4.17 coast, may be obtained in the bay. A good berth is situated 1
to draft. It is the best anchorage in the E part of Baia de Ilha mile SSE of Ponta Grossa de Sitio Forte, in a depth of 17m,
Grande, and is sheltered from all winds. mud.
Enseada da Estrela is located about 2 miles WNW of Ensea-
4.17 Saco do Bananal (23°06'S., 44°15'W.) is entered between
4.19

da do Abraao. Ponta Aripeba and Ponta do Bananal, about 1 miles to the NE.
Anchorage is available in all parts of the bay over a bottom
4.17 Laje Matariz de Fora, a rock with a depth of 5.3m, lies al-
4.19

of sand and mud, but the swell sometimes runs into it. most midway between the entrance points of the bay. Laje Ma-
Saco do Ceu, a landlocked cove, lies in the NW corner of the
4.17 tariz de Dentro, a rock with a depth of 0.5m, lies 183m SE of
bay. Small craft can anchor in Saco do Ceu, in depths of 6 to the above danger.
9m. A depth of 2.2m exists near the middle of the entrance to
the cove, about 183m N of the S entrance point. Baia da Ilha Grande—Central Part
Ilha de Macacos (23°05'S., 44°14'W.) is separated from Ilha
4.17

Grande by a narrow passage which is encumbered with rocks 4.20 The central part of the bay is formed by the NW side
and can be used by small boats at HW. of Ilha Grande and the much indented coast to the N. Numer-
Ponta Maria Albardo is the N extremity of the island and a
4.17 ous islands, islets, and dangers encumber this part of the bay.
shoal patch, with a depth of 13.1m, lies 0.3 mile N. The principal inlets on the mainland are Baia de Jacuacanga,
Porto de Angra dos Reis, and Baia da Ribeira.
Baia de Ilha Grande—North Shore The smaller islets and dangers in this area can best be seen
4.20

on the chart.
4.18 Baia de Mangaratiba (22°58'S., 44°04'W.) is entered Two anchorages lie tNW of Ilha Grande W of the channel
4.20

between Ponta do Bispo and Ponta da Cruz, about 0.5 mile entrance to TEBIG Oil Terminal.
WSW. This shallow bay is exposed to the sea, which breaks Ilha da Gipoia (Ilha da Jiboia) (23°03'S., 44°22'W.), about 8
4.20

heavily on its NW shore. The town of Mangaratiba stands on miles N of Ponta Acaia, is the largest and highest island front-
the E side of the bay and has a small concrete pier. ing the principal inlets on the mainland.
Laje de Mangaratiba, low, dark-colored, and steep-to, lies in
4.18 The coves on the N and E banks offer the best anchorage for
4.20

the approach to Baia de Mangaratiba. recreational boats, with depths from 3 to 10m, sheltered from
Between Laje de Mangaratiba and Ponta do Leme, about 10
4.18 the S and SW winds; however, the ones on the E bank are re-
miles to the WSW, the coast is fringed by off-lying islets and stricted. There is a submarine pipeline between their points.
indented by small bays, which can best be seen on the chart. Ilha de Porcos Grande, about 2 miles E of the SE side of Ilha
4.20

TEBIG Oil Terminal (23°04'S., 44°14'W.), a concrete pier da Gipoia, is the largest of a group of three islets, and is cov-
extending 1,280m from Ponta do Leme, has a berthing length ered with dark vegetation. Ilha de Porcos Pequena, the small-
of 570m. It accommodates tankers from 350,000 to 500,000 est, lies about 183m S of Ilha de Porcos Grande, and Ilha de
dwt, in depths of 30m on the S side of the pier and 36m on the Porcos Pequenos lies 0.15 mile off its N side.
N side of the pier. Laje Preta (23°03'S., 44°18'W.) lies about 0.2 mile NE of
4.20

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 127

Ilha de Porcos Pequena. It is dark in color with sparse vegeta- Depths—Limitations.—The Port of Angara do Reis Termi-
4.22

tion and shows a light. Laje do Miguel, a rock with a depth of nal consists of 2 berths. Berth No1 and No2 are 200m in length
7.6m, lies abot 0.3 mile NW of Laje Preta. with and alongside depth of 7.5m. These berths handle steel
Ilha Saracura (23°03'S., 44°16'W.), about 2 miles ESE of
4.20 products, grain and general cargo.
Laje Preta, lies on the E side of the approach to Baia de Jacua- Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by Rio de
4.22

canga. It is rather low and shows little vegetation. A light is Janeiro. The pilot boards about 3 miles ENE of the Ponta dos
shown from its W side. Castelhanos light, at the extreme E point of Ilha Grande.
Shoals extend ENE from Ilha Saracura, with a least depth of
4.20 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 7.8m, mud, with
4.22

6.2m lying 0.35 mile NE of the island. A passage between the conspicuous silo on the pier bearing about 280°, distant 0.4
these shoals and Ponta de Leste, 1 mile ENE, is marked on its mile. This anchorage is sheltered from all winds except from
E side by a buoy moored 0.25 mile W of the point. the SW, which raises a sea and causes a strong set toward the
Laje de Saracura, a rock with a depth of 7.2m, lies 0.4 mile
4.20 head of the harbor.
SW of Ilha Saracura. A 10.6m patch lies 0.4 mile W of the is- An outer anchorage lies with the silo bearing 015°, distance
4.22

land, while an 11.7m patch lies 0.6 mile S of the island. 1.25 miles, in a depth of 12m.
Laje dos Homens (23°02'S., 44°18'W.), a cluster of low and
4.20 Designated anchorages lie in the center of the bay, about 6
4.22

bare black rocks, lies about 2 miles WNW of Ilha Saracura, miles NW of Ponta Acaia, and can best be seen on the chart.
and shows a light.
4.23 Parcel da Ilha do Calombo (23°02'S., 44°19'W.), a
Baia de Jacuacanga submerged reef with one drying head, lies about 0.1 mile W of
the S end of Ilha do Calombo. The island has low vegetation
4.21 Baia de Jacuacanga (23°02'S., 44°15'W.) is entered and is surrounded by rocks. A light is shown from Parcel da Il-
between Ponta de Leste (23°03'S., 44°15'W.) and Ponta do ha do Calombo.
Peregrino, about 3 miles to the NW. Several islets, rocks, and A 3.8m patch, marked by a buoy on its W side, lies about
4.23

shoals lie in the bay. A monument stands at an elevation of 0.15 mile S of Parcel da Ilha do Calombo. A shoal patch, with
70m about 0.2 mile NE of Ponta de Leste. Submarine pipelines a depth of 2.5m and a lighted buoy moored close W, lies 0.3
are laid on the E side of the bay. mile N of the N end of Ilha do Calombo.
The SE side of the bay is exposed to SW winds but is com-
4.21 Ilha do Maia is located on the W side of the harbor, about
4.23

paratively free from dangers. The only dangers lying more than 0.25 mile ESE of Ponta do Calafate. Ilha Francisco lies 0.75
0.5 mile offshore are Laje das Duas Irmas, situated 1 mile NW mile NE of Ilha do Maia. A building stands on the highest
of Ponta de Leste and marked on its N side by a lighted buoy, point of the island.
and Laje do Bernardo, about 0.7 mile NNW of the same point. Laje das Enchovas, with a least depth of 2.8m and marked
4.23

The NW side of the bay is fringed to a distance of about 1

4.21 close NE by a buoy, lies about 0.2 mile NE of Ilha Francisco.
mile by islets and dangers, which include Ilhas das Duas Irmas, The numerous other dangers in the harbor can best be seen
4.23

two islets lying 0.75 mile and 1 mile, respectively, SSE of Pon- on the chart.
ta do Peregrino and Lajes Brancas, a prominent group of whit-
ish-colored bare rocks lying almost 0.75 mile ESE of the same Baia da Ribeira
point.
Lajes Pretas, a group of dark-colored, bare, above-water and
4.21 4.24 Baia da Ribeira (23°00'S., 44°23'W.) is entered be-
drying rocks lie 1 mile E of the point. Laje Grande, a group of tween Ponta da Maresia, the W extremity of Ilha da Gipoia,
black above-water rocks, showing a light, lying about 2 miles and Ponta do Coqueirao, on the mainland about 3 miles to the
ENE of the point. WNW.
In the N corner of the bay, a modern shipyard with four dry
4.21 The bay, extending about 8 miles NE, is thickly studded with
4.24

docks and 600m of quayage for vessels drawing up to 7m, islands and outlying sunken rocks extending from both sides.
stands near the town of Boa Vista. These dangers narrow the bay to about 1 mile in the center.
Anchorage is available in most parts of Baia de Jacuacanga,
4.21 Some of these dangers are marked by beacons and buoys and
but the whole of the E part is exposed to SW winds. The best can best be seen on the chart.
Anchorage for small craft are Enseada da Mombaca and En- The principal inlets in the bay are Enseada da Japuiba, on the
4.24

seada de Camorim, situated on the W side of the bay. E side; Enseada do Ariro, at the head; and Enseada de Bracuhy,
Caution.—Anchorage is prohibited in the charted pipeline
4.21 on the NW side.
area. Vessels entering the bay should proceed with caution and
4.24

should not attempt to enter any of its inlets without local

4.22 Angra dos Reis (23°01'S., 44°19'W.) (World Port In- knowledge.
dex No. 12940) is entered between Ponta da Cidade and Ponta Canal da Gipoia (23°02'S., 44°21'W.) leads N of Ilha da Gi-
4.24

do Calafate, about 2 miles to the W. The town is located on the poia and is one of the approaches to Baia de Ribeira. It has a
NW side of the bay. A conspicuous yellow silo stands on the least width of 0.4 mile and general depths of 12.8m, with the
wharf at the town. The buildings of a school stand at the head exception of a 7.3m patch in mid-channel. A rocky patch, with
of Enseada Batista das Neves, about 0.7 mile NE of Ponta do a depth of 3.2m, lies about 0.7 mile ESE of Ponta do Adolfo.
Calafate. A submarine cable is laid across the channel and is marked
4.24

Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in Porto de Angra

4.22 by lighted beacons on each side of the channel. A light is
dos Reis are very weak. shown from Laje da Figueira at the NW end of the canal.

Pub. 124
128 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

Baia da Ilha Grande—West Part Ponta de Juatinga to Ilha de Sao Sebastiao

4.25 The W part of the bay lies between Ponta de Juatinga, 4.26 Between Ponta de Juatinga and Ponta Negra, about 7
its SW entrance and Ponta da Coqueirao, about 17 miles to the miles to the SW, the coast is mountainous. Between Ponta Ne-
NNE. gra and Ponta da Trindade, about 7 miles farther W, the coast is
Ponta de Juatinga (23°18'S., 44°30'W.), which shows a
4.25 indented and forms several inlets all opening to the S.
light, is the S extremity of a high peninsula about 0.6 mile Between Ponta da Trindade and Ponta da Cruz, about 7 miles
4.26

long. Morro Cairucu, about 5 miles W of Ponta de Juatinga, to the W, there is a small inlet entered between Ponta do Com-
has twin peaks. Radar returns of 21 miles from Ponta de Juatin- buri and Ponta Brava.
ga have been reported. Parcel do Camburi, which has a depth of 10m, lies about 3
4.26

Enseada do Pouso is entered between Ponta da Mesa, 2.5

4.25 miles SW of Ponta da Trindade. During heavy SW seas, the
miles NW of Ponta de Juatinga, and Ponta Cajaiba (23°13'S., shoal breaks at times.
44°33'W.), 2.5 miles further NNW. The bay is clear of dangers, Enseada de Picinguaba and Enseada de Ubatumirim, both of
4.26

but is open to all except SW winds. which are opened to the SW and afford no shelter, lie within 6
Anchorage may be obtained near the middle of the bay, 1.25
4.25 miles to the W of Ponta da Cruz. Numerous islets and dangers
miles WNW of Ponta da Mesa, in a depth of about 17m, mud. lie within 2 miles of these bays.
Baia de Mamangua (23°14'S., 44°36'W.) and Enseada de
4.25 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies 0.5 mile W of Ponta Ne-
4.26

Parati Mirim have a common entrance between Ponta Cajaiba gra.

and Ilha do Algodao, about 2 miles to the NW.
Baia de Mamangua, the SE inlet, is 4.5 miles long and lies
4.25 4.27 Ilha das Couves (23°25'S., 44°51'W.) lies about 2
between two mountain ranges; it affords little shelter from SW miles SSW of Ponta da Cruz. Ilha Comprida lies about 0.3 mile
winds which blow through a gap in the mountains. Enseada de N of Ilha das Couves and has depths of 10.4m in the fairway
Parati Mirim, the NW inlet, is landlocked and sheltered. between the two islets.
Baia de Parati is entered between Ponta Grossa de Parati
4.25 Ilha Rapada (23°26'S., 44°54'W.) lies about 2 miles W of
4.27

(23°11'S., 44°39'W.) and Ilha do Araujo, about 3 miles to the Ilha das Couves.
NW. The bay is encumbered with numerous islets and shoals, Parcel da Rapada, a rock with a depth of 10.3m, lies about
4.27

but is accessible to small craft. The town of Parati stands near 0.2 mile S of Ilha Rapada.
the head of the bay. Parcel Grande da Rapada, with a depth of 14.6m, and Parcel
4.27

There is a small wooden pier in town which can accommo-

4.25 do Meio, with a depth of 14m, lie about 2 miles SE and 1.75
date vessels with drafts up to 2.4m at HW. miles ESE, respectively, of Ilha Rapada. Laje Grande, with two
A channel, with depths of over 5m, follows the SE shore of
4.25 above-water rocks, lies about 2 miles WNW of Ilha Rapada.
Baia de Parati, passing SE of Ilha de Bexiga, located 3.25 miles Enseada de Ubatuba (23°26'S., 45°03'W.) lies about 7
4.27

SW of Ponta Grossa de Parati, and the chain of islets and rocks miles W of Ilha Rapada, and is entered between Ponta Grossa
which extends 1.25 miles NE from this islet. and Ponta de Respingador.
Laje de Tapera, with a depth of 4.6m, encroaches on the SE
4.25 The town of Ubatuba lies at the head of the bay and is of lit-
4.27

side of this channel, 2.5 miles SW of Ponta Grossa de Parati, tle importance commercially.
and is marked on its NE side by a black buoy. A small T-headed pier, with a berthing length of 20m and a
4.27

The channel may be entered passing either side of Ilha de

4.25 depth of 3.7m alongside, is situated about 2 miles WNW of
Mantimento. The remainder of Baia de Parati has depths of Ponta Grossa, which shows a light.
less than 5m. Laje Patieiros, with a depth of 4.3m, lies about 0.1 mile N of
4.27

Anchorage is available for small craft SW of Ilha da Bexiga,

4.25 Ponta Grossa. The sea nearly always breaks over this shoal.
in depths of from 5 to 6m, mud, and sheltered from all winds. Anchorage is available on the S side of Baia de Ubatuba, in a
4.27

Ilha Rapada (23°10'S., 44°40'W.), 48m high, rocky with

4.25 depth of 6.4m, mud, 0.5 mile W of Ponta Surutuya, which lies
low vegetation, and surrounded by submerged and drying 1.25 miles NW of Ponta Grossa.
rocks. The island lies in the entrance to Baia de Parati, about 2
miles NW of Ponta Grossa de Parati. The island shows a light. 4.28 Ilha Anchieta (Ilha dos Porcos) (23°32'S., 45°04'W.),
Paracel dos Meros, an outlying drying shoal marked by a
4.25 about 5 miles SSW of Ponta Grossa, is separated from the
buoy, lies 7 miles ENE of Ilha Rapada. mainland by a channel 0.3 mile wide. The island is completely
From the vicinity of Ilha do Araujo, the shore of Baia de Ilha
4.25 covered with trees, but is hard to distinguish against the high
Grande trends N for 6 miles and then E for 13 miles to Ponta mainland. Ilha das Palmas lies about 1 miles off the E side of
do Coqueirao, and is fringed by numerous islets and sub- Ilha Anchieta.
merged rocks lying up to 2 miles offshore. Enseada das Palmas is entered between the NW extremity of
4.28

Vessels should not proceed within 3 miles of this shore with-

4.25 Ilha Anchieta and Ponta Norte, 1 mile to the E. The bay affords
out local knowledge. anchorage, in depths of 5 to 7.5m, with shelter from all winds
Anchorage is available to vessels with local knowledge off
4.25 except from those between NE and E. A prison stands on the S
the NW side of Ilha Sandri (23°03'S., 44°30'W.), in depths of shore of the bay.
8 to 12m, mud, good shelter from swells. Between Ponta Espaia and Ponta Grossa (23°35'S.,
4.28

45°13'W.), 8 miles to the WSW, the coast is formed by Ensea-

da do Flamengo, Enseada da Fortaleza, and Ensea da do Mar
Virado, three bays which afford temporary anchorage.

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 129

Small craft can anchor in Enseada do Flamengo, in a depth

4.28 nal, but are frequently interrupted by calms. At night, the land
of 6m, with good shelter in the NW part of the bay. wind is variable.
Between Ponta Aguda and Ponta Massaguacu, 3 and 9 miles
4.28 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents are irregular and fol-
4.31

WSW, respectively, of Ponta Grossa, there is a bay, the E part low the general direction of the winds, and almost always pro-
of which is shallow. Ilha do Tamandua is 1 mile W of Ponta ceeding them. They have a velocity of 1 to 2 knots, and
Aguda. The passage between it and the mainland is obstructed sometimes with strong winds, reach a velocity of 3 to 4 knots.
by rocks, awash. The height of the tide in the port varies from 0.2m at LW and
4.31

Enseada de Caraguatatuba (23°40'S., 45°23'W.) is entered

4.28 1.5m at HW, having a average level of 0.7m. The tide runs ei-
between Ponta Martim de Sa, 1 mile W of Ponta Massaguassa ther N into the channel or S with characteristics of permanent
(Ponta Massaguacu), and Ponta Arpoar, 5.5 miles S. It is filled flowing as if it was a river following the orientation as given by
by a bank of sand with depths of less than 5.5m. the channel.
Caraguatatuba (23°37'S., 45°25'W.), a fruit-exporting cen-
4.28 The current attains considerable speeds which might impair
4.31

ter, is situated at the N corner of the bay. A light is shown from maneuvering of vessels in the channel, especially at times of
Ponta Massaguassa; a tower stands on a hill located about 0.1 entrance of a cold front when winds attain a significant force.
mile N of Ponta Martim de Sa. Depths—Limitations.—The channel to the port of Sao Se-
4.31

Ilha do Mar Virado (23°34'S., 45°10'W.) lies about 3 miles

4.28 bastiao is 12.3 miles long. South Bar Channel is dredged to
ENE of Ponta Grossa. Between the N end of the island and the 24m, although depths of 19m have been reported. It is 300m
mainland, a number of islets and dangers restrict passage be- wide at its narrowest part, allowing entrance and sailing of ves-
tween the two. sels drawing up to 23m. North Bar Channel has a depth of 18m
and is 550m wide at its narrowest part, allowing entrance and
4.29 Ilha da Vitoria (23°45'S., 45°01'W.) lies about 11 sailing of vessels drawing up to 10m.
miles SSE of Ilha dos Porcos and shows a light from its E side. A shoal, with a depth of less than 9m, extends 1.5 miles N
4.31

Ilha dos Pescadores and Ilhote das Cabras lie off the N end
4.29 from Ponta das Canas.
of Ilha da Vitoria. A shoal of sand and mud, with depths of less than 5.5m, ex-
4.31

Ilha dos Buzios (23°48'S., 45°08'W.) lies about 6 miles

4.29 tends about 2 miles E from Ponta Arpoar. It then gradually
WSW of Ilha da Vitoria and Ilha Sumitica lies about 0.7 mile closes the coast to the S and ends at Ponta Araca, about 1 mile
SW of the S extremity of Ilha dos Buzios. An above-water rock S of Sao Sebastiao. A depth of 9.4m was reported about 3
and a rock, awash, lie midway between the two islands. miles NE of Sao Sebastiao Light.
Laje dos Moleques, is a cluster of low and bare rocks resem-
4.31

Ilha de Sao Sebastiao bling parts of a sunken wreck, and lies about 0.6 mile SW of
Ponta Araca and 0.2 mile offshore.
4.30 Ilha de Sao Sebastiao (23°50'S., 45°20'W.), moun- Vessels not bound for the port or terminal at São Sebastião
4.31

tainous and wooded, is separated from the mainland by Canal are prohibited from navigating in Canal de São Sebastião.
de Sao Sebastiao. Pico do Sao Sebastiao, its summit, stands on Vessels must keep in mid-channel as it was reported that less
4.31

the SW part of the island. In clear weather the island can be water than charted was found about 0.2 mile S of Laje dos Mo-
seen for about 45 miles. leques.
A light, with a racon, is shown from Ponta do Boi, the S ex-
4.30 Pilotage.—Pilotage, which is available 24 hours, is compul-
4.31

tremity of the island; a light is also shown from Ponta Pirabura, sory for the following vessels:
about 2 miles NE of Ponta do Boi. 1. Foreign vessels, tankers, gas carriers, and all vessels
Baia de Castelhanos, on the E side of the island, is exposed
4.30 transporting explosives.
to SE sea and winds. Saco do Sombrio is on the S extremity of 2. All vessels over 500 gt bound for Terminal Maritimo
Baia de Castelhanos, and affords complete sheltered anchorage Almirante Barroso.
to small craft, in depths of 10 to 20m. Pilots board, as follows:
4.31

Anchorage can also be taken in the S part of Baia de Castel-

4.30 Vessels should send their ETA and request for pilotage 48
4.31

hanos, in depths of about 20m mud, and sheltered to all winds hours and 24 hours in advance. Vessels should also establish
except NE and E winds. VHF contact with the pilot station to confirm their ETA 3 hours
Caution.—Dense fog has been reported in the vicinity of Il-
4.30 prior to arrival.
ha de Sao Sebastiao. 1. North approach—1.5 miles NNW of Ponta das Canas.
2. South approach—1.5 miles WSW of Ponta da Sela.
Canal de Sao Sebastiao
4.32 Sao Sebastiao (23°48'S., 45°24'W.) (World Port In-
4.31 Canal de Sao Sebastiao (23°48'S., 45°24'W.) lies be- dex No. 12960) has an L-shaped pier situated on the SE side of
tween the mainland and the W coast of Ilha de Sao Sebastiao. the town The outer commercial quay has a length of 150m,
The canal is entered from the N between Ponta das Canas with a depth of 8.2m alongside. The inner berth is 90m long
(23°44'S., 45°21'W.), and Ponta do Arpoar, 3 miles to the W, with a depth alongside of 5m. Tug assistance is required in
and from the S between Ponta da Sela, the W extremity of Ilha mooring at all berths.
de Sao Sebastiao, and Ponta Toque-Toque (23°50'S., Terminal Maritimo Almirante Barroso (23°48'S.,
4.32

45°31'W.). 45°23'W.) is located on the W edge of the channel between the

Winds—Weather.—The winds during the day blow nearly
4.31 shore and the island. Safe access for large tankers is possible
always from N, NE, or SSW following the direction of the ca- through the S entrance, but smaller tankers with drafts of 7.6m

Pub. 124
130 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

or less may enter through the N channel entrance. Canal de Sao Sebastiao which are best shown on the chart.
The head of the T-shaped jetty is 1,690m from the shore. The
4.32 A prohibited anchorage area exists 0.25 mile S of Ilhabela
4.32

N arm is 395m long and can accommodate a vessel of 150,000 extending to the opposite shore. This is a submarine cable area
dwt at the outside berth. The maximum permitted drafts along- and is marked by blue lights on each shore.
side are 13m at the inside berth and 19m at the outside. The S
arm is 510m long and can accommodate vessels up to 300,000 Ilha de Sao Sebastiao to Baia de Santos
dwt at the outside berth. The maximum permitted drafts are
18m at the inside berth and 23m at the outside berth. 4.33 Between Ponta Toque-Toque and Ponta Munduba, the
Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA 48 hours and
4.32 E entrance point of Baia de Santos, 44 miles to the WSW, the
24 hours in advance through Rio de Janiero and establish VHF coast forms a wide bay, the shores of which consists of sandy
contact with the terminal when within range. beaches separated by small rocky points. Serra do Mar contin-
Contact Information.—See the tables titled Sao Sebas-
4.32 ues to back the coast, but presents no prominent features.
tiao—Contact Information and Terminal Maritimo Almi- Ilha das Couves (23°48'S., 45°43'W.) lies 11.5 miles WNW
4.33

rante Barroso—Contact Information. of Ponta Toque-Toque. As Ilhas, two islets, lie about 0.5 mile
NE of Ilha das Couves.
Sao Sebastiao—Contact Information The passage between As Ilhas and Ilha das Couves is foul.
4.33

Baixo Pequeno and Baixo Grande, each with a least depth of

Pilots 2.4m, lie 0.4 mile S and 0.9 mile SW of Ilha das Couves. Ilha
VHF VHF channels 11 and 16 do Gatos lies about 1 miles E of Ilha das Couves.
Anchorage, sheltered from S and SE winds, is available for
4.33

55-12-3892-1332 (Operations)
small craft N of As Ilhas, in a depth of 11m. Breakers have
Telephone 55-12-3891-0031 (Administration) been reported over Baixo Grande.
Ilha Montao de Trigo (23°52'S., 45°47'W.) lies 4.5 miles
55-12-3891-0033 (Administration)
4.33

SW of Ilha das Couves and is 298m high, conical, and wooded

55-12-3892-1107 (Operations) up to its summit.
Facsimile Arquipelago de Alcatrazes (24°06'S., 45°42'W.) lies with
55-12-3452-1762 (Administration) 4.33

Ilha Alcatrazes, the largest of the group, 18 miles S of Ilha das

E-mail [email protected] Couves. The island is rocky with little vegetation and rises to a
Web site http://www.sppilots.com.br height of 316m.
Ilha da Sapata lies nearly 2 miles ENE of Ilha de Alcatrazas,
4.33

Port Control with two islets and a shoal with a depth of 2.3m in between.
VHF VHF channels 14 and 16 Ilha do Porto, with a small islet close WNW, lies about 0.4
4.33

mile NW of Ilha de Alcatrazas. The island shows a light.

55-12-3891-4211 Ilha do Paredao is the larger of two islets about 2 miles
Telephone 4.33

55-12-3891-4311 NNW of Ilha do Porto. A 7.6m shoal patch lies about 0.4 mile
SW of Ilha de Alcatrazes.
55-12-3891-4376
Facsimile These islands lie at the center of a firing exercise area, the
4.33

55-12-3891-4389 size of which is about 12 miles in radius. Anchoring and fish-

ing are prohibited.
Port Captain
VHF VHF channel 16 4.34 Laje de Santos (24°19'S., 46°11'W.), about 30 miles
55-12-3892-3133 WSW of Ilha de Alcatrazas, is a whitish rocky islet. A group of
Telephone rocks lie about 1 mile SE of Laje de Santos. A light is shown
55-12-3892-1555 from the islet.
Port Authority Pedra do Corvo (23°51'S., 46°08'W.), about 19 miles W of
4.34

Ilha Montao de Trigo, is the NE extremity of Ilha de Santo

Telephone 55-12-3892-1899 Amaro, which forms the E side of Porto de Santos, and the E
Facsimile 55-12-3892-1599 entrance of Canal de Bertioga.
The canal is narrow and navigable by small craft in depths
4.34

Web site http://www.portoss.sp.gov.br up to 3.m. The canal should not be attempted without local
knowledge. A light is shown from Pedra do Corvo.
Terminal Maritimo Almirante Barroso—Contact The E coast of Ilha de Santo Amaro, between Pedra do Cor-
4.34

Information vo and Ponta Santo Amaro, about 9 miles SSW, has several is-
lets and dangers lying within 1 mile.
VHF VHF channel 14
Ilha dos Arvoredos, lies about 7 miles SSW of Pedra do Cor-
4.34

Telephone 55-12-3891-4113 vo. The island shows good radar returns up to 20 miles. A tow-
Facsimile 55-12-3891-4210 er resembling a rocket stands on the island, however, it is
reported (2012) that this tower is obscured by trees.
Ilha da Moela (24°03'S., 46°16'W.) shows a light and is lo-
4.34

4.32 Anchorage.—There are designated anchorage areas within cated about 7 miles SW of Ilha dos Arvoredos. The island is a

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 131

good radar target, distant 19 miles. A continuous line of quays front the E and N side of the port
4.36

Ilha da Moela makes an excellent reference for vessels

4.34 for a distance of 5 miles starting about 0.7 mile NE of Ponta da
bound for the port of Santos from the SE. Praia. For berthing information refer to table titled Santos—
Berth Information.
Baia de Santos A buoyed channel, 100m wide, leads from the harbor chan-
4.36

nel to the turning basin abreast the wharf at the Alemoa Refin-
4.35 Baia de Santos (24°0'S., 46°21'W.) is entered be- ery.
tween Ponta Munduba and Ponta Itaipu, about 6 miles to the Canal de Piacaguera, a 60m wide channel, leads N through
4.36

W, and recedes about 5 miles N to Ilha de Sao Vicente. the Rio Piacaguera from the Alemoa turning basin to a wharf
The E part of Ilha de Sao Vicente is separated from Ilha de
4.35 which serves a fertilizer plant and a steel mill. A turning basin
Santo Amaro by a narrow buoyed channel which leads to Porto is located off the wharf. Vessels over 205m in length or with a
de Santos. There are general depths of 13 to 14.6m in the en- beam greater than 29m cannot use Canal de Piacaguera.
trance to the bay and 7 to 10m in its N part. The channel has reported dredged depths of about 10m.
4.36

The limiting draft for vessels with a length of greater than

4.36

Santos (23°57'S., 46°18'W.) 185m is 9m at HW and 8.3m at LW. The limiting draft for
vessels with a length of greater than 195m is 8.7m at HW and
World Port Index No. 12970 8m at LW.
Vessels may transit the canal only during daylight hours and
4.36

4.36 Santos consists of the navigable estuary between Ilha must be assisted by tugs.
de Santo Amaro and Ilha do Sao Vicente and forms a semi-cir- A shoal, with less than 1.8m and marked on its SE side by a
4.36

cle around the city. buoy, lies close to the dredged channel WSW of the W
The port serves the nearby city of Sao Paulo and is the larg-
4.36 extremity of Ilha Barnabe.
est port in South America. Water pipelines and submarine cables are laid in the vicinity
4.36

The approach channel, marked by buoys and ranges, is about

4.36 of the approach and harbor and can best be seen on the chart.
5 miles in length and is entered 2.25 miles SW of Ponta Gros- Overhead cables, with a vertical clearance of 81m, cross the
4.36

sa. The harbor channel is entered between Ponta da Praia to the harbor channel 1 mile N of the container terminal.
N and Ponta de Fortaleza to the S. Aspect.—Ponta Munduba and Ponta Itaipu, the entrance
points of Baia de Santos, are both high and covered with dark-
Port of Santos colored vegetation. Ponta dos Limoes, 3 miles NW of Ponta
Munduba, rises to high land and can be identified at a distance.
http://www.portodesantos.com A light is shown from Ilha das Palmas, about 1 mile SSW of
4.36

Ponta dos Limoes.

Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are from NE and
4.36
Monte Serrat (23°56'S., 46°20'W.), lying almost 3.5 miles
4.36

E, but sometimes they are from NW and SW. This latter wind NNW of Ponta dos Limoes, attains a height of 165m. A church
causes a rough sea in Baia de Santos. During the summer, the and a large building stand on its summit, while a conspicuous
prevailing winds are from the S and during winter from the N. pipeline runs in a NE direction from the summit. A church,
During the winter rainy season, heavy mist is common in the standing at a height of 208m, 1.75 miles SW of Monte Serrat is
morning. also prominent.
Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents are strong, especially
4.36
Two pairs of range lights and a sector light indicate the ap-
4.36

the ebb tide, which sometimes exceeds 3 knots. North winds proach and entrance to the harbor. The outer pair, in line bear-
decrease and SW winds increase the height of the tide. The ing 021.5°, leads into the dredged channel. The middle is a
range of the tide is 1.1m at springs and 0.3m at neaps. sector light. The inner pair is in line, bearing 094°, but has been
Depths—Limitations.—The seaward limit of the port of
4.36
reported to be difficult to distinguish.
Santos is the parallel of 24°02'S. Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels
4.36

The approach channel has been dredged (2012) to a depth of

4.36
when entering the Santos Fairway area and the Santos inner an-
13.5m. It was reported that silting may be present in the chan- chorage:
nel and harbor and that depths may be less than charted.

Santos—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
ADM Terminal
Sugar and grain. Continuous berthing length of
39 305m 13.7m 289m 13.2m 40.0m
610m with Berth 38.
Terminal Exportador de Santos (TES)
General cargo, grain, and soybeans. Continuous
38 305m 13.7m 270m 13.2m 43.0m
berthing length of 610m with Berth 39.

Pub. 124
132 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

Santos—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Cereal Sul Terminal
13 190m — 200m — 32.0m Grain and salt.
NST Terminal
30 and 31 — — 229m — 36.0m Wood pulp. Continuous berthing length of 400m.
Libra Terminals
Containers and breakbulk. Continuous berthing
36/37 — 12.5m 229m — 32.0m
length of 376m. Reported closed (2019).
34-35 770m 13.5m 354m 13.2m 48.0m Containers and breakbulk.Continuous berthing
33/34 600m 11.7m 260m — 37.0m length of 2,000m. Reported closed (2019).
Fibria Terminal
32 300m — — 11.5m 36.0m Wood pulp.
T-Grao Cargo Terminal de Graneis
Malt, wheat, soya, and maize. Continuous
26 236m 13.0m 235m 11.0m 40.0m
berthing length of 703m.
Concais Passenger Ferry Terminal
25 350m — 294m 13.2m 3.06m Cruise vessels and breakbulk.
Perola Terminal de Graneis
22/23 250m — 213m 10.0m 32.0m Potassium chloride.
TAC
20/21 261m — 240m 12.1m 38.0m Sugar.
Rumo Logistica Terminal
14/15 230m 11.5m 225m 11.5m 36.0m
Grain and agricultural products. Continuous
16/17 270m 13.0m 265m 12.2m 43.0m
berthing length of 770m.
19 270m 13.0m 265m 12.2m 38.0m
Terminal 12A (COFCO)
12A 260m 12.2m 290m 10.8m 40.0.0m Sugar, wheat, corn, and soy.
Brasil Terminal Portuario (BTP)
1 to 3 — 15.0m 337m 13.6m 48.0m 1,108m continuous length. Containers.
Embraport
Containers. Berthing length of 470m (including
1 446m — 210m — 36.0m
dolphins).
2 656m 16.0m 340m 14.5m 49.0m Containers and reefer.
TEV Terminal
Vehicle Wharf 310m — 244m — 40.0m Project and heavy cargo.
Tecon Santos Container Terminal
1 245m — 333m 15.0m 48.0m
2 245m — 333m 15.0m 48.0m
Containers. Continuous berthing length of 980m.
3 245m — 333m 15.0m 48.0m
4 245m — 335m 15.0m 48.0m

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 133

Santos—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
TGG Terminal
Pier 1 276m 14.3m 235m 12.8m 38.0m Soya and grain.
TEAG/Cargill Terminal
Pier 1 168m 13.3m 229m 12.8m 33.0m Sugar.
Pier 2 168m 13.3m 235m 12.8m 33.0m Grain.
Usiminas - Terminal Maritimo Privativo de Cubatao
1 200m 12.0m 181m 9.0m 30.0m Coal and iron ore products.
2 200m 12.0m — 9.0m — Closed. Steel products and breakbulk.
3 172m 12.0m 200m 9.0m 32.0m Steel products and breakbulk. Continuous
4 172m 12.0m 200m 9.0m 32.0m berthing length of 344m.
Closed. Petcoke, coal, and bunkers. Discharge
5 302m 12.0m 205m 9.0m 32.0m
only.
Decimar Terminal
Quay 225m — 229m — 32.0m PCC.
Ecoporto Santos (Tecondi) Container Terminal
New Quay 320m 12.2m 255m 9m 38.0m
North 200m 12.2m 190m 9m 31.0m Containers and project/heavy cargo.
North East 200m 12.2m 190m 9m 28.5m
TMV—Terminal Maritimo do Valongo
Quay 225m — 212m — 32.0m Containers and project/heavy cargo.
Wharf Area 27
27 212m — 317m 8.3m 40.0m Cruise vessels and containers.
Wharf Area 28
28 213m — 333m — 41.0m Cruise vessels.
Citrosuco
29 198m — 295m 13.2m 32.0m Refrigerated cargo.
Sucocitrico Cutrale Terminal
Refrigerated cargo and cereals. Berthing length of
Cutrale Pier 199m 13.3m 235m 12.1m 38.0m
256m (including dolphins).
TERMAG - Terminal Maritimo do Guaruja
TERMAG
276m 14.4m 229m 12.4m 34.0m Sulfur and fertilizer.
Pier
TIPLAM Terminal (Terminal Integrador Portuario Luiz Antonio Mesquita)
Main Sulfur
and Fertilizer 177m 10.3m 229m — 32.0m Chemical gas, LPG, and fertilizer.
Pier
Sugar, grain, and fertilizer. Continuous berthing
2 295m — 229m — 36.0m
length of 590m.
3 295m — — — — Closed. Continuous berthing length of 590m.
4 240m — 229m — 32.0m Sugar, grain, and fertilizer.

Pub. 124
134 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

Santos—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Alemoa Tanker Terminal
Clean products, dirty products, crude, bunkers,
P-01A 95m 12.0m 250m 11.0m 40.0m and LPG. Berthing length of 397 (including dol-
phins).
Clean products, dirty products, crude and LPG.
AL 02 95m — 250m 12.7m 44.0m
Berthing length of 340 (including dolphins).
Clean products, aviation fuel, chemical gases,
chemicals, crude, bunkers, LPG, and vegetable
AL 03 120m — 250m 12.7m 43.0m
oils. Berthing length of 400m (including dol-
phins).
Clean products, aviation fuel, chemical gases,
chemicals, crude, bunkers, LPG, and vegetable
AL 04 120m 12.0m 240m 11.7m 43.0m
oils. Berthing length of 377m (including dol-
phins).
Ilha Barnabe Terminal
Sp Pier No1 Clean products, aviation fuel, chemicals, crude,
151m — 215m 9.0m 40.0m
(Sao Paulo) bunkers, LPG, and vegetable oils. Berthing length
Bc Pier No2 of 265m (including dolphins) and 302m continu-
151m — 215m 9.8m 40.0m ous.
(Bocaina)
Chemicals. Berthing length of 277m (including
Pier AGEO 130m — 229m — 40.0m
dolphins).
Dow Brasil Sudeste Industrial Ltda (Terminal Maritimo DOW)
Products Chemicals and bunkers. Berthing length of 265m
30m — 183m 11.0m 32.0m
Berth (including dolphins).

4.36

4.36 Ilha da Moela from SE

1. All foreign vessels. 4.36 Aerial view of Santos

2. All vessels carrying dangerous cargo.
3. All Brazilian vessels over 2,000 dwt. draft vessels are boarded either 0.9 mile W of Ponta Grossa or
Pilotage is also required for shifting berths or changing an-
4.36
as directed by the pilot station.
chorage positions. The pilot boat flies a red flag with a black “P” on it. In bad
4.36

Vessels should send their ETA 2 hours in advance; this mes-

4.36
weather, the pilot will direct vessels from the pilot boat to a
sage should also include the vessel’s draft and the pilotage re- sheltered position in order to board vessel.
quest. The ship must not proceed N of the pilot station until a pilot
4.36

The pilot boards about 0.6 mile W of Ilha das Palmas. Deep-
4.36
has been embarked. The pilot station and pilot boat are

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 135

during the voyage at the ports mentioned below, will be inter-

dicted prior to entering the Santos Estuary, in order that an in-
spection may be carried out at an opportune moment to
eliminate such mosquito carriers if they should be found on-
board.
The characteristics of the Santos, in the interior of an estuary
4.36

reached through a narrow channel, where mosquitoes may eas-

ily reach land on either side, makes such inspection necessary
before the entrance of vessels, therefore, an official detailed to
carry out this job will accompany the pilot when he boards the
vessel at the bar.
Vessels arriving from such ports will no longer be granted
4.36

free pratique requested by radio. This will be given on the oc-

casion of the regular Sanitary Visit against presentation by the
Captain of the document supplied by the official proving that
the inspection was carried out.
Non-compliance with these regulations will be considered as
4.36

4.36 Santos infraction of the law and subject to legal penalties.

Vessels arriving from the following ports will be subject to
4.36

equipped with VHF radiotelephone. the above-mentioned inspection at the bar:

Regulations.—A vessel reporting system, which is manda-
4.36
1. Ports of Mexico and the United States situated in the
tory for vessels 20 gross tons and over, is in operation in San- Gulf of Mexico.
tos. Vessels must report to Control Post (PWS 88), as follows: 2. Ports of the Antilles.
1. When anchoring. 3. Ports of Central America.
2. When leaving an anchorage. 4. Ports of Colombia, Venezuela, and the Guianas.
3. Inbound vessels—When abreast of Ilha das Palmas. 5. Ports of intertropical Africa.
4. Outbound vessels—Immediately before leaving the Contact Information.—See the table titled Santos—Con-
4.36

berth. tact Information.

The report must include the following information:
4.36

1. Vessel name. Santos—Contact Information

2. International call sign.
Pilots
3. Flag.
4. Port of origin (inbound vessels) or port of destination VHF VHF channels 11 and 16
(outbound vessels). 55-13-3269-4045 (Administration)
5. Type of vessel.
6. Anchorage or berth (inbound vessels) or estimated Telephone 55-13-3269-4043 (Administration)
date of arrival at destination (outbound vessels). 55-13-3269-4050 (Operations)
7. Estimated date of departure and cruising speed (out-
bound vessels). 55-13-3261-5098 (Administration)
Facsimile
Vessels changing berth or anchorage must report the follow-
4.36
55-13-3261-1990 (Operations)
ing information:
1. Vessel name. E-mail [email protected]
2. International call sign. Web site http://www.sppilots.com.br
3. Previous position.
4. Present position. Reporting System
All communications must be made in Portuguese or English.
4.36 Call sign PWS88
All times are given in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). For-
VHF channels 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 68, 69,
eign vessels should utilize the pilot to aid in providing the in- VHF
71, and 74
formation to Control Post.
If communications cannot be established with Control Post,
4.36 Port Captain
the vessel should contact the Captain of the Port of the State of VHF VHF channel 16
Sao Paulo by the quickest and most convenient means possible,
with the following information: Telephone 55-13-3221-3454 (extension 210)
1. Vessel’s name. Facsimile 55-13-3222-3188
2. Date and time of event.
3. Reason why communication has not been made. E-mail [email protected]
The Inspectorate has decided that, in view of the possibility
4.36
Port Authority
of the transmission by mosquito carriers of yellow fever and
certain types of malaria non-existent in Brazil, vessels having Telephone 55-13-3233-6565
Santos as the first Brazilian port of call, and having called

Pub. 124
136 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

Santos—Contact Information miles NW of Ilha Queimada Grande. This conical islet is visi-
ble for about 20 miles.
Facsimile 55-13-3233-3080 Laje Noite Escura, with a depth of 11m, lies about 0.5 mile S
4.38

E-mail [email protected] of the islet. Parcel do Una, with a depth of 5.8m, lies about 16
miles SW of the islet.
Web site http://www.portodesantos.com.br Between Ponta do Una (24°25'S., 47°01'W.) and Barra de
4.38

Icapara, about 27 miles to the SW, the Rio Comprido and the
Anchorage.—Designated anchorage areas and requirements
4.36
Rio Ribeira de Iguape empty into the sea. Ponta da Jurea lies
for using them are shown on the chart. midway between these two rivers. Barra de Icapara, entered 3
Caution.—Anchorage is prohibited outside the designated
4.36
miles SW of the Rio Ribeira de Iguape, is narrowed by two
areas or in the dredged channel. In addition, vessels are advised sand banks on which the sea nearly always breaks.
to avoid the submarine cables laid across the S approach to Small craft with local knowledge can cross the bar in good
4.38

Baia de Santos. weather. A dangerous wreck lies about 10 miles E of Barra de

The maximum speed permitted in the harbor is reported to
4.36
Icapara.
be 6 knots. Between Barra de Icapara and Barra de Cananeia, about 34
4.38

The harbor and entrance channel require continuous dredg-

4.36
miles to the SW, the coast is formed by Ilha Comprida.
ing due to silting and the depths may be less than stated, espe- This low island, separated from the mainland by Mar
4.38

cially in the turning basins. Pequeno, is covered with mangroves on its NW and central
part. It has a greatest width of about 3 miles and is visible a
Baia de Santos to Baia de Paranagua short distance.
Mar Pequeno, navigable by vessels with drafts up to 3m, has
4.38

4.37 Between Ponta de Itaipu, the W entrance of Baia de sharp bends and an average width of 0.4 mile. It is encumbered
Santos, and the mouth of Rio Itanhaem, about 23 miles to the by many islets and sand banks, which are covered with man-
WSW, the coast is generally low. groves.
It is backed by a range of mountains from 5 to 12 miles in-
4.37
About 12 miles NNE of Barra de Cananeia, Mar Pequeno di-
4.38

land. Some hills, appearing as islands from a distance, stand vides into two arms. Mar do Cubatao, the W arm, leads SW in-
between the mountain range and the coast. to Baia do Trapande; Ilha de Cananeia is formed between these
The Rio Itanhaem (24°11'S., 46°48'W.) can be entered by
4.37
two arms.
small craft at HW, but local knowledge is necessary. Iguape (24°42'S., 47°33'W.) is situated on the NW shore of
4.38

The town of Conceicao de Itanhaem stands on a hill on the N

4.37
Mar Pequeno, about 7 miles W of Barra de Icapara. A church
side of the mouth of the river. in the town, with two tall towers, is prominent from seaward.
Between the mouth of the Rio Itanhaem and the mouth of the
4.37
On the W side of the town is Canal Valo-Grande, an artificial
4.38

Rio Peruibe, about 14 miles SW, the coast continues low and channel leading N to join the Rio Ribeira de Iguape.
sandy. From the mouth of the Rio Peruibe to Ponta Paranapua There are two piers for small craft at the town. Pilots can be
4.38

Guassu, about 4 miles to the S, the coast is steep. obtained at Cananeia at the SW end of Mar Pequeno.
Ilha de Peruibe (24°22'S., 46°59'W.) lies about 2 miles SSE
4.37

of the mouth of the Rio Peruibe and 1 mile offshore. Ilha do 4.39 Ilha de Bom Abrigo (25°07'S., 47°52'W.) lies 4
Guarau lies about 1 mile S of Ilha de Peruibe. A stranded miles SSE of Barra de Cananeia and is saddle-shaped and
wreck lies about 0.3 mile N of this islet. A number of islets and wooded. A small rugged islet, 130m high with some vegeta-
rocks lie N and S of Ilha do Guarau Light. tion, lies 0.25 mile to the SE, with an above-water rock and a
rock awash close to it. Ilha de Bom Abrigo shows a light.
4.38 Laje de Conceicao (24°14'S., 46°41'W.), a bare Pilotage can be obtained at Cananeia. If previous notice is
4.39

above-water rock, lies about 6 miles ESE of the mouth of the given, they will board vessels at the anchorage off Ilha de Bom
Rio Itanhaem. The islet shows a light. Laje Pedro Segundo, Abrigo.
with a least depth of 1.7m, lies about 8 miles ESE of Laje de Barra de Ararapia lies about 16 miles SW of Ilha de Bom
4.39

Conceicao. The sea breaks on this steep-to shoal during bad Abrigo Light. Small craft should enter only during good
weather. weather and with local knowledge. Ilha do Castilho, 7 miles
Parcel da Conceicao (24°18'S., 46°47'W.), with a least
4.38
ENE of Barra de Ararapira, has two summits and resembles a
depth of 4m, lies about 6 miles SW of Laje de Conceicao. The castle at a distance. Ilha Figueira lies about 7 miles SW of Ilha
sea breaks over this rocky shoal during fresh onshore winds. Castilho and is steep, rocky, and almost bare.
Parcel das Reis, with a depth of 13.1m, lies about 8 miles SE
4.38
Anchorage is available, with good shelter, about 0.2 mile off
4.39

of Laje de Conceicao. the NW side of Ilha de Bom Abrigo, in depths of 6 to 9m, sand,
Ilha Queimada Grande (24°30'S., 46°40'W.), almost bar-
4.38
but care must be taken to avoid a shoal, with a depth of 4.8m,
ren, lies about 15 miles S of Laje de Conceicao. The rounded located 0.3 mile NW of Ilha de Bom Abrigo Light.
summit, which is in its SW part, appears to have twin peaks The bar at Barra de Cananeia is bounded by banks which ex-
4.39

when seen from E or S. Parcel de Sueste, a 2.3m patch, lies tend from the S end of Ilha Comprida and from the coast 3
close SE of the islet. miles S, but these can be seen as the sea always breaks over
The islet shows a light from its N extremity. Good radar re-
4.38
their extremities. The entrance is narrow, but vessels drawing
turns have been reported from the islet at 17 miles. up to 2.5m can enter in calm weather.
Ilha Queimada Pequena (24°23'S., 46°48'W.) lies about 10
4.38
The banks at the bar are subject to frequent change and the
4.39

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 137

entrance should not be attempted without up-to-date local Ilhas das Palmas, consisting of two islets, lie about 1 mile
4.41

knowledge. Within the bar, depths increase to about 18m. NNE of Ponta das Conchas, the E extremity of Ilha do Mel.
A number of rocks and shoals lie to the W and N of Ilhas das
4.41

Baia de Paranagua Palmas and can best be seen on the chart.

Banco dos Ciganos, with depths less than 5.5m, and Banco
4.41

4.40 Baia de Paranagua (25°29'S., 48°30'W.) is entered das Palmas, with depths of less then 1.8m, lie on the S side of
between Ponta Inacio Dias and Pontal do Sul, about 10 miles to Canal Norte. The sea almost always breaks over the bank when
the SW. The bay extends to the N and W, and contains many is- there is a breeze.
lands and islets. In the entrance of Canal Sueste, two wrecks lie on the W side
4.41

Baia das Laranjeiras, the N branch of the bay, is entered

4.40 of the channel. The northernmost wreck lies about 2 miles SE
about 7 miles W of Ponta Inacio Dias and is almost entirely ob- of Ponta do Joaquim and is marked by a buoy. The second
structed by mud banks. It should not be entered without local wreck lies about 0.3 mile SE of the buoy.
knowledge. A dangerous wreck, marked by a buoy, lies 0.75 mile WSW
4.41

The W branch of the bay extends about 21 miles from Pontal

4.40 of Ilhas das Palmas.
do Sul. Porto de Paranagua and Porto de Antonina lie on the S Banco da Galheta, on the S side of Ilha do Mel, is a circular
4.41

side of the W branch about 15 and 26 miles, respectively, from shaped sand bank on which the sea breaks.
the entrance to Canal da Galheta. Canal da Galheta, the deep buoyed channel to Porto de Para-
4.41

Ilha do Mel (25°31'S., 48°20'W.) lies in the middle of the

4.40 nagua, passes through the NE part of Banco da Galheta.
entrance of the bay and divides it into two channels. The island Depths—Limitations.—Canal da Galheta has been dredged
consists of two parts connected by a narrow isthmus. The N to a depth of 11.5m. Inshore of Ilha da Galheta the channel was
part is low and the SE part hilly. dredged (2003) to a depth of 12m. It is reported (2014) dredg-
Canal Norte and Canal Sueste cross Barra de Paranagua and
4.40 ing is in progress in Canal da Galheta.
lead N of Ilha do Mel. The channel is 200m wide from seaward to 0.75 mile wide
4.41

Tides—Currents.—Seaward of the bar, the tidal currents SE of Ilha da Galheta, then 150m wide to Porto de Paranagua,
sets NE and SE at velocities of 1 to 2 knots. with a widening to 250m at the bend N of Rasa de Cotinga.
The seaward end of the channel is marked by buoys moored
4.41

about 4 miles SE of Ilha de Galheta.

Canal da Galheta is subject to silting and depths may be less
4.41

than stated.
Two channels, Canal Sueste and Canal Norte, are located NE
4.41

of Canal da Galheta. Both channels give access to the entrance

of the bay where they merge together between Ponta das Pecas
and Ponta do Bicho.
Neither Canal Sueste or Canal Norte should be used by deep
4.41

draft vessels when a heavy sea is running nor should they be at-
tempted without a pilot.
Canal Sueste is about 20 miles long with depths of 10 to
4.41

20m. The approach is made between Ilha do Mel and Ilhas das
Palmas. A buoy marks its seaward entrance.
Canal Norte passes between Banco Superagui to the N and
4.41

Banco dos Ciganos and Banco das Palmas to the S. This chan-
nel is unmarked and should not be attempted without local
4.40 Ponta das Conchas Light knowledge.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board vessels 5.5
With strong E winds, the SW current runs from 2 to 3 hours
4.40
miles SE of Ilha da Galheta. A pilot should be requested 24
longer than the NE current, and attains a velocity of about 3 hours, and confirmed 3 hours, before a ship’s ETA. A pilot is
knots. always on duty at the old pilot station at Ponta das Conchas in
In Canal Norte, the flood current sets to the NW and the ebb
4.40
case of emergency. The pilot station can be contacted on VHF
sets SE, at a rate of 2 knots. With S to SE winds or spring tides, channels 6 and 16.
the ebb can reach a rate of about 5 knots. Regulations.—Ships of less than 20m in length and sailing
4.41

In Canal Sueste, the flood current sets WNW at a rate of 1

4.40
ships must not interfere with the movement of other ships with-
knot to 2 knots, and the ebb sets S at a velocity of 2 knots. With in the narrow channel of Canal de Galheta.
S or SE winds or spring tides, the flood can attain 3 knots and Vessels engaged in fishing must not interfere with any other
4.41

the ebb 4 knots. ship navigating in Canal de Galheta or its access.

Ships are forbidden to cross the channel or its access if such
4.41

4.41 Banco do Superagui (25°29'S., 48°14'W.), with crossing interferes with the safe passage of another ship within
depths of less than 5.5m and on which the sea breaks, extends the channel or its access.
about 2 miles SW from Ponta Inacio Dias. Then its S edge, Ships should not overtake in the channel and ships should
4.41

which forms the N side of Canal Norte, extends W to the S ex- avoid anchoring in the channel. Vessels proceeding with the
tremity of Ilha das Pecas. tidal current have the right of way.

Pub. 124
138 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

Entry and exit of Canal de Galheta will be permitted at all

4.41 Tides—Currents.—At spring tides, the flood current attains
4.42

stages of the tide during daylight hours only. Tug assistance in a velocity of 0.75 knot, the ebb a velocity of 2.4 knots. At neap
the channel is mandatory for all vessels drawing more than tides, the flood and ebb currents attain a velocity of about 0.75
9.4m. knot.
Depths—Limitations.—Two channels enter the harbor. The
4.42

4.42 Porto de Paranagua (25°30'S., 48°31'W.) (World N channel, used by coasters and fishing craft. The SE channel,
Port Index No. 12980) lies in the W part of the bay about 12 known as Galheta Canal, has a depth of 11.5m, is 4,500m long
miles WNW of Ponta das Conchas. Vessels arriving, approach and 150m wide, and is used by ocean-going vessels. The maxi-
the bar and embark a pilot at the waiting buoy. The distance mum official draft for crossing the bar is 9.5m during spring
from the bar to the docks is 18 miles. tide and 8.8m during neap tide.

Paranagua—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Soceppar Terminal
201 285m — 230m 12.5m 38.0m Grains, bran, bulk sugar, and mineral ores.
Bunge Terminal
206 183m — 225m 10.9m 35.0m Grain, bran, and bulk sugar.
Main Quay
202 183m 10.6m 229m — 37.0m General cargo, passengers, breakbulk sugar,
208 183m — 229m 10.9m 32.0m and salt.
TEAPAR Terminal
Breakbulk, bunkers, reefer, and refrigerated
205 183m — 229m 12.4m 36.0m
goods.
Technint (Porto Pontal Parana)
Containers, offshore, project/heavy, steel
Main Quay 300m 16m — 14.0m —
products, and breakbulk.
Commercial Quay
209 232m 10.6m 200m 9.8m 32.0m Grains, breakbulk, bunkers, ro-ro/lo-lo, and
211 233m — 235m 12.5m 38.0m solid bulk. 465m continuous length.
Export Corridor
212 232m — 235m 12.5m 38.0m
Grain, bunkers, and sugar. Continuous berthing
213 232m — 245m 13m 40.0m
length of 696m.
214 232m — 292m 13.3m 45.0m
Pasa Terminal
204 183m — 235m 12.5m 36.0m Sugar, containers, breakbulk, and bunkers.
Terminal de Conteineres de Paranagua (TCP) (TEVECON)
215 227m — 336m 12.3m 48.0m
216 227m 12m 337m 11.9m 48.0m Containers, bunkers, reefer, and PCC.
217 315m — 337m 12.3m 48.0m Continuous berthing length of 969m.
218 200m — 337m 12.1m 48.0m
Fospar (Mosaic) Terminal
Fertilizer and bunkers. Berthing length of
External Pier 257m 12.3m 250m 12.2m 40.0m
305m (including dolphins).
Fertilizer and bunkers. Berthing length of
Internal Pier 255m 10.6m 210m 8.9m 32.0m
282m (including dolphins).

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 139

Paranagua—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Cattalini Terminal
External Pier 250m 12.5m 235m 12.0m 40.0m
Chemicals, bunkers, and vegetable oils.
Internal Pier 244m 10m 190m 10.0m 35.0m
Tepar Terminal
PP-1 (Main Pier
196m — 200m 11.6m 40.0m
External) Chemicals, clean products, dirty products,
PP-2 (Main Pier LPG, vegetable oils, and bunkers.
186m 10.0m 190m 10m 40.0m
Internal)
PS - Secondary
80m 5.8m — — — Dirty products and bunkers.
Pier

Vessels can enter at any time, except those vessels with a

4.42 Anchorage.—Anchorage in the outer roads is available, in
4.42

draft over 10.7m. The maneuvering basin is 700m wide and 8.5 depths of 15 to 20m, and in the inner roads, in a depth of 14m.
to 11.9m deep. For further berthing information refer to table Other designated areas have been established off Porto de
4.42

titled Paranagua—Berth Information. Paranagua and are best seen on the chart.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.
4.42 Caution.—Vessels should obtain updated local information
4.42

Pilots should be requested 24 hours and 3 hours in advance. on depths in channels and basins due to the accumulation of
Pilots board about 1.6 mile SE of Canal de Galheta at position sand.
25°38’S, 48°15’W. Pilotage is also provided for Porto de The dredged approach channels are not safe for navigation
4.42

Antonina. when there are high winds.

Paranagua—Contact Information 4.43 Porto de Antonina (25°26'S., 48°42'W.) (World Port

Index No. 12990), is situated in an inlet at the head of the W
Pilots branch of Baia de Paranagua, 10 miles WNW of Porto de Para-
VHF VHF channels 12, 14, and 16 nagua. It is reached through a narrow channel between sand
banks which extend from both shores of the bay.
55-41-3421-1000
Telephone Depths—Limitations.—The channel is not well marked
4.43

55-41-3423-1332 (Pilot Station) and is only used during the day at HW. The channel can ac-
Facsimile 55-41-3423-1412 commodate vessels with drafts of 5.8m and a maximum loa of
188m.
E-mail [email protected] Terminal da Ponta do Felix is the outer and newer facility. It
4.43

Web site http://www.paranaguapilots.com.br lies at the NE end of Ponta Felix which is about 3 miles SE of
the town of Antonina. It has a 360m quay with alongside
Port Captain depths of 9.1m. The terminal can handle general, bulk, and re-
VHF VHF channel 16 frigerated cargoes. The terminal is currently expanding; for lat-
est information consult the Porto de Paranagua web site listed
55-41-3721-1500 in paragraph 4.42.
Telephone
55-41-3271-1542 Porto Barao de Teffe is a smaller port further up the channel
4.43

from Ponta do Felix and closer to the town of Antonina. Al-

Facsimile 55-41-3271-1541 though it was once a busy and crucial Brazilian port, it has
E-mail [email protected] since been eclipsed by larger ports in the area and is in a state
of disrepair. It has two concrete piers. The larger pier, which is
Port Authority privately owned, has 200m of berthage. The smaller pier is
Telephone 55-41-3420-1100 90m long. Depths alongside are 5.8m.
Facsimile 55-41-3420-1362 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board vessels ei-
4.43

ther at Barra de Paranagua or Porto de Paranagua.

E-mail [email protected] Contact Information.—For both pilotage and port authority
4.43

Web site http://www.portosdoparana.pr.gov.br contact information, see the table titled Paranagua—Contact
Information in paragraph 4.42.
Anchorage.—There is no anchorage space at Antonina. Ves-
4.43

Contact Information.—See the table titled Paranagua—

4.42
sels wait at Paranagua anchorage for a berth at Antonina.
Contact Information.

Pub. 124
140 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

than 11m extend about 0.5 mile S from the islets.

Baia de Guaratuba (25°52'S., 48°34'W.), entered N of Pon-
4.44

ta de Caieira, is about 8 miles long and 3 miles wide.

There are several islets in the bay and a number of rivers
4.44

empty into it. The village of Guaratuba stands on the S shore of

the bay about 0.5 mile within its entrance.
Ilha Caioba lies close off the N side of the entrance and
4.44

shows a light. A radio masts, marked by white lights, stand 0.5

mile NW and about 3 miles SW of the light on Ilha Caioba.
The entrance bar is obstructed by sand banks, between which
4.44

are formed narrow channels, which should not be attempted

without local knowledge. During bad weather, the sea breaks
over the bar.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for Baia de Guaratuba; it
4.44

can be obtained off Barra de Paranagua, but must be requested

in advance.
Between Ponta de Caieira and the entrance to the Rio Sao
4.44

Francisco do Sul, about 18 miles to the S, the coast is low, but

4.43 Terminal da Ponta do Felix backed by a mountain range some distance inland.
A conspicuous monument stands on the summit of Ponta
4.44

Brigituba, about 2 miles S of Ponta Caieira.

The Rio Sao Francisco do Sul

4.45 The Rio Sao Francisco do Sul (26°10'S, 48°35'W.)
flows into the sea by two mouths situated 19 and 37 miles, re-
spectively, S of Baia de Guaratuba, and separated by Ilha de
Sao Francisco.
The N entrance leads to Porto de Sao Francisco do Sul on the
4.45

NW side of the island. The S entrance is almost entirely ob-

structed by sand banks, on which the sea breaks violently.
About 8 miles upriver, the S channel is obstructed by cause-
4.45

way carrying a railroad from the mainland to the island.

Ilha de Sao Francisco do Sul, about 18 miles in length, is
4.45

generally low, with large areas of swamps and mangroves. Ca-

bo Joao Dias, the N extremity of the island, rises to Morro Joao
Dias, about 0.6 mile to the S.
Morro Pao de Acucar, the highest land in this vicinity, stands
4.45

4.43 Porto Barao de Teffe on the NW side of the island. A conspicuous cross stands on
the summit of this mountain.
Baia de Paranagua to the Rio Sao Francisco do The E coast of Ilha de Sao Francisco is low, and the only fea-
4.45

Sul tures distinguishable from seaward are some low hills, known
as Morretes, about 11 miles S of Cabo Joao Dias and close in-
4.44 Between Pontal do Sul and Baia de Guaratuba, about land.
20 miles SSW, the coast is low and backed by Serra do Prata. Ilhas Tamboretes, a group of low islands, lie about 3 miles
4.45

A conspicuous water tower stands on the coast, 10 miles SW

4.44
off the E coast, and 13 miles S of Cabo Joao Dias.
of Pontal do Sul, and a similar tower stands on Ponta de Matin- Winds—Weather.—From March to September, the land
4.45

hos, 2.5 miles N of the entrance to Baia de Guaratuba. breezes blow from SW to WSW. During the rest of the year, it
At the entrance of Paranagua Bay, there are many banks and
4.44
blows between WNW and NW. At times, strong winds will
submerged and uncovered rocks in depths of less than 10m. raise a sea over the bar.
Navigation in this area should only be attempted through
4.44
Tides—Currents.—At springs, the river current can attain
4.45

Galheta Channel. velocities of 3 to 4 knots, and is only overcome by the full

Galheta Channel was dredged on Galheta Bank; the depths
4.44
strength of the incoming tidal current. During fresh NE or SE
out of its banks are less than 5m. winds, especially the latter, there is a strong onshore current.
Ilhas Currais (25°44'S., 48°22'W.), a chain of islets, lie
4.44

about 10 miles S of Pontal do Sul. The highest islet is covered 4.46 Arquipelago das Gracas, a group of islets and above-
with vegetation. water rocks, lie about 2 miles ESE of Cabo Joao Dias. Ilha da
Ilhas Itacolomis, a group of four rocks, lie about 7 miles
4.44
Paz, the largest of the group, shows a light from its summit.
SSW of Ilhas Currais and 7 miles offshore. A reef extends Banco Joao Dias, a sandy shoal, with a least depth of 3.6m,
4.46

about 0.5 mile NW from Ilhas Itacolomis, and depths of less lies about 0.8 mile NE of Cabo Joao Dias. Banco da Galharada

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 141

is a drying sand bank extending NE from the W entrance of the (1994) between Buoy No. 4 and Buoy No. 1.
Rio Sao Francisco do Sul. Within the bar there are depths of 11 to 30m to Porto de Sao
4.47

Terminal Maritimo de Sao Francisco do Sul (TEFRAN)

4.46 Francisco do Sul. It was reported that the channel across the
(26°14'S., 48°25'W.) is a lighted mooring buoy connected to bar was dredged to 11m. Submarine pipelines, which are best
the shore by two submarine pipelines lying about 5 miles SE of shown on the chart, lie across the entrance to the Rio Sao Fran-
Cabo Joao Dias. Vessels should send their ETA, via the agent, cisco Do Sol.
72 hours in advance. Contact should be established on VHF at Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots should be request-
4.47

least 2 hours in advance. The updated ETA should be sent as ed 4 hours in advance for inbound vessels and 2 hours in ad-
necessary. Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of the pipe- vance for departing vessels. The pilot station is on Ilha da
lines. The terminal can accommodate tankers up to 200,000 Velha, close SW of Ilha da Paz. Vessels are boarded 2.5 mile
dwt, with a maximum draft of 17m. Berthing is done during SE of the entrance of Canal Sul, in response to whistle or siren
daylight hours only. The mooring master boards about 3 miles signals. Pilots occasionally board vessels from their own ca-
E of the mooring buoy. noes, which must be hoisted aboard.
Contact Information.—See the table titled TEFRAN
4.46 In bad weather, the pilot may board inside the bar W of Pon-
4.47

Control Center—Contact Information. ta do Sumidouro.

Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA 24 hours and
4.47

TEFRAN Control Center—Contact Information 12 hours in advance.

Contact Information.—See the table titled Sao Francisco
4.47

VHF VHF channel 14 do Sul—Contact Information in paragraph 4.48.

Telephone 55-47-3451-5256
4.48 Sao Francisco do Sul (26°15'S., 48°38'W.) (World
Facsimile 55-47-3451-5211
Port Index No. 13000) lies on the NW side of Ilha de Sao Fran-
Terminal Operators cisco do Sul and extends about 1 mile SSW of Ponta do Rabo
Azedo. It is fronted by numerous shoals and dangers which can
55-47-3451-5000
Telephone best be seen on the chart.
55-47-3451-5256
Facsimile 55-47-3451-5211 Port of Sao Francisco do Sul
E-mail [email protected] http://www.apsfs.sc.gov.br
Web site http://www.transpetro.com.br
Depths—Limitations.—The access channel is 150m wide,
4.48

with a least depth of 11m. Night navigation is only allowed for

4.47 The entrance of the Rio Sao Francisco do Sul is ap- vessels with a draft up to 8.5m or a length of less than 50m.
proached either by Canal Norte or Canal Sul. Canal Norte During daylight hours vessels with lengths of 245 to 260m and
passes over the bar N of Banco Joao Dias, and Canal Sul leads a draft of 12.8m can be accommodated. The maximum allowed
between Banco Joao Dias and Cabo Joao Dias. draft decreases as length increases. For further information re-
Depths—Limitations.—Canal Norte is used by small coast-
4.47
fer to table titled Sao Francisco—Berth Information.
al vessels and fishermen, as the depth over the bar is 4.1m. Ca- Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels except
4.48

nal Sul is used by larger vessels with a HW draft of 7m and Brazilian vessels that are less than 500dwt. The pilot station is
5.5m at any phase of the tide. situated on Ilha de Velha and pilots board vessels 0.7 mile SW.
In Canal Sul, less water than charted has been reported
4.47

Sao Francisco—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Remarks
LOA Draft Size
Administracao do Porto de Sao Francisco do Sul (APSFS)
No. 102 210m 230m 11.0m 75,249 dwt Containers, ro-ro, reefer, and breakbulk. Continuous
No. 103 160m 200m 11.0m 64,043 dwt berthing length of 595m.
No. 201 272m 225m 10.0m 74,768 dwt Steel products, breakbulk, and general cargo.
Terminal Portuario Santa Catarina
No 300-301 380m 190m 10.5m 55,650 dwt Containers and general cargo.
Ro-ro/lo-lo, project/heavy cargo, steel products, and
No. 302 180m 200m 7.0m 63,500 dwt
breakbulk. Continuous berthing length of 264m.
Bunge Alimentos

Pub. 124
142 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

Sao Francisco—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Remarks
LOA Draft Size
Vegetable oils, grain, and bunkers. Continuous berthing
No 101 225m 200m 7.0m 63,500 dwt
length of 595m.

Sao Francisco do Sul—Contact Information Anchorage.—There is an anchorage, in depths of 12.8 to

4.48

15.8m, close to the pilot boarding place. Caution is necessary

Pilots as a shoal patch with a depth of 7.9m lies 0.25 mile SW of that
VHF VHF channels 11 and 16 position.
There are six designated anchorages, as follows:
4.48

Telephone 55-47-3444-5350 1. No. 1—Vessels drawing up to 7.8m and up to 215m in

Facsimile 55-47-3442-4141 length, centered on position 26°14.2'S, 48°39.0'W
2. No. 2—Small vessels, yachts and sailing vessels, cen-
E-mail [email protected]
tered on position 26°14.7'S, 48°38.6'W.
Website www.praticagemsf.com.br 3. No. 3—Vessels over 150m in length and 8m draft,
centered on position 26°12.5'S, 48°37.7'W.
Port Authority
4. No. 4—Vessels less than 8m draft, centered in position
Telephone 55-47-3481-4800 26°12.6'S, 48°37.0'W.
E-mail [email protected] 5. No. 5 and no. 6—Vessels with a draft over 10m, cen-
tered in positions 26°11.0'S, 48°35.0'W and 26°10.4'S,
Web site http://www.portosaofrancisco.com.br 48°34.0'W, respectively.
There are three designated outer anchorages, as follows:
4.48

Regulations.—The following regulations are in effect in the

4.48 1. No. 7—Vessels of less than 16m draft awaiting en-
port: trance to Baia da Babitonga, in ballast or awaiting repairs,
1. The maximum speed near the port is 8 knots. centered in position 26°11.0'S, 48°26.0'W
2. Anchored vessels must report place, date, and time of 2. No. 8—Loaded vessels with a draft between 16 and
anchorage or mooring to harbormaster’s office of the port. 18m, centered in position 26°12.6'S, 48°25.2'W.
3. Anchored vessels must keep engines ready and the 3. No. 9—Vessels carrying explosives, dangerous goods,
necessary crew for maneuvering. or under quarantine, centered in position 26°9.0'S,
4. Use of tugs is mandatory. 48°25.1'W.
5. Vessels are prohibited from overtaking other vessels Caution.—Southern right whales are protected by law and
4.48

or crossing lanes in the marked channel of the bar. frequent this coastal region between May and November. Ves-
6. Vessel size restrictions are 260m in length, 40m in sels are advised to keep a good lookout to avoid whales.
width, and a draft of 9.39m, including adjustment for tides. A restricted area, best seen on chart, is prohibited for anchor-
4.48

7. Disabled vessels may only remain at anchor for a lim- ing and fishing within an area surrounding a submarine pipe-
ited time. Vessels must have tug made fast and ready for tow. line marked by V-AIS laid E from the coast to the SBM.
Contact Information.—See the table titled Sao Francisco
4.48 Vessels must avoid transiting between the coast and the SBM.
do Sul—Contact Information. Vessels must not approach within 500m of the SBM. V-AIS
marks mark approaches to the buoy.

4.49 Joinville (26°19'S., 48°51'W.) lies about 13 miles SW

of Sao Francisco do Sul, on the S bank of the Rio Cachoeira.
The channel leading to the port is marked by beacons and
4.49

buoys, some of which are lighted. Vessels drawing less than

2m can reach the port.

The Rio Sao Francisco do Sul to Porto de Itajai

4.50 Between the Rio Araquari, the S channel of the Rio
Sao Francisco do Sul, and Porto de Itajai, about 28 miles to the
S, the coast is high and backed by mountains, some of which
are near the coast and can be seen for about 45 miles.
Morro Bau, with a flat summit, is the highest of these moun-
4.50

tains and stands about 16 miles WNW of Itajai. It can be seen

from about 20 miles offshore.
4.48 Sao Francisco Pier Several islets and submerged rocks lie on the shoal area ex-
4.50

tending E from the mouth of the Rio Araquari. Ilha dos Lobos

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 143

and Ilha Tipitinga lie about 4 and 2.5 miles SE of the mouth of
the river.
Enseada de Itapocoroi (26°47'S., 48°37'W.), entered W of
4.50

Ponta do Vigia, affords anchorage, in about 8m, sand and mud,

but care must be used as the holding ground is poor.
The village of Itapocoroia is situated on the SE shore of the
4.50

bay. A light is shown 1 mile SE of Ponta do Vigia from Ponta

do Varrido.
Ilhas Itacolomis, about 4 miles NNW of Ponta do Vigia, con-
4.50

sists of two islets. A shoal, with a depth of 1.2m, extends about

183m SSE from the islets.
Ilha Feia (26°45'S., 48°38'W.), about 2 miles SSW of Ilhas
4.50

Itacolomis, is 75m high. A reef, with some drying heads, ex-

tends about 0.3 mile E of the islet.
Between Ponta do Vigia and Ponta Negra, about 3 miles to
4.50

the S, the coast rises to a chain of mountains, the highest of

4.51 Itajai Harbor, with Navegantes visible on the left
which is Morro do Gravata. Good radar returns have been re-
ported from Ponta Negra at about 10 miles.
Between Ponta Negra and Ponta Cabecudas, 6 miles S, the
4.50
Winds—Weather.—From March until September, the pre-
4.51

coast is formed by Praia de Itajai, a sandy beach at the S end of vailing winds are from SW to WSW. During the rest of the
which is the mouth of the Rio Itajai-Acu. year, they are from WNW to NW.
Tides—Currents.—The range of the tide is 0.9m at springs
4.51

Itajai (26°55'S., 48°38'W.) and 0.2m at neaps. The ebb current normally attains a velocity
of 2.5 knots, but after heavy rains the current may attain a ve-
World Port Index No. 13020 locity up to 5 knots.
Depths—Limitations.—The N and S moles, which extend
4.51

4.51 Itajai lies about 2 miles within the mouth of the Rio about 0.5 mile offshore, are about 183m apart, but the naviga-
Itajai-Acu, and is entered between the heads of two moles ble channel between them is less than 91m wide. The bar
which lie 1 mile NW of Ponta das Cabecudas, which is a good across the entrance is formed by a shoal extending to the S and
radar target for better than 20 miles. E from the head of the N mole. The depth at the bar is 10m.
The access channel has a width of 100m, with a depth of
4.51

about 12.7m.
Port of Itajai
The maneuvering basin, 750m long and 400m wide, has a
4.51

http://www.portoitajai.com.br depth of 12.6m. The maximum allowed length of a vessel to

enter the port is 286m.

Itajai—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
AMP Terminals Itajai
Containers and reefer. Channel
1 and 2 — 12.5m 299m 11.6m 48.0m dredged to 14m. Continuous
berthing length of 556m.
Containers and reefer. 200m con-
3 and 4 — 12.5m — — —
tinuous length.
Barra do Rio Terminal
Berth 1 220m — — — — Containers and breakbulk.
Braskarne Terminal
Braskarne Wharf 150m 9.2m 180m 8.7m 30.0m Containers, breakbulk, and reefer.
Cruise Terminal
Passengers. Berthing length of
Guiherme Asseburg Pier 80m — — — —
250m (including dolphins).
Teporti Terminal

Pub. 124
144 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

Itajai—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Teporti Wharf 150m — 150m 8.6m 24.0m Containers and breakbulk.
Terminals Portuarios de Navegantes (Portonave)
Containers and reefer. Continuous
Main Wharf — — 300m 11.5m 48.0m berthing length of 900m. Three
berths total.
Poly Terminals
Chemicals, containers, break-
Poly Berth 150m — 180m 8.5m 48.0m
bulk, and multipurpose.

Vessels can enter or sail at any stage of the tide with a maxi-
4.51
Itajai—Contact Information
mum draft of 10m. Tanker movements can be made in daylight
hours only. Port Authority
There is a speed limit of 5 knots reported in the access chan-
4.51
Telephone 55-47-3341-8000
nel. For further berthing information refer to table titled Ita-
jai—Berth Information. Facsimile 55-47-3341-8075
Aspect.—The buildings of the city, a white church with two
4.51 E-mail [email protected]
towers, and a water tower and hospital near the church are all
Web site http://www.portoitajai.com.br
conspicuous and visible from seaward. Another water tower,
standing about 1 miles NW of the harbor, is also conspicuous.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots should be request-
4.51
Anchorage.—Small vessels or vessels with suitable drafts
4.51

ed through the agent and require 6 hours notice prior to arrival. may anchor in Enseada das Cabecudas, in a depth of about 7m,
Pilots board vessels from a red launch. mud and sand. The quarantine anchorage is situated E and SE
The boarding area lies about 2.5 miles ENE of Ponta das Ca-
4.51
of Ponta das Cabecudas.
becudas Light (26°56'S., 48°37'W.) at position 26°55’S, Anchorage is prohibited in the channel or the turning basin,
4.51

48°35’W. Vessels moor and unmoor during daylight hours on- except when required for maneuvering requirements, to avoid
ly. close quarter situation or emergency.
Regulations.—The following regulations are in effect in the
4.51
Caution.—Pedra de Santa Teresa, a rock with a depth of 4m
4.51

port: and marked by a buoy, lies about 0.3 mile NW of Ponta das Ca-
1. Vessels larger than 235m long are only allowed access becudas.
to the commercial quay during daylight hours. Numerous changes to depths have been identified at Porto de
4.51

2. The petroleum and chemical terminals can only be ac- Itajai. Depths in the approaches to the buoyed channel leading
cessed at HW. The maximum permitted draft at the petro- to Porto de Itajai depth shallows up to 2m more than charted.
leum terminal is 6.25m; the maximum permitted draft at the Depths within the channel leading to the Container Terminal at
chemical terminal is 5.94m. Navegantes are significantly deeper than charted, with a depth
3. Vessels maneuvering in the canal and anchoring of 13.3m. The least depth within the basin S of the terminal is
grounds must use international sound signals. 12.4m.
4. Vessels should moor port side-to. If the vessel is Spoil ground, centered on 26°53.67' S., 48°35.25' W., lies
4.51

moored starboard side-to, mooring lines must be doubled, 2.8 miles NNE from river mouth.
with extra stern lines.
Contact Information.—See the table titled Itajai—Con-
4.51
Porto de Itajai to Ilha de Santa Catarina
tact Information.
4.52 Between Ponta das Cabecudas and Ponta de Bombas,
about 16 miles to the SE, the coast continues high and backed
Itajai—Contact Information
by mountains inland. Along this part there are several points
Pilots which form bays open to the NW.
VHF VHF channels 12 and 14 A submerged rocky ledge extends about 0.2 mile E from
4.52

Ponta das Laranjeiras.

Telephone 55-47-3247-3200 Enseada de Camboriu (26°59'S., 48°36'W.), about 4 miles
4.52

E-mail [email protected] SSE of Ponta das Cabecudas, is entered W of Ponta das Laran-
jeiras. The bay is open to the NE, but sheltered from all other
Web site http://www.itajaipraticos.com.br winds. A river, with a narrow and obstructed bar, empties into
Harbormaster the SE part of the bay. A small village stands near the mouth of
the river.
Telephone 55-47-3348-0129

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 145

A dangerous group of rocks, with a depth of 1m, lies about

4.52 covered with vegetation, lies about 5 miles SSE of Ilha da
0.6 mile W of the same point; with a calm sea and the wind Gale. The island is the best mark in the approach to Canal de
blowing off the land there are rarely breakers reported over Santa Catarina. A light is shown from the S end of Ilha do Ar-
these rocks. voredo.
A dangerous wreck lies 4 miles SSE of Ponta das Laranjei-
4.52 Two above-water rocks lie about 0.4 mile ENE of the S end
4.54

ras. of the island. A light is shown from the SE extremity of the is-
Anchorage is available in Enseada de Camboriu, about 0.3
4.52 land.
mile off the SE shore of the bay, with the village church bear- Anchorage is available about 0.1 mile off the SW side of the
4.54

ing 170°, distant about 0.7 mile, in depths of from 8 to 9m. island in Baia Mansa, in a depth of about 12m.
The anchorage consists of sand and mud with good holding
4.52 Ihla Deserta lies almost 1.5 miles E of Ilha do Arvoredo. It is
4.54

ground, but it is exposed to winds between N and ENE. covered with dark vegetation and has some above-water rocks
Enseada de Porto Belo, about 8 miles S of Ponta das Laran-
4.52 up to 0.1 mile off its N and S ends.
jeiras, is entered between Ponta da Ilhota (27°05'S.,
48°35'W.) and Ponta de Porto Belo, 0.7 miles to the ESE. Ilha de Santa Catarina
Ilha Joao da Cunha lies about 3 miles SW of Ponta de Porto
4.52

Belo and forms a natural breakwater for a small cove. The vil- 4.55 Ilha de Santa Catarina (27°37'S., 48°30'W.) is sepa-
lage of Porto Belo stands on the S shore of this cove. rated from the mainland by the narrow Canal de Santa Catari-
Anchorage may be obtained about 0.7 mile NNW of the N
4.52 na, is about 29 miles long. The island is prominent from the E,
extremity of Ilha Joao da Cunha, in depths of 11 to 13m, mud although the mountains on the mainland are higher.
and gravel. This anchorage is exposed to winds from between Lagoa da Conceicao, about 8 miles long, lies close to and
4.55

N and NNE. There is an anchorage for small vessels midway parallel with the E side of the island, and forms a large depres-
between the SW end of the island and Ponta do Vieira, about sion which is conspicuous from seaward. Its entrance, main-
0.6 mile to the SW, in a depth of 5.5m, sand and mud. tained by dredging, lies about 12 miles S of the N extremity of
Caution.—Submarine cables, best seen on the chart, lie
4.52 the island.
across Canal Norte. A number of islands, islets, rocks, and shoals lie close off the
4.55

E coast of the island and can best be seen on the chart.

4.53 Ponta de Bombas (27°9'S., 48°28'W.), about 3 miles Ilhas das Tres Irmas (27°50'S., 48°31'W.) lies from 1.5 to 3
4.55

SE of Ponta de Porto Belo, is the E extremity of a peninsula miles E of Ponta do Frade, the S extremity of Ilha de Santa Ca-
which separates Enseada de Porto Belo from Baia das Tijucas. tarina. Ilha Irma de Fora is the furthest E and the highest; a 7m
Ponta Zimbros, about 5 miles SSW of Ponta de Bombas, is
4.53 shoal patch lies 1 mile S of this island.
the S extremity of the peninsula. Ilhas dos Moleques do Sul (27°51'S., 48°26'W.) consist of
4.55

Baia das Tijucas is entered between Ponta Zimbros and Pon-

4.53 three whitish islets lying about 1 mile E of Ilha Irma de Fora.
ta de Ganchos, about 0.7 miles SSW. They are prominent and their sides appear steep when seen
4.55

The Rio Tijucas empties into the W part of the bay, and the
4.53 from the SE. Laje Moleques do Sul is an above-water rock ly-
village of Tijucas stands on the N entrance of the river. Depths ing 0.6 mile SW of the islets; a 6.6m shoal patch lies about 1.1
of less than 5.5m lie within about 2 miles of the W shore of the mile WNW of Laje Moleques do Sul.
bay.
Enseada de Ganchos, the S part of Baia de Tijucas is indent-
4.53
Canal de Santa Catarina
ed by several coves off which small vessels can anchor, in
depths of 5 to 6m, soft mud. 4.56 Canal de Santa Catarina (27°32'S., 48°34'W.), lying
A vessel approaching these anchorages should take care to
4.53 between Ilha de Santa Catarina and the mainland, is about 0.2
avoid the dangers off Ponta de Ganchos. Morro de Ganchos, mile wide at its narrowest part at Florianopolis. Two bridges
about 3 miles SW of Ponta de Ganchos, is a good landmark. span the channel W of Florianopolis. Numerous sand banks
and mud flats narrow the channel throughout its length. The N
4.54 Ilha da Gale (27°11'S., 48°24'W.), rocky and covered and S parts are named Canal Norte and Canal Sul, respectively.
with vegetation, lies about 4 miles SE of Ponta de Bombas. Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in Canal de Santa Ca-
4.56

Two islets lie close off the NE end of the island. A light is tarina are fairly regular. They enter from N and S at the same
shown from Ilha da Gale. time and meet off Florianopolis.
Pedra Nocetti, with a depth of 10m, lies about 2 miles SE of
4.54 The strength of the tidal currents seldom exceeds 0.5 knot,
4.56

Ilha da Gale. Ilhado Amendoim lies about 3 miles WSW of Il- but near spring tides it sometimes attains velocities of 1.5 to 5
ha da Gale. knots. The tidal currents are somewhat influenced by the
Pedra das Cinzas, with a depth of 10m, and Pedra da Iris,
4.54 winds.
with a depth of 4m, lie about 2 miles and 0.5 mile, respectively,
ENE of Ilha do Amendoim. 4.57 Approaching Canal de Santa Catarina from the N,
Calhau de Sao Pedro (27°15'S., 48°25'W.), two bare above-
4.54 vessels usually pass between Ponta do Rapa and Ilha do Ar-
water rocks near the center of a submerged reef about 0.5 mile voredo, but passage between Ilha do Arvoredo and Calhau de
long, lies about 4 miles S of Ilha da Gale. Some heads on this Sao Pedro is also free of dangers.
reef dry. A light is shown near the E end of Calhau de Sao Pe- Ilha Anhatomirim, showing a light, and close off the main-
4.57

dro. land, should then be identified, and after passing about midway
Ilha dos Arvoredos (27°17'S., 48°22'W.) quite high and
4.54 between it and Ponta Grossa, the NW extremity of Ilha de San-

Pub. 124
146 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

4.59 Banco dos Naufragados (27°51'S., 48°33'W.), with a

least depth of 1.8m, and on which the sea nearly always breaks,
lies in the SE entrance to Canal Sul, about 0.45 mile S of Ponta
do Frade. There is a clear passage on either side of this danger.
Pilotage.—There is no pilotage service.
4.59

Anchorage.—Vessels awaiting the tide can anchor about 0.4

4.59

mile WNW of Ponta dos Naufragados, in a depth of 14m. The

bottom is hard sand; therefore, a long scope of chain should be
used.
There is a more sheltered anchorage about 0.5 mile SE of Il-
4.59

ha dos Cardos, in depths from 7 to 8m, sand.

The anchorage affords shelter from E winds only, therefore,
4.59

caution is necessary during strong winds from any direction, as

space is restricted by sand banks and shoals.

4.60 Porto de Florianopolis (27°36'S., 48°33'W.) (World

Port Index No. 13030) lies on both sides of Canal de Santa Ca-
tarina at its narrowest part, which is spanned by two bridges.
The N bridge has a vertical clearance of 28m; the S bridge has
a vertical clearance of 17m.
Depths of 5.5 to 22m lie between the S end of the marked
4.60

channel and the N bridge, and 5.5 to 30m between Laje Tipitin-
ga and the S bridge.
Three piers on the W side of the channel can accommodate
4.60

vessels of up to 3.6m drafts; one pier is for vessels with drafts

up to 1.8m. The berths on the E side of the channel are used
only by fishing vessels and small craft.
There is a tanker berth at mooring buoys off Ponta do Leal, 1
4.60

mile NNW of the N bridge.

Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor on the E side of the chan-
4.60

nel, 0.3 mile S of the S bridge, in a depth of 7m, mud.

Caution is necessary, as there are depths of less than 3m only
4.60

183m E of this anchorage. There is anchorage 0.5 mile N of the

E end of the N bridge, in depths from 5 to 8m, mud.
Ilha dos Arvoredos Light
4.55

Ilha de Santa Catarina to Cabo de Santa Marta

ta Catarina, alter course for the entrance of the marked channel Grande
to Florianopolis.
Numerous islets, rocks, and shoals lay on both sides off the
4.57
4.61 Between Ilha de Santa Catarina and Cabo de Santa
marked channel and can best be seen on the chart. Local Marta Grande, about 50 miles SSW, the coast is high, wooded,
knowledge is required. and indented. During clear weather, the mountains in the interi-
Pilotage.—There is no pilotage service.
4.57
or can be seen from about 36 miles offshore.
Anchorage.—A vessel drawing up to 6m can easily reach a
4.57
Ilha de Coral (27°56'S., 48°33'W.) lies about 6 miles SSE
4.61

position about 1 mile NE of Ilha Anhatomirim and anchor of Ponta dos Naufragados, and is high and wooded. The island
there in a depth of about 7m. shows a light, and when seen from the N or S, appears to be
With NE winds, vessels anchor, in 5.8 to 7m, soft mud, about
4.57
rounded. Two detached patches lie about 0.6 mile SSW of the
1 mile N of Ilha Ratao Grande. island.
Vessels awaiting the tide usually anchor in this position.
4.57
Ponta de Galeao lies 6 miles SSW of Ilha do Coral. A reef on
4.61

which the sea always breaks extends N from the point.

4.58 Canal Sul is entered between Ponta dos Naufraga- Enseada de Imbituba (28°13'S., 48°39'W.) is entered be-
4.61

dos (27°50'S., 48°34'W.), the SW extremity of Ilha de Santa tween Ponta de Imbituba, 19 miles SSW of Ilha do Coral, and
Catarina, and Ilha de Aracatuba, about 0.3 mile to the SSW. A Ponta do Catalao, 1.5 miles to the NW. Lights are shown from
partly marked narrow and winding channel leads through the both points. Porto de Imbituba is in the S part of the bay and is
numerous sand banks and shoals to Florianopolis. protected by a breakwater.
Vessels drawing up to 3m at LW and 4.3m at HW, can reach
4.58
There are two conspicuous TV towers on a hill 2.5 miles W
4.61

the anchorage off Florianopolis, but local knowledge is essen- of Ponta de Imbituba; a prominent tower stands in the town.
tial. All of these towers show obstruction lights. Good radar returns
Numerous islets, rock, and shoals lie between Ponta dos
4.58
have been reported from Ponta de Imbituba.
Naufragados and Florianopolis and are seen on the chart. Pedras do Aracaju, with a least depth of 6.9m, and Pedras de
4.61

Imbituba, with a least depth of 8.7m, lie about 0.8 and 1.1

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 147

It was reported (2012) that a new wharf is under construction

4.62

and dredging is planned for the approaches and berths.

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board vessels at
4.62

the anchorage off the port in response to two long blasts. Pilots
board vessels 0.9 mile E of Ponta do Cataloa at position
28°13’S, 48°39’W. The pilot should be given notice at least 24
hours before arrival and confirmation 12 hours before arrival.
Contact Information.—See the table titled Imbituba—
4.62

Contact Information.

Imbituba—Contact Information
Pilots
VHF VHF channel 16
55-48-3356-0490
Telephone 55-48-9691-0008
55-48-9800-4466
Facsimile 55-48-3255-1534
Port
Telephone 55-48-3355-8900
Web site http://www.portodeimbituba.com.br

Anchorage.—Vessels anchor off the port about 0.7 mile E of

4.62

Ponta do Catalao, in a depth of 12.7m, but it is exposed to

winds from between NE and E. During these winds, small ves-
sels can anchor off Ilha de Santana de Fora.
Caution.—A spoil ground lies 2 miles ESE of Porto de Im-
4.62

bituba.

4.63 Between Ponta de Imbituba and Porto de Laguna,

about 16 miles SSW, the coast is low and separates the sea
from three lagoons which lie parallel to the coast and about 1
4.61 Ponta do Catalao Light mile inland.
Ilhas das Araras (28°19'S., 48°39'W.), lies about 5 miles S
4.63

miles, respectively, N of Ponta de Imbituba. of Ponta de Imbituba and 2.75 miles offshore. The island has a
light and rises in sheer cliffs and is covered with vegetation.
4.62 Porto de Imbituba (28°14'S., 48°40'W.) (World Port Ilha Tacami lies about 3 miles SE of Ilha das Araras and con-
4.63

Index No. 13040), a coal-shipping port, lies on the SW side of sists of a rounded mass of rock. A small reef, with some above-
the bay. The port consists of an artificial basin open to the water heads, extends SW from the islet. Close NE of the islet
NNW and protected by a breakwater on its E side which proj- the sea breaks. A 14.5m patch lies about 0.7 mile N of Ilha Ta-
ects about 850m NNW from Ponta de Imbituba. cami.
There are no major restrictions with regard to length of ves-
4.62
Ilha dos Lobos (28°27'S., 48°42'W.) lies about 4 miles NE
4.63

sel. Depth at the entrance of the port is 12m. The maneuvering of Barra de Laguna and 2 miles offshore. A light is shown from
basin inside the port is 315m wide with a depth of 10m. A light the island.
is shown from the breakwater head.
Depths—Limitations.—Berths No.1 and No. 2 are each
4.62
4.64 Porto de Laguna (28°30'S., 48°47'W.) (World Port
330m long with 15.0m depths alongside, and are used for the Index No. 13050), accessed via Barra de Laguna, is entered be-
shipment of coal and general cargo. tween two breakwaters situated 0.2 mile N of Ponta do Tambo-
Berth No. 3 has a length of 245m with an alongside
4.62
rete. The entrance between the two breakwaters is about 137m
depth12.0m. Bulk and general cargo is the primary usage. wide. The port is situated about 1 mile W of the breakwater en-
Berth No. 4, a Ro-Ro container berth, has a length of 370m and trance. The port is mostly used for fishing vessels.
an alongside depth of 7.5m Winds—Weather.—Southeast and S winds prevail during
4.64

There are two entrance channels. The N channel has a depth

4.62
the winter; NE winds prevail the rest of the year.
10m; the S channel has a depth of 12m. Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents generally have a velocity
4.64

The maneuvering basin inside the port is 315m wide, with a

4.62
of 1 knot to 1.5 knots, but sometimes attain a velocity of 2 to 3
depth of 10m. The largest vessel to enter the port was 200m in knots.
length with a draft of 9.5m.

Pub. 124
148 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

Depths—Limitations.—The depths in the entrance are con-

4.64 Santa Marta Grande and 3 miles offshore. When the wind is
stantly changing. Inside the bar, the depths decrease during N fresh, the sea breaks. A similar rock lies 1 mile farther SW.
winds, and increase during S winds. The entrance is impracti- The Rio Ararangua (28°55'S., 49°20'W.), which flows into
4.67

cable during strong SE winds. the sea 34 miles SW of Cabo de Santa Marta Grande, can be
There are heavy breakers over the shoal extending from the
4.64 entered by small craft drawing up to 3m, with the help of local
head of the S breakwater. Local knowledge is essential. knowledge. A light is shown from Morros dos Conventos,
The main wharf is 300m long with depths from 3 to 5m
4.64 about 2 miles SW of the entrance of the Rio Ararangua.
alongside. Torres (29°20'S., 49°44'W.) is a small town lying 32 miles
4.67

There is also a 500m long wharf at the town, on the E side of

4.64 SW of the Rio Ararangua. It is near the mouth of the Rio Mam-
the channel, 1 mile NW of the main wharf which can accom- bituba. Entrance to the river should not be attempted without
modate vessels up to 2.5m drafts. local knowledge. A light is shown on the coast near the S end
Aspect.—Morro da Gloria stands on the N side of the en-
4.64 of the town.
trance, about 2 miles WNW of Ponta do Tamborete. A conspic- Anchorage may be obtained by small vessels in the river
4.67

uous monument stands on its summit and is a good landmark in near the town.
the approach. The monument is floodlit at night. Capao da Canoa (29°46'S., 50°01'W.) lies 29 miles SSW of
4.67

Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in about 5.5m, 0.25 mile

4.64 Torres and shows a light. Prominent water tanks stand N and S
N of the N breakwater. Within the port, only small vessels of of the light. A small pier projects from the coast about 2 miles
less than 100 gt can anchor. S of the light.
Caution.—A dangerous sunken wreck lies about 27 miles
4.67

4.65 Cabo de Santa Marta Grande (28°36'S., 48°49'W.), ENE of Torres.

about 8 miles SSW of Barra de Laguna, is conspicuous and Recife das Torres, awash and on which the sea always
4.67

easy to identify. It is the ends of a range of mountains which breaks, lies about 1 mile SE of Torres. A stranded wreck lies on
back the coast to the N. The cape is dark and its summit has the NE part of the reef.
some white patches which resemble houses at a distance.

4.65 Cabo de Santa Marta Grande Light

From 10 to 12 miles NE, the cape appears as an island

4.65

sloping SE and ending in low sandy ground. Good radar

returns have been reported from the cape up to 22 miles distant.
A light is shown from the cape and a racon transmits from the
light. A DGPS station is also located at the light.

Cabo de Santa Marta Grande to Porto do Rio

Grande
4.66 Between Cabo de Santa Marta Grande and Porto do
Rio Grande, about 275 miles SW, the coast consists of a low
white sandy beach, with a few small sand hills with tufts of
vegetation.
The current along this coast sets to the S, attaining a velocity
4.66

of about 1.7 knots during NE winds. It is doubtful whether the

wind influences the current to any great extent along this coast.
It is possible, however, that after prolonged S or SW winds, the
S current slows or even ceases.
With SE winds, the sea becomes rough and the current al-
4.66

Tramandai Light
ways sets toward the coast.
4.67

4.68 Tramandai (29°59'S., 50°08'W.) (World Port Index

4.67 Pedra do Campo Bom (28°45'S., 49°00'W.), with a
No. 13055), with the neighboring town of Imbe, is located
depth of less than 1.8m, lies about 12 miles SW of Cabo de

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 149

about 14 miles SSW of Capao da Canoa and appears as one Contact Information.—Tramandai Maritime Terminal
4.69

from offshore. A church and several prominent water towers control can be contacted in the table titled Tramandai
are good landmarks. Three prominent water towers stand on Maritime Terminal—Contact Information.
the coast within six miles SSW of Capao da Canoa Light. Caution.—There are submarine oil pipelines between
4.69

Barra de Tramandai, which separates the towns of Tramand-

4.68 Tramandai Light and the monobuoys of the maritime terminal
ai and Imbe and gives access to a lagoon, can be entered by of Tramandai. A restricted area, best seen on the chart, has
small craft with local knowledge. been established around the terminal, buoys and pipelines.
A light is shown 2 miles S of Barra Tramandai. A lighted
4.68

buoy, moored about 2 miles ESE of the light, marks the sea- 4.70 Between Barra de Tramandai and Porto do Rio
ward end of a submerged pipeline. A dangerous wreck lies Grande, about 167 miles to the SW, the coast consists of
about 2 miles NNW of the lighted buoy. extensive areas of undulating sand, covered with low
vegetation which decreases toward its SW end.
4.69 Tramandai Maritime Terminal (Almirante Soares Inland, there are several scattered dunes also covered with
4.70

Dutra) (30°01'S., 50°06'W.) is situated about 3 miles S of low vegetation. Several towns and villages stand along this
Tramandai and consists of two lighted mooring buoys for coast, but they are only visible in clear weather from about 3 to
tankers. Buoy No. 2 is situated about 0.5 mile SE of Buoy No. 4 miles offshore.
1. Buoy No. 2 permits the mooring of tankers up to 200,000 Cidreira (30°10'S., 50°12'W.), a small village, lies about 11
4.70

dwt, with drafts up to 18m. Buoy No. 1 permits the mooring of miles SSW of Tramandai. A light is shown from the village.
tankers up to 105,000 dwt, with drafts up to 16m. A conspicuous water tank stands about 6 miles NNE of the
4.70

Berthing is carried out by a mooring master who boards ves-

4.69 light. A second water tank stands 6 miles SSW of the light.
sels 2 miles E of the SBMs. Vessels waiting for a mooring mas- Banco da Berta, with depths of less than 15.8m, extends
4.70

ter should anchor, as follows: about 4 miles offshore, about 20 miles SSW of Cidreira.
1. Vessels with a draft of 15m or less—1.5 miles NE of A wreck lies stranded on the coast about 19 miles SSW of
4.70

Buoy No. 1, in a depth of 20m. Cidreira. A second stranded wreck lies about 7 miles farther
2. Vessels with a draft of over 15m— 2 to 2.5 miles NE SSW.
of Buoy No. 2, in a depth of 24m Solidao (30°42'S., 50°29'W.), showing a light, lies about 36
4.70

Berthing is only carried out by day, but vessels may unberth

4.69 miles SSW of Cidreira. A light is shown at Mostardas, about
at any time. Sea pilots are not required. 39 miles SSW of Solidao. Another light, with a racon, is shown
Vessels should send their ETA direct to the Petrobas Radio
4.69 at Conceicao, about 42 miles farther SW.
Station and Rio de Janeiro Radio, 72 hours and 48 hours prior Numerous shoals, with depths of less than 20.1m, lie within
4.70

to arrival and be confirmed at least 24 hours in advance. 25 miles of the coast between Mostardas and the entrance of
Porto do Rio Grande. Banco Minuano, with a depth of 13.7m,
Tramandai Maritime Terminal—Contact Information lies about 21 miles ENE of Barra do Rio Grande and 10.25
miles offshore.
VHF VHF channels 9, 11, 14, and 16 Parcel do Carpinteiro, with a depth of 14.1m, lies about 16
4.70

55-51-9951-9079 (SBM 1) miles ESE of Barra do Rio Grande and 13 miles SSW of Banco
Minuano.
Telephone 55-51-9913-4812 (SBM 2)
A dangerous wreck is reported to lie lies about 2 miles W of
4.70

55-51-3684-9530 Banco Minuano.

Facsimile 55-51-3684-9528 Caution.—Surveys of years ago indicate that the shoreline
4.70

between Mostardas and Barra do Rio Grande lies approximate-

E-mail [email protected] ly 3 miles W of its charted position. Mariners are advised to
Terminal use caution when navigating in this area.

Telephone 55-51-3684-9554 Rio Grande (32°03'S., 52°05'W.)

Facsimile 55-51-3684-9534
World Port Index No. 13060
Port Captain
VHF VHF channels 12, 14, and 16 4.71 Rio Grande lies about 9 miles N of Barra do Rio
Grande, which is the entrance to the channel. This channel is
Telephone 55-51-3661-1677 the outlet of Lagoa dos Patos and Lagoa Mirim.
Facsimile 55-51-3661-1677 The former extends NE for about 130 miles, and the latter
4.71

extends SW for about 1 miles; the two are connected by the

Operators
Rio Sao Goncalo.
Telephone 55-51-3684-9550
Facsimile 55-51-3684-9562 Port of Rio Grande

Web site http://www.transpetro.com.br http://www.portoriogrande.com.br

Pub. 124
150 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

4.71 Aerial view of Rio Grande

This channel also leads to Porto de Pelotas on the Rio Sao

4.71 lies about 1 mile SSW of the E breakwater.
Goncalo, about 20 miles NNW of Rio Grande, and Porto The access channel to Porto do Rio Grande is 9 miles long
4.71

Alegre on the Rio Guaiba, at the N end of Lagoa dos Patos. and varies in width from about 0.1 to 0.3 mile.
Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in Barra do Rio
4.71 At the head of the breakwaters, the channel has a depth rang-
4.71

Grande are greatly influenced by the wind and should always ing approximately 10-15m.
be considered when entering or passing between the breakwa- Depths shown within Porto do Rio Grande are subject to silt-
4.71

ters. ation and liable to change. Depths are also greatly affected by
During NE winds, the ebb current sometimes attains a veloc-
4.71 meteorological conditions. Consult the local port authority for
ity of 5 knots and the flood current a velocity of 3 knots. the latest information.
After prolonged SW winds, which raise the water level in the
4.71 A DGPS station is in operation in the port.
4.71

lagoons, the ebb current is particularly strong. The maximum size of a vessel entering the port is 270m in
4.71

Because of these strong tidal currents, a single screw vessel

4.71 length and a draft of 12.2m.
may sometimes have difficulty rounding the breakwaters. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo are prohibited from using
4.71

Vessels may be drawn toward Banco da Barra or the break-

4.71 the channel at night.
waters, depending on whether it is a flood current or an ebb There is a maximum speed of 8 knots for vessels in the ac-
4.71

current. cess channel. In Porto Velho and Porto Novo, the maximum
Depths—Limitations.—Barra do Rio Grande, the entrance
4.71 speed is 5 knots.
of the channel, is protected on each side by a breakwater ex- From the breakwater to the Porto Novo access channel the
4.71

tending about 2 miles S from the coast. The heads of the two channel is marked by buoys and water depth varies from 9 to
breakwaters are about 0.4 mile apart and lie E and W of each 17m. The port is divided into three major areas.
other. Porto Novo is formed by a 1.5 mile long channel located be-
4.71

A submerged extension extends about 70m from the head of

4.71 tween the E end of the peninsula on which the city of Rio
the E breakwater and about 200m from the head of the W Grande stands, and a low, sandy islet which has been reclaimed
breakwater. from part of an extensive sand bank about 0.1 to 0.3 mile E of
A dangerous wreck lies sunk about 137m E of the head of
4.71 the city.
the E breakwater. A wreck, which is dangerous to navigation, Porto Velho lies along the N side of this peninsula and is ap-
4.71

lies about 0.7 mile SSE of the E breakwater. proached through Porto Novo.
Banco da Barra, a sandy shoal with a least depth of 4.5m,
4.71 Superporto is located on the left side of the approach to Rio
4.71

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 151

Grande, between the entrance breakwaters and the entrance to cathedral, with two towers, and a conspicuous silo, 0.3 mile
Saco da Mangueira (32°03'S., 52°05'W.). ENE and 1 mile E, respectively, of the round tower. A
The access channel to Superporto has significant ranges in
4.71 conspicuous tower stands on the coast, 2.75 miles WNW of the
depth but is dredged up to 15m between Buoy No. 1 and Buoy entrance. The silo at the grain terminal, 0.5 mile N of the head
No. 2 and Cotrijul Terminal. For berthing information see the of the W breakwater, is easily identified from seaward.
table titled Rio Grande—Berth Information. The former pilot lookout, a white square masonry tower with
4.71

Aspect.—A round tower, 67m high at Porto Novo, is the

4.71 a mast and yards, stands close S of Banco de Barra Light; it is
most conspicuous object in the area. Also visible is the about half the height of the light but larger in bulk.

Rio Grande—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Porto Velho
620m 5m 30.4m — 8.2m Fishing vessels.
Wharf
Porto Novo
General PCC, offshore vessels, project/heavy cargo,
295m 14.0m 200m — 32.0
Cargo Quay and livestock.
Naval Quay Grain, offshore vessels, project/heavy cargo,
255m 9.1m — — —
(North) breakbulk, and naval vessels.
Naval Quay
210m 9.1m — — — Breakbulk.
(South)
No. 1 — 14.0m 232m — 37.0m
No. 2 — 14.0m 230m — 37.0m PCC, containers, breakbulk, livestock, off-
shore vessels, fertilizer, cruise, and cement.
No. 3 — 14.0m 229m — 37.0m Continuous berthing length of 977m.
No. 4 — 14.0m 232m — 36.0m
PCC, containers, breakbulk, livestock,
Ro-Ro Quay 300m 14.0m 232m — 36.0m
offshore vessels, fertilizer, cruise, and cement.
Terminal Tecon Rio Grande
Tecon Termi-
900m 14.5m 365m 12.8m 51.0m Containers, breakbulk, and reefer.
nal
Superporto
Vegetable oils, grain, wood chips, multipur-
Bianchini
186m 12.1m 235m 12.8m 38.0m pose, and bunkers. Berthing length of 285m
Terminal
(including dolphins).
Bunge Ali- Vegetable oils, grain, wood chips, multipur-
412m 12.1m 229m 12.8m 38.0m
mentos pose, and bunkers.
Tegrasa Ter-
205m 12.2m 229m 12.8m 38.0m Grain, wood chips, multipurpose, and bun-
minal (North)
kers. Berthing length of 280m (including dol-
Tegrasa Ter- phins) and 410m continuous length.
205m 12.2m 225m 12.8m 38.0m
minal (South)
Termasa Ter-
200m 12.2m 235m 12.8m 38.0m Grain, wheat, corn, rice, and soya.
minal
Yara Termi- Chemicals, fertilizer, and multipurpose.
nal North — 12.2m 229m 10.9m 35.0m Berthing length of 440m (including dolphins)
Quay and 375m continuous length.
Yara Termi-
Fertilizer. Berthing length of 440m (including
nal South — 12.2m 229m 12.1m 32.0m
dolphins) and 375m continuous length.
Quay
EBR Shipyard

Pub. 124
152 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

Rio Grande—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
EBR Auxilia-
100m 5.0m — — —
ry Quay Offshore vessels, project/heavy cargo, and
EBR Main steel products.
780m 12.0m 199m — 39.0m
Quay
Estaleiro Rio Grande Shipyard
ERG Main Offshore vessels, project/heavy cargo, break-
360m — 289m — 45.0m
Quay bulk, and steel products.
Braskem Maritime Terminal - Rio Grande
Products Chemicals, clean products, and LPG. Berthing
75m — 186m 9.7m 32.0m
Berth length of 308m (including dolphins).
Petrobras Transportes - Rio Grande Waterway Terminal
Clean products, dirty products, chemicals,
Barge Pier 20m 10.6m 100m 10.0m 20.0m crude, and bunkers. Berthing length of 57m
(including dolphins).
Clean products, dirty products, chemicals,
North Point 100m 10.6m 140m 10.0m 25.0m
crude, and bunkers.
Clean products, dirty products, chemicals,
South Point 30m 13.7m 229m 12.1m 40.0m crude, and bunkers. Berthing length of 190m
(including dolphins).

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all Brazilian vessels

4.71 Should weather conditions prevent the pilot from boarding,
4.71

over 500 gross tons, all foreign vessels, and all vessels carrying vessels will be guided by the pilot boat into the marked channel
dangerous cargo. Pilotage is available 24 hours. Pilots board where, once inside the breakwaters, the pilot will board.
about 5 miles SE of the dredged channel; the pilot boat is red Contact Information.—See the table titled Rio Grande—
4.71

with a black “P” on either bow. Contact Information.

Rio Grande—Contact Information

Pilots
VHF VHF channels 9, 14, and 16
55-53-3293-4700 (Office)
Telephone
55-53-3293-4747 (Operations)
E-mail [email protected]
E-mail [email protected]
Web site http://www.rgpilots.com.br
Port Captain
VHF VHF channel 16
Telephone 55-53-3233-6119
Port Authority
4.71 Porto Novo 55-53-3231-1366
Telephone
55-53-3231-1996
Vessels should send their ETA 24 hours in advance, with a
4.71

confirmation sent 12 hours in advance. The pilot should be Facsimile 55-53-3231-1857

requested, via the agent, 4 hours in advance. Web site http://www.portoriogrande.com.br
When anchored and awaiting the pilot, vessels should report
4.71

their name, last port of call, and time of anchoring. Ponta Sul

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 153

Rio Grande—Contact Information Charted areas of foul ground lie within both anchorages; a
4.71

wreck lies close outside the NNE limit of Anchorage S.

VHF VHF channels 6, 13, and 16 Anchorage is prohibited in an area bounded by a radius of 3
4.71

Telephone 55-53-3234-3200 (ext 4304) miles centered on Lighted Buoy No. 1 (32°12’06.0''S.,
52°03'14.4''W.) and the 10m depth contour.
Ponta Norte
VHF VHF channels 6, 13, and 16 Lagoa dos Patos
Telephone 55-53-3234-3200 (ext 4224)
4.72 Lagoa dos Patos, the largest lake in Brazil, extends
Pier de Barcaca about 130 miles NE from Porto do Rio Grande and is separated
from the sea by a peninsula from 6 to 20 miles wide.
VHF VHF channels 6, 13, and 16
Numerous rivers empty into the lake, the largest being the
4.72

Telephone 55-53-3234-3200 (ext 4310) Rio Guaiba at its NE end and the Rio Sao Goncalo at its SW
Terminal Control end.
Except for the dredged channels at each end, Lagoa dos Pa-
4.72

VHF VHF channels 6, 13, and 16 tos has general depths of 5.5 to 7.3m.
Telephone 55-53-3234-3200 (ext 4230) Winds—Weather.—Northeast and SE winds cause a
4.72

lowering of the water level on the E shore of Lagoa dos Patos

Facsimile 55-53-3234-3254 and swells on the W shore. NW and SW winds cause an
Terminal Operators increase of the water level on the E shore and a lowering on the
W shore.
Telephone 55-53-3234-3200 Southwest winds, which usually accompany cold fronts in
4.72

Facsimile 55-53-3234-3215 winter, are violent and long lasting. They cause damming on
Barra do Rio Grande, which raises the entire level of Lagoa dos
Web site http://www.transpetro.com.br
Patos. This may even occur some days before the SW wind
reaches the Rio Grande.
Anchorage.—Various designated anchorage are located
4.71
Northeast winds, which usually occur in spring and at the be-
4.72

between the Barra do Rio Grande and Porto Novo. Anchorage ginning of autumn, cause an outflow through Barra do Rio
locations can best be seen on the chart. For anchorage Grande and lower the level of the lake.
information see the table titled Rio Grande—Anchorage Tides—Currents.—The currents in the lake follow the di-
4.72

Information. rection of the wind and, during strong winds, may attain a ve-
locity of 2 knots in the dredged channels in the SW part of the
Rio Grande—Anchorage Information lake. During S and SW winds, a current in the dredged chan-
nels may drive vessels toward the N shore.
Anchorage Type
Between Sao Jose do Norte and Ponta da Feitoria, about 20
4.72

For vessels bunkering. Daylight use miles N, an intricate channel leads through the shallow SW
A only. Emergency anchorage is located part of the lake. This channel has a project depth of 6m over a
in Anchorage A. width of 80m; however, at times depths are less. It is marked by
beacons and buoys, most of which are lighted.
All vessels in a precarious condition.
Between Ponta da Feitoria and Ponta de Itapua, the E en-
Under control of the port superinten-
4.72

B, C, D, and F trance of the Rio Guaiba, about 94 miles NE, the fairway lies
dent and with the approval of the port
near the E shore of the lake. It is marked by lights and lighted
authority.
buoys.
E Vessels carrying dangerous cargo. Between Ponta de Itapua and Porto Alegre, about 22 miles
4.72

G1, G2, and G3 All vessels. NNW, another intricate channel leads up the Rio Guaiba. This
channel has a project depth of 6m; however, at times depths are
less. It is marked by beacons and buoys, some of which are
Caution.—It should be noted that the water in the port may
4.71
lighted.
vary in the course of a few hours, from completely fresh to Navigation in Canal da Feitoria at night is prohibited for
4.72

nearly the density of sea water, depending on the direction of merchant vessels carrying dangerous cargo.
the wind. Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available only
4.72

It is prudent to reckon safe draft for entry and loading as if in

4.71
during daylight hours. Pilots can be obtained at the Rio
fresh water. Grande.
It has been reported that the strong SW current at the break-
4.71
Contact Information.—See the table titled Lagoa—Con-
4.72

waters causes the channel buoys to be set to the SW. tact Information.
Piracy and armed robberies have been reported in the area of
4.71

Rio Grande.
Lagoa—Contact Information
An overhead power cable crosses the channel in the vicinity
4.71

of Ponta dos Pescadores. It has a minimum vertical clearance Pilots

of 70m.

Pub. 124
154 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

Lagoa—Contact Information
VHF VHF channels 16 and 74
Telephone 55-51-9952-75500
E-mail [email protected]
Web site whttp://ww.lagoapilots.com.br

Anchorage.—The anchorage established to the N of Canal

4.72

de Feitoria in the S portion of Lagoa dos Patos is a reserved an-

chorage with mandatory usage for vessels which cannot navi-
gate the Canal de Feitoria at night. This anchorage can best be
seen on the chart.
Caution.—Due to frequent changes in the width and depths
4.72

of the channels, local knowledge is required. Small craft

should keep clear of larger ships in narrow channels as eddies
and abnormal water effects can cause boats to collide with
ships’ propellers. Fish stakes, some of which are located in the 4.73 Porto Alegre
channels, constitute a danger.
Depths less than charted have been reported (2018) in the
4.72 cilio Dias Section is 2,260m long, with alongside depths of 4 to
marked channel which bypasses Rio Grande to the E of Ilha do 5m.
Terrapleno de Leste and leads further N into Lagoa dos Patos. There are four tanker berths in the Rio Gravatai, which dis-
4.73

Mariners should consult local pilotage and navigate with cau- charges through the E bank close N of the N end of Cais dos
tion. Navegantes. The berths can accommodate tankers of 1,600 gt
and not exceeding 5.2m in draft and 100m in length.
4.73 Porto Alegre (30°02'S., 51°14'W.) (World Port Index It is not recommended that vessels longer than 245m or with
4.73

No. 13080) lies on the E bank of the Rio Guaiba, about 25 a draft of 5.2m attempt to reach Porto Alegre. A ro-ro berth,
miles from its mouth. It is built on a rocky promontory and is with 300m of quay, is located at the port.
reported to be about 30m high. The government palace and the The Rio Guaiba is spanned above Porto Alegre by the Getu-
4.73

cathedral stand on this summit. lio Vargas Bridge. The bridge has a vertical clearance of 10.1m
Several rivers empty into the Rio Guaiba in the vicinity of
4.73 (closed position) and 36.6m (open position).
the port. Some of these rivers are navigable by small craft up to The bridge may be opened for shipping, Monday through
4.73

200 miles during the flood season. Friday, inclusive, during the following periods:
Winds—Weather.—From November to April, the prevail-
4.73 a. 0600 to 0700 (summer only).
ing winds are E and SE. From May to August, the winds are b. 0900 to 1130.
variable, and from September to October, the winds are S and c. 1330 to 1700.
ESE. d. 1930 to 2030 (summer only).
Depths—Limitations.—There are three main sectors of
4.73 During weekends and holidays, special arrangements are re-
4.73

quays in Porto Alegre. Maua Quay is 3,240m long, with along- quired.
side depths of 4 to 6m. The Cais dos Navegantes Section is Vessels approaching the bridge should reduce speed and be
4.73

2,500m long, with alongside depths of 5 to 6m. The Cais Mar- prepared to stop immediately if circumstances require.

Getulio Vargas Bridge—Signals

Day signal Night signal Sound signal
Two prolonged blasts (by ves-
To request bridge be opened — —
sel)
Three prolonged blasts (by
To indicate bridge may not be opened — —
bridge operator)
Five short and rapid blasts (by
To indicate an emergency at bridge — —
bridge operator)
To indicate bridge is closed Red flag waved horizontally Two red lights —
To indicate bridge is open Green flag waved vertically Two green lights —
To indicate traffic interrupted in both
— One orange light —
directions

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 155

When vessels are approaching the bridge from opposing

4.73

directions, the vessel proceeding downstream will be given

priority.
Signals.—Signals associated with the operation of the
4.73

bridge are summarized in the table titled Getulio Vargas

Bridge—Signals.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. A pilot is picked up at
4.73

Rio Grande. Pilots will not take vessels through the approach
channels to Porto Alegre at night. Pilotage should be requested,
via the agent, 24 hours in advance.
Regulations.—Vessels of over 12 knots may leave the Rio
4.73

Grande for Porto Alegre, or vice versa, not later than 1700 in
summer, or 1500 in winter; those of less speed leave 1 hour
earlier.
This means that vessels entering from the ocean and bound
4.73

for Porto Alegre directly must enter the Rio Grande at least 3
hours before the time indicated to allow for delays in getting 4.74 Porto de Pelotas
clearance at the Rio Grande and changing pilots.
into the NW side of Lagoa Mirim and forms part of the bound-
In summer months, vessels of 14 knots may leave at day-
ary between Brazil and Uruguay.
4.73

break and complete the transit in the day, otherwise, vessels

Numerous navigational aids, some of which are lighted, are
4.75

must anchor overnight at either end of Lagoa dos Patos.

located throughout Lagoa Mirim. Local knowledge is essential
The maximum speed in the port and terminal area is 5 knots
4.73

in the lake.
Anchorage.—Vessels awaiting berthing anchor 0.2 mile off
4.73

the center part of Maua Quay, in a depth of 7m. Anchorage is

compulsory for vessels carrying dangerous cargo and requiring
inspection by the port authority, or for vessels awaiting the
opening of the Getulio Vargas Bridge. Such vessels are
permitted to anchor for a maximum of 6 hours; other vessels
may also use the anchorage for a maximum of 12 hours. In all
cases permission must be obtained from the Porto Alegre Port
Authority.
Caution.—Submarine cables lie between Guaiba and Ponta
4.73

do Dionizio and can best be seen on the chart.

Santa Clara Terminal (29°54'S., 51°22'W.) is on the Rio
4.73

Jacui, about 17 miles N of Porto Alegre. Pilotage, which is

compulsory, is available during daylight hours only.

4.74 Porto de Pelotas (31°47'S., 52°20'W.) (World Port

Index No. 13070) is located about 20 miles NNW of the Rio
Grande and 5 miles W of the mouth of the Rio Sao Goncalo. 4.75 Albardao Light
The channel over the bar at the entrance of the Rio Sao Gon-
4.74

calo has been dredged to a depth of 5.5m over a width of 80m, Barra do Rio Grande to Caba Polonio
but continual silting makes the channel shallower than the
charted depth. The port is accessible to vessels with a draft of 4.76 Between Barra do Rio Grande and the mouth of Arro-
2m. io Chui, about 115 miles SSW, the coast is a low sandy strip,
The Rio Sao Goncalo is marked by beacons and buoys, some
4.74
backed by the peninsula which separates Lagoa Mirim from
of which are lighted. the sea. This very low coast is inconspicuous on the radar
Pilotage—Pilotage is the same as Lagoa dos Patos. Pilots
4.74
screen, the echoes obtained usually coming from dunes located
board at Rio Grande or Porto Alegre. from 1 to 2 miles inland. The light structures are easily identi-
There is 500m of quayage, with a maximum depth of 5.1m
4.74
fied, and are visible up to 7 miles offshore by day.
alongside. Lights are shown from the coast at Sarita, Verga, Albardao,
4.76

and Chui, about 32, 53, 68, and 115 miles, respectively, SSW
Lagoa Mirim of Barra do Rio Grande.
Between Barra do Rio Grande and Arroio Chui, depths of
4.76

4.75 Lagoa Mirim extends about 97 miles SW from the less than 18.3m lie within about 27 miles of the coast. Depths
SW entrance of the Rio Sao Goncalo, and is separated from the of less than 9.1m lie within about 1 to 3 miles of this coast.
sea by a low and sandy peninsula from 10 to 30 miles wide and Vessels in this area should keep well off the coast.
partially inundated. Banco do Albardao, which is composed of rock covered by
4.76

Numerous rivers empty into the lake, with the principal one
4.75
fine sand, with depths of less than 10m and a minimum depth
being the Rio Jaguarao (32°39'S., 53°11'W.). This river flows of 6.6m, extends from 4 to 15 miles SSE from Verga Light.

Pub. 124
156 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

Caution.—The coast of Uruguay from Arroio Chui to Punta

del Este is covered by the Maritime Movement Control and In-
formation System. For further information, see Pub. 160, Sail-
ing Directions (Planning Guide) Indian Ocean and South
Atlantic Ocean.

4.77 Southwest of Arroio Chui, the first prominent feature

is the rocky Punta Coronilla, a distance of about 13 miles.
Isla Verde, the largest of several islets, surrounded by above-
4.77

water rocks and submerged rocks, lies about 2 miles ESE of

Punta Coronilla.
A rock, awash, lies 0.5 mile E of these islets. A fort stands on
4.77

a hill about 3 miles SW of Punta Coronilla.

Anchorage is available 0.25 mile S of Isla Verde, in a depth
4.77

of 11m.
Between Punta Palmar, about 9 miles S of Punta Coronilla,
4.77

and Cabo Castillo, about 21 miles farther S, the coast consists

of a flat sandy beach. A light is shown from Punta Palmar.
Cabo Castillo (34°21'S., 53°46'W.) is a rocky promontory
4.77

which rises to Cerro Bueno Vista, about 0.2 mile inland.

The cape is a good landmark because of its isolated position
4.77

and distinctive shape. Good radar returns have been reported

from the cape, distant 16 miles.
Punta del Diabolo, the NE extremity of Cabo Castillo, is a
4.77

white sheer cliff, rounded in shape, with some dark-colored

patches of bushes.
Punta Aguda, the E extremity of Cabo Castillo, lies 0.75
4.77

mile SSE of Punta del Diabolo.

4.78 Islas de Castillo Grande (34°21'S., 53°44'W.) con-

sists of Isla del Marco and Isla Seca lying 1 mile ENE and
about 0.3 mile N, respectively, of Punta Aguda. Depths of 9 to
15m lie between the two islets. A white, steep rocky cliff
stands on the SE side of Isla del Marco and is visible 10 to 12
miles.
4.75 Chui Light Anchorage.—Small vessels with local knowledge can an-
4.78

chor between Isla Seca and Cabo Castillo, about 0.2 mile off
the cape, in depths of 3.5 to 4.5m, fine sand.
Vessels anchor in Bahia Castillo, NW of the summit of Cerro
4.78

Buena Vista, nearly 0.5 mile from the cape, in a depth of 4.5m.
Before anchoring, care should be taken to ascertain the nature
of the bottom, as it is rocky in places.
These anchorages afford good shelter from the pamperos,
4.78

but a vessel should immediately put to sea if the wind shifts to

the NE, as it raises a heavy sea.
Caution.—The existence of a local magnetic anomaly has
4.78

been reported in the vicinity of Cabo Castillo but this report

has not been verified.

Cabo Polonio to Punta del Este

4.79 Cabo Polonio (34°24'S., 53°47'W.) is a steep rocky
promontory rising to a greenish cone-shaped hill. When first
seen from NE or SW, it appears as an island. A light is shown
from the highest part of the cape.
Good radar returns have been reported from the cape out to a
4.79

4.76 Sarita Light distance of about 16 miles.

Anchorage is afforded in the bay N of Cabo Polonio, in a
4.79

Canal da Verga, the channel between this bank and the coast,
4.76
depth of 10m, 0.6 mile NNE of Cabo Polonio Light.
has a minimum depth of 12m in the fairway. During offshore winds, vessels can anchor, in a depth of
4.79

Pub. 124
 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este 157

9.1m, about 0.5 mile off the beach extending N from Cabo Po- Good radar returns have been reported from the cape, distant
lonio. Vessels can also anchor about 1 mile off this beach, in 15 miles.
depths from 9 to 15m, sand and mud. Anchorage is available W of Cabo Santa Maria, 0.75 mile
4.80

A number of prominent mountain peaks are located to the W

4.79 offshore, in depths of 10.9 to 12.8m.
and N of Cabo Polonio and can best be seen on the chart.
Islas de Torres, consisting if three arid and rocky islets, lie up
4.79 4.81 Banco La Plata, with depths of 18.3 to 37m, lies in the
to 1.25 miles E of Cabo Polonio. A rocky patch, with a depth N approach to the Rio de la Plata between the meridians of
of less than 1.8m, lies about 0.3 mile W of the easternmost is- about 52°30'W and 55°20'W. It extends parallel with the N
let. Narrow passages lie on either side of the above patch and coast, from 20 to 50 miles offshore, and is composed of fine
between the inner islets and Cabo Polonio, but they should not sand and broken shells.
be used without local knowledge. Pozos de Fango, a depression of the ocean bed with depths
4.81

Bajo Polonio (34°26'S., 53°48'W.) is a dangerous rocky

4.79 from 36 to 82m, lies between Banco La Plata and the coast to
shoal, with a least depth of 3m, lying about 2 miles SW of Ca- the N. It begins about 15 miles E of Isla de Lobos and extends
bo Polonio; the sea often breaks over it. about 80 miles ENE, and is about 15 miles wide at its E end.
The bottom is mud of the consistency of sticky clay, with the
4.81

color varying from lead to bluish black.

Bajo Speedwell (34°40'S., 54°07'W.), with a depth of 9.7m,
4.81

lies about 2 miles E of Cabo Santa Maria. Banco Laplace, a

dangerous sand bar, the existence of which is doubtful, was re-
ported to lie about 2 miles S of Cabo Santa Maria.
A 10m patch lies about 10 miles E of Cabo Santa Maria; a
4.81

15m patch lies about 6 miles SE of the same cape.

4.82 Puerto de la Paloma (34°39'S., 54°09'W.) (World

Port Index No. 13100) lies on either side of a low peninsula,
joined to the coast by a narrow sandy isthmus, about 1 mile NE
of Cabo Santa Maria.
Puerto Nuevo, accessible to vessels drawing up to 3m, is
4.82

formed by a rubble breakwater about 0.6 mile long, projecting

NW from the end of the peninsula. Rocks, awash, extend about
0.3 mile E from the E end of the peninsula.
Puerto Viejo is S of the peninsula; Puerto Nuevo is to the N
4.82

of the peninsula.
Puerto Vieio, with depths of 1.2 to 3.9m, is entered between
4.82

the reefs extending S from the peninsula and Isla de la Tuna,

about 0.4 mile NE of Cabo Santa Maria and close offshore.
4.79 Isla de Lobos Light The entrance, about 0.1 mile wide, is dangerous and local
4.82

knowledge is essential.
A shoal, with a depth of 14.3m and a bottom of hard gravel,
4.79
A 3m patch lies about 0.4 mile NE of the same point. A pier
4.82

has been reported to lie 18 miles ENE of Cabo Polonio. Much at the S end of Puerto Nuevo has a depth of about 5m alongside
discolored water was observed in the vicinity; caution is neces- its head, which is 15m long. A light is shown from the head of
sary as shallower depths may exist. the pier.
An explosives dumping area is centered about 4 miles ENE
4.79
Bajo Falkland (34°38'S., 54°07'W.), a rock awash, lies
of Cabo Polonio. about 1 miles NE of the head of the breakwater. A stranded
wreck lies on this rock. A 3.6m shoal lies about 0.2 mile W of
4.80 Between Cabo Polonio and Cabo Santa Maria, about Bajo Falkland.
24 miles to the SW, the coast consists of a beach, backed by Bajo 18 de Julio, with a least depth of 4.2m, lies about 0.6
4.82

sand hills. There is a heavy surf on this beach, making landings mile ENE of the head of the breakwater.
dangerous and sometimes impossible. Some huts, generally
surrounded by trees, are scattered along this beach, but vegeta- 4.83 The coast between Cabo Santa Maria and Punta Jose
tion is very scarce. Ignacio, about 26 miles to the WSW, is backed by sand hills,
Punta Rubia, about 5 miles NNE of Cabo Santa Maria, is the
4.80
but has no conspicuous features. Gaps in these sand hills indi-
only break along this beach. It appears as an islet from sea- cate Laguna de Rocha and Laguna Garzon, lying close inland.
ward. A high hill with a reddish patch rises from Punta Rubia Punta Jose Ignacio (34°51'S., 54°38'W.) extends about 1
4.83

and is the only one of its color in this area. mile from the general coastline and rises to a hill. This point
Bajo la Pedrera, with a depth of 8.2m, lies about 0.5 mile SE
4.80
has a frontage of rocks, about 0.6 mile long in an E and W di-
of Punta Rubia. rection. It is fringed by a reef which extends about 0.5 mile E
Cabo Santa Maria (34°40'S., 54°09'W.), located 24 miles
4.80
and 183m S. A small cove for boats is on each side of Punta
SW of Cabo Polonio, is low with a rocky reef extending about Jose Ignacio. A light is shown from the point.
0.15 mile to the S. A light is shown from a hillock on the cape. An SBM for oil tankers is moored SW from Punta Jose Igna-
4.83

Pub. 124
158 Sector 4. South Coast of Brazil and East Coast of Uruguay—Cabo Frio to Punta del Este

cio. The mooring buoy is located about 4 miles SW of Punta Bajo Ladas (34°52'S., 54°38'W.), with a depth of 5.2m, lies
4.83

Jose Ignacio, in a depth of 18.m. Vessels should contact Punta about 1 mile S of Punta Jose Ignacio. Bajo Didy, with a depth
del Este Control on VHF channel 16 when within range. of 0.1m, lies about 0.4 mile SE of the above point. A shoal,
A floating hose, 270m long, painted black with orange bands
4.83 with a depth of 7m, lies about 3 miles SE of Punta Jose Igna-
and marked by a light, extends from the buoy. A prohibited ar- cio.
ea, shown on the chart, surrounds the SBM. A stranded wreck lies on shore about 4 miles W of Punta
4.83

Only vessels under pilotage navigating to and from the oil

4.83 Jose Ignacio. An obstruction lies about 11 miles SSW of the
terminal may enter this area. A berthing master, available to as- same point.
sist ships securing to the buoy, will board in position 34°59'S, Between Ponta Jose Ignacio and Punta del Este, about 17
4.83

54°46'W. miles to the WSW, the coast consists of a sandy beach, free of
The vessel’s ETA should be signaled 48 hours in advance
4.83 off-lying dangers.
and be confirmed 24 hours and 12 hours before arrival. The A small river empties into the sea about 12 miles WSW of
4.83

maximum permissible draft is 16.7m. Punta Jose Ignacio.

Vessels may anchor clear of the approach buoys, but not
4.83 Punta del Este (34°58'S., 54°57'W.) is described in para-
4.83

closer than 0.5 mile. graph 5.7.

Pub. 124
 159
5. na, and the Rio Paraguay
Sector 5—The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Para-

6.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 5 — CHART INFORMATION

Pub. 124
 161

SECTOR 5
THE RIO DE LA PLATA, THE RIO URUGUAY, THE RIO PARANA, AND THE RIO PARAGUAY

Plan.—This sector begins with a description of the N shore

5.0 with considerable damage on both occasions.
of the Rio de la Plata and includes the port of Montevideo; 5.1Between 80 and 100 cold fronts cross the Rio de la Plata
then, the S shore is described and includes the port of Buenos each year with a sudden change of wind from N to S. The inter-
Aires. The Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay vals between the fronts varies from 1 to 15 days, and they vary
are then described in that order as far N as Puerto de Salto, Por- a great deal in intensity and duration. Occasionally the front
to Mendes, and Porto Cuiaba, respectively. passes with little evidence other than the wind change.
5.1Another danger to navigation in this area is the strong SE
General Remarks wind (Sudestada) which develops when depressions from the
Parana basin deepen rapidly near the coast before moving SE
5.1 Winds—Weather.—In the basins the Rio Uruguay, over the sea. Occasionally the wind reaches gale force with
the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay are rather variable in rough seas, rain, and bad visibility.
speed and direction. In general, winds from between the N and 5.1During one of these storms in July, 1923, the SE wind aver-
S through E predominate. Gusts of gale force may also develop aged 62 knots over an hour and reached 86 knots in gusts. Be-
during thunderstorms. tween 5 and 8 Sudestadas occur each year.
5.1The air is clear along the river to Parana and beyond. Mirage 5.1Sudestadas may develop during relatively high pressure with
effects are frequently reported. Dust haze develops during dry an average frequency of 3 per year at Montevideo. These SE
spells and bad visibility occurs during heavy rainstorms. winds may persist for a day or two to cause heavy seas and an
5.1Heavy rainfalls to the N, at the source of the river and their appreciable rise the level of the Rio de la Plata.
tributaries, cause periodic rise of water level. 5.1Winds in the basins of the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and
5.1Day temperatures are higher inland in summer and cooler at the Rio Paraguay are rather variable in speed and direction. In
night. general, winds from between N and S through E predominate.
The estuary of the Rio de la Plata has frequent and rapid Gusts of gale force may develop during thunderstorms.
changes of weather characteristic of temperate climates. Al- 5.1The percentage frequency of gales reaches a maximum of 5
though NE winds are frequent over this region, they are not per cent in July and August near the coast. Most of these high
predominate at any season and wind directions might be better winds are occasions of Pamperos and Sudestadas. The number
classified as variable most of the year. of gales increases steadily to S and E of the sea area to reach 10
The Rio de la Plata is subject to two regional phenomenon: per cent in the extreme SE of the zone in summer and up to 20
Pamperos and Sudestadas. per cent in winter.
5.1Pamperos winds are cold squally winds from between S and 5.1Average cloud amount is rather constant at about half cover
W which follow the passage of a frontal trough. With a Pampe- throughout the year in most of the zone. Relatively short peri-
ro, pressure falls slowly and the wind is N for a few days with ods of overcast skies occur during the passage of frontal
high temperature and humidity. Then the wind becomes NE, troughs and long periods of almost clear skies are enjoyed
strong and gusty; the regular land and sea breezes are interrupt- during W winds in the S of the zone near the coast. Cloud
ed and conditions become very oppressive. Shortly before the amount exceeds 0.6 for most of year in the SE.
arrival of the cold front, the wind may fall calm. 5.1In this zone the rain is more evenly distributed throughout
5.1The onset of the SW wind is preceded by a roll of cumulus the year with no marked seasonal change.
clouds followed by an extensive cumulonimbus cloud. 5.1Heavy showers account for most of the total, but periods of
5.1As the cloud arrives overhead, there is a heavy sometimes vi- more prolonged rain are not uncommon. Amounts are higher
olent squall from between the W and S. After a period of se- inland along the river basins in summer due to the increase in
vere gustiness, the main current of cold air arrives, pressure showers over the hot land during the afternoon.
rises, and temperature falls. There is usually a short period of 5.1There is a gradual decrease in the annual total amount of rain
torrential rain with thunder and lightning. from about 1,300mm near Porto Alegre to the N of the Rio de
5.1The general gloom is intensified by clouds of dust if the la Plata to about 650mm at Bahia Blanca to the S. The rain is
squall arrives from a W point. The maximum wind speed usu- evenly distributed, with no marked seasonal change.
ally occurs at the preliminary squall. 5.1The maximum frequency of fog occurs in winter and reaches
5.1Some of the more severe squalls occur in the summer, but the 10 per cent along the coast from Montevideo to Porto Alegre,
S wind following the frontal passage is stronger in winter and but in the extreme S of this zone there is more fog during Octo-
may persist for a few days. This strong S to SW wind, with ber to February. Most of the fogs in the Rio de la Plata occur
mainly clear skies, is known locally as Pampero limpio. with light E or NE winds.
5.1About 20 Pamperos a year occur in the Rio de la Plata, 12 at 5.1Radiation fog on clear winter nights may obscure the river
Buenos Aires, and 16 at Montevideo. The hazard to navigation banks around dawn while the central parts of the river remains
is due to the sudden onset of the squall with gusts of 70 knots free of fog; these land fogs disperse by mid-morning. The air is
or more; a gust of 107 knots was recorded at Montevideo in Ju- clear along the river to Parana and beyond.
ly, and a Pampero gust of 96 knots from NW in January, 1925, 5.1However, mirage effects have been quite frequently reported.

Pub. 124
162 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

Dust haze develops during dry spells and bad visibility occurs hour.
during heavy rainstorms. 5.1During the rise or fall of the tide, winds of force 2 from NW
5.1The variations over the sea follow the pattern of the sea sur- or SE, respectively, will be sufficient to arrest the tide or even
face temperature. Sharp changes in temperature occur along to reverse its action.
this coastline during sudden wind changes. Winds from the N, 5.1Several zones have been established in the approaches to the
known locally as Sondo, are hot and oppressive in summer Rio de la Plata in which ships can discharge cargo in order to
while S and W winds are relatively cool and bracing. reduce their draft before proceeding to Montevideo or in Canal
5.1A sudden drop of 10°C is not uncommon at the onset of a General. The limits of these zones are shown on the charts.
Pampero, but the subsequent rise with the return to N winds is 5.1Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory in the estuary, except for
more gradual. Day temperatures are higher inland in summer coasting vessels. A vessel entering the estuary may proceed as
and cooler at night. far as Rada de Montevideo or Practicos Recalada Light Vessel
5.1There is a greater range of humidity in this zone than in the without a pilot. Vessels bound for Uruguayan ports board pilots
lower latitudes. Values are rather high in the N due to the prev- in the vicinity of the Km 9.35 Lighted Buoy (35°00'S.,
alence of onshore winds, but further S the frequency of winds 56°14'W), or further E, as directed, for vessels with drafts ex-
off the land brings drier air over the coastal waters and the hu- ceeding 8.8m. Vessels bound for Argentinian ports board pilots
midity falls to 40 per cent or below during much of the day. at Practicos Recalada Light Vessel (35°06'S., 55°58'W.) or, in
There is the usual rise to 90 per cent or more around dawn on the vicinity of position 35°03'S, 55°51'W, from a pilot boat op-
quiet clear nights along the coast. erating from Montevideo.
Tides—Currents.—Because of the large body of water 5.1All vessels proceeding further into the estuary must obtain a
brought down by the rivers and the fact that the general move- pilot from Practicos Recalada Light Vessel, to which they are
ment of the water is greatly influenced by the wind, the tidal required to give 48 hours notice of the ETA; the ETA should be
currents and currents are variable. confirmed 24 hours in advance. The pilot boards about 1.8
5.1The normal range of the tide is small, and during light winds, miles N of Practicos Recalada Light Vessel.
the tidal currents are regular. During strong winds, the current 5.1Recalada pilots can be contacted on VHF channels 12, 14,
in the outer part of estuary flows in the direction of the wind, and 16.
but in the inner part the currents caused by such winds follow 5.1The light vessel has recently been replaced with a converted
the normal directions of the tidal currents, according to wheth- oil tanker.
er the effect of the wind raises or lowers the water level. 5.1The pilot conducts a vessel to the roadstead off Puerto La
5.1Because of the small range of the tide, the rates of the tidal Plata (34°47'S., 57°51'W.) where he is relieved if the vessel is
currents in the estuary are normally low. In general, the rate bound for Buenos Aires or up the rivers. Vessels with drafts ex-
does not exceed 0.75 knot in the outer zone and over Banco Or- ceeding 8.8m, or vessels that cannot complete the transit in 8
tiz, but in the main channel the rate may reach 2 knots. hours, will be required to embark two pilots (2002).
5.1During strong winds, the tidal currents may attain a rate of 5.1Vessels entering the Rio de la Plata must use pilots of the na-
1.5 knots. In the outer zone, the direction of the current will be tionality of their port of destination, and when leaving must use
affected, but in the inner zone the direction is not usually af- pilots of the nationality of the port which they leave.
fected. 5.1Caution.—Because of the frequent changes in the weather,
5.1The normal range of the tide is very small, being about 0.7m the irregularities of the currents, and the lack of landmarks,
off Cabo San Antonio (36°18'S., 56°47'W.) and off Buenos vessels should exercise great caution when navigating in the
Aires, 0.4m at Montevideo, and 0.7m at Colonia. estuary. In some places, the banks and shoals are steep-to and
5.1It is greatly influenced by the wind, which can multiply this the channels are narrow so that soundings may give little warn-
range as much as six times. The chart datum in the Rio de la ing.
Plata is about 0.4m below MLW; at HW, during S and SE 5.1When soundings show a bottom of mud only, the vessel will
winds, the depths may be 1.2m or more greater than those be in the channel, but the more this mud is mixed with sand, or
charted; whereas at LW, during N or NW winds, the depths the bottom becomes harder, the nearer will be the shoal depths.
may be less than those charted. The bottom near the banks and shoals is generally a mixture of
5.1In the area between Punta Piedras and Buenos Aires, the black mud and sand, overlying stiff clay-like mud.
winds have the following effect: those from between W and 5.1Ongoing long-term dredging projects are present throughout
NE through N, lower the water level, the greatest effect being the Rio Plata and the Rio Parana and may pose a hazard to nav-
caused by those between NW and N; those from between E and igation. Mariners are advised to consult local authorities on the
SW through S, raise the water level, those between SE and S latest updates and locations of dredging operations.
producing the greatest effect. 5.1For the most up to date local information, it is recommended
5.1Winds from between NE and E and from between SW and that in the Rio de la Plata and in the Rio Uruguay receive Nau-
W have little effect. tical Radio Notices from Uruguay and Argentina.
5.1The effect of the wind on the water level is almost immedi- 5.1The latest depths in the channels and rivers covered by this
ate, both when the wind begins to blow, or changes in direc- sector are promulgated in the Boletin Fluvial published by the
tion. Argentine Government.
5.1A wind from between N and NW, with a force of from 4 to 5,
will lower the water level by 0.5m, and if such a wind should Boletin Fluvial
suddenly change direction to between S and SE and blow with http://www.sspyvn.gov.ar/boletinfluvial.html
the same force, the water level will rise 0.9m in the space of 1

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 163

5.1A submarine gas pipeline crosses the Rio de la Plata, from 5.2It has three navigable channels. The N channel follows the
about 3 miles W of Isla Santiago passing about 1 mile upriver Uruguayan coast, passing N of Banco Oritz and has depths of
of Km 46 Lighted Buoy, and coming ashore near Muelle Plate- 3.4 to 6.7m in the fairway. The middle channel follows the S
ro, 3 miles W of Punto Artilleros, as best seen on the chart. An- edge of Banco Ortiz and is separated from the S channel by
choring and trawling within 1,000m of the pipeline is Banco Magdalena, Banco Chico, and other smaller banks; it
prohibited. has natural depths of 7.9 to 10m, but the dredged channel lead-
5.1In addition to the specific submarine pipeline described ing to Buenos Aires and La Plata passes through it. The S
above, numerous other submarine pipelines are present within channel follows the Argentine shore and has a minimum depth
the waters covered in this sector. Many of these pipelines are of about 5.8m in the fairway.
not buried and their presence may significantly reduce charted 5.2The inner zone extends from the W limit of the middle zone
depths. Such pipelines can present hazards to vessels anchoring to the head of the estuary, about 35 miles NW. This zone con-
or operating fishing gear within the vicinity. Mariners are ad- tains the two channels giving access to the port of Buenos Ai-
vised to consult the chart and proceed with caution. res, Canal Costanero, which leads to the Rio Parana, and
5.1Many wrecks are charted in the estuary of the Rio de la Pla- Canales a Martin Garcia which lead to the Rio Uruguay.
ta, and because of the shallowness of the water, almost all of 5.2Playa Honda, with depths of less than 5.5m, extends about
them are dangers to navigation. The majority, particularly 30 miles SE from the head of the estuary separating the two lat-
those near the routes leading to the ports in the estuary, are ter routes.
marked by lighted buoys or buoys, and in some cases by both. In the approaches to the Rio de la Plata, discolored water,
5.1In addition to the wrecks mentioned above, there are many caused by the outflow of the rivers, will be found about 75
lost anchors and cables on the bottom, most of these in vicinity miles seaward of a line joining Punta Espinillo (34°50'S.,
of the anchorages in the estuary, where they are liable to foul 56°26'W.) and Punta Piedras, 50 miles SW.
the anchors of subsequent arrivals. 5.2Directions.—A good guide, when the land is not in sight, is
the fact that the bed of the estuary is hard on all the banks and
The Rio de la Plata soft in the channels.
5.2Making the land at the mouth of the Rio de la Plata does not
5.2 The Rio de la Plata (35°30'S., 56°00'W.) is an exten- present any great difficulty. The only difficulty is caused by the
sive estuary formed by the confluence of the Rio Uruguay. It is suddenness and frequency of the changes in weather, which is
entered between Punta del Este and Cabo San Antonio, about a characteristic of the climate of the estuary.
140 miles SW and extends in a NNW direction for about 140 5.2In clear weather, for a vessel approaching from N during a
miles. NE wind, the high land and islets near Cabo Castillo, and the
5.2The N shore and its approach, which comprises the entire light structures at Cabo Polonio and Cabo Santa Maria, are suf-
coastline of Uruguay, is comparatively high and rocky, with ficient to identify the coast.
sheer cliffs and sand dunes. Banco La Plata is a large bank, with depths of 18 to 36m,
5.2The whole of the S shore, which is entirely Argentine, is low which extends ENE from the N side of the estuary trending
and uniform in character and is bordered by an extensive shal- parallel with the N shore from 20 to 50 miles off it. It is com-
low bank. posed of fine sand and broken shells.
5.2The estuary is remarkably shallow. To the W of Banco Ingles Pozo de Fango (34°45'S., 53°30'W.) is a mud well which
(English Bank), located 50 miles WSW of Punta del Este, there separates the E part of Banco de La Plata from the coastal
are no depths over 10m and much of the area has depths less bank. It is a marked depression in the ocean bed with depths of
than 5m; the ports of Montevideo, Buenos Aires, and La Plata about 36 to 82m. Its bottom is mud with the consistency of
are reached through dredged channels. sticky clay.
5.2The nature of the bottom is varied. On the banks, it is very 5.2When the weather is not clear, a good parallel for making the
fine hard sand, but in the deeper parts it is soft mud of a neutral entrance is that of Isla de Lobos (35°02'S., 54°53'W.).
tint and of a sticky nature. 5.2A vessel approaching in this latitude will encounter Banco
5.2The seaward limit of fresh water is in the vicinity of a line La Plata, which is about 10 miles wide in this vicinity, in about
joining the mouth of the Rio Santa Lucia, 12 miles WNW of longitude 53°10'W, in depths of 22 to 36m. The mud well, in
Montevideo (34°55'S., 56°11'W.), and Punta Piedras, 50 miles which depths are more than 36m, will then be reached.
SW. 5.2After Pozos de Fango has been crossed on a course converg-
5.2The estuary can be divided into an outer, middle, and inner ing on the N shore and about 10 miles off, the nature of the bot-
zone. tom will change. First, mud and sandy grit will be encountered,
5.2The outer zone, which lies seaward of the line joining Mon- changing over to mud and shell, and finally, sand and shell will
tevideo and Punta Piedras, has three channels with depths vary- be found. The sand, becoming quite coarse, changes color and
ing from 20 to 5.5m. is mixed with gravel or pebbles and colored shells as the shore
5.2The N channel follows the coast of Uruguay, passing N of is neared, while the soundings decrease somewhat regularly to
Banco Ingles and Banco Arquimedes; the middle channel leads 26m and 22m about 4 miles offshore.
between these shoals and Banco Rouen to the S; and the S 5.2In thick weather or when the land is not plainly visible from
channel lies between the latter shoal and the SW shore. that distance, the depths should not be shoaled to less than
5.2The middle zone lies between the outer zone and a line join- 28m.
ing the Port of La Plata (34°50'S., 57°56'W.), 80 miles W of 5.2When across the mud well, steer to pass well S of Isla Lobos,
Montevideo, and the port of Colonia, 24 miles N of it. the bottom being mud. This island can easily be identified, as

Pub. 124
164 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

well as Punta del Este and the coastal hills NW, and also Sierra offshore in Canal del Norte (Paso Norte) (34°28'S.,
de las Animas, nearly in the same direction. 57°52'W.).
5.2There are no off-lying dangers at a distance of 5 miles off- 5.3A depth of 3.6m is available about 3 miles offshore on the N
shore, and it is only on rare occasions that the weather is so part of Banco Ortiz as far as the E approach to the port of Colo-
thick that the land cannot be seen. nia where the depths increase to more than 5.5m within about 2
5.2In poor visibility, pay attention to the soundings over Banco miles offshore. Canal Punta Indio affords greater depths be-
La Plata and the mud well and do not enter the estuary unless tween Montevideo and the port of Colonia.
Isla Lobos or the land in its vicinity has been sighted. Isla de Lobos is about 5 miles SE of Punta del Este and ex-
5.2To the W of Isla Lobos, the bottom continues to be very soft, tends 0.5 mile S. It is rugged, barren, and 23m high. The island
blue mud and the decrease in the soundings indicate the ap- has been reported to be a good radar target at 14 miles. The on-
proach to Isla de Flores. ly landing place is a small sandy cove on the N side of the is-
5.2Make allowance for the current according to the wind, bear- land.
ing in mind that the current sets strongly towards the shore 5.3Shoal depths of 18.3m or less extend 1 mile E, about 2 miles
during SE winds. NW, and more than 0.75 mile W of the island.
5.2A vessel entering the Rio de la Plata S of Banco Ingeles 5.3The E side of the island is rendered unsafe for a distance of
should be certain of its latitude. nearly 1 mile by Bajo de Lobos, a detached reef with a large
5.2The estuary should be approached either on the parallel of above-water rock and Bajo del Sargo, detached rocks with
35°35'S, which leads N of Banco Rouen, or on the parallel of depths of less than 1.8m.
36°10'S, passing S of this shoal, taking into account the state of 5.3A wreck, partly above-water, is on the E end of Bajo de Lo-
the wind and the consequent current. bos. The S side of the island is comparatively steep-to; the W
5.2East of both shoals, the bottom is sand, mixed in some places side less so, and there are depths of 10.9m at 0.6 mile.
with shells; while W of them and on the meridian of Montevi- 5.3The N side has depths of less than 10.9m for a distance of
deo, the bottom is mud, except off Punta Piedras, where it is tu- 0.5 mile, with a wreck, partly above-water, about 0.2 mile off-
fa and on Banco Ortiz, where it is sand. shore.
5.2West of Banco Rouen, course should be shaped for the de- 5.3Anchorage.—Anchorage has been obtained, in a depth of
sired port according to position because, due to the absence of 11m, about 0.5 mile from the lighthouse, with the lighthouse
marks, the depths and the nature of the bottom are the only bearing 314°.
guides. 5.3Canal de Lobos, the passage between Isla de Lobos and the
mainland NW, is about 4 miles wide, with depths of from 18.3
The Rio de la Plata Estuary—North Part to 25m in the fairway.
5.3The bottom is mud in the middle but changes to sand, coral,
5.3 The coast on the N side of the Rio de la Plata, be- and rocks near the island and to small shells close off Punta del
tween Punta del Este and Punta San Pedro, about 147 miles Este. The tidal currents in the passage are stronger than those S
WNW, is comparatively high and rocky, with sheer cliffs and of the island.
sand dunes. The N shore recedes N for a distance of about 11 5.3Caution.—An obstruction, with a depth of 5.5m, has been
miles between Punta del Este and Punta Brava, about 60 miles reported about 15 miles S of Isla de Lobos. A 17.3m shoal
W. patch is E of this shoal.
Sierra de la Ballena (34°50'S., 55°01'W.), a range of rocky
5.3 5.3A dangerous wreck lies 8.7 miles S of Isla de Lobos.
blackish hills, extends N from Punta Ballena; a large patch of 5.3A shoal, with a depth of 13m, has been reported about 11
white sand, which is prominent at a great distance from sea- miles S of Isla de Lobos, but surveys have failed to find it.
ward, lies on the S slope of one of the hills about 7 miles NW 5.3An 11m shoal has been reported about 7 miles S of Isla de
of Punta del Este. Lobos. A dangerous wreck lies close E of the shoal.
Cerro Pan de Azucar (34°48'S., 55°16'W.) and Cerro de
5.3 5.3Banco Ready is a reef, with depths of 12 to 15m, about 7.2
las Animas (34°43'S., 55°28'W.), the highest and most promi- miles W of Isla de Lobos.
nent summits near the coast in this vicinity, rise about 18 and 5.3A charted obstruction (position approximate) is about 18
22 miles NW, respectively, of Punta del Este. miles WSW of Isla de Lobos.
The former is an almost regular cone, 423m high, and has a
5.3 5.3Because other unknown dangers may exist in the vicinity of
conspicuous cross, 32m high, on its summit. The latter is 500m Isla de Lobos, caution is advised and soundings should be tak-
high, and has a flattened summit with a slight depression in the en frequently.
form of a saddle. It is visible when bearing about 295°. 5.3Dangerous wrecks lie about 12 miles and 8 miles WNW, and
Montevideo, the capital of Uruguay and the largest seaport in
5.3 9 miles WSW of the light on Punta del Este. The latter wreck is
the country, is located about 60 miles W of Punta del Este. marked with a lighted buoy.
The N shore recedes N for a distance of about 13 miles be-
5.3

tween Punta Brava and Punta San Pedro, about 89 miles 5.4 Isla de Flores (34°57'S., 55°56'W.), which is a good
WNW. landfall, lies about 6 miles offshore in a position about 48 miles
Depths—Limitations.—Depths along the N side of the Rio
5.3 W of Punta del Este. The island is about 1 mile long in a NE to
de la Plata decrease gradually from about 33m about 8 miles SW direction and has maximum elevation of 17m; near the SE
offshore in the vicinity of Punta del Este (34°58'S., 54°57'W.) end it is divided into three parts by a reef with a causeway on it.
to 18.3m about 28 miles W, then to 9.1m about 5 miles off- A chimney on the NE end of this island is conspicuous. A light
shore S of the port of Montevideo, then to 5.5m about 2 miles is shown from the SW and highest part of the island. A signal

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 165

station stands near the light structure. ular than those S of the island, and the latter route is preferable.
5.4The SW part of the island is used as a quarantine station, the The height of the tide is influenced by the wind.
buildings being near its SW end; on its N side there is a pier, 5.4A sunken wreck, dangerous to navigation, lies on the edge of
where vessels drawing up to 3m can berth alongside. A lifeboat the 20m curve about 36 miles ESE of the light on Isla de
is stationed at the island. Flores. An obstruction (position approximate) lies about 6.7
miles SSW of the light on Isla de Flores.
Banco Ingles, a dangerous shoal, is 16 miles long. The N
end, which is well defined, lies about 48 miles WSW of Punta
del Este and about 11 miles S of Isla de Flores. The shoal is
composed of black sand except for its SW part, where there are
stones in a depth of 5.5m.
5.4A ridge on the N part of the shoal is about 4 miles long in a
N-S direction and has a least depth of 0.9m, over which the sea
sometimes breaks.
5.4There are depths of 10.9m and 12.8m close off the N end of
Banco Ingles; the E side of the bank has a more gradual slope.
5.4The approach to the bank is indicated by soundings. In the
channel N of the bank the bottom is very soft mud and depths
are more than 10.9m until W of the bank.
5.4If a vessel anchors near Banco Ingles for too long, there may
be some difficulty in breaking out the anchor because of the
stiff nature of the bottom.
5.4Lighted buoys, lying well off Banco Ingles, mark the general
area of the bank. The slope of Banco Ingles is subject to
change.
5.4A dangerous wreck, marked close N by a buoy, lies 2.25
miles SSW of Practicos Recalada Light Vessel.

5.5 Banco Arquimedes (35°13'S., 56°06'W.), with a

least depth of 4.5m, is a small sandy shoal lying from 16.5 to
19.2 miles SSW of Isla de Flores.
About 8 miles W of the N of it, the depths increase regularly
5.5

over a bottom of mud. It should not be approached, unless in a

vessel of light draft, in depth less than 9.1m.
The bank is marked by lighted buoys to the N and W; but be-
5.5

cause they are exposed to strong S winds their position is not

always reliable and caution is advised.
The tidal currents in the vicinity of Banco Ingles have been
5.5

observed to run in all directions, but generally more E and W

than N or S; the greatest rate observed did not exceed 1.5
5.4 Isla de Flores Light knots.
Banco Ortiz borders the coast E of Punta San Pedro
A restricted zone is established SE of Isla de Flores Light
5.4

(34°38'S., 57°51'W.) for about 40 miles and, with an average

and may best be seen on the chart. Anchoring and fishing are width of 18 miles, projects another 40 miles SE down the mid-
prohibited in this zone. dle of the estuary nearly to a line of bearing between Montevi-
There is good anchorage about 0.3 mile N of the pier, in a
5.4

deo and Punta Piedras.

depth of about 7.3m, mud, but the tidal currents have been ob- The SE part of the bank is separated from Banco Piedras by
5.5

served to run at a rate of 3 knots in this position. a channel about 8 miles wide, with a least depth of 5.8m, form-
Vessels can also anchor in suitable depths near the island, but
5.4

ing the bar of the Rio de la Plata through which Canal Punta
care must be taken to avoid the vicinity of the submarine cables Indio has been dredged.
indicated on the chart. The N half of the bank has general depths of 2.1 to 3.6m; the
5.5

Bajo Cumberland (34°57'S., 55°57'W.), with a least depth S half is nearly a fathom deeper. The nature of the bottom is
of 5.5m, is about 0.5 mile WSW of the island. sand and mud, but there is some hard bottom and rock near the
A reef extends about 0.5 mile N from the NE end of Isla de
5.4

N shore between the Rio Rosario and Rocas de las Pipas.

Flores. Banco Ortiz can be approached on all sides by sounding, as
5.5

Canal de Buceo, the passage between Isla de Flores and the

5.4

the depths decrease gradually and the muddy bottom, which is

mainland NW, is much encumbered by the dangers off Punta found in the channels, becomes mixed with sand.
Manso. A vessel using this passage should pass about 1.5 miles A vessel should not proceed into depths of less than about
5.5

N of the island and then keep nearer to it than to the mainland. 5.5m.
The tidal currents in the passage are stronger and more irreg-
5.4

Quebrada del Banco Ortiz, a channel for light draft vessels,

5.5

Pub. 124
166 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

leads across the S part of Banco Ortiz in about 34°52'S.

Lighted buoys are moored near the E and W ends of the
5.5

channel. An obstruction, marked by a small white buoy, lies

about 1 mile W of East Lighted Buoy.
Aeronautical radiobeacons, of use to shipping, transmit from
5.5

positions about 10 miles NW and 54 miles WNW, respectively,

of Punta del Este.

5.6 Canal del Norte lies parallel with the N shore of the
Rio de la Plata, between it and Banco Ortiz. This channel is
frequented only by coastal and other vessels of light draft, as
there are depths of only 3.6m off the mouth of Arroyo Cufre
and near Rocas de las Pipas when the river level is low.
5.6A vessel proceeding from Montevideo through Canal del
Norte, after passing La Panela Light and Banco Santa Lucia
Lighted Buoy, should steer NW and keep about 5 miles off-
shore, so as to pass S of Banco Jesus Maria Lighted Buoy.
Then course should be altered to pass about 1 mile SW of Ban-
co Arazati Lighted Buoy, when the depths will decrease gradu-
ally to about 3.6m.
5.6From a position 1.5 to 2 miles SW of the mouth of Arroyo
Cufre, the channel turns W. After passing Banco Cufre Light-
ed Buoy (34°28'S., 57°10'W.), a vessel should keep near the
shore and then steer to pass S of Piedras del Sauce Lighted
Buoy. From Punta Artilleros Lighted Buoy, course should be
shaped so as to pass S of Rocas de las Pipas and Roca Barriles,
giving these rocks a wide berth, when the least depth will again
be about 3.6m.
5.6When past Roca Barriles, a vessel can close the shore to
within 0.5 mile and follow it to the roadstead at the Port of Co-
lonia, passing S of the breakwater at Puerto Franco. Punta San
Pedro should be rounded at a distance of about 0.2 mile, bear-
ing in mind that the tidal currents are set on to this point.
5.6Vessels of less than 2.7m draft can proceed from Montevideo
to Buenos Aires through Quebrada del Banco Ortiz, which 5.6 Punta del Este Light
leads across Banco Ortiz in an almost direct line, but vessels of
greater draft must use Canal Punta Indio. tween ESE and SE, S of that island.
Tides—Currents.—During the rising tide, the tidal current
E of Banco Ingles sets N. Between Isla de Flores and the N Punta del Este to Montevideo
shore of the estuary, the tidal current sets W inclining WSW
parallel with the shore; between Isla de Flores and N end of 5.7 Punta del Este (34°58'S., 54°57'W.) is the S extremi-
Banco Ingles, it sets W inclining WNW. ty of a promontory which projects about 2 miles SW from the
5.6These two currents unite W of Isla de Flores and set through general line of the coast and is bordered by some sand dunes.
the outer roadstead at Montevideo in a NW direction. Over About 0.3 mile N is a dark hill, about 18m high, from which a
Banco Ingles and E of its ridge, the current sets between SSW light is shown. The promontory is fringed by above-water and
and SW, sweeping W around the SW part of this shoal and then sunken rocks extending as far as 183m offshore in places.
NW toward Banco Arquimedes. Caution.—The coast of Uruguay from Punta del Este to Co-
5.6Near La Panela and the N shore, the tidal current sets be- lonia, including the port of Montevideo, and the Rio Uruguay
tween NW and W. About 15 miles N of Banco Arquimedes, N of Colonia, is covered by the Maritime Movement Control
the currents set ENE and ESE in a contrary direction to the and Information System. For further information, see Pub. 160,
branch which enters S of Isla de Flores, and deflects that Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Indian Ocean and South
branch WNW of Banco Ingles. Over the S and central parts of Atlantic Ocean.
Banco Ortiz it sets NW, and near the N shore it sets W. Dumping hydrocarbons by washing tanks, by pumping bilge
5.6During the falling tide, the current sets between ESE and SE or ballast, or any other action that discharges contaminated
over Banco Ortiz. Banco Ingles divides the current into two contents, is prohibited within the zone bounded by the follow-
branches, one setting SE and the other SW. ing points:
5.6Abreast Montevideo, the current sets ESE and maintains this a. Punta del Este.
direction in the passage between Isla de Flores and Banco In- b. 36°14’S, 55°23'W.
gles. Between Isla de Flores and the N shore of the estuary, the c. 37°32’S, 55°23'W.
current sets SW and then turns to join the current setting be- d. Punta Rasa.

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 167

5.8 The mountains Pan de Azucar and Sierra del a Balle- The remainder of the shore of the bay is clear of dangers and
5.10

na are visible in clear weather NW of Punta del Este before it is is backed by dunes, those SE of Ciudad de Maldonado being
sighted at 8 to 10 miles offshore. higher than those NW of the town.
The point has been reported to give good radar returns as far
5.8 Laguna del Diario lies a short distance NE of Punta del
5.10

as 10 miles. Chileno. In times of flood, this lagoon forces a channel through

A conspicuous chimney, which is tall and light brown in col-
5.8 the beach to the sea.
or, is about 3 miles NNE of Punta del Este. There is a promi-
nent hotel about 1 mile NE of the point.
A signal station is close N of the light structure on Punta del
5.8

Este. A number of submarine cables, the routes of which are

best seen on the chart, are landed nearly 1 mile NE of the point.
Banco Silvia, with a least depth of 12.5m and composed of
sand and rock, lies about 2 miles SW of Punta del Este.
Bajo Nuevo, a shoal with a least depth of 6.8m, lies about 1
5.8

mile WSW of Punta del Este. The bottom near this shoal is
rocky and uneven and the depths vary from 12.8 to 21.9m.
Bajo del Este, with a rock awash in its center, lies about 0.3
5.8

mile to 0.5 mile W of the S extremity of Punta del Este, and the
sea always breaks over it.
A dangerous wreck lies on the W part of this reef. The nar-
5.8

row passage between Bajo del Este and Punta del Este has a
depth of about 7.3m.
Isla de Lobos and Banco Ready, about 5 miles SE and 4.75
5.8

miles SW of Punta del Este, have already been described in 5.10 Punta del Este beyond Isla Gorriti
paragraph 5.3. Within a distance of about 9 miles SE of Isla de
Lobos, the light on Punta del Este is obscured by the summit Isla Gorriti (34°57'S., 54°58'W.), in the SE part of Bahia de
5.10

on that island when bearing about 315°. Maldonado, is low, densely wooded, and composed of sand
and rock. There is a cove with a sandy beach on its W side. A
5.9 Bahia de Maldonado (34°56'S., 55°00'W.) is entered bank of sand with occasional below-water rocks extends up to
between Punta del Este and Punta Ballena (34°55'S., about 0.3 mile off the island.
55°03'W.), and it is exposed to SW winds which raise a heavy There are two piers on the E side of the island situated close
5.10

sea. Part of the bay is sheltered from these winds by Isla Gorri- to each other about 0.3 mile N of the SE point of the island.
ti, located 1.25 miles NW of Punta del Este and described in Another pier is situated at the head of a small bay on the N
5.10

paragraph 5.10, but the tidal currents in the two entrances side of the island. The island is marked by a light on its SE
formed by the island cause much inconvenience. point which is only visible between bearings of 097° and 357°.
5.9A prominent building is near the root of a ruined pier about Bajo Mostyn, with a least depth of 4m, is 0.3 mile E of Gor-
5.10

3.2 miles NNW of Punta del Este. The cathedral of Ciudad de riti Light (34°58'S., 54°58'W.).
Maldonado, with a cupola and two square towers, stands 1 mile Bajo del Monarca, a rocky shoal with depths from 5.2 to
5.10

NE, but is screened by trees on some bearings. 8.8m, lies with its shallowest part about 0.8 mile NNW of Pun-
5.9Punta Ballena, which has the appearance of a whale, is the S ta Britos, the NW extremity of Isla Gorriti. It is marked on its
end of a range of rocky hills, one of which has a prominent NW side by a lighted buoy. The passage between this rock and
patch of white. There are some caves in the point. the island should not be used.
5.9There are some above-water rocks off Punta Ballena, and an There are depths of 4.6m and 5.2m up to about 0.3 mile N of
5.10

underwater ledge extends 0.3 mile S from it. A detached rock, Isla Gorriti.
with a depth of 4.3m, lies about 0.4 mile SSW of the point and Bancos los Banquitos, a group of sandy shoals with a least
5.10

should not be approached within 0.5 mile. depth of 3m, lie up to about 0.8 mile E of the NE point of Isla
5.9Tides—Currents.—The tides in Bahia de Maldonado are Gorriti. They are marked on the NE side by a lighted buoy.
affected by the wind. Fresh S winds raise the water level at Anchorage in Bahia de Maldonado is recommended about
5.10

times as much as 1.8m, and N winds lower it. midway between the N end of Isla Gorriti and the shore, in
5.9Generally, this action takes place before the arrival of such depths of 8 to 9m, sand over hard mud, with Punta Ballena
winds in the bay, and they can be forecast to a certain extent. bearing 290° and Punta Britos bearing between 199° and 232°.
5.9Another indication is that the temperature of the water rises This anchorage, known as Puerto de la Pastora, is protected
5.10

during N and falls during S winds. from S winds which sometimes blow with great violence and
5.9During a rising tide, the tidal stream usually enters the bay the holding ground is very good. Because the anchor soon be-
W of Isla Gorriti and runs out E of the island. Winds from the comes foul, a vessel intending to remain for any length of time
W cause a strong current to run E and S around Isla Gorriti should moor with two anchors on a SW heading.
(34°57'S., 54°58'W.), WSW of the point. Anchorage is available for small craft near the entrance to
5.10

Puerto de Punta del Este, 137m from the breakwater head, in a

5.10 Punta del Chileno (34°55'S., 55°01'W.) is rocky with depth of 6m, hard sand.
an underwater ledge extending 0.25 mile S. This anchorage is sheltered from all winds except those from
5.10

Pub. 124
168 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

between W and SW, but winds from NW may raise a moderate Anchorage is recommended in the bay during offshore
5.12

sea. winds, in depths of 9 to 11m, hard sand, 0.3 mile to 1.2 miles
These anchorages are used by vessels unable to berth along-
5.10 offshore. A berth, with good shelter from strong E winds, is sit-
side at Puerto de Punta del Este to work cargo into lighters. uated 1.25 miles NNW of Punta Ballena and 0.5 mile offshore,
Directions.—When approaching Bahia de Maldonado from in depths of 9 to 13m.
E, pass on either side of Isla de Lobos, avoiding the dangers off Capitan Curbelo Aero Light is occasionally shown from a
5.12

it. Punta del Este can be easily identified by the light tower. white square stone tower and dwelling, 15m high, 4.75 miles
From a position S of this island, Ciudad de Maldonado will be NW of Punta Ballena.
sighted. Punta Negra and Punta Iman lie 1 mile W, and 2.5 miles
5.12

Also prominent is a 50m high building and 2 water tanks ly-

5.10 WNW, respectively, of Punta Rasa, the three points together
ing 1 mile and 0.7 mile, respectively, NE of Punta del Este. forming a cape. They are steep and rocky with sandy coves be-
In addition, Monte Pan de Azucar and Sierra de las Animas,
5.10 tween them, and rise to high land which is joined by Monte
to the NW, will probably be visible. Pan de Azucar.
The channel between Isla Gorriti and Punta del Este is re-
5.10 Punta Negra is marked by a light. A dangerous wreck lies 20
5.12

stricted by Bajo del Este, Bajo Mostyn, and Banco los Baquitos miles S of Punta Negra.
and is dangerous due to the strong tidal currents running Montevideo Maritime Movement Control System is in oper-
5.12

through it. Between the NE end of Isla Gorriti and the main- ation W of the meridian of 55°30'W; vessels are required to re-
land, the depths are very uneven, but the channel NE of Bancos port on crossing this meridian and when abeam of Isla de
los Banquitos is about 0.2 mile wide, with depths of from 6.5 Flores.
to 10m. Ensenada de Piriapolis lies between Punta Iman and Punta
It can be used in fine weather by small craft with local
5.10 de los Burros, 2.5 miles NNW. The latter point is low and
knowledge. During fresh S winds, the sea breaks right across fringed by a reef. The shore of the bay is composed of fine
the channel. Small craft with local knowledge sometimes use compact sand. The seaside resort of Piriapolis (34°52'S.,
the passage between Bajo del Este and Punta del Este; but the 55°15'W.) stands behind the S part of the bay.
tidal streams run very strongly here, and this passage should be A small white chapel, which is cylindrical and looks like a
5.12

avoided by strangers even in good weather. tank from afar, stands at an elevation of about 130m on the
Having passed Isla de Lobos, steer W and do not bring Punta
5.10 summit of Cerro del Ingles, 0.75 mile NE of Punta Iman; it can
del Este Light Tower to bear more than 045° until Punta Britos be seen at a distance of about 10 miles offshore. There is a
bears 020°, so as to clear Banco Silvia and Bajo Nuevo. When large and prominent hotel in Piriapolis, 1.5 miles N of Punta
Punta Britos has reached the above bearing, alter course N, Iman.
passing NW of Bajo del Monarca Lighted Buoy, and continue Puerto de Piriapolis is formed by a breakwater extending
5.12

until Punta Ballena bears 282°, then steer for the anchorage. about 0.1 mile NW from the SE shore of the bay. On its NE
Avoid anchoring within 0.4 mile of the ruined pier N of Isla
5.10 side there is a wharf 35m long with a depth of 4m alongside.
Gorriti. Vessels drawing up to 4.3m can anchor under the shelter of
5.12

this breakwater.
5.11 Puerto de Punta del Este (34°58'S., 54°57'W.) is a Regulations.—Vessels are to provide a radio report upon
seaside resort harbor with hotels and beaches on the NW side passing the charted boundary directional pointers, extending
of Punta del Este. The port is approached through Bahia de across the mouth of the Rio de la Plata, from Punta Ballena.
Maldonado. Pilots board 1.5 miles WSW of Isla Gorriti. The Traffic reporting, for this part of the Uruguayan coast, is ad-
port is protected by a 0.25 mile long breakwater on its W side, ministered by the Maritime Movement Control and Informa-
consist of a wooden pier with a concrete head, which has tion System. For further information, see Pub. 160, Sailing
depths of 4m alongside. Depths decrease rapidly on the W side Directions (Planning Guide) Indian Ocean and South Atlantic
of the pier. Ocean.
There are quays for small craft on both sides of the root of
5.11 Caution.—High speed ferries operate between Piriapolis,
5.12

the pier and several mooring buoys for small craft in the har- Montevideo, Colonia and Buenos Aires.
bor. The customs house, a large stone building, stands at the
root of the pier. 5.13 From Punta de los Burros, the coast trends WNW for
The port is marked by a light at the head of the breakwater.
5.11 5.5 miles to Punta Animas which is fringed by underwater
There is a lifesaving station at the port. rocks to a distance of 1 mile.
Punta del Este Light has been reported to be hard to identify
5.11 Cerro Pan de Azucar and Cerro de las Animas, the highest
5.13

against the shore lights. and most prominent summits near the coast in this vicinity, are
located 3.5 miles NE and 6.5 miles N, respectively, of Punta de
Punta Ballena to Punta Manso los Burros. See paragraph 5.3 for a full description.
From Punta Animas to Punta Piedras de Afilar (34°48'S.,
5.13

5.12 Ensenada del Portrero (34°55'S., 55°08'W.) is en- 55°32'W.), 7 miles W, the coast is backed by two hills, also
tered between Punta Ballena and Punta Rasa (34°54'S., known as Piedras de Afilar. The N and higher of these hills is
55°13'W.), 9.5 miles W. Laguna del Sauce lies within the bay 103m high and rises 5 miles NNW of the point. The slope of
and has an outlet into it, and its vicinity is subject to inunda- the S hill forms the point itself which is fringed by steep rocks.
tion. The bay is clear of dangers and is easily identified by its Arroyo Solis Grande flows into the sea 0.75 mile NW of
5.13

beach of white sand. Punta Animas. Its mouth, which is about 150m wide, is ob-

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 169

structed by a sand bank and can only be entered by boats. Playa Carrasco, a continuation of Playa de Santa Rosa and of
5.14

Bajo Solis, parts of which are above water, is 4.5 miles

5.13 similar formation, extends from the mouth of Arroyo Carrasco
WSW of Punta Animas and 1 to 2 miles offshore. The sea al- to Punta Manso, 2.75 miles WSW. There is a conspicuous hotel
ways breaks over it. NE of the point.
The passage between this danger and the coast has depths of
5.13 Carrasco Aerobeacon is shown from the control tower 21m
5.14

5.5m, coarse sand and mud. in height, situated at this airport, 4 miles NE of Punta Manso.
Islotes las Toscas (34°49'S., 55°34'W.) are two groups of is-
5.13 Bajo Sara (Sara Bank), a rocky patch with a least depth of
5.14

lets and rocks which dry 2 miles SSW and WSW of Punta Pie- 2.7m, lies 3 miles SE of Punta Manso (34°54'S., 56°04'W.)
dras de Afilar. The W group lies 1 mile offshore. Bajo Bump, a rocky patch with a least depth of 0.9m, lies 2.5
5.14

There are depths of 5.5m between these groups. Large num-

5.13 miles ESE of Punta Manso. The sea seldom breaks over it.
bers of gulls nest on the islets. The passage between this shoal and Bajo Sara to the S has a
5.14

depth of 7m.
Rocas Las Pipas (Islotes Las Pipas) (34°54'S., 56°02'W.), a
5.14

group of rocks about 3m high, lie from 1.75 to 2.25 miles E of

Punta Manso.
They are surrounded by a rocky bank, with depths of 1.8 to
5.14

4.6m. Roca Mark, the easternmost of the group, is visible for

about 3 miles and shows up well against the white beach.
Bajo Forest-King, which dries, lies 1.25 miles SE of Punta
5.14

Manso; it rises abruptly from depths of 6.7m where the bottom

is mud. There is a small shoal, with a depth of 4m, 0.2 mile SW
of this danger.
Isla de la Luz, about 1.5m high, is the largest of a group of
5.14

islets surrounded by rocky and uneven ground, 0.4 mile SE of

Punta Manso.
Isla de Flores, Banco Ingles, Banco Arquimides, and other
5.14

off-lying dangers have been discussed previously in paragraphs

5.4 and 5.5.

Punta Manso to Punta Santa Teresa

5.15 Punta Gorda (34°54'S., 56°05'W.), 0.75 miles W of
Punta Manso, is low and rocky. It is backed by a high ridge
which serves to identify it.
From Punta Gorda to Punta Brava, 4.5 miles SW, the coast
5.15

5.13 Punta Piedras Light forms a bay indented by a number of points and coves.
Isla de las Gaviotas lies within the bay, close S of Punta Des-
5.15

5.14 Punta Pedro Lopez (34°47'S., 55°38'W.), which is canso, which is located about 1 mile to the W of Punta Gorda.
divided into two points and fringed by reefs, lies 6 miles W of The passage between this islet and Punta Descanso can be
5.15

Punta Piedras de Afilar. used by small craft drawing less than 1.8m.
Punta Piedras Negras, off which a rocky bank extends 0.75
5.14 Puerto del Buceo (34°54'S., 56°08'W.) is a small port con-
5.15

mile, lies 5.5 miles farther W. sisting of a bay enclosed by breakwaters.

The mouth of Arroyo Solis Chico lies 2 miles WNW of Pun-
5.14 It is a yachting center and there are usually a large number of
5.15

ta Pedro Lopez. In times of drought, it is completely closed by yachts at anchor. A large part of the bay is kept dredged to a
sand banks, but after rains, the river breaks through these banks depth of about 3m. The bottom is muddy sand.
with great force and produces a noise which can be heard in the There are two wharves on the inner side of the W breakwater
5.15

distance. with depths of 2.4m alongside. The yacht club, which has a
Anchorage may be obtained during offshore winds, in depths
5.14 tower, stands near the root of the W breakwater with a marina
of 4 to 5.5m, mud, in Bahia de Santa Rosa, situated close W of close by it.
Punta Piedras Negras. The beach in the bay is steep-to and Lights are shown from the heads of both breakwaters and
5.15

composed of hard sand. from the tower of the yacht club.

Between Punta Piedras Negras and the mouth of Arroyo Car-
5.14 Bajo Coquimbo, a rock, with a depth of 1.2m, is about 0.2
5.15

rasco, 15 miles WSW, the coast consists of Playa de Santa Ro- miles ESE of the head of the E breakwater at Puerto del Buceo.
sa, an extensive beach of coarse sand backed by dunes 3 to 5m Bajo Flores, awash, is about 0.1 mile ENE of the same point.
high. There are depths of 4.6m, 0.25 mile offshore. Rocas Buen Viaje, with depths of less than 1.8m, lie 1.5
5.15

The sea breaks heavily on the beach during winds from be-
5.14 miles E of Punta Brava. It is circular in shape and is about 0.3
tween the E and S; the strong currents which then prevail tend mile in diameter. There is an above-water rock in the middle of
to set a vessel onshore. this reef. The passage between these rocks and the mainland
Arroyo Pando flows into the sea through this beach, 6 miles
5.14 has a maximum depth of 4.6m in the fairway. A wreck is
WSW from Punta Piedras Negras (34°47'S., 55°46'W.) stranded on these rocks.

Pub. 124
170 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

5.16 Ensenada de la Pocitos (Playa de los Pocitos) Montevideo (34°54'S., 56°13'W.)

(34°55'S., 56°09'W.) is a cove entered NE of Punta Trouville, a
rocky point 1.25 miles NE of Punta Brava. Small craft drawing World Port Index No. 13120
up to 2.7m can anchor in the cove in a fine sand bottom. A
lighted radio mast is on Punta Trouville. 5.18 Montevideo is the port of Ciudad de Montevideo, the
capital of the Republic of Uruguay.
Winds—Weather.—The climate of Montevideo is health-
5.18

ful. The average temperature for the winter is about 11°C; for
spring, 18°C; for summer 22°C; and for autumn 16°C. The ex-
treme maximum is 36°C and the extreme minimum is 1°C.
The prevailing wind direction is N from April to August and
5.18

E during the rest of the year. Winds of up to 60 knots can

spring up suddenly from the SW, especially in the early morn-
ing hours.
Rain occurs throughout the year, with the heaviest precipita-
5.18

tion in May and October.

Tides—Currents.—The mean HW interval at Montevideo
5.18

is 4 hours 2 minutes; springs rise 1m and neaps rise 0.7m.

Winds from E, SE, and SW raise the water level in the bay;
5.18

the increase is generally from 1.2 to 1.8m and occasionally

2.4m, but has been known to reach 4.4m.
Winds from the opposite quarters lower the water level,
5.18

which sometimes falls as much as 1m in the Rio de la Plata.

There is at times a considerable difference in level on oppo-
5.18

site sides of the estuary. The rise in level is less noticeable at

Montevideo than farther out in the Rio de la Plata.
Tidal currents are only felt in Rada de Montevideo, where
5.18

they run E on the ebb and W on the flood at a mean rate of 1

knot.
Strong S winds force much water into the bay; 3 or 4 hours
5.18

after the wind has risen, the water begins to flow out of it and
causes a countercurrent to run outward round Punta Sarandi.
A vessel leaving the bay on its E side after a Pampero should
5.18

proceed with caution, as this wind causes a strong SE current

5.16 Punta Brava Light which is felt immediately after passing Punta Sarandi.
Cross currents of up to 2 knots have been experienced in the
5.18

Punta Brava (34°56'S., 56°10'W.), marked by a light, is low

5.16 dredged channel.
and fringed by above and below-water rocks which extend Depths—Limitations.—For detailed berthing information,
5.18

SSW from it. The rising ground within the point is covered by see the table titled Montevideo—Berth Information.
buildings which form part of Ciudad de Montevideo. A con- The marked approach channel begins about 22 miles ESE of
5.18

spicuous hospital stands 2.75 miles N of the point. The light on Punta Lobos. The channel leads about 18.5 miles WNW before
the point is not easily distinguished from the S. turning N and leading 5 miles to the breakwater at the harbor
From Punta Brava to Punta Santa Teresa, 2.75 miles WNW,
5.16 entrance.
the coast is rocky but clear of dangers. A tall chimney stands A dangerous wreck with exposed masts is marked by buoys
5.18

on the latter point. Dique Maua (Dique Mava), a dry dock with and lies close W of the channel between Km 4 and Km 6.5. Ex-
a tower close to it, is 0.6 mile E of Punta Santa Teresa. tensive shoaling has been reported in its vicinity.
A spoil ground, marked by a lighted buoy, is 2.25 miles
5.16 Puerto de Montevideo consists of several distinct areas, as
5.18

WSW of Punta Brava. follows:

A sewer outfall, marked by lighted buoys, extends 1.5 miles
5.16 1. The Outer Port (Antepuerto), is dredged to a main-
S from Punta Brava. A prohibited entry area, best seen on the tained depth of 11.5 m and contains The Cuenca del Plata
chart, surrounds the outfall. Terminal and the Fluvial Basin (Darsena Fluvial).
2. The Fluvial Basin has a maintained depth of 5.5m and
Bahia de Montevideo is utilized by the Buenos Aires ferry, which docks at Pier A.
3. The Inner Port, which is sheltered from the N by
5.17 Bahia de Montevideo (34°54'S., 56°14'W.) is entered Dique de Cintura, has a maintained depth of 10.5m. The In-
between Punta Santa Teresa and Punta Lobos, 2 miles W. The ner Port consists of Docking Basin 1, Docking Basin 2, the
bay is sheltered from winds from W through N to SE. Coaster Harbor (Zona de Cabotage), and Pier Florida. Dock-
The bay has a maintained depth of 13m or less and is
5.17 ing Basin 1 and Docking 2 each have a maintained depth of
dredged to 6.5m. 11m. Pier Florida and the interior basin of the Coaster Har-
bor have depths ranging between 1m and 3.8m. The Coaster

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 171

Harbor is highly subjected to silting and depths may be less La Teja Docking Basin (Darsena La Teja), which serves the
5.18

than charted. ANCAP Oil Terminal, sits along the N shore of the bay be-
Docking Basin 1 and Docking Basin 2 are divided by Pier
5.18 tween the mouths of Arroyo Pantanoso and Arroyo Miguelete.
B, with Basin 1 lying between Pier A and Pier B and Basin 2 La Teja Basin is approached via a marked channel, which ex-
lying E of Pier B. Pier A is about 375m long on its W side tends NNW from the NE corner of the Outer Port, near the W
and 300m long on its E side. Pier B is about 290m long on its end of Dique de Cintura. Both La Teja Basin and the approach
W side and 325m long on its E side. Both piers have along- channel are dredged to 6m.
side depths of 10m. Numerous small piers and docks are scattered around the rim
5.18

The Granary Berth (Terminal de Graneles Montevideo) lies

5.18 of the bay. Their alongside depths are less than 3m.
N of the Coaster Harbor and consists of a 315m long berthing Aspect.—Ciudad de Montevideo stands on the E shore of
pier projecting SW from the silo area into the inner port basin. Bahia de Montevideo and Villa del Cerro on the W side of the
The Granary Berth has an alongside depth of 13m. bay on the slopes of Cerro de Montevideo which rises to an el-
It is common for vessels to anchor N of the Fluvial Basin on
5.18 evation of 140m. This hill, which is conical and prominent, is
the other side of the Dique de Cintura breakwater to work car- the best mark in the vicinity for making a landfall. Fortaleza
go from lighters. General Artigas, a colonial-era fort, stands on the summit. The
The Cuenca del Plata Terminal consists of Pier Escala
5.18 fort is painted white and displays a light. A navy drydock lies
(Muelle Escala) and Pier Fluvial (Muelle Fluvial). Pier Escala, on the peninsula S of the hill.
which is exposed to the N, has a quay length of about 638m The old city center occupies the S peninsula of the bay,
5.18

and an alongside depth of 11m. Pier Fluvial, which forms the fronts the main inner port, and has several prominent colonial-
NE head of Pier Escala, has a quay length of about 350m and era buildings. Palacio Salvo, which stands about 0.7 miles ENE
an alongside depth of 5m. from Punta Santa Teresa, is identified by its elaborate tower,
A berth where tankers, including those carrying vegetable
5.18 which looms above many surrounding structures.
oils, can discharge is located at Muelle Florida at the E end of On the N side of the old city, near the base of Pier A, lies the
5.18

this basin. A refrigerated warehouse is located along the quay old Customs (Aduana) House. It can easily identified by its
at Basin 2. tower, which sits in the center of the building’s W side.

Montevideo—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Size Beam
Cuenca del Plata Terminal (TCP)
Containers. Maximum vessel draft of
Escala Quay — 14.5m 340m 134,869 dwt 48.0m
14.5m. Continuous berthing length of 638m.
Cabotage Basin
Naval base. Continuous berthing length of
Muelle Fluvial — 5.0m — — —
353m.
Rinconada Darsena
87m 5.0m — — — —
Fluvial
Muelle Maciel
81m — — — —
(Inner)
Cruise vessels, ro-pax, and ro-ro/lo-lo.
Muelle Maciel
120m 5.0m — — —
(Outer)
Basin 1
Cabecera Muelle A 50m 10.0m — — — —
Cabecera Muelle B 148m 10.0m — — — Containers and breakbulk.
Nos. 1-2 — 10.0m 232m 61,377 dwt 32.0m Continuous berthing length of 303m.
Basin 2
No. 10 — 5.0m 214m 56,406 dwt 34.0m Ro-ro/lo-lo and breakbulk. Continuous
No. 11 — 5.0m 214m 57,070 dwt 37.0m berthing length of 392m.
Muelle Florida 53m 5.0m — — — Fishing vessels.
Montecon Terminal

Pub. 124
172 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

Montevideo—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Size Beam
Containers and breakbulk. Continuous
Muelle C — 5.0m — — —
berthing length of 560m.
Nos. 3-4 — 10.5m 334m 117,293 dwt 48.0m Containers and ro-ro/lo-lo. Continuous
No. 5 — 10.5m 334m 117,293 dwt 48.0m berthing length of 492m.
Containers, fishing vessels, and breakbulk.
Nos. 6-7 — 10.5m 277m 80,115 dwt 42.0m
Continuous berthing length of 295m.
Containers and ro-ro/lo-lo. Continuous
Nos. 8-9 — 10.5m 304m 110,800 dwt 48.0m
berthing length of 327m.
Inner Port
Muella 6 Sur 103m 5.0m — — — Under construction. Mooring fishing
vessels, small craft, and drydocks.
Muella 6 Oeste 16m 5.0m — — —
Muella 6 Norte 108m 5.0m — — —
Muella 10 Sur 103m 3.5m — — —
Muella 10 Oeste 16m 3.5m — — — Fishing vessels and small craft.
Muella 10 Norte 106m 3.5m — — —
Ancap Refinery
La Teja Oil Norte 96m 6.8m 195m 40,345 dwt 31.0m —
La Teja Oil Sur 248m — 105m 5,733 dwt 17.5m LPG and crude.
La Teja Oil Oeste 146m — 104m 3,226 dwt 17.5m Mooring tanker vessels.
Terminal de Graneles Montevideo (TGM) - (Grain Terminal)
Grain. Maximum vessel draft of 11m.
Grain Berth — 13.0m 230m 83,366 dwt 32.0m Berthing length of 315m (including
dolphins).

Other prominent objects are two chimneys of the oil refinery

5.18 of their expected time of arrival 72 hours in advance, and con-
in the N part of the bay, one of which burns a flare which is firmed 24 hours advance notice. The pilot station is equipped
sometimes visible for 25 miles, and a group of six chimneys, with radiotelephone.
painted red and white in bands, at the power station situated on Montevideo is located in the SW zone of the Uruguay Vessel
5.18

the E shore of the bay 1.75 miles NE of Punta Sarandi Traffic System which extends NE to the Brazilian border, with
(34°54'S., 56°13'W.). surveillance radar coverage reaching up to 24 miles offshore.
A television tower, 127m high, the upper part of which is
5.18 The other two zones are Ponta del Este and La Paloma.
painted red and white, stands 1.75 miles E of the same point; a Regulations.—The coast of Uruguay from Punta del Este to
red obstruction light is shown from the top of the tower. Colonia, including the port of Montevideo, and the Rio Uru-
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory except for vessels flying
5.18 guay N of Colonia, is covered by the Maritime Movement
the Uruguayan flag. Pilots board from a red launch or from a Control and Information System. For further information, see
tug, as follows: Pub. 160, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Indian Ocean
1. Boarding Position A (35°01.6’S., 56°13.0'W.)—Ves- and South Atlantic Ocean.
sels with a draft less than 7.9m. The speed of vessels must not exceed 8 knots in the dredged
5.18

2. Boarding Position B (35°01.6'S., 56°10.0'W.)—Ves- channel, 6 knots in the Antepuerto (34°54'S., 56°13'W.), and
sels with a draft between 7.9m and 9m. 4 knots in the inner harbor. Towing assistance is compulsory
3. Boarding Position C (35°02.6'S., 56°06.0'W.)—Ves- for sailing and for other vessels unable to maneuver at these
sels with a draft between 9m and 10m. speeds.
4. Boarding Position D (35°04.0'S., 55°59.0'W.)—Ves- Vessels arriving must display their national flag and the
5.18

sels with a draft between 10m and 11m. quarantine flag until pratique is given.
5. Boarding Position E (35°04.5’S., 55°51.0”W.)—Ves- The roadstead comprises the waters inside the line joining
5.18

sels with a draft of greater than 11m. Punta Brava and Punta Yeguas, about 8 miles WNW.
Vessels should inform the port authority through their agents
5.18 The port comprises the waters inside the artificial harbor
5.18

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 173

works.
Vessels with explosives or inflammables on board should
5.18

display flag B of the International Code of Signals by day and

exhibit one red light at night and if required by the port author-
ities, must discharge their cargo in the Antepuerto or in Rada
Exterior.
Vessels arriving with damaged hulls may not enter port until
5.18

after an examination by the port officials.

Vessels anchoring temporarily, and not requiring the visit of
5.18

the sanitary officer, must display their national flag and their
signal letters in the International Code of Signals for 4 hours
during daylight; the remainder of the hours due at sunset being
made up after sunrise on the following day.
During fog or thick weather, vessels must anchor in the road-
5.18

stead until weather clears.

If the daytime wind speed gets over 38 knots, or 32 knots at
5.18

night, the port is closed to all vessel movements.

A restricted area, best seen on the chart, is established 2
5.18

miles SE of Isla de Flores, where anchoring and fishing are 5.18 Customs (Aduana) House
prohibited.
Vessels entering Puerto de Montevideo should display the
5.18

quarantine flag of the Health officer before communicating

with the shore or shipping.
If from a port where contagious diseases exist, a vessel will
5.18

avoid delay by anchoring off Isla Flores (34°57'S., 55°56'W.)

before proceeding to an anchorage off Montevideo, as fumiga-
tion is carried out there before pratique is granted.
Pratique may be requested by radio, not less than 24 hours
5.18

before arrival.
Signals.—All vessels passing through the channel, when at a
5.18

distance of about 0.1 mile from a dredge, must stop and sound
one blast on the whistle or siren, and then await the signal to
proceed.
The dredge will indicate to a vessel that the passage is clear
5.18

by displaying flag “P” of the International Code at the foreyard

on the side on which the vessel should pass.
At night, in addition to exhibiting the lights of a vessel not
5.18

under command, the dredge will exhibit the following signals

Fortaleza General Artigas and Light at the signal yard:
1. Leave dredge to port—three red lights.
2. Leave dredge to starboard—three white lights.
Weather signals are displayed from the mast of the Meteoro-
5.18

logical Station situated on top of one of the university buildings

on Punta Sarandi (34°54'S., 56°13'W.).
Weather information, including a forecast for the following
5.18

24 hours, is signaled from this station daily at 1600. The height

of the barometer (in millimeters), the temperature, and the
force of the wind are made in International Code by the station
if requested. The barometer is located at a height of 25m above
mean sea level.
Contact Information.—See the table titled Montevideo—
5.18

Contact Information.

Montevideo—Contact Information
Pilots
VHF VHF channels 11, 16, and 17
598-2-915-2429
5.18 Tower of Palacio Salvo Telephone
598-2-915-6355

Pub. 124
174 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

Montevideo—Contact Information vessel in difficulties, the sighting of any unmarked navigational

hazard, and of any significant reduction in visibility.
598-2-915-0727 All vessels must obtain permission, which is valid for 15
Facsimile
5.18

598-2-915-4854 minutes only, from the Control Center before berthing, un-
berthing, or anchoring.
Website www.monpilot.com.uy Notices to Mariners and Weather Reports are broadcast at in-
5.18

Harbormaster tervals by the Control Center. Vessels may request information

at any time.
VHF VHF channel 9
Anchorage in Rada Exterior, the outer roadstead S of a line
5.18

598-2-1901-2701 between Punta Brava and Punta Yeguas (34°54'S., 56°19'W.),

has depths of 8 to 10m, soft mud, and the holding ground is
Telephone 598-2-1901-2702
poor. Because of the risk of dragging, vessels should anchor
598-2-1901-2703 well clear of other vessels.
Facsimile 598-2-916-1715 Rada Interior, the inner roadstead, between Rada Exterior
5.18

and a line between the N end of the W breakwater and Punta

E-mail [email protected] del Rodeo, has depths of up to 4.6m. This is a more convenient
Port Authority anchorage than Rada Exterior and affords better shelter. The
Pampero blows with greatest force from this quarter.
Telephone 598-2-1901-2733 Both of the above anchorages are very exposed and commu-
5.18

Facsimile 598-2-1901-2690 nication with the shore is sometimes interrupted for days. Ves-
sels are advised, if possible, to enter the harbor.
Web site http://www.anp.com.uy Because the N and NW of the dredged portion of the outer
5.18

La Teja Terminal harbor is used as an anchorage for vessels working cargo an-
chorage may be limited.
Telephone 598-2-1931 (ext 8)
Anchorage is prohibited within 0.5 mile of the breakwater or
5.18

Facsimile 598-2-902-1136 (Head Office) of any lighted buoys marking the dredged channels.
Web site http://www.ancap.com.uy Because of submarine cables, vessels are prohibited from an-
5.18

choring E of a line extending due S from Punta Teresa.

Montecon Terminal Anchorage is not advised W of a line due S from Punta Say-
5.18

Telephone 598-2-915-0404 ago, because of submarine cables.

Caution.—High speed ferries operate between Piriapolis,
5.18

Facsimile 598-2-915-8656 Montevideo, Colonia and Buenos Aires.

Web site http://www.montecon.com.uy Silting is prevalent in the harbor channels, basins, and berths
5.18

and depths may be less than charted. Mariners are advised to

Tugs proceed with caution within the port and contact the local au-
VHF VHF channel 11 thorities for the latest information.
It is common for barges and other vessels to anchor inside
5.18

Anchorages.—Several anchorages are available, as de-

5.18
the harbor, and are often crowded along the edge of the chan-
scribed below. nel.
Bravo Zone is located in the vicinity of 35°30'S, between the
5.18

meridians of 56°30'W, and 56°36'W for incoming vessels with 5.19 Punta Lobos (34°54'S., 56°15'W.) is the site of a na-
a maximum draft of 12m to await clearance and free pratique. val dockyard which includes Dique National, the largest dry
Charlie Zone covers in the area bound between 35°59'S to
5.18
dock in the port. It is 143.4m long with a 137.2m long floor,
36°05'W and 56°30'W to 56°38'W for vessels with a maximum with a width of 18.6m, and can accommodate a vessel with a
draft of 15.25m in brackish water. This anchorage is for vessels draft of 3.8m.
requiring lightening operations prior to a port entry. Another dry dock and two floating cranes up to 80-ton ca-
5.19

Delta Zone is located in 35°04'S to 35°06'S and 55°11'W to

5.18
pacity is available. Divers are available.
55°16'W and used by tankers of 15m draft in salt water for The entrance to the dry dock is protected on its S side by a
5.19

lightening before entering the port of Buenos Aires, La Plata, mole which extends 91m ESE from the SE side of the point.
and Campana ports. Bravo Zone and Charlie Zone are mainly A rocky shoal, on which there are several heads with depths
5.19

used for lightening of tankers before a port entry. of 1.2 to 1.8m, are from 0.1 to 0.3 mile E of the entrance. Its
A vessel navigating in Bravo Zone should report anchoring
5.18
SW side is marked by a beacon.
or weighing anchor in Montevideo Roads or elsewhere or with- Dique National can be approached either N or S of the above
5.19

in the zone, on passing the stranded wreck on the W side of the shoal. The S approach is deeper, but the bottom is hard and the
approach channel, on passing the breakwaters, on anchoring in current sets across it from S, especially during S winds, when
Antepuerto, on berthing or unberthing in the basins, and on an- the rate may exceed 2 knots. This approach is not recommend-
choring or weighing anchor in the zone. ed.
In these zones, vessels should inform the Control Center of
5.18
The N approach has a bottom of soft mud. It is marked by a
5.19

any accident, damage or fire, of any assistance rendered to a 254° range. Vessels with explosives or inflammables on board
are prohibited from using the dry dock.

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 175

Punta Yeguas (34°54'S., 56°19'W.) is 2.75 miles W of Punta A dangerous wreck with a visible mast is located 1 mile WSW
Lobos. Punta Sayago and Punta Tigre are 0.75 mile and 1.25 of this lighted buoy.
miles, respectively, ENE of Punta Lobos. All these points are From Punta Jesus Maria to Punta Pavon (34°32'S.,
5.20

low and rocky and are separated by small coves. 57°04'W.), 11 miles NW, the coast consists of a sandy beach
There are many rocks in the westernmost of these coves. A
5.19 backed by dunes from 9 to 30m high.
freezing plant stands on Punta Sayago; there are two piers on The mouth of the Rio San Miguel, 2 miles NW of the former
5.20

the W side of the point. point, can be easily identified at a distance of 7 or 8 miles by
Pedra Dellazoppa, with a depth of 1.5m, is about 0.4 mile S
5.19 the trees and dark brush near it, which show up clearly against
of Punta Tigre. the sand hills in the vicinity.
Punta Espinillo, low and rocky, is 7.5 miles NW of Punta
5.19 A jetty, 600m long, on the outer end of which is a silo, proj-
5.20

Yeguas. A reef extends 0.3 mile W. ects SW from Punta Pavon.

An aero light, 182m high, is 3 miles NW of Punta Yeguas
5.19 Banco Arazati Lighted Buoy, moored 1.5 miles S of Punta
5.20

and 0.3 mile inland. Three vertical obstruction lights are shown Pavon, marks the edge of the coastal bank with depths of less
below the light. than 5.5m extending from the point.
Bajo La Panela (34°55'S., 56°27'W.), a group of four rocks
5.19 Between Punta Pavon and the mouth of Arroyo Cufre, a
5.20

which dry, are marked by a light. They lie 5 miles S of Punta swift stream 6.5 miles NW, the coast forms Rincon de Cufre, a
Espinillo. A dangerous wreck, marked close N by a lighted bay backed by remarkable high dunes which rise to an eleva-
buoy, lies about 1 mile W of the light on Bajo La Panela. tion of 40m.
Submarine cables are laid from Punta Sayago to Punta Ata-
5.19 Abreast Punta Pavon is the NW end of the relatively deep
5.20

laya on the S shore of the Rio de la Plata. Others are laid from channel between the coast and the NE edge of Banco Ortiz,
Punta Yeguas, following the line of the N shore and about 5 which joins the coast here. There is a rather exposed anchorage
miles off it to Puerto de Colonia. in the NW end of this channel, in a depth of 6.4m. Paso Norte
The Rio Santa Lucia is entered between Punta Espinillo and
5.19 follows the coast W to Colonia.
the coast 4 miles N. Its mouth, which is encumbered by banks, A lighted buoy marks the bend in Paso Norte, 1.5 miles SW
5.20

is divided into two channels by Isla Del Tigre, located 3 miles of the mouth of Arroyo Cufre.
NE of the point. Small craft, with local knowledge, can use the
S channel which is about 0.1 mile wide, between the island and 5.21 Punta Rosario (34°27'S., 57°21'W.), 9.5 miles W of
Punta Pajonal, situated 2.75 miles NE of Punta Espinillo, Arroyo Cufre, is low, rocky, and difficult to identify. A reef ex-
which is marked by buoys and lighted buoys. The holding tends 2 miles WSW of the point; a 1.2m shoal patch is near the
ground off the river mouth is good. end.
The approach to the S channel of the river is marked by a
5.19 A lighted buoy, which also marks Paso Norte, is 1.75 miles
5.21

light 2 miles NNE of Punta Espinillo. There is a lifesaving sta- SE of Punta Rosario.
tion on the Rio Santa Lucia. Arroyo del Rosario flows into the Rio de la Plata on the NW
5.21

side of Punta Rosario. A channel, dredged to a depth of 3m,

5.20 Banco Santa Lucia (34°48'S., 56°30'W.), a sand leads to the mouth of the river and is about 46m wide.
bank with depths of less than 5.5m formed by silt from the Rio The outer reach of this channel leads in a 049° direction for
5.21

Santa Lucia, extends 5 miles S from Punta Tigre (34°46'S., about 0.8 mile; the inner reach leads then in a 067° direction
56°34'W.). Depths of less than 1.8m extend up to 3.75 miles S for about 0.3 mile to the river mouth. The entrance channel is
from the point. The S extremity of the bank is marked by a marked.
lighted buoy. The river is navigable by small craft for a distance of 15
5.21

An area where sand is dredged in the vicinity of the sand

5.20 miles; a channel has been dredged to a depth of 2.7m as far as
bank is marked by four buoys. Ciudad de Rosario, 7.5 miles from the river mouth.
From Punta Tigre to Punta San Gregorio (34°41'S.,
5.20

56°50'W.), a dark bluff about 30m high, on which stand several 5.22 Puerto Sauce (34°26'S., 57°27'W.) (World Port Index
houses, 14 miles WNW, the coast consists of sandy cliffs 20 to No. 13130) is on the NW side of Punta Sauce, 4.5 miles W of
30m high, forming a continuation of Barranca Santa Lucia, are Punta Rosario.
E of Punta Tigre. It is the port for Ciudad de Rosario. Punta Sauce can easily
5.22

Between this point and the mouth of Arroyo de San Mauri-

5.20 be identified by the buildings and factory chimneys of Pueblo
cio, 7 miles WNW, these cliffs are known as Barrancas de San Juan Lacaze, which stand near it. Sand dunes, 32m high, rise
Mauricio. To the W of river mouth they are known as Barran- 1.5 miles N of the point.
cas de San Gregorio. A sand bank, with depths of less than 3m and on which there
5.22

From Punta San Gregorio to Punta Jesus Maria, 4 miles

5.20 are a number of above-water rocks, extends 1.5 miles S from
WNW, the coast consists of a beach of coarse sand backed by Punta Sauce and from the coast to the E of that point.
dunes from 6 to 11m high. A lighted buoy is about 1 miles SSE of the port and also
5.22

Arroyo San Gregorio flows into the Rio del a Plata through
5.20 marks Paso Norte.
this beach, 1.25 miles NW of the former point. The port is sheltered from the S by a breakwater extending
5.22

Banco Jesus Maria, on a sand bank with depths of less than

5.20 720m W from Punta Sauce. A channel, with a least depth of
5.5m, extends 4 miles SSE from Punta Jesus Maria. 3.3m, runs parallel to and about 183m N of the breakwater.
The minimum depth of 1.2m on the bank is 1.25 miles S of
5.20 It leads to a wooden pier at its root which has a depth 4m
5.22

the point. The SW side of the bank is marked by a lighted buoy. alongside. A light marks the end of the breakwater.

Pub. 124
176 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

Between Punta Sauce and Punta Artilleros, 4.5 miles W, the

5.22 Santa Lucia Lighted Buoy, steer NW and keep 5 miles off-
coast forms a bay. The river mouth of Arroyo Sauce enters the shore, so as to pass S of San Gregorio Lighted Buoy.
bay about 2 miles NW of Punta Sauce. Then alter course to pass about 1 mile SW of Banco Arazati
5.24

Lighted Buoy, 1.5 miles S of Punta Pavon, when the depths

5.23 Punta Artilleros (34°27'S., 57°32'W.), 50m high, is will decrease gradually to 3.7m.
fringed by drying rocks extending about 0.5 mile S. A lighted From a position about 2 miles SW of the mouth of Arroyo
5.24

buoy is 1.25 miles S of the point and marks Paso Norte. Cufre, the channel turns W. After passing Banco Cufre Lighted
Ensenada de los Artilleros is entered between Punta Artille-
5.23 Buoy, keep near the shore and then steer to pass S of Piedras
ros and a point 6 miles W. Arroyo Artilleros, a small stream, del Sauce Lighted Buoy.
flows into its head 3.5 miles NW of the former point. From Punta Artilleros Lighted Buoy, shape course so as to
5.24

A village, which is visible from the offing, stands 3 miles W

5.23 pass S of Rocas de las Pipas and Roca Barriles, giving these
of its mouth. rocks a wide berth, when the depth will again be about 3.7m.
Underwater rocks extend 1 mile offshore, 5 miles W of Pun-
5.23 Punta Santa Rita (34°28'S., 57°51'W.) lies about 0.2 mile N
ta Artilleros. Muelle Platero, a small pier, projects from the of Punta San Pedro. Between Punta Santa Rita and Punta San
shore abreast of these rocks. Carlos, 2.5 miles NW, the coast forms a bay, the shore of which
Punta Riachuelo (34°28'S., 57°44'W.), 9.5 miles W of Pun-
5.23 consists of a sandy beach backed by dunes.
ta Artilleros, is rocky. Rocks, awash and underwater, extend From Punta San Carlos to Punta Hornos (34°26'S.,
5.24

about 0.1 mile W. 57°54'W.), 0.75 miles farther NW, the coast is low and marshy.
Rocas de las Pipas (34°29'S., 57°41'W.) consist of two A pier which serves Pueblo Real de San Carlos projects from
groups of rocks which dry. Pipas de Afuera, the outer group, is the shore 1.75 miles NW of Punta Santa Rita. It has a depth of
2.75 miles ESE of Punta Riachuelo, and Pipas de Adentro, the 3.7m at its head.
inner group, lie 3.5 miles E of the point. A lighted buoy is There are cliffs, 40 to 50m high, close behind the beach in
5.24

about 0.7 mile SW of Pipas de Afuera. the SE part of the bay, but they diverge from it to the NW and
Roca Barriles, with a depth of 2.4m, is 2 miles WSW of Pip-
5.23 are 0.6 mile inland abreast of Punta San Carlos.
as de Afuera. Punta Hornos is low and is fringed by a bank of stones, with
5.24

Arroyo Riachuelo flows into the Rio de la Plata, 0.5 mile

5.23 depths of less than 1.8m, which extends 0.7 mile W from it.
NW of Punta Riachuelo and is navigable by ships of shallow
draft. The entrance is protected on each side by a breakwater. A 5.25 Isla Farallon (34°29'S., 57°55'W.), marked by a
channel about 0.3 mile long leads in a N direction to the en- light, is 3.25 miles WSW of Punta San Pedro. It is 2.7m high,
trance between the breakwaters and is dredged to 4m. rocky, and wooded, and is surrounded by a reef with depths of
A light is shown from a black tower on piles, situated on the
5.23 less than 1.8m. A group of rocks, awash, lies 0.4 mile NNE of
W bank of the river 0.3 mile N of the head of the E breakwater; the islet.
a lighted buoy is at the S end of the approach channel to the Banco de los Pescadores, with depths of less than 2.5m, and
5.25

river. consisting of sand, forms the NW part of Banco Ortiz. The

From Punta Negra to Punta San Pedro (34°28.5'S.,
5.23 bank has a least depth of 1.8m, 2.5 miles SE of Punta San Pe-
57°51.2'W.), the W extremity of the promontory on which dro; a 2.1m shoal lies close within the N edge of the bank 1
stands Ciudad de Colonia, the coast is fringed by rocks with mile S of the point. A lighted buoy, moored 1.5 miles WSW of
depths of less than 1.8m, extending up to 183m offshore, Punta Punta San Pedro, marks the NW extremity of the bank.
San Pedro is high and steep on its S side. Isla San Gabriel (34°27'S., 57°54'W.), low and covered
5.25

Muelle General Rivera, a concrete pier with depths of 4.6m

5.23 with brushwood, is 1.5 miles W of Punta San Pedro. It is sur-
alongside its head, is situated 0.75 mile WNW of Punta Negra rounded by rocks and a reef, parts of which are awash and ex-
and is about 183m long. There is a ruined pier 1.25 miles far- tend 0.3 mile W. A lighted buoy is moored 0.3 mile S of the
ther W, 0.2 mile W of the mouth of Arroyo de la Caballada. SW extremity of the islet.
Caution.—Banco de las Pescadores, which is the NW ex-
5.23 Bajo Garnet, a rock with a depth of 4.4m, is 0.5 mile S of the
5.25

tremity of Banco Ortiz, is strewn with dangerous wrecks lying extremity of Isla San Gabriel. It is marked on its W side by a
within about 7 miles from the Uruguayan coast between Punta lighted buoy. Bajo Ruby, with a depth of 3.5m, is 0.25 mile S
Artilleros and Rada de Colonia. of the NE extremity of Isla San Gabriel.
Punta Negra is 3 miles WSW of Punta Riachuelo and is
5.23 Bajo La Laja, the E end of which dries, is about 0.6 mile W
5.25

rocky. A rocky shoal, with a depth of 0.9m, lies 0.25 mile of Punta San Pedro. It is marked on its SE side and on its N
WSW of the point. side by lighted buoys.
Roca Anita, with a depth of 0.6m, is 0.5 mile W of Punta San
5.25

Paso Norte Pedro; a buoy is moored 183m N of this rock.

Barra de Colonia, between the NW extremity of Banco de
5.25

5.24 Paso Norte is parallel with the N shore of the Rio de la los Pescadores and Isla San Gabriel, is composed of hard sand
Plata, between it and Banco Ortiz. It is frequented only by and rock, with soft mud on either side of it. When the drying
coastal vessels and other craft of shallow draft as it has depths portion of Bajo La Laje is just visible, there are depths of 4.9m
of only 3.7m off the mouth of Arroyo Cufre and near Rocas de over this bar.
las Pipas when the river is low. Canal San Gabriel, the channel which passes S of Isla San
5.25

If proceeding from Montevideo through Paso Norte, after

5.24 Gabriel, is the usual approach to Puerto de Colonia from SW.
passing Bajio La Panela (34°55'S., 56°27'W.) and Banco de Lighted buoys mark the sides of the channel.

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 177

5.26 Islas de Hornos, extending 1.5 miles WNW from Puerto Commercial de Colonia, the old port of Puerto de Co-
5.27

Punta de Hornos (34°26'S., 57°54'W.), are three low and part- lonia, lies on the N side of the promontory on which the town
ly wooded islets. Isla Hornos del Oeste and Isla Hornos del stands. It is protected from the W by Escollera de Santa Rita, a
Medio, the two W islets, which lie on a bank with depths of breakwater projecting N from Punta Santa Rita, on the head of
less than 1.8m, are separated from Isla Hornos del Este, which which is a light.
lies on the coastal bank, by Canal de los Bergantines which is A wooden jetty projects N from the shore nearly 183m E of
5.27

navigable by vessels of shallow draft with local knowledge. the breakwater, off the head of which there are depths of 2.4m.
Canal de las Zumacas, the channel between Punta Hornos
5.26 It is equipped with a 5-ton steam crane. Construction was in
5.27

and the E islet, and the channel between the middle and W is- progress immediately N of the breakwater head.
lets, can only be used by small craft. Aspect.—Colonia Light is shown from Punta San Pedro
5.27

Piedra Chata, a rocky shoal with a depth of 1.5m, lies 0.8

5.26 (34°29'S., 57°51'W.). A radio tower, 84m high and marked by
mile WSW of Punta Hornos. red lights, is about 0.3 mile ENE of the light.
Islas Lopez are two bare and rocky islets 1.25 miles N of Isla
5.26 A conspicuous chimney, painted in red and white bands,
5.27

San Gabriel. Isla Lopez del Oeste, 3m high, lies 0.5 mile W of 39m high, stands about 0.9 mile ENE of the light. A water tow-
Isla Lopez del Este which is 2.4m high. Numerous dangers sur- er, prominent from all directions, stands about 0.8 mile NE of
round these islets and extend up to 1.25 miles SE from them. the light, and three radio towers stand near Real de San Carlos,
Canal Lopez, a channel with a minimum depth of 3.7m in the 2 miles N of the light. A radio mast, 190m high and marked by
fairway, passes between these islets. red lights, is 6 miles N of the light.
Piedra Cerdena, with a depth of 1.2m, is almost 0.85 mile
5.26 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory in the Rio de la Plata es-
5.27

WNW of Isla Lopez Oeste. Bajo Relampago, with a depth of tuary except for coasting vessels.
1.2m, is 0.6 mile W of the same islet. Arrecife Los Muleques, Vessels entering the estuary may proceed as far as Rada de
5.27

some of which are awash, are 0.5 mile ESE of Isla Lopez del Montevideo or Practicos Recalada Light Vessel without a pilot.
Este. A buoy is moored off the SE end of these reefs. Vessels proceeding farther must obtain a pilot from Practicos
Recalada Light Vessel, to which they are required to give 48
Colonia (34°28'S., 57°51'W.) hours notice of ETA.
Vessels must use pilots of the nationality of their port of des-
5.27

World Port Index No. 13140 tination and when leaving must use pilots of the nationality of
the port they are departing.
5.27 Rada de Colonia is W of the promontory on which the Regulations.—The coast of Uruguay from Punta del Este to
Ciudad de Colonia stands. The depths in the approaches are Colonia, including the port of Montevideo, and the Rio Uru-
variable, but vessels drawing less than 4.6m can usually enter. guay N of Colonia, is covered by the Maritime Movement
Ciudad de Colonia is a seaside resort and the capital of the
5.27 Control and Information System. For further information, see
local province. It has two harbors. Puerto Franco, on the S Pub. 160, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Indian Ocean
promontory on which the town stands, is the most important and South Atlantic Ocean.
and is the terminus of the ferries which run to Buenos Aires.
Puerto Commercial, the old harbor, close to Punta Santa Rita
5.27
Colonia—Contact Information
the NW extremity of the promontory, is little used except for
yachts and other small craft. There is a lifesaving station at Zonal Control
Puerto de Colonia. Call Control Colonia Prefectura Radio (CWC23)
Winds—Weather.—Rada Colonia is well protected from all
5.27

VHF VHF channels 11 and 16

winds except those from between SE and SW. Storms from a S
point are the most dangerous and cause a current to set at a rate 598-4-522-2688
of 3 to 4 knots in the same direction as the wind. Telephone
598-9-967-8409 (mobile)
Depths—Limitations.—Puerto Franco de Colonia, the main
5.27

harbor of Puerto de Colonia, 0.5 mile E of Punta San Pedro, is Harbormaster

formed by two jetties projecting S from the shore and is pro- VHF VHF channel 9
tected from the S by a breakwater composed of rubble. A buoy
is moored about 0.1 mile NW of the W end of the breakwater. 598-4-522-2140
Below-water rocks lie between this buoy and the breakwater. Telephone
598-4-522-2680
Muelle Transatlantico, the E of the two piers which form the
5.27

harbor, has a total length of 135m. Vessels can berth on both Facsimile 598-4-522-2905
sides of the outer section, which is 77m long and has depths of [email protected]
5m alongside. The inner section, 58m long, with depths of less E-mail
than 5m alongside, can only be used on its W side and is the [email protected]
terminal for the ferries which run to Buenos Aires. Web site http://www.anp.com.uy
Muelle de Cabotage, which forms the W side of the harbor,
5.27

is 110m long, with depths of about 4m alongside, and can only Contact Information.—See the table titled Colonia—
be used on its E side. Contact Information.
There are ro-ro berths at the roots of both jetties. Between
5.27

them is a quay with a depth of 3m alongside.

Pub. 124
178 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

Anchorage.—The best anchorage in Rada de Colonia is

5.27 and about 0.1 mile N of a stranded wreck marked by a lighted
about 0.5 mile WNW of Punta San Pedro (34°29'S., buoy.
57°51'W.), in a depth of 7.3m, stiff mud, with holding ground. When clear of this bank steer towards Isla San Gabriel, then
5.27

It is on the alignments of Farallon Light Tower, with the S

5.27 alter course to the E to pass between Lighted Buoy No. 1 and
extremity of Isla San Gabriel bearing about 250°, and the W Lighted Buoy No. 2, and approach the port through Canal San
extremity of Isla Lopez del Este in line with the E extremity of Gabriel.
Isla Hornos del Medio, bearing about 319°. Give Punta San Pedro (34°29'S., 57°51'W.) a wide berth,
5.27

If necessary, ships should moor with open hawse SW. Ves-

5.27 particularly during the S tidal current, which sets towards the
sels of shallow draft can anchor nearer Ciudad de Colonia. point at rates of from 1 to 2.5 knots.
Coasting vessels often anchor NW of Isla San Gabriel in bad
5.27 If approaching Colonia from the E by way of Paso Norte,
5.27

weather. having passed Roca Barriles, follow the land which can be
Fondeadero de Lopez is about 0.2 mile N of Isla Lopez del
5.27 closed to within 0.5 mile to Rada de Colonia, passing S of the
Este. It affords good shelter to small vessels during strong S breakwater at Puerto Franco de Colonia. Punta San Pedro
winds, in depths of about 5.5m, mud. should be rounded at a distance of at least 0.25 mile, bearing in
Fondeadero de las Islas de Hornos affords good shelter
5.27 mind that the tidal streams are stated to set onto this point.
during winds from between SE and SW. To proceed from Colonia by the channels to the N, steer to
5.27

Winds from a W direction are the strongest at this anchorage,

5.27 pass midway between Islas Lopez. When about 0.4 mile NE of
but do not raise such a heavy sea as those from the SE and are Isla Lopez del Oeste, shape course for the W extremity of Isla
therefore not so dangerous. Hornos del Oeste, passing at least 183m SW of Piedra Chata.
Vessels can anchor about 0.3 mile N of Isla Hornos del Me-
5.27 Then alter course so as to enter the S end of Barra de San Pe-
5.27

dio and Isla Hornos del Oeste, in depths of from 3.4 to 5.5m, dro. The least depth on this route is 2.7m near Piedra Chata.
mud. Caution.—Submarine cables, indicated on the chart, extend
5.27

S and E from Punta San Pedro.

Cabo San Antonio to Buenos Aires

5.28 The S shore of the Rio de la Plata is low and uniform,
being the seaward edge of the Pampas of Provincia de Buenos
Aires immense and monotonous plains which extend to the Se-
irras Centrales, 420 miles W. Owing to the lack of landmarks,
and also to the banks by which this shore is fringed, navigation
near it is difficult.
Banco Rouen lies with its shallowest part in the vicinity of
5.28

position 35°45'S, 56°01'W, and 39 miles NE of Cabo San An-

tonio, the SW entrance point of the Rio de la Plata. This shoal
has a least depth of 7.6m near its NW end. It is composed
mainly of coarse sand, but there are some rocks on its shallow-
est part.
Off-lying shoals, with depths of 17.8 and 40m, are 68 and
5.28

105 miles ESE, respectively, of Cabo Antonio.

Cabo San Antonio (36°20'S., 56°45'W.) is the N and lower
5.28

end of Medanos del Chato, a chain of sand hills visible up to

about 10 miles offshore which back the coast to the S.
The part of the chain near the cape is known as Fronton del
5.28

Cabo.
The NW extremity of the cape is Punta Rasa (36°18'S.,
5.28

56°47'W.), a low and sandy tongue of land which is subject to

inundation as far as the walled area surrounding the light struc-
ture and adjacent buildings, which with a neighboring planta-
tion of trees are very prominent from seaward. A beacon has
been established at the edge of Punta Rasa.
There is an anchorage for small vessels in this area. The out-
5.28

Colonia Light
er berth is 0.6 mile N of Punta Rasa, chalky bottom, in 4.5m,
5.27

and the inner berth is 0.4 mile W of the point, in 2m, soft mud.
Directions.—When approaching Puerto de Colonia from
Several charted banks, on which the sea breaks and with
5.27

5.28

SW, follow the dredged channel through Barra del Farallon and
depths of less than 1.8m, are N of Punta Rasa.
do not leave it until Colonia Light Tower bears 068°.
Vessels should approach San Antonio Light on a course of
5.28

Then alter course to maintain this bearing which leads over

201° until it is distant 2 miles; a course of 250° then leads to
5.27

the bank joining Isla Farallon to Banco Ortiz in a least depth of

the outer anchorage.
4m, and passes 0.25 mile S of the reef extending from this islet
Tidal currents off Cabo San Antonio are affected by the
5.28

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 179

wind. In calm weather the tides are regular, but during fresh Winds between W and N increase the duration of the S cur-
5.29

winds from between E and S, the water level rises 1m or more rent and reduce the height of the tide. Winds between SE and
above mean HW springs. During winds from W and NE the SW increase the duration of the N current and increase the
tide does not rise to its usual level. height of the tide. The configuration of the shore and the banks
In the outer anchorage of Fondeadero San Clemente, the
5.28 off it cause variations in the rate and direction of the tidal cur-
general directions of the flood and ebb tidal currents are NW rent, even in places quite close to each other.
and SE, respectively. Both normally attain a rate of 1.5 knots, Anchorage.—The best anchorage in Bahia Samborombon is
5.29

but may reach 4 knots during gales. about 5 miles offshore between the entrances to Canal 9 and
Currents off Cabo San Antonio depend greatly on the wind,
5.28 the Rio Salado, in a depth of 5.5m, firm clay and sand, very
running N or S at rates of 1 to 3 knots. Rates of 5 or 6 knots good holding ground.
have been reported being caused by abnormal floods in the riv- The swell here is not dangerous even during SE winds, but in
5.29

ers. storms from this direction there is a better berth about 8 miles
Bahia Samborombon is entered between Punta Rasa and
5.28 offshore E of the entrance to Canal 9 in a depth of 6m.
Punta Piedras, 54 miles NNW. Small craft can anchor close inshore anywhere between Ca-
5.29

bo San Antonio and Monte San Jeronimo, as the swell is al-

5.29 Bahia San Clemente (36°18'S., 56°47'W.) is formed most spent here even during E winds.
by the W side of Cabo San Antonio. Arroyo San Clemente The bottom is mud nearly everywhere in the bay; it is softer
5.29

flows into the head of this small bay 1.75 miles S of Punta Ra- close inshore than farther seaward, and is almost liquid in some
sa. The entrance to the river is used quite often as a fishing har- places.
bor. In a few areas, the bottom is composed of sand or of sand
5.29

From the mouth of Arroyo San Clemente to the mouth of the

5.29 with shells and mud; off Monte San Jeronimo, there is rock in
Rio de Ajo, 6 miles W, the coast increases in height gradually. depths of less 3.6m.
The bar of the Rio de Ajo is about 2 miles in extent and almost A dangerous wreck reported to lie about 14 miles NE of the
5.29

dries, but there are depths of more than 3.7m within it. The Rio entrance to Canal 9.
de Ajo is reported to be marked by a light off its entrance.
Pueblo General Lavalle stands on the E bank of the river 4.5
5.29 5.30 Punta Piedras (35°26'S., 57°07'W.) is low and inde-
miles SSW of its mouth. terminate. It is composed of tufa, a species of compact and fri-
Between the mouth of the Rio de Ajo and the entrance to Ca-
5.29 able sandstone, looking like hardened clay. This material,
nal 1, 10 miles WNW, the coast is devoid of vegetation but locally known as “tosca,” is found in various places on the
some distance inland there are ranches with clumps of trees coastal bank between this point and Puerto de Buenos Aires,
which appear as islands when seen from 8 or 9 miles offshore. 80 miles NW. A light is shown 0.7 mile W of the point.
Between the entrance to Canal 1 and that of Canal 9, about
5.29 Banco Piedras, with depths of less than 5.5m, extends 20
5.30

12.5 miles NW, the shore is low and devoid of vegetation, but miles ENE from Punta Piedras. It is composed of tufa, gravel,
there are some fishermen's huts on it. and coarse sand.
From the entrance to Canal 9, the shore of the bay trends
5.29 Punta Indio (35°16'S., 57°14'W.), also low and indetermi-
5.30

NNW for 11 miles to the entrance to Canal 15. nate, lies 13 miles NNW of Punta Piedras. It can be identified
The clumps of trees at Estancias Las Viboras, Santa Maura,
5.29 by Monte Casares, a large clump of trees 1.5 mile S.
and La Portena, 8 miles SW and 9 and 11 miles NW, respec- This clump is visible at a distance of about 15 miles, at
5.30

tively, of the former entrance are good landmarks. which distance it resembles an island.
From the entrance to Canal 15 to the mouth of the Rio Sala-
5.29 Close NW of Monte Casares is a smaller group of trees, in
5.30

do (35°45'S., 57°21'W.), 13.5 miles W, the coast rises gradual- which stand the buildings of Estancia Santa Rita. A white
ly, with several prominent clumps of trees. house with a red roof can be identified easily at 15 miles. A na-
A group of sheds and buildings, forming a good landmark,
5.29 val air station is situated inland from the point.
are on the S bank of the Rio Salado, the entrance of which is From Punta Indio to Punta Atalaya, 20 miles NW, the coast
5.30

marked by a light. is at first a uniform height and covered with scrub, but near the
A dangerous wreck is reported to lie 17 miles SSE of the Rio
5.29 town of Magdalena, 3.5 miles S of the latter point, the ground
Salado. rises slightly.
The Rio Samborombon, with a drying bar at its mouth, can
5.29 The mouth of Arroyo Juan Blanco, which affords shelter to
5.30

be identified by a white house on the S bank and a group of coastal craft, lies 12.5 miles NW of Punta Indio. Monte de la
willow trees on the N banks. Primevera, a dense clump of trees about 1 mile in extent, lies 2
Clumps of trees are 3 miles NW and 6 miles N, respectively,
5.29 miles W of the mouth of Arroyo Juan Blanco. It surrounds a
of the mouth of the Rio Samborombon. They are both good ranch of the same name, with a red tower at its E end, which is
landmarks, the latter being the most prominent mark in the bay. a good landmark.
Monte San Jeronimo, 7 miles SW of Punta Piedras
5.29

(35°27'S., 57°08'W.), can be seen at a distance of 7 or 8 miles. 5.31 Magdalena (35°05'S., 57°31'W.) is a town which can
A windmill and a tank form a good mark. Towards Punta
5.29 be seen above the scattered trees in its vicinity. The two towers
Piedras, the coast increases in height. of the church are visible at a great distance, but are obscured by
Tides—Currents.—Almost anywhere within about 4 miles
5.29 the trees on certain bearings.
of the coast the tidal current follow the general direction of the Punta Atalaya (35°02'S., 57°32'W.), marked by a light, is
5.31

shore of Bahia Samborombon at rates of 0.25 to 1.5 knots. low and covered by trees. A red brick building, with a promi-

Pub. 124
180 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

nent chimney visible at a distance of 10 miles, is situated near 2.2m near its middle. Two wrecks, with masts showing, lie on
the point. the bank.
Arroyo Atalaya, 0.5 mile W of the point, can be entered by
5.31

small craft drawing up to 1.5m. Canal General

From Punta Atalya to Punta Blanca, steep and covered with
5.31

trees, situated 8.5 miles WNW, the coast is fringed by a bank of 5.33 Canal General is the channel forming the main ap-
very hard tufa out to a depth of 3.7m. A sandy shoal, with a proach to the ports of La Plata and Buenos Aires.
depth of 1.8m, lies on the coastal bank 2.5 miles N of the latter The first section of the channel leads from Km 239.1 Lighted
5.33

point. Buoy, 2 miles NW of Practicos Recalada Light Vessel

A prominent factory stands on the coast 8.75 miles WNW of
5.31 (35°06'S., 55°59'W.), then SW for about 14 miles to Km 213,
Punta Blanca. The entrance to Puerto La Plata lies 3.25 miles then W for about 36 miles to a bend called Vuelta El Codillo,
farther WNW. and then NW for about 12 miles; it is called Canal Punta Indio.
Caution.—Visual estimation of the distance of a vessel off
5.31 Practicos Recalada Light Vessel is a manned light ship and
this coast may be considerably in error, due to the effects or pilot station. The vessel is a red-hulled re-purposed oil tanker.
mirage and abnormal refraction, which cause objects near the
horizon to have a false elevation.
Submarine cables, which are charted, are laid from Punta At-
5.31

alaya to the N shore of the Rio de la Plata, about 1 mile W of

Bahia de Montevideo.
Other submarine cables, also indicated on the chart, are laid
5.31

from a position on the coast about 4 miles SE of the mouth of

Canal Santiago (34°50'S., 57°53'W.), in an E direction
parallel to the coast.
Spoil ground, best seen on chart, lies in the vicinity of Punta
5.31

Atalaya.

Off-lying Banks
5.32 Banco Ortiz, which covers a large area with depths of
less than 5.5m, extends 50 miles SE from the N shore of the
Rio de la Plata between Punta Pavon (34°32'S., 57°03'W.) and
Punta San Pedro, 40 miles WNW.
The S extremity is joined to Banco Piedras forming the bar
Practicos Recalada Light Vessel
5.32

5.33

of the Rio de la Plata, over which passes the main approach to

the ports of La Plata and Buenos Aires.
El Codillo (35°08'S., 56°59'W.), with a least depth of 4.9m,
5.32
At this point, in position 35°01'S, 57°11'W, the second sec-
5.33

lies at the SE end of Banco Ortiz, about 20 miles N of Punta tion of the channel, called Canal Intermedio, begins and con-
Piedras. It is composed of sand and mud, with patches of hard tinues to Km 87 Lighted Buoy (34°49'S., 57°27'W.), which lies
sand in places. 15 miles NNE of Punta Atalaya and abreast the middle of Ban-
Canal General, which comprises Canal Punta Indio and Ca-
5.32
co Chico.
nal Intermedio and is described in paragraph 5.33, is dredged Beyond the point, the channel merges into Paso Banco Chi-
5.33

through this bar. co, a natural channel passing N of the NW end of Banco Chico
A chain of shoals, with depths of less than 3m, lies along the
5.32
and then into the area of comparatively deep water which lies
SW edge of Banco Ortiz; a similar shoal of considerable extent off the entrances to the dredged channels leading to the ports of
lies 10 miles WSW of Punta Pavon. Banco de los Pescadores La Plata and Buenos Aires.
forms the NW extremity of the bank. Canal General is only maintained by continual dredging and
5.33

Quebrada del Banco Ortiz is a channel across the S end of

5.32 the depths in it are considerably affected by meteorological
Banco Ortiz, through which a depth of 4.5m can be carried. conditions; no depth is therefore guaranteed in the channel, but
The E and W ends of the channel are marked, as are a wreck
5.32
the responsible authority endeavors to maintain a minimum
and obstruction. This channel is used by the ferries which run depth of 8.2m at normal MLLW.
between Buenos Aires and Montevideo. In 2010, the depths in Canal Punta Indio were maintained to
5.33

Banco Magdalena, with depths of less than 3m, lies 7 miles

5.32
approximately 10.4m. The latest information regarding depth
NE of Punta Atalaya and is joined to the coastal bank in that in the channel is published fortnightly in Argentine Notices to
vicinity. It is marked on its SW side by a lighted buoy. Mariners and is also broadcast from Argentine radio stations.
Canal de la Magdalena, a channel used by coasting vessels,
5.32 Pilotage is compulsory, as discussed previously in paragraph
5.33

passes SW of Banco de la Magdalena. The tidal streams in it 5.1.

are somewhat stronger than in the main channel and can be Canal General is marked in accordance with the Argentine
5.33

used by vessels with a draft of less than 4.9m. system by lighted buoys. For the first 25 miles from Practicos
Banco Chico, with depths of less than 5.5m, lies N of Banco
5.32
Recalada Light Vessel, they are moored in pairs, alternately
Magdalena and extends NW from it. It has a least depth of with single lighted buoys moored on the S side of the channel,

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 181

spaced from 1 to 2.5 miles apart; then for the remainder of Ca- Plata, should proceed through the Privilege Zone. They are
nal Indio, they are placed in pairs only. prohibited from passing through Canal Punta Indio.
The lighted buoys are numbered by their distance in kilome-
5.33 Vessels proceeding in the same direction are forbidden from
5.33

ters from Buenos Aires, starting at Km 239.1. overtaking unless the difference in their speeds is at least 3
Canal Intermedio and Paso Banco Chico are marked by sin-
5.33 knots.
gle lighted buoys, the first three of which are numbered 31, 32, Overtaking is prohibited between Lighted Buoy No. 15 and
5.33

and 33; thereafter, they are marked with their distance from the Lighted Buoy No. 23.
entrance to Darsena Norte at Buenos Aires in kilometers, start- Should two vessels, proceeding in opposite directions, be
5.33

ing at Km 99 and ending at Km 57, which shows a racon. likely to meet abreast the pair of Lighted Buoys No. 21
There is a pair of lighted buoys at Km 60. (35°10'S., 57°00'W.), the outbound vessel will reduce speed in
There are numerous uncharted lighted buoys, painted white,
5.33 order to allow the inbound vessel to pass these lighted buoys
in the vicinity of Canal General which are used for dredging first.
purposes. Between Km 182.7 and 194.4, the crossing of vessels whose
5.33

Tides—Currents.—Some of the lighted buoys marking Ca-

5.33 maximum beam is between 46-49m is allowed with another
nal General are fitted with rudders which cause them to swing whose maximum beam is between 40-46m, including ships
to the tidal current and have white arrows painted on their sides dedicated to the transport of vehicles, regardless of their draft,
which indicate the direction in which it is going. with the exception of those ships that have channel reservations
They are also fitted with auxiliary lights that reported on
5.33 or special traffic regulations for reasons of navigation safety.
their sides. When facing the buoy from its downstream side, a The vessel having the current on her starboard bow shall pass
5.33

red light is shown on the left side of the buoy and a white light close along the line of lighted buoys on its side in order to al-
on the right side. These lights each show over a sector of 60° low the other vessel plenty of room.
and are separated by two sectors of 120° in which these are ob- Sailing vessels, whatever their draft, can only use the chan-
5.33

scured. nel by day and when in tow. If a sailing vessel navigating in the
There is a tide gauge close E of Lighted Buoy No. 32, 14
5.33 vicinity of the channel should have to cross it, whether to work
miles ENE of Punta Atalaya. Tide gauges are also located at to windward or for any other reason, she should do so without
Km 99 and Km 180 in Canal Punta Indio. interfering with vessels navigating in the channel.
Regulations.—The following are extracted from special reg- Tugs which have one or more small vessels in tow may not
5.33

ulations applying to Canal Punta Indio and the “Privilege use the channel.
Zone,” which covers Canal Intermedio and Paso Banco Chico, Any vessels or dredge navigating in the channel shall have
5.33

from Practicos Recalada Light Vessel to Km 57 Lighted Buoy, right of way over any other vessel which is outside the channel
off Rada de la Plata. or about to enter it.
The Privilege Zone includes that part of Canal General of the
5.33 Anchorage is prohibited within the channel and the Privilege
5.33

Rio de la Plata which extends about 0.2 mile on either side of Zone.
the Lighted Buoy No. 31 and Lighted Buoy No. 33 and those at A vessel aground may not work its engines when another
5.33

Km 99 to 57, all of which are to be considered to be in mid- vessel is passing.

channel, except the pair at Km 60. Vessels navigating in this With the purpose of avoiding accidents, any vessels navigat-
5.33

zone have the same privileges as those navigating in Canal ing in the channel or the Privilege Zone and obliged to heave-to
Punta Indio. on account of fog, squalls, etc., should immediately broadcast
Canal Punta Indio includes that part of the main channel of
5.33 by radio an urgent signal giving name and position.
the Rio de la Plata between Practicos Recalada Light Vessel Vessels entering the channel from seaward should pass N of
5.33

and No. 30 pair of lighted buoys, and extending about 0.1 mile the light vessel, and those leaving should pass S of it.
outside each line of lighted buoys. In case of bad weather, a vessel embarking or disembarking
5.33

Vessels drawing more than 7.3m and outbound should enter

5.33 a pilot should take up the most convenient position in order to
the Privilege Zone at Km 57 Lighted Buoy and, if its draft per- reduce the risk of transportation.
mits, should pass S of the line of lighted buoys marking the Any vessel approaching a dredge working in the channel
5.33

mid-channel far as No. 30 pair of lighted buoys marking the in- should proceed without altering course or speed provided that
ner end of Canal Punta Indio. Similar vessels inbound, having she allows the dredge sufficient time to leave the channel. No
left No. 30 pair of lighted buoys, if their draft permits, should ballast, clinkers, nor generally speaking, any article that will
pass N of the line of lighted buoys. not float, may be thrown overboard when in the channel.
Vessels drawing more than 7.3m navigating in the Rio de la
5.33 These regulations should be strictly complied with, except in
5.33

Plata must proceed through the whole of Canal Punta Indio and special circumstances, such as fog, risk of collision, fire, dam-
the Privilege Zone, except in special circumstances. age to machinery, sailing vessel in the channel, etc., when a
Vessels, with drafts of 6.4 to 7.3m, must similarly follow the
5.33 vessel should comply with the Regulations for Preventing Col-
main channel through Canal Punta Indio and the Privilege lisions at sea.
Zone, according to the depth of the river. Signals.—Suction dredges display flag “W” of the Interna-
5.33

Vessels drawing 5.8m and up, but less than 6.4m must follow
5.33 tional Code of Signals in a conspicuous position between their
the main channel and the Privilege Zone, but they may only use masts.
Canal Punta Indio itself between No. 19 and No. 23 pairs of Caution.—The pairs of lighted buoys described above mark
5.33

lighted buoys when the depth of the river makes it advisable. the limits of the dredged channel in Canal General, but the
Vessels drawing less than 5.8m, navigating in the Rio de la
5.33 mariner should bear in mind that its cross section is usually V-

Pub. 124
182 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

shaped and that its maximum depth does not extend for its full moles, narrow finger-like harbor areas formed by the Rio San-
and entire width. tiago and several canals, and a turning basin.
Between No. 1 and No. 20 pairs of lighted buoys, the deepest
5.33 Anchoring and berthing accommodations are available for
5.34

water lies S of the center line of the channel. Vessels with cir- deep-draft vessels. The port may be temporarily closed during
culating water intakes set low in the hull, if drawing more than the spring and fall seasons due to gale force winds.
7m, should have regard to the possibility of their intakes be- The main local industry is the preparation and export of fro-
5.34

coming choked with mud. zen meat. The port is also the site of a large oil refinery, a steel
Navigation between Buoy No. 15 and Buoy No. 25 is haz-
5.33 mill, and the main base and training establishment of the Ar-
ardous because of the tendency to ground on the edge of the gentine Navy.
channel. Years ago, a ship drawing 10m grounded in this part Tides—Currents.—The mean HW interval at the port is 3
5.34

of the channel. hours 52m. Spring tides rise 1.2m and neaps rise 1.1m.
It is reported that an obstruction exists near Canal Intermedio
5.33 The time of HW is regular, but the height of the mean level
5.34

about 0.5 mile E of the KM 93 buoy. of HW is so affected by the winds that the vertical movement
Numerous dangerous wrecks lie scattered along the ap-
5.33 of the tide is sometimes almost negligible. Southwest winds
proaches and can best be seen on the chart. cause the level of water to rise and NW winds lower it.
In extreme cases, such winds raise or lower the level as much
5.34

Puerto de La Plata (34°50'S., 57°53'W.) as 2.4m above or below the chart datum.
The mean level of the estuary is highest in December and
5.34

World Port Index No. 13770 January, and lowest in June and July, with the difference being
about 0.3m.
5.34 La Plata comprises Puerto de la Plata, Ciudad de la The mean monthly tidal range is about 1m in December and
5.34

Plata, a provincial capital 4 miles SW of the port, and the January, when it is greatest, and 0.7m in June and July, when it
towns of Berisso and Ensenada, close E and W, respectively, of is least.
the port. Depths—Limitations.—Regulations limit vessel length,
5.34

The port consists of a roadstead, an entrance protected by

5.34 beam, and draft to 215m, 30m, and 7.97m, respectively.

La Plata—Berth Information
Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
TecPlata Container Terminal
Containers and reefer. Continuous
Container Berth — 10.9m 340m — —
berth length of 660m.
Puerto Ingeniero Rocca
Puerto Ingeniero Rocca Berth 154m 5.5m 215m — — Steel products.
Grand Dock
Berth No. 9 270m 8.5m 215m — 30.0m Breakbulk.
Copetro Petcoke Terminal
Berth No. 7 — 8.5m 215m 7.9m 30.0m Petcoke and bunkers. Continuous
Berth No. 8 — 8.5m 187m 7.9m 28.6m berth length of 400m.
YPF Terminal
No. 11 230m 7.9m 228m 7.8m 32.0m
Chemicals and clean products.
No. 12 189m 7.9m 183m 6.8m 32.0m
Clean products, condensate, and dirty
No. 14 181m 8.5m 151m 8.3m 23.0m
products.
Aviation fuel, clean products, crude,
No. 15 207m 8.5m 228m 8.2m 40.0m
and dirty products.
No. 17 173m 8.5m 151m 8.3m 23.0m Clean and dirty products.
No. 18 — 6.7m — — — Closed. Clean products, condensate,
crude, and dirty products. Continuous
No. 19 — 6.7m — — — berth length of 510m.

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 183

Pilotage.—The harbor pilot takes over in Rada de La Plata,

5.34

and boards about 1 mile off the end of the access channel.
Their services should be requested through the ship's agent
5.34

before 1700 on the day before the ship's arrival.

The agent is responsible for transporting the pilot to the
5.34

roadstead. Pilotage is compulsory.

Coming from sea or Montevideo, the Recalada or Uruguayan
5.34

pilot will take the vessel to La Plata Roads where the La Plata
port pilot comes aboard.
Regulations.—Vessels navigating in the entrance channel
5.34

have precedence over vessels in the Rio Santiago.

Vessels longer than 60m, or with a beam wider than 9m or a
5.34

draft of greater than 6.1m, may not cross or overtake in the en-
trance channel. Vessels getting underway from Gran Dock will
not depart when another vessel is inbound.
On a flood tide, the vessel's draft must not exceed the mini-
5.34

mum channel depth. On an ebb tide, the vessel must have an

underkeel clearance of at least 0.5m.
Vessels greater than 200m long can maneuver in daylight on-
5.34

ly, with a minimum visibility of 0.8 mile and a wind speed of

less than 10 knots.
Vessels over 140m long or with a draft greater than 7.3m
5.34

may use the Rio Santiago in daylight hours only. Vessels with a
beam of over 11m may not pass or overtake in the Rio Santia-
go.
Except for the following, the same port regulations as those
5.34

in force at Buenos Aires apply to Puerto de La Plata:

1. Tugs are compulsory for all ocean-going vessels and
for coastal vessels exceeding 300 gt.
5.34 Puerto de la Plata—Gran Dock—Santia Canal 2. Powered vessels entering the port must employ one
tug as far as the Rio Santiago (34°51'S., 57°53'W.) and two
Access to the port is by a channel which leaves the main en-
5.34
tugs, bow and stern, beyond that.
trance channel to Buenos Aires 30 miles NW. This channel was 3. Movements of vessels in the port are effected by
reported (2014) to have depths of about 8.7m. The latest depths means of two tugs, bow and stern. Vessels which can turn in
in the channel are promulgated in the Boletin Fluvial published Gran Dock are permitted to do so, with the aid of two tugs,
by the Argentine Government. without having to proceed to the turning basin.
La Plata Roads extends for 3.5 miles from the moles.
5.34
4. Towage is not compulsory for vessels shifting berth
The port is made up of the Rio Santiago, Grand Dock, and
5.34
for a short distance along a wharf.
the Propulsoria Berth, about 2.7 miles up the Rio Santiago, 5. Vessels of less than 300 gt are permitted to maneuver
which is also known as Port Ingeniero. For more berthing in the interior of the port with 1 tug only. Towage is not com-
information refer to table titled La Plata—Berth pulsory for such vessels proceeding to Dique de Cabotaje.
Information. Signals.—Daytime tidal information is transmitted at 5 min-
5.34

A turning basin lies at the head of the dock; however,

5.34
utes past each hour on VHF channel 5.
because it is only about 228m wide, large vessels are unable to At night, the following signals, each signal with a period of
5.34

use it and are turned outside the entrance channel, entering the 30 seconds, are shown from the semaphore tower at the root of
dock stern first. the E mole:
Porto Ingeniero Rocca is the site of a cold-rolling steel mill.
5.34
1. One long white flash denotes that the tide is rising.
The single berth here is 154m long, but can handle vessels up 2. Two short white flashes denote that the tide is falling.
to 215m long. The berth is reached through a channel dredged 3. One long red flash is shown for each meter above ze-
to a depth of 9m through the W part of the Rio Santiago. The ro; each 10cm is indicated by one short red flash.
pier has a depth of 9m alongside. 4. One long green flash is shown for each meter below
Aspect.—Prominent objects in the vicinity of Puerto de La
5.34
zero; each 10cm is indicated by one short green flash.
Plata include the semaphore tower and mast, 38m high near the 5. One short red flash followed by one short green flash
root of the E mole protecting the approach channel to the port; indicates zero.
a tower surrounded by a sphere painted orange and white, 62m The following traffic signals are displayed from the signal
5.34

high, standing 3.25 miles WSW of the semaphore tower; a station:

hammerhead crane, 45m high, about 1.7 miles SW of the 1. A black square flag at the W yardarm—A vessel has
semaphore tower; and the building of the Jockey Club on Punta been sighted.
Lara, 7 miles WNW of the water tower. 2. A yellow flag at the E yardarm, at the dip—A vessel
is entering; a similar flag at the W yardarm, at the dip, de-

Pub. 124
184 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

notes that a vessel is leaving. reaches the bay.

3. A red flag at the E yardarm—A vessel requires assis- The W part of the shore of the bay is backed by a holiday re-
5.35

tance. sort which includes the prominent building of the Jockey Club,
4. A red flag at the W yardarm, at the dip—The channel previously mentioned in paragraph 5.34.
is blocked. From Punta Lara to Puerto de Buenos Aires, 20 miles WNW,
5.35

The signals with regard to dredges at Puerto La Plata are the

5.34 the coast is low and covered with pasture and scrub; parts of it
same as those at Buenos Aires, which is discussed in paragraph are subject to inundation.
5.36. Suburbs of Buenos Aires stand near the railway, 1 to 2 miles
5.35

Contact Information.—See the table titled Puerto de La

5.34 back from the coast.
Plata—Contact Information. Punta Colorado, low and indeterminate, is 5.5 miles WNW
5.35

of Punta Lara. Punta Quilmes, a similar point, lies 5.5 miles

Puerto de La Plata—Contact Information farther WNW.
Quilmes, an important industrial suburb which extends from
5.35

YPF Terminal the railway to the coast, lies close W of Punta Quilmes.
Call LSU25 The Communication Service for the Safety of Navigation
5.35

(SECOSENA) is in effect for the Argentine waters of the Rio

VHF VHF channels 10, 16, and 68
de la Plata and approaches, bounded on the E by 56°W and on
54-221-442-4000-442-4999 the S by 36°30'S, and is mandatory for foreign vessels over
Telephone 24m in length.
54-221-442-6000-442-6999
When entering the area, vessels must report the name of ves-
5.35

Web site http://www.ypf.com sel, flag, call sign, length, breadth, draft, speed, port of depar-
TecPlata Terminal ture, destination, navigational plan, and ETAs at points listed in
the CONTRASE system below (see paragraph 5.36), as appro-
Telephone 54-221-644-2200 priate.
E-mail [email protected] When leaving the area, vessel must report their name, flag,
5.35

and call sign.

Web site http://www.tecplata.com
Port Authority Buenos Aires (34°36'S., 58°22'W.)
Telephone 54-221-445-6710 World Port Index No. 13760
E-mail [email protected]
5.36 Buenos Aires is on the S bank of the Rio de la Plata,
Website http://www.puerolaplata.com
about 126 miles NW of Cabo San Antonio and about 168 miles
W of Punta del Este. It consists of a roadstead, dredged chan-
Anchorage.—Anchorage is in Rada de La Plata, an area
5.34
nels, an elongated artificial harbor, and extensive facilities for
with depths of 5 to 10m extending up to 5 miles from the heads ocean-going vessels.
of the moles protecting the approach channel. Ciudad de Buenos Aires, capital of the Argentine Republic,
5.36

An area, indicated on the chart, in its SE part is reserved for

5.34
is the largest city in the S hemisphere and the seventh largest in
ships of the Argentine Navy. There are berths near the heads of the world. In addition to being the political capital of the coun-
the moles in depths of 8.5 to 9m, very soft mud, but the holding try, Buenos Aires is its industrial and cultural center.
is not good, especially during strong SW winds. The city stands on the NE edge of the Pampa, a vast plain
5.36

A Lightening Zone and Waiting Area for embarking and dis-

5.34
which extends up to 300 miles SW, and which, in the vicinity
embarking pilots have been established N of the port entrance of the city, is only 9 to 12m above sea level.
and are best shown on the chart.
Directions.—A vessel approaching from the E, having
5.34
Port of Buenos Aires
cleared Banco Chico, should steer about 270° until the mole
heads bear about 210°, and should then steer for them. It http://www.puertobuenosaires.gov.ar
should be borne in mind that the tidal streams always set across
the entrance, sometimes attaining a rate of 3.5 knots. Tides—Currents.—The time of HW is regular, but the
5.36

Caution.—Numerous wrecks and foul ground areas, best

5.34
height of the mean level of the water is so affected by the winds
shown on the chart, are in the vicinity of the Lightening Zone. that the vertical movement of the tide is sometimes almost neg-
ligible.
Puerto de la Plata to Buenos Aires The flood current runs for 5 hours 20 minutes, and the ebb
5.36

current runs for 7 hours 5 minutes, at rates of 1 to 2 knots.

5.35 Ensenada de Barrangan is entered between the mouth Winds from the SE cause the level of the water to rise and
of Canal Santiago and Punta Lara (34°47'S., 58°00'W.), low those from NW depress it. In extreme cases, such winds raise
and indeterminate, situated 6.5 miles WNW. The Rio Santiago, or lower the level as much as 2.4m above or below chart datum.
the mouth of which has been almost completely blocked by The mean level of the estuary is highest in December and
5.36

spoil dredged from the channels in Puerto de La Plata, flows January, and lowest in June and July, with the difference being
into the head of the bay. It is joined by Arroyo Zanjon before it about 0.3m.

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 185

The mean monthly tidal range is about 0.9m in December

5.36 but may hardly be felt farther seaward.
and January, when it is greatest, and 0.8m in June and July, It should be noted that the flood current continues to flow af-
5.36

when it is the least. ter HW, and the ebb current after LW.
The tidal currents set across both Canal Norte and Canal Sur,
5.36 The only reliable guides to the direction of the current are
5.36

meeting the former at an angle of 50° and the latter at an angle the current indicating buoys.
of 70°. They run strongly across the inner end of Canal Norte,

Buenos Aires—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Terminales Rio de la Plata (TRP) - Terminals 1, 2, and 3
Basin A, South 365m 9.8m 147m — 25.0m General cargo, project cargo, feeder vessels,
Basin A, North 365m 9.8m 239m — 32.0m containers, and cruise vessels.
Basin B, South 465m 9.8m 300m — 37.0m Containers and cruise vessels.
Containers, cruise, ro-ro, transhipment, general
Basin B, North 430m 9.8m 300m — 35.0m
cargo, and project/heavy cargo.
Basin C, South 680m 9.8m 360m — 48.0m Containers.
APM Terminals Buenos Aires - Terminal 4
APMT Main Dock
(Basin Dock C 500m 10.0m 370m — 48.0m
North) Mainly containers but also handles machinery,
steel pipes, steel plates, heavy lifts, fruits, pa-
APMT Secondary per, livestock, bulk, and project cargo.
Dock (Basin C 175m 10.0m 111m — 15.0m
West)
Terminal Buenos Aires S.A. (TERBASA)
Discharge of bulk fertilizers and ship-craned
Pier Head 4 300m 9.4m 333m — 48.0m
containers.
Basin D South Grain and containers. Continuous berthing
— 6.6m 333m — 41.0m
(Berths 1 and 2) length of 585m.
BACTSSA - Terminal 5
Basin D West 190m 9.9m — — —
Containers.
Basin D North 495m 9.9m 335m — 48.0m
Containers. Continuous berthing length of
Basin D Pier Head 200m 9.7m 128m — 15.0m
532m.
Dock Sud - Section 2
Petroleum by-products, petrochemicals, general
Nos. 8 - 12 710m 8.0m 201m — 32.0m cargo, fruit, bulk cargo, grain, and general car-
go. Continuous berthing length of 1,000m.
— Aggregates, grain, and breakbulk. Continuous
No. 13 120m 8.0m 175m 15.0m
berthing length of 1,000m.
Closed. Petroleum by-products,
petrochemicals, general cargo, fruit, bulk cargo,
No. 14 160m 8.0m 175m — 15.0m
grain, and general cargo. Continuous berthing
length of 1,000m.
Puerto Dock Sud
Dry bulk. Berthing length of 85m (including
H 16m 8.4m 90m 7.32m 15.0m
dolphins).
Terminal Puerto Nuevo I

Pub. 124
186 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

Buenos Aires—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Bulk liquid storage. Continuous berthing length
Basin E North No. 1 200m — 200m — 27.0m
of 495m.
Terminal Puerto Nuevo II
Basin E West 195m — 68m — 15.0m Under construction. Bulk liquid storage.
Central Puerto
Basin E Pier Head
245m — — — — General cargo, breakbulk, and containers.
North
Fuel for power plants, general cargo, and con-
Basin E North No. 2 295m — 228m — 32.0m
tainers. Continuous berthing length of 495m.
Basin E South 585m — 147m — 24.0m Multipurpose.
Basin E Pier Head Petroleum products, bulk cargo, and cruise
332m — 229m 9.8m 38.0m
South vessels. Continuous berthing length of 532m.
Colonia Express
Colonia Express Ferries and passengers. Continuous berthing
355m — 74m — 9.0m
Berth length of 690m.
Comando de Transportes Navales
Naval and general cargo. Continuous berthing
Naval Berth 335m — — — —
length of 690m.
Exolgan Container Terminal
Containers, breakbulk, and project cargo. Con-
No. 1 490m 10.0m 147m — 25.0m
tinuous berthing length of 600m.
No. 2 325m 10.0m 335m — 51.0m Containers, breakbulk, and project cargo.
No. 3 360m 10.0m 305m — 48.0m Containers, breakbulk, and project cargo.
Feeder vessels. Continuous berthing length of
Feeder Berth 140m 10.0m — — —
630m.
Prefectura Naval Argentina Autoridad Maritima
810 - 814 500m — — — —
Naval and multipurpose.
815 150m — 108m — 8.0m
Tanker Berths—Puerto Dock Sud
Petroleum products and chemicals. Berthing
South Dock C 16m 8.5m 230m 7.32m 32.0m
length of 85m (including dolphins).
Petroleum products and chemicals. Berthing
South Dock D 16m 8.5m 230m 7.32m 32.0m
length of 95m (including dolphins).
Petroleum products and chemicals. Berthing
South Dock E 16m 8.5m 134m 7.32m 22.0m
length of 86m (including dolphins).
South Dock F 17m 8.4m 230m 7.32m 32.0m Closed. Petroleum products and chemicals.
Petroleum products and chemicals. Berthing
South Dock G 20m 8.4m 147m 7.32m 23.0m
length of 74m (including dolphins).
North Jetty 17m — 129m — 20.0m CPP.
South Jetty 01 8m — 90m — 15.0m CPP.
South Jetty 02 19m — — — — CPP, aggregates, sand, and breakbulk.
Antivari S.A.

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 187

Buenos Aires—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Draft Beam
Private Dock 240m — 235m 9.0m 40.0m Hydrocarbons.
YPF Terminal Dock Sud
Clean and crude products. Berthing length of
Pier C 25m 8.5m 230m 8.2m —
60m (including dolphins).
Closed. Clean and crude products. Berthing
Pier D 11m 8.5m 230m 8.2m 32.0m
length of 38m (including dolphins).
Pier F 18m 8.5m 230m 8.2m 23.0m Clean and crude products.
LPG and clean products. Berthing length of
LPG Berth 32m 19.5m 230m 8.8m 35.0m
280m (including dolphins).
Shell Terminal
Petroleum products, chemicals, and crude.
Pier A (North) 46m 8.0m 254m 7.0m 38.0m
Berthing length of 265m (including dolphins).
46m Petroleum products, chemicals, and crude.
Pier A (South) 7.0m 210m 7.0m 32.0m
Berthing length of 265m (including dolphins).
Petroleum products, chemicals, crude, and avia-
Pier B 33m 7.0m 195m 7.0m 32.0m tion fuel. Berthing length of 67m (including
dolphins).
Central Costanera Power Station
Petroleum products. Berthing length of 257m
Costanera Berth 119m — 230m 7.7m 23.0m
(including dolphins).
DAPSA Argentina Oil Distillery
Crude, clean products, light fuels, heavy fuels,
Pier E 24m 8.5m 190m 7.6m 32.0m and basic oils. Berthing length of 56m (includ-
ing dolphins).

Depths—Limitations.—The access channel to the port of

5.36 will be closed for a period of 4 hours because of the narrow-
Buenos Aires, which is marked by lighted AIS buoys, is ness of the dredged channel.
entered between a pair of buoys at Km 37 in position 34°41'S, Vessels with a draft up to 9.7m have used the main channel
5.36

57°58'W, about 20 miles ESE of the port. safely.

A dangerous wreck, marked close S by a lighted buoy, and
5.36 The harbor consists of many basins and docks. They are de-
5.36

an obstruction lie, respectively, on the N and S sides of the scribed from S to N, starting with the W end of Canal Sur.
channel about 0.6 mile WNW. These hazards reduced the Darsena Propaneros lies on the S side of Canal Sur and con-
5.36

navigable width of the channel to 100m. Overtaking in this sists of a 356m long central pier with dolphins. It is used by
section of the channel is prohibited. liquefied gas carriers and has a depth alongside both sides of
This channel leads in a WNW direction for 13.5 miles where
5.36 10m. Only two vessels can use this facility at the same time.
at Km 12, Canal Emilio Mitre (described in paragraph 5.51) An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of 59m,
5.36

branches to the NW. At Km 8.2, the channel divides again. Ca- crosses the dredged channel close E of Darsena Propaneros.
nal Norte, the N fork, leads in a WNW direction for 5 miles to Darsena de Inflamables lies close within the S entrance to
5.36

Puerto Nuevo, the N part of Buenos Aires. the port and consists of seven piers for the exclusive use of
Canal Sul, the S fork, leads in a WSW direction to the S en-
5.36 tankers. The entrance is 50m wide. There is a depth of 7.6m in-
trance of the port. side the basin. Tankers discharge at the piers on the W side of
Canal de Accesso, Canal Norte, and Canal Surare are
5.36 the basin.
dredged to depths of 10.0m, 10.3m, and 10.0m, respectively. Darsena del Este lies on the N side of Canal Sur and is used
5.36

These channels are highly subject to silting and depths may be for harbor service craft. It is divided into two basins. Basin No.
less than charted. 1, the westernmost, has depth of 7.3m at its center, but only
The actual depth depends on channel condition, stage of tide,
5.36 4.9m at its entrance. Basin No. 2 has a depth of 7.3m at its cen-
and weather conditions. ter, but only 4.3m at its entrance.
When large passenger liners, LASH, or liquefied gas carriers
5.36 Extending E from Basin No. 2 is a 260m long mole used by
5.36

are entering or leaving, it is possible that the access channel tankers discharging fuel for the power plant located adjacent to

Pub. 124
188 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

this mole. berthing length of 1,284m. Grain is handled at the S side of

South Outer Harbor lies at the W end of Canal Sur and gives
5.36 the basin. The basin can accommodate seven vessels.
access to Dock Sud, Puerto Riachuelo, and Darsena Sud. 7. Jetty No. 4, which separates Darsena D from Darsena
Dock Sud consists of two sections divided by a turning ba-
5.36 C, is 295m long and can load two grain vessels simultane-
sin. It is reported to be dredged to 8.2m but is subject to silting. ously. The jetty has a radar station (S1) on its N side about
The N section, which is 130m wide, has a quay, 1,109m long 100m from the end.
on its E side, while the W side has a 911m long quay, with a 8. Darsena D, which is 495m long on its N side and
depth of only 3.6m alongside. The S section, 90m wide, has a 585m long on its S side, is 194m wide. The basin has a total
1,000m long quay used for discharging sand located on its W berthing length of 1,300m. Grain is reportedly handled on
side, and 8 jetties used for discharging petroleum products lo- the S side of the basin. Containers are handled on the N side
cated on its E side. of the basin.
When loading and the vessel draft reaches 7.1m, the vessel
5.36 9. Jetty No. 5, which separates Darsena E from Darsena
must shift to Porto Nuevo. D, is 523m long, of which 240m is for unloading coal for the
Puerto Riachuelo is located on the river which extends SW
5.36 power plant located here.
from the South Outer Harbor. The mid-channel depth is about 10. Darsena E has the same dimensions as Darsena D and
6.2m. There is a total of almost 4 miles of berthing space, with is used to handle coal and oil for the power plant.
depths of 5.2 to 5.8m, used mainly by coasting vessels. 11. Jetty No. 6, used for the unloading of coal, is 310m
A vertical lift bridge, with a vertical clearance of 20.6m in
5.36 long and can only accommodate one vessel.
the closed position and 42.6m in the open position, lies close to 12. Darsena F, which faces N, is very shallow and is only
the mouth of the river. A fixed highway bridge, with a vertical used by barges unloading sand.
clearance of 28m, is located close W of the lift bridge. For more berthing information refer to table titled Buenos
5.36

Darsena Sur extends NW from the South Outer Harbor and

5.36 Aires—Berth Information.
is used by various vessels, including passenger ferries, ro-ro Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 1,000
5.36

vessels, and tankers. gt. A vessel requiring a pilot should display flag “P” of the
The harbor authority tries to maintain a depth of 7.3m, but
5.36 International Code of Signals at the foremasthead until a pilot
the area is subject to silting and depths of less than 4.3m have arrives on board. Pilots are picked up at Puerto de la Plata.
been reported. Regulations.—Any vessel may enter the port, by day or at
The basin is 1,029m long with a minimum width of about
5.36 night, provided it complies with the regulations.
100m. Anchorage is prohibited in the channels or within about 0.1
5.36

Puerto Madero extends N for about 3 miles from Darsena

5.36 mile of their sides.
Sud and consists of four docks connected by locks. During thick fog, entry and departure is prohibited without
5.36

Swing bridges are located across all the locks. During the
5.36 special permission from the port authorities.
week they are opened on request from 0600 to 2000. On Satur- Vessels proceeding in opposite directions meeting in chan-
5.36

days, Sundays, and holidays, they can be opened by a request nels should alter course to starboard in plenty of time and
through the vessel's agent. should reduce speed while passing each other.
Puerto Nuevo is entered at its S end from Canal Norte via the
5.36 Vessels overtaking others are not allowed to pass them and
5.36

North Outer Harbor. It consists of five basins used by ocean- must keep at a distance of 0.1 mile from coasters and about 0.5
going vessels and is reported to have been dredged to a depth mile from other vessels.
of 10m, but is subject to silting. A sixth basin, inaccessible to No vessel is allowed to enter the channels unless the tidal in-
5.36

ocean-going vessels and is used only by local river craft, lies formation gives a depth equal to the vessel’s draft on a rising
NW of Puerto Nuevo and is entered from the N. Depths in the tide, or 0.5m more than her draft on a falling tide.
basins are subject to variation and are published in local bulle- A vessel drawing more than 6.7m must have a tug ahead be-
5.36

tins. The facilities are, as follows: tween Km 8 and the entrance to the port in each channel and al-
1. Jetty No. 1, which is 100m long, separates Darsena A so one astern between Km 4 and the entrances.
from the North Outer Harbor and is used mainly by river A vessel drawing less than 6.7m must have a tug ahead be-
5.36

craft. tween Km 5 and the entrances and also one astern between Km
2. Darsena A, which is 365m long and 140m wide, has 1 and the entrances, in each channel.
869m of berthing space. The N side can accommodate 2 me- Between Km 15 and the port, the maximum speed allowed is
5.36

dium-sized vessels. The W side is reserved for use by the Ar- 8 knots; within the port the maximum speed allowed is 3 knots.
gentine Navy. At the passenger terminal on the SW side of Speed should be reduced as much as possible when passing
the basin, there is room for one vessel. dredges working in the channels.
3. Jetty No. 2, which is 202m long, separates Darsena A Before shifting berth within the port, a vessel must obtain
5.36

from Darsena B and is used by large passenger vessels. permission from the port authorities; such movements will be
4. Darsena B, which is 464m long on its S side and supervised by a port official.
525m long on its N side, is 151m wide and has 1,165m of Power vessels may leave the port at any time of the day or
5.36

berthing space. The basin can accommodate seven vessels. night, with previous notice having been given to port and cus-
5. Jetty No. 3, which separates Darsena C from Darsena toms authorities.
B, has a total length of 236m. Vessels must discharge all explosives and inflammable mate-
5.36

6. Darsena C, which is 495m long on its N side and rials before entering the docks. Except for this purpose, work-
585m long on its S side, is about 175m wide, with a total ing cargo in the roadstead is only permitted for vessels of such

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 189

draft that they cannot enter or leave the port fully laden. Signals.—Tidal information is transmitted at 5 minutes past
5.36

The Traffic Control and Safety System (CONTRASE) is in

5.36 each hour on VHF channel 15.
effect for Buenos Aires. It is mandatory for foreign vessels A vessel wishing to pass a dredge must stop and sound one
5.36

over 24m in length, as follows: long blast and three short blasts on the siren or whistle.
1. If anchoring outside the port, report vessel's name, Permission to pass will be given by a similar signal from the
5.36

flag, and call sign with the time and location. dredge. “Passage obstructed” will be indicated by the dredge
2. Vessels should report their ETA at destination when sounding two long blasts and three short blasts, and by display-
passing the following Reporting Points: ing three balls or exhibiting three vertical red lights. In this
a. Report along the Canal Punta Indio/Canal Interme- case, the vessel must anchor.
dio using VHF channel 12: Dredges will indicate the side that a vessel should pass by
5.36

i. Near Practicos Recalada Light Vessel. displaying a red and white checkered metal flag, or by exhibit-
ii. Near paired Lighted Buoys No. 1. ing three lights, red, green, and white, disposed vertically. Hop-
iii. Near paired Lighted Buoys No. 5. per barges exhibit two white lights amidships, and one red light
iv. Near paired Lighted Buoys No 23. at each end.
v. Near paired Lighted Buoys No. 30. Traffic through the basins in Puerto Madero is governed by
5.36

vi. Near Km 57 Lighted Buoy. the following signals shown from each end of the channel:
b. Report along the Canal de Acceso al Puerto de Bue- 1. A red disc by day or a red light by night indicates that
nos Aires using VHF channel 9: entrance on that side is prohibited to all vessels.
i. Near Km 37 Lighted Buoy. 2. A white disc by day or a green light by night indicates
ii. Near Km 12 Lighted Buoy. that passage on that side is allowed for ocean-going vessels
c. Report along the Canal Emilio Mitre using VHF only.
channel 72: 3. A disc on its side indicates only tugs or small craft
i. Near Km 12 Lighted Buoy. may pass.
ii. Near Km 18.5 Lighted Buoy. Contact Information.—Stee he table titled Buenos Aires—
5.36

iii. Near Km 40.5 Lighted Buoy. Contact Information.

iv. Near Km 56.1 Lighted Buoy.
d. Report along the Canal Costanero using VHF chan- Buenos Aires—Contact Information
nel 72.
e. Report at the approaches to the Rio Parana Guazu Port Authority
and the Rio Uruguay (Barra del Farallon to Canal Princi- Telephone 54-11-4331-5678
pal) using VHF channel 14 or 81:
i. Near Km 38 Lighted Buoy. E-mail [email protected]
ii. At the N end of Barra de San Pedro. Web site http://www.puertobuenosaires.gov.ar
iii. Near Punta Martin Chico.
APM Terminal
iv. Near Km 121.5 Lighted Buoy.
f. Upon entering Puerto de la Plata, report to La Telephone 54-11-4590-0900
Plata Prefectura Naval (L5F) on VHF channel 9. E-mail [email protected]
3. In Rada Plata pilot boarding area, report the time of
arrival or departure from it on VHF channel 70. Departure Web site http://www.apm-terminals.com.ar
time is followed by reporting of ETAs at: BACTSSA Terminal
a. Km 37 Lighted Buoy (vessel bound for Canal de
Acceso at Puerto de Buenos Aires). Telephone 54-11-4510-9800
b. Km 38 Lighted Buoy (vessel bound for Barra del Facsimile 54-11-4510-9821
Farallon).
c. Km 57 Lighted Buoy (vessel bound for Paso Banco E-mail [email protected]
Chico). Web site http://www.bactssa.com.ar
d. At the entrance to Puerto de la Plata.
EXOLGAN Terminal
4. When entering port, report the vessel’s name, call
sign, and ETA at berthing place. Telephone 54-11-5811-9100
5. Before shifting anchorage, changing berths, or mov-
Web site http://www.exolgan.com
ing within the port, obtain permission, stating vessel’s name,
flag, call sign, and destination. Permission normally remains Rio De La Plata Terminal
valid for 15 minutes. 54-11-4319-9500
6. Before leaving port, obtain permission, stating ves-
sel's name, flag, call sign, length, breadth, draft, speed, desti- Telephone 54-11-4310-1400
nation, course, type of cargo, and whether there is a doctor 54-11-4317-0600
on board. Permission normally remains valid for 15 minutes.
Tidal prediction broadcasts are made daily for the Rio de la
5.36
E-mail [email protected]
Plata Exterior at 1000, 1600, and 2200. Tidal queries for other Web site http://www.trp.com.ar
areas are also made available by contacting Hidrografia Naval.

Pub. 124
190 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

Anchorage.—Rada Exterior del Puerto de Buenos Aires lies

5.36 vessels navigating in this part of the estuary.
between the lighted buoys at Km 25 and 37, and clear of the Puerto de Conchillas (34°12'S., 58°04'W.) has a pier with
5.38

dredged channel. It has depths of 5.8 to 7.9m. The holding 3m alongside.

ground, which consists of soft mud, is not good, and vessels A series of channels, named from the S entrance at Km 39
may drag their anchors in strong winds. Buoy (34°39'S., 57°58'W.) are Barra Farallon, Paso del Faral-
Winds from the S produce much swell. When good weather
5.36 lon, and Barra de San Pedro, leading to Km 70 Buoy
is expected, a vessel with good ground tackle may anchor with (34°23'S., 58°00'W.).
safety in a depth of 0.6m greater than its draft. At this point the channel divides into two. The E and main
5.38

Caution.—Dangerous obstructions lie in and around the ap-

5.36 channel passes through Pozos de San Juan, Canal Nuevo, and
proaches to Puerto Nuevo and Buenos Aires and can best be E and N of Isla Martin Garcia in Canal Infierno, to Buoy Km
seen on the chart. 109.5 (34°08'S., 58°19'W.), where it rejoins Canal Martin Gar-
High speed ferries operate between Buenos Aires, Colonia,
5.36 cia. The minimum depths in this main channel is promulgated
Montevideo, and Piriapolis through Canal Sur, Canal Acceso, in the Argentine Notices to Mariners; in recent years it has
Canal Intermedio, and the Montevideo Access Channel. ranged between 6.7 to 7.5m.
A large area of spoil ground, the center of which lies about 8
5.36 Canal Martin Garcia, the channel that branched off to the W,
5.38

miles E of the mouth of the Riachuelo, can be best be seen on is used only by shallow draft vessels.
the chart. Piedra Diamante Light (34°25'S., 57°58'W.) has a tide
5.38

Works in progress to expand the port are in the vicinity of the

5.36 gauge.
NW end of the Central Puerto power plant area, near position Regulations.—Vessels whose draft exceeds 7.9m are pro-
5.38

(34°34'S., 58°21'W.) hibited from entering Canales a Martin Garcia between Km 39

and Km 93.
The Rio Uruguay and the Rio Parana A vessel drawing more than 7.3m is similarly prohibited, un-
5.38

less capable of exceeding a speed of 10 knots.

5.37 The Rio Uruguay is approached W of Puerto de Colo- Vessels drawing more than 4.6m are prohibited from passing
5.38

nia and Isla de Hornos and E of Playa Honda. This route may each other in Bara del Farallon between Km 47 and Km 51.5,
be used as an approach to the Rio Parana, but this river has a in Barra de San Pedro between Km 53.5 and Km 71.3, and in
delta and can be approached through several mouths which are Canal Nuevo between Km 84 and 86 as well as between Km 92
W of Playa Honda, the deepest and most direct of which is Ca- and Km 93.5.
nal Emilio Mitre, which leads across the W side of Playa Hon- In order to avoid passing, the vessel proceeding upstream
5.38

da. should reduce speed in plenty of time, or should anchor until

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels entering
5.37 the other vessel has passed.
the Rio de la Plata estuary except for coasting vessels. Vessels Playa Honda is an extensive bank formed by the sand and
5.38

may proceed as far as Rada de Montevideo or Practicos Reca- mud brought down by the Rio Uruguay and the Rio Parana and
lada without a pilot, but at this point must obtain a pilot to pro- deposited over the whole of the NW part of the Rio de la Plata.
ceed farther. Its S edge is bounded roughly by the parallel of Buenos Aires,
A 48-hour ETA should be given to the pilot station. This pi-
5.37 where it has depths of 3.6 to 6.4m, and it shoals gradually up to
lot conducts the vessel to the roadstead off Puerto La Plata, the delta of the Rio Parana.
where the pilot is relieved if the vessel is bound for Buenos Ai- Ruta Playa Honda, a more direct route from Puerto de Bue-
5.38

res or up the rivers. nos Aires to the Rio Parana and the Rio Uruguay for vessels
Vessels must use pilots of the nationality of their port of des-
5.37 drawing less than 2.7m, leads across Playa Honda, with a least
tination and, when leaving, must use pilots of the nationality of depth that has varied from 2.6 to 3.4m in recent years, but is no
the port they are leaving. longer buoyed.
Caution.—As in other parts of the Rio de la Plata, the height
5.37 Anchorage.—An emergency anchorage for Canal del Infier-
5.38

of the water level depends largely on the force and direction of no, with a depth of about 10m, is located NE of the dredged
the wind. Winds from the SE or S raise the level as much as channel, SSW of Punta Martín Chico.
1.5m or 1.8m, and winds from the opposite directions lower it.
A vessel at anchor will lie heading upriver. 5.39 Isla Martin Garcia (34°11'S., 58°15'W.) lies 2 miles
WSW of Punta Martin Chico. It is a mass of granite in the form
5.38 From Punta Hornos to Punta Martin Chico of a flattened cone, 27m high. Most of the island is wooded.
(34°10'S., 58°12'W.), about 22 miles NW, the coast is slightly A wharf extends 60m from the SW side of the island. It has a
5.39

elevated, rising to hills 30 to 36m high. depth of 1.4m alongside and exhibits a light.
The most distinctive features are the mouth of Arroyo San
5.38 Daytime tidal information is transmitted at 5 minutes past
5.39

Pedro, 6 miles NNW of Punta Hornos; the mouth of the Rio each hour on VHF channel 15.
San Juan, 4.5 miles farther NW; Torre Anchorena, 69m high, Night tidal signals, shown from a mast at the signal station
5.39

standing on the spit which forms the S side of the mouth of the situated 0.3 mile NE of the wharf, are made in accordance with
Rio San Juan; Punta Francesca, at which there is a pier 3 miles the system as shown below. The system is automatic and is re-
NW of the mouth of the Rio San Juan; Punta Pereyra, 1.5 miles peated every 30 seconds:
farther NW; and Cerros de San Juan, three peaks of the same 1. River rising—one long (2.5 second) white flash.
hill, 107 to 137m high, which rise 7 miles ENE of Punta Perey- 2. River falling—two short (0.6 second) white flashes.
ra and are the highest land around forming a useful mark for 3. River stationary—no white signals.

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 191

The signals given for river levels are, as follows:

5.39 Pub. 160, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Indian Ocean
1. Above zero—one long red flash for every 1m, fol- and South Atlantic Ocean.
lowed by one short red flash for every 0.1m. The Rio Uruguay can be divided into three parts by the con-
2. Below zero—one long green flash for every 1m, fol- ditions of navigation, the formation of its banks, and by its
lowed by one short green flash for every 0.1m. depths and currents, as follows:
3. At zero—one short green flash, followed by one short 1. The Rio Uruguay Inferior extends from Puerto Nueva
red flash. Palmira, situated 2.5 miles N of Punta Gorda, to Puerto Con-
Canal Santo Domingo, with a least depth of 3m, branches N
5.39 cepcion del Uruguay, 99 miles upriver. It has a minimum
from Canal del Inferno off Punta Martin Chico and leads to depth in the fairway of 5.2m below local datum. It is consid-
Puerto de Carmelo. The W side of the channel is marked. ered to be accessible to ocean-going vessels and is tidal.
The port can also be reached by a channel with a least depth
5.39 2. The Rio Uruguay Medio lies between Concepcion del
of 0.8m leading E from Canal Principal and passing N of Isla Uruguay and Concordia, 79 miles farther upriver. From the
Sola. former port to Puerto Fabrica Colon, 23 miles upriver, the
Puerto de Carmelo has depths of about 3m alongside its
5.39 minimum depth in the fairway is 3.3m below local datum.
commercial quays and is a yachting center. Above Puerto Fabrica Colon, the river is only accessible to
Canal Principal leads from the junction of Canal del Este and
5.39 small craft with a maximum draft of 1.8m at LW.
Canal Martin Garcia at Km 109.5 to the mouth of the Rio Uru- 3. The Rio Alto Uruguay (Uruguay Superior) extends
guay at Punta Gorda, 14 miles NW. from Concordia to the mouth of the Rio Pepiri Guazu
It has a general width of more than 0.5 mile and a least depth
5.39 (27°10'S., 53°50'W.), which forms the boundary between the
of 10.3m. It is marked by lighted buoys. Argentine province of Misiones and the Brazilian state of
The mouths of the Rio Parana Guazu and the Rio Sauce
5.39 Santa Catarina.
(both described in paragraph 5.54) are on the W side of Canal Depths in the Rio Uruguay are subject to change. Those giv-
5.41

Principal, 5.5 and 1.5 miles, respectively, S of Punta Gorda en above, and elsewhere in the description of the river, should
(33°55'S., 58°25'W.). be regarded as approximate. The latest information regarding
depths in the river is promulgated in “Boletin Fluvial,” pub-
5.40 From the limit of Puerto Nuevo, the NW part of Puer- lished by the Argentine Ministry of Works.
to de Buenos Aires, to the mouth of the Rio Lujan, 10 miles Pilotage is compulsory in the Rio Uruguay for all ocean-go-
5.41

NW, the coast is low with beaches of fine dark sand and out- ing vessels without exception.
crops of tufa, one of which, 19m high and known as Las Bar- Pilots for Argentine ports can be obtained at La Plata for the
5.41

rancas, provides the only outstanding feature of the coast. upriver journey and at Concepcion del Uruguay (32°29'S.,
From seaward, it presents an unbroken line of buildings
5.40 58°14'W.) for the return. Pilots for Uruguayan ports can be ob-
formed by the suburbs of Buenos Aires, which include Vincen- tained at Montevideo.
te Lopez, Olivos, Anchorena, Las Barrancas, San Isidro, Punta The regulations for vessels wishing to pass a dredge are the
5.41

Chica, and San Fernando, the last named, stands on the right same as those for the dredged channels to Buenos Aires previ-
bank of the Rio Lujan at its mouth. ously discussed in paragraph 5.36.
Buenos Aires Airport is on the coast immediately NW of
5.40 The river is buoyed in accordance with the Argentine Sys-
5.41

Puerto Nuevo. tem. Most of the buoys below Puerto Paysandu, and many
From the mouth of the Rio Lujan to the mouth of the Rio Pa-
5.40 above that port, are lighted. Argentine buoys have their dis-
rana Brava, located 2 miles NW of Punta Gorda and at the head tance, in kilometers, from the confluence of the Rio Parana
of the estuary of the Rio de la Plata, the coast is formed by the Bravo and the Rio Uruguay, near Nueva Palmira, painted on
delta of the Rio Parana, which has six principal mouths, and is them.
described later in paragraph 5.50. Range beacons for the passes are usually iron towers with
5.41

The coast between the river mouths is low and fringed with
5.40 square topmarks painted black and white. Beacons on the Uru-
scrub and reeds, but it is well wooded inland. guayan bank are wooden framework structures painted red and
Canal Costanero (34°33'S., 58°25'W.), with depths of 2.4
5.40 white.
to 3m depending on state of dredging, leads from the NW end Lights are shown at certain places.
5.41

of Puerto Neuvo to the mouth of the Rio Lujan. It is marked The river is subject to periodical rises, mainly occasioned by
5.41

and is about 0.5 mile offshore. It serves small vessels in the the great rains in Brazil, where it takes its source. It should be
sand and gravel trade and some yachts. noted that this rainfall can be very heavy in almost any month
Caution.—It was reported that dredged depths were not be-
5.40 of the year.
ing maintained and that depths of less than 2m existed in some In the Rio Alto Uruguay, the floods are caused only by the
5.41

areas. A partially submerged wreck lies in approximate posi- rainfall and are considerable. The river is low during the first
tion 34°27'S, 58°30'W. part of the year until April, rises temporarily in June, and then
rises to its highest level in September and October.
The Rio Uruguay At Barra Concepcion, 297 miles above Concordia, the high-
5.41

est known rise is 18m. The height of the floods decreases

5.41 Regulations.—The coast of Uruguay from Punta del downstream. Near Concordia, the highest known rise is 16m
Este to Colonia, including the port of Montevideo, and the Rio above local zero.
Uruguay N of Colonia, is covered by the Maritime Movement Irregularities in the river level may be produced at times by
5.41

Control and Information System. For further information, see flood water from its more important tributaries.

Pub. 124
192 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

In the Rio Uruguay Medio, the rise in the river level caused
5.41 The currents in the Rio Uruguay depend upon the tide and
5.41

by floods is much less, and the effect of the tides and winds of the height of the river level. Normally the rate does not exceed
the Rio de la Plata begins to be felt, but the general characteris- 1.75 to 2 knots, but it may reach 3.5 knots when the level is
tics are the same as for the Rio Alto Uruguay. very high. The rate increases upriver. In the lower reaches, the
The Rio Uruguay river levels.—From January to March,
5.41 current depends upon the tide and may run in either direction,
the river level at Concepcion del Uruguay is 1.2 to 1.8m. At its rate being between 0.5 and 1.75 knots.
Fabrica Colon, the level is 1.5m and at Concordia, 1.8 to 3m. The currents are also affected by the wind, especially in the
5.41

From April to June, the river level at Concepcion del Uru-

5.41 lower reaches. Winds from SW may arrest or even change the
guay is 2.1m, Fabrica Colon, 2.7m, and at Concordia, 3.7 to direction of the current, especially when the river is low.
4.9m. From June to August, the river levels are slightly lower This action is increased by such winds causing a rise in the
5.41

in all places. water level in the Rio de la Plata, and its effect is immediate
From September to October, Concepcion del Uruguay is
5.41 and almost always felt.
2.4m, Fabrica Colon, 3m, and at Concordia 5.8m. Winds from the N, which lower the level in the Rio de la Pla-
5.41

The greatest height recorded in recent years at Concepcion

5.41 ta, also affect the Rio Uruguay causing an increase in the rate
del Uruguay was 10.2m, caused by winds from SW blowing of the current down river.
along the Uruguay Medio.
In the Rio Uruguay Inferior, the effect of the floods becomes
5.41 The Rio Uruguay Inferior
less and the influence of the tides and winds of the Rio de la
Plata is more apparent. 5.42 The Rio Uruguay Inferior is entered between Punta
Except when the current in the river is very strong, the tide is
5.41 Gorda (33°55'S., 58°25'W.), a wooded bluff 26m high, and the
felt as far upriver as Concepcion del Uruguay. N part of the delta of the Rio Parana 1.25 miles W. A white
At all times, it is felt as far as Puerto de Fray Bentos, about
5.41 obelisk is on Punta Gorda.
50 miles from the mouth of the river, though its range is only From Punta Chaparro (33°49'S., 58°26'W.), 5 miles N of
5.42

from 0.3 to 0.6m. Punta Gorda, to Puerto de Fray Bentos, 45 miles further N, the
river is 1.25 to 6 miles wide and the bottom is mud and fine
The Rio Uruguay—Comparative Levels sand. There are no islands, but there are extensive sand banks
which dry at low river. Between them lies the main channel
Concep- which is wide and deep and is buoyed throughout its length.
Fray Escocia
cion del Colon Nueva The Argentine or W bank is very low and covered with dense
Bentos Concordia 5.42

Uruguay vegetation, but the Uruguayan or E bank is generally high and

1.5m 1.8m 2.1m 3.3m 4.5m sandy with little vegetation.
Between Fray Bentos and Puerto Concepcion del Uruguay
5.42

2.0m 3.2m 4.1m 6.8m 9.0m

(32°29'S., 58°14'W.), the river divides into numerous branches,
2.5m 4.2m 5.1m 8.2m 0.7m separated by islands which are subject to inundation and are
covered with high and dense vegetation.
3.0m 4.6m 5.7m 8.5m 0.8m
The “Pasos,” or shallow passes, in this part of the river are
5.42

3.5m 6.9m 8.5m 11.5m 14.2m few and of small extent, and are dredged from time to time.
They are well marked by lighted buoys and, since the bottom
5.42

Fresh S or SE winds may raise the level as much as 3m;

5.41
is mud or fine sand, present no danger to navigation.
storms from these directions have caused the level to rise as Rada de Nueva Palmira comprises the reach of the Rio Uru-
5.42

much as 4.6m at the mouth of the Rio Gualeguaychu guay lying W of the coast between Nueva Palmira and Punta
(33°05'S., 58°24'W.), located W of Fray Bentos. Chaparro. Depths in it vary between 14m and 20m over a width
From January to April, the level at the mouth of the Rio
5.41
of 0.5 to 0.8 miles, shoal water extending for a considerable
Gualeguaychu usually remains between 0.9 and 1.2m above distance off both banks.
zero. It is rarely lower than 0.5m above zero, and even then, Restinga de Palmira, a rocky ledge with a depth of 1m, is 0.2
5.42

soon rises again. From May to November, the level usually re- mile off the E bank of the river; it is marked by a buoy close W
mains at about 2.1m above zero, the maximum and minimum and is covered by the red sector of the light on the S end of the
levels being about 2.4m and 1.7m, respectively. wharf at Nuevo Palmira. The bottom of the roadstead W of this
The following gives the relation between the corresponding
5.41
danger is rocky.
rises in the level of the river above local datum at various plac-
es. Thus, if the rise at one place is known, then the correspond- 5.43 Puerto de Nueva Palmira (33°53'S., 58°25'W.)
ing rise at other places can be estimated. The levels thus (World Port Index No. 13150) has three alongside berths.
obtained should be regarded as approximate only. Meulle Ontur, the northernmost, consists of an L-shaped pier
and a quay, with depths alongside of 4m. Muelle Norte, the
Gauges are at the various ports and dredged channels. These
5.41
center pier, is 300m long, with depths alongside of 6.4m.
gauges are graduated in meters, indicating the height of the riv- Muelle Sur, the S pier, is 230m long, with depths alongside of
er level above local zero, which is the lowest level to which the 7.3m. For contact information see the table titled Nueva
river falls at each place. Palmira—Contact Information.
Those at the dredged channels are also graduated in meters,
5.41

After passing between Punta Chaparro and Punta Carbon,

5.43

indicating the least depth in the channel at the time. 1.25 miles SW, the river widens considerably and reaches a

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 193

width of about 6 miles at Arenal Grande (33°41'S., Close W of this wharf is the railroad pier. The pier has a
5.44

58°26'W.), a point on the E side 8.5 miles N. depth alongside of 7.9m and is used for the discharge of coal.
The Anglo Pier, the westernmost pier, is owned by a meat-
5.44

Nueva Palmira—Contact Information packing company. It is 180m long at its head, with an alongside
depth of 7.9m.
Zonal Control and Information Centre A bridge crosses the Rio Uruguay at Km 101.2, 3 miles
5.44

Control Nueva Palmira Prefectura Radio above Fray Bentos. The navigable width is 201m between
Call sign spans; the vertical clearance is 43m.
(CWC31)
Between Fray Bentos and Concepcion del Uruguay, 47 miles
5.44

VHF VHF channels 13, 16, and 21

upriver, there are numerous islands.
598-4-544-6133 For the first 25 miles, as far as Paso Roman (32°49'S.,
5.44

Telephone 58°08'W.), the main channel, which is indicated on the chart,

598-9-967-8113 (mobile)
winds through these islands, but then passes between them and
Harbormaster the E shore.
VHF VHF channel 9 Anchorage, with good holding in a depth of 8.2m, is in mid-
5.44

channel abreast the N pier at Nueva Berlin, which is on the E

Telephone 598-4-544-6102 bank of the river 15 miles above Fray Bentos.
E-mail [email protected] Anchorage can be obtained by small craft near the piers at
5.44

the port or in the bay close W. Ocean-going vessels should an-

Web site http://www.anp.com.uy chor near the Argentine shore.
Navios Terminal
5.45 Puerto Concepcion del Uruguay (32°29'S.,
E-mail [email protected] 58°14'W.) (World Port Index No. 13740), an Argentine port on
http://www.navioslogistics.com/coporate/ the W bank of the Rio Uruguay, 173 miles above Buenos Ai-
Web site res, is a departmental capital and the center of a large grain-
company_profile/port_terminals/dry_port/
growing area.
TGU Terminal
Access to the port is by a channel 1,000m long, with a width
5.45

Telephone 598-4-544-8120 of 60m wide and a depth of 6.1m; however, it is recommended

that a maximum safe draft of 5.2m be used. The largest vessel
E-mail [email protected]
to enter the port had a length of 220m.
Web site http://www.tgu.com.uy There is 1,500m of quayage at the port, of which 1,100m,
5.45

with a depth alongside of 5m, is for ocean-going vessels. The

Anchorage may be obtained by deep-draft vessels in Fond-
5.43
remaining 400m is for use by river craft. There are berths for
eadero del Arenal Grande, a pool extending N from the main tankers at the S end of the port.
channel close N of Arenal Grande where there is good holding Pilots are reported to be available here or board at Buenos
5.45

ground. Depths in the anchorage range from 9.1 to 13.7m. Aires.

Vessels of shallow draft usually anchor near the E shore be-
5.43
Anchorage is available in the roadstead clear of the main
5.45

tween Estancia Casa Blanca and the mouth of Arroyo La Agra- channel and preferably on its W side.
ciada.
For a distance of 7 miles N of the mouth of the Rio San Sal-
5.43
The Rio Uruguay Medio
vador (33°28'S., 58°24'W.), the E bank of the Rio Uruguay is
formed by the delta of the Rio Negro. The Rio Negro is naviga- 5.46 The Rio Uruguay Medio is from 0.6 to 0.8 mile wide;
ble by small craft, but only vessels registered in Uruguay are the bottom is stones and sand, with isolated reefs in places.
permitted to proceed to the interior ports of Uruguay. Both banks are low, particularly on the W or Argentine side,
Punta Laguna (33°04'S., 58°21'W.) is on the W bank of the
5.43
and there are numerous large islands. The channels in the nar-
Rio Uruguay. A channel, about 1 mile N of the point, leads into rowest reaches have a width of 80m and a sandy bottom.
the mouth of the Rio Gualeguaychu and to the Argentine town The few reefs which exist are marked by light vessels during
5.46

of Puerto Gualeguaychu. Depths of 2.7m are available to the the low river season, but they are no longer necessary and are
town. Permission to enter is obtained at the Coast Guard station removed when the river reaches a level of 4m above datum.
at the river mouth. The principal reefs are Restinga del Hervidero and Restinga
5.46

de Coralito, at the passes of the same names, 12 and 2 miles,

5.44 Puerto Fray Bentos (33°07'S., 58°19'W.) (World respectively, down river from Puerto de Concordia (31°24'S.,
Port Index No. 13160) is on the E bank of the Rio Uruguay, E 58°00'W.).
of Punta Laguna and 126 miles from Buenos Aires. The port is Puerto Fabrica Colon, 23 miles above Concepcion del Uru-
5.46

a meat-packing center. guay, can be reached at low river by vessels drawing up to

The berth for ocean-going vessels is 325m long. The outer
5.44
3.4m. From Fabrica Colon to Concordia and Salto, navigation
side of the wharf, which has a berth 125m long and depths is only possible for small vessels.
alongside of 7 to 7.9m, is used by ocean-going vessels. On the At low river, those drawing up to 2.7m can reach Concordia,
5.46

inner side of the wharf is 250m of berthing space for coasting and those drawing up to 1.8m can reach Salto, but by taking
vessels; there is a depth alongside of 4 to 6m. advantage of the frequent rises in the river level, vessels draw-

Pub. 124
194 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

ing up to 3m can reach both these ports. There is a buoyed channel through these reefs which can
5.48

Between Concepcion del Uruguay and Puerto Paysandu, 12

5.46 safely be used by day, but no vessel should attempt it by night
miles upriver, the channel is constricted by Paso Almiron Chi- without local knowledge.
co and Paso Almiron Grande located 5 and 6 miles, respective- When the river level is 5m above datum at Concordia, ves-
5.48

ly, above the former port. sels drawing up to 3m can proceed through this pass by keep-
Both passes have a channel about 100m wide, with a depth
5.46 ing close to the vegetation on the E bank, where the current is
of 3.4m. not felt so strongly.
Between Concordia and Puerto de Salto, 1.5 miles upriver,
5.48

5.47 Paysandu (32°19'S., 58°04'W.) (World Port Index the channel is obstructed by a reef which extends from the W
No. 13170), on the E bank of the Rio Uruguay 12 miles above bank leaving only Paso de la Cabadalla, a narrow channel be-
Concepcion del Uruguay, is an industrial town and the center tween it and the E bank. Local knowledge is essential for this
of a cattle-raising district. channel.
Navigation to Paysandu is controlled by the depth in the
5.47 Puerto Nuevo Escolia and Puerto Yerua are small ports on
5.48

passes leading to it. Because river conditions vary seasonably, the W bank of the Rio Uruguay, 37 and 45 miles, respectively,
agents should be consulted beforehand regarding available above Fabrica Colon.
draft at anytime.
There is a grain elevator berth, with an alongside depth of
5.47 The Rio Alto Uruguay
6.1m and a length of 100m, for ocean-going vessels.
A coastal berth is also available, with a length of 300m and
5.47 5.49 Concordia (31°24'S., 58°02'W.), on the W bank of
an alongside depth of 3.4m. the Rio Uruguay, is the center of a stock-raising and agricultur-
Rada de Paysandu, which has depths of 7 to 21m in the fair-
5.47 al region. The passenger wharf is 50m long, with a depth of
way, extends across the whole width of the main branch of the 2.7m alongside. There is a 181m long wharf, with a depth of
river abreast the port, but a bank extends about 183m from the 2.1m alongside, for use by river craft.
W side at its N end. Salto (31°23'S., 57°58'W.), the second-largest city in Uru-
Small craft can shelter from S gales in a small bay located
5.47 guay, is an agricultural and stock raising center. The wharf
between the wharves and the railway sidings close to the power here, 140m long, has depths of 3 to 4.3m alongside.
station. Navigation above Salto is by small craft only.
5.49

Between Paysandu and Puerto Colon, 6 miles upriver, the

5.47

least depth is in Paso San Francisco, which lies between Isla The Rio Parana
San Francisco and the W bank a short distance below the latter
port. This pass has a channel 80m wide with a minimum depth 5.50 The Rio Parana discharges into the W side of the head
of 3m; the bottom is sand and stones. of the Rio de la Plata by many mouths between the parallels of
A bridge crosses the Rio Uruguay at Km 209.5, about 3
5.47 33°53'S, and 34°27'S. Of the branches which form the delta,
miles N of Paysandu. The vertical clearance is 31m, with a only the Rio Parana de las Palmas, the Rio Parana Guazu, the
width of 120m between the bridge piers. The navigable chan- Rio Sauce, and the Rio Parana Bravo are of any importance to
nel is marked by lights. ocean-going vessels. The delta extends to the junction of the
A power cable with a vertical clearance of 26m crosses the
5.47 Rio Parana de las Palmas and the Rio Parana Guazu, about 67
river at the S end of Paysandu. miles above the mouth of the former branch.
Tides—Currents.—The level of the Rio Parana undergoes a
5.50

5.48 Colon (32°13'S., 58°08'W.) (World Port Index No. regular annual change caused by the periodic rainfall in the
13730), on the W bank of the Rio Uruguay about 5 miles above tropical regions of the river basin. Because of this, the level is
Paysandu, has a three-sectioned wharf. Each section is 53m highest in March and lowest in September.
long and has a different height in order to facilitate working Rises in level are also caused by the irregular rains in the
5.50

cargo at different river stages. There used to be a southernmost more southerly regions of the river basin. These cause a rise in
section with depths of 3.7m alongside, however, it ha beens re- level from May to July and also in November and December.
ported (2013) this wharf has been removed. In general, the river is lowest in September, but it may remain
Puerto Fabrica Colon, 5 miles above Colon and on the W
5.48 low until December, or in exceptional years, until January.
bank of the Rio Uruguay, is a private port serving a large meat- In the lower reaches of the river, the level is affected by
5.50

packing plant. changes in level in the Rio de la Plata, the tides of which may
The S wharf has a berthing length of 24m, with depths of 4.3
5.48 be felt, at low river, as far as Rosario.
to 4.6m alongside. In the navigable part of the river, the rate of the current is
5.50

The central wharf, which is the only one used by ocean-go-

5.48 generally about 2 knots at low river and 3 knots at high river,
ing vessels, is 40m long and has depths of 8.2 to 8.5m along- but these rates are frequently exceeded in the narrow parts.
side. In the Rio Parana Medio, the maximum rate of the current is
5.50

The N wharf has a berthing depth of 10m and depths of 6.7

5.48 4.5 knots and the minimum rate is about 2 knots.
to 7m alongside. Depths—Limitations.—From its mouth to Bella Vista
5.50

Between Fabrica Colon and Puerto Concordia, 57 miles up-

5.48 (32°41'S., 60°44'W.), the river has a minimum depth of 7.6m
river, the minimum depth in the passes is 2.7m. The worst which is maintained by dredging. From Bella Vista to Parana,
reach is at Paso Coralito, 2 miles below Concordia, where the the limit of navigation for ocean-going vessels, the depths are
whole river is obstructed by a series of reefs. similarly maintained at not less than 5.8m.

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 195

The depths given above, and elsewhere in the description of

5.50 water 6.7 to 9m alongside. A general cargo berth is 116m long
the river, are subject to continual change and must be regarded with depths of 6m alongside.
as approximate. Berth H takes tankers with a draft of up to 5.8m.
5.52

The Argentine Ministry of Public Works produces “Boletin

5.50 Berth E is for chemical tankers with a draft of up to 8.2m.
5.52

Fluvial,” a weekly publication which gives the depths in the Berth A is used by tankers with a draft of up to 6m for tank
5.52

main and secondary channels of the Rio Parana. Information cleaning.

regarding depths is also broadcast from certain Argentine radio Berth C is for vessels up to 250m long, in a depth of 12m
5.52

stations. alongside.
Aspect.—The Rio Parana is marked by buoys in accordance
5.50 Berth G is for vessels up to 100m long, in a depth of 5.5m
5.52

with the Argentine system as far as Posadas, with most of the alongside.
buoys below Corrientes being lighted. There are also leading About 1.2 miles upstream from Campana is a new wharf,
5.52

beacons, lights, and tide gauges. which is 185m long, with a depth of 10.6m alongside. The
Pilotage.— Pilotage is compulsory for all ocean-going ves-
5.50 wharf is used for the discharge of iron ore.
sels. Pilots are obtained at Buenos Aires and at Puerto de La Anchorage.—Ships awaiting a berth usually anchor about 1
5.52

Plata. These pilots only conduct vessels as far as Santa Fe. mile downstream from the tanker berths, in depths of 12 to
Regulations.—The regulations for vessels wishing to pass a
5.50 21m, mud and sand.
dredge are the same as those for the dredged channels to Bue- Caution.—A wreck, marked by a buoy. has been reported
5.52

nos Aires and are described in paragraph 5.36. near position 33°52'S, 58°57'W.
Caution.— It is reported (2018) the Rio Parana channel has
5.50

moved approximately 200m to the N and E of its charted loca- 5.53 Puerto Zarate (34°05'S., 59°02'W.) (World Port In-
tion between position 33°10'S, 60°23'W and position 33°08'S, dex No. 13700), 5 miles above Puerto Campana, exports grain
60°26'W. Mariners are advised to navigate with caution and and frozen meat. It was reported that a new container terminal
contact the local authorities to obtain the latest information. has been built at this site (2002).
Detached clumps of grass and weeds, many of considerable
5.50 The navigable channel at the port is wide and deep, with a
5.53

size, are continually floating down the river a nd are liable to maximum depth of 8.2m.
foul the lighted buoys, which may then be capsized and their Berths can provide depths up to 10m by fendering off a
5.53

lights extinguished. slight distance.

It was reported that many buoys have been destroyed by
5.50 Wharves used by the Argentine Navy should not be ap-
5.53

floating debris carried by flood waters and that depths in the proached closer than 50m without permission.
river have been reduced by considerable silting. A railroad bridge, with a vertical clearance of 49m, crosses
5.53

Vessels lying at anchor in the river are recommended to keep

5.50 the river at Zarate.
their hawse pipes covered as a precaution against snakes crawl- Puerto Atucha (33°58'S., 59°16'W.) lies 15 miles upriver
ing up the cables from these clumps when foul of the cable. from Puerto Zarate and consists of a wharf, 33m long, with a
depth alongside of 12.2m, which serves an nuclear power
5.51 The Rio Lujan (34°26'S., 58°31'W.), the S branch of plant.
the delta of the Rio Parana, is approached from Buenos Aires Zanja Mercadel, a channel 3.5 miles long and with a depth of
5.53

via Canal Costanero, which has been described previously in 4m, connects the Rio Parana de las Palmas with the Rio Parana
paragraph 5.40. It is connected to the Rio Parana de las Palmas Guazu and begins about 26 miles above Zarate.
to the N by various channels navigable by small craft with lo-
cal knowledge. 5.54 The Rio Parana Mini (34°14'S., 58°23'W.), about 6
Puerto San Fernando and Puerto Tigre, on the Rio Lujan, are
5.51 miles NE of the entrance to the Rio Parana de las Palmas, has a
small-craft ports with boat building and repair facilities. depth of 1m over the bar.
The Rio Parana de las Palmas (34°20'S., 58°27'W.) is the
5.51 The Rio Barca Grande (34°10'S., 58°23'W.), 5 miles far-
5.54

southernmost principal entrance to the Rio Parana. ther NNE, has a depth of 4m over the bar.
Canal Emilio Mitre, the access to the Rio Parana de las Pal-
5.51 Neither is marked and both lead into the Rio Parana Guazu
5.54

mas for ocean-going vessels, is 140m wide and was dredged 11 miles above its mouth. Both are used only by shallow-draft
(1997) to a depth of 10m. This dredged channel leads from Km vessels.
12 of Canalde Acceso al Buenos Aires, across the W side of The Rio Parana Guazu (34°01'S., 58°25'W.), about 19
5.54

Playa Honda and into the mouth of the river. The channel is miles NNW of the entrance to the Rio Barca Grande, is 58
well marked. miles long and extends to the Rio Parana Bajo at Km 230. This
passage is narrow and should not be used by vessels drawing
5.52 Puerto Campana (34°09'S., 58°58'W.) (World Port more than 5.2m.
Index No. 13710) is on the SW bank of the Rio Parana de las A bridge, with a vertical clearance of 50m, spans the river 1
5.54

Palmas and 25 miles above that river’s mouth. mile SE of the junction of the Rio Parana Guazu and Pasaje Ta-
The approach to the river is not usually undertaken at night,
5.52 larera. Pontoons protect the upstream side of the bridge sup-
and at certain times of the year there is fog almost daily. The ports. The navigable width between the pontoons is 240m.
navigable part of the channel at the port is wide and deep and The Rio Sauce (33°57'S., 58°27'W.), 4.5 miles NNW of the
ships can maneuver easily. mouth of the Rio Parana Guazu, is 7 miles long and joins Rio
Tankers up to 25,000 dwt and 200m long visit the port regu-
5.52 Parana. This branch usually has a depth of 6m and the mini-
larly. There are eight berths in the port having depths in fresh mum width is about 91m.

Pub. 124
196 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

The Rio Parana Bravo (33°54'S., 58°27'W.), 3 miles N of

5.54

the Rio Sauce and to the W of Nueva Palmira, is 17.5 miles

long and usually has depth of 10.4m.
It is the entrance most used by ocean-going vessels proceed-
5.54

ing to the upper reaches of the Rio Parana.

5.55 Puerto Ibicuy (33°45'S., 59°11'W.) (World Port In-

dex No. 13690) is on the E bank of the Rio Parana, about 52
miles above the mouth of the Rio Parana Guaza.
There is a tanker berth with 7.6m alongside, and other berths
5.55

with depths of 5.5m alongside.

The Rio Parana Bajo is the section of the Rio Parana which
5.55

extends from the junction of the Rio Parana de las Palmas with
the Rio Parana Guazu (33°44'S., 59°11'W.) to a point about
20 miles above Puerto Rosario, 121 miles upriver.
It has least depths in the passes at low river of 7.6m which
5.55

are maintained by dredging. Pilotage is compulsory. River pi-

Puerto San Nicolas
lots berth the vessels.
5.57

Puerto Nuevo, 1.5 miles downstream from the city, consists

5.58

of a concrete mole 537m long and a grain berth that is 220m

5.56 Puerto San Pedro (33°35'S., 59°49'W.) (World Port
long. A 200m long coal discharge pier is located here has a
Index No. 13670), 23 miles up the Rio Parana Bajo on the SW
depth of 7m alongside.
side of the river, is a cereal exporting port.
Puerto Buitagro is about 2 miles downstream from Puerto
5.58

Vessels with drafts up to 7.3m can be accommodated at two

Nuevo. The general mole is 320m long and handles general
5.56

wharfs, each with a berth 75m long at its head. cargo. The Somisa Wharf, used by lighters discharging coal
It is reported that on the S side of the S wharf there is a berth
5.56

and iron ore, consists of four dolphin wharves forming a con-

218m long and dredged to 9m.
tinuous structure 100m long.
Puerto Obligato, a former grain port no longer in use, is 11
The bulk wharf, close S of the Somisa Wharf, is 680m long
5.56

5.58

miles above Puerto San Pedro.

with a depth alongside of 7.9m. The wharf can handle four ves-
sels of up to 22,000 dwt.
5.57 Puerto Ramallo (33°29'S., 60°01'W.) (World Port In-
In the event of high winds, tugs can be ordered from Puerto
5.58

dex No. 13660), on the SW river bank 14 miles above Puerto

Villa Constitucion.
Obligato, is a grain port. The maximum permissible draft for
Anchorage.— Vessels may anchor in the designated anchor-
5.58

vessels entering the port is 5.5m with a length of 150m.

age about 3 miles downriver from Puerto Nuevo. Depths range
The grain mole can accommodate one vessel with a maxi-
5.57

from 7 to 21m. Mariners are advised that obstructions are pres-

mum length of 145m. Muelle Nacional, 100m long with 3.7m
ent within the anchorage.
alongside, handles sand barges and other river craft. The tanker
berth has a depth of 7.5m alongside.Access is gained through 5.59 Puerto Villa Constitucion (33°14'S., 60°20'W.)
the general channel which has a depth of 7.3m.
(World Port Index No. 13640) is on the SW bank of the river, 9
Water and provisions are available, and medical assistance
5.57

miles above Puerto San Nicolas. The port is entered by an ac-

can be had. cess channel. The maximum depth of the channel is 7.3m.
A column, illuminated by mercury vapor lights, is on the wa-
The Elevator Terminal, a pier projecting ESE from the shore,
5.57

5.59

terfront in the middle of the port.

can berth two grain vessels simultaneously in a depth of 8.2m.
The currents in the vicinity of the port are strong, and ships
5.57

Puerto Acevedo, about 1 mile S of the port, has a 111m long

5.59

alongside may roll even in light winds. There are mooring

mole, with a depth of 8.8m alongside, serving a large steel mill.
buoys off the wharves to hold vessels off because of these cur-
The PASE wharf, serving an electric smelting plant, is 170m
rents and strong mooring lines should be used.
long and accommodates ore carriers up to 35,000 dwt.
An anchorage marked at its corners is in midstream off the
A conspicuous water tower, marked by obstruction lights,
5.57

5.59

port.
lies close S of the steel mill wharf.
Islands again divide the channel between Puerto Ramallo
5.57

Anchorage for vessels waiting to berth is at Puerto Acevado,

5.59

and Puerto San Nicolas, 11 miles upriver.

1 mile SE of the harbor. Towage is compulsory for all move-
Caution.—Dangerous wreck has been reported (2023) SW
5.57

ments within the harbor.

of the SW channel, 1 mile downstream from Ramallo.
From 7 to 18 miles above Puerto Villa Constitucion, the river
5.59

widens and is divided by many islands. The main channel pass-

5.58 Puerto San Nicolas (33°20'S., 60°14'W.) (World Port
es between these islands and the SW bank of the river.
Index No. 13650), on the SW bank of the river 11 miles above
Puerto Ramallo, is the port of an industrial town. The port is
5.60 Puerto Rosario (32°57'S., 60°38'W.) (World Port
entered by an access channel. The maximum depth of the chan-
Index No. 13630.), on the SW bank of the river, is 26 miles
nel is 9.4m.
above Villa Constitucion. It is the principal port on the river
The port is divided into two parts. Embarcaderos, the oldest
5.58

part of the port, lies abreast the city.

Pub. 124
 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay 197

5.64 Puerto Santa Fe (31°39'S., 60°42'W.) (World Port

Index No. 13560), 90 miles above Puerto Rosario, is in a rich
agricultural region and exports cereals, cotton, minerals, and
sugar.
Depths—Limitations.—Dock 1 has stone wharves, with
5.64

564m of frontage on the E side and 672m of frontage on the W

side. It is 120m wide, has a depth of 7.3m, and can accommo-
date four vessels. Grain can be handled at a 240m long berth at
the S side of the W end of the dock.
Dock No. 2, parallel to Dock No. 1, is no longer in use by
5.64

vessels. It is also 120m wide and has a depth of 6.7m.

Derivation Channel, extending W of Dock No. 2, is 2,178m
5.64

long and is used for handling inflammables.

The Coasting Wharf, 810m long with a depth of 7.3m along-
5.64

side, is a continuation of the W side of Dock No. 1. It is used

mainly by river craft.
Puerto San Lorenzo
Pilotage.—A harbor pilot takes over from the river pilot at
5.59

and the second most important port in Argentina. Nearly half 5.64

of the cereals in the country are shipped from here. the anchorage. The pilot arrives with the tug or tugs, which as-
The port is used for grain, vegetable oils, fuel, timber, meats,
5.60
sist in berthing, the use of which is compulsory.
etc., and there is specialized cargo-handling equipment. The Canal Acceso, giving access to the port, is an artificial chan-
5.64

channel of the river, within the limits of the port, are dredged to nel 40m wide and dredged to a depth of 5.5m. Ocean-going
a minimum of 7.6m. There are two tanker berths, each 152m vessels may not pass any other vessel in the channel, but river
long, with a depth of 8.2m alongside. craft and other small vessels may pass each other.
The main channel in the river between Puerto Rosario and
5.60
The maximum speed in the entrance channel is 5 knots; how-
5.64

Puerto San Lorenzo, 11 miles upriver, is kept dredged to 7.6m. ever, the pilot can advise on other speeds. Movement by night
By way of the Rio Parana de las Palmas and Canal Emilio Mi- is possible, but usually pilots will not take a vessel out after
tre (paragraph 5.51), vessels can sail from port with a draft of 1500. During periods of fog, entering or departing is prohibited
9m. without special permission.
Regulations.—Within the port, passenger vessels are limited
5.64

5.61 Puerto San Lorenzo (32°45'S., 60°44'W.) (World to a speed of 4.5 knots; other vessels are limited to a speed of
Port Index No. 13610) was originally a port for the export of 3.5 knots.
grain only, but its trade now includes chemical products, vege- Signals.—Traffic through Canal Acceso is regulated by the
5.64

table oils, and petroleum products. It is situated on the right following signals, which are displayed from signal stations at
bank of the Rio Parana, about 16 miles N of Rosario, and 238 both ends of the channel by day and from the inner station only
miles of river passage from Buenos Aires. by night:
The port has several wharves equipped for handling grain,
5.61
1. Free entry for ocean-going vessels is signified by a
and four tanker berths, all of which can accommodate ocean- white ball by day and white flashes at night.
going vessels. 2. Free exit for ocean-going vessels is signified by a red
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels.
5.61
cone by day and red flashes at night.
There is an anchorage, marked by buoys, close downriver
5.61
3. Free entry and exit for river craft is signified by a
from the port, where vessels can lie while waiting to berth green cone point up by day and green flashes by night.
alongside. 4. Entry and exit for river craft with precautions is signi-
fied by a yellow cone point down by day and red and green
5.62 Puerto San Martin (32°43'S., 60°44'W.) (World Port flashes by night.
Index No. 13600), close upriver from San Lorenzo, has Anchorage.—Vessels waiting to enter the port may anchor S
5.64

wharves for handling grain, liquid gas, vegetable oils, and gen- of the outer entrance to Canal Acceso near Km 483, where the
eral cargo. All can accommodate ocean-going vessels. The port channel is wide enough to permit several vessels to lie at an-
is approached through a 75m wide channel, with a depth of chor and still leave a channel wide enough for navigation.
6.1m.
The Rio Parana Bajo joins the Rio Parana Medio at a point
5.62
5.65 Puerto Parana (31°43'S., 60°32'W.) (World Port In-
about 6 miles above Puerto San Martin. dex No. 13570) is obstructed by a bar with a minimum depth of
3.9m and is therefore only accessible to ocean-going vessels at
5.63 Puerto Diamante (32°04'S., 60°39'W.) (World Port periods of very high river. In the port there are wharves with
Index No. 13580.) is on the E bank of the river about 43 miles depths up to 4.6m alongside.
above Puerto San Martin. Puerto Corrientes (27°29'S., 58°50'W.) (World Port Index
Vessels drawing up to 7.6m can use the port, but the con-
5.63
No. 13370), lies about 328 miles above Puerto Parana.
trolling depth is on the bar at Isla de los Pajaros, 28 miles down About 18 miles above Puerto Corrientes, the river forks to
5.65

river and is subject to variation. A grain-loading wharf at the become the Rio Paraguay and the Rio Alto Parana.
port has a depth of 7.5m alongside. Puerto de Asuncion (25°16'S., 57°41'W.) (World Port Index
5.65

No. 13250) is the capital of Paraguay.

Pub. 124
198 Sector 5. The Rio de la Plata, the Rio Uruguay, the Rio Parana, and the Rio Paraguay

There are some minor river ports along the Rio Alto Parana
5.65 are about 141 miles above Puerto Corrientes and are the limit
as far as the Rapides de Apipe (27°29'S., 56°43'W.), which of navigation for small vessels and tows.

Pub. 124
 6.
Sector 6—Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro

6.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 6 — CHART INFORMATION
Pub. 124

199
 201

SECTOR 6
COAST OF ARGENTINA—CABO SAN ANTONIO TO THE RIO NEGRO

Plan.—This sector describes the coast of Argentina from

6.0 miles SW, the tidal currents are semidiurnal and regular, if not
Cabo San Antonio (36°20'S., 56°45'W.) as it trends S, then W affected by the wind, and attain rates of 1 to 5 knots; these
to Bahia Blanca. The ports of Mar del Plata and Puerto strong and dangerous tidal currents are scarcely felt 15 miles
Quequen, which are on this section of coast, are described. offshore.
Next described are El Rincon and Bahia Blanca, with its col-
6.0 6.1Between Bahia San Blas and the entrance to Golfo San Ma-
lective ports of Puerto Rosales, Puerto Belgrano, Ingeniero tias, the tidal currents run NW with a rising tide and ESE with
White, Puerto Nacional, and Puerto Galvan. a failing tide at rates of 2 to 3 knots. Vessels crossing the mouth
Finally, the coast from Bahia Blanca is described as it trends
6.0 of the gulf should expect to experience a lateral drift and
S to Punta Rasa, then SW to the Rio Negro (41°02'S., should exercise caution when approaching the land.
62°47'W.). Bahia Anegada, Bahia Union, and the Rio Negro 6.1Within the gulf, the tidal currents are generally weak, al-
are ports in this last section. though the tidal range is from 4.6 to 9.1m.
6.1Between Punta Rasa (40°52'S., 62°19'W.) and Punta San
General Remarks Andres, 120 miles SSW, there is a strong N current before and
during S winds. Its rate varies from 1 to 3 knots. During N
6.1 Winds—Weather.—The wind direction along this winds, there is a weaker S current.
section of Argentine coast differs from the usual NW and SW 6.1Aspect.—The SW part of the coast, which forms Golfo San
one might expect at these latitudes, in that almost 50 per cent Matias, is bolder and there are heights of up to 180m within 5
of the winds are W. The average velocity away from shore is 15 miles of the coast. Sierras de San Antonio, which lie 15 miles
to 17 knots, with about 11 knots near the coast. Wind velocities inland from the head of the gulf, rise to a height of over 500m.
of 31 knots or more occur on an average of 57 days a year. 6.1This stretch of the coast includes the ports of Mar del Plata,
6.1There is a mean annual temperature at Puerto Belgrano of Quequen, and the group of ports which comprise Bahia Blanca,
16°C. Mean monthly temperatures at the same place are 24°C all of which are of medium size, and the minor ports of Puerto
in January and 8°C in June. The port has had a maximum of San Blas, Rio Negro, and Puerto San Antonio, which are used
43°C in February and 38°C or higher in other months from No- only by coasting vessels and fishing craft.
vember to March. Extreme low temperatures of -8°C have oc- 6.1Caution.—Firing danger areas exist in the vicinity of Puerto
curred in June and August. Belgrano. There is a submarine exercise area off Mar del Plata.
6.1South of the Rio de la Plata, there are no well-marked wet 6.1The following offshore dangers exist off this section of
and dry seasons so characteristic of tropical South America, coast:
but there are some irregular modifications in rainfall amounts 1. Depths of 12m lying 18 miles E and 15 miles ESE, re-
at different periods. spectively, from Cabo San Antonio.
6.1At Puerto Belgrano, for example, the warm half of the year 2. Depths of less than 18m extending up to 20 miles off-
receives about twice as much rain as the cool half. shore between Cabo San Antonio and Mar del Plata
6.1The average annual rainfall is 510mm. The average number (38°02'S., 57°32'W.)
of days of rainfall is 53 annually, with 3 days each in winter 3. Depths of less than 9m extending up to 7 miles off-
months and 4 to 6 days in other months. shore between Punta Medanos and Mar del Plata.
6.1The highest percentages of relative humidity occur in the
colder months. Saturation is highest around sunrise and lowest Cabo San Antonio to Mar del Plata
about 1400 to 1500. The mean annual relative humidity is
about 60 per cent at Puerto Belgno, with the range being from 6.2 From the NW extremity of Cabo San Antonio
49 per cent in December to 74 per cent in June. (36°20'S., 56°45'W.), which is marked by a light, to Punta
6.1Puerto Belgrano has an annual average of 24 days with fog, Medanos, 36 miles S, the coast consists of a low light-colored
with 5 days in June and none in April. sandy beach, backed by a chain of dunes covered with vegeta-
6.1The annual average number of thunderstorms at Puerto Bel- tion, which increase in height to 20 to 30m near the latter point.
grano is 16, ranging from three in December to a scattered few 6.2A hill, with village, is 11 miles N of Punta Medanos
in June. (36°53'S., 56°40'W.) and is visible from 15 miles at sea.
6.1Tides—Currents.—Along the almost unbroken coast ex- 6.2A hill, which is a good radar target, lies 26 miles SW of Pun-
tending from Cabo Corrientes (38°01'S., 57°32'W.) to Bahia ta Medanos and a conspicuous 45m high hill, which is conical,
Blanca, 215 miles W, the tidal currents are very weak, though is located 13 miles SW of Punta Medanos.
the range of the tide is about 3m. 6.2Costa Atlantida Argentina is the local name for the coast be-
6.1Close inshore, between the dangerous banks of Bahia Blanca tween Cabo San Antonio and Balneario Mar Chiquita, about
and Bahia San Blas, 100 miles S, the tidal currents run N and S 92 miles to the SSW. Along it there are the hotels and buildings
at rates of 1 to 4 knots according to the wind and the age of the of a series of seaside resorts, between which are scattered
moon. clumps of scrub.
6.1Between the latter banks and the mouth of the Rio Negro, 35 6.2In clear weather, this coast can be seen at 8 to 10 miles. At

Pub. 124
202 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro

6.2 Querandi Light

Anchorage.—If necessary, a vessel can anchor anywhere off

6.2

this coast in a convenient depth. The holding ground is general-

ly good, with a bottom of fine sand and shells, but there is no
shelter from the strongest winds.
6.2 Punta Medanos There is a good anchorage for small vessels within Bancos
6.2

Medanos.
Balnearios Santa Teresita and Mar del Tuyu, 14.5 and 17 miles The best berth is with Punta Medanos Light bearing 213°,
6.2

S, respectively, from San Antonio Light and at Balnearios La distant about 2 miles, and about 0.7 miles offshore, in a depth
Lucila and Mar de Ajo, 13 and 11 miles N, respectively, of of 7.6m. This anchorage is sheltered by the coast from winds
Punta Medanos, there are fishing piers from 120 to 190m long. from between the SSW and NNW, and by Bancos Medanos
From 5 to 10 miles ESE of the NW extremity of Cabo San
6.2
from winds between the ENE and SSW, but during winds from
Antonio, it was found during the course of survey that there between the latter directions, there is much swell.
was an alteration in the nature of the bottom in two different If proceeding to this anchorage, use the channel between the
6.2

years, though the depths remained unaltered. inner ridge and the coast. The N approach is preferable. If ap-
This change was attributed to soft oozy mud from Banco del
6.2
proaching from N, steer so as to keep Punta Medanos Light
Tuyu (36°16'S., 57°49'W.). bearing 213°, and if approaching from S, so as to keep it bear-
Punta Medanos (36°53'S., 56°40'W.), marked by a light, is
6.2 ing between 300° and 000°.
surrounded by shoals on which two ridges stand out. A range Caution.—Depths within 14 miles of the coast between
6.2

of hills, about 30 to 60m high, trends NW from the point. Punta Medanos and Mar del Plata are very irregular; depths of
Bancos Medanos, with depths of less than 11m, extend up to
6.2 less than 11m extend up to 7.5 miles offshore.
10 miles offshore in the vicinity of Punta Medanos. Deep-draft vessels should not approach within 18 miles off
6.2

The inner ridges are marked by discolored water and break

6.2 this coast; vessels drawing more than 6m should not approach
with onshore winds. The outer ridges break in heavy weather. within 8 miles.
There are channels between the ridges which can be used by
6.2

small craft with local knowledge in calm weather. 6.3 Laguna Mar Chiquita (37°44'S., 57°24'W.), entered
A depth of 6.8m was reported on the bank, 6.75 miles SE of
6.2 about 21 miles SW of Querandi Light, is marked by a light 2
Punta Medanos. miles to the SW. A radio mast, 1.5 miles NE of the entrance, is
Querandi Light (37°28'S., 57°07'W.) is 41 miles SW of
6.2 prominent. The outflow from the lagoon sometimes discolors
Punta Medanos. the sea 7 miles seaward of the entrance.

Pub. 124
 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro 203

6.3From Mar Chiquita to Cabo Corrientes, 15 miles SSW, the 6. Before shifting anchorage, berth, or moving within the
coast loses its sandy nature and rises to low cliffs 6 to 9m high, port, obtain permission giving the vessel's name, flag, call
which are broken by the mouths of a few streams. sign, and destination. Permission normally remains valid for
6.3Much of the land within this coast is covered by groups of 15 minutes.
trees surrounding the ranches. A conspicuous clump of trees is 7. Before leaving port, obtain permission, giving the ves-
2 miles SW of Mar Chiquita. From seaward, it resembles a sel's name, flag, call sign, length, breadth, draft, speed, desti-
large cone with a very wide base. The cone appears to be divid- nation, course, type of cargo, and whether there is a doctor
ed into two parts when seen from the E. on board. Permission remains valid for 15 minutes.
6.3A good mark for vessels approaching from the N is a white 8. On departure, the following must be done:
water tower standing on a cliff about 8 miles SSW of Mar a. In the Antepuerto, ask “canal libre?” (channel
Chiquita. There is a radio mast near the tower. clear?).
6.3Anchorage may be obtained anywhere, the holding ground b. In the waiting area, report “canal liberado” (channel
being generally good. Close inshore, especially within 10 miles cleared).
of Cabo Corrientes. The bottom is tufa, covered with a layer of c. When 30 miles off, report the vessel's name, flag,
fine sand and shells. Landing is only possible when the wind is and call sign.
offshore and there is no swell. There is no anchorage that 6.4Tides—Currents.—Within 10 miles of Mar del Plata, the
would offer shelter when the most violent winds blow, that is, tidal currents run N and S, changing direction 3 hours after low
those from the NNE to SW. and high water by the shore. Their velocities are about 0.7
6.3Punta Iglesia (38°00'S., 57°32'W.), 1.25 miles NW of Cabo knot. During strong SW winds, a current sets NE at a rate of
Corrientes, is formed by a rocky cliff about 9m high. more than 1 knot. The average tidal range is about 0.9m.
6.3Between this point and Punta Gruta, 0.75 mile SSE, is Ram- 6.4Depths—Limitations.—The entrance has a depth of 9.1m,
bla Bristol, a bay with a smooth sandy beach in which there are but this is subject to continual change. When calculating the
some piers. Punta Gruta is rocky, about 15m high, and steep-to. depth in the entrance, an allowance of 0.5 to 1m should be
Between it and Cabo Corrientes is a bay with a beach backed made for the swell.
by sheer cliffs up to about 50m high. 6.4The N and S jetties constitute the shelter structure inside
6.3Cabo Corrientes (38°01'S., 57°32'W.), marked by a light, which, piers, bounded by the walls of wharves, have been built.
rises to an elevation of 44m, and is the SE extremity of a range The N jetty, which is straight, is oriented on a bearing of 127°
extending to the W. These hills decrease gradually in height to- and is 1,100m long; the S jetty is 2,750m long, pushing out to-
ward the sea where they end in a rocky coast, which is clear of ward the NE, extending beyond the N jetty and marking the en-
dangers. trance to the port.
6.3Between Cabo Corrientes and Punta Cantera, about 3.7 miles 6.4With the rising tide and winds from NNE, one can observe
to the S, the coast forms a bay, the N part of which is occupied powerful breakers on the S jetty.
by Puerto de Mar del Plata, described below. Within it are 6.4Muelle Escollera Norte, a quay on the inner side of the N
some isolated hillocks from 30 to 50m high. Rocks, awash at breakwater, with a berthing length of 220m and depths of 9.1m
LW, extend 0.5 mile E from Punta Cantera. alongside, is used occasionally by cruise liners.
6.4Vessels using this berth must moor bow to the S, laying out
6.4 Mar del Plata (38°02'S., 57°32'W.) (World Port In- their starboard anchor.
dex No. 13780) is primarily a resort town, but its port also has a 6.4A stranded wreck lies alongside the NE end of Escollera
cereal and frozen meat export trade and timber is imported. Norte.
The commercial port occupies the SW part of the area; the re- 6.4The Commercial Basin (Ultramar Basin) has a length of
maining area toward the N is reserved for the Argentina Navy 300m along its N face and 470m along its S face. Depths in the
and a fishing fleet center. basin range from 5.5 to 8m.
The Traffic Control and Safety System (CONTRASE) is in
6.4 6.4The coastal basin, used by coasting vessels, lies S of the
effect for Mar del Plata and is mandatory for all foreign ves- Commercial Basin and has depths up to 5.2m.
sels: 6.4The head of the pier, between the coastal basin and commer-
1. When 30 miles off, report the vessel's name, flag, call cial basin, has a length of 178m and a depth of 9m alongside.
sign, length, breadth, draft, speed, port of departure, destina- 6.4The tanker pier, located E of the coastal basin, extends 0.14
tion, and navigational plan, as well as the vessel’s ETA at the mile NNE from the S breakwater and has a depth alongside of
points listed below: 6.7m. A small quay with two dolphins stands just N for the dis-
a. When 3 miles off the end of the S breakwater. charge of butane and propane to tanks inland.
b. At the waiting area. 6.4Aspect.—The port is enclosed by two breakwaters, each
c. Inside the Antepuerto. marked at its end by a light.
2. If anchoring outside the port, report the vessel's name, 6.4A wide and conspicuous hospital surmounted by a cupola
flag, and call sign with the time and location of anchoring. stands near the coast about 3 miles NNW of Cabo Corrientes.
3. When 3 miles off the end of the S breakwater, report 6.4A conspicuous tower, 89m high, stands 1.5 miles S of the
with ETA at destination and ask “canal libre?” (channel hospital.
clear?). 6.4A prominent gray and white building, which attains an eleva-
4. At the waiting area, report with ETA. tion of 116m, stands 0.3 mile SSE of the tower. A conspicuous
5. Inside of the Antepuerto, report “canal liberado” white hotel, situated about 0.7 mile SW of the light on Punta
(channel cleared). Mogotes (see paragraph 6.5), is a good mark for vessels ap-

Pub. 124
204 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro

6.4 Mar del Plata

proaching from the S. 6.4Contact Information.—See the table titled Mar del
Plata—Contact Information.
Mar del Plata—Contact Information 6.4Anchorage.—It is safer to lie outside in 10.9 to 12.8m if
awaiting a berth in the anteport. The best anchorage bears 191°
TC2 Container Terminal on the S breakwater light and 313° on Cape Corrientes Buoy,
Telephone 54-223-489-7400 or even farther out.
6.4The holding ground is good and winds can be ridden out,
Facsimile 54-223-489-7400
even with a swell.
E-mail [email protected] 6.4It has been reported that the continuous SE swell during the
http://www.puertodecontenedoresmardelp- summer months makes anchoring outside the breakwaters very
Web site dangerous.
lata.com
6.4Caution.—Care must be taken to avoid the bank extending
Port Authority 0.2 mile N of the S breakwater light since it is subject to silting.
54-223-480-2041 6.4Due to silting, it has been reported (2007) that vessels should
use the entrance range line, in line bearing 217.5°, as a SW
54-223-480-2095 safety bearing. A semicanal is reported established above the
54-223-480-5261 NW side of the entrance range line, with a minimum depth of
Telephone 9.1m and a bottom width of 70m.
54-223-480-6151 6.4A dangerous wreck is present at the mouth of the protected
54-223-480-6780 harbor basin, between the breakwaters, and sits near the S side
of the channel.
54-223-480-4851 6.4A charted submarine exercise area is reported to be off Mar
Web site http://www.puertomardelplata.com del Plata.
6.4In addition, submarines operate submerged, in depths of 30
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 75m loa
6.4
to 55m, in the area between the latitudes of Querandi Light and
and 4.9m draft. Pilots board 2 miles E of Cape Corrientes. Quequen Light.
Vessels can enter or leave any time day or night. Vessels over 6.4Mariners should proceed with caution on sighting a vessel
2,000 gt must use two tugs. Pilots should be requested through displaying the signal NE2, which indicates the presence of a
the agent 12 hours in advance. submerged submarine, or if an aircraft is observed to dive over
a position near them, which has the same signification.

Pub. 124
 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro 205

A smoke bomb or flare on the surface of the sea indicates

6.4

that a submarine will surface in its vicinity.

Mar del Plata to Puerto Quequen

6.5 Punta Mogotes (38°06'S., 57°33'W.), 1 mile SW of
Punta Cantera, marked by a light 0.5 mile N, is about 34m
high, barren and sandy. The point gets its name from several
sand hills nearby, some of which are peaked and higher than
the others and resemble cornstalks.
Caution.—A dangerous spit of rock and sand, with depths
6.5

of less than 5.5m, extends 2 miles SE of Punta Mogotes.

Banco Pescadores, with a least depth of 3m, is 2.5 miles SE
6.5

of Punta Mogotes; depths less than 11m extend 1 mile farther

SE. The bank is made up of tufa with an obstruction.

6.5 Punta Mogotes Light

6.5 Punta Mogotes

Ensenada Mogotes (38°07'S., 57°35'W.) is entered between

6.5

Punta Mogotes and Punta Martinez de Hoz, 4.5 miles SW.

Close W of Punta Mogotes, the coast is formed by bare and
6.5

shifting sand dunes, but farther W it rises in steep cliffs 20 to

30m high and partly covered with sand. This bay affords a
good anchorage, in depths of 18 to 22m, when the wind is off-
shore and there is little swell.
The cliffs continue, with elevations of about 20m, as far as
6.5

Punta San Andres, 3.5 miles SW of Punta Martinez de Hoz,

where they terminate.
Between Punta San Andres (38°12'S., 57°40'W.) and Punta
6.5

Hermengo, 10 miles WSW, the coast is rugged, sandy and bar-

ren, with a few patches of vegetation; its elevation varies from
6 to 9m, except for some isolated cliffs which are separated by 6.5 Miramar
gaps caused by the mouths of streams.
6.6 Miramar (38°16'S., 57°51'W.) is a seaside resort that
Four miles SW of Punta San Andres, one of these cliffs is
has two jetties; the S jetty, which is the principal jetty, has a
6.5

22m high. This coast is moderately steep-to, with depths of

length of 1,192m and the N jetty has a length of 551m.
9.1m about 0.5 mile offshore.
Between the jetties there is a 195m wide passage with a
Arroyo del Durazno flows into Enseanda de Miramar 1 mile
6.6

100m wide navigable channel.

6.5

NNE of Punta Hermengo.

Pub. 124
206 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro

6.6The depth of the channel is variable, therefore is reported bi- 6.7Vessels over 175m in length must obtain a special permit
weekly in the Argentina Notice to Mariners; advance informa- from the Maritime Prefecture before entering. The maximum
tion is broadcast through the radio notices. vessel length admitted is 230m; vessels over 210m in length
6.6A light, located 0.5 mile N of Punta Hermango, marks the should use the channel in daylight only.
town. A white church steeple rising among the red roofs of the 6.7An underkeel clearance of 0.8m is recommended; this mar-
tower, a water tower, and a concrete tank are conspicuous. gin may be increased, depending on the height of the ground
6.6Anchorage off Miramar has good holding ground of chalk swell.
overlying tufa. 6.7Vessels should not enter or leave the port with a ground swell
6.6Caution is necessary when weighing anchor off this coast be- in excess of 2m.
cause the bottom of hard tufa is full of holes and liable to part 6.7Loaded vessels should not enter the port with a ground swell
the anchor cable. in excess of 1.8m. Vessels should not enter or leave the port
6.6From Punta Hermengo to Quequen, 44 miles WSW, the with wind speeds in excess of 20 knots.
coast is at first backed by cliffs for a distance of about 1 mile, 6.7When within the port, vessels should berth with their bows to
and then by a line of sand dunes which reach elevations of 30 seaward.
to 40m in places. The coastline is broken by the mouths of a 6.7Overhead cables, with a vertical clearance of 41.8m, span the
number of streams and there are occasional patches of bushes, channel 1 mile above the harbor entrance.
but it is uniform and monotonous in appearance and only re- 6.7Vessels cannot enter or sail at night. Two vessels cannot use
lieved by a few farm houses. the entrance channel simultaneously. There are no mooring
6.6At Mar del Sur, 8 miles WSW of Punta Hermengo, there is a buoys inside the breakwater, therefore it is safer for vessels
large and prominent yellow building with a dark-colored roof. waiting for a berth to remain outside.
6.6The sand dunes continue for 10 miles, with elevations of 15 6.7Berths for ocean-going vessels have depths of up to 12m
to 25m, and are followed by a line of sheer cliffs about 5 miles alongside.
long, beyond which there are more sand dunes. 6.7Aspect.—A white grain elevator, over 1 mile NW of the
6.6Medano Miercoles (38°32'S., 58°30'W.), on the coast about head of the S breakwater, gives a good radar response at a dis-
35 miles WSW of Punta Hermengo, is a sand hill, 40m high, in tance of 20 miles. The church towers of Quequen and Necochia
the form of a truncated cone which can easily be identified. lie 1 mile and 2.75 miles NW, respectively, of the S breakwater
From here to the mouth of the Rio Quequen Grande, 11 miles head; both are visible at about 12 miles from seaward.
further WSW, the sand dunes vary in elevation from 20 to 30m. 6.7At night, the first lights to be sighted will be the numerous
They are fronted by a beach consisting of hard tufa. red obstruction lights shown, at elevations of about 40 to 70m,
6.6A shoal, with a depth of 7.3m, is 10 miles ESE of Medano from the grain elevator and the buildings surrounding it.
Miercoles and 4.5 miles offshore. 6.7Range lights lead between the breakwaters through the en-
trance channel.
6.7 Puerto Quequen (38°35'S., 58°42'W.) (World Port 6.7Pilotage.—Pilotage and the use of two tugs are compulsory
Index No. 13790) and the adjacent and larger town of Neco- for vessels over 2,000 gt. The tugs have insufficient power for
chea are on the left and right banks, respectively, of the Rio anything other than work within the port.
Quequen Grande. The main trade of the port is the export of 6.7The pilot boards in position 38°35.7'S, 58°40.0'W, about 2
grain and vegetable oils. miles SE of the head of the S breakwater.
6.7Winds—Weather.—During strong winds from between the 6.7Signals.—Three vertical red lights displayed from the root
SE and SW, breakers form at the entrance and sometimes per- of the N breakwater indicate the port is closed.
sist up to 48 hours after the wind has fallen, making it difficult 6.7Contact Information.—See the table titled Puerto
and at times, impossible to enter. Because of the surge, good Quequen—Contact Information.
fenders, at least 1m thick, are often needed in the port.
6.7Tides—Currents.—The combined effect of the S or SW Puerto Quequen—Contact Information
winds and the greater strength of the E tidal current cause an E
set along the coast. Telephone 54-2262-450-006
6.7Offshore, the currents rarely attain rates of more than 0.5 to 1 E-mail [email protected]
knot; during light winds they are scarcely perceptible, but close
Web site http://www.puertoquequen.com
inshore they are stronger.
6.7In the mouth of the Rio Quequen Grande, the last of the out-
going currents has been observed to attain a rate of up to 2 Anchorage.—The port authorities recommend that vessels
6.7

knots. anchor at least 5 miles offshore and do not deballast while at

6.7Depths—Limitations.—Puerto Quequen is entered through anchor.
a dredged channel about 120m wide. The designed depth of the Caution.—Numerous obstructions exist in an area of foul
6.7

channel is 13.7m in the outer parts, and 13m in the inner parts ground extending up to 3 miles offshore. When entering the
and berthing areas, but local agents should be contacted for lat- port a restricted area of 100m exists centered on position
est information; it is continually being dredged. 38°35.4’S, 58°41.6’W located SW of Escollera Sur Light.
6.7The following limitations are in force regarding the length
and draft of vessels entering the port: Puerto Quequen to El Rincon
1. Length up to 175m—Draft must not exceed 8.2m.
2. Length up to 220m—Draft must not exceed 5.5m. 6.8 From Puerto Quequen to Punta Asuncion (38°57'S.,

Pub. 124
 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro 207

posed of mud, covered with a layer of fine sand. The holding

ground is good everywhere. The nature of the bottom gives lit-
tle indication of a vessel’s position.
6.9Currents are strong and under normal circumstances semi-di-
urnal, but they are much affected by the wind. Within 10 miles
of the shoals, they attain rates of up to 4 knots, and between 10
and 20 miles seaward of the outer limit of the shoals, their rates
are from 1.5 to 2 knots.
6.9Off Punta Asuncion, the N tidal current divides into two
branches, one running W towards Bahia Blanca and the other
running E along the coast. The currents converge from the op-
posite directions during the S current.
6.9On the N shore of El Rincon, from Punta Asuncion to Monte
Hermoso, a rounded hill 35m high, 47 miles W of Punta Asun-
cion, the coast is of the same character as it is E of Punta Asun-
cion.
6.9Recalada Light (39°00'S., 61°16'W.), 28 miles W of Punta
Asuncion, is 67m high and has a radiobeacon and a signal sta-
tion.
6.9Rada de Monte Hermoso (38°59'S., 61°41'W.) lies 20
miles W of Recalada Light.

6.7 Arroyo Claromeco Light

60°39'W.), 94 miles WSW, the coast is formed by monotonous

and featureless sand hills 15 to 24m high and similar to those E
of Puerto Quequen, and is broken by several streams.
6.8Punta Negra (38°38'S., 58°49'W.), 6.5 miles WSW and
Punta Desnudez (38°50'S., 59°46'W.), 53 miles WSW, re-
spectively, from Puerto Quequen are both hard to identify.
6.8Arroyo Claromeco (38°52'S., 60°04'W.), 13 miles W of
Punta Desnudez, is marked by a light 1 mile to the E, which
has a signal station.
6.8Caution.—Unexploded ordnance lies about 11 miles ESE of
the light on Arroyo Claromeco.
6.8Punta Asuncion, 30 miles W of Arroyo Claromeco Light,
rises to a sand hill about 37m high, but it is difficult to identify.
6.8Sierra de la Ventana, 75 miles NW of Punta Asuncion, rises
to an elevation of about 1,240m. Near its summit is a hole re-
sembling a window. When seen from SE, the summit appears
peaked, but from S it appears rather square with a notch in the
middle.

El Rincon 6.9 Recalada Light

6.9 El Rincon is the bight formed by the sudden change in
direction of the coast E and S of the head of Bahia Blanca, 75
Bahia Blanca
miles W of Punta Asuncion. On the N side of this bight, W of 6.10 Bahia Blanca (38°47'S., 62°16'W.), a narrow arm of
Punta Asuncion, shoals, with depths of less than 11m, are up to the sea in the NW part of El Rincon, is entered between Monte
12 miles offshore as far S as the parallel of 39°12'S. Hermoso and Punta Lobos, 17 miles SSW. It extends 40 miles
Inshore, the nature of the bottom is gray and black sand and
6.9

NW and is obstructed by banks and shoals.

shells, with tufa on some of the shoals. Within the bay and in order from seaward are the ports of
6.10

For about 20 miles seaward of the shoals, the bottom is com-

6.9

Puerto Rosales, Puerto Belgrano, and the Puerto Bahia Blanca

Pub. 124
208 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro

Complex, consisting of Puerto Ingeniero White, Puerto Nacio- lo, has depths of about 3.6m, but it is not recommended
nal, and Puerto Galvan. These ports are described in detail be- because it is unmarked and has not been surveyed recently.
ginning in paragraph 6.11. Puerto Cuatereros, further up the Aspect.—Punta Tejada (38°59'S., 61°49'W.), 6 miles W of
channel, was historically a commercially-viable pier, but has Monte Hermoso, is marked by a light.
since been eclipsed by the nearby Puerto Bahia Blanca, and Between Monte Hermoso and the entrance to Puerto Ro-
now exists as a dilapidated dock being used by local fisherman. sales, 18.5 miles W, the shore of Bahia Blanca consists of low
Wind—Weather.—Prevailing winds are from the N, NW, sand hills which are partly covered with bushes and coarse
and W. Annual rainfall averages 558mm, with March having grass.
the highest amount. Fog occurs on an average of 27 times an- Chica Light is 4 miles W of Punta Tejada. Tripode Beacon is
6.10

nually. 6 miles WNW of Punta Tejada. A charted degaussing range is

1.5 miles SW of Tripode Beacon and only Argentine Naval
Tides—Currents.—The flood tidal current runs for 5 hours
vessels may navigate vessels near the buoy marking range.
45 minutes; the ebb current runs for 5 hours 30 minutes. The
Merchant ships must pass SW of the range.
normal rate is less than 2 knots, but this may be increased to 4
Water towers stand 0.6 mile NW and 1.75 miles WNW, re-
6.10

knots by the action of the wind.

spectively, from Tripode Beacon.
The tidal currents set across the outer part of Canal Principal,
Punta Ancla, a poorly-defined point, lies about 3 miles
6.10

6.10

and caution is necessary. In the narrow part of this channel, be-

WNW of Tripode Beacon. Many uncharted beacons used by
tween the two parts of Banco del Este, the tidal currents are
the Argentine Navy are also along this stretch of coast.
very strong, but here and in the inner part of the channel they
The most prominent hummocks W of Punta Hermoso lie 1
6.10

follow the trend of the channel.

mile ENE of Punta Ancla Beacon. There are also some groups
The greatest rates, up to 2.5 knots, are found in the vicinity
of trees, flag staffs, and windmills in this vicinity.
6.10

of Punta Ancla. They occur about 3 hours 30 minutes after HW The S side of the seaward part of Bahia Blanca is formed by
and LW at Puerto Belgrano. Isla Trinidad, which extends 14.5 miles NW from Punta Lobos,
Off Puerto Belgrano, the beginning of the flood current is
and by Isla Bermejo and Islas del Embudo NW of it. These is-
6.10

stronger on the S side of the roadstead, and the beginning of lands are low and subject to inundation, and are difficult to
the ebb current is stronger on the N side. identify from the offshore.
The water level in Bahia Blanca varies frequently from the
Isla Trinidad and Isla Bermejo are separated by Canal Ber-
6.10

6.10

predicted tidal level. In general, strong winds from the WNW

mejo, which is navigable by small craft with local knowledge
through N to NNE lower the water level, while those from the
for a distance of about 20 miles. Isla Bermejo and Islas del Em-
E through S to W raise the level. With gale force winds the lev-
budo are separated by Arroyo Labrode; Canal del Embudo sep-
el may be raised or lowered as much as 1.5m.
arates the latter islands from the mainland.
The full effect may be experienced at any interval up to 5
Recalada Light, Punta Lobos Beacon, and Sierra de la Venta-
6.10

6.10

hours after the start of the gale, the average interval being
na are good marks in clear weather.
about 3 hours.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign-flagged
6.10

Depths—Limitations.—The middle of Bahia Blanca is en-

vessels. Pilots board vessels near Lighted Buoy No. 11, 8.2
cumbered with numerous sand banks, which include Banco del
miles SW of Monte Hermoso, and are available 24 hours.
Norte, Banco Nuevo, and Banco del Medio, lying near the en-
Pilots should be requested at least 8 hours in advance. Re-
6.10

trance to the bay; and Banco Largo, Banco del Oeste, Banco
quests for a pilot should include the vessel's name, nationality
del Sur, Banco del Toro, Banco Redondo, and Banco Cuchillo,
and identification signal, number of passengers and crew, the
lying farther in. These banks are composed of very hard black
type and quantity of cargo, and information regarding the
sand, with fine sand and mud in the channels between them.
health of passengers and crew.
The outer banks have depths of 3 to 5.5m; the inner banks
A vessel requiring a pilot can communicate with the Subpre-
6.10

6.10

dry in patches. The sea sometimes breaks over the edges of

fectura Maritime at one of the above-mentioned ports through
these banks, but at other times there is little indication of them.
Bahia Blanca radio station or by radio with the pilot vessel on-
Canal Principal, the main route into Bahia Blanca, is well-
ly when away from its base. The pilot vessel, an Argentine Na-
6.10

marked and leads from about position 39°24'S, 61°29'W to a val tug based at Puerto Belgrano, does not leave that port
point abeam Buoy No. 12, where it turns NW and becomes Ca- unless a vessel is expected.
nal del Toro, then continuing to about 2 miles W of Puerto Ro-
Regulations.—Vessels drawing over 10.7m should not over-
6.10

sales, where the channel becomes Canal Ingeniero White. The

take or pass other vessels anywhere in the channel. Vessels
controlling depths in Canal Principal and Canal del Toro are
drawing between 9.2 and 10.7m should not overtake other ves-
12.8m, while the controlling depth in Canal Ingeniero White is
sels between Buoy 13 and Buoy 16, or upstream of Buoy 26 in
12.2m.
position 38°53.3'S, 62°10.9'W.
Caution should be exercised as the buoys may be unlit and
6.10

Vessels traveling with the current have the right-of-way over

6.10

out of position.
other vessels; if there is no current, outbound vessels have the
Canal Auxilar, branching N from Canal Principal and pass-
6.10

right-of-way over inbound vessels. Speed in the channel should

ing between Banco del Norte and Banco del Oeste, has a depth
not exceed 12 knots.
of about 3.4m. It is no longer dredged and its use is not recom-
There is a Traffic Control and Safety System (CONTRASE)
6.10

mended except for small shallow-draft vessels.

in place for Bahia Blanca. It is mandatory for all foreign ves-
Canal del Sur, branching W from Canal Principal and pass-
sels. It operates 24 hours on VHF channel 73. The following
6.10

ing SW of Banco del Sur, Banco Redondo, and Banco Cuchil- reporting requirements are in effect:

Pub. 124
 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro 209

1. When approaching Rincon Lighted Buoy on entry, Vessels in quarantine should anchor in the roadstead to the
6.10

vessels must report the following information: W of the Naval Anchorage, or off Punta Pipas Beacon.
a. Vessel name.
b. Flag. Bahia Blanca—Contact Information
c. Call sign.
d. Length. VTS
e. Breadth. VHF VHF channels 12 and 73
f. Draft.
Telephone 54-291-401-9016
g. Speed.
h. Port of departure. E-mail [email protected]
i. Destination.
Web site http://www.puertobahiablanca.com
j. Navigational plan.
k. The ETA at the points listed below in paragraph 2. Esem S.A.
Vessels must also report any later changes to these ETAs. VHF VHF channels 12 and 16
2. Vessels report their ETA at their destination when
reaching the following locations: 54-291-457-1334
a. Rincon Lighted Buoy Telephone
54-291-457-0114
b. Lighted Buoy No. 4.
c. Lighted Buoy No. 11. E-mail [email protected]
d. Lighted Buoy No. 17. http://www.esempilots.com/puerto-
e. Lighted Buoy No. 22. Web site
bahia-blanca-eng.html
f. Lighted Buoy No. 25.
g. Beacon No. 2 (Canal Ingeniero White). Donmar S.A.
h. The roadstead (departing vessels may omit the road- VHF VHF channels 12 and 16
stead report).
3. Before shifting anchorage, berth, or moving within 54-291-457-0342
Telephone
the port, vessels must obtain permission, stating the vessel's 54-291-457-0353
name, flag, call sign, and destination. Permission normally
E-mail [email protected]
remains valid for 15 minutes.
4. Before casting off on leaving port, vessels must obtain Web site http://www.serviciosmaritimos.com
permission, stating the vessel's name, flag, call sign, length, Port
breadth, draft, speed, destination, course, type of cargo, and
whether there is a doctor on board. Permission normally re- Telephone 54-291-401-9000
mains valid for 15 minutes. Facsimile 54-291-401-9006
5. If anchoring outside the port, report the vessel's name,
flag, and call sign with the time and location of anchoring. E-mail [email protected]
Contact Information.—For detailed contact information on
6.10
Web site http://www.puertobahiablanca.com
Bahia Blanca, see the table titled Bahia Blanca—Contact In-
formation. Container Terminal
Anchorage.—There are numerous and successive
6.10
54-291-457-1543 (Administration)
anchorages in the approach channel to Puerto Bahia Blanca. Telephone
54-291-457-1506 (Operations)
They can best be viewed on the chart. Specific anchorage
information and regulations can be found in the table titled Web site http://www.patagonia-norte.com.ar
Bahia Blanca—Anchorages.

Bahia Blanca—Anchorages
Anchorage Depths Remarks
Reserved for vessels with drafts greater than 10m awaiting departure.
A 6-17m
Foul ground is present in the anchorage.
6.10

Reserved for vessels with drafts greater than10m awaiting departure.

B 4-18m
an obstruction is present in the SE of the anchorage.
6.10

N and S limits of the anchorage are marked by lighted buoys. Foul

C 10-21m ground is present in the anchorage. A dangerous wreck between
Anchorages C and D is marked by a lighted buoy.
Reserved for loaded oil tankers with drafts greater than10m, waiting to
D 11-16m berth and vessels with drafts greater than 10m unable to cross Canal
del Toro in foul weather. Foul ground is present in the anchorage.

Pub. 124
210 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro

Bahia Blanca—Anchorages
Anchorage Depths Remarks
E 12-19m Foul ground is present in the anchorage.

Rada de Puerto Belgrano, the roadstead NW of the merchant

6.10 6.12 Puerto Belgrano (38°53'S., 62°06'W.) (World Port
ships anchorage and to the S of the port of that name, is Index No. 13810) is primarily an Argentine Naval Base, but the
reserved for the use of the Argentine Navy. drydocks can be used by merchant vessels.
Vessels proceeding only to Puerto Rosales or Puerto Belgra-
6.10 The largest drydock is 234m long, 34.2m wide, and 13.1m
6.12

no, or in cases of emergency, may anchor in a position 1.5 deep. The Argentine Hydrographic Department is located here.
miles SSE of Punta Ciguena, provided notice is given by radio Depths—Limitations.—The port is approached through a
6.12

and by flag signals of their name, nationality, destination, and channel 0.8 mile WNW of Puerto Rosales Light. The minimum
port of departure. width of the channel at its inner end is 75m. Significant shoal-
A prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the chart,
6.10 ing has been reported in the channel. Mariners are advised to
extends ESE about 9 miles from the vicinity of Punta Tejada. use caution and consult with local authorities.
The coast between Chica Light and Punta Ciguena and be-
6.10 The basin between Muelle B and Muelle C has depths of 3.7
6.12

tween Puerto Rosales and a point 7.25 miles NW is a military to 7m alongside its quays. The inner basin, enclosed by Muelle
area and landing on this stretch of coast is prohibited. A and Muelle B, has depths of 5.8 to 9.4m, except along the
Directions.—If approaching from the E, steer for the
6.10 quay at its SE corner, where there are depths alongside of only
entrance of the buoyed Canal Principal. 2.4 to 4.6m.
Sound continuously and do not proceed into depths of less
6.10 Aspect.—A signal station, a large building with a clock tow-
6.12

than 18m, as the shoals and banks are extensive and steep-to, er and flag staff on a hillock on the E side of the port, is a
the tidal currents are sometimes strong and affected by the prominent landmark visible at 15 miles in clear weather.
wind, and the coast is low. It is reported (2013) the capsized wreck of a warship lies
6.12

If bound from the S, make a landfall between Recalada Light

6.10 alongside in the harbor.
and Monte Hermoso Beacon, thereby sighting the buoy mark- Pilotage.—Pilotage, which is compulsory, is by military pi-
6.12

ing the Canal Principal entrance. lots who take over from civilian pilots at Lighted Buoy No. 21.
The best times for entering is the beginning of the flood cur-
6.10
Signals.—Day signals, indicating the movement of shipping,
6.12

rent, because the edges of the banks are then most clearly dis- are displayed from a mast with a yard, situated on the head of
tinguished. Muelle C are listed in the table titled Puerto Belgrano—Day
By following the track indicated on the chart and being
6.10
Signals.
guided by the lighted buoys, no great difficulty should be
experienced. It should be observed that SE winds cause a Puerto Belgrano—Day Signals
heavy sea. At such times or during fog or poor visibility, either
Signal Meaning
anchor or stand off.
Caution.—Silting is common in the delta-like bay due to the
6.10
Black flag at W yardarm Vessel in sight.
numerous tributaries that feed into it. Depths may be shallower Flag “L” at the dip, at W yardarm Vessel entering.
than charted. Mariners are advised to navigate with caution and
request the latest depth information from the local authorities. Flag “K” at the dip, at W yardarm Vessel leaving.
Caution should be exercised to avoid anchoring or navigat-
6.10
Red flag at the dip, at W yardarm Entry prohibited.
ing in the area W of Anchorage Zone C during an artillery
practice in the Rada De Monte Hermoso area; dates and time of Vessel is in need of
Red flag at E yardarm
such exercises are promulgated Argentine Coast Guard. assistance.
A seaplane harbor, enclosed by breakwaters, is close N of
6.10
Black flag at the dip, at E
the Puerto Belgrano dockyard. An area reserved for the use of Departure prohibited.
yardarm
seaplanes landing or maneuvering extends 1.75 miles offshore
and 2.5 miles NNW of the dockyard. Passage through the area
Night signals shown from the signal station are listed in the
6.12

is prohibited without the permission of the Officer Command-

table titled Puerto Belgrano—Night Signals.
ing the Fleet Airbase through the Servicio de Puerto.

6.11 Puerto Rosales (38°55'S., 62°04'W.) (World Port In- Puerto Belgrano—Night Signals
dex No. 13800), a former grain port no longer used as such, is Signal Meaning
being converted into a fishing port which will have depths of
One intense green light Entry prohibited.
6.1m alongside.
Oiltanking Ebytem SA (38°57'S., 62°02'W.) consists of an Two intense lights, vertical-
SBM in about 18m of water with an associated submarine ly disposed, white over Departure prohibited.
pipeline and is located 1.25 miles SE of the head of the Puerto green
Rosales breakwater.
Two intense green lights, Entry and departure prohib-
vertically disposed ited.

Pub. 124
 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro 211

Regulations.—Except by special authority, large vessels are

6.12 described in the following paragraphs.
not allowed to enter at night. All vessels entering or leaving This inner group of ports is approached through Canal Inge-
6.13

must, when abreast of Puerto Belgrano, display their numbers niero White, a continuation of Canal Principal, a marked chan-
by the International Code of Signals. nel dredged to 10m.
The following signals are displayed at the Fleet Air base flag
6.12 Rada Ingeniero White is the part of the fairway between the
6.13

staff when aircraft are operating: mouth of Arroya Naposta (38°47'S., 62°14'W.) and the wharf
1. By day—Two “Y” flags. at Puerto Galvan. It is dredged to a depth of 12m.
2. By night—Vertical red, white, red lights. Tidal currents in Canal Ingeniero White have rates of 1 to 3
6.13

knots and follow the trend of the channel.

Puerto Bahia Blanca Complex Depths—Limitations.—For berthing information see the
6.13

table titled Bahia Blanca Complex—Berth Information.

6.13 The inner group of ports in Bahia Blanca is made up Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for foreign flagged
6.13

of Puerto Ingeniero White, Puerto National, and Puerto Gal- vessels. For detailed pilot information, see Pilotage under
van, all on the N side of the channel between 10 to 12 miles paragraph 6.10, Bahia Blanca.
NW of Puerto Belgrano. Each of these ports are specifically

Bahia Blanca Complex—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Size Beam
Glencore/Oleaginosa Moreno Hermanos
No. 1 150m 6.5m 24m 190 dwt 10.0m Fishing vessels.
Vegetable oils, grain, multipurpose, and bunkers.
Nos. 2/3 200m 12.2m 236m 87,376 dwt 36.0m
Berthing length of 270m (including dolphins).
No. 4 69m 7.6m 229m 92,700 dwt 38.0 Breakbulk.
Louis Dreyfus Terminal
General cargo. Berthing length of 300m (including
Dreyfus Pier — 13.9m 270m 92,776 dwt 38.0m
dolphins).
Puerto Galvan
Grain, container, and breakbulk. Berthing length of
No. 5 212m 8.9m 230m 75,279 dwt 36.0m
252m (including dolphins).
No. 6 120m 8.4m 230m — — Grain, container, and breakbulk.
Compania Mega Terminal
Tango FLNG 270m 13.7m 284m 77,822 dwt 43.0m LNG and bunkers.
Flammables Terminal
Aviation fuel, chemicals, clean products, crude, dirty
No. 1 137m 12.7m 250m 72,829 dwt 32.0m products, and bunkers. Berthing length of 372m (in-
cluding dolphins).
Chemicals, clean products, dirty products, and LPG.
No. 2 137m 12.5m 250m 54,901 dwt 36.0m
Berthing length of 368m (including dolphins).
Dirty products. Berthing length of 290m (including
No. 3 — 12.9m 200m 54,418 dwt 32.0m
dolphins).
ADM Agro Terminal
Chemicals, CPP, Crude, DPP, grain, and breakbulk.
Piedra Buena 200m 13.4m 228m 74,996 dwt 38.0m
Berthing length of 320m (including dolphins).
ADM Agro
147m 14m 229m 93,353 dwt 38.0m Grain. Berthing length of 282m (including dolphins).
Dock
Terminal Puerto Bahia Blanca
Nos. 05/06 330m 8.9m 245m 42,469 dwt 32.0m Grain.
Nos. 07/08 330m 7.3m 200m — — Closed. Grain.

Pub. 124
212 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro

Bahia Blanca Complex—Berth Information

Maximum Vessel
Berth Length Depth Remarks
LOA Size Beam
No. 09 156m 15.4m 250m 95,308 dwt 38.0m Grain. Berthing length of 225m (including dolphins).
Wood chips, containers, breakbulk, and reefer.
No. 21 270m 14.2m 229m 81,541 dwt 37.0m
Berthing length of 325m (including dolphins).
Cargill SACI Terminal
Vegetable oils, grain, and multipurpose. Berthing
Cargill Pier — 13.7m 250m 98,697 dwt 38.0m
length of 280m (including dolphins).
Profertil S.A.
Chemicals, fertilizer, and multipurpose. Berthing
Profertil Pier 200m 14.2m 235m 51,371 dwt 32.0m
length of 274 (including dolphins).
Minister Carranza
17 130m 6.4m — — —
Containers, project/heavy, fishing, and breakbulk.
18 130m 7.3m — — —
Continuous berthing length of 450m.
19 190m 7.3m — — —
Containers, project/heavy cargo, fishing vessels, and
20 210m 7.3m — — —
breakbulk.
Compania Mega Terminal
CPP, LNG, LPG. Maximum vessel draft of 13.7m.
Mega Jetty 36m 14.5m 299m 93,152 dwt 52.0m Gas capacity of 176,707m3. Berthing length of 270m
(including dolphins).
Compania Mega Terminal
Aviation fuel, CPP, DPP, and crude. Gas capacity of
No. 01 137m 12.7m 250m 72,829 dwt 32.0m 40,690m3. Berthing length of 372m (including
dolphins).
Chemicals, CPP, DPP, and LNG. Gas capacity of
No. 02 137m 12.5m 250m 54,901 dwt 36.0m 48,425m3. Berthing length of 368m (including
dolphins).
Chemicals, CPP, and DPP. Gas capacity of
No. 03 — 12.9m 200m 51,418 dwt 32.0m 32,105m3. Berthing length of 290m (including
dolphins).
Oiltanking Terminal
Punta Ancla — 13.7m 228m 69,950 dwt 32.0m CPP and crude. Maximum vessel draft of 11.4m.
Punta Ciguena — 13.7m 229m 74,999 dwt 40.0m CPP and crude. Maximum vessel draft of 12.2m.

Regulations.—Vessels should send ETA 5 days in advance

6.13 A foul area extends 0.25 mile SE. It has been reported that
6.14

at Lighted Buoy No. 11, with a confirmation sent 24 hours Muelle de Hierro has been removed and the area dredged to
prior to arrival. Additional regulations can be found under 10m.
paragraph 6.10. Terminal Bahia Blanca and Muelle de Servicios, each with
6.14

Contact Information.—See paragraph 6.10.

6.13 four berths for ocean-going vessels, project SSE from the
Anchorage.—See paragraph 6.10.
6.13 shore; both piers are equipped for loading grain. The two
Caution.—See paragraph 6.10.
6.13 berths at the E face have silted up and are no longer in use.
Muelle Piedra Buena, a tanker pier, has a face 260m long and
6.14

6.14 Puerto Ingeniero White (38°48'S., 62°16'W.) depths alongside of 12.2m.

(World Port Index No. 13820) is an important grain-exporting
port, but also has facilities for handling general cargo. It can 6.15 Puerto Nacional (38°48'S., 62°17'W.) (World Port
handle vessels up to 13.7m draft when dredged, but may silt. Index No. 13830), which is state-owned, is close W of Puerto

Pub. 124
 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro 213

Bahia Blanca Complex—Puerto Ingeniero White

Bahia Blanca Complex—Puerto Galvan

Ingeniero White and used mainly for the export of fruit. The 6.16 Puerto Galvan (38°47'S., 62°18'W.) (World Port In-
port consists of a basin with about 600m of quayage, having dex No. 13840), mainly used for the import of oil, also handles
depths alongside up to 7.3m. Services are much the same as at grain and lies 1.5 miles W of Puerto Ingeniero White.
Puerto Ingeniero White as described in paragraph 6.14. The main wharf, an irregularly-shaped structure which proj-
6.16

A newer port area on reclaimed land between Puerto Nacion-

6.15 ects 0.7 mile SSE from the shore, has nine berths. The outer
al and Puerto Galvan has three berths with depths alongside of berths, numbered 2 through 6, have depths alongside of 3.4 to
13.7m. These newer terminals are described in the Berth Infor- 6.3m, but the inner berths have less water.
mation tables below. Two T-shaped tanker piers project SW from the root of the
6.16

Pub. 124
214 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro

main pier and consist of three berths. These berths were cal knowledge is essential for entering it because no landmarks
dredged to a depth of 12m, but were reported more recently to are visible until a vessel is within the banks which encumber
have a depths of 8.8m alongside. Mariners should request the the entrance.
latest depths from the port authority. Bahia Verde, entered between the bank extending E from Is-
6.17

Lights are shown from each end of the pier.

6.16 la Ariadna and the NE extremity of Peninsula Verde, extends
Ciudad de Bahia Blanca (38°44'S., 62°16'W.) is inland, 3
6.16 10 miles WNW.
miles N of Puerto Ingeniero White. It is the most important Ar- Local knowledge is essential because the entrance is encum-
6.17

gentine city S of Buenos Aires. bered by banks.

Bancos Lobos, with depths of less than 5.5m, extend 8 miles
6.17

Bahia Blanca to the Rio Negro SSE from Punta Lobos. Depths are very irregular and they dry
in parts.
6.17 Costa Laberinto lies SW of Isla Trinidad and extends Bancos La Paz, with depths of 1.2 to 5.5m, are from 6 to 13
6.17

to Punta Laberinto, 15 miles SSW of Punta Lobos (39°14'S., miles S of Punta Lobos. Because the coast of Peninsula Verde
61°52'W.). It includes Bahia Falsa, Bahia Verde, Peninsula is visible from the vicinity of these banks, they are more easily
Verde, Celeta Brightman, and various islands. It is fringed to a avoided than Bancos Lobos.
distance of 7 miles by numerous banks and shoals which are The E sides of all the above banks are shelving and their W
6.17

intersected by navigable channels. sides are steep-to.

Bajos del Laberinto, which dry in places, are between the E
6.17

ends of Bahia Falsa and Peninsula Verde, obstructing the en-

trance to Bahia Verde; they extend 6 miles ESE from Isla Ari-
adna (39°15'S., 62°01'W.).
There are two channels into Bahia Falsa. Canal del Este, be-
tween Bancos Lobos and Bancos La Paz, has a least depth of
about 3.6m in the fairway.
Canal Patagonia, which is 1 mile wide, leads W of Bancos
6.17

La Paz and Bancos Lobos and E of Bancos Patagonia, which

fringe the coast of Peninsula Verde. It has a least depth of 9.8m
in the fairway in the S part, and of about 5m at its N end, where
it turns E into Canal del Este, 6 miles NE of El Rincon Light.
The entrance to Bahia Falsa is narrowed by a shoal, with a
6.17

least depth of 0.6m, which forms the NW end of Bancos Lo-

bos.
This passage is about 0.5 mile wide, with depths from 4.9 to
6.17

5.2m. A buoy marks the channel 1.75 miles WSW of Punta Lo-
bos.

6.18 Caleta Brightman (39°26'S., 62°02'W.), an inlet be-

tween the S end of Peninsula Verde and Punta Laberinto, has a
narrow channel with depths of 3m, but should only be entered
with local knowledge.
Currents run parallel with the coast outside the entrance.
6.18

Within the inlet, they attain rates of 4 to 5 knots. The water lev-
el is much affected by SE and NW winds.
If approaching this inlet, do not proceed N of 39°30'S, as the
6.18

dangerous banks are N of that parallel, while the coast to the S

is clear of dangers.
6.17 Punta Lobos Light Anchorage may be obtained, in a depth of 6m, about 1 mile
6.18

NNE of Punta Laberinto.

Navigation precautions and tidal currents in this area have
6.17
Vessels can also anchor near the SW coast of Peninsula
6.18

been discussed previously under Bahia Blanca in paragraph Verde, in a depth of 10m, soft sandy mud.
6.10. From Punta Laberinto to the mouth of the S and main branch
El Rincon Light (39°24'S., 62°01'W.), 62m high and
6.17
of the Rio Colorado, 25 miles S, the W coast of El Rincon con-
equipped with a radiobeacon, is on the E end of Peninsula sists of a low sandy beach, backed by a chain of sand hills, 9 to
Verde, 11 miles S of Punta Lobos. 12m high, which end at this river mouth.
Bahia Falsa separates Isla Trinidad from Isla Ariadna and Is-
6.17
The Rio Colorado flows into the sea by two branches which
6.18

la Wood, which lie SW. It is entered between Punta Lobos and divide 18 miles inland. The mouth of the N branch is located
the bank extending E from Isla Ariadna, 5 miles S, and extends 10 miles S of Punta Laberinto.
15 miles NNW. This inlet affords excellent anchorage, with A bank of sand and mud dries up to 1 mile off this shore and
6.18

protection from all except SE winds, which raise a sea, but lo- the depths of it decrease gradually; the sea breaks on it heavily,
making landing difficult.

Pub. 124
 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro 215

Bahia Anegada, between Isla Margarita (39°52'S.,

6.18

62°07'W.) and Punta Rubia, 50 miles to the S, is filled mostly

by drying banks with channels and inlets in between which are
navigable only by small craft with local knowledge. There are
many low islands and islets in the bay, all with the same ap-
pearance.

6.19 Bahia Union (39°58'S., 62°08'W.), in the N part of

Bahia Anegada, is entered through the banks 15 miles SSE of
Isla Margarita. The entrance is 0.7 mile wide with 4.6m over
the bar. Bahia Union affords good anchorage with complete
protection once inside for vessels drawing up to 6m and is the
base of a fishing fleet.
At the entrance of Bahia Union, the flood current runs N
6.19

across the banks at about 2 knots, and the ebb currents at first
run directly out of the inlet at about 2.5 to 3 knots and then turn
S as it clears Banco Perro.
Winds from N decrease the rate of the flood currents and in-
6.19

crease the rate of the ebb currents. South winds have the oppo-
site effect.
Islote Morro Indio, N of Bahia Union Inlet, is 6m high and
6.19

easily identified because the land in the vicinity is barely above

sea level at HW. Three sand hills 2 miles NNW of Islote Morro
Indio are good landmarks.
Directions.—If bound into Bahia Union, make for the land
6.19

in the vicinity of Isla Margarita, where there are no off-lying

dangers and soundings will give a good indication of the dis-
tance offshore. The beacon on Isla Margarita and the three sand
hills mentioned above are all good marks, but because the tidal
currents sometimes set across the channel, do not attempt to
enter the channel without local knowledge.
Anchorage may be obtained with Islote Morro Indio bearing
6.19
6.19 Segunda Barranca Light
347°, distant 0.75 miles, in a depth of 7.3m, mud and pebbles.
Sandy banks and shoals extend up to 15 miles seaward of the rents in the channels between them.
islands in Bahia Anegada. Some of them dry as much as about Inside the entrance there is a sheltered harbor for small ves-
6.20

2.4m. sels able to enter. The tower of a church, 12m high, is promi-
At HW, very little dry land can be distinguished from sea-
6.19
nent.
ward of these dangers. They should be given a wide berth, es- From the entrance to Bahia San Blas to Punta Rasa
6.20

pecially by ships bound N, because the N tidal current sets NW (40°52'S., 62°18'W.), 18 miles SSW, the coast consists of a
towards them at rates of 1 to 3 knots. narrow sandy beach, backed by low and uniform sand hills,
The shoals are formed in ridges, lying parallel with the coast,
6.19
with sparse vegetation consisting of coarse grass and a few
with depths of 2.7 to 11m; depths of 14.6 to 22m lie between bushes.
the ridges. In calm weather, in addition to soundings, the only The only prominent feature is Cerro de la Torre, a conical
6.20

indications of these shoals are a slight rippling or an unusual sand hill near Punta Rubia. Segunda Barranca Light, nearly
smoothness and some difference in the color of the water. midway between it and Punta Rasa, is difficult to distinguish.
When there is much swell, the sea breaks over nearly all these Segunda Barranca Light (40°47'S., 62°16'W.) is 34m high.
6.20

shoals, even those with as much as 7 or 9m. A radiobeacon is at the light.

Currents off the above-mentioned dangers run NNW and
6.19
A bank of tufa, with irregular depths of less than 5.5m, ex-
6.20

SSE at rates of 1 to 2 knots; over the dangers, they run NW and tends up to 1.5 miles off the coast between Segunda Barranca
SE at the same rates. Between the dangers, the current follow Light and Punta Rasa. In calm weather, its edge is marked by
the directions of the channels and the rates increase from 1.5 to tide rips.
3 knots. Anchorage, sheltered from offshore winds, may be obtained
6.20

Winds from between the SE and SW raise the water level

6.19
3 miles NE of Segunda Barranca Light.
and increase the rate and duration of the N current. Winds from
between the NW and N have the opposite effect. 6.21 Punta Rasa (40°52'S., 62°18'W.) rises to a rounded
sandy hillock, 8m high. In its vicinity are sand hills, which
6.20 Puerto San Blas (40°34'S., 62°14'W.) (World Port change shape under the influence of strong winds.
Index No. 13860) is a small fishing village on Bahia San Blas From Punta Rasa, the coast trends WSW for 21 miles to Bar-
6.21

at the S end of Bahia Anegada. The entrance to the bay and ranca Norte, and is visible about 11 miles offshore in clear
port is almost closed by extensive banks which cause tidal cur- weather. It is of uniform aspect and formed by shifting sand

Pub. 124
216 Sector 6. Coast of Argentina—Cabo San Antonio to the Rio Negro

dunes covered with vegetation. far as Puerto Carmen de Patagones, a fishing port, 17 miles
Barranca Norte (41°01'S., 62°41'W.), about 20m high, is
6.21 above its mouth. Above this port, the depths become irregular
prominent from the E, but is difficult to identify from any other and the river is navigable only by boats. The tides are felt about
direction because it is seen against a background of mountains. 25 miles above the port.
There are no known dangers off this part of the coast and
6.21 The mouth of the river is easily identified by Barranca Norte
6.22

vessels can anchor anywhere off it. and Barranca Sur. Its banks are from 9 to 15m high. During
From Barranca Norte to Punta Redonda, the E entrance point
6.21 floods, discolored water extends as much as 8 miles offshore in
of the Rio Negro, 7 miles WSW, the coastal sand dunes are the vicinity of the river mouth.
bare and become lower.
6.23 Punta Redonda (41°02'S., 62°46'W.) rises to a coni-
cal sand hill, 8m high, which appears from the E to have three
summits partly covered with vegetation. About 0.5 mile NW of
it, the sand hills are about 15m high.
Punta Medano, the SW entrance point of the river, lies al-
6.23

most 1.5 miles WNW of Punta Redonda and is bare and sandy.
It is inundated during floods, when the entrance appears three
times its normal width. The point is steep-to on its NE side.
Rio Negro Light, 16m high, is 2.75 miles SW of Punta Med-
6.23

ano.
Banks, which dry in parts, extend up to 1.75 miles off the
6.23

coast E of Punta Redonda and join the SE end of Banco Mi-

guel, a drying bank forming a bar across the mouth of the Rio
Negro. These banks, composed of fine sand and shells, are con-
tinually changing. Their edges are nearly always indicated by
broken water.
The bar can be crossed by vessels drawing less than 2.4m at
6.23

HWS. A vessel entering with a greater draft is liable to be de-

tained in the river for several weeks before being able to re-
cross the bar.
The bar is dangerous during onshore winds, which when
6.23

strong, may make passage over it impossible. With any swell,

there are breakers over the whole of it and in the channel with-
in. Smooth water is rare on this exposed coast. A shoal, com-
posed of tufa with depths of less than 5.5m, extends up to 1.5
miles offshore, 3 miles SW of Rio Negro Light.
Less water than charted was reported in the approaches to
6.23

the Rio Negro.

There are depths of about 13m about 5 miles S of Rio Negro
6.23

Light.
6.21 Rio Negro Light Pilotage.—No pilots were reported available.
6.23

Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained with Rio Negro

6.23

Between Punta Rubia (40°44'S., 62°14'W.) and Bahia Ro-

6.21 Light bearing 310°, distant 2.5 miles, in 14m, fine sand.
sas (41°09'S., 63°23'W.), 60 miles to the WSW, currents run While this is a good anchorage with winds from the W to N,
6.23

parallel with the coast. They attain rates of 1 to 3 knots be- it should be vacated as soon as the winds threaten to blow
tween Punta Rubia and Punta Rasa. These currents area affect- strongly from E or S.
ed in strength, and to a certain extent in direction, by strong No attempt should be made to anchor in depths of less than
6.23

winds. 9m, or with the light bearing more than 000°, because the bot-
Heavy overfalls, which can be dangerous to small craft, are
6.21 tom is tufa and is poor holding ground. Winds from the S raise
likely to be encountered near the coast between Punta Rasa and the sea and cause a NE current.
the mouth of the Rio Negro, when the current sets against the An obstruction, consisting of a lost anchor and cable, lies
6.23

wind at a certain angle. about 0.5 mile NNW of this anchorage.

Puerto Carmen de Patagones (40°48'S., 62°59'W.) (World
6.23

6.22 The Rio Negro (41°02'S., 62°47'W.), entered be- Port Index No. 13870) is used almost entirely by fishing craft
tween Punta Redonda and Punta Medano 1.25 miles WNW, is and other small vessels with local knowledge. There is a hospi-
navigable by vessels of shallow draft with local knowledge as tal in the town.

Pub. 124
 217
7. genes
Sector 7—Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Vir-

7.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 7 — CHART INFORMATION

Pub. 124
 219

SECTOR 7
COAST OF ARGENTINA—THE RIO NEGRO TO CABO VIRGENES

Plan.—This sector describes the coast of Argentina from the

7.0 occur in January and July, though sometimes June or August
Rio Negro S to Cabo Virgenes. has as low an average as July. Along the continental strip the
January temperatures show a range from 2°C at Puerto Belgra-
General Remarks no to 13°C at Puerto Gallegos, 11°C at Punta Arenas in the
strait, and 8°C at Isla Ano Nuevo.
7.1 Winds—Weather.—Between 50°W and the coast 7.1The winter means range from 8°C at Puerto Belgrano in June
there is a decrease in the W prevalence. Wind in the 5° ocean and July to 1°C at Puerto Gallegos in the same months.
square adjoining Argentina the annual winds are of almost 7.1At Carmen de Patagones and San Martin, the highest and
equal frequency from the 8 principal compass points, except lowest monthly means show a decided difference for stations
the N and NW directions which are slightly most predominant. that are only about 2° in latitude apart. The January mean at
7.1South of the 40th parallel to latitude 0°, some 60 to 70 per Carmine de Pathogens is 23°C and 15°C at San Martin while
cent of the winds have a W component, while 10 to 15 per cent the June and July mean at the two stations is 8°C and 1°C, re-
or more of the remaining winds are from the N, and 6 to 10 per spectively.
cent or more from the S. 7.1Extreme temperatures of 38°C or higher occur in summer at
7.1South of the Rio Negro valley, the prevailing wind circula- most points along the N and middle coastlines of Argentina; as
tion on the coast is W, but there, as over the neighboring sea, far S as Deseado, a maximum of 39°C has been recorded in
the winds may blow from any point between SW and NW. At January.
the E entrance of the Estrecho de Magallanes, W is the most
frequent direction, but it changes more to NW late in winter. Golfo San Matias
7.1Southwest winds tend to bring fair and NW winds, cloudy
weather, with snow or rain. Summer is the stormiest season of 7.2 Golfo San Matias (41°30'S., 64°00'W.), about 64
the year, as it is at some other high latitude points. For exam- miles wide between Bermeja, 15 miles WSW of the mouth of
ple, at Port Gallegos, N of the Strait, and at Port Madryn, much the Rio Negro, and Punta Norte, recedes more than 80 miles
farther N, the worst weather is that of summer, with heavy and is very deep in its S and W parts. A heavy sea is quickly
gales of greater frequency and duration than even in the middle raised in the gulf by winds from any direction.
of winter. Shallows, quite often can be located by their distinctive color
7.2

7.1A vessel S of latitude 40°S should keep a good lookout for contrast to the usual sea blue characteristics in this gulf.
icebergs and loose ice. The mean ice limit for this region trends Tides—Currents.—Vessels proceeding across the entrance
7.2

NE from Cabo De Hornos, through latitude 50°S, longitude of Golfo San Matias may experience tidal currents setting them
52°W, as far as latitude 40°S, longitude 35°W. towards or away from the shore. Great caution is necessary.
7.1However, in the spring, icebergs are met, NW of this limit, as The tidal current comes up the coast from the S and rounds
7.2

far as latitude 45°S, longitude 60°W. Peninsula Valdes, resulting in a current which has a velocity of
7.1Numerous icebergs and extensive ice fields have been seen, 2 to 4 knots. At Punta Norte, the current causes violent and
at different times, in the space SE of the above limit. dangerous overfalls.
7.1The part of the ocean lying within the belt of W winds, as in The current divides here, with one branch heading WSW and
7.2

all similar latitudes, is one of much storminess. the other branch continuing to the NNW.
7.1This is a region of passing cyclones, and it lies along the ex- On the S side of the gulf the current divides into two branch-
7.2

tensive slope of pressure that normally falls toward the pole; es. One enters Golfo San Jose with velocities of up to 8 knots
both of these circumstances contribute to the probabilities of between the entrance points; the other sets along the shore with
high wind occurrence. a velocity of 3 knots.
7.1Along the stretch of coast lying between the S valley of the The current which sets N along the W shore of the bay di-
7.2

Rio de la Plata and the tip of Tierra del Fuego there is a 20° minishes in velocity until in the vicinity of Puerto San Antonio,
range in mean annual temperature, or from 16°C at Buenos Ai- when it increases in strength and attains a velocity of 3 knots.
res to 5°C at Isla Ano Nuevo. The current which sets NNW from Punta Norte sets toward
7.2

7.1The temperature change, however, between these points is the N shore of the bay with variable velocities of 1.5 to 2 knots,
far from constant. From Buenos Aires to Mar del Plata there is and in front of Bahia Rosas it branches to the E and W and fol-
a drop to 13°C. There is a rise to 16°C at Puerto Belgrano (Ba- lows the shore in both cases. Tide rips indicate the position
hia Blanca) and Patagones. There is then a rapid fall to 8°C at where the current separates and usually extends about 2 miles
San Martin, approximately at 43°S latitude. from the coast in a N and S direction.
7.1Near 48°S latitude, at Deseado, below the projection of Cabo The ebb current runs contrary to the flood with about the
7.2

Blanco, there is another local rise to 10°C. same velocity.

7.1At Punta Arenas, in the Estrecho De Magallanes, the mean At the center of the gulf the current is 2 to 3 knots, heading
7.2

falls to 7°C. NW on the flood and ESE on the ebb.

7.1The highest and lowest monthly mean temperatures usually Caution.—An anchorage area is located off the SW shore of
7.2

Pub. 124
220 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes

the gulf in the vicinity of position 42°00'S, 65°00'W. It is used trance point to the port. Banco Palisa, which dries up to 1.5m
by VLCC-type vessels for lightering operations. in places, lies in the entrance between the S extremities of Ban-
cos Lobos and Reparo.
7.3 Punta Bermeja (41°09'S., 63°04'W.) is an excellent 7.4The pier is built on the S side of the entrance, about 1.7 miles
point to make when approaching the Rio Negro, Puerto San ENE of Punta Villarino. The pier is L-shaped and extends NW
Blas, Golfo San Jose, or Puerto San Antonio from the S. The from the shore. The outer mooring face is 200m long, with
land is about 61m high in the vicinity of the point. A 15.2m depths alongside of 12.2m. Vessels up to 170m in length can be
shoal has been reported about 4.7 miles from Bermeja Point, accommodated. The inner face is 190m long, with depths
bearing 229°; breakers extending perpendicularly to the coast alongside of 12.2m. A floating pontoon with four berths and
have been observed. depths of 7.3 to 10m alongside extends from the pier. All the
Near the head are hummocks and irregular hills nearly cov-
7.3 berths on this pontoon can accommodate vessels up to 75m in
ered with vegetation. At the NE part of these are two very length. Lights are shown from the end of the pier and from the
small peaks, which show distinctly when seen from the E. elbow of the pier.
They stand nearly over two peculiar cliffs, which so resem-
7.3 7.4Aspect.—Punta Villarino is about 34m in height and is easi-
ble the Dos Hermanas, located to the W of Punta Bermeja that ly recognized by its bare sand dunes, which are higher than the
they are known as Falsas Hermanas. rest of the peninsula of which the point is a part.
Promontorio Belen (41°09'S., 63°51'W.) lies about 36
7.3 7.4Cerro Direccion, with three small hummocks close together
miles W of Punta Bermeja. Sand hills extend W from Punta on its summit, and Cerro Fuerte Argentino, 94m high, gray,
Bermeja to Promontorio Belem, attaining elevations from 70 to and resembling a fortification on the NW shore of the Golfo
100m and about 150m in the vicinity of Promontorio Belen. San Matias, will be seen before any of the low land can be
There is a break in these sand hills near Bahia Rosas
7.3 made out.
(41°09'S., 63°23'W.), a slight indentation from 10 to 15 miles 7.4Approaching from the S, Cerro Fuerte Argentino is seen
W of Punta Bermeja. sooner than Cerro Direccion; if from the E, the reverse is true.
From Promontorio Belen to Punta Villarino, 50 miles WNW,
7.3 Cerro Nipple, 183m high and the highest land in its vicinity, is
the coast is cliffy for the first 7 miles, but then becomes low. on a range of hills N of the port, with a small hummock on its
Caleta de los Loros, a small drying bay, is entered E of Pun-
7.3 summit.
ta Mejillon (41°01'S., 64°08'W.), which lies 13 miles WNW 7.4Three sets of range lights are available to guide vessels into
of Promontorio Belen. the harbor.
From Punta Mejillon to Barranca Final, 14 miles WNW, the
7.3 7.4Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and must be requested
coast is steep. From Barranca Final to Punta Villarino, a dis- from Puerto Madryn (see paragraph 7.15) at least 48 hours in
tance of 22 miles, the land is low. A few sand hills, partially advance. Pilots board about 5.5 miles SSW of Punta Villarino
covered with grass and stunted bushes, rise about the shingle or in position 40°54'S, 64°57'W.
sandy beach. 7.4Contact Information.—See the table titled Puerto San An-
tonio Este—Contact Information.
7.4 Puerto San Antonio Este (40°48'S., 64°53'W.) is
sheltered from all winds, but its entrance is open to winds from Puerto San Antonio Este—Contact Information
the SE; for this reason vessels should not approach the entrance
unless there is sufficient tide to enable them to reach the port. Port
7.4Tides—Currents.—Winds have very little influence on the 54-293-449-2023 (Administration)
times and amplitudes of the tides.
54-293-449-2024 (Administration)
7.4Tidal currents to the S of the entrance are weak, no more
than 1 knot. The maximum velocity of the current W of Banco 54-293-449-2035 (Administration)
Palisa is 1.5 knots to the NE. Current velocity increases rapidly Telephone
54-293-449-2005 (Operations)
near Banco Lobos to about 4 knots in the narrows formed by
Punta Villarino and Banco Reparo. 54-293-449-2006 (Operations)
7.4The velocity of the flood current in the channel close NE of 54-293-449-2046 (Operations)
Punta Villarino is a maximum of 2 knots; the maximum veloci-
ty of the ebb current is 1.5 knots. The tidal range is 9m. Facsimile 54-293-449-2035 (Administration)
7.4Depths—Limitations.—The least depth in the channel over E-mail [email protected]
the bar is 1.8m, but inside the depths are very irregular and
vary from about 5.9m to more than 32.9m. Web site http://www.patagonia-norte.com.ar
7.4On each side of the entrance is a bank, partly dry at LW and
steep-to at the edges. Anchorage.—The outer anchorage is good, in depths of 9.1
7.4

7.4Banco Lobos, on the E side, extends S about 5 miles from to 27.4m, between the end of Banco Lobos and Cerro Fuerte
Punta Villarino, dries over 3.5 miles from the shore, and is Argentino, as well as to the S and E of the bank. The bottom is
steep-to on its W and S sides. quite clear, either a fine sand or a soft greenish sandy mud.
7.4The sea breaks with great violence over the S part of this The shelter is good, except with SE winds which do not of-
7.4

bank about 2 hours before LW. Banco Reparo, a large portion ten blow, and usually are not strong. A rock, with a depth of
of which uncovers, is located on the W side of the entrance and less than 1.8m, lies 2 miles offshore about 3.5 miles NE of Cer-
extends about 7 miles SSW from Punta Delgado, the W en- ro Fuerte Argentino.

Pub. 124
 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes 221

Anchorage can be taken in the inner harbor, in 9.1 or 11m,

7.4 the berth is 12.8m.
soft sand and shell bottom. The anchorage is sheltered from all It is recommended that the approach be made from the N.
7.6

winds except those from the SW and WNW. range marks are shown from the N face of the loader.
Almost the entire inner portion of the port is filled with
7.4 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Harbor pilots are avail-
7.6

banks, the greater part of which are covered at HW. Some of able and must be requested from Puerto Madryn at least 72
the banks show more than 6.1m above water at low tide. hours in advance.
Caution.—In approaching the port, vessels should steer for
7.4 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken about 1.5 and 3 miles
7.6

Cerro Direccion, bearing 310°, in order to avoid the S extremi- E of the NE extremity of Colorado Point, with good holding
ty of Banco Lobos. ground of sand and mud. The anchorage is sheltered against all
When following the outer channel, vessels should guard
7.4 winds, except those from the NE to S.
against the action of the tidal currents, as the flood sets W and
the ebb sets E. The ebb current sometimes attains a velocity of 7.7 Punta Porfido (41°46'S., 65°00'W.) lies about 4
more than 4 knots in the channel. miles S of Punta Colorada. This point should be given a berth
Local assistance is advisable due to the shifting nature of the
7.4 of at least 2 miles.
banks. Several spits extend from the coast, from close N of Punta
7.7

A night approach is not recommended. Some radar sets will

7.4 Porfido S to Arroyo Verde (42°00'S., 65°05'W.).
not receive a good return from Punta Villarino. Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken about 0.5 mile off-
7.7

A dangerous wreck has been reported (2023) 11 miles SSW

7.4 shore, in 11m, fine sand, with two storehouses on the beach
of Puerto San Antonio Este. near the mouth of Arroyo Verde bearing 315°.
In an emergency, anchorage can be taken about 1 mile off-
7.7

7.5 From Puerto San Antonio, the shore trends in a gener- shore anywhere off the W or SW shores of the gulf, in 21.9 to
al S direction for about 78 miles. All this shore is bold, ex- 37m, stones, shells, and sand. There are extensive patches of
posed, and steep-to. tufa in places.
7.5From Punta Sierra (41°31'S., 64°59'W.), low and not easily
recognized, the coast S is chiefly cliffy, but with intervals of 7.8 The coast from Arroyo Verde to 64°56'W is low, with
low land. The cliffs, about 30 to 61m high and nearly perpen- a coarse sand and fine shingle beach which covers at HW.
dicular, are composed of loose earth mixed with shingle and Chains of grayish yellow hills, covered with some vegetation,
vast quantities of fossil shells. The shore is sandy and fringed descend to the coast between 64°56'W and 64°40'W. The coast
by LW rocks. is cliffy from 64°40'W continuing E to Punta Quiroga, the W
7.5There are no known dangers more than 1 mile offshore ex- entrance to Golfo San Jose.
cept the rocky reef, extending about 1.5 miles off, on which 7.8The grayish-yellow cliffs have no vegetation and in some
stands Islote Lobos, about 6 miles NNW of Punta Sierra, and places attain a height of 80m. There are many fissures and deep
the water is deep to within a few miles of the shore. ravines along this section of coast.
7.5Pico Rivadavia (41°37'S., 65°21'W.), about 518m high and 7.8There is an unexploded device located in position 41°56.5'S,
the highest peak of Sierras de San Antonio, lies about 31 miles 64°41.6'W which is a hazard to navigation and fishing opera-
SSW of Cerro Fuerte Argentino. Pico Rivadavia is prominent tions. It is recommended that vessels give this hazard at least a
and visible to 30 miles from seaward. 2 mile radius.
7.5Punta Pozos (41°35'S., 65°00'W.), lying 4 miles S of Punta
Sierra, is formed by a low islet lying close offshore. A narrow 7.9 Golfo San Jose (42°14'S., 64°26'W.) is entered be-
ridge of stones that dry extends about 0.1 mile E from the islet, tween Punta Quiroga and Punta Buenos Aires, bold cliffy
and also connects it with the mainland to the W. headlands 30 to 46m high, located 4 miles to the E of Punta
7.5Hills, surmounted by rocky cones, stand at the angle formed Quiroga. Lights are shown from both points.
by the mouth of Arroyo Salado and Punta Pozos. The mouth of 7.9Shoals extend W for a distance of 1.8 miles from Punta Bue-
Arroyo Salado is reported to give a good radar return. nos Aires and E for a distance of 1.4 miles from Punta Quiroga,
leaving a passage between them only about 0.5 mile wide, with
7.6 Punta Colorada (41°42'S., 65°01'W.) lies about 7.5 3.9m patches and a 5.5m patch in mid-channel.
miles S of Punta Pozos, and extends 0.2 mile from shore. A 7.9The passage provides access to the gulf. It runs exactly
prominent pelletization plant stands near the head of the penin- through the center of the mouth and facilitates entry with the
sula. A jetty projects 0.5 mile from the peninsula. help of radar. Soundings will confirm a vessel's position both
7.6Winds—Weather.—Prevailing winds are from the W, but day and night without the use of bearings. Local knowledge is
strong winds frequently blow parallel to the coast from the N essential.
and S. Onshore winds, mainly from the SE, also occur. 7.9When the wind opposes the tidal current, heavy rips are
7.6Tides—Currents.—The tidal range is 6.7m at springs and caused. The entrance has an unpleasant appearance owing to
4.5m at neaps. The currents are weak and have no effect on the the rocky ledge over which the water ripples so much that a
approach to the port or when berthing. stranger would hardly think it safe to enter. The depths inside
7.6Depths—Limitations.—At its head there are four berthing the gulf increase rapidly outside the shoal depths near the
dolphins and six mooring buoys, and a radial loader, thereby shore.
allowing a ship to berth on six headings to wind and sea: W, 7.9The entry points are clearly distinguished and the contours
NW, N, E, SE, or S. are easily detected by radar.
7.6Vessels up to 210m long can be accommodated. The depth at 7.9Tides—Currents.—In the entrance to Golfo San Jose and

Pub. 124
222 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes

off the N shore of Peninsula Valdes strong tidal races are en- winds from the NW quadrant.
countered. Under certain conditions the waves are so strong Fondeadero Sarmiento, situated about 12 miles E of Punta
7.10

and so high that small vessels encountering them may suffer Buenos Aires, in the NE corner of the gulf, is the best anchor-
loss of control. age. The quality of the bottom is good and the depths increase
The shores of the gulf are bordered by cliffs about 50 to 60m
7.9 gradually from shore. The usual anchorage is in 20m, with a
in height. Cerro San Jose, 14 miles SE of Punta Quiroga, is bottom of mud, sand, and small shells.
114m high and the highest point on the shores of the gulf. Fondeadero San Roman, on the N side of the gulf, about 5
7.10

miles E of Punta Buenos Aires, is sheltered from winds from

the NE and NW.
From Punta Buenos Aires to Punta Norte, 29 miles ENE,
7.10

there is a continuous cliff with an average height of about 61m.

This coast is fringed by spits extending about 0.7 mile seaward.
Punta Norte is lower than the adjacent cliffs.

Peninsula Valdes
7.11 Punta Norte (42°04'S., 63°46'W.) is the N extremity
of Peninsula Valdes, which does not differ from the pampas of
the mainland. The land is sparsely covered with grass and
thorny stunted bushes, with long stretches of shallow wave-like
depressions which give the impression of the greatest unifor-
mity and barrenness.
Off the E coast of Peninsula Valdes, the tidal races attain a
7.11

velocity of up to 8 knots, depending upon the strength of the

wind and tide. Vessels should stay at least 4.5 miles off this
coast. It is also advised to stay at least 25 miles off this coast to
avoid the possibility of being forced into the sometimes violent
rips.
A shoal, with a depth of 7.3m, lies 17 miles E of Punta Norte
7.11

and a shoal, with a depth of 5.7m, was reported to lie 19 miles

ESE of Punta Norte. Several shoals have been reported in the
vicinity of the former shoal with violent overfalls.
From Punta Norte to Punta Cantor, about 27 miles SSE, the
7.11

coast is lower than that W of Punta Norte and consists of shin-

gle beach with a few low sand dunes; it is fronted by breakers
with shallow irregular depths extending 3 miles offshore.
A group of houses, with red roofs and white fronts, are situ-
7.11

ated at Varni, about 3 miles S of Punta Norte and is visible

about 8 miles.
There are numerous shoals and reefs offshore of Punta Ba-
7.11

jos (42°23'S., 63°37'W.) lying N and S of the point. Some of

them uncover and are dangerous.
Violent choppy seas and eddies are observed 8 miles from
7.11

the coast and between the parallel of 42°12'S, and Bajos Point.
Depths of 3.1m and 4.2m lie 18 and 23 miles NE, respective-
7.11

7.9 Punta Tehuelche Light ly of Punta Bajos. A depth of about 4m lies about 11 miles
ENE of the same point.
7.10 Punta Tehuelche (42°24'S., 64°18'W.), about 1.7 The entrance to Caleta Valdes (42°30'S., 63°36'W.) opens
7.11

miles N of Cerro San Jose, is prominent and marked by a white up between the narrow and low spit of broken stones projecting
patch. The top of Cerro El Monticulo, about 6.5 miles E of from Cantor Point toward the N, about 0.2 mile, and Cero
Cerro San Jose, resembles a truncated cone. Point, the S end of the stony spit that starts to the N of Bajos
Anchorage.—Fondeadero La Argentina, in the SW corner Point. The entrance is 130m wide, with depths between 4.3 and
of Golfo San Jose, affords very good anchorage, sheltered from 4.9m. The speed of the tides are great during the second and
winds from the S and W, but it is not protected from winds third quarters of the flood and ebb tide.
from the NE quadrant, which cause a heavy sea. The tides attain up to 4 knots in almost the entire area and up
7.11

Vessels anchor, in about 23.8 to 32.9m, sand, inside the line

7.10

to 8 knots in the area where choppy waters are observed.

of the most salient points near the anchorage. During the first and last quarters of the flood and ebb tides,
Fondeadero Pueyrredon, in the SE corner of the gulf, affords
7.10

speeds decrease to zero during phase change time.

anchorage, in about 25.6m, fine sand bottom, about 2 miles Tidal currents at the entrance run E and W at 4 to 6 knots.
7.11

from shore. The anchorage is good, but the sea is heavy during Punta Cantor, 37m high, is the end of a chain of cliffs that
7.11

Pub. 124
 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes 223

extend S to Punta Hercules.

Anchorage.—Anchorage is available off the inlet and 1 mile
7.11

away, in a depth of 10 to 15m, with good holding ground of

sand and broken stones.
Caution.—The entrance to Caleta Valdez may change its
7.11

position by as much as 1 mile after an E gale. Only vessels

with local knowledge should enter Caleta Valdez.
A conspicuous wreck lies on the shore about midway be-
7.11

tween Punta Cantor and Punta Hercules.

7.12 Punta Hercules (42°37'S., 63°35'W.), 6 miles S of

Punta Cantor, is a white cliff 69m high. When first seen it ap-
pears perpendicular, or rather overhanging. Close N are two
perpendicular cliffs of the same height, off which a shoal ledge
of limestone extends 2 miles seaward and 3 miles along shore.
Punta Hercules is reported to give a good radar return.
Punta Delgada (42°46'S., 63°38'W.), about 9.5 miles SSW
of Punta Hercules, is sloping and green and 50m high. A lime-
stone ledge extends 1.5 miles to the S and E. A prominent light
is shown from Punta Delgada.
During winds from the SE quadrant, vessels should avoid a
7.12

close approach to this point, owing to a strong current. The cur-

rent pulls parallel to the coast with speeds up to 4 knots.
From Punta Delgada, the coast trends WSW for a distance of
7.12

about 25 miles to Morro Nuevo and consists of steep cliffs, 50

to 59m high, fringed by reefs for a distance of about 0.5 mile 7.13 Punta Ninfas Light
offshore. When seen from the S at a distance over 3 miles this
coast has the appearance of a vertical cliff of uniform height. Cormoranes.
The only breaks in the line of the cliff are Lobo Peak, Saya-
7.12 Puerto Piramide (42°36'S., 64°18'W.) lies between Punta
7.13

go Peak, and Bravo Peak. Lobo Peak appears to be a double Pardelas, a difficult to identify point lying 9 miles N of Cerro
peak when approached from the S. Cormoranes, and Punta Piramide, 2.5 miles NW of Punta
A conspicuous wreck lies on a spit about 1.7 miles SW of
7.12 Parde las Cerro Piramide, on Punta Piramide, is a pyramidal
Punta Delgada. hill, 64m high, and although lower than other hills in the vicin-
ity, is conspicuous.
Golfo Nuevo Cerro Frigio, 93m high, is located about 0.5 mile NE of Cer-
7.13

ro Piramide. The port affords shelter in all but S winds, when it

7.13 Golfo Nuevo (42°40'S., 64°30'W.) is entered between is unsafe.
steep Morro Nuevo and Punta Ninfas, about 9 miles SW. The
gulf is used by submarines for submerged training. It is recom- 7.14 Piramide (42°35'S., 64°17'W.) is a small village with
mended that merchant vessels avoid the area when the Interna- a post office and daily bus service to Puerto Madryn. The town
tional Code Signal NE 2 is displayed for this exercise. caters primarily to tourists. A small mole is located at Pira-
Morro Nuevo (42°51'S., 64°09'W.) marked with a light, ris-
7.13 mide.
es to an elevation of 103m and is steep-to. The land to the N of Two range beacons, for a measured distance course on the N
7.14

it is sandy and covered in places with grass and bushes of a yel- shore of the gulf, in line bearing 095°, are located at Puerto Pi-
lowish-gray color. ramide. The front beacon stands on Punta Piramide; the rear
Punta Ninfas (42°57'S., 64°20'W.) appears as a double
7.13 beacon stands on the E shore of Puerto Piramide. The 22m
point that is bare and yellowish-red in color. Reefs that uncover high beacons are equipped with a trapezium-shaped screen
at LW extend about 0.5 mile NE of the point. The tidal currents with a red triangle, point up on the front beacon and point
run with a velocity of 4 or 5 knots over the reefs; with winds down on the rear.
from the W, strong eddies are formed. It is advisable to give Anchorage.—The best anchorage is in 11m, sand and mud,
7.14

this point a berth of 2.5 to 3 miles. with Cerro Piramide bearing 270° and a charted lighted beacon
It is reported the entrance to the gulf is easily recognized as
7.13 bearing 022°. Depths closer inshore shallow rapidly and the
the entrance points are well outlined. The entrance is reported bottom is rocky.
to give a good radar return. A measured distance marked by three pairs of range beacons
7.14

Caution is advised as the radar return from the SW entrance

7.13 is located on the N shore of Golfo Nuevo, WNW of Punta Pira-
will probably be the SE extremity of the headland and not Pun- mide. The W and central ranges are located, with their front
ta Ninfas. beacons, about 13 and 11 miles, respectively, WNW of Punta
The E shore of the gulf, from Morro Nuevo NW to Cerro
7.13 Piramides. The E range is located with the front beacon about
Cormoranes, a rounded and conspicuous 105m high hill, is uni- 10 miles NW of the same point.
form with high cliffs continuing a short distance beyond Cerro The distance between the E beacon and the central beacon is
7.14

Pub. 124
224 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes

about 1,741m; the distance between the W beacon and the cen- several places the shore is formed by white cliffs, 12 to 15m
tral beacons the distance is about 4,434m. high.
Caution.—Unexploded ordnance is situated on the bottom
7.14 Punta Cuevas and Punta Estes, on the S side of the port, with
7.15

along the track used for the measured distance. heights of 24 and 22m, respectively, are conspicuous because
A whale/dolphin-avoidance corridor has been established in
7.14 of their yellowish cliffs. A small red house and a mast stand on
Golfo Nuevo due to the periodic presence of Southern Right the summit of Punta Cuevas. The buildings of the naval station
Whales. This corridor is in effect from 1 June until 30 Novem- located about 0.3 mile SE of Punta Cuevas are conspicuous.
ber every year. During this period vessels are requested to take Punta Loma and Cerro Avanzado, 3.25 and 4.25 miles SE,
7.15

precautions to avoid collisions with whales and dolphins and respectively, of Punta Este, are also conspicuous. Cerro Avan-
report any sightings to Puerto Madryn Prefectura Naval. The zado is yellowish and round in shape. It is the end of a series of
limits of this corridor are as follows: cliffs which advance toward the coast. A black slatted iron
1. North Limit—Lines joining the following positions: skeleton beacon, 15.8m high, stands on its summit.
a. 42°53'S, 64°10'W. A conspicuous sewage plant tank stands about 0.6 mile
7.15

b. 42°44'S, 64°56'W. WNW of the steel pier.

c. 42°44'S, 65°00'W. Behind the town of Madryn there is a conspicuous white cliff
7.15

2. South Limit—Lines joining the following positions: about 136m high.

a. 42°46'S, 65°00'W. Del Norte Beacon, a red slated iron skeleton, 15.8m high,
7.15

b. 42°46'S, 64°56'W. stands about 3 miles NNW of the steel pier at Puerto Madryn.
c. 42°55'S, 64°18'W. Pantalla Norte Beacon, 7.3m high, consisting of four tripods
7.15

supporting a white cross on a black background, stands about

Puerto Madryn (42°46'S., 65°02'W.) 2.7 miles N of the steel pier.
Pantalla Sur Beacon, 7.3m high, consisting of four tripods
7.15

World Port Index No. 13900 supporting a white cross on a red background, stands about 2
miles NNW of the steel pier. There are several windmills about
7.15 Puerto Madryn is located on the W side of Golfo Nue- 2 miles WNW of the town.
vo, is surrounded by a range of hills about 90m in height. The Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The pilot
7.15

port is one of the safest and best protected natural ports in Ar- must be requested through the vessel's agents in Buenos Aires
gentina. at least 72 hours in advance.
Pilots board at the anchorage 1.5 miles SSE of Muelle Luis
7.15

Puerto Madryn Home Page Piedra Buena.

Contact Information.—See the table titled Puerto
7.15

http://www.appm.com.ar Madryn—Contact Information.

Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds blow offshore; E

7.15
Puerto Madryn—Contact Information
winds are rare and raise little sea. During the day, W winds be- Nautical S.R.L.
come strong. In winter, stormy squalls can blow up in as little
as 15 minutes. VHF VHF channels 9 and 16
Tides—Currents.—The average tidal range is over 5m.
7.15
Telephone 54-280-445-0500
Depths—Limitations.—Depths off the coast between Puer-
7.15

to Madryn and Punta Loma, 7 miles ESE, are very irregular. A E-mail [email protected]
bank, with depths of less than 9.1m, and a minimum depth of Web site http://www.nauticalsrl.com
3m near its extremity, extends 2 miles N from Punta Loma.
A similar bank, with a depth of 6.4m near its extremity, ex-
7.15
Atlantis Marine
tends 2 miles N from Punta Este. Depths of less than 5.5m ex- VHF VHF channels 10 and 16
tend 1 mile NE of Punta Cuevas.
Telephone 54-280-445-6700
Muelle Luis Piedra Buena, a pier about 1,000m in length, is
7.15

situated at Puerto Madryn. The outer part of the pier has depths E-mail [email protected]
of 2.0 to 7.0m alongside. Vessels with a draft of 6.1m, have
Madryn Marine
berthed at HW along the N side, but are subject to grounding at
LW on the S side. An extension to the pier creates two berths Telephone 54-280-430-4000
for passenger vessels, accommodating ships up to 120m in E-mail [email protected]
length, with depths alongside of 10 to 17m.
Muelle Almirante Storni, a concrete pier about 1,130m long,
7.15
Web site http://www.madrynmarine.com
extends E from the shore about 1.5 miles N of the steel pier. Port Operations
The pier has six berths ranging from 142 to 217m long, with
depths alongside of 4.2 to 16.7m. The deepest berth is intended VHF VHF channels 9, 12, 14, 15, and 16
for loading aluminum but can be used by other vessels. E-mail [email protected]
Aspect.—Puerto Madryn is surrounded by a range of hills
7.15

about 90m in height. Between these hills and the shore are san- Port Authority
dy hills, 6 to 12m high, that are thinly covered with brush. In

Pub. 124
 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes 225

Puerto Madryn—Contact Information land to be seen. From S, it appears as the highest part of the
coast.
54-280-445-1400 (Muelle Almirante Storni) A sunken wreck is reported to lie about 6.5 miles SE of Pun-
7.17

54-280-445-3100 (Muelle Almirante Storni) ta Ninfas Light.

Telephone Bahia Engano (43°20'S., 65°00'W.) lies between Barranca
7.17

54-280-445-2444 (Muelle Almirante Storni) Norte and Punta Castro, 8.5 miles SSW. The land is low and
54-280-445-8914 (Muelle Piedra Buena) sandy, with many sand hummocks near the beach. The water is
shallower than near the higher land.
54-280-445-1400 (Muelle Almirante Storni)
To the S of the Rio Chubut there is a range of tableland,
7.17

54-280-445-3100 (Muelle Almirante Storni) about 19.8m high, ending in white chalky looking cliffs. Punta
Facsimile Castro is the NE end of the tableland.
54-280-445-2444 (Muelle Almirante Storni)
The shore of the bay is fringed with reefs and the 5.5m curve
7.17

54-280-445-8914 (Muelle Piedra Buena) is about 0.3 to 1.2 miles from shore.
E-mail [email protected]
Web site http://www.appm.com.ar

Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 18m, mud, about

7.15

0.5 mile E of the head of the steel pier. A dangerous wreck lies
0.25 mile SE of the head of the pier. The anchorage is sheltered
as E winds are rare and when they do blow they raise little sea,
however, W winds become strong during the day and in winter
stormy squalls can blow up in 15 minutes.
There is an anchorage, in 30 to 40m, 1.5 miles SSE from the
7.15

head of the concrete pier and a temporary anchorage 0.75 mile

NE of the head of the concrete pier.
There is also a good anchorage, in depths of about 14m, 1.25
7.15

miles E of Punta Cuevas. A large mooring buoy is moored

close SW of this anchorage.
Caution.—A dangerous wreck and a stranded wreck lie 0.25
7.15

mile ESE and 0.7 mile SSE, respectively, of the head of the
steel pier.
An obstruction lies about 0.4 mile S of the head of the con-
7.15

crete pier.
An underwater park is situated 0.2nm S of Muelle Luis Pie-
7.15

dra Buena (42°45.8'S., 65°01.6'W.). A circular area, with a ra-

dius of 0.5 mile, is centered on a mooring buoy in the center of
the bay and is reserved for use by the Argentine Navy.

7.16 The coast from Cerro Avanzado SE to Punta Crack-

er (42°56'S., 64°33'W.) presents the aspect of a cliff of uniform
height. Other hazards to navigation are best seen on the chart.
Fondeadero Cracker (42°56'S., 64°29'W.) lies between two
7.16

white cliffs. Rocky ledges extend about 0.3 mile drying at LW, 7.17 Chubut Light
and are the only dangers in approaching the bay. There is a
large ranch in the valley close to the E cliff. The Rio Chubut (43°21'S., 65°03'W.) is very shallow, but
7.17

Anchorage.—The depths here decrease very rapidly toward

7.16
can be entered by small craft with local knowledge. There are
the shore, and it is advisable for vessels to anchor, in a depth of always breakers on the bar.
about 24m on the line of the charted range beacons. A breakwater extends about 0.4 mile ESE from the N en-
7.17

This anchorage is well protected against winds from the SE

7.16
trance point of the river. The S breakwater is nearly covered at
and from the W, but offers no protection against winds from HW. The ebb tidal current is strong.
other directions. The bottom provides good holding. A group of bathing huts stands about 1.7 miles NNE of the
7.17

mouth of the river. A conspicuous masonry tower, 30m high,

with a red tile roof stands with the huts.
Punta Ninfas to Punta Roja Anchorage.—Anchorage, with good holding ground, can be
7.17

7.17 From Punta Ninfas to Punta Leon, about 10 miles SW, taken off the entrance to the river. The bottom N of the en-
the coast consists of a high, sheer cliff. There are occasional trance is fine sand, mud and shingle with a gentle slope. To the
deep ravines. It is bordered by a spit, 0.1 to 0.15 mile wide, S it consists of rock, tosca, or chalk, with some patches of sand.
which dries. Punta Leon can be recognized by a small hillock The anchorage is open to winds from the S, E, and NE which
on its top. From E, the point appears as the S end of the first raise heavy seas.

Pub. 124
226 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes

After a storm passes, there will be high swells which may

7.17 ing ground, either in Fondeadero Janssen or Fondeadero
make a vessel roll heavily, as its head will be into the current Homero, the former being protected from all winds except
which runs almost parallel to the coast. those from between NNE and SSE and the latter is protected
A dangerous wreck lies about 5 miles NE of the entrance to
7.17 from all winds except those from between N and SE.
the Rio Chubut.
A dangerous wreck with a mast showing lies close NE of the
7.17 7.20 Punta Atlas (44°08'S., 65°13'W.), 6 miles S of Punta
anchorage, about 2 miles E of the entrance to the Rio Chubut. Tombo, is about 20m high, sloping gently to a low rocky point.
The climate in this area, while somewhat harsh in the winter,
7.17 When approached from the E it appears as a rough escarpment
is dry and healthy. The prevailing winds are W and SW. Rain is of rock. A 4.9m rocky shoal, that often breaks, lies about 1.2
rare along the coast. miles SSE of the point.
Caution.—Wreck reported (2023) 4.8 miles SSE from Punta
7.17 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available opposite the point
7.20

Castro with a depth of 27m. with good holding ground, in depths of 6.7 to 7.3m, sand and
broken stone.
7.18 From Bahia Engano to Punta Delfin (43°32'S., Monte Triste (44°04'S., 65°21'W.) is 91m high and conspic-
7.20

65°11'W.), the coast is almost a straight line with an elevation uous. Monte Triste is the SE of two similar hills which appear
of about 15m. There is a sharp rise to 177m close to the point. close together when seen from NE and it appears rounded
A small conical, conspicuous, hummock, 160m high, with a
7.18 when seen from E.
narrow white stripe from top to bottom, stands on the tableland Bahia Vera (44°12'S., 65°15'W.) lies between Punta Atlas
7.20

N of the point. and Cabo Raso, about 12 miles S. Arrecife Somoza, about 1.7
From Punta Delfin to Punta Lobos, about 16 miles SSW, the
7.18 miles WSW of Punta Atlas, is the drying portion of the shoal
coast is high and bold. which extends S from the N shore of the bay. It is about 0.4
Sharp white cliffs, with several ravines, extend from close S
7.18 mile long NE-SW and about 0.1 mile wide. The sea always
of Punta Delfin to close S of Punta Lobos and are visible up to breaks over it.
25 miles away. Anchorage.—Fondeadero Atlas, located at the N end of Ba-
7.20

Isla Escondida (43°43'S., 65°17'W.), a small island about

7.18 hia Vera, is W of Arrecife Somoza and provides anchorage for
80m long in a E-W direction, lies 4.5 miles NNW of Punta Lo- small vessels, in depths of 4.6 to 5.5m, poor holding ground,
bos. A spit circles the island and extends E about 150m. The is- with a bottom of sand and shingle. Anchorage can also be tak-
land is difficult to see because of its small size and low en, in 14.6m, about 2.5 miles SW of Punta Atlas.
elevation at HW. A ravine on the coast opposite the island is With a strong wind from SE, a sea may be thrown into this
7.20

conspicuous. section of the bay, over and around Arrecife Somoza, the natu-
ral breakwater, from the beginning of the last quarter flood to
7.19 Punta Clara (43°58'S., 65°14'W.), 11 miles SSE of the end of the first quarter ebb, during which time the reef is
Punta Lobos, is a rocky projection is fringed by reefs which ex- covered. The beach, however, does not show the effects of
tend 50 to 183m off the point. It is of a dark-reddish color. much sea. The tidal currents set through between the reef and
A rock, with 1.2m of water, lies about 2.5 miles NW of Pun-
7.19 the shore with a velocity of about 1 knot.
ta Clara. The rock is not visible at HW as it is covered with Several above and below-water rocks, reefs, and islets lie up
7.20

kelp. Occasionally, the sea breaks over this rock. to 3 miles off of Punta Loberia (44°17'S., 65°16'W.), which
Bahia Janssen lies between Punta Clara and Punta Tombo,
7.19 lies 8 miles SSW of Punta Atlas. Breakers and tide rips occur
about 4 miles SE. It is divided into two parts by Punta Tapera. frequently in this area.
The N portion is Fondeadero Janssen and the S portion is Fon- Caleta Raso (44°20'S., 65°14'W.) lies between Punta Pes-
7.20

deadero Homero. cadero and Cabo Raso, and is protected from all winds except
A reef, with a depth of 0.3m at its seaward end, extends
7.19 those from the NNW, N, NE, and E.
about 0.7 mile to the NE from Punta Tapera. Except during Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 11m, good hold-
7.20

calm seas, breakers are reported to occur on the reef. The reef ing ground of shingle, fine sand, and small shells, on the line of
is covered with kelp which is not visible at HW. range beacons, with the light structure on Cabo Raso bearing
Punta Tombo (44°02'S., 65°11'W.) is about 1.5 miles in
7.19 157°. Strong currents may be encountered while approaching
length and has an average width of about 0.2 mile. Drying reefs the anchorage.
extend about 0.15 mile NE of the extremity of the point.
Tide rips extend about 1 mile NE of the point. Heavy over-
7.19 7.21 Cabo Raso (44°20'S., 65°14'W.), level and rather
falls, which are dangerous to small craft, occur over a 9.4m low, is rock covered with sand and shingle; there are a few
rocky shoal about 2 miles E of Punta Tombo. rocks close to its extremity. The coast can easily be identified
From the N, the point appears to be white except for the ex-
7.19 by radar because of the well-defined geographic features.
tremity which is dark rock. From the E or S, the entire point Bahia Cruz, about 8 miles in width between Cabo Raso and
7.21

appears dark-colored. Peninsula Betbeder, is open to winds from the NE and SE and
Islote Chato lies about 0.7 mile WNW of Punta Tombo. It is
7.19 is fringed by rocks.
about 73m long in a NE-SW direction, 30m wide, very low, In this bay there are two coves, Caleta Juan Jose Paso and
7.21

and bordered by a spit up to about 0.1 mile wide. A submerged Puerto Larrea. The latter is a poor anchorage.
rock, with 3m of water, lies about 0.3 mile E of this islet. The Rocas Gutierrez consist of two shoals, 5.5m and 1.8m, about
7.21

rock breaks at mean tide and tide rips have been seen around it. 3.5 miles S of Cabo Raso. These rocks are marked by kelp and
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 18m, good hold-
7.19 breakers. Vessels are cautioned not to pass between the rocks

Pub. 124
 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes 227

and the shore. wide at the entrance between Punta Loberia, on the E, and Pun-
Roca Salaverria, a drying rock, lies about 5 miles E of Rocas
7.21 ta Guanaco, on the W.
Gutierrez. Shoal depths lie within 0.6 mile of Punta Loberia and a 1.8m
7.23

Rocas Cordova consist of three rocky heads about 8 miles

7.21 rock lies 1.25 miles, bearing 140° from Punta Guanaco.
SSW of Cabo Raso. The southernmost head covers when the The rock will generally break at mean tide level in winds
7.23

tide has risen 0.33 its height. Tide rips occur in this area. from E, W, and S and in swells. It generally will not break in N
Roca Oyarvide, consisting of two rocky heads, lies about 1
7.21 winds and is dangerous at HW, when it can not be seen.
mile NE of Cabo San Jose. This shoal covers when the tide has Punta Loberia, when seen from E or W at HW, appears as
7.23

risen to 0.75 its height. several islets. The point should be given a wide berth.
Breakers occur on the rock during flood tide and seas out of
7.21 The bay is protected from winds from the NE, through N, to
7.23

the E. Breakers can be seen on a shoal that lies about 91m E of SW. Anchorage can be taken, in 16.5m, sand, in the N part of
the S end of the rock. the bay. A 3.7m shoal lies about 4.5 miles SW of Punta Guana-
Roca Clarizza, which lies 1.75 miles N of Cabo San Jose,
7.21 co. A 9.1m shoal of stones lies 2.5 miles further SW.
covers when the tide has risen 0.75 of its height. Breakers oc-
cur to the WNW because of shoals in the area. 7.24 Islas Blancas (44°47'S., 65°40'W.), at the head of Ba-
hia Camarones, is a rocky island about 27m high, with two
7.22 Monte San Jose (44°31'S., 65°17'W.), located near lower and smaller ones to the NE. They are covered with gua-
the SE extremity of Peninsula Betbeder, is 76m high, has a red- no. Shoals exist in the vicinity of the islands.
dish color, and is steep. It is easily recognized. Cabo San Jose, A dangerous wreck lies in 11m, about 0.3 mile SE of Punta
7.24

the E extremity of Peninsula Betbeder, is 78m high, sheer gran- Albatross (44°48'S., 65°42'W.). Another obstruction, appar-
ite rock, and conspicuous. ently a wreck, lies in 20.1m about 1 mile SSE of the point. Ves-
Roca Salaverria, two conical rocks which dry and occasion-
7.22 sels with a draft greater than 5.5m should not approach within
ally break, lies about 7 miles SE of Cabo Raso. An 11m shoal 1.5 miles of Punta Albatross.
lies about 0.5 mile N of the rock. Roca Hermelo, with 5.8m of water and which very seldom
7.24

When the wind is opposite to the tidal current, there is a line

7.22 breaks, lies about 3 miles S of Islas Blancas. A shoal, with a
of tide rips between Roca Salaverria and Cabo Raso. depth of 7.6m, lies 0.3 mile W of the rock.
Puerto Santa Elena (44°32'S., 65°12'W.) is about 1.7 miles
7.22 A concrete quay, 30m long, with about 5m alongside, is situ-
7.24

wide between Cerro San Fulgencio, 63m high on its W side, ated at the town of Camarones (44°48'S., 65°43'W.).
and Punta Acertada, 33m high on the E. Cerro Inciarte, 83m Tides—Currents.—In Bahia Camarones, the tidal currents
7.24

high, and Cerro Serrano, 187m high, are conspicuous rock hills set along the shore and especially off the headlands, with ve-
located at the head of the bay. locities of 1 to 3 knots. Their direction is about NNE and SSW.
Arrecife Del Florido, which covers at three-quarters flood,
7.22 Anchorage.—Good anchorage can be taken, in 11m, bottom
7.24

lies about 0.7 mile W of Punta Acertada. Shoal depths of 3 to of sand and mud, S of the town of Camarones. The stay at the
5.5m extend about 0.2 mile WNW. anchorage is hazardous due to the waves which enter freely and
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the NW corner of
7.22 cause a rolling motion. There is good holding ground 0.5 mile
the port about 0.4 mile SW of Santa Elena Light, in depths of SE of Gaviota Point, in a depth of 8.2m, muddy sand. An area
10 to 11.9m, sand and mud, good holding ground. where the bottom is fouled by scrap iron is located about 0.5
Vessels should not anchor near the shore, for when the sea is
7.22 mile SW of Punta Albatross.
heavy, the ground swell breaks for some distance off. This an-
chorage is uncomfortable with winds from the S to SE. Cabo Dos Bahias to Puerto Comodoro Rivadavia
Anchorage can also be taken in 11m, mud and gravel, about
7.22

0.5 mile N of Arrecife Del Florido. Good anchorage can also 7.25 Cabo Dos Bahias (44°55'S., 65°31'W.) is a rounded
be taken, in 14.6m, mud and fine sand, a little over 0.5 mile rocky conspicuous point. Its E extremity ends in a low tongue
NNE of Cerro San Fulgencio. of rock without a spit. A ledge of rocks extends nearly 0.5 mile
Puerto Concepcion (44°33'S., 65°22'W.) lies between Cer-
7.22 N from the cape. Isla Moreno, 1.3 mile NW of the extremity of
ro San Fulgencio and Punta Roja, about 2 miles S. the cape and 183m offshore, is high on its N side, rocky, and of
Anchorage can be taken, in 11m, sand and shell. It is protect-
7.22 a dark color.
ed from winds from the NW and SW. The bay is penetrated by The coast between Cabo Dos Bahias and Cabo de Matas,
7.25

the swell which sweeps round the entrance points. 6.75 miles SW, is high, cliffy, and broken.
Isla Arce (45°00'S., 65°29'W.), 4.5 miles SSE of Cabo Dos
7.25

Punta Roja to Cabo Dos Bahias Bahias, is rocky but in many places is covered with grass. It is
surrounded by deep water, there being 55m at a distance of 0.5
7.23 Bahia Camarones (44°45'S., 65°35'W.) lies between mile. A rock awash about 0.1 mile E of the N extremity of the
Punta Roja and Cabo Dos Bahias, a distance of 22 miles to the island.
SSW. Its S part is extensive and affords good anchorage. The The pass, which is about 3 miles wide, between this island
7.25

shore of the bay is rocky as far as Punta Fabian, about 10 miles and Isla Leones is clear but the current is strong.
SW of Punta Roja, where it changes to shingle. About 15 miles Isla Sola, about 3 miles S of Cabo Dos Bahias, is low, black,
7.25

NW of Punta Fabian is Cerro Mesa, flat-topped and conspicu- and difficult to recognize from eastward. There is no passage
ous when seen from the SE. between this island and the mainland.
Bahia San Sebastian (44°35'S., 65°26'W.) is nearly 3 miles
7.23 Islotes Aguilon del Norte and Aguilon del Sud are two low
7.25

Pub. 124
228 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes

islets which lie about 4 miles S of Cabo Dos Bahias. Islote Canal Leones and cause overfalls and eddies off the various
Aguilon del Norte is about 0.5 mile from the mainland, but points.
there is no passage between. Islote Aguilon del Sud, when seen Caution.—Large quantities of kelp may be encountered in
7.26

from NE, appears as three islets. Both these islets are yellowish Canal Leones.
in color, with their sides darkened by the action of the sea.
Bahia San Gregorio (45°01'S., 65°36'W.) is exposed to
7.25 7.27 Punta San Roque (45°03'S., 65°39'W.), on the main-
winds from the NE to SE and their accompanying seas. This land about 1 mile W of Isla Leones, is 39m high and rocky
bay is about 1.3 miles wide at the entrance and indents the with a hummock. A black rock named Cabeza Negra, covered
coast about 1.5 miles. at HW, lies about 183m SW of the point.
The tidal currents off the entrance to the bay run strongly NE
7.25 While the flood current is running, a vessel should give it a
7.27

and WSW; the anchorage should therefore be approached with good berth; the set is towards the rock, at velocities of 3 to 5
caution. knots.
The promontory which forms the N side of the bay can easi-
7.25 Bahia Gil, between Punta San Roque and Peninsula San An-
7.27

ly be identified from the NE by the numerous hillocks on it. tonio about 2 miles W, is about 1.2 miles wide and 1 mile long.
The inner port of the bay is fringed by a wide band of kelp. Arrecife Bassin, in the middle of the bay, is rocky, black, about
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 16m, bottom of
7.25 0.2 mile long E-W, and covered at HW. The reef always breaks.
sand, shell, and gravel, at the intersection of the lines of the Anchorage.—The best anchorage in Bahia Gil is in 14.6m,
7.27

range beacons, two white staffs, in range bearing 294°, situated pebbles, 0.25 mile NW of the W extremity of Arrecife Bassin.
at the W side of the bay. Winds from between ESE and S are reported to send in a
7.27

The front staff has a triangular top mark and the rear staff has
7.25 heavy swell.
a rectangular board at its top and another at its middle. Bahia Gil is reported to be preferable to Bahia Huevo as an
7.27

Two white staffs, in range bearing 013°, are situated on the N

7.25 anchorage, the bottom being mud, the space less limited, and
side of the bay. The front staff has a cross topmark and stands the access easier.
on a spit. The rear staff has a diamond topmark and stands on a Peninsula San Antonio, 88m high, is joined to the mainland
7.27

hillock. by a gravel isthmus about 0.3 mile long and 128m wide.
The beacons are small and surrounded by shrubs. In the af-
7.25 A steep-to islet lies near the W side of Cabo del Sud, the S
7.27

ternoon the sun can make the beacons very difficult to identify, extremity of Peninsula San Antonio.
with many large rocks reported on the bottom. A 9.6m shoal is reported to lie about 0.3 mile WSW of Cabo
7.27

Isla Rasa (45°06'S., 65°24'W.), lying 11.5 miles SSE of Ca-

7.25 del Sud.
bo Dos Bahias and marked by a light, is a gray, rocky island Bahia Huevo (45°03'S., 65°43'W.) lies between Peninsula
7.27

which is separated into two parts at HW by a very narrow San Antonio and Isla Valdes. The latter is nearly 1 mile long,
channel. It is about 0.4 mile long, 137m wide, and 16.7m high. NW and SE, nearly 0.5 mile wide, and 66m high.
A reef, on which there are three rocks that dry, extends about
7.25 The bay is sheltered from all but SE through W winds and is
7.27

1.7 miles SE from the SE extremity of the island. one of the best harbors on the coast. The entrance is E of Isla
A shoal, with a depth of 25.6m, lies 4.4 miles NNE of Isla
7.25 Valdes. Vessels can steer by eye, as there is no hidden danger.
Rasa. Tide rips have been reported on all sides of the islet. The entrance is about 0.2 mile wide, with general depths of
7.27

14.6 and 16.5m; about 183m from the E extremity of Isla Val-
7.26 Golfo San Jorge, between Cabo Dos Bahias and Cabo des is an 8.7m depth. South winds send a swell into the bay.
Tres Puntas, is 132 miles wide and recedes about 80 miles to There is a small reef, which is covered at high tide, close-to
7.27

the W. The N shore is generally steep and has a number of and W of Cape Sur at the end of Peninsula San Antonio.
bays, islands, and shoals. On the S side of the bay there are a Tides—Currents.—The flood current sets through the har-
7.27

few small indentations that are completely open. bor from W to E and SE, with a velocity of about 1 knot. The
Isla Leones (45°03'S., 65°36'W.), off the NE point of the
7.26 ebb is scarcely felt.
Golfo San Jorge, is 79m high, 2 miles long E and W, 1.5 miles Los Frailes, a group of five rocks, lie about 1.2 miles WSW
7.27

wide, and is covered with brushwood. A reef, on which the sea of Isla Valdes. Only three of the rocks show at HW, but all five
always breaks, lies about 0.5 mile SE of the SE extremity of show at LW. A 4.9m rocky patch lies about 0.9 mile NE of this
Peninsula Lanaud, the SE extremity of the island. The isthmus group; it is very small and the sea does not break.
between the island and the peninsula is covered at half tide. A rock, with a depth of 5m, lies about 0.8 mile W of the N
7.27

A rocky bank, with a depth of 18.3m, lies a little over 1.5

7.26 extremity of Isla Valdes.
miles SW of the same point. The N shore of the island is Anchorage.—The best anchorage in Bahia Huevo is in the
7.27

fringed by rocks and shoals that extend 0.2 mile offshore. center of the port, in about 8.2m, pebbles and fine sand, with
Isla Sud Oeste is low, rocky, and connected to the SW side of
7.26 the N extremity of Isla Valdes bearing 262° and the SE point of
Isla Leones by a reef which is covered at half tide. the same island bearing about 167°.
Isla Buque, also low and rocky, is located close off the W
7.26 Due to the abrupt changes in the quality of the bottom, it is
7.27

side of Isla Leones. recommended that the anchorage be checked before anchoring.
A rock, with a depth of 6.7m, lies about 0.5 mile WSW of
7.26

the N extremity of Isla Buque. 7.28 Bahia Cayetano (45°02'S., 65°45'W.), 2 miles to the
Canal Leones, between Isla Leones and the mainland, is
7.26 W of Bahia Huevo, is partially protected from S winds by Islas
about 0.4 mile wide. The depths in the fairway are about 12.8 Cayetano, a group of reddish-color rocks which have a maxi-
to 33m. Strong currents, with velocities of 3 to 5 knots, exist in mum height of 53m. The islands extend about 0.7 mile in an E-

Pub. 124
 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes 229

W direction. Tafor, about 17 miles to the W, there are various coves suitable
The S entrance to the bay, between the easternmost of the Is-
7.28 only for small vessels. Several small islands lie W of Punta
las Cayetano and Punta Guanacos (45°02'S., 65°44'W.), is Castillos.
0.33 mile in width and has depths of 14.6 to 20.1m. The en-
trance N of Islas Cayetano has a charted depth of 6.4m. 7.31 Isla Tova (45°06'S., 66°00'W.) is 50m high, covered
Isla Pan de Azucar, 2.25 miles SW of Islas Cayetano, is 54m
7.28 with vegetation, and extends about 3 miles in a WNW and ESE
high, conical, rocky, and steep. It has a cairn on its summit, an direction. The SW shore is difficult to approach and off it are a
islet off its N side, two islets off its W side, and two islets off number of islands and shoals. A cairn beacon, about 1.8m high,
its E side. This island does not appear as a sugarloaf as its stands close S of Punta Norte, the NW extremity of the island.
name would indicate. The N shore is accessible and has two anchorages.
The islet lying to the NW is very small and at HW only a
7.28 Roca Leon Marino, about 0.7 mile NE of Punta Norte, cov-
7.31

small portion of it is visible. A reef which extends to the NW ers at HW, is dark, and the sea always breaks.
of this islet ends in a rock which uncovers. Isla Tovita lies close E of the SE extremity of Isla Tova. It
7.31

North of the two E islets are four rocks, which at extreme

7.28 extends about 1.2 miles in a NW and SE direction and is joined
LW appear as two. to Isla Tova at LW.
Islote Spur is a pointed white rock about 0.7 mile N of Isla
7.28 A 9.1m shoal lies about 1 mile NNE of the NE extremity of
7.31

Pan de Azucar. A reef, marked by kelp, extends about 183m E Isla Tovita. Isla Este lies about 0.1 mile E of the SE extremity
of the rock. of Isla Tovita and is only about 0.2 mile in extent.
Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 6.4 to 8.2m,
7.28 Isla Gaviota, low and rocky, lies about 0.2 mile N of the NW
7.31

gravel, about 0.1 mile N of the E end of Catetano Island. end of Isla Tovita and is about 1 mile in length in a N and S di-
This anchorage is not sheltered and should only be used tem-
7.28 rection. A drying reef connects the two islands.
porarily. About 0.7 mile E of Isla Este is a dangerous reef which cov-
7.31

ers at HW. Between this reef and the islet is a deep channel in
7.29 Puerto Melo (45°02'S., 65°51'W.), about 2.2 miles which the current is strong. Breakers occur E of the reef.
wide at the entrance, recedes about 2.2 miles and has a number Rocas Medrano, which lie about 3 miles SSE of Isla Este,
7.31

of islands and islets in its entrance. uncover at low tide. The sea usually breaks heavily except in a
The W half of the bay is shallow and has many drying parts,
7.29 calm. Roca Pinguino, which dries about 0.3m, lies 0.25 mile N
but the E portion has depths of about 11 to 12.8m in the deep- of Punta Este, the NE extremity of Isla Tova.
est part near the entrance. Local knowledge is essential. Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in Bahia Del Fond-
7.31

A beacon stands on Punta Picachos, the S extremity of the

7.29 eadero, located between Isla Gaviota and the NE shore of Isla
peninsula that forms the E side of Puerto Melo. A beacon Tova, in 11m, sand, good holding ground. The anchorage is
stands on the NE shore of the bay. protected from all winds except from the NNW, N, and NNE,
Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents off this part of the coast
7.29 but they do not raise heavy seas. The heaviest squalls are from
are strong and set along the shore with velocities of 2 or 3 the SW, which batter the N shore of Golfo San Jorge and caus-
knots. es a heavy surf to roll S into the anchorage.
Off the projecting points and in confined passages the
7.29 A rock, awash, lies 2.25 miles WNW of Punta Norte. A
7.31

strength is, of course, increased and causes heavy tide rips sunken rock lies about 0.2 mile E of the above rock and another
when opposed to the wind. sunken rock lies about 0.1 mile to the W. Kelp marks the vicin-
Within Puerto Melo the flood current attains a velocity of
7.29 ity of these rocks. A rock, with 5.9m and marked by kelp, lies
about 0.5 knot, while the ebb current is scarcely perceptible. about 1 mile W of the rock awash.
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the middle of the
7.29

entrance to Puerto Melo, in about 11m, sand. The holding 7.32 Islote Gran Robredo, located about 2.5 miles SW of
ground is good. West winds raise little sea. Isla Tova, is a rock with a reef lying off its NE extremity and a
small island lying close off its S extremity. Islote Pequeno Ro-
7.30 Roca Racial, which shows only at very low tide and bredo lies about 1 mile WNW of Islote Gran Robredo.
which seldom breaks, lies about 1.2 miles W of Isla Pan de About 1 mile NE of Islote Pequeno Robredo is a drying rock.
7.32

Azucar. About 1 mile NE of Islote Pequeno Robredo is a rock with less

Roca Bergara, a small drying rock which breaks at half tide,
7.30 than 1.8m. Numerous rocks and islets lie close to the SW side
lies about 0.7 mile WNW of Roca Racial. About 0.1 mile ESE of Isla Tova. A drying rock lies about 3 miles W of Islote
of Roca Bergara is a rock which does not uncover. Pequeno Robredo.
Roca Flora, which dries and which breaks at half tide, lies
7.30 Caution.—The area in the vicinity of Punta Tafor
7.32

about 1.7 miles WSW of Isla Pan de Azucar. (45°03'S., 66°17'W.) is reported to not agree with the chart.
Rocas San Pascual, two black rocks which seldom cover, lie
7.30 Islas Lobos, located about 1.8 miles SW of Tafor Point and
7.32

nearly 4 miles W of Isla Pan De Azucar. extending to the SW, are of a dark color and are fringed with
Islote Cangrejos, which lies about 0.7 mile N of Rocas San
7.30 rocks.
Pascual is a low black islet, circular in shape, about 60m in di-
ameter and conspicuous. 7.33 Bahia Bustamante (45°08'S., 66°24'W.) lies between
7.30A 0.4m rocky shoal, marked by kelp, lies about 1.2 miles Punta Ezquerra and Punta Ulloa, the E extremity of Peninsula
WSW of Islote Cangrejos. Gravina, 6.5 miles to the SW.
Between Punta Castillos (45°03'S., 65°56'W.), and Punta
7.30 The land around the bay has a number of small hills which
7.33

Pub. 124
230 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes

obscure the high pampa behind, the most conspicuous of which

are Tetas De Pineda, two hills lying E and W of each other in
latitude 45°06'S, which can be easily recognized from S and
SE; from the E they appear as a single hill.
The shore consists of rugged rock cliffs, interspersed by
7.33

stony beaches.
The bay contains many islets, rocks, and shoals which are
7.33

hazards to navigation.
Several conspicuous buildings are located close W of Punta
7.33

Ulloa. A light is shown about 0.6 mile W of the point. A light

is shown from the W shore of the bay about 3 miles WNW of
the point.
Islas Viana (45°11'S., 66°24'W.), a group of islands lying
7.33

3.5 miles SE of Punta Ulloa. The N island is the largest and off
its E side a reef projects about 0.4 mile to the E. The S island is
the lowest and has three pointed black hillocks.
A beacon, 9m high on a black tripod, is shown from the S
7.33

side of the N island. A sunken wreck lies about 0.6 mile SSE of
the light structure.
Isla Cevallos, about 3 miles NNE of Islas Viana, is low, dark.
7.33

and devoid of vegetation. The sea breaks heavily on it and it is

difficult to recognize against the mainland.
About 0.7 mile NNW of the islet lies a rock, with a depth of
7.33

less than 1.8m, located on the end of a rocky bank marked by

kelp extending from the islet.
Roca Azopardo, a black and pointed rock located about 2
7.33

miles ENE of Islas Viana, uncovers at LW. The kelp on this

rock is not usually visible, but the sea breaks over it except in
calm weather.
Paso Sud, between Islas Viana and Peninsula Aristizabal, is
7.33

the best approach to Bahia Bustamante as it is wide, clear, and 7.34 Cabo Aristizabal Light
straight and has depths of more than 11m. It is the only pass
recommended at night. Quintano.
Anchorage.—The holding ground is good everywhere in the
7.33
Bahia Solano (45°39'S., 67°16'W.) is about 10 miles wide N
7.34

bay, but the depths and bottom vary greatly. of Punta Novales. In the N and S parts of the bay, shoal depths
The best anchorage is in about 9.1m, sand, shell and mud
7.33
of less than 5.5m extend about 2.2 miles offshore.
about 1.5 miles NW of Punta Ulloa. The anchorage is good in Falso Salamanca, located about 15 miles N of Punta Nova-
7.34

N and W winds which raise a slight sea. Winds from the SW les, is conical in shape.
and S bring in a heavy ground swell which place a strain on the When seen bearing less than 270°, it appears as a perfect
7.34

anchor. cone; when bearing more than 270°, its summit begins to ap-
pear to lean to the N. When bearing more than 341°, the peak is
7.34 Cabo Aristizabal (45°13'S., 66°31'W.), the SE ex- hidden by high tableland.
tremity of Peninsula Aristizabal, lies 5 miles SW of Punta Pico Salamanca, located about 9 miles N of Punta Novales,
7.34

Ulloa and appears yellowish. A light is shown from the cape. is conical in shape. About halfway up is a yellowish horizontal
From Cabo Aristizabal to Isla Quintano, about 8 miles W,
7.34
stripe which makes it conspicuous.
the coast is low. About 4.3 miles W of the cape there is a group Shoal depths extend 1.5 miles off Punta Novales. Restinga
7.34

of rocks, one of which shows above-water, extending S from Novales, the outer portion of the shoal, uncovers at half tide.
the shore for a distance of nearly 1 mile. They are marked by
kelp. 7.35 Caleta Cordova (45°46'S., 67°20'W.), entered be-
Isla Quintano (45°15'S., 66°42'W.), located about 8 miles
7.34 tween Punta Novales and Punta Pando, is 2 miles wide and re-
W of Aristizabal Point and 1.5 miles from the coast, is low and cedes about 1 mile. The holding ground in the cove is said to be
of yellowish color; a reef, upon which are two small islets, ex- good. A disused oil terminal, marked by a beacon, is located
tends 0.3 mile E from its S end. about 0.7 mile NNE of Punta Pando. Anchorage can be ob-
A group of sunken rocks, which break at half tide, lies about
7.34
tained about 1 mile SSW of Punta Novales, in a depth of
1 mile E of Isla Quintano and another rock, which is above-wa- 12.8m.
ter, lies about 0.5 mile NNW of the same island. Passage N of Numerous structures of a petroleum facility stand on Punta
7.35

the island is not recommended. Pando. On Cerro Loma Blanca, on the W side of the cove,
From Isla Quintano to Caleta Cordova, a distance of about
7.34 there is a conspicuous white conical shape structure.
40 miles, the coast is cliffy. Southeastern storms are dangerous and vessels may have to
7.35

An unmarked anchor lies about 11 miles to the S of Isla

7.34
get underway.

Pub. 124
 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes 231

Caleta Olivares (45°46'S., 67°21'W.) lies between Punta

7.35 The winter season is also windy, but with cold and dry
7.36

Pando and Cabo San Jorge, 1.5 miles SSW. Drying reefs, bor- weather accompanied by snow. Offshore winds prevail most of
dered by kelp, fringe Cabo San Jorge to distances of up to 0.7 the time, particularly in the summer. These winds are often
mile. The coasts surrounding the cove are high and sheer ex- strong and gusty, raising quite a sea. Strong and gusty winds
cept to the SW, where there is a small beach. out of the SW to NW will make it impossible to moor in the
Petrolera Caleta Cordova Terminal (45°46'S., 67°19W.),
7.35 harbor or to the oil-loading platforms.
an SBM used to load oil tankers, lies about 2 miles ESE of Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents are weak in the vicin-
7.36

Punta Pando in about 23m of water. Pilotage is compulsory. ity of the coast and run parallel to it. Outside, the currents at-
The terminal requires an ETA 7 days, 72 hours, 48 hours, and tain a maximum velocity of 1.25 knots. The tidal range is from
24 hours prior to arrival. The terminal is located within a re- 2.2 to 5.9m.
stricted area; instructions, regulations, and signals used when Depths—Limitations.—A breakwater extends E from Pun-
7.36

loading are obtained from the terminal. ta Borja. Cargo is usually offloaded into lighters. Muelle de Ul-
Caleta Cordova terminal can be contacted, as follows:
7.35 tramar, the main berth, is 216m long with reported depths
1. VHF:VHF channels 9, 16, and 68 alongside of 10m. A large pontoon lies sunk about 41m off the
2. Telephone:54-297-4590138 end of the breakwater. The berths alongside the town pier are
An anchorage for loading tankers is located 4 miles SE of
7.35 mostly for coasters.
Punta Pando. Another anchorage, in a depth of 12.8m, lies There are piers on the N side with alongside depths up to
7.36

about 1 mile SE of Punta Pando, but caution is necessary when 7.1m. However, vessels up to 46m in length can go alongside a
using this anchorage as overfalls occur on a bank lying about section of the wharf with a 4.5m depth, but should not stay
0.5 mile ESE of the anchorage. alongside overnight.
Caution.—Two lost anchors and cables lie about 1 and 1.5
7.35 The port should be entered at HW during daylight hours on-
7.36

miles SE of Cabo San Jorge. There have been many reports of ly.
lost anchors, some with lengthy cables, in the offshore anchor- There are three offshore oil-loading facilities located within
age area, the positions of which are indicated by foul areas on the formation of three bights between the drying reefs extend-
the chart. ing offshore. The northernmost bight is between Restinga Ali
Restinga Ali, a reef, extends from the coast 3 miles SW of
7.35 and Restinga del Medio. The middle bight is between Restinga
Punta San Jorge (45°47'S., 67°22'W.); another reef, Restinga del Medio and Restinga Coronel. The southernmost bight, be-
Sur, extends E from Punta Borja, 3.5 miles farther SW. tween Restinga Coronel and Punta Borja, is used as the landing
place. The shore of the bay is composed of low cliffs of regular
7.36 Puerto Comodoro Rivadavia (45°52'S., 67°28'W.) height and is backed by hills scored by ravines. The port is
(World Port Index No. 13920) lies on the shores of an open bay open to NE and E winds with no protection. The climate is
roadstead between Restinga Ali and Punta Borja. Alongside characterized by a windy season with dry weather and pleasant
berthing is only suitable for coasters; however, the port serves temperatures from November to April.
as a center for the oil field in the area. Aspect.—The port can be identified by three hills separated
7.36

Winds—Weather.—The port is open to NE and E winds

7.36 by deep glens. erro Hermitte (45°49.6'S., 67°28.4'W.) has a
with no protection. The climate is characterized by a windy beacon on its summit and a steep face on the NE. A tank is vis-
season with dry weather and pleasant temperatures from No- ible 25 miles offshore from another summit that lies 1.7 miles
vember to April. Vessels should be prepared to leave the port W of Cerro Hermitte.
when fresh easterlies occur. Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and 48 hour advance no-
7.36

tice is required. Pilots come from Puerto Madryn or Puerto De-

seado.
Contact Information.—See the table titled Puerto Como-
7.36

doro Rivadavia—Contact Information.

Puerto Comodoro Rivadavia—Contact

Information
Port Operations
VHF VHF channels 10, 12, and 16
54-297-444-5264
Telephone
54-297-1562-13114 (mobile)
[email protected]
E-mail
[email protected]
Port Authority
54-297-447-3096
Telephone
54-297-446-4361
7.36 Puerto Comodoro Rivadavia

Pub. 124
232 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes

Puerto Comodoro Rivadavia—Contact centered around an SBM. Entry is prohibited within 0.7 mile of
Information the SBM when tanker operations are underway.
Caleta Paula (46°28'S., 67°30'W.) lies about 2 miles S of
7.38

E-mail [email protected] Caleta Olivia. A pier, 453m long with an alongside depth of
Web site http://www.appcr.com.ar 9m, can accommodate ocean-going vessels up to 140m long. A
second pier, 170m long, can accommodate fishing vessels or
Yacimientos Petroliferos Fiscales (YPF) other small craft up to 70m long.
Call sign LSU6
7.39 From Caleta Olivia to Punta Murphy, 15 miles SE, the
VHF VHF channels 10, 16, and 68 coast is high, steep, and rocky.
From Punta Murphy (46°39'S., 67°18'W.), the W extremity
7.39

Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor anywhere off the port, in

7.36
of Bahia Langara, to Punta Casamayor, about 20 miles SE, the
depths of 7.3 to 11m, sand and mud, good holding ground, coast is steep and inaccessible. At Punta Casamayor, the land
except within the limits of the prohibited anchorage area. rises to steep yellow hills, known as Alturas De Espinosa, and
Directions.—The port can be approached directly from SW
7.36
for a distance of about 42 miles ESE, continues moderately
by keeping clear of Restinga Ali, Restinga Sur, Restinga del high as far as Pan de Azucar near Cabo Tres Puntas.
Medio, and Restinga Coronel. There are two wrecks showing above the water in Bahia Lan-
7.39

Caution.—Sand waves have been reported about 2 miles

7.36
gara and one off Punta Murphy, which is completely exposed
ENE of the breakwater. at low tide.
There are many foul berths due to the loss of anchors and the
7.36
Fondeadero Mazarredo (47°02'S., 66°42'W.) is open to the
7.39

presence of cables in the vicinity of the offshore area and near N and E.
the head of the oil pier. Anchorage can be taken, in about 8 to 18.3m. Pico Colorado
7.39

is one of two red hills on the W side of the harbor. It is the E

Puerto Comodoro Rivadavia to Cabo Tres Puntas most of the two and conspicuous, despite being lower than the
nearby cliff.
7.37 Punta Marques (45°57'S., 67°32'W.), 50m high and Monte Loaysa, about 18 miles E of Fondeadero Mazarredo,
7.39

easily identified by its sheer yellow cliffs, lies 6 miles SSW of projects above some cliffs and is conspicuous because it is san-
Punta Borja. It is the E extremity of a rugged yellowish ridge dy and has no vegetation.
which has a steep NE slope and rises to an elevation of 164m Bahia Sanguineto (47°06'S., 66°06'W.) provides protection
7.39

about 0.5 mile W of the point. from S winds.

From Punta Marques to Bahia Sanguineto, 95 miles SE, a
7.37
Between Bahia Sanguineto and Cabo Tres Puntas, 9 miles to
7.39

large part of the coast will afford shelter from the land winds, the E, the coast is fringed by reefs and is inaccessible. The sea
the holding ground being good and of mud, but the SE and E breaks on it heavily.
winds cause heavy seas.
Rada Tilly (45°56'S., 67°33'W.) is open to winds from the
7.37

Cabo Tres Puntas to Puerto Deseado

NE and SE quadrants, especially those from W which blow
with considerable force. The ground swell from the SE enters 7.40 Cabo Tres Puntas (47°06'S., 65°52'W.) may be rec-
the roadstead but is not severe. ognized from seaward as the end of a long range of tableland
Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken about 0.7 mile N of
7.37
trending N and S. The cape shows three distinct upright heads
Punta Marques, in 9.1 to 12.8m, fine sand, good holding of a light-colored earthy cliff.
ground. Off these heads, ledges of rock extend 0.75 mile seaward and
7.40

7.37Caleta del Fondo, a slight indentation in the coast about 2 over them the tidal currents, which run parallel to coast at rates
miles in extent, lies 7 miles S of Punta Marques. A beacon of 1 to 2 knots, rush and ripple with violence.
stands on the N entrance point. The cove is exposed to winds Pan de Azucar, 132m in height, and conspicuous because of
7.40

from the N to S through E. its conical shape, lies about 4 miles W of the cape.
Anchorage can be taken about 1 mile SE of the beacon, in
7.37
From Cabo Tres Puntas to Cabo Blanco, 8 miles to the SE,
7.40

14.6m, fine sand, good holding ground. the coast is low, rocky, and fringed with kelp, with tableland in-
Caution.—An oil well head lies about 10 miles E of Punta
7.37
shore. The whitish aspect of the coast is broken at intervals by
Marques. patches of trees and vegetation.
7.38 Caleta Olivia (46°26'S., 67°31'W.), 23 miles S of 7.41 Cabo Blanco (47°12'S., 65°45'W.) is formed by three
Caleta del Fondo, is formed by two reefs which enclose a well- distinct masses of rugged rock, about 44m high and whitened
protected beach. Tres Picos, about 8 miles NW and 5 miles in- by guano, which are connected to the mainland by a low, nar-
land, is conspicuous. row isthmus and appear as islands when first sighted.
An SBM, at which tankers can load, is situated 1.5 miles NE
7.38
On each side of the isthmus is a small cove. A pole beacon
7.41

of Olivia Light. Submarine pipelines are laid between the SBM stands on the S extremity of Cabo Blanco about 0.5 mile S of
and the shore. There is a depth of 42m at the SBM. Vessels up the light structure.
to 150,000 dwt can be accommodated. There are numerous rocks in the vicinity of the cape. One of
7.41

Caution.—A restricted area is best seen on chart. Anchoring

7.38
the rocks dries and lies about 0.4 mile NE of the light structure.
is prohibited within a circular area with a radius of 2 miles, Tides—Currents.—In the vicinity of Cabo Blanco, the tidal
7.41

Pub. 124
 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes 233

Breakers have been reported 12 miles ESE of Cabo Blanco

7.41

and extensive well-defined patches of discolored water have

been seen in the vicinity.
Navigation is prohibited inside the area bounded by the fol-
7.41

lowing positions:
a. 47°45'18.5"S, 65°54'48.3"W.
b. 47°45'19.8"S, 65°54'47.2"W.
c. 47°45'20.4"S, 65°54'48.6"W.
d. 47°45'19.3"S, 65°54'49.8"W.

Puerto Deseado (47°45'S., 65°54'W.)

World Port Index No. 13930

7.42 Puerto Deseado is situated on the N side of the mouth

of the Rio Deseado, which is 1.5 miles wide between Peninsula
Foca and Restinga Chaffers.
Fish is processed and frozen here for export. Vessels moor
7.42

starboard side-to using the port anchor. The best time for enter-
7.40 Cabo Blanco Light ing is on the ebb and sailing is on the flood. Berthing is best
within the hour of high tide. In some berths, large fenders are
currents set along the coast with velocities of 1 to 2 knots. Be- necessary as some portions of the wharf are built on rock
tween the banks the currents are less regular and produce which projects from its face in places.
breakers. Around Cabo Tres Puntas, the tidal currents run Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are from the SW
7.42

along the coast with velocities of 1 to 2 knots and also cause to NW. Sudden heavy gales appear to be prevalent, rising with-
breakers. out warning.
From Cabo Blanco to Puerto Deseado, a distance of about 35
7.41
The SW winds generally die out during the night, but the
7.42

miles, the coast is low with deep water close-to. NW winds continue to blow for days. Southeast winds are un-
About 4 miles SW of Punta Guzman, which is about 8 miles
7.41
common and bring strong but short-lived gales.
S of Cabo Blanco, is Falso Pico de los Rios, so called because When strong W winds blow, there may be dust storms which
7.42

it is sometimes confused with Pico de los Rios. impede visibility; in such cases it is advisable to keep position
A shoal bank, with dangerous overfalls and a least depth of
7.41
by radar and stand off or anchor until the visibility improves.
10.3m, lies about 8 miles SE of Punta Guzman. The amount of rainfall is low, averaging 74 days per year.
7.42

Pico de Los Rios, about 10 miles SW of Punta Guzman, is

7.41
Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents set in and out of the
7.42

seen from seaward only when bearing between 250° and 300°. port with regularity. At neap tides the tidal current flows from 3
Within 3 miles of the Rio Deseado the land becomes high
7.41
to 4 knots and at spring tides from 5 to 6 knots. The interval of
and cliffy. slack water is only about 5 minutes.
A shoal, with a depth of 9.1m, lies 5 miles offshore and 11
7.41
Depths—Limitations.—The least reported depth in the har-
7.42

miles NE of Peninsula Foca, the N entrance point of Ria De- bor was 7.5m. The Fiscal Wharf, a dog-leg pier, with a total
seado. length of 740m, has a depth of 11m alongside.
Aspect.—A black, triangular iron framework beacon with
7.41
Aspect.—Cerros Direccion, located about 5 miles to the NW
7.42

staff and globe top mark stands on the mainland about 2.7 of the entrance, are about 142 and 149m high and are conspicu-
miles N of Peninsula Foca. The beacon is 10.9m high; the up- ous.
per section of the seaward side is faced with horizontal slats. Roca El Torreon (El Torreon) stands on the S side of the en-
7.42

Roca Sorrel, which dries, lies about 2.7 miles NE of Penin-

7.41
trance. It has the appearance of an isolated tower and is easily
sula Foca; the passage between Roca Sorrel and the coast recognized from seaward.
should not be used. Cerro Clayrac, about 1.5 miles W of Roca El Torreon, is
7.42

Anchorage.—Caleta Cabo Blanco (Caleta Sur), on the S

7.41
30m high and is visible from seaward.
side of Cabo Blanco, is sheltered from winds from NE, through Two conspicuous chimneys and a steeple are located in the
7.42

W, to SW. town of Puerto Deseado. A radio tower, 50m high, stands N of

The best anchorage is at the center of the cove, in 10m, good
7.41
the town.
sand bottom with the light on Cabo Blanco bearing 031° and Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and should be requested
7.42

the beacon bearing 090°. Small vessels will find good shelter in at least 48 hours in advance. If not already embarked, the pilot
the NE corner of the bay, close to the kelp. will board in the outer anchorage; in foul weather the pilot will
Several shoal banks and reefs, with depths of as little as 0.9m
7.41
board on the second range.
and best seen on the chart, lie up to 9 miles E and SE of Cabo Anchorage.—Ships awaiting entry or berthing can anchor,
7.42

Blanco. in 15m, on the entrance range, about 1.7 miles SSE of Peninsu-
Caution.—Vessels navigating in the vicinity of the cape
7.41
la Foca. The recommended waiting anchorage is about 1.5
should make allowance for the tidal currents, as they run with miles further to the SE.
considerable force. When waiting for a short period, a vessel may use the inner
7.42

Pub. 124
234 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes

anchorage which is located about 0.4 mile W of Punta Cascajo, the island, in 11m, shells. Vessels should not remain in this an-
in a depth of 11m. chorage at night, as NW winds are frequent and it is then diffi-
Caution.—Do not confuse the portal cranes with the en-
7.42 cult to leave. The anchorage should be approached with
trance beacons, which lead over the bar on a bearing of caution due to the strong tidal currents.
283.75°. An anchor with 50m of chain has been reported to lie Vessels can anchor further N of the island with the light
7.43

1.25 miles SE of Cavendish Point. structure bearing 170°, distant about 2.7 miles, in 27m, pebbles
and shells, good holding ground.
Puerto Deseado to Puerto San Julian Care is necessary to avoid a 11.6m patch which was reported
7.43

to lie about 2.2 miles N of the light.

7.43 From Punta Guanacos (47°48'S., 65°53'W.), 3 miles
S of Puerto Deseado, the coast trends S for 5.5 miles and then 7.44 Bahia Oso Marino (47°56'S., 65°46'W.) is 1.5 miles
E for nearly 4 miles to Punta Norte. This stretch of coast is wide between Punta Norte and Punta Pozos, and recedes about
closely backed by high land and is bordered by kelp. Vessels 1.2 miles. It is one of the best anchorages on this coast. Punta
should not approach the coast closer than 3 miles. Pozos is high and conspicuous. A reef extends about 0.6 mile
SE. There are tide rips off the outer end of this reef.
Arrecife Mayo lies about 0.7 mile NNE of Punta Pozos. At
7.44

low tide an area about 183m in extent uncovers and has the ap-
pearance of an islet surrounded by breakers. At high tide the
sea seldom breaks over this reef. Two submerged rocks lie
about 0.1 mile NE of the reef.
Two anchors, one with 247m and the other with 275m of
7.44

chain, lie about 2 miles NE of Punta Pozos.

A shoal patch, with a depth of 7.8m, lies about 0.4 mile NE
7.44

of Arrecife Mayo. Two rocks, which never break, lie 1 mile

bearing 114° from Punta Norte. Between the rocks and the
point there are several shoal patches.
At the N side of Isla Chata, the largest island between Isla
7.44

Pinguino and Punta Norte, there is a wreck which is entirely

uncovered at LW.
The best anchorage is in 12.8m, sand and mud, about half-
7.44

way between Arrecife Mayo and Punta Azoparado, to the W.

The anchorage for small vessels is in 6m, close S of the line
7.44

of Punta Pozos and Punta Azoparado.

With a fresh breeze from the N, it is advisable to anchor clos-
7.44

er to Punta Norte. The anchorage is good, but is exposed to all

but W winds and is subject to heavy seas.
Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents off the entrance are
7.44

rapid and form strong tide rips even in a calm, while in a breeze
they are very dangerous for vessels of any size. The flood sets
to the NNE and has been observed to attain a velocity of 3
knots against a strong N wind.
The ebb sets nearly in the opposite direction with about the
7.44

same velocity. Off Isla Pinguino the N current ceases about 4

hours after HW by the shore. The tidal currents set strongly on-
to Punta Pozos.

7.43 Isla Pinguino Light 7.45 Bahia de los Nodales (48°01'S., 65°52'W.) is about
10 miles wide between Punta Pozos and Punta Medanosa and
recedes about 5 miles.
Isla Pinguino (47°55'S., 65°43'W.) is about 49m high. Its S
7.43 With the exception of the NW portion of the bay, the shores
7.45

side is steep and can be approached close-to. Between the is- are fouled by reefs and rocks.
land and the mainland are several islets and numerous rocks. These dangers project in places to about 1 mile off the N
7.45

Many of the rocks are submerged at all stages of the tide and shore and 2.75 miles off the W and S shores. Many of the shal-
the S side of the islet is marked by a light. low patches are marked by kelp.
Two shoal patches, with rocks on them, lie about 0.3 and 0.8
7.43 Punta Lobos, on the bay's N shore, is high with rock towers
7.45

mile N of Isla Pinguino. There is a rock, awash at LW, which and is conspicuous. Between Punta Lobos and Punta Medanos
lies about 0.4 mile NE of the N extremity of the island. Negros, about 3.7 miles SW, the shore of the bay recedes and
A shoal, with a depth of 7.9m, lies about 2.2 miles N of Isla
7.43 forms an inner bay.
Pinguino. Overfalls extend about 2 miles N from the island. Arrecife Burgos, which is composed of a group of shoal
7.45

Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken off the NW side of

7.43
patches, lies about 1.7 miles ESE of Punta Medanos Negros.

Pub. 124
 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes 235

Isla Guano lies on this reef. Shoal patches, with depths of less Anchorage can be taken in the NW part of the bay, in depths
7.48

than 3.7m, lie up to 0.75 mile SE of the reef. of more than 9.1m. Temporary anchorage can be taken, in 16m,
Reefs, on which Isla Schwars lies, extend 4 miles NE of Pun-
7.45 sand and shell, about 0.4 mile E of Morro Campana.
ta Medanosa; the N group is named Arrecife Schwars. From Punta Mercedes to Cabo Vigia, a distance of 20 miles,
7.48

Tides—Currents.—Inside the bay, the tidal currents run

7.45 the land increases in height and the coast is safer, but shoals
weak, but in the vicinity of Punta Lobos and N of Arrecife which seldom break and which are sometimes marked by kelp,
Schwars, as well as between the islands and rocks which com- extend about 3 miles E of Cabo Vigia, a low round point.
pose it, the currents run with considerable force and produce In advancing S, the land still rises until it attains a height of
7.48

breakers. over 183m, and is then remarkable for its horizontal outline.
Isla Chato and Isla Parajo, about 11 miles SW of Cabo Vigia,
7.48

7.46 Punta Medanosa (48°06'S., 65°55'W.), the S point of though low, are too near the land to be dangerous to vessels
Bahia de los Nodales, is high and surrounded by dangerous that keep a fair offing.
rocks and reefs; on the shores to the S are many wrecks which About 9 miles SSW of Isla Chato and off the high tableland
7.48

may indicate that the current here sets toward the shore. of Cabo Danoso, a dangerous reef, which breaks at LW and is
Isla Liebres (48°06'S., 65°54'W.) is a rocky islet lying close
7.46 marked by kelp, projects 3 miles SE from the shore, but does
off the NE point of Punta Medanosa. Isla Shag, a whitish bare not appear to be steep-to; then about 29 miles to Port San Julia
rock about 7m high, lies about 1 mile E of Punta Medanosa. there are no known dangers.
About 1 mile SW of the islet are three black above-water
7.46

rocks. 7.49 Roca Santa Cruz (48°48'S., 66°14'W.), a rocky shoal

The coast from Punta Medanosa to Cabo Guardian, a dis-
7.46 with a least depth of 4m, lies 18.5 miles S of Roca Bellaco. The
tance of about 22 miles to the SW, is foul and is for the greater shoal extends about 39.6m in a NW to SE direction, and about
part fringed with kelp. In places the foul ground extends off- 19.8m in a NE-SW direction.
shore for distances of about 3 miles. It is steep-to on its W side, but there are depths of less than
7.49

Bahia Desvelos (48°19'S., 66°16'W.) is about 7 miles wide

7.46 18.3m as far as 183m E. Tide rips have been observed close
between Cabo Guardian on the S and Islote Cabo, a reddish SW of the shoals; its position may also be indicated by herds of
rock, 6m high, on the N. A reef, on which there are several seals, which are usually to be found in its vicinity.
rocks above-water, extends about 1 mile offshore at the center Tidal currents in the vicinity of this shoal run NE and SW,
7.49

of the head of the bay. varying between 0.5 and 3 knots.

Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 18 to 21.9m, fine
7.46

sand bottom, with Cabo Guardian Light bearing 225° and the
rocks on the reef at the head of the bay bearing 320°. During
SW winds, the sea sets in from SE.

7.47 Cabo Guardian (48°21'S., 66°20'W.), 10m high, is

of a reddish color and surrounded by reefs and rocks for a dis-
tance of about 3 miles to the E and 4.5 miles to the SE.
The shoal area around the cape is marked by kelp and usual-
7.47

ly breaks at low tide. Survival equipment is stowed at the light

structure, a black square metal framework tower, 36m high, lo-
cated on the SE side of the cape.
Roca Bellaco (48°30'S., 66°11'W.) dries about 0.6m. It is of
7.47

blackish color, pointed in form and about 32m in extent. At low

tide and during ordinary weather, the rock has been seen from a
distance of 10 miles. Tide rips extend SE of this rock; during
strong winds tide rips also extend to the NW.
Frequent calms are experienced in this area and during such
7.47

times the sea does not break over the rock at high tide. It is rec-
ommended that vessels pass E of this rock.
An area, with a depth of 10m, lies 5.25 miles W of Roca Bel-
7.47

laco and the existence of lesser depths is possible.

7.48 Bahia Laura (48°23'S., 66°25'W.) is 5 miles wide

between Cabo Guardian and Punta Mercedes. On the NE ex-
tremity of Punta Mercedes is a remarkable flat-topped rock of
reddish color named Morro Campana. To the N of Morro Cam-
pana shoals extend off the W shore of the bay to a distance of
about 0.7 mile.
Reefs which lie from 2.75 to 3.5 miles ESE of Morro Cam-
7.48

7.49 Cabo Danoso Light

pagna are marked by kelp; the sea almost always breaks over
them.

Pub. 124
236 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes

Cabo Danoso (48°50'S., 67°13'W.) is low and composed of lian—Contact Information.

shingle. Within it rises a tableland with some detached hills,
which appear conical from some directions. A light is shown 2 Puerto San Julian—Contact Information
miles N of the cape.
A radio tower, 110m high, painted in wide white and orange
7.49
VHF VHF channels 10, 12, and 16
stripes, stands 17 miles SW of Cabo Danoso. Lights are not Telephone 54-2962-452612
shown from the tower.
Facsimile 54-2962-452069
Cabo Curioso (49°11'S., 67°36'W.), 25 miles SSW of Cabo
7.49

Danoso, is formed by stratified cliffs, of which the lower layers

are darker in color than the upper layers. A light is shown from Anchorage.—The anchorage for large vessels is E of San
7.50

the cape. A reef fringes the cape and extends about 0.3 mile Julian, in 7m, sand bottom, with Pueblo Beacon, located at the
offshore. S part of the town, bearing 293° distance 0.3 mile. The current
sometimes attains a velocity of 3 knots at this anchorage.
Puerto San Julian (49°19'S., 67°42'W.) Vessels should not anchor off the lighter pier, W of Punta Pe-
7.50

na, due to the strong tidal currents and eddies in that vicinity.
World Port Index No. 13940 A wreck, hazardous to vessels anchoring E of San Julian, lies
7.50

sunk about 0.4 mile 048° from Pueblo Beacon.

7.50 Puerto San Julian is a deep entrance of the sea open- Caution.—Foul ground, consisting of an anchor and a fath-
7.50

ing up between Cape Curioso and Desengano Point, terminated om of chain, lies about 1.8 miles 126° from Cabo Curioso.
by a wide sound which is almost completely dry at low tide.
Tides—Currents.—The port is well buoyed, however, ves-
7.50 Puerto San Julian to Puerto Santa Cruz
sels must wait for high tide to enter. The current can reach a
speed of 3 knots and can cause a ship at anchor to drift towards 7.51 South of Puerto San Julian the coast is low, covered
the shore. It changes direction about 2 hours after HW and LW. by scrubby bushes, and fronted by a shingle beach.
At a position 2 miles E of Banco Ferreyra, this change occurs 1 About 10 or 12 miles S of the port a small flat hill is seen
7.51

hour after HW and LW. over the low coastal hills.

In the port the change occurs at about the same time that the
7.50
About 15 miles to the S of Punta Desengano the character of
7.51

tide changes. In the vicinity of the quay, the flood current runs the coast changes with a range of steep white clay cliffs, the av-
from 30 minutes after LW until 15 minutes after HW. erage height about 96m. They rise like a wall from the sea,
The ebb runs parallel to the quay from 30 minutes after HW
7.50
which at HW nearly washes their base, but at LW uncovers a
to 30 minutes after LW. There is no current at the quay from 10 large extent of shingle and mud beach.
to 30 minutes after HW. Some short rocky ledges, which break at half tide, lie off sev-
7.51

Overfalls occur, especially at spring tides, in the vicinity of

7.50
eral parts of this range, but none of them extends more than 1.5
Punta Pena and on a reef NE of the town. miles from the shore. In latitude 49°58'S, the range of steep
Depths—Limitations.—Banco Ferreyra, a part of which
7.50
white cliffs begins gradually to diminish in height, and 9 miles
dries 3.3m, is composed of gravel and lies in the middle of the farther S ends in Punta Norte, 23m high, on the N side of the
entrance. A channel exists on either side of the bank. entrance to Puerto Santa Cruz.
The channel on the N side has a depth of 1.2m. The channel
7.50
Anchorage.—All this stretch of coast is clear and offers
7.51

from the bank up to the town is narrowed in places by shoals good anchorage during offshore winds, at 1 to 2 miles from the
and banks and has a least depth of 3.6m. beach, in 16 to 20m, good holding ground.
There is a concrete quay, about 181m long, with dolphins
7.50
A shoal, which breaks, is reported to extend from the coast
7.51

standing off each end. Depths of about 6.2m are available. about 18 miles SSW of Cabo San Francisco de Paula
This natural port can accommodate ships with a maximum
7.50
(49°45'S., 67°43'W.).
draft of 9.1m. A triangular iron framework beacon, with staff and ball top-
7.51

Aspect.—Punta Desengano, about 30m high, is of a clear

7.50
mark, stands almost 2 miles ENE of Punta Norte. The upper
gray color. A rocky spit extends about 0.7 mile NE from the section of this beacon is crossed by horizontal slats.
point and ends in several drying rocks.
Monte Wood and Monte Sholl, both with flat summits about
7.50 Puerto Santa Cruz (50°01'S., 68°31'W.)
4 miles NNW of San Julian and the radio tower at San Julian,
are conspicuous. The 95m high radio tower has white and World Port Index No. 13950
international orange stripes.
Range lights and range beacons lead through the channels
7.50
7.52 Puerto Santa Cruz is the estuary which receives the
and up to the town. waters of the Rio Santa Cruz and the Rio Chico. It is about 16
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and must be requested at
7.50
miles long, NW to SE, and about 1 mile wide at the entrance,
least 48 hours in advance as they must travel from Buenos Ai- but broadens to a width of 2.5 to 3.5 miles inside.
res. Vessels from N may arrange to board pilots off Puerto Tides—Currents.—South winds increase and N winds de-
7.52

Madryn. crease the range of tide; a range of 13.7m has been recorded at
Contact Information.—See the table titled Puerto San Ju-
7.50
Punta Reparo.
The rise of the tide is very rapid during the first 3 hours,
7.52

during which time it attains 70 per cent of the total rise. A sim-

Pub. 124
 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes 237

At LW, a part of the bank dries 0.6 to 1.8m, and at extreme

7.52

LW other portions of the bank dry. Strong NE and SE winds

cause heavy breakers on the bar.
Two ranges lead over the bar. However, considerable shoal-
7.52

ing has taken place recently and they are no longer safe. The
port authority or local pilots should be contacted for the latest
information.

7.51 Cabo Curioso Light

ilar phenomenon is observed during the ebb.

Outside the bar, the general direction of the tidal currents are
7.52

NE on the flood tide and SW to S on the ebb tide. The ebb cur- 7.52 Punta Santa Cruz Light
rent from the entrance of the estuary runs SE over the bar.
In Canal Norte, the flood current sets NW toward the N
7.52
A quay is located at Punta Quilla about 2.2 miles within the
7.52

shore, but nearer the entrance it sets towards the S shore. entrance. The quay is 158m long and has dolphins off each end
In Canal Sur, the flood current runs N from 1.5 to 5 knots
7.52
extending the length of the outer berth to 258m.
while the ebb current sets to the S at 1.25 to 4 knots. Vessels of 27,000 dwt, with drafts up to 9.5m, can be han-
7.52

In the entrance, the flood current can attain a rate of 6.4

7.52
dled. The quay face is reported to be on an alignment of 307°
knots, which is reached 3 hours before the time of HW at Punta to 127°. The tidal current runs parallel to the quay face. The
Quilla. The ebb current can attain a rate of 6.8 knots, 3 hours outer berth has depths of 10.3 to 11m alongside and the inner
after HW at Punta Quilla. berth 8 to 9m. A catwalk connects the quay to the shore.
The best time for incoming vessels to cross the bar is about 1
7.52
Vessels must use caution when entering due to the changing
7.52

hour before HW at Santa Cruz, which is about the time of HW bar.

at Punta Quilla. Thus they arrive off the town well after HW Aspect.—The entrance to Puerto Santa Cruz lies between
7.52

and ensure a good ebb tide for anchoring. Punta Cascajo, on the N and Punta Entrada, on the S, and is
Departing vessels should cross the bar about 30 minutes be-
7.52
easily recognized. From Punta Norte, the cliffs gradually di-
fore the time of HW at Punta Quiila. minish in height until, at Punta Cascajo, they are only 9.1m
Heavy tide rips occur at the junction of Canal Norte and Ca-
7.52
high.
nal Sur. The E shore of the port is low, but the W shore from Monte
7.52

It has been reported that one can feel the effect of the ebb
7.52
Entrada to Morro Weddell is bordered by cliffs 108 to 126m
tide as far as 20 miles off the port, which produces a drift of 3° high.
to 5° to the shore. It has been reported that vessels entering the port by the S
7.52

Depths—Limitations.—About 4 to 5 miles E of Punta En-

7.52
entrance should keep to the E of the range line when entering
trada, a bar composed of mud and gravel obstructs the entrance the bar.
to the river at low tide. Monte Entrada stands about 0.7 mile S of Punta Entrada, and
7.52

Pub. 124
238 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes

the shoreline to the S of it is bordered by cliffs which reach a

height of 153m.
When seen from the N, Monte Entrada appears as a conical
7.52

peak; from the S it appears flat, falling sharply to the low land
of the point; and from the SE it is confused with the cliffs.
A monument, consisting of a masonry tower surmounted
7.52

with a cross, stands about 1 mile NW of Monte Entrada.

A 43m high, triangular radio tower with white and interna-
7.52

tional orange stripes, 6m wide, stands at the town of Santa

Cruz.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels. Pilots
7.52

should be requested 48 hours in advance. Vessels from the N

can arrange to embark pilots at Puerto Madryn.
Anchorage.—Vessels waiting for favorable tide can anchor
7.52

outside the bar, in depths of 12 to 15m, E of Monte Entrada

and, in 15 to 18m, ESE of Monte Entrada. Generally, the better
holding ground is found nearer to the bar.
Anchorage can be taken between Puntas Entrada and Quilla
7.52

and N of a line between the two points, in 18.3 to 21.9m. This

anchorage has good holding ground and is protected from S
winds. Plenty of chain should be used.
The anchorage off the town is in 9.1 to 10.9m, with good
7.52

holding ground of sand, mud, and gravel.

Caution.—A wreck is located about 1 mile E of Punta En-
7.52

trada Light, close NE of the 303° entrance range. Dangerous

wrecks lie about 2 miles and 6 miles ESE of Santa Cruz Light.
Caution is necessary when entering because the flood current
7.52

sets strongly toward the shore. The banks in the entrance are 7.53 Cabo Buen Tiempo Light
subject to change.
which the sea breaks, which extends for some distance parallel
Puerto Santa Cruz to Puerto Gallegos with the coast.
Monte Tigre, a 111m high hill with a distinctive summit,
7.53

7.53 Between Puerto Santa Cruz and Ria Coig, 58 miles to stands on the shore about 22 miles S of Ria Coig and is con-
the SW, the coast consists of a succession of cliffs and low spicuous.
beaches. It is fronted by a ledge of rocks, which at half tide are
either dry or shown by a line of breakers. They extend in some 7.54 Cabo Buen Tiempo (51°33'S., 68°57'W.) is the S ex-
places 3 miles from the shore. This coast should not be ap- tremity of the long range of clay cliffs, 91 to 122m high, that
proached within 5 miles. extends from Ria Coig. The interior is formed by several open
A radio mast, 75m high, stands about 23 miles WSW of San-
7.53
plains of undulating country, covered with grass and plants, but
ta Cruz Light and about 5 miles inland. entirely destitute of trees.
Ria Coig (50°57'S., 69°08'W.) is conspicuous, as it is the on-
7.53
From a distance, with the low land to the S below the hori-
7.54

ly part of the coast between Puerto Santa Cruz and Cabo Buen zon, the cape has been mistaken for Cabo Virgenes at the en-
Tiempo which has the appearance of an islet. trance of Estrecho de Magallanes, notwithstanding the
It is a shoal basin, about 5 miles wide at HW, between Punta
7.53
difference of more than 45 miles in the latitude of the two
Norte and Punta Sur and is filled with drying banks. There is a headlands. In fine weather, Los Frailes and Los Conventos will
narrow winding channel leading from the bar at the entrance assist in identifying the coast.
with a least depth of 0.9m. Cabo Buen Tiempo is reported to give a good radar return;
7.54

A shoal, with a least depth of 1.8m, lies 3.5 miles ESE of

7.53
the cape is marked by a light.
Punta Norte. Caution.—An anchor, with 192m of chain, lies about 5
7.54

Anchorage can be taken, in 11m, with Punta Estancia, which

7.53
miles NE of the light.
is located about 3 miles SW of Punta Norte, bearing 305° dis- From Cabo Buen Tiempo, the coast trends S for a distance of
7.54

tance 7 miles. about 3 miles to the mouth of the Rio Gallegos. South of the
From Ria Coig to Cabo Buen Tiempo, the coast is similar to
7.53
cape the cliffs, which border the shore, decrease in height and
that N of the inlet, but with fewer rocky ledges, and good an- end in a 27m elevation; from there a low tongue of gravel, with
chorage may be obtained 3 to 6 miles offshore, in depths of 9 some stunted vegetation on it, extends about 0.6 mile SW and
to 25.6m, mud, with the water shoaling gradually to the shore. forms Punta Bustamante, 32m high, the N entrance point of
The beach is of shingle to HW mark, and then of hard clay to
7.53
Puerto Gallegos.
just beyond the LW limit, where a green muddy bottom begins. Numerous foul ground lies within the approach to Cabo
7.54

The outer edge of the clay is bounded by a ledge of rocks on Buen Tiempo from the N.
A danger circle, best seen on the chart, lies 6.6 miles N.
7.54

Pub. 124
 Sector 7. Coast of Argentina—The Rio Negro to Cabo Virgenes 239

Puerto Gallegos (Rio Gallegos) mile SSW of the beacon. A radio tower, 60m high, with white
(51°37'S., 68°58'W.) and orange stripes 6m wide, stands in the town.
Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels should request
7.55

World Port Index No. 13960 pilots and send their ETA 5 days in advance. The pilot is nor-
mally embarked offshore at Puerto Deseado.
7.55 Puerto Gallegos (Rio Gallegos), which is located in- Contact Information.—See the table titled Puerto Gal-
7.55

side the mouth of the river, is entered between Punta Busta- legos—Contact Information.
mante and Punta Loyola, 1.75 miles to the S. Punta Loyola is
low. Puerto Gallegos—Contact Information
For a distance of 3 miles W of Punta Bustamante, the N
7.55

shore of the port is a line of cliffs which terminates in a cone Port

53m high. To the W of the cone the N shore is low. Telephone 54-296-642-2352
The S shore of the port is formed by low lands of gravel for-
7.55

Facsimile 54-296-642-9013
mations. To the W of Gallegos the shore is low, but the N shore
is high. Yacimientos Petroliferos Fiscales (YPF)
Southwest of Punta Loyola and from 10 to 15 miles back
7.55

Call sign LSU8

from the coast there is a series of hills of volcanic origin which
form three groups of hills named Los Frailes, Los Conventos, VHF VHF channels 10, 16, and 68
and Colinas del Norte, which are good landmarks for ap-
proaching the port. Anchorage.—A good anchorage for awaiting tide is in
7.55

Winds—Weather.—The climate is cold but healthy. It is dry

7.55
about 10m on the range line for Canal Sur, with Banco Light
in summer and damp, with occasional snow flurries in the bearing 288°. This anchorage is sheltered from W and SW
spring, autumn, and winter. The temperature in the latter sea- winds. Vessels awaiting the tide to enter Canal Norte can an-
sons varies from 0° to 16°C. There are constant winds from chor 5 miles E of Cabo Buen Tiempo, in a depth of about 5.5m,
SW and W. sand, good holding ground, and sheltered from offshore winds.
Tides—Currents.—The tides are not greatly affected by the
7.55
Numerous anchors and lengths of chain have been lost inside
7.55

winds. The tidal currents run with velocities of 2 to 8 knots. In and outside the harbor.
Canal Norte, when the banks are covered, the tidal currents set
across the channel, but in Canal Sur they set directly through. Puerto Gallegos to Cabo Virgenes
The tidal range has been reported to be as large as 12m
7.55

during springs. 7.56 From Puerto Gallegos to Cabo Virgenes, the coast
Depths—Limitations.—Extensive changes have occurred
7.55
trends SE for about 48 miles and at first is formed by a low
to the depths from W of Punta Loyola to the town. Mariners are shelving shore, invisible at a few miles seaward. After this low
advised to use extreme caution when in this area. shore the cliffs again begin, and continue to Cabo Virgenes,
Canal Norte, with a least depth of 2m, is the channel present-
7.55
with only three breaks.
ly in use to enter the harbor. Anchorage.—There is good anchorage along the whole
7.56

A large T-shaped coal and oil jetty is located on Punta

7.55
coast between Puerto Gallegos and Cabo Virgenes, 2 to 5 miles
Loyola. The jetty is 420m long and 20m wide. from the shore, but the bottom is of boulders of stones.
Vessels up to 224m in length and a draft of up to 13.3m may
7.55
An anchorage, sheltered from winds between S and NW, can
7.56

berth alongside at certain stages of the tide, although there is be taken, in depths of 14 to 16m, about 2 miles from the coast,
only 6.1m of water normally alongside. with Cabo Virgenes bearing 197°.
All the piers in the town dry or nearly dry at LW and the bot-
7.55
Caution should be observed in approaching this anchorage
7.56

tom alongside is sandy mud with pebbles. on account of reported off-lying rocks.
Small vessels lie alongside, aground, to work cargo. Larger
7.55
A shoal, the position and existence of which is doubtful, was
7.56

vessels remain at the anchorage. reported to lie with a depth of 3.7m about 7 miles E of Condor
Aspect.—A cylindrical, checked tank, on a tripod, elevation
7.55
Cliff (52°17'S., 68°24'W.).
49.3m, stands on a hill about 2 miles S of the charted position Caution.—Throughout the area S of the Rio Gallegos, nu-
7.56

of Poblacion Beacon, the E beacon in the port. A tank stands at merous flares at oil wells may be seen; these are constantly
a hospital about 0.9 mile bearing 242° from the beacon. changing.
A black tank stands about 1.5 miles WNW of the beacon. A
7.55

conspicuous chimney stands by a refrigeration plant about 0.5

Pub. 124
 8.
Sector 8—Estrecho de Magallanes

8.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 8 — CHART INFORMATION
Pub. 124

241
 243

SECTOR 8
ESTRECHO DE MAGALLANES

Plan.—This sector describes the Estrecho de Magallanes

8.0 lofty as Cabo Froward is approached. These characteristics
(Strait of Magellan), from its E entrance between Punta continue as far as the E part of Paso Largo.
Dungeness and Cabo Espiritu Santo, W to its W entrance be- 8.1From here, though the mountains still border the strait, the
tween Cabo Victoria and Cabo Pilar, 28 miles SSE. The dis- trees become smaller, until towards the W entrance of the strait
tance between the E and W entrances of the strait, through the the shores are bare and rocky, only the ravines showing a stunt-
various channels, is 310 miles. ed, though dense, vegetation.
Bays and anchorages are described in the order in which they
8.0 8.1East of Cabo Froward, the land is comparatively level com-
are approached from E to W. pared to that W of the cape where there are steep mountains,
bare on the upper parts, but covered with thick moss or dense
General Remarks forest on the lower slopes.
8.1The passage through Estrecho de Magallanes is safe, but vig-
8.1 Winds—Weather.—In the vicinity of the E entrance ilance and caution are necessary. The difficulties and dangers
to Estrecho de Magallanes some 60 to 70 per cent of the winds in navigating the strait in either direction are the same that are
have a W component, while 10 to 15 per cent or more are from experienced in narrow channels and close harbors of the same
the N and 6 to 10 per cent or more are from the S. The mean latitude elsewhere.
velocity in this area is 15 knots. 8.1If the weather is thick, as is likely to be the case for most pe-
8.1In this area gales of Beaufort force 8 (34 knots) and higher riods, the passage is rendered more difficult because of incom-
have been reported on 7 per cent of the observations for the plete surveys, the lack of aids to navigation, the distance
year, and there is little change in expectancy from winter to between anchorages, the lack of good anchorages, the strong
summer. The gale winds are variable, covering all points be- currents, and in some cases the narrow limit for maneuvering.
tween S through W to NE. In summer and autumn, those from 8.1The difference in the duration of daylight in summer and
SW and W are the most common. winter forms an important consideration. In December, there is
8.1Sustained gales are found in that part of Estrecho de Ma- daylight from 0230 until 2030, while in June, daylight will be
gallanes immediately W of Cabo Froward and in the larger ex- limited from 0800 to 1600.
panses of water between the cape and Cabo Virgenes. In 8.1For some, night is preferred to daylight for navigating Prime-
general gales here are less steady in direction than those of the ra Angostura and Segunda Angostura, as the lights are more
open ocean. discernible than the beacons and other marks on land.
8.1At the Pacific entrance to Estrecho de Magallanes, the pre- 8.1Paso Tortuoso is navigated day and night by all regular trad-
vailing winds are NW and frequently stormy. Easterly winds ing vessels. Without local knowledge there is some risk in
usually bring fair weather but are infrequent. passing through this part of the strait because of the strong tidal
8.1At Los Evangelistas more than 50 per cent of the winds are currents and the probability of thick weather, either in the form
from W and NW, while nearly 30 per cent are from S and SW. of snow or rain.
8.1The mean wind velocity is 16 to 17 knots it has been report- 8.1Anchorage should be found before nightfall, but large ves-
ed to attain a speed of 100 knots. sels bound W, with good radar, can safely remain underway in
8.1After a strong blow from NW a sudden shift to W with in- Paso Anchor during night and await daylight for the passage of
creased intensity, squalls and rain is likely, accompanied in Paso Tortuoso.
coastal waters by a high cross sea. Then they may shift to S and Violent and unpredictable squalls are frequent all over the
moderate. But here the S winds are rather uncommon and like strait. Sustained gales are seldom encountered except in the
the still rarer E winds, are accompanied by rising pressure and widest entrances and passages.
fine weather. North gales gives ample warning of their ap- 8.1In many of the countless narrow passages, the wind follows
proach through light winds, an overcast sky, exceptionally the run of the passage and has only two possible directions. It
good visibility, and a falling barometer. may be reversed abruptly when there has been a large shift of
When passing through the strait, an entire change in the fea- wind direction over the open sea.
tures of the country and probably in the weather will be experi- 8.1The most dangerous winds are the violent and unpredictable
enced in its various parts. squalls. The occurrence of one or more of these in succession
8.1From its E entrance to Cabo Porpesse, 100 miles WSW, the from the same direction is no indication that the next will not
land is comparatively low and covered with grass, but no trees be from some widely different direction. Moreover, of two pos-
are visible. sible anchorages a few miles apart, the more open may be less
8.1All over this E portion of the strait the most remarkable dif- subject to these squalls.
ference takes place in the appearance of the land according to 8.1These squalls depend largely, if not entirely, on the existence
the conditions of the light in which it is seen. of strong winds or gales at sea or at a height of several thou-
8.1In the vicinity of Cabo Porpesse, the land becomes wooded sand meters over land.
and its elevation gradually increases. 8.1As these winds strike the rugged mountains of the archipela-
8.1The forest becomes more dense and the mountains more gos, they set up eddies of varying size and intensity. In a shel-

Pub. 124
244 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

tered inlet, even where the general slope of the ground is fairly 8.1The wind in the wide parts of the strait and between the nar-
regular, the wind often changes greatly in speed and direction rows seems to have some effect on these times, especially at
from minute to minute; such changes are generally due to cir- neaps; but for practical purposes 3 hours may be taken.
cular eddies of distant origin. 8.1The great range of the tide means that a large volume of wa-
8.1The strong high level winds may disappear for a few days ter is periodically transferred from the ocean to the strait and
when an anticyclone forms, and there is little respite from the vice-versa. This movement causes the strong current in this ar-
violent squalls, but near the W entrance the return to normal ea; the narrower the channel, the stronger the current. Thus, at
weather may be quite sudden. the entrance to the strait, the strength of the tidal current is
8.1During the strongest squalls, which occur most often W of from 2 to 4 knots; in Primera Angostura it reaches 6 to 8 knots,
Cabo Froward and near the main coastline adjoining the storm- decreasing as the narrows trend SW.
iest region at sea, the wind almost certainly exceeds 100 knots. 8.1It should be the aim of vessels proceeding W through the
The squalls may not last more than a few minutes, but for a strait to arrive off the approach to Primera Angostura on the
time visibility may become very poor in rain, sleet, or snow, last of the E current, so as to gain the full force of the W cur-
and it may suddenly become dark, even though the sun has rent through the narrows as soon as it begins.
been shining brightly. 8.1Conversely, vessels proceeding E should approach the W en-
8.1In the E part of the region, the WSW or SW winds blow with trance to Segunda Angostura as the E current is starting.
great force and commonly exceed 50 knots. These winds blow 8.1Through both Primera Angostura and Segunda Angostura,
from mid-September to the end of March, reaching their great- the current runs straight, but at each entrance, the pent-up wa-
est force in October and November. ter seeks to spread out, and consequently causes a strong set to-
8.1They commence in the early hours of the morning and reach ward the banks on either side after leaving the narrows, with a
their maximum strength between 1400 and 1600, then decreas- corresponding in draft at the other end.
ing gradually as the sun goes down. 8.1Thus, a vessel going with the current should endeavor to stay
8.1Working cargo with ships at anchor in Rada de Punta Arenas in the axis or suffer a set toward the N or S shore. Care must be
often has to be suspended during daylight hours and carried out taken when approaching Primera Angostura as the E current
during the night. sets towards Banco Orange to S of the channel. Very little set
8.1Sea fog is not frequent in this area, but the lowest clouds of- will be found from Punta Gracia into Paso Real.
ten lie about 91m above sea level and sometimes have their 8.1Strong tide rips will be seen in many places where no dan-
bases on the sea surface; the identification of nearby landmarks gers exist, especially the W end of Primera Angostura, off Ca-
may become difficult. Even when the cloud base is over about bo San Vicente, in Bahia Lee, between Isla Isabel and Isla
152m, there may be rain squalls, drizzle, and at times thick Santa Magdalena, and on both sides of Banco Walker.
snow, often associated with masses of cloud so dense as to 8.1Mariners are advised that tidal currents significantly stronger
cause semi-darkness in the middle of the day, with visibility than predicted have been reported in Primera Angostura. Also,
practically nil. subsurface countercurrents which may affect the navigation of
8.1It is a noticeable feature of this area that the worst conditions deep-draft vessels have been reported in Bahia Posesion
may be replaced in the course of a few minutes by a cloudless (52°16'S., 69°11'W.).
sky and exceptionally good visibility at all levels, mountain Pilotage.—Pilotage is obligatory for all vessels when enter-
peaks becoming clearly visible at a distance of 100 miles or ing and leaving ports and/or sailing in internal Chilean water-
more. Such a change is nearly always coincident with the arriv- ways. Chilean vessels are exempt when the Master has the
al of drier and cooler air from higher latitudes. “Sea Pilot Exemption for route navigation” qualification.
Tides—Currents.—The character of the tides in the Atlan- 8.1It has been reported that pilotage has two designations:
tic Ocean and the Pacific Ocean differ considerably. 1. “Port Pilotage” is performed by the harbor pilots.
8.1As Estrecho De Magallanes forms a narrow channel linking 2. “Sea Pilotage” is performed in the waterways and
the two oceans, strong tidal currents run through the strait, fjords.
reaching a rate of 8 knots in the narrows at springs. Inland, the 8.1In the Strait of Magellan, pilotage is compulsory for all ves-
tidal currents vary in strength; details will be found in the ap- sels. There is an exception for those vessels traveling between
propriate parts of the sector. Felix and Punta Arenas which are crossing the strait from
8.1The directions in which the tidal current is running is import- ocean to ocean and have not and/or will not make calls to ports
ant, especially when navigating the E part of Estrecho de Ma- in internal waters. Even with this exemption, it is highly rec-
gallanes. The charts show the rate of the current at ordinary ommended for cruise ships and vessels carrying flammable
springs and its direction at different anchorages. cargo to utilize pilot services.
8.1The tides are fairly regular, with two in 24 hours, except in 8.1It has been reported that Chilean pilots are available with 72
certain bays, where slight variations may be met due to local hours notice for vessels making the E to W passage of Estrecho
factors. Between Punta Dungeness and Primera Angostura the de Magallanes. However, VLCCs must send ETA 7 days, 72
range of the tide is great, being as much as 12m at springs. hours, 24 hours, and 12 hours prior to arrival at the pilot station
8.1The range quickly is reported to decrease towards a SW di- off Bahia Posesion, where they embark. The pilot boat is
rection. In Segunda Angostura, the range is 6m, while at Rada equipped with VHF channel 16 and 2182 kHz.
de Punta Arenas, the range is only 2m. 8.1Westbound vessels normally embark pilots off Bahia Pose-
8.1It should be noted that the W and E currents continue to run sion; by special arrangement and subject to weather conditions,
in the channel for 3 hours after HW and LW, respectively; there pilots may be embarked off Punta Delgada.
are however, some exceptions to this rule. 8.1It has been reported that on the W end of the strait, depend-

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 245

ing upon the weather, pilots will disembark at Bahia Felix in hours in advance, giving the following additional information:
good weather or Isla Shelter in bad weather. 1. Vessel name and call sign.
8.1The pilots are only required to take vessels to Punta Arenas, 2. ETA at the mouth of the strait.
should pilots be retained on board and are unable to disem- 3. Length.
barked at Laitec, on Chiloe Island (43°20'S., 73°35'W.). 4. Maximum draft.
8.1Pilots for eastbound vessels board about 4 miles S of Laitec. 5. Gross registered tons.
8.1Navigational advice for the area of Estrecho de Magallanes, 6. Port of destination.
between Banco Triton and the E entrance, can be requested 7. ETA at pilot station or waiting area.
from Punta Delgada or Punta Arenas radio stations. 8.1Vessels 20 miles from entering the Straits must contact Punta
Regulations.—The annual traffic is now well over 1,500 Dungeness Light or Cabo Espiritu Santo Light and request in-
ships, composed of all types such as cargo vessels, ore carriers, structions.
large tankers, and LPG carriers. 8.1When 1 hour from entering the straits, vessels shall broad-
8.1Vessels with drafts of up to 13.7m are authorized to transit cast a securite message in English and Spanish; then, when
the strait. Vessels over 13.7m and up to 21.3m must obtain a abeam of the Traffic Control Stations at Islotes Evangelistas,
special clearance from the Chilean Coast Guard and Merchant Bahia Felix, or Punta Dungeness Light, advise the station of
Marine Bureau. their entry or departure.
8.1The least charted depths, 28m on the main route, lie between 8.1Vessels transiting Paso Tortuoso must send their planned
the W end of Primera Angostura and Banco Triton. ETA abeam Crosstide Light to the Maritime Traffic Control
8.1The channel is 1 mile wide between the 20m depth contours Station. In addition, 1 hour prior to, and every 15 minutes
in this area; many adjacent dangers are unmarked. during, the passage through Paso Tortuoso, vessels shall broad-
8.1The Chilean Navy issues the necessary provisions regulating cast on VHF channel 16 the vessel name, crossing direction,
the passage. They stipulate that transit of Primera Angostura be position, and ETA abeam Crosstide Light. This message
done in daylight, under good visibility, and under the supervi- should be given in English and Spanish
sion of a pilot. It has been reported that the transit may be done 8.1Vessels must maintain constant watch on VHF channel 16
in daylight or darkness under any visibility conditions. and 2182 kHz during passage. Vessels must inform the Mari-
8.1By reason of the growing increase of maritime traffic, the time Authority in Punta Arenas when entering or leaving Estre-
sizes attained by certain ships, especially VLCC, and in order cho de Magallanes, when passing Punta Dungeness Light,
to increase the safety of navigation, especially in confined pas- Punta Anxious Light, and Isla Tamar or Cabo Pilar, as appro-
sages, the Chilean authorities have taken certain measures con- priate.
cerning, at present, the Primera and Segunda Angostura, and 8.1During the passage, vessels must report their position and
the Paso Tortuoso. speed every 4 hours if not carrying a pilot, or at 0800 and 2000
8.1Ships with lengths over 200m will have priority when tran- if carrying a pilot. This position report (CHILREP) is sent to
siting the narrows. The Chilean Maritime Authority will notify the Maritime Authority and should include the following infor-
all traffic in the area when such vessels are present. mation:
8.1Argentine authorities state that all vessels passing through 1. Vessel name and call sign.
Argentine territorial waters, to enter or leave Estrecho de Ma- 2. Date and local time.
gallanes, are required to call Trinidad Naval Radio Station, sit- 3. Position.
uated at Cabo Virgenes Light, on VHF channels 16 and 67, 4. Course.
giving the following information: 5. Speed.
1. Call sign. 6. Remarks, if any.
2. Nationality. 8.1To enable the Maritime Authority in Punta Arenas to control
3. Cargo. traffic in Primera and Segunda Angostura and to check the suit-
4. Port of origin. ability of vessels intending to transit the narrows, Traffic Con-
5. Destination. trol Waiting Areas have been established at Cabo Posesion,
6. Other information that may be requested. Bahia Felipe, and Punta Arenas.
8.1Weather forecasts are provided on request. 8.1Vessels without a pilot must anchor in these areas for the lo-
8.1All vessels taking the Primera Angostura and Segunda An- cal maritime authority to check vessel’s certificate of safety,
gostura must inform the maritime authorities at Punta Arenas suitability for navigation, and its equipment. This check takes
of their ETA at the entrance to Estrecho de Magallanes 12 place on a vessel’s first transit and every 12 months thereafter.

Station Type of Report Frequencies and Times

A3 on 2738 kHz at 0245, 0845, 1445, and 2040
Evangelistas Island CBF 59 (Forecast for W section)
A3 on 6395 kHz at 0240, 0840, 1440, and 2040
A3 on 2738 kHz at 0545, 1145, 1745, and 2345
Punta Dungeness CBF 67 (Forecast for E section)
A3 on 6395 kHz at 0540, 1400, 1740, and 2340

Pub. 124
246 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

Station Type of Report Frequencies and Times

CCM (Forecast for area from Isla A1 on 464 kHz, 2067.5 kHz, 4256 kHz, and 8510 kHz at
San Pedro to 0'S) 1400 and 2200
Synopsis for Isla San Pedro and A1 on 2067.5 kHz, 4256 kHz, and 85100 kHz at 0255,
Diego Ramirez 0555, 1155, 1455, 1755, 2055, and 2355
Magallanes
Reports from meteorological
A3 on 4390 kHz and 8773 kHz at 1330 and 2130
observation stations
A1 on 464 kHz, 2067.5 kHz, 4256 kHz, and 8510 kHz at
Navigation warnings
1430 and 2215

8.1It is recommended to wait for high tide in Bahia de Santiago piritu Santa on a course of 270°.
in order to navigate in the proximity of the Banco Satelite, and
of the Banco Triton, it's understood that any vessel (except Estrecho de Magallanes—Contact Information
with special restrictions for VLCC-type vessels, hereafter indi-
cated) can navigate in these waters at any moment of the tide, Pilots
but they must take all possible precautions due to the violent VHF VHF channels 13, 16, and 68
currents which occur in the Primera Angostura and Segunda
Angostura, the shoals which dot the strait, especially to the SW RT Frequency 4146 kHz
of Primera Angostura, and the difficulties of maneuvering a Piloting Service Office
VLCC.
Telephone 56-32-220-8451
8.1The vessels of this type must not enter into the strait having a
draft in excess of 21.3m without prior authorization by the Di- Facsimile 56-32-220-8497
reccion General del Territorio Maritimoy Marina Mercante E-mail [email protected]
(General Department of the Maritime Territory and Merchant
Marine), which will establish the safety measures to be ob- Web site http://www.directemar.cl
served. Channel Pilots Association
8.1These vessels also must pass Primera Angostura and Segun-
da Angostura only during daytime, must not navigate to the ap- Telephone 56-32-223-4254
proaches of the Banco Satelite and of the Banco Triton unless Facsimile 56-32-223-4254
around the time of high tide at Bahia de Santiago, and must be
maneuvered by a captain or by a pilot having extensive experi- E-mail [email protected]
ence.
8.1Great importance is attached to Radio Services; the stations 8.1When about 9 miles from Punta Dungeness, the recommend-
listed in the accompanying table provide a constant flow of ed route and pilot embarkation point are best seen on the chart
weather forecasts and regional Notices to Mariners. All trans- up to the E approach to Premera Angostura.
missions are in Spanish. All times are in UTC. 8.1When 7 miles E of Cerro Direction Light, alter course to
8.1Broadcasts are given 1 hour earlier during the period of Day- 228° and keep in the middle of the channel, passing 1.2 miles
light Savings Time. In Chile, Daylight Savings Time com- off Punta Delgada Light and the same distance off Punta Men-
mences the Saturday before the second Saturday in October dez Light.
and ends the Saturday before the second Sunday in March. 8.1When the latter light is abeam, alter course to 212° to pass
8.1Vessels requiring radar assistance while in the area between 1.25 miles off Bajo Satelite Light and then pass through a posi-
Banco Triton (52°37'S., 69°55'W.) and the E approach to Es- tion bearing 157°, 1.5 miles from that light.
trecho de Magallanes should report in as follows: 8.1When approaching or leaving the narrows, care must be tak-
8.1For vessels that are bound E, report to Magallanes on VHF en against the strong sets toward the shoals on each side of the
channel 16, when abeam of Punta Arenas. channel.
8.1When 20 miles from Punta Baxa (52°35'S., 69°36'W.), re- 8.1From a position bearing 157°, 1.5 miles from Bajo Satelite
port to Punta Delgada on VHF channels 11, or 13, or 68. Light, steer 247° to pass through the unmarked channel, about
8.1The stations at Magallanes and Punta Delgada will apply in- 0.75 mile wide, between the 20m depth contours, giving due
formation concerning marine traffic, positions of oil platforms, regard to tidal currents.
navigational warnings, weather, tides, and the status of the pilot 8.1On reaching a position 112.5° about 1.7 miles from Banco
and anchorage waiting areas. Triton Light, alter course towards Segunda Angostura, with
Contact Information.—See the table titled Estrecho de Punta Mendez Light astern bearing 060° and Segunda Angos-
Magallanes—Contact Information. tura Light ahead bearing 240°, to a position bearing 104°, 7
8.1Directions.—Vessels with a draft of more than 13.7m should miles from Cabo Gregorio.
pass well S of the S end of Banco Sarmiento, at least 20 miles 8.1Vessels of lesser draft should conform to the above direc-
SE of Punta Dungeness, and approach the coast S of Cabo Es- tions. Eastbound vessels should follow the reverse track.
8.1When approaching Primera Angostura from the SW, the first
land visible S of the narrows will be Cerro Dixon.

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 247

8.1Care should be taken when entering Primera Angostura from ing 202°, 2 miles distant. It is reported that the cape can be
the SW, as the ebb current sets strongly on to Bajo Satelite. picked up on radar at about 29 miles.
8.1Caution.—Oil and gas production platforms, along with 8.2Shoal water, marked with kelp, lies within the 10m curve and
their associated underwater pipelines, lie in the entrance to the extends about 2 miles E and 5 miles SE of Cabo Virgenes.
Estrecho de Magallanes S of Banco Sarmiento and are best 8.2Roca Virgen (52°20'S., 68°20'W.), awash, is located on this
seen on the chart. shoal, about 0.8 mile ESE of Cabo Virgenes.
8.1A protected marine and coastal area has been established in 8.2The E approach to Estrecho de Magallanes should be made
the area from Estrecho de Magallanes and adjacent fjords to Is- with care. The variability of the direction and the velocity of
la Carlos III. Masters of vessels are requested to navigate with the tidal currents make steering along an intended track uncer-
care as this is a seasonal feeding of the humpback whale be- tain in the approach.
tween January and April. Information is best seen on the chart. 8.2Reports have been made of vessels striking bottom outside
the limits of the dangers charted E of Cabo Virgenes, but there
is no evidence, as the accidents occurred at night and no bear-
ings could be given.

8.3 Roca Cleopatra (52°16'S., 68°12'W.), with a depth

of 3.7m, is charted in a position 7 miles ENE of Cabo Vir-
genes. Its existence is doubtful.
An area of discolored water was reported to lie about 7 miles
8.3

E of Cabo Virgenes.
Banco Sarmiento, contained within a 20m curve, extends
8.3

about 20 miles SE from Cabo Virgenes. Deep-draft vessels

should give this bank a wide berth due to the possibility of
shoaling.
Roca Nassau (52°22'S., 68°16'W.), a small pinnacle with a
8.3

depth of 0.9m, lies 3.75 miles ESE of Cabo Virgenes Light,

near the N extremity of Banco Sarmiento. Except in gales, the
rock does not break until LW.
An isolated 20m patch lies 1.25 miles E of the S extremity of
8.3

Banco Sarmiento.

8.4 From Cabo Virgenes, the coast trends SSW 5 miles to

Punta Dungeness, then trends in a general WNW direction
about 20 miles to Cabo Posession.
8.4Punta Dungeness (52°24'S., 68°26'W.), the N entrance
point of the strait, is the extremity of a low spit of gravel and
sand which projects 3.5 miles S from the foot of a low range of
hills, between Cabo Virgenes and Monte Dinero. The spit has a
shingle beach on each side.
8.4Above the HW mark, it is covered with long coarse grass and
a thick undergrowth of scrub, forming a network with the long
kelp which is blown up by the heavy gales and dried in the
summer sun.
8.4From the quantity of kelp which covers the spit, as well as
from the large pieces of wreckage found, sometimes as much
as 1 mile from either beach, it seems evident that at times the
sea must break over its whole extent.
8.4A light situated on Punta Dungeness is shown from a round
Cabo Virgenes Light
metal tower, 25m high. There is a signal station connected by
8.1

telephone to Punta Arenas. The light is equipped with a ra-

East Entrance to Primera Angostura diobeacon and racon.
8.4Tides—Currents.—The spring range of tide at Punta
8.2 Cabo Virgenes (Cape Virgins) (52°20'S., 68°21'W.), Dungeness is 9.1m; the mean range is 7.2m.
which is 41m high, is the best land fall for vessels making Es- 8.4From Punta Dungeness, the coast trends WNW 5.75 miles to
rtecho de Magallanes (Strait of Magellan) from the N or E, and Punta Wreck. Cerro Cliff, 82m high, is located 1.75 miles ENE
is usually the first land seen. of Punta Wreck and Monte Dinero, 85m high, rises 1.25 miles
8.2In clear weather the cape is visible from a distance of 25 NW of the same point. A beacon, marking the border between
miles. Several houses and a lighthouse stand on the cape. Argentina and Chile, is located on Monte Dinero.
8.2Vessels approaching from the N may obtain temporary an- 8.4Punta Daniel lies 8.25 miles WNW of Punta Wreck, then the
chorage, in a depth of 12.5m, with Cabo Virgenes Light bear- coast trends 6.75 miles farther WNW to Cabo Posesion.

Pub. 124
248 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

8.4Cabo Posesion (Cape Possession) is a bold sheer headland, with Cabo Posesion Light bearing 103° and Cerro Direccion
112m high. The land NE of the cape is so much lower that, Light bearing about 245°.
from a distance of 15 miles E, the cape appears as an island. The pilot transfer area, with a least charted depth of 28m, is
8.5

8.4A light is shown from a square masonry tower, 11m high, sit- located 2.5 miles SW of Cabo Posesion. An area for the trans-
uated 0.6 mile WNW of the summit of the cape. fer of pilots underway is located 4 miles farther SW.
8.4Along this section of the coast, the 20m curve lies 183m off A Traffic Control Waiting Area is established 3 miles SSE of
8.5

Punta Dungeness, 1 mile S of Punta Wreck, 2 miles S of Punta Cabo Posesion. The spring range of tide in this anchorage is
Daniel, and about 0.6 mile S of Cabo Posesion. 10.2m; the mean range is 8.3m.
8.4There are isolated patches, with depths of less than 20m, Anchoring is prohibited between the meridians of 68°43'W
8.5

charted along this coast. Bajo Wallis (Wallis Shoal), with a and 69°08'W, except in the designated anchorage areas.
least depth of 2m and consisting of sand, lies 2.5 miles offshore Banco Narrow, in the W part of Bahia Posesion, lies 6 to 10
8.5

about midway between Punta Wreck and Punta Daniel. It is miles ENE of Cerro Direccion. It has a least depth of about 5m.
joined to the coast by a ridge, with depths of less than 6m, The tidal current runs strongly across this bank. A light is
which vessels should not attempt to cross. shown from the W end of the bank, about 7 miles ENE of Cer-
8.4Anchorage.—There is a convenient anchorage on either side ro Direccion.
of Punta Dungeness; the bottom is stiff mud which, on the E, Banco Plumper, midway between Banco Narrow and the
8.5

has a thin layer of stones. coast to the W, consists of fine sand and dries. There is a chan-
8.4The anchorage on the E side of the spit is the better during nel 0.5 mile wide, with a least depth of 11m, between the two
strong WSW winds; there is no sea here until the wind draws S banks.
of SW, though the squalls over the spit are heavy.
8.4The best berth is in a depth of 18m, with Punta Dungeness 8.6 Cabo Espiritu Santo (52°40'S., 68°36'W.), the S en-
Light bearing 240° at a distance of 2 miles and with Cabo Vir- trance point of the E entrance to Estrecho de Magallanes, is a
genes Light bearing 019°. The anchorage extends 1 mile far- steep white cliff about 58m high. It is the seaward end of a
ther E in more shallow water, about 12m. range of hills extending SW across Tierra del Fuego. The cape
8.4The anchorage in the bay on the W side of the spit is pre- is not easily distinguished except from the strait.
ferred if there is no strong W wind, as the curve of the bay en- 8.6When seen from seaward, it appears as other cliffs in the vi-
ables a vessel to anchor well under the N shore, and cinity, although it is the highest. The cliffs end 3 miles NW of
consequently out of the strength of the tidal currents. the cape and the land is much lower.
8.4A large vessel should not pass N of a line joining Monte Din- 8.6The spring range of tide at Cabo Espiritu Santo is 11.9m; the
ero and Punta Dungeness Light. There is anchorage in 22m, mean range is 9.3m.
with Punta Dungeness Light bearing 115°, distant 2 miles. 8.6Two lights are shown at Cabo Espiritu Santo. One is shown
8.4Anchorage may be taken farther N of this position according from a white round tower at an elevation of 63m, about 1.2
to draft. Submarine pipelines are laid in these waters and can miles SE of the cape. The other is shown at an elevation of 49m
best be seen on the chart. from a yellow metal tower with black bands about 0.5 mile fur-
8.4Anchorage is prohibited within 1 mile of either side of the ther SE.
gas pipelines which cross the entrance between Punta Dunge- 8.6It was reported that Cabo Espiritu Santo could be picked up
ness and Cabo Espiritu Santo. Vessels should also keep clear of on radar at approximately 37 miles.
the several gas production platforms situated within 4 miles of 8.6A coastal bank, which dries, extends 1 mile from the cape,
Punta Dungeness. while 2.5 miles further N, it extends 1.5 miles offshore.
8.4Caution.—It is reported (2010) numerous oil platforms in 8.6A shoal, with a depth of about 8.5m, lies about 8 miles NNE
the E entrance to the Strait of Magellan can make visual identi- of the cape.
fication of aids to navigation difficult during periods of dark-
ness. 8.7 From Cabo Espiritu Santo, the coast trends NNW, 9
miles to Punta Catalina, which is similar in appearance to Pun-
8.5 Bahia Posesion (Possession Bay) (52°16'S., ta Dungeness.
69°11'W.) is entered between Cabo Posesion and an unnamed 8.7Punta Catalina is the extremity of a low spit of sand and
point 20 miles SW. Cerro Direccion, 67m high, is located 2.25 gravel that appears low at HW, but with a change of level at
miles N of the W entrance point of the bay. This hill and anoth- LW, the appearance must not be forgotten when taking bear-
er S of it appear as islands when approached from the E. ings. A shoal, with a depths of 10.2m, lies 5 miles E of Punta
A light is shown from a metal tower, 17m high, from the
8.5 Catalina. The spring rise in tide at Punta Catalina is 9m.
summit of Cerro Direccion; a racon is situated at the light. 8.7Bahia Lomas (Lomas Bay) (52°33'S., 69°00'W.), entered
Lighted offshore oil production platforms, situated from 4.5 between Punta Catalina and Cabo Orange, 23 miles W, is al-
miles WSW to 14 miles SSW of Cabo Posesion, may best be most entirely filled by drying banks consisting of fine dark
seen on the chart. sand. Two lighted offshore oil production platforms, standing
Monte Aymond (52°09'S., 69°29'W.), 261m high, rises 12
8.5 close together, lie 4.5 miles WNW of Punta Catalina.
miles N of Cerro Direccion. There are four sharp rocky sum- 8.7Banco Lomas extends 3 miles WNW from Punta Catalina
mits 2 miles WNW of it. This hill is an excellent mark when and from 4 to 6 miles off the SE shore of the bay, with depths
approaching Primera Angostura from the E, and it is also visi- of less than 5m; it is predominantly filled with a sand bank.
ble for some distance SW. 8.7Banco Orange extends up to 11 miles off the SW shore of the
Vessels anchor in Bahia Posesion, in a depth of about 22m,
8.5 bay with depths of less than 5m. The NW edge of the bank ex-

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 249

tends 9 miles NE from Punta Anegada. This edge of the bank is HW, 4.25 miles SW of Punta Anegada.
steep-to, due to the strength of the tidal current through the nar- There is a pilot station near Punta Delgada Light.
8.8

rows.
8.7Cabo Orange (52°28'S., 69°23'W.), 2 miles SE of Punta 8.9 Morro Nunez (52°29'S., 69°36'W.), on the NW
Anegada, is a sharp-pointed conical hill, 57m high; it is unmis- shore, 2.5 miles SW of Punta Delgada, is a prominent triangu-
takable. As the cape is approached from the E, a remarkable lar cliff, 35m high. Punta Satelite lies 4 miles SW of Morro
white patch will be seen on its E side. Nunez.
8.7A light is shown from a green metal, tripod structure stand- 8.9Punta Barranca, 1.5 miles WSW of Punta Satelite, lies on the
ing on the N edge of Banco Orange, 3.5 miles NNE of Cabo N side of the SW entrance to Primera Angostura. It can be
Orange. identified by its low cliffs, the only ones in the vicinity.
8.7Numerous lighted platforms and submarine pipelines are lo- 8.9Bajo Satelite (Satellite Patch), marked by a light, is con-
cated between Bahia Lomas and Bahia Posesion. tained within the 5m depth contour and extends 3 miles SW
from Punta Satelite. A 6.5m shoal lies in the channel, 1.25
Primera Angostura miles SSW of Punta Satelite; there are depths of less than 5m
between it and the point.
8.8 Primera Angostura (First Narrows) (52°30'S., 8.9Bajo Satelite is usually marked by kelp, but when the tidal
69°35'W.) is entered between Punta Delgada and Punta Anega- current and wind are strong, the kelp is run under from half-
da, a low point 4 miles E. It extends 8 miles SW, with a least flood to half-ebb.
width of 2 miles, and with depths of 53 to 80m. The shores are 8.9It is considered unlikely that the 0.5m patch is marked by
steep and cliffy, but not high. A light is shown close S of Punta kelp.
Anegada.
8.8Punta Delgada (52°27'S., 69°33'W.), on the NW side of the 8.10 From Punta Anegada (52°27'S., 69°26'W.), the SE
entrance, may be distinguished by its lighthouse and the settle- shore of the narrows trend in a SW direction 7 miles to Punta
ment in its vicinity. Mendez, 31m high, the most salient point on this coast. Punta
8.8A light, shown from a round metal tower, 12m high, is situat- Baxa lies on the E side of the SW entrance to Primera Angostu-
ed on the point. There is a prominent flare situated near the ra, 3.5 miles SSW of Punta Mendez.
light tower. When approaching from the E, the flare obscures A light is situated on Punta Mendez.
8.10

the flashes of the light. Cerro Angulo, 37m high, rises 2 miles SSW of Punta Anega-
8.10

da. It is prominent and has the same conical appearance as Ca-

bo Orange.
Cerro Dixon, 70m high, is located 3.5 miles ESE of Punta
8.10

Baxa; it is not visible until open S of the point. The hill can be
identified from the W by its two rounded hillocks, the S of
which is higher, darker, and half the width of the N hillock.
Between Punta Anegada and Punta Espora, 4 miles SW,
8.10

there is a shallow bay which affords the only anchorage on the

SE side of Primera Angostura, where a small vessel can lie out
of the main strength of the tidal current.
A 4.7m patch lies 0.75 miles offshore, 1.5 miles WSW of
8.10

Punta Anegada. A similar patch lies the same distance off-

shore, 1.5 miles NE of Punta Espora.
A patch of rock, marked by kelp, with a depth of less than
8.10

2m, lies in the bay 2.5 miles NE of Punta Espora, about 0.3
mile offshore.
8.8 Punta Delgada Light Puerto Progresso (52°29'S., 69°28'W.), a small harbor that
8.10

can accommodate vessels up to 500 gt under favorable tidal

8.8Two range beacons, in line bearing 288°, are situated 0.4 conditions, is located 2 miles SW of Punta Anegada.
mile N of Punta Delgada; Punta Malvinas lies close N of the Two beacons are situated near the harbor and when in line,
8.10

beacons. bearing 158°, lead to a slipway where there are some oil tanks.
8.8Banco Direccion, an extensive sand bank, extends NE from A light is shown 1.5 miles NE of Punta Espora.
Punta Malvinas along the W side of the approach to Primera The settlement stands 0.6 mile E of the harbor near the
8.10

Angostura for a distance of about 7 miles. It shoals quickly shore. There is a prominent house 0.75 mile to the S.
within the 20m curve. Roca San Vicente (52°34'S., 69°38'W.), with a depth less
8.10

8.8Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained, in depths of 5 than 2m, lies 1.3 miles NW of Punta Baxa. A shoal, with a
to 6m, stiff clay, 0.3 mile offshore between Punta Malvinas and depth of 3.2m, lies 1 mile W of Punta Baxa.
Punta Delgada. The approach to the anchorage should be made
with the range beacons bearing 288°, and anchor when Punta Primera Angostura to Segunda Angostura
Delgada bears 224°. The depths shoal suddenly from 55 to 5m.
There is a 2m patch close N of the range line. 8.11 From Punta Barranca (52°33'S., 69°42'W.), the
8.8A car ferry run between Punta Delgada and Punta Espora at coast recedes NW about 6 miles and forms Bahia Santiago;

Pub. 124
250 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

then the coast extends about 17 miles SW to Cabo Gregorio, A pipeline is laid from the root of the pier in a SE direction
8.13

the N entrance point of Segunda Angostura. to a number of mooring buoys which lie about 0.2 mile SE of
Sierra Gregorio trends parallel to and within 5 miles of the
8.11 the head of the pier, in depths of about 25 to 28m.
shore N of Cabo Gregorio, attaining an elevation of 360m. Vessels are berthed at the beginning of HW slack in daylight
8.13

Hombro de Gregorio, the W shoulder of the range, is located 8 hours only. Tankers up to 75,000 gt and 14.9m draft can be ac-
miles NW of Cabo Gregorio. During thick weather, it will ap- commodated.
pear frequently through the mist. Pilotage is compulsory; the pilots come from Punta Arenas.
8.13

There is a sand hill about 1 mile N of Cabo Gregorio, 60m

8.11 The boarding place is about 1 mile SE of the oil terminal.
high; Cerro Mogote, 6.25 miles WNW of the cape, attains an Vessels approaching Puerto Sara from the E should pass S of
8.13

elevation of 78m. From a position E of Banco Triton Banco Tribuna and not steer for Puerto Sara until the range
(52°37'S., 69°55'W.), these two hills and Cabo Gregorio ap- lights align on bearing 334°.
pear as islands. The port anchor should be let go when from the bow of the
8.13

Cerro Sutlej (52°23'S., 69°45'W.), 152m high, rises 9 miles

8.11 vessel the lighted beacons 0.5 mile N of Cabo Gregorio are in
WNW of Punta Delgada. It becomes clear of the range at the range bearing 265°, veer 220m of chain, then let go the star-
back, forming a good mark when a vessel is abreast of Banco board anchor, securing to the berth heading 230°.
Triton. In some conditions of visibility Cerro Util, 12 miles W Tugs are available to assist in berthing and to run all moor-
8.13

of Punta Barranca, will be seen as a small double hill close to ings to the buoys.
shore over Punta Valle, the W entrance point of Bahia Santia- It should be noted that the holding ground where the port an-
8.13

go. chor is let go is good, but the starboard anchor is let go on rock
From Punta Barranca to Cabo Gregorio, the 20m curve is ir-
8.11 and pebbles. Care must be taken not to drag or foul this anchor.
regularly shaped, but lies as much as 6.25 miles offshore in the Anchorage is available off Puerto Sara, in Bahia Gregorio, in
8.13

vicinity of Banco Triton. a depth of 20m, with the light on the pier bearing 240°, distant
Banco Triton (52°37'S., 69°55'W.), with a least depth of
8.11 1.5 miles.
5.5m and marked by a lighted buoy, lies 9 miles WSW of Punta The tidal currents in the anchorage area have a rate of 2 to 3
8.13

Barranca. The bank is composed of sand. knots and the tidal range is about 5.5m at springs.
Tidal currents run strongly over the bank and usually form
8.11

ripples near its shallowest part. The bank is reported to be ex- 8.14 The S shore, between Punta Baxa, the SE entrance to
tending S. Primera Angostura, and Punta San Isidro, the NE entrance to
Segunda Angostura, is low and fringed by a chain of low hills
8.12 Bahia Santiago (52°32'S., 69°52'W.) is entered be- with few landmarks. Cerro Negro rises near the coast 5 miles S
tween Punta Barranca and Punta Valle, 11.5 miles WSW. Ban- of Punta Baxa.
co Barranca extends from the shore W of Bajo Satelite and Cerro Doble Pico is located 8.25 miles S of Punta San Isidro,
8.14

occupies the NE part of the bay. The depths over the bank vary and Pico Gap, 291m high, lies 21 miles SE of the same point.
from 5 to 9m. A detached 8.5m shoal lies 4 miles E of Punta Bahia Felipe occupies all of this S shore. There are several
8.14

Valle. anchorages in the bay, but they are exposed to the prevailing
Anchorage, in depths of 10 to 20m, may be obtained in Ba-
8.12 winds.
hia Santiago. An extensive bank of irregular shape, with depths of 8.3 to
8.14

During E winds, the best anchorage is off the SW end of

8.12 19.3m, about 4 miles N to S and a similar distance E-W, lies in
Banco Barranca, 4.5 miles E of Punta Valle, where the kelp the SW approach to Primera Angostura, SE of the recommend-
forms a breakwater leaving calm water on the lee side. ed track.
During W winds, the best anchorages are closer to Punta
8.12 The 20m curve lies up to 4.5 miles offshore in Bahia Felipe,
8.14

Valle or in Bahia Gregorio, 10 miles SW. but the water N of Punta San Isidro is steep-to, with a depth of
Bahia Gregorio (52°37'S., 70°08'W.) lies between Punta
8.12 76m charted about 0.3 mile NE of the point.
Valle and Cabo Gregorio, 8.75 miles SW. Cabo Gregorio is Arrecife Barnacle (52°45'S., 70°02'W.) has a least depth of
8.14

sandy and ends in a small cliff, 4m high. 5m which is located 2 to 4 miles E of Punta San Isidro. This is
Although the cape is free of dangers, it should be given a
8.12 the only rocky ledge between the two narrows.
wide berth as the tidal current sweeps round it at rates of 4 to 5 Anchorage.—In the NE part of Bahia Felipe, anchorage
8.14

knots towards the shoals to the SW. A radio mast stands 1 mile sheltered from SE winds may be obtained, in 9.5m, with Punta
N of the cape. Baxa bearing 021°, 3.5 miles, or farther S in 12m, with the
Banco Tribuna has a least depth of 6.7m located 3.5 miles E
8.12 point bearing 024° and Cerro Negro bearing 090°. When leav-
of Cabo Gregorio. There is a narrow bank, with a least depth of ing this latter berth for the W with a W current, steer for Hom-
19.7m, 4 miles ESE of the shallowest part of Banco Tribuna. bro de Gregorio until well out in the strait to avoid being set
onto the shoal at the head of the bay.
8.13 Puerto Sara (52°38'S., 70°12'W.) (World Port Index A Traffic Control Waiting Area is established in Bahia Fe-
8.14

No. 14090), 1.75 miles NNE of Cabo Gregorio, has an oil ter- lipe, about 5 miles ESE of Punta San Isidro.
minal from which crude oil is exported. Good anchorage may also be obtained in the W part of Bahia
8.14

A pier, about 400m long, extends SE, but has been reported
8.13 Felipe, well sheltered from SW winds, midway between Punta
in a bad state of repair; berthing alongside its head was imprac- San Isidro and Punta Piedra, 11.5 miles ESE.
ticable. Near its root there is a cold storage plant and a group of This anchorage should be approached with Cerro Doble Pico
8.14

houses. bearing 210°, which leads over the E end of Arrecife Barnacle;

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 251

the anchor should be let go when Cerro Cono (52°40'S., through Paso Real and Paso Pelicano, between Isla Isabel and
70°23'W.), on the N shore of Segunda Angostura, bears 290°, the W shore. The last mentioned channel is available to vessels
in a depth of 25m, sand and shells. with a draft up to 5.5m.
Another good berth, nearer to Punta San Isodro, is in a depth
8.14 Bahia Whitsand (52°43'S., 70°36'W.) is entered between
of 20m, with the point bearing 298° at a distance of 1.25 miles. Punta Gracia and Punta Low, 6 miles WSW. It is sheltered
Care is necessary when using this anchorage, as the shallow from all winds N of SW and is free from the influence of the
coastal bank extending E from the point is steep-to and the W tidal currents.
current runs over it strongly. Good anchorage may be obtained, in a depth of 10.7m, mud,
8.17

with Punta Gracia bearing 082° and Punta Silvestre, the NE ex-
Segunda Angostura tremity of Isla Isabel, bearing 171°.Ensenada Oazy is entered
from the NE corner of Bahia Whitsand, between Punta Shep-
8.15 Segunda Angostura (Second Narrows) is about 12 herd on the E and Punta John, 1 mile W.
miles long, NE-SW, and 4 to 6 miles wide. The narrows are en- The entrance is about 1 mile wide, but it narrows quickly and
8.17

tered from the E between Cabo Gregorio (52°39'S., 70°13'W.) is unsuitable for an anchorage.
and Punta San Isidro, 5.75 miles SSE. Kelp extends 0.3 mile offshore between Punta Gracia and
8.17

Cerro Cono, 6.5 miles W of Cabo Gregorio, is a distinctive

8.15 Ensenada Oazy.
hill, 41m high. A light on its summit is shown from a round
tower, 10m high. 8.18 Puerto Zenteno is entered between Punta Perno and
Punta Gracia (52°44'S., 70°32'W.), 6.25 miles WSW of
8.15 Punta Puno, 1.25 miles SSW and 2.75 miles SSW, respectively,
Cerro Cono, is the N entrance point of the W end of Segunda of Punta Low. It widens within the entrance, and is completely
Angostura. It is a cliffy point, 53m high. sheltered, but during W winds a sea rises quickly and is dan-
The N shore recedes between Cabo Gregorio and Punta Gra-
8.15 gerous for boats. No vessel without local knowledge should en-
cia and is bordered by a bank with shoal water extending out ter this bay.
about 0.5 mile from a line joining the cape and the point. A detached shoal, with a depth of 7.7m and surrounded by
8.18

These shoals consist of a drying sand bank, 1.3 miles long,

8.15 kelp, lies in the approach to Puerto Zenteno, 1.5 miles SE of
with its E end 1.5 miles WSW of the cape, while 6 miles WSW Punta Perno.
of the cape is Bajo Halfway, 1.25 miles long, with a least depth An isolated 6.2m shoal, also surrounded by kelp, lies 1.5
8.18

of 5.5m on it. East of Punta Gracia, the bank extends about 1 miles ESE of Punta Zenteno, a point 0.6 mile SE of Punta Pu-
mile off the shore and is steep-to. no.
Puerto Zenteno is almost entirely filled with a shallow bank.
8.18

8.16 The S shore of Segunda Angostura is higher than the The entrance lies between Punta Puno and Isla Plaid, 25 mile
N shore; it is cliffy and steep-to. to the N. The navigable channel lies between a rock, awash,
From Punta San Isidro (52°44'S., 70°08'W.), the shore
8.16 183m SSW of Isla Plaid, and Punta Puno which is a steep-to
trends WSW 7.5 miles to Cabo San Simon which is 68m high, sand spit. The channel is 183m wide with depths of 10m.
then curves gradually WSW 4.5 miles to Cabo San Vicente, Islote Pitcher lies on the N side of the channel, about 0.5
8.18

56m high, the S entrance point of the W end of Segunda An- mile W of Punta Puno.
gostura. Laguna Cabeza del Mar, a large shallow lake 7 miles W of
8.18

Cerro Agudo, 6 miles WSW of Punta San Isidro, appears as

8.16 Punta Zenteno, may be reached by passing through Puerto Ze-
a remarkable conical peak which makes a good mark until Ca- nteno, Canal Tortuoso, and Laguna Baja.
bo San Simon is raised. Promontorio Sweepstakes, on the coast Anchorage may be obtained outside the entrance to Puerto
8.18

4.25 miles W of Cerro Agudo, 50m high, is a good landmark Zenteno, in depths of 11 to 13m, about 1 mile SE of Punta Ze-
for anchoring in Bahia Gregorio. nteno.
Segunda Angostura Light (52°44'S., 70°11'W.), 2 miles W
8.16 Isla Isabel (52°52'S., 70°42'W.) lies 5 miles SE of Puerto
8.18

of Punta San Isidro, is shown from an octagonal concrete tow- Zenteno; it extends 7.5 miles in a NE to SW direction and is 2
er, 6m high. The lighthouse is equipped with a racon. miles wide. Ranges of hills extend in ridges along its length.
Directions.—From a position 7.5 miles ESE of Cabo Grego-
8.16 The greatest elevation, 54m, is near the SW end. Punta Sil-
8.18

rio, steer 257° to pass 2 miles N of Segunda Angostura Light. vestre, the NE extremity of the island, is very low and steep-to.
When Cabo San Vicente Light bears 180°, steer 215° to a posi- It is composed of sand, shells, and shingle.
tion 1.75 miles W of Cabo San Vicente Light, then steer 182° A bank, with a least depth of 3.7m, extends 1 mile WSW
8.18

to enter Paso Nuevo. Vessels bound E steer reciprocal courses. from a position 1 mile S of Punta Tern, the SE extremity.

Segunda Angostura to Paso Ancho 8.19 Paso Real lies between Isla Isabel and the mainland to
the W. Paso Pelicano is the S portion of Paso Real between Ca-
8.17 From Punta Gracia (52°44'S., 70°32'W.) to Punta bo Thorax and the mainland to the SW.
Gente, about 18 miles SSE on the E shore, both the E and W Bajo del Medio (52°48'S., 70°40'W.), with a least depth of
8.19

sides of the strait are indented with bays. 4.5m, lies in the N entrance to Paso Real, 2.75 miles ESE of
From Segunda Angostura, there are three routes leading S to
8.17 Punta Zenteno; it is joined to the NW extremity of Isla Isabel
Paso Ancho. Paso Nuevo, E of Isla Marta and Isla Magdalena, by a bank with a least depth of 4.5m. A shoal, with a depth of
is the recommended and most generally used route. 2.7m, lies 1.75 miles WNW of Punta Silvestre.
The others are Paso Reina, the middle route; and the channel
8.17 Punta Ana, a low sandy point, is located 2 miles SW of Punta
8.19

Pub. 124
252 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

Zenteno. Dangers covered by kelp, which is usually visible, lie from the island.
up to 2 miles E and 1.5 miles SE of the point. Isla Magdalena (52°55'S., 70°35'W.), 1 mile long NE to
8.21

Punta Rosa (52°51'S., 70°48'W.) is located 2.75 miles SSW

8.19 SW, lies 4 miles S of Isla Marta. It is 34m high at its W end,
of Punta Ana. The 5m curve lies 0.25 mile E of Punta Rosa and where it rises vertically from the sea.
the 10m curve lies about 1 mile E of the same point. Shoal water extends about 1 mile NE from the NE extremity
8.21

Paso Pelicano is entered from the N between Punta Rosa and

8.19 of the island. The edge of this shoal is usually well-marked by
Punta Hook, 2.5 miles SE on Isla Isabel. Its S entrance is be- kelp and tide rips.
tween Cabo Thorax, on Isla Isabel, and Cabo Porpesse, 1.5 A below-water rock, whose position is doubtful, is reported
8.21

miles S. A light is shown from Cabo Thorax. to lie 1 mile N of the light tower situated near the center of the
Tidal currents in Paso Real run at a rate of 1 knot. In Paso
8.19 island. A 6.5m shoal lies 1.75 miles ESE of the light tower.
Pelicano their rates are from 1.5 to 2 knots. Other dangers, best seen on the chart, lie up to 2.8 miles ENE
Anchorage for a vessel of moderate draft may be obtained, in
8.19 of the light tower.
a depth of 13m, on the E side of Paso Real, with the N extrem-
ity of Isla Isabel bearing 123° and Punta Gracia bearing 035°. 8.22 Paso Reina (52°53'S., 70°40'W.) lies between the is-
Attention should be given to the shoal water about 0.5 miles lands and bank described above and the SE coast of Isla Isabel.
NE and 0.5 mile W of the anchorage. There is a navigable width of about 0.7 mile between the
8.22

Vessels may also anchor N of Isla Isabel, with Punta Silves-

8.19 shoals to the SE and the coastal bank extending off the SE
tre bearing 154° and Punta Gracia bearing 029°, in a depth of coast of Isla Isabel.
18m. Banco Walker, with depths of less than 20m, extends for 5
8.22

miles in a NE to SW direction in the approach to Paso Pelicano

8.20 Cabo Negro Gas Terminal (52°56'S., 70°48'W.), from E. The shallowest part of the bank, with a charted depth
consisting of a 36m long T-shaped concrete jetty, with a depth of 6.3m, lies 5 miles ENE of Cabo Porpesse.
of 14m alongside, stands 0.4 mile WNW of Cabo Porpesse. It In Paso Reina, the tidal rates are between 2 and 3 knots; be-
8.22

can accommodate vessels up to 96,000 dwt, with a maximum tween Isla Magdalena and Banco Walker, they run at rates of 3
length of 241m and a maximum draft of 12.8m. A mooring to 5 knots.
buoy, dolphins, and mooring posts lie off the head of the jetty. Anchorage.—Anchorage in Paso Reina may be obtained out
8.22

The port limits of the terminal are the parallel of Cabo Tho-
8.20 of the strength of the tidal current, with Punta Silvestre bearing
rax and the meridian joining Cabo Thorax and Cabo Porpesse. 023°, distant 1.25 miles, in a depth of 14m, coarse sand and
Pilots will berth and unberth vessels at slack water. Berthing
8.20 shell.
is only carried out in daylight during slack water. Lights in Directions.—Follow the suggested course for Segunda An-
8.22

range bearing 270°, lead to the pier head. gostura and when the light on Cabo San Vicente bears 130°,
Anchoring within about 0.1 mile of the head of the jetty or
8.20 steer for the N extremity of Isla Isabel which shows as a bluff,
range line is prohibited. The terminal should only be ap- bearing 236°. When Punta Silvestre is in line with Punta Alfre-
proached from the S through Paso Pelicano. do, 2.25 miles SSW, bearing 218°, steer to keep in the middle
There is anchorage NW of the jetty, 0.25 mile offshore, in
8.20 of the channel between the banks which extend off Isla Isabel
depths of 10m, sand, but during prevailing winds from the W to and the shoals off Banco Marta and Banco Walker.
N, Bahia Laredo is preferable. Caution.—It is possible that rocks exist between Isla Marta
8.22

Directions.—A vessel of moderate size, proceeding through

8.20 and Isla Magdalena, and between Isla Magdalena and Banco
Paso Real and Paso Pelicano, can pass S of Bajo del Medio, Walker therefore, the passage between the islands, and be-
keeping at a distance of not less than 0.5 mile off the NW side tween Isla Magdalena and the bank should not be used.
of Isla Isabel, until the point 1.25 miles N of Cabo Thorax is Paso Nuevo is the best and most frequently used of the three
8.22

abeam, then steer course 190° until the light on Cabo Thorax routes from Segunda Angostura to Paso Ancho. It lies E of Isla
bears 060°. The S entrance to Paso Pelicano will now be open Marta and Isla Magdalena, and its E shore extends from Cabo
and a course of 122° should be made good to clear the shoal San Vicente to Punta Gente, 14 miles S.
water SSE of Isla Isabel and the bank, with depths of less than
9m, that extends 1 mile E from Cabo Porpesse. 8.23 Bahia Lee (52°50'S., 70°20'W.) is formed between
Care should be exercised to pass E of the shoal patches off
8.20 Cabo San Vicente and Punta Zegers.
the NW extremity of Isla Isabel. Cerro Spiteful is located close to the NE shore of the bay,
8.23

When the wind and current are opposed to each other a race
8.20 4.25 miles E of cape.
ensues, which is dangerous for boats, in Paso Pelicano S of Ca- Banco Nuevo, with depths of 0 to 10m, extends about 5
8.23

bo Thorax. miles S from a position 1.5 miles SSE of the light on Cabo San
Vicente. The bank lies close E of the 20m curve and is reported
8.21 Banco Marta (52°49'S., 70°33'W.), steep-to and to be extending to the NE.
marked by kelp, and with a least depth of 3m, lies with its N Tidal currents, with rates up to 6 knots, have been experi-
8.23

end 3.5 miles S of Segunda Angostura and 3 miles ENE of enced in the N end of Paso Nuevo at the time of HW.
Punta Silvestre. The bank extends about 5.2 miles SSW from The flood current sets E onto Banco Nuevo and the ebb sets
8.23

this position and has an average width of about 0.7 mile. W out of Bahia Lee. Heavy overfalls occur S of Cabo San Vi-
Isla Marta, lying near the middle of Banco Marta, rises in
8.21 cente when strong W and NW winds meet the ebb current.
sheer cliffs to an height of 18m. It has a flat summit, and slopes Anchorage, which should only be used in an emergency and
8.23

slightly to the E. A reef, which dries, extends 0.25 mile NE never at night, may be obtained, in a depth of 15 to 20m, 1.5

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 253

miles ESE of Cabo San Vicente. sels using the berth, anchoring is prohibited within 0.6 mile
Although the anchorage is fairly sheltered from N and NW
8.23 and on the range line in the approach to it.
winds, these winds may suddenly shift to SW, or SW gales Pilots and Customs Officers are available, but a reliable ad-
8.24

may spring up from calms without warning. vance notice of ETA must be sent from the vessel.
Anchoring is prohibited in a 1-mile wide band stretching be-
8.23 Berthing at the tanker berth or piers should be done, if possi-
8.24

tween Punta Zegers W to Cabo Porpesse, and passing S of Isla ble, at early dawn when the winds are moderate; this is consid-
Magdalena, due to the presence of a submerged gas pipeline. ered practical in winds up to force 6 or 7.
Bahia Gente Grande (52°59'S., 70°13'W.) is entered be-
8.23 With SW winds, the sea runs into the cove, making the S pier
8.24

tween Punta Zegers and Punta Paulo, 3.5 miles S. Its shores are unusable.
low and bordered by shallow banks. This port is normally used for local shipments only. Berthing
8.24

Cerro Doble Pico, previously described in paragraph 8.14,

8.23 is done during daylight hours only.
lying 0.75 miles ENE of Punta Zegers, is a good mark. The port limits of the terminal are the parallel of 52°55.7'S
8.24

Banco Middleton, with depths of 2 to 4m, extends about 0.8

8.23 and the meridians of 70°14'W and 70°18'W.
mile SSE of Punta Zegers. The 5m curve lies up to 0.75 mile Caleta Clarencia (52°54'S., 70°08'W.), which forms the NE
8.24

off the shore along the N side of the bay and in places about the extremity of Bahia Gente Grande, lies 6 miles ENE of Punta
same distance off the SE and SW shores of the bay. Zegers. It is exposed to the prevailing SW wind.
Isla Contramaestre (52°57'S., 70°21'W.), in the entrance to
8.23 A submarine pipeline extends about 0.7 mile SSE from a po-
8.24

Bahia Gente Grande, lies 2 to 3.5 miles SW of Punta Zegers. sition on shore near the oil tanks. Mooring buoys at the sea-
Banco Almeida, with a depth of 5m, lies near the middle of the ward end of the pipeline will accommodate a tanker up to
N entrance to the bay, 0.9 mile N of the N extremity of Isla 75,000 gt, with a draft of 11m.
Contramaestre. However, the entrance to Bahia Gente Grande has a limiting
8.24

Banco Serpiente, which partially dries on its W end and has

8.23 draft of 10m and vessels may be required to complete loading
a least depth of 3m on its E end, extends 1.25 miles E of the at Puerto Sara. The maximum vessel length that can be accom-
same point. The bank was reported extending E and SE. modated is 250m.
Banco Middleton, with depths from 2 to 5m, extends 1 mile
8.23 A berthing pilot must be used by vessels that are using this
8.24

SE from Punta Zegers. berth. Vessels lie on a 255° heading with both anchors out and
Banco Perez, with a minimum depth of 4.4m on its N edge,
8.23 with mooring lines to the buoys, about 120m in length.
lies on the SE side of the S entrance channel, 1 mile NNE of Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken, in depths of 9 to
8.24

Punta Paulo. The bank is marked by kelp. 12m, about 1.75 miles NE of Punta Searle, which is located in
Directions.—There are two entrances to Bahia Gente
8.23 the SW part of Bahia Gente Grande, about 4 miles S of Punta
Grande. Paulo.
The passage N of Isla Contramaestre is wider, but is not rec-
8.23

ommended except for small vessels with shallow draft. The 8.25 Caleta Hobbs (53°03'S., 70°20'W.), formed between
passage is shallow, the rate and direction of the tidal current is Punta Searle and Punta Hobbs, 2 miles SE, lies in the extreme
irregular, but usually sets across the channel, and Banco SW corner of Bahia Gente Grande. The general depths within
Almeida lies in the middle. Caleta Hobbs are 1 to 4.5m. There are some buildings situated
The channel S of the island has a least depth of 10m and a
8.23 on the shore of a small bight close W of Caleta Hobbs.
least navigable width of 0.4 mile. From Punta Paulo, the shore of the S approach to Bahia Gen-
8.25

To enter Bahia Gente Grande by the S channel, make good a

8.23 te Grande trends 4.5 miles SSW to Punta Gente (53°00'S.,
course of 055° to pass midway between the two lighted buoys 70°25'W.), a point, 22m high. Cerro Huemul rises to 28m, 1.75
situated about 1 mile and 1.25 miles, respectively, NNW of miles NE of Punta Gente.
Punta Paulo. As soon as the light on Isla Contramaestre bears Tidal currents along this shore are strong and the vicinity of
8.25

267°, alter course to 087° keeping that light astern, passing N Punta Gente should be avoided.
of Banco Perez Lighted Buoy until Punta Zegers is in range
with Cabo San Vicente bearing 328°. Then steer as desired for Paso Ancho
selected berth.
8.26 Paso Ancho is that part of Estrecho de Magallanes
8.24 Caleta Percy (52°53'S., 70°14'W.) is a small cove N that lies between Punta Gente and Bahia Laredo on the N, and
of Punta Vergara, about 2 miles within the N entrance point of the entrance to Paso del Hambre about 40 miles S.
Bahia Gente Grande. Cabo Negro (52°57'S., 70°48'W.), a dark cliff, 40m high, is
8.26

On the S side of the cove there is a pier 160m in length, with

8.24 located about 0.9 mile SSW of Cabo Porpesse.
a depth of 2.7m at its outer end. About 0.2 mile N, there is an- Bahia Laredo is entered between Cabo Negro and a point 2.5
8.26

other pier of the same length. A light is occasionally shown miles SSW. Foul ground lies off the S entrance point of the bay,
from the head of each pier. and the 5m curve lies about 1 miles NNW of the same point. A
Submarine pipelines extend about 1 mile SE from a position
8.24 4.2m patch lies about 1 mile S of Cabo Negro.
on shore 0.25 mile NNE of the S pier head. A berth for tankers A jetty extends 120m SE from the coast about 1.2 miles SW
8.26

up to 10,000 gt, in a depth of 11m, is situated at the seaward of Cabo Negro. There is a depth of 4.5m alongside the jetty
end of the pipelines, where there are four mooring buoys. head.
The maximum draft that can be accommodated here is about
8.24 There is good anchorage in Bahia Laredo, in depths of 10 to
8.26

9.1m. The maximum length handled is 122m. Except for ves- 12m, sand and mud, SW of Cabo Negro.

Pub. 124
254 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

Tidal currents in the bay are of no consequence inside Bahia

8.26 amenities. It is the capital of the province of Magallanes.
Laredo. South of the bay they are hardly felt, but N they are
strong. Between Cabo Negro and Isla Contramaestre on the E Rada de Punta Arenas
shore, is the W limit of strong tidal currents in the strait.
Small vessels can obtain anchorage in Caleta Chabunco, off
8.26
http://www.australport.co.cl
the mouth of Estero Chabunco, about 4.2 miles S of Cabo Ne-
gro. Winds—Weather.—The predominant winds are from the
8.28

A beacon, 16m high, is situated on a hill about 2 miles SSW

8.26 NW and, although it blows on occasion with great violence, it
of the mouth of Estero Chabunco. does not lift the sea. They are dangerous only to small vessels.
The “Panteonero,” a local wind which comes up in the spring
8.28

8.27 The mouth of the Estero Rio Seco, about 3 miles S of or summer, is a WNW wind reaching a force of 12 on the
Estero Chabunco, can be identified by buildings which can be Beaufort Scale.
seen at a considerable distance. On occasions winds blow from the SW, but without much in-
8.28

There is a cold storage plant, with two chimneys in line bear-

8.27 tensity. However, they cause the tides to rise and occur as tem-
ing 285°, and a pier, 100m long, with a depth of 3m at its head, pest in Punta Arenas.
situated close NE of the E chimney; it is used by local craft for There are sporadic E winds that are dangerous, as the bay is
8.28

loading chilled meat. open in this direction. These winds have damaged smaller
There is anchorage here, in a depth of 22m, with the two
8.27 ships and caused larger vessels to drag anchor.
chimneys in line and the beacon bearing 355°. This berth is When winds occur from the E or SW, ships moored at the
8.28

convenient for vessels working cargo and is free of kelp. pier should leave and anchor in the bay in case the tide should
Bahia Catalina lies between the mouth of the Estero Rio Se-
8.27 rise.
co and Punta Arenas (Punta Arenosa) (53°08'S., 70°51'W.), 4 The most favorable months are those of winter, when the
8.28

miles S. There is a prominent white patch on the cliffs, 2.5 winds diminish in intensity and there are frequent calm days.
miles NNE of Punta Arenas. When seen from the N, in some On the contrary, spring and summer present strong winds
8.28

light conditions, it resembles a ship under sail. from the W, blowing for long periods of time; calm days are
Tres Puentes, a large refrigeration plant, is situated about 0.7
8.27 scarce.
NNW of Punta Arenas. There are two small piers situated here. Tides—Currents.—The spring range is 1.4m, while the
8.28

The obstruction lights of the four radio towers are more notice- neap range is 0.6m.
able than the lights of the town. The current of the flood tide flows from the NE to SW, con-
8.28

There are two conspicuous aircraft hangars situated 0.3 mile

8.27 trary to the ebb current. Without other factors, the change in di-
NW of Punta Arenas; a similar hangar is situated 0.3 mile rection of the current is produced by the tides. Currents have a
WNW of the same point. maximum speed of 1 knot.
Muelle Mardones, an L-shaped pier, is situated about 0.3
8.27 With strong W winds, the current constantly flows toward
8.28

mile NW of Punta Arenosa. The pier has a depth of about 20m the E without any effect from the tidal currents.
along its outer face and has a lighted beacon near the end. A Depths—Limitations.—Muelle Prat is the primary pier in
8.28

designated anchorage lies about 0.7 mile NE of the Muelle the port; it has 542m of berthing. The limiting dimensions at
Mardones pier. The bay is very open and only protected from the berths are, as follows:
W winds. The holding ground in this area is reported to be 1. Berth 1N can accommodate a vessel with a maximum
poor. length of 176m and a maximum draft of 9m. Berth 1S can
Punta Arenas is a projection of low land, consisting of sand
8.27 accommodate a vessel with a maximum length of 176m and
and gravel covered with grass and bushes. The point sticks out a maximum draft of 8.9m.
about 1 mile from the general run of the coast. 2. Berth 2N can accommodate a vessel with a maximum
The point is steep-to on its NE side, but on the SSE side a
8.27 length of 151m and a maximum draft of 5.2m. Berth 2S can
sandbank, with depths less than 5.5m, extends 1 mile offshore. accommodate a vessel with a maximum length of 151m and
This sandbank is said to be extending seaward. a maximum draft of 5.2m.
Punta del Rio, the N entrance to Rada de Puntas Arenas, is
8.27 3. Berth 3N and Berth 3S are both reported to accommo-
located about 2 miles SSW of Punta Arenas, close N of the date a maximum draft of 1.8m.
mouth of the Rio Las Minas. 4. The Inshore Berth is for small craft only.
Shoaling in the vicinity is continuous and dredging in the
8.28

Rada de Punta Arenas (53°10'S., 70°54'W.) berths alongside is in progress.

In calm weather, vessels up to 165m in length can moor
8.28

World Port Index No. 14100 stern-to the head of Muelle Prat, riding to the starboard anchor
on seven shackles of cable.
8.28 Rada de Puntas Arenas is an open roadstead situated Vessels berth with bows to shore due to shoal patches about
8.28

about 1 mile SW of Punta del Rio. It is the first port of entry for 40m off each side of the pier.
Estrecho de Magallanes, and consists of the city, berthing, and Mooring at the pier is somewhat dangerous due to the influ-
8.28

anchoring facilities and two tanker berths. The city of Punta ence of the wind, the currents, and the state of the tide. Prior
Arenas, which backs the roadstead, is a modern city with all knowledge of these factors is required in order to consider their
effect.
It is not recommended that vessels over 1,000 gt moor at the
8.28

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 255

pier in winds above force 4. Punta Arenas—Contact Information

Muelle Santos Mardones lies 0.3 mile NW of Punta Areno-
8.28

sa. The pier is L-shaped, and has a berthing face 336m long. 56-61-220-1100
Telephone
Vessels with a maximum length of 230m and a maximum draft 56-61-220-1105
of 14m can be accommodated.
Aspect.—In order to facilitate mooring at night, there are
8.28
Facsimile 56-61-220-1196
two pairs of leading beacons on each side of the pier; the bea- Harbormaster
cons are 50m apart, enabling vessels to make a safe approach.
Telephone 56-61-220-1103
Both pairs of beacons are aligned bearing 334°, the ones on the
N side of the pier have green lights and the ones on the S side E-mail [email protected]
red lights. Request for lighting these beacons should be coordi-
Port Authority
nated via VHF with “EMPORCHI.”
A yellow square building and a square white building with a
8.28
56-61-220-1102
flat roof are situated 0.5 mile and 0.45 mile N and NNW, re- Telephone
56-61-220-1105
spectively, from the head of Muelle Prat.
Don Bosco Church, about 0.9 mile NNE of the pier head, is
8.28
E-mail [email protected]
conspicuous. There are two radio masts, marked by obstruction Web site http://www.directemar.cl
lights, situated 0.3 mile NNE of the pier whose lights are seen
from seaward above all the lights of the city.
Anchorage.—Rada de Punta Arenas affords anchorage pro-
8.28

A television mast, showing an obstruction light, situated on

tected from prevailing W winds, but is exposed to the E. Pilots
8.28

Monte Fenton, 4.75 miles WNW of the head of Muelle Prat, is take vessels to one of the several designated anchorage berths
prominent and may be seen at night at a distance of 30 miles. off Muelle Prat. Vessels should be ready to quit the anchorage
A brown oil tank is situated on shore at the head of the pipe-
in the event of bad weather from the E, or on orders from the
8.28

line; two radio towers are situated about 0.2 mile NW of the oil Captain of the Port.
tank.
Anchorage is prohibited within an area extending about 0.2
8.28

Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for anchoring in the bay

mile E and W of the pier and about 0.3 mile S of the pier head,
8.28

and for mooring to the pier or mooring buoys. The request for a best seen on the chart.
pilot and the vessel’s ETA should be sent by radio 5 days in ad-
Vessels must inform authorities of Punta Arenas of their
8.28

vance and then daily at 0800. Port pilots embark about 1 mile
arrival 24 hours in advance and request anchorage at the berth.
off the end of Muelle Prat. If there are strong winds or heavy
The anchorage berths are given in the table titled Rada de
8.28

seas, vessels are advised to have a gangway lowered halfway,

Punta Arenas—Anchorages.
with a jumping ladder on the end.
Signals.—Weather signals are shown between the two radio
8.28

masts N of the pier and also on the Maritime Governor’s offic- Rada de Punta Arenas—Anchorages
es at the root of the pier. Signals are listed in the table titled Bearing and Distance from
Rada de Punta Arenas—Signals. Berth
Muelle Prat
Berth A 175° and 0.55 mile
Rada de Punta Arenas—Signals
Berth B 132° and 0.55 mile
Day Signal Night Signal Meaning
Berth C 099° and 0.7 mile
Black ball One green light Variable weather
Berth E 131° and 1.0 mile
Flag “M” One red light Bad weather
Berth F 110° and 1.1 miles
Flag “R” Two red lights Storm
Berth G 093° and 1.2 miles
When the variable signal is hoisted, moorings must be
8.28

checked and reinforced. With bad weather, they are again Directions.—When approaching from the N, keep well E of
8.28

checked and all small boat movement ceases. With storm sig- Punta Arenas (Arenosa).
nals, the port is closed to all movement and work. Observe the Traffic Separation Scheme in the approaches to
8.28

Contact Information.—See the table titled Punta Are-

8.28
the port, which is best seen on the chart.
nas—Contact Information. Rio los Ciervos Oil Terminal is situated 1.75 miles SW of
8.28

Muelle Prat. A submerged pipeline extends 0.3 mile SE from

Punta Arenas—Contact Information shore and several mooring buoys situated at the seaward end of
the pipeline form an oil berth. There are charted depths of 12.8
Port Radio to 14.6m in the area of the buoys.
Call Punta Arenas Capuerto Radio (CBM25) It is recommended that vessels should moor at slack water in
8.28

winds less than 10 knots.

VHF VHF channels 9, 14, and 16 In winds from the N or NE, force 3 or more, and flood cur-
8.28

rent (flowing S), mooring should not be attempted. On land

there is a leading line that indicates the direction of the pipe-

Pub. 124
256 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

line; it should be used to avoid dropping the anchor on it or an- the N shore. The head of the bay is low with lagoons.
choring the vessel above it. Caleta Esperanza, Caleta Discordia, and Caleta Josefina lie
8.31

Also, there are two fixed range lights, the lighting of which
8.28 on the N shore of the bay 8.5, 14, and 21 miles, respectively,
should be requested when mooring to the buoys at night. A pi- ENE of Cabo Boqueron and a landing can be effected at each.
lot from Punta Arenas must be aboard for berthing. In fine weather, small vessels can anchor at Caleta Discor-
8.31

dia (53°23'S., 69°50'W.), 0.15 mile offshore in a depth of 8m,

8.29 From Rada de Punta Arenas, the W shore of Paso An- sand. A shoal bank extends 1 mile S from shore at Caleta Espe-
cho extends 12 miles S to Punta Santa Maria (53°21'S., ranza and was reported to be extending farther S. Between
70°57'W.), an easily-recognized point with a high cliff and two Caleta Josefina and Puerto Nuevo a shoal bank extends 2.3
patches bare of trees. miles S.
Caleta Agua Fresca, an open bay, is entered S of Punta Santa
8.29 A vessel should not approach the shores of the bay within a
8.31

Maria. Between Caleta Agua Fresca and Punta Carrer as, about distance of 4 miles unless bound for one of the coves.
11 miles S, the shore is bold; Punta Carreras is a low point. The Puerto Nuevo, in the NE end of the bay, 14 miles E of Caleta
8.31

N side of the bay is quite foul and should not be penetrated in Discordia, has a jetty 200m long with a depth of 3m at its head.
that direction beyond the point where soundings indicate Anchorage may be taken 1.5 miles offshore, in a depth of 10m,
depths of 11 to 14m. sand and stones, with the head of the pier bearing 355°, but the
On the S side. the depths decrease gradually toward the back
8.29 holding ground is poor. There are several rocks lying near the
of the bay; there is a small valley through which runs a stream. pier and boats should approach with care.
Anchorage may be taken anywhere between Rada de Punta
8.29

Arenas and Punta Santa Maria, in depths of 18 to 22m, sand 8.32 Cabo Nose (53°45'S., 70°08'W.), the S entrance point
and shell over clay, 0.75 mile offshore. of Bahia Inutil, is the end of a range of hills covered with vege-
tation. It is clear of dangers. Pico Nose, 9 miles SSE of the
Paso Ancho cape, rise to an elevation of 832m.
Punta Cameron, the most salient point in the bay, projects
8.32

8.30 The E shore extends from Punta Gente (53°00'S., from the S shore 9 miles NE of Cabo Nose. The land rises to a
70°25'W.) to Cabo Monmouth, 22 miles S. It is free of all dan- height of 148m, 1.75 miles SSE of the point. Caleta MacKlel-
gers outside the 20m curve, which lies about 1 mile off this land lies 9.5 miles E of Punta Cameron.
coast. The only break is at Bahia Porvenir, about 19 miles S of Small vessels may anchor off the cove, 0.2 mile from shore,
8.32

Punta Gente. in a depth of 6m, sand, good holding ground.

Bahia Porvenir (53°18'S., 70°22'W.) is entered between
8.30 Canal Whiteside is a broad channel that separates Isla Daw-
Punta Palo and a point about 0.5 mile SSE. It is suitable for son from Tierra de Fuego, and extends from its N entrance be-
small vessels with local knowledge up to 45m in length and tween Punta Arska and Cabo Nose to the entrance of Seno
with a maximum draft of 2m. The pier lies at the head of the Almirantazgo, about 40 miles SSE of Punta Arska. The fair-
bay. Since the improvement of the roads, the importance of the way is deep and clear of dangers. The W side can be safely ap-
port is declining. proached within 0.25 mile, but shoals extend up to 1.5 miles
Pilotage for vessels entering Bahia Porvenir is reported to be
8.30 offshore on the E side.
compulsory.
A wreck, with a depth of 1.3m, lies 0.2 mile SW of Punta Pa-
8.30 8.33 Puerto Yartou (53°53'S., 70°08'W.), 8.5 miles S of
lo. Less water than charted has been reported in the bay. Cabo Nose, is formed between Punta Chown on the N and Pun-
Cabo Monmouth (53°22'S., 70°26'W.), 3 miles S of Bahia
8.30 ta Yartou, 1.5 miles farther S.
Porvenir, is low; the land rises gradually from it. The cape is A chain of islets extends 2 miles NW from Punta Yartou; a
8.33

prominent only from the N, when it shows up as the end of the rocky shoal with a depth of 4.9m lies at the NW extremity of
land. these islets. A rock awash lies about 0.3 mile NW of the W is-
Cabo Boqueron (53°29'S., 70°12'W.) is a precipitous head-
8.30 let.
land formed by the abrupt termination of high land extending Puerto Yartou is open to W and NW winds which cause a
8.33

ENE. Cabo Boqueron is located 10 miles SE of Cabo Mon- heavy swell. The bottom is generally rocky, with sand and shell
mouth. in places.
Anchorage, in a depth of 15m, may be obtained 0.5 mile S of
8.33

Inlets and Passages Southeast of Paso Ancho Punta Crown.

Two pyramids, each 2m high, stand 6.75 miles SSW of Punta
8.33

8.31 The inlets and channels SE and S of Paso Ancho are Yartou. These beacons indicate the parallel of 54°S.
entered through Paso Boqueron, which lies between Cabo Bo- Puerto Arturo is located on the N side of Punta Carukinca
8.33

queron and Punta Arska, the N extremity of Isla Dawson, (54°04'S., 70°04'W.), a low point located 10.5 miles SSE of
which lies 0.5 mile SW of Cabo Boqueron. Punta Yartou. The port is open to winds between the N and W,
Bahia Inutil (Bahia Useless) (53°30'S., 69°45'W.) is entered
8.31 which cause a heavy swell.
between Cabo Boqueron and Cabo Nose, 16 miles S. The bay Isla Carukinca lies 0.75 mile S of Punta Carukinca. Shoal
8.33

recedes about 32 miles to the E. It has no sheltered anchorage water, with a depth of 10m, extends from Isla Carukinca SE to
and is exposed to W and SW winds which raise a heavy sea. a point of land about 0.9 mile distant. The islet is steep-to, ex-
The N shore is high and cliffy, but declines as the head of the
8.31 cept for a smaller islet lose W of Isla Carukinca.
bay is approached. The S shore is also high, but is lower than

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 257

8.34 Punta Kelp (53°48'S., 70°24'W.), the most salient 29m, firm mud, with the islet bearing 133°. The anchorage is
point on the W side of the channel, lies 14 miles SSE of Punta sheltered from NW to NE winds.
Arska. Little protection is afforded from SE to SW winds, and al-
8.35

Isla Offing, 2 miles SSE of Punta Kelp, is a small islet, 44m

8.34 though strong winds blow from the SW, no sea is raised.
high, covered with vegetation. It is good mark for identifying Vessels should not attempt passage between the kelp-ob-
8.35

Bahia Willes and Bahia Harris. A light is shown from the N structed channel that lies between Punta Cannon and the islet
end of the island. NE.
Bahia Willes (53°49'S., 70°26'W.) is entered between Punta
8.34

Kelp and Punta Tern, 2 miles SSW. Good anchorage may be 8.36 Seno Owen (Fiordo Owen) (54°00'S., 70°34'W.),
obtained in the bay, in a depth of 27m, mud and shells, best about 8 miles long in a NW to SE direction, is 2 miles wide. It
seen on chart. has moderate depths over a mud bottom. The head of the inlet
Bahia Harris lies W of Punta Tern and affords good anchor-
8.34 is narrow and shoal, the depths decreasing gradually.
age at the head of the bay, in depths of from 33 to 40m, rock Seno Owen is entered NW of Isla Wickham, where Canal
8.36

and mud, 183m S of an L-shaped pier, with an oil tank bearing Meskem and Canal Anica unite. Several islets and dangers en-
334° and a water tank bearing 258°. cumber the entrance. Shoals extend about 2 miles NW from the
Punta Arbolada (53°52'S., 70°24'W.) is located 1.75 miles
8.34 islands and there is much kelp in the bay.
SSE of Punta Tern, and Punta Huinche lies 0.5 mile farther Vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage any-
8.36

SSE. where in Seno Owen, clear of the kelp and shoals in moderate
Bahia Fox is entered WSW of Punta Huinche. A shoal, with
8.34 depths, mud bottom.
a depth of 5.9m, whose existence is doubtful, lies 0.4 mile SE Seno Brenton (54°09'S., 70°25'W.) located between Isla
8.36

of Punta Huinche. Wickham and the S part of Isla Dawson. It extends about 9
The Rio Fox, the largest river on Isla Dawson, has formed an
8.34 miles W where it joins Canal Anica off the W side of Isla
extensive sand bank that extends nearly 0.4 mile offshore at the Wickham. Islas Tuckers are several islets that lie in the SE en-
head of the bay. A hill that rises to a height of 178m is located trance to Seno Brenton; there is a beacon on the largest islet.
0.25 mile NW of Punta Huinche. Puerto Choisel (54°07'S., 70°33'W.) located at the NW end
8.36

Large vessels may obtain anchorage, in a depth of 20m, sand

8.34 of Seno Brenton on the W side, 11 miles from the beacon on
and shells, with the hill NW of Punta Huinche bearing 028° Islas Tuckers. The outer part of the cove affords anchorage to
and the mouth of the Rio Fox bearing 311°. Less water than vessels with local knowledge, in a depth of 20m, mud and
shown on the chart was reported in Bahia Fox. sand. The anchorage is protected from NW to NE winds, but is
Bahia No Entres, a small cove 6.5 miles S of Bahia Fox, is
8.34 exposed to S and SW winds which are accompanied by violent
about 0.6 mile wide and recedes about 0.7 mile. A shallow squalls.
rocky bank, covered in part by sand and mud, extends 0.25 Vessels should moor with their anchors laid out in the direc-
8.36

mile from the head of the bay. tion of the prevailing wind.
Vessels with local knowledge may obtain anchorage, in
8.34 There are two prominent islets that lie in the approach to
8.36

depths of 25m, just within a line joining the two entrance Puerto Choisel. Punta Mahay is the N entrance point of the
points. cove.
Canal Anica (54°05'S., 70°30'W.) is a continuation of Seno
8.36

8.35 Isla Wickham (54°06'S., 70°23'W.) lies with its N Brenton that extends NNW from Punta Mahay. It has a least
extremity 3.5 miles S of Bahia No Entres. It is about 8 miles navigable width of 0.5 mile and the fairway is deep and clear of
long E to W and is about 7 miles wide N to S. The island rises dangers. There is a rock, awash, marked by kelp, about 0.8
to a height of 790m, 2.25 miles S of its N extremity. mile NE of Punta Mahay, and there are islets and foul ground
In its S part are remarkable sharp-pointed hill, 704m high,
8.35 about 2 miles NNE of the same point.
can be seen in clear weather from Puerto del Hambre, about 36 Vessels may anchor anywhere in Canal Anica, which has a
8.36

miles NNW. bottom of mud and sand.

Canal Meskem, N of Isla Wickham, has a least width of 0.2
8.35

mile abreast Isla Tell, 6 miles W of the N extremity of Isla 8.37 Seno Almirantazgo (54°18'S., 69°30'W.), 23 miles S
Wickham. The fairway passes N of Isla Tell, and is deep and of Bahia Inutil, has not been fully surveyed. The bay is entered
free of dangers, except for a patch of kelp 0.3 mile N of the N between Punta Carukinca and Cabo Rowlett, 11 miles S. It ex-
extremity of Isla Wickham which should be given a wide berth. tends 43 miles SE into the island of Tierra del Fuego.
A rock, which dries, lies close off the N shore NE of Punta The N side of the bay has a straight shoreline, but the S side
8.37

Huapi, a point located 2 miles SW of the channel’s N entrance has three deep inlets from W to E, named Bahia Brookes, Ba-
point. hia Ainsworth, and Bahia Parry. The sound end in Bahia Azo-
Puerto Meskem (54°03'S., 70°25'W.), on the N side of Ca-
8.35 pardo.
nal Meskem, is entered 1.5 miles W of Punta Huapi. Punta Bahia Brookes (54°20'S., 69°50'W.) is entered 7 miles ESE
8.37

Cannon, the S entrance point of the cove, lies 1.75 miles SW of of Cabo Rowlett. It extends 19 miles SSE and there are several
Punta Huapi. A prominent islet, covered with vegetation, lies coves on its W side where small vessels with local knowledge
0.4 mile NE of Punta Cannon. can obtain anchorage.
A rock, which covers at HW, lies about 0.2 mile S of the islet
8.35 Isla Alta, which is wooded, lies in the entrance to Bahia
8.37

and is marked by a beacon. Brookes, 4.5 miles ESE of Cabo Rowlett. Punta Esperanza lies
There is good anchorage in Puerto Meskem, in a depth of
8.35 2 miles S of Isla Alta.

Pub. 124
258 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

Caleta Gomez, an anchorage, is entered 1.5 miles SW of

8.37 the cape. The tidal currents run strongly over this bank causing
Punta Esperanza. Other anchorages are Puerto Hernandez and overfalls in a contrary wind which are dangerous to boats.
Caleta Palma which lie 4.5 and 6.5 miles SSE, respectively, of Punta Stubenrauch lies 10 miles SSW of Cabo Valentin. Two
8.38

Punta Esperanza. The depths in these anchorages are from 16 rocks lie 1.25 miles SW of Punta Stubenrauch. They are steep-
to 24m. to on their W side and are about 3m high.
Bahia Guerroro, at the head of the bay, is liable to be encum-
8.37 Bahia Lomos (53°50'S., 70°42'W.), entered 5 miles S of
8.38

bered by icebergs and is not recommended. Punta Stubenrauch, has not been surveyed. It is sufficiently
Islotes Corkhill, a group of four islets, lie near the middle of
8.37 sheltered from SW, but is exposed to W and NW winds.
Seno Almirantazgo, 18 miles from the entrance. Vessels can From the W entrance point of Bahia Lomos, the shore trends
8.38

pass either side of this group, but not through it. W for about 3 miles to Punta Joaquin. Bahia Amigo, which is
Bahia Ainsworth (54°22'S., 69°35'W.) opens SSE of Islotes
8.37 open and unsheltered, is entered about 1 mile S of Punta Joa-
Corkhill. It lies 11 miles E of Bahia Brookes. This bay is filled quin.
with icebergs from a large glacier which extends from the Cabo San Antonio (53°53'S., 70°54'W.), 2 miles SW of Ba-
8.38

mountains at the head of the bay. There is a reduced anchorage hia Amigo, is the W extremity of Isla Dawson. There are a
on the W shore, 3 miles inside the mouth, in a depth of 25m. number of islets lying SSW of Cabo San Antonio; Puerto San
Puerto Toto is about 5 miles ESE of the E entrance to Bahia
8.37 Antonio is formed by the channel between these islets and Isla
Ainsworth. It appears to be free of dangers and is deep. The Dawson to the NE. The channel is barely 0.3 mile wide. There
cove is covered by kelp, with only a small channel near the N are several small islets and rocks in it, especially at the NW
coast. The cove is entered around a low point of red land on the end. Although Puerto San Antonio appears to be sheltered, it is
W side; do not round this point until the houses at the head of subject to violent squalls and is not recommended.
the cove are clearly seen. Puerto Valdes is entered N of Punta Valdes, which lies 2.5
8.38

Bahia Parry is entered E of Punta Morro, about 9 miles SE of

8.37 miles SSE of Cabo San Antonio. From the apparent violence of
Puerto Toto. There is anchorage for small vessels with local the frequent squalls, it is not advisable to enter the port.
knowledge in a cove on the S side of Punta Morro, in a depth of From Punta Valdes, the coast of Isla Dawson trends SSE to
8.38

25m. Punta Zig Zag (54°04'S., 70°53'W.), 8.5 miles distant. It

Anchorage, protected from SW through NW winds, may be
8.37 forms the E entrance to Canal Magdalena. Punta Cono lies 3.5
taken, in a depth of 24m. miles SSE of Punta Zig Zag.
Caleta La Paciencia (54°25'S., 69°04'W.) lies on the N side
8.37 Punta Cono forms the N entrance point of the W end of Ca-
8.38

of Seno Almirantazgo, 5 miles NNE of Punta Morro. There are nal Gabriel.
the remains of a jetty and the ruins of a sawmill. Anchorage
may be obtained, in 12m, SE of the jetty. 8.39 Bahia Carreras (53°36'S., 70°56'W.) is entered be-
Isla Tres Mogotes lies near the middle of the bay, 4 miles E
8.37 tween Punta Carreras, which is low, and a prominent bluff 1.5
of Punta Morro. A beacon is situated in the middle of the N miles S.
side of the island. Vessels can pass either side of the island. Arrecife Georgia extends 1.25 miles SE of Punta Carreras,
8.39

Bahia Azopardo (54°28'S., 69°00'W.) forms the head of Se-

8.37 with depths of less than 9m. It dries in places up to 0.325 mile
no Almirantazgo, 2.5 miles ESE of Isla Tres Mogotes. There is from the point, and is marked by kelp at its seaward end.
a disused sawmill and a ruined jetty, 200m long with a depth of Anchorage, though confined, may be obtained about 0.3
8.39

5m at its head. mile SW of Punta Carreras, 183m offshore, in a depth of 25m,

Anchorage.—The anchorage, known as Caleta Benavente,
8.37 mud and sand. Care should be taken to anchor as soon as that
is in a depth of 20m with the jetty bearing 200°, distant about depth is obtained.
0.3 mile. Punta Santa Ana (53°38'S., 70°55'W.), 2.5 miles S of Punta
8.39

Carreras, is the extremity of a narrow promontory which proj-

Paso del Hambre ects SE. A light shown from a square concrete tower, 5m high,
situated 0.2 mile WNW of the point.
8.38 Paso del Hambre (Famine Reach) (53°44'S.,
70°50'W.) is the continuation of the strait S of Paso Ancho and 8.40 Puerto San Juan de la Posesion (Puerto del Hambre)
extends about 19 miles SSW. It is entered between Punta Car- (53°38'S., 70°56'W.) is entered between Punta Santa Ana and
reras (53°35'S., 70°55'W.) and Cabo Valentin, the NW ex- Punta San Juan, 1.5 miles SW. The bay recedes 1.5 miles from
tremity of Isla Dawson, 14.5 miles E. the entrance, but shoal depths extend more than halfway from
Isla Dawson (53°55'S., 70°33'W.), on the E side of Paso del its head. A stream flows into the head of the bay and the Rio
Hambre, is divided into two parts by an isthmus between Bahia San Juan flows into the bay close N of Punta San Juan. It is
Lomos and Seno Owen. The N part of the island is of moderate fronted by a bar which dries.
elevation with gentle slopes. A shoal area lies between 0.2 mile and 0.6 mile SE of Punta
8.40

Cerro Graves, 449m high, is located in this part, 11 miles

8.38 Santa Ana. There is a depth of 9m at its N end.
SSW of Cabo Valentin. The S part of the island is mountainous Anchorage.—Vessels anchor in the middle of the bay, in a
8.40

and of wild aspect, with deep wooded valleys. It attains an ele- depth of 15m, stiff clay, occasionally overlaid by sand, bearing
vation of 944m, 29 miles SSW of Cabo Valentin. 232°, about 0.5 mile from the lighthouse.
Cabo Valentin (53°34'S., 70°31'W.), the NW extremity of
8.38 Bahia Voces is entered 3 miles SSW of Punta Santa Ana.
8.40

Isla Dawson, is low with a small hummock, 61m high, nearby. From Bahia Voces S to Punta Arbol, about 5 miles, the coast is
A bank, with depths of 2.7 to 5.5m, extends 2.5 miles N of
8.38 cliffy and depths are too great for anchoring.

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 259

Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 13 to 16m, off the

8.40 obtained in the cove on the S side of the bay, 3 miles S of Punta
mouth of a river which flows into the head of the bay. Carda. Foul ground extends 0.3 mile offshore and 1.25 miles N
Cabo San Isidro (53°47'S., 70°58'W.), 2 miles S of Punta
8.40 of Punta Carda, and a rock, marked by kelp with a depth of less
Arbol, has a low, but conspicuous rounded hillock at its ex- than 2m, lies 1.5 miles NW of the point.
tremity. The cape is covered with trees and forms a ridge which
extends NNW about 3 miles to Monte Tarn, 818m high, the Canal Magdalena
most conspicuous mountain in the vicinity. A light is shown
from a cylindrical tower on Cabo San Isidro. 8.42 Canal Magdalena extends S from Estrecho de Ma-
A rocky shoal, covered with kelp, extends 0.2 mile off the
8.40 gallanes to Canal Cockburn. It is entered between Punta Anx-
cape, and has a rock, awash, at HW at its outer end. ious (54°07'S., 70°55'W.) and the NE part of Isla Capitan
A shoal, with a depth of about 20m, lies 2 miles SSW of the
8.40 Aracena, 2 miles W. Precipitous mountains rise from both
cape. shores, especially on the E side.
Caleta Aguila (53°58'S., 70°59'W.) is entered between Ca-
8.40 Punta Anxious is a low, narrow tongue of land, with deep
8.42

bo San Isidro and a point 0.7 mile SW. A small reef, with an is- water close inshore. A group of islets lie close NW of Punta
let, extends 183m SE from the SW entrance point. Anxious. The W, and largest islet, is marked by a light tower.
Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained at the head of
8.40 The W entrance of the channel is backed by a steep mountain
8.42

the bay, in depths of 18 to 22m, sand and stone. Squalls at 1,158m high, which has a remarkable lump on its summit.
times are violent, but the holding ground is good. There is a large white patch on the mountain which can be
8.42

From Caleta Aguila to Punta Glascott, 5.5 miles SW, there

8.40 seen at a great distance. Monte Hurt, 1,064m high, rises at the
are several small bays which offer protection, in depths of 13 to head of Seno Peje, 6.5 miles SSE of Punta Anxious.
22m, for vessels with local knowledge. Seno Peje, a sound which is deep and whose shore is steep-
8.42

Bahia San Nicolas (53°51'S., 71°06'W.) is entered close NE

8.40 to, extends 3.5 miles SE from its entrance, which lies between
of Punta Glascott. A small wooded islet, 7m high, lies in the Punta Anxious and Punta Peje, 2.5 miles SSW.
middle of the bay 0.4 mile SE of the mouth of a river that flows There is a small islet 0.25 mile NW from Punta Peje and nu-
8.42

into the head of the bay. merous rocks lie between the two.
Anchorage.—The best anchorage for a large vessel is mid-
8.40 Islote Jumbo lies 2.25 miles S of Punta Peje, 0.3 mile off-
8.42

way between Punta Glascott and the wooded islet in a depth of shore. Three smaller islets and a number of rocks lie between
20m, mud or clay. Small vessels can anchor closer inshore. Islote Jumbo and the E shore.
Punta Glascott (53°51'S., 71°06'W.) is the extremity of a
8.40

range of mountains with several sharp peaks extending NW in- 8.43 Fiordo Keats (54°18'S., 70°43'W.), on the E side of
to the interior. The most prominent summit is Pico Nodoles, the channel, is entered between a point 5.25 miles SSE of Pun-
766m high, about 2.2 miles WNW of the point. ta Peje and Punta Ernesto, 5 miles farther S. An islet lies 1.75
miles ESE of the N entrance point, and rocks fringe the coast
Inlets and Passages South of Paso Froward NW and SE of the islet. A rock, with a depth of less than 2m,
lies in mid-channel 3 miles SE of the islet.
8.41 The inlets and passages S of the E entrance to Paso Fiordo Keats extends 32 miles ESE; about halfway along it
8.43

Froward are entered W of Punta Zig Zag (54°04'S., divides into two branches, with Seno Contra Almirante Marti-
70°53'W.), on the SW coast of Isla Dawson. nez leading SSW and Fiordo Agostini leading SE.
The passages S of Isla Dawson will be discussed and then
8.41 The coasts are mountainous and the waters are apparently
8.43

the canals and passages that lead S into Tierra del Fuego. deep, presenting no difficulty in navigation, with the exception
Canal Gabriel is entered from Canal Magdalena and is the
8.41 of the submerged rock located in the middle of the fjord to the
NW part of the channel which separates the S side of Isla Daw- SE about 4 miles from Punta Antonio.
son from Tierra del Fuego. It is merely a ravine of slate forma- Pilotage is compulsory for vessels entering Fiordo Keats.
8.43

tion and extends precisely in the direction of the strata, with The request for pilots should be sent to Punta Arenas in ad-
almost parallel shores about 25 miles long. vance, where they can be embarked.
The channel is 0.5 to 1.5 miles wide, except in the narrows
8.41 Fiordo Agostini is entered between Punta Final (54°24'S.,
8.43

where it is about 183m wide, with a least depth of 10.9m. 70°32'W.) and Punta Elsa, 1.5 miles NE. The fjord runs be-
Tidal currents in the channel have been estimated to run at a
8.41 tween the mountains from which numerous glaciers descend
rate of 4 to 5 knots. and is renowned for its beauty. About 10 miles SE from the en-
The SE end of Canal Gabriel, which is known as Canal Cas-
8.41 trance it divides into two arms at Punta Divide, with Seno Hy-
cada, divides, with one part leading N into Seno Almirantazgo, att to N and Seno Serrano to S.
and the other opening into Bahia Fitton. Seno Almirantazgo A group of islets, surrounded by reefs, lies off the S side of
8.43

has been previously described in paragraph 8.37. Fiordo Agostini, 3 miles WNW of Punta Divide.
Bahia Fitton may be entered through Canal Cascada, or from
8.41 Seno Hyatt, the N arm of Fiordo Agostini, is 7 miles long;
8.43

N through Canal Whiteside, passing between Cabo Rowlett near its head are two bays. The N bay is deep, but it is unsafe to
and Cabo Expectacion (54°14'S., 70°12'W.), 4 miles WNW, approach the glacier nearer than 0.5 mile due to the high waves
then SW of Punta Carda, which lies 5.75 miles SSW of Cabo produced by the falling ice. In the S bay there is a smaller gla-
Rowlett. Bahia Fitton extends about 7 miles SE and divides in- cier. The S bay has a bar with a depth of 4m. There is good an-
to two arms. chorage in a cove halfway along the N shore of Seno Hyatt, in
Good anchorage, sheltered from prevailing winds, may be
8.41 a depth of 35m, sand.

Pub. 124
260 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

Seno Contra Almirante Martinez, the SSW arm of Fiordo is foul and full of kelp.
Keats, is entered W of Punta Final, and extends for a distance
of 16 miles. This inlet has not been fully surveyed, but it would 8.45 Puerto Hope (54°08'S., 71°00'W.) is a cove on the W
appear to have a deep even bottom free of dangers. The head of shore of Canal Magdalena opposite Punta Anxious. A rock,
the inlet divides into two arms. marked by kelp and with a depth of less than 1.8m, lies nearly
Due to the abundance of kelp and the rocky bottom, it is not
8.43 in the middle of the outer part of the cove. Kelp extends N from
recommended to anchor in the SE arm. The S arm has an aver- this rock to the shore.
age depth of 30 to 40m. The E coast is fringed with kelp and a Anchorage.—Vessels up to 80m long can obtain emergency
8.45

large number of rocks. The coastline throughout is lined with anchorage 0.2 mile ESE of the rock, in a depth of 20m, sand.
numerous waterfalls. Ensenada Stokes is entered N of Punta Chubascosa
8.45

Anchorage may be obtained in the middle of Caleta Escan-

8.43 (54°10'S., 70°58'W.), about 2 miles S of Puerto Hope.
dallo, 6 miles within the entrance of Seno Contra Almirante Islotes Rees, three low wooded islets, lie in the entrance to
8.45

Martinez, on the W side, in a depth of 33m, hard mud. The an- the bay which extends 4.5 miles SSW.
chorage is with the N entrance point of the cove bearing 299°, Due to its deep water and violent squalls which descend
8.45

about 0.3 mile. The anchorage is sheltered from all winds. from the high land surrounding it, no anchorages are recom-
Punta Queta (54°20'S., 70°43'W.) is located on the S shore
8.43 mended.
of Fiordo Keats, 5.5 miles E of Punta Ernesto. Bahia Morris (54°15'S., 71°00'W.), 5 miles S of Punta Chu-
8.45

Bahia Queta, entered E of Punta Queta, affords anchorage, in

8.43 basosa, is 1.5 miles wide at its entrance and recedes about 2
a depth of 15m, sand, 0.2 mile S of the E entrance point. The miles to the W. It is the best anchorage in Canals Magdalena
bay has not been surveyed. and Cockburn. Islotes Entrada, 3m high, lie 1 mile S of the N
The E side of Canal Magdalena continues SW from Punta
8.43 entrance point. A 14.6m patch lies about 0.3 mile N of the is-
Ernesto to Punta Pajarito (54°21'S., 70°54'W.), 1.5 miles dis- lands. Kelp extends from the patch to the islets. An isolated is-
tant and marked by a light, then in a general S direction for 5.5 let, 14m high, lies 0.7 mile W of the islets.
miles to Punta Gruesa. Bajo Norte, with a depth of 8.8m, lies 0.5 mile ENE of the N
8.45

This coast is deep and free of dangers. Two glaciers descend

8.43 entrance to Bahia Morris.
from Monte Sarmiento, which rises to a height of 2,234m, 4 Bajo Sur, which dries and is marked by kelp, lies about 0.5
8.45

miles E of Punta Gruesa. mile E of Punta Ariadne, the S entrance point of Bahia Morris.
The kelp attached to both Bajo Norte and Bajo Sur is usually
8.45

8.44 Monte Sarmiento (54°27'S., 70°50'W.) rises from a submerged by the tidal currents, and is only visible at slack wa-
broad base; when seen from the N, the two peaks of its summit ter.
appears much like the crater of a volcano, but from the W the Anchorage.—The recommended anchorage in Bahia Morris
8.45

two peaks are in line and the volcanic resemblance ceases. It is is in depths of 31 to 36m, mud and clay, in a position about 0.7
the most remarkable mountain in the strait. It is covered with mile WSW of the N entrance point.
perpetual snow and is nearly always enveloped in cloud. Small vessels can anchor in the basin at the head of the bay,
8.45

During E winds, when the sky is cloudless and with a low

8.44 in depths of 11 to 35m. Squalls are frequent and violent, but the
temperature, it can be seen clearly from Punta Arenas, 77 miles holding ground is good.
N. Vessels entering the bay should pass between Bajo Norte and
8.45

Monte Buckland (54°27'S., 70°10'W.), about 21 miles E of

8.44 Islotes Entrada, keeping about 0.5 mile N of the islets to clear
Monte Sarmiento, is a pyramidal shaped block, 2,042m high, the 14.6m patch which lies in this passage. The passages W of
that is covered with snow. Between these mountains the sum- the shoals can not be recommended.
mit is occupied by an extensive glacier.
Seno Magallanes (54°29'S., 70°54'W.), entered between
8.44 8.46 Islote Cenaria (54°18'S., 70°56'W.), 9m high and
Punta Gruesa and Punta Entrada, 1 mile SW, provides good an- marked by a light, lies 2.5 miles SE of Punta Ariadne near the
chorage for small vessels on its W shore, 3.25 miles S of the middle of Canal Magdalena. A reef extends SW from the islet;
entrance. Its coasts are high and steep and its waters deep and a 5m shoal, with deep water all around, lies about 1.7 miles SE
safe. Due to its orientation, winds from the N or S are boxed in of the islet.
and gain great intensity, but do not stir up swells. The depth in Vessels navigating Canal Magdalena should pass E of Islote
8.46

the anchorage is 27m, hard mud. Cenaria. The islet should be given a safe berth of 0.5 mile. The
From Seno Magallanes, the E coast of Canal Magdalena
8.44 islet is marked by a light.
turns WNW for a distance of 5 miles to Punta Piramide Isla Laberinto lies 1.5 miles SW of Islote Cenaria, on the W
8.46

(54°26'S., 71°07'W.), the S entrance point of the E entrance to side of Canal Magdalena. Isla Jane lies 1.25 miles farther SW.
Canal Cockburn. The point is marked by a light. There are various rocks and islets between these two islands.
8.46

There is anchorage in Puerto Imprevisto, a cove located 3.75

8.44 Bahia Drew is a small bay entered W of these two islands. It is
miles W of Seno Magallanes, for medium-sized vessels, in encumbered by numerous rocks and islets.
depths of 17 to 30m, mud, rock, and shells, in the middle of the Small craft with local knowledge can enter the bay either N
8.46

cove. It is surrounded by high and steep hills that protect it of Isla Laberinto or S of Isla Jane.
from all winds, except from the N. Bahia Transicion (54°20'S., 71°06'W.) is entered between
8.46

The harbor is reported as safe. However, there is kelp near

8.44 two points 2.5 miles SW of Isla Jane. It extends about 4 miles
the coast and at the entrance, but they do not appear to indicate NW and would appear to be deep and clear of dangers. It has
dangers. There is a watering place in the inner bay but the coast not been surveyed.

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 261

Cabo Pena, 2.5 miles S of Bahia Transicion, is surrounded

8.46 There is ample room and no squalls are experienced.
by kelp. The best berth for anchoring is with Islote Lambert bearing
8.48

Cabo Turn (54°24'S., 71°07'W.), low and fronted by kelp,

8.46 259°, 0.2 mile distant, in a depth of 14m, mud. There is space,
lies 1.25 miles SSW of Cabo Pena. This cape forms the N en- with good holding ground, farther E. The islet is a good guide
trance point of Canal Cockburn, which is discussed in Pub. for anchoring, but the outer edge of the shore bank is steep-to.
125, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of South Ameri- The ebb current, running E, is strong at the anchorage during
8.48

ca. W winds.
A shoal, with a least depth of 10m and surrounded by eddies,
8.46 From Bahia Snug to Bahia Woods, a distance of about 7
8.48

lies 1.5 miles E of Cabo Turn. miles WNW, the shore is straight and steep-to.
Bahia Woods is a cove at the SE end of Cabo Holland
8.48

Cabo Froward to Western Entrance (53°49'S., 71°38'W.), a bold, high, conspicuous headland.
Foul ground extends 183m S and SE of the E extremity of
8.48

8.47 A vessel proceeding W through Estrecho de Ma- Cabo Holland. Roca Esk, which dries, lies on the SE edge of
gallanes, after rounding Cabo Froward, may expect adverse the foul ground.
gales, heavy squalls, thick weather, and an absence of good an- The Rio San Jose flows into the strait about 1 mile ENE of
8.48

chorages due to their depths. Cabo Holland. A rock, which dries, lies 0.25 mile E of the cape
None of the harbors in the region can be considered good, al-
8.47 on the edge of the bank extending from the mouth of the river.
though there are two or three suitable for large vessels. Anchorage may be taken, in 15 to 20m, with Cabo Holland
8.48

Between Paso Largo, 60 miles WNW of Cabo Froward, and

8.47 bearing 320°, at a distance of 0.3 to 0.5 mile.
Cabo Pilar, at the W entrance of the strait, there are many har- Anchorage for smaller vessels may be taken, in depths of 11
8.48

bors on each side of the strait. Some are difficult to access, oth- to 14m, with the cape bearing 315°, distant about 0.2 mile, or
ers are so deep as to be of little use as an anchorage; and in in 30m with the cape bearing 250°, 0.14 mile distant.
others the squalls frequently blow with such violence and from Tidal currents off Cabo Holland are often strong, and there is
8.48

different directions as to make the anchorage untenable. an eddy E of the point.

Usually the anchorage space is restricted and the bottom un-
8.47 Bahia Andres, 5 miles WNW of Bahia Wood, affords an-
8.48

even and rocky. At other times pebbles and stones predomi- chorage at the NW end of Cabo Holland, but it is exposed to
nate. In each case the holding ground is poor. It is wise to the prevailing winds and should only be used in fine weather.
anchor at the deepest point of the anchorage, where there is no
shoal or reef nearby. 8.49 Cabo Coventry (53°45'S., 71°51'W.), 2.75 miles NW
Whenever kelp is seen, the bottom is probably rocky with no
8.47 of Bahia Andres, is 81m high. Monte de Tres Picos is a de-
mud, and more uneven than usual. tached mountain rising to a height of 1,127m, 5.75 miles NW
The most open anchorages, which appear to be least protect-
8.47 of Cabo Coventry. There is a depth of 31m about 2 miles S of
ed from the prevailing winds, often prove to have the best hold- Cabo Coventry.
ing ground, and best suited to ride out heavy squalls. Bahia Cordes (53°43'S., 71°54'W.) is entered between Pun-
8.49

ta West and Islote Mussel, 0.65 mile E. The islet is joined to

Paso Froward the E shore by a chain of above and below-water rocks. The en-
trance can be identified by Monte de Tres Picos and Islote
8.48 Paso Froward is the continuation of the strait from Pa- Mussel, which is a bright green-colored islet, 8m high.
so del Hambre to Paso Ingles which is entered S of Cabo Gal- Anchorage.—Temporary anchorage can be taken, in 13m,
8.49

lant. Paso Froward extends WSW from Punta Glascott to Cabo with Islote Mussel bearing 056° and Punta West bearing 311°.
Froward, a distance of 7 miles, then WNW about 28 miles to Bahia Fortescue (53°41'S., 72°00'W.) is entered between
8.49

Cabo Gallant. Punta Peterel, 2 miles NW of Bahia Cordes, and Punta Sur
The N shore of the pass is bound by Peninsula de Bruns-
8.48 West, 1.5 miles W. It is one of the best anchorages in the strait.
wick,; the S shore is bound by Isla Capitan Aracena, Isla Clar- The bay is spacious, sheltered, easy of access, and has moder-
ence, and Isla Cayetano, in that order from E to W. ate depths. A light, shown from a 5m high white pillar that is
Cabo Froward (53°54'S., 71°18'W.), the S extremity of the difficult to see from seaward, is exhibited close NE of Punta
continent, lies nearly in the center of Estrecho de Magallanes. Sur West.
The cape rises abruptly to an elevation of 360m. Monte Victo- Isla Wigwam, 12m high, lies at the head of the bay. Islote
8.49

ria, located 2.5 miles NNW of the cape, rises to a height of Cross, close S of the island, is 2.1m high.
877m. A shoal, composed of rocks and shells with a depth of 11m,
8.49

A light is shown from a white concrete tower, 2.7m high, sit-

8.48 lies 0.8 mile E of Bahia Fortescue Light.
uated on the cape. Cruz de los Mares, a prominent white metal The best anchorage in the bay is with Islote Cross bearing
8.49

cross 24m high, stands on the summit of Cabo Froward. between 334° and 053°, distant about 0.1 to 0.2 mile, in depths
From Cabo Froward to Cabo Holland, 16 miles WNW, the
8.48 of 10 to 15m. It is recommended not to anchor close to the W
shore is high and steep-to. The only anchorages along this shore as the squalls are more uncertain in their direction and
coast are Bahia Snug and Bahia Woods. the holding ground is not as good.
Bahia Snug (53°51'S., 71°26'W.), about 5 miles WNW of
8.48 Care is necessary when entering Bahia Fortescue during
8.49

Cabo Froward, affords an excellent berth although the anchor- springs, as the W tidal current sets strongly toward Cabo Gal-
age is open. Islote Lambert, 12m high, and the rocks located lant, and the tidal current running E sets directly toward and
NNW of the islet, provide shelter from any sea that may get up. around Punta Peterel.

Pub. 124
262 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

Caleta Gallant is a sheltered basin entered E of Isla Wigwam.

8.49 lands, islets, and rocks. Isla Castellano, 199m high, lies in the
It is entered by a narrow channel with a depth of 5m and af- middle of the outer part of the bay.
fords an excellent anchorage to small vessels with local knowl- Isla Burgess, at the head of Bahia Simon, has a narrow chan-
8.52

edge, in a depth of 6m, mud. nel on either side, giving access to the head of Canal de San
Cabo Gallant (53°42'S., 72°02'W.), a massive steep-to cape,
8.49 Miguel. This canal leads 5 miles WNW along the S side of Isla
25m high, is located about 0.3 mile WSW of Punta Sur West Cayetano into Canal Barbara. The channel W of Isla Cayetano
and is very prominent from the E. is preferred to the channel E of the island.
Puerto Langara, 3.25 miles S of Punta Elvira, on the E coast
8.52

8.50 From Canal Magdalena, the S shore of Paso Froward, of Isla Cayetano, trends in a NW direction.
which extends WNW about 45 miles to Cabo Edgeworth, is ir- Anchorage for small vessels with local knowledge may be
8.52

regularly shaped and much indented by numerous channels and taken, in 14m, at the head of the inlet or, in a depth of 9m, in a
bays. cove on the N side of the inlet.
Caleta Beaubasin (54°05'S., 71°03'W.), entered 1.5 miles
8.50 Canal Barbara (53°50'S., 72°11'W.) is entered between Isla
8.52

NW of the NE extremity of Isla Capitan Aracena, may be rec- Cayetano and Cabo Edgeworth, about 2 miles NW. It separates
ognized by Islote Periagua, a small, rocky islet 1.25 miles Isla Cayetano from Isla Santa Ines and leads S to Canal Cock-
NNW of the entrance, and by the mountain 2.5 miles SSW of burn. For further details, see Pub. 125, Sailing Directions (En-
the inlet. The entrance is narrow with a least depth of 5m. In- route) West Coast of South America.
side there are depths of 9m. The cove provides anchorage for
small vessels entering or leaving Canal Magdalena. Paso Ingles
Isla Peak and Isla Harrison lie 3 miles WNW and 5.5 miles
8.50

W, respectively, of the entrance to Caleta Beaubasin. These is- 8.53 Paso Ingles is a continuation of the strait between Ca-
lands lie in the entrance to Bahia Inman and Ensenada Staples. bo Gallant and Punta Arauz (53°32'S., 72°21'W.), about 15
Two islets lie at the head of Bahia Inman, 4.5 miles S of Isla miles NW.
Peak. The weather in this part is unstable due to two air masses of
8.53

Anchorage may be obtained N of these islets, in a depth of

8.50 different characteristics meeting, one from the main strait and
29m, mud. Ensenada Staples lies 2 miles W of Bahia Inman. It the other coming from the NNW down Canal Jeronimo. Vio-
should only be entered by vessels with local knowledge, as it lent squalls with heavy rain and low clouds may reduce visibil-
has not been surveyed. ity to zero.
Seno Lyell is entered W of a point 5.5 mile NW of Punta
8.50 The tidal currents increase as the channel narrows and attain
8.53

Crown, the N extremity of Isla Harrison. Islotes Dos Her- a rate of 2 knots. These, combined with the winds, tend to set a
manos, two prominent islets, lie in the middle of the entrance vessel S onto Isla Carlos III. Therefore, special care must be
to the bay. taken at night and during heavy squalls.
Puerto Kempe, on the W side of Seno Lyell, 2 miles SSW of
8.50 Regulations.—The following regulations apply to vessels
8.53

Islotes Dos Hermanos, is difficult of access but affords anchor- transiting Paso Ingles and Paso Tortuoso:
age to vessels with local knowledge. It can be easily recog- 1. One hour before approaching Cabo Crosstide
nized by the waterfall at its head. (53°34'S., 72°25'W.), vessels must report their position on
VHF channel 16 and 2182 kHz and continue reporting at 15-
8.51 Punta Hetterley (53°57'S., 71°26'W.) is the W en- minute intervals.
trance point to Seno Lyell. Punta Olvido lies 3 miles W of Pun- 2. Vessels should navigate, whenever possible, on the
ta Hetterley, on the W side of Ensenada Petite. starboard side of the centerline of the channel.
Seno Pedro, entered 6 miles W of Punta Hetterley, is the N
8.51 3. Vessels over 200m long and all VLCCs have the right-
part of Canal Acwalisnan, which separates Isla Capitan Arace- of-way. The passage of these vessels will be transmitted by
na from Isla Clarence. the Maritime Authority.
Canal Acwalisnan, with a depth of 9m in the narrows, leads
8.51 4. Navigation lights should be shown at all times.
into Seno Dyneley. A rock, awash, lies in the middle of the
channel, 7 miles within the entrance to Seno Pedro. 8.54 The coast between Cabo Gallant and Canal Jeronimo,
Bahia Bell is entered W of Punta Taylor, 6 miles WNW of
8.51 15 miles NW, is backed by towering mountains. Monte Cross,
Canal Acwalisnan. 736m high, located 1.75 miles NNW of Cabo Gallant, is the
Caleta Bradley, on the W side of Bahia Bell, is a convenient
8.51 most prominent. A large portion of the coast is fringed with
anchorage to a vessel with local knowledge. It bears WSW of kelp and should not be approached closer than 0.3 mile.
Punta Taylor and may be recognized by a small, round, green From Cabo Gallant, the coast trends in a NW direction about
8.54

hill forming the N point of the cove. The anchorage is in 31m. 8 miles to Punta Pasaje (53°38'S., 72°12'W.). A shoal, with a
depth of 4.5m and marked by kelp, lies about 0.3 WSW of the
8.52 Monte Pond (53°52'S., 71°55'W.), 766m high, is a point. A rock, with a depth of 3.7m, lies 0.25 mile SSE of the
conspicuous double-peaked hill, located 1.75 miles S of Cabo point.
Inglefield, the N extremity of Isla Clarence. One of the sum- Bahia Isabel is entered N of Punta Pasaje. The bay extends
8.54

mits is visible from the E as soon as it opens Cabo Froward. on either side of a stream that flows out at its head.
Bahia Simon, entered between Cabo Inglefield and Punta El-
8.52 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 24 to 29m, 0.75
8.54

vira, 4 miles WNW, separates the E side of Isla Cayetano from mile NNW of Punta Pasaje. It is a good anchorage in E winds,
Isla Clarence. It extends 6 miles SSW and is studded with is- but is exposed to winds from the W.

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 263

The dangers off Punta Pasaje are reported to project farther

8.54 ed on the NE extremity of the island.
into the strait than charted. The point should be given a wide Two dangerous rocks have been reported to lie 0.75 mile
8.55

berth. NW of Isla Rupert.

Punta York (53°35'S., 72°17'W.) is located 4.5 miles NW of
8.54 A bank, with depths of 25m, extends NW from Isla Rupert to
8.55

Punta Pasaje; shoals and kelp extend 0.5 mile ESE of the point. Isla Carlos III, 1.25 miles distant.
Bahia Albuquerque is located on the SE of Punta York and is
8.54 The bank is steep-to and the tidal currents set across it a rate
8.55

encumbered by the shoal described above. There is a 3.5m of 3 knots.

shoal spot marked by kelp near the head of the bay. Isla Carlos III (53°37'S., 72°20'W.), a wooded islet 8.75
8.55

Rada York is situated off the mouth of the Rio Batchelor,

8.54 miles long in a NW-SE direction, is about 4 miles wide and
1.25 miles NNW of Punta York. about 540m in height. Punta Ballena is its SE extremity and
A rock, awash and marked by kelp, lies about 0.5 mile SSE
8.54 Cabo Crosstide is the NW extremity. The island is separated
of the river mouth, 183m offshore. from Peninsula Ulloa by Canal David, which has a least width
As the tidal currents run strongly through Paso Tortuoso and
8.54 of about 0.3 mile.
Canal Jeronimo, a vessel lying in this roadstead, even during Bahia Mussel, on the N coast of Isla Carlos III, is entered W
8.55

light winds, will sheer uncomfortably. It is exposed to the pre- of Cabo Middleton, about 3 miles N of Punta Ballena. Rocas
vailing W winds and is subject to violent squalls coming from Dessant, marked by kelp with a least depth of 1.7m, lie in the
W. entrance to the bay, about 0.6 mile NW of Cabo Middleton.
Rocas Craster, with a depth of 6m, lie 0.7 mile W of the
8.54 Bahia Mussel is deep and sheltered, but the bottom is stony
8.55

mouth of the Rio Batchelor. They consist of two steep-to rocks, and uneven. It is not recommended as an anchorage.
about 0.1 mile apart.
Islote Cohorn (53°33'S., 72°20'W.), 6m high, lies on a
8.54 8.56 Isla el Bonete (53°35'S., 72°21'W.), 49m high, lies
coastal bank about 0.6 mile NNW of Rocas Craster. A light, about 0.2 mile offshore, 2.25 miles NW of Bahia Mussel.
shown from a cylindrical tower 8m high, is situated on the islet. Islote el Bonetito, 24m high, lies 0.3 mile farther NW. The
8.56

A depth of 19.5m lies about 0.8 mile WSW of Islote Cohorn depths are great and the tidal currents are strong nearby.
Light. Bahia Tilly is entered between Punta Rowe, 1.25 miles
8.56

Punta Arauz (53°32'S., 72°21'W.), a low point with rocks

8.54 WNW of Islote el Bonetito, and Punta Merrill, 0.25 mile far-
and foul ground extending 0.3 mile NW from it, is located just ther WNW. The bay extends nearly 1 mile SW.
over 1 mile NW of Islote Cohorn. A moderate-sized vessel may anchor in the middle of the bay
8.56

or a little farther in, where depths of 32 to 36m, mud, will be

8.55 The SW side of Paso Ingles is formed by islands and found. When entering the bay, particular attention must be paid
islets that are described in order from SE to NW. There are to the steering of the vessel, for the tidal currents run strongly
passes between these islands that will be described later. across the entrance.
Islas Charles (53°44'S., 72°07'W.), midway between Cabo
8.55 Cabo Crosstide (53°34'S., 72°25'W.), 1.25 miles NW of
8.56

Gallant and Cabo Edgeworth, 6.75 miles SSW, consists of Punta Merrill, is massive and steep, with deep water all around
three islands with several islets off their SE side. it. The currents here, at the NW extremity of Isla Carlos III, are
Punta Jacquinot, 2.5 miles SW of Cabo Gallant, is the N ex-
8.55 quite strong. They produce violent seas, choppiness, and whirl-
tremity of the E island. Marca Wallis (Wallis Mark), a conspic- pools. A light, shown from a tower 5.5m high, is situated on
uous white patch, is located 0.5 mile SE of Punta Jacquinot. Cabo Crosstide.
The islets and rocks off the E extremity of the E island rise as The time of the turn of tidal currents in this stretch of the
8.56

high as 85m. strait is irregular because of the meeting of the current from
The three main islands of Islas Charles are separated by Paso
8.55 Canal Jeronimo with those of Paso Ingles and Paso Tortuoso.
Norte, Paso Sureste, and Paso Oeste. Strong overfalls and tide rips are produced and the currents
8.56

A shoal, with a depth of 3m, lies in the middle of Paso Norte.

8.55 attain a rate of 3.5 knots. On the N side of Paso Ingles, there is
It lies on the E edge of a bank extending from the W island. an eddy setting W during the time of ebb, which sets E.
Bahia Tres Pasos is located at the junction of the three chan-
8.55

nels, about 1 mile SSW of Punta Jacquinot. It may be used for Cabo Edgeworth to Mogete del Morrion
shelter in an emergency. Vessels enter by Paso Norte or Paso
Oeste. Paso Sureste is too narrow. 8.57 From Cabo Edgeworth (53°48'S., 72°09'W.), the
Isla Monmouth (53°42'S., 72°11'W.), 40m high, lies 5.5
8.55 coast extends in a NW direction for 17 miles to Mogote del
miles W of Cabo Gallant. Isla James is the N of two islets lo- Morrion. This coast along the NE side of Isla Santa Ines is in-
cated 0.5 mile W of Isla Monmouth. A shoal, marked by kelp, dented by numerous bays and inlets, of which only one affords
lies about 0.9 mile WSW of Isla James. an anchorage.
Rocas Rupert (53°40'S., 72°11'W.), 1.5 miles N of Isla
8.55 Bahia Choiseul and Bahia Nash lie 4.5 and 9 miles NW, re-
8.57

Monmouth, are two rocks. The NE rock is 19m high. spectively, of Cabo Edgeworth. Bahia Choiseul is a large shoal
Isla Rupert (53°40'S., 72°12'W.), 102m high, lies about 0.6
8.55 bay full of islets and rocks. It has not been fully examined. Ba-
mile NW of Rocas Rupert. hia Nash is similarly impeded with islets and rocks; neither of
Foul ground extends 0.25 mile NW from the island; an iso-
8.55 the bays afford an anchorage.
lated rock, with a depth of less than 2m and marked by kelp, Seno Ballena, on the S side of Peninsula Ulloa, is entered be-
8.57

lies about 0.3 mile S of the island. tween Bahia Nash and the SE end of Canal David. It is flanked
A light shown from a cylindrical tower, 2.1m high, is situat-
8.55 by mountains and extends 7 miles W. A valley, with a large gla-

Pub. 124
264 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

cier, lies at its head. which are similar. Cabo Quod can be identified by Islote Be-
Anchorage may be obtained on the W side of the entrance by
8.57 ware, which lies close W.
vessels with local knowledge, in a depth of 25m, off a small Bahia Barcelo, entered between Cabo Quod and Cabo Falso
8.58

cove with a sandy beach. Quod, extends 2 miles NNE from its entrance. The bay is filled
Canal David, between Isla Carlos III and Peninsula Ulloa,
8.57 with islets and kelp and does not afford safe anchorage.
joins Paso Tortuoso between Cabo Crosstide and Mogote del
Morrion. Although the channel is deep, it is considered danger- 8.59 From Mogote del Morrion, the coast trends in a
ous and should only be used with local knowledge. WNW direction 8.5 miles to Isla Spider, along the N shore of
Bahia Galiano and Bahia Ponce are entered 3.25 and 4 miles,
8.57 Peninsula Ulloa.
respectively, NW of Seno Ballena; they lie on the SW side of 8.59is a remarkable promontory, 337m high, located 2.75 miles
Canal David. WNW of Mogote del Morrion. The outer face is perpendicular,
The mouth of each of these bays is encumbered with rocks
8.57 bare, and of a light clay color with a large white patch. It forms
and islets; neither have been examined. An isolated rock, with an excellent landmark.Cerro el Morrion (53°34'S., 72°32'W.)
a depth of 3.5m, lies in Canal David, 0.5 mile N of the E en- Bahia Riders is a cove entered 1.75 miles WNW of Mogote
8.59

trance point of Bahia Galiano. del Morrion. There are islets and foul ground close off the E
Mogote del Morrion (53°35'S., 72°27'W.) lies close off-
8.57 entrance; it does not appear to offer an anchorage.
shore about 0.75 mile N of Bahia Ponce. This islet lies on a Bahia Butler, accessible to small craft with local knowledge,
8.59

shoal bank on the W side of the N entrance to Canal David. is entered 0.75 miles W of Cerro el Morrion. There is a shel-
tered anchorage on the W side over a bottom of rock, partially
Paso Tortuoso covered with mud. There is a waterfall on the S shore of the
cove.
8.58 Paso Tortuoso is a continuation of the strait from Paso Bahia Chance is entered close W of Bahia Butler; Bahia
8.59

Ingles to Paso Largo, a distance of about 9 miles WNW. Mass is entered 2 miles farther NW. These two bays are unsuit-
The N shore of the channel extends from Punta Arauz
8.58 able for anchorage.
(53°32'S., 72°21'W.) to Cabo False Quod, 8 miles WNW. Reg- Caleta White, close NW of Bahia Mass, affords anchorage to
8.59

ulations for vessels transiting Paso Ingles and Paso Tortuoso vessels with local knowledge, in a depth of 27m, mud.
are given beginning in paragraph 8.53. Isla Spider (53°32'S., 72°41'W.) lies off the NW extremity
8.59

Canal Jeronimo, entered between Punta Arauz and Punta

8.58 of Peninsula Ulloa, 1.75 miles NW of Caleta White. Foul
San Jeronimo, 1.25 miles W, leads to Seno Otway. ground extends about 0.6 mile WSW from the island into the
Punta San Jeronimo is the SE extremity of Peninsula Cordo-
8.58 entrance of Seno de las Nieve.
va and Isla Riesco.
From Punta San Jeronimo, the coast trends 3.25 miles W to
8.58
Paso Largo
Punta Isabel then WNW to Bahia Borja. Roca Anson, with a
depth of 3.5m, lies on the N side of the channel, 1 mile SW of 8.60 Paso Largo is a continuation of the strait and extends
Punta San Jeronimo. The kelp on this rock only shows at slack from the NW extremity of Peninsula Ulloa to Cabo Lunes, a
water as it is run under by the tidal currents. The rock is distance of about 34 miles. The N side of the reach is formed
marked by a buoy. by Peninsula Cordova; the S shore is formed by Isla Santa Ines
Bahia Borja (53°32'S., 72°30'W.) may be identified by Isla
8.58 and Isla Desolation.
Borja Grande, 28m high, located 0.75 mile SW of Punta Isabel. The weather in this reach is frequently so thick that, although
8.60

Islote Borja Chica, surrounded by kelp, lies 0.19 mile SW of it is only 2 or 3 miles wide, one shore can not be seen from the
Isla Borja Grande. There is foul ground between the two islets. other because of the mist. Rain squalls often blow along the
Islotes Ortiz lie between Isla Borja Grande and Punta Rosario, land while it is comparatively clear in the middle of the reach.
0.35 mile N. The entire area between the islet and point is foul. There is less rain with the wind from the SW quarter than
8.60

Bahia Borja anchorage, one of best in the strait, is sheltered

8.58 when it is from the NW, but it is very capricious. A clear bright
from W and SW gales which usually prevail, but is open to SE morning is usually followed by a stormy and wet day, the
winds, which rarely blow here. The anchorage should be ap- change generally setting in before noon.
proached with the head of the bay bearing 325° and the anchor
is let go when Islote Borja Chica bears 201°, in a depth of 25 to 8.61 From Cabo Falso Quod (53°31'S., 72°35'W.), the
30m, sand and shells. coast trends 14.5 miles NW to Fondeadero Field. The coast is
Roca Crooked (53°33'S., 72°31'W.), with a depth of less
8.58 indented with numerous small coves and various bays. Few of
than 2m and marked by kelp, lies 0.5 mile offshore, 0.7 mile these inlets have value as an anchorage.
WSW of Islot Borja Chica. A lighted buoy lies close S of the Bahia Osorno, entered N of Cabo Falso Quod, is exposed to
8.61

rock. W winds and does not afford an anchorage. Islotes Osorno lie 1
Cabo Quod (53°32'S., 72°33'W.), 2 miles W of Isla Borja
8.58 mile NW of Cabo Falso Quod and 0.25 to 0.35 mile offshore.
Grande, 244m high, is unmistakable to vessels coming from The W islet of these two is 4.5m high.
the E as it appears to have a cut in its summit. Islote Beware, Bahia Langara is entered close N of Islotes Osorno and is not
8.61

8m high, lies 0.35 mile W of Cabo Quod. recommended even as a temporary anchorage. Seno del Leon
Cabo Falso Quod, 275m high, is located 1.5 miles NW of
8.58 is a narrow inlet, 2.5 miles long. It lies 1 mile NW of Bahia
Cabo Quod. When approaching from the W at night or in thick Langara.
weather, care is necessary to avoid confusing the two capes, Bahia Arce, Bahia Good Luck, and Caleta Villena lie 1.25, 2,
8.61

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 265

and 4 miles NW, respectively, of Seno del Leon. case of an emergency, is entered 2.5 miles NW of Isla Spider.
Bahia Guirior (53°25'S., 72°47'W.) is entered close W of
8.61 Islotes Wallis lie 0.175 mile NNW of the E entrance point of
Caleta Villena and extends 2 miles N from the strait. A rock, the bay. Isla Carteret lies on the W side of the bay and sepa-
with a depth of 1.8m and covered with kelp, lies 1.75 miles rates Bahia Swallow from Bahia Condesa.
within the entrance. A small vessel with local knowledge can A group of rocks, marked by kelp, lies close SE of the E ex-
8.63

anchor, in a depth of 3.6m, mud and shells, 0.2 mile SW of the tremity of Isla Carteret. These rocks can be passed on either
rock. side. A 12.8m shoal, marked by kelp, lies about 0.3 mile SW of
Cabo Notch (53°26'S., 72°47'W.), a conspicuous rock rising
8.61 the group of rocks.
perpendicularly from the sea to a height of 119m, forms the ex- Anchorage for medium-sized vessels may be obtained about
8.63

tremity of the peninsula that separates Bahia Guirior from Ba- 0.1 mile SW of the group of rocks, in a depth of 31m. The bay
hia Paulina. should only be entered by vessels with local knowledge.
Islotes Skinner, 1.5 miles NW of Cabo Notch, is little more
8.61 Bahia Condesa is entered W of Isla Carteret; Bahia Stewart
8.63

than rocks, 8m high, lying 0.25 mile offshore. A sunken rock, lies 1 mile NW of Bahia Condesa. These bays should only be
marked by kelp, lies 0.2 mile W of them. A light is shown from entered by small vessels with local knowledge.
the S islet.
Bahia Paulina, on the W side of Cabo Notch, is entered be-
8.61 8.64 Cabo Hunter (53°27'S., 72°52'W.), 3.25 miles NW
tween Islotes Skinner and Punta Hill, 4 miles WNW. Caleta of Bahia Stewart, is the E entrance point of Seno Nevado. It ris-
Notch lies within the bay. Islote Chope, covered with moss and es steeply to a height of 112m. There is a sunken rock, marked
grass and always appearing green, lies in the middle of the bay, by kelp, close N of the cape.
1.75 miles NW of Islotes Skinner. Seno Nevado is entered W of Cabo Hunter. It extends 13
8.64

Bahia Paulina is partially encumbered with islets and rocks;

8.61 miles S into Isla Santa Ines, and is quite deep. The shores of
although there are considerable depths on its W side, it is so the sound, as far as they have been examined, are clear of
foul that it is not considered safe to anchor there. known dangers.
Caleta Notch is entered from the NE part of Bahia Paulina. It
8.61 Bahia Havergal, on the W side of the sound, is entered 2.75
8.64

is an excellent harbor, but the approach to the anchorage is in- miles SSW of Cabo Hunter. The bay extends 3.25 miles SSW
tricate and passes over a shoal, with a depth of 3.4m, that lies from its entrance. Its outer part is divided into 2 parts by Isla
between two islets, which are about 115m apart. Arthur, which is about 2 miles long in a NNE-SSW direction.
Bahia Ventisquero is entered 0.5 mile NNW of Punta Hill,
8.61 The position of the bay is marked by a large glacier that de-
which is steep and bold and rises to a height of 579m. The bay scends from Monte Wharton, which attains an elevation of
extends 1.75 miles ENE. 1,327m, 6 miles SSW of Cabo Hunter. Cerro Moraine rises to a
height of 162m at the head of the arm.
8.62 Fondeadero Field (53°22'S., 72°55'W.) is situated in Bahia Havergal Occidental, W of Isla Arthur, affords anchor-
8.64

the middle of the outer bay of Bahia Ventisquero, S of several age to medium-sized vessels with local knowledge, in a depth
islets. Isla Rock, with a summit that rises to 162m, lies in the of about 16m, muddy sand over loose stones, poor holding
middle of the bay. ground.
Punta Little, on the island, lies 0.4 mile WSW of its summit.
8.62 Bahia Yacht, a cove on the W side of Bahia Havergal Occi-
8.64

Islote Sombrero, 12m high, lies nearly 0.3 mile W of Punta Lit- dental, is suitable only for small craft. Punta Let-Go, on the S
tle, and Isla Aris is the farthest S of the islets in the bay. Its N side of the cove 0.25 mile within the entrance, is a convenient
part lies about 0.1 mile W of Islote Sombrero. mark for vessels anchoring in Bahia Havergal Oriental.
The anchorage, only recommended for vessels up to 70m in
8.62 Bahia Havergal Oriental (53°30'S., 72°55'W.), on the E
8.64

length, may be approached with Punta Little and the peak of Is- side of Isla Arthur, provides anchorage for a vessel not more
la Rock in line bearing 073°. than 60m in length, in a depth of 40m, stiff black mud, with
When anchoring here in heavy weather, a vessel should
8.62 Cerro Moraine bearing 212° and Punta Let-Go, seen over the
moor; the port anchor should be let go with Isla Aris abeam, isthmus in the middle of Isla Arthur, bearing 304°.
followed by the starboard anchor, as convenient. The holding The wind always blows either in or out of this arm, and
8.64

ground is excellent, in depths of 11 to 22m, sand and mud. though the squalls change their direction from N to S, they are
not as violent as those in the W arm.
8.63 From Isla Spider, the coast extends 13 miles NW to Caleta Humphrey lies 2.75 miles NW of Cabo Hunter, and
8.64

Islote Stella. It is indented by two sounds and several small in- Islote Stella (53°24'S., 72°58'W.) lies on a shoal bank, 2.5
lets that extend S into Isla Desolacion. miles farther NW.
Seno de Las Nieves is entered between Isla Spider
8.63

(53°32'S., 72°41'W.) and a point 1.5 miles WNW. The sound 8.65 The N shore of Paso Largo continues in a NW direc-
has not been examined in detail and should only be entered by tion from Fondeadero Field to Punta Havannah, a distance of
vessels with local knowledge. Caleta Basin, 1.25 miles within 19 miles. The mountain range that backs this part of the coast
the W entrance and Puerto Black Mud, 0.75 mile farther S, af- is covered with snow and is the highest on Peninsula Cordova.
ford anchorage as does a cove, with a depth of 16m, stones, Monte Wyndham, on this range, rises to a height of 1,183m, 3
which lies at the N end of a small peninsula S of Puerto Black miles N of the head of Bahia Ventisquero.
Mud. A fourth cove lies on the E side of the sound, 3 miles Caleta Ginn, about 4 miles NNW of Fondeadero Field, is
8.65

from its head, and has depths of 16 to 22m, stones. small and unsheltered.
Bahia Swallow (53°30'S., 72°46'W.), which may be used in
8.63 A deep ravine extends into the hills from the cove, up to the
8.65

Pub. 124
266 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

lower part of a huge glacier. Punta Drew, located on the E arm 2 miles S of Punta Doyle,
8.67

Caleta Playa Parda, 1.25 miles NW of Caleta Ginn, has a ba-

8.65 is the entrance point to Puerto Marsh. Punta Henry lies 0.4 mile
sin at its head approached through a narrow passage. The inner S of Punta Drew.
basin is landlocked and sheltered, although very restricted. Islote Steele is located near the head of the bay, 1.5 miles
8.67

Vessels under 50m in length, with local knowledge, may an- SSE of Punta Henry. Rocas Blancas, 1.5m high, lie close off
chor in the cove. the E shore of the outer basin, 0.8 mile SSE of Punta Henry.
Isla Shelter (53°19'S., 73°02'W.) is a well-defined steep-to
8.65 Anchorage may be obtained in the outer basin by a vessel of
8.67

island that rises to a height of 119m. It lies about 0.2 mile S of moderate size, in a depth of 18m, muddy sand over rock, with
the W entrance point of Caleta Playa Parda, but this channel Islote Steele bearing 148° and Rocas Blancas bearing 096°.
has not been closely examined. Caleta Bates (53°23'S., 73°02'W.), about 1 mile NW of Ba-
8.67

An above-water rock lies about 0.2 mile off the NE side of

8.65 hia Arathoon, is too narrow to be of service to vessels.
the island; a rock, with a depth of less than 2m, lies 0.3 mile Canal Abra, 1 mile NW of Caleta Bates, connects Estrecho
8.67

WNW of the NW side of the island. de Magallanes with Bahia Otway and the Pacific Ocean. An in-
Estero Playa Parda, entered N of Isla Shelter, extends 2 miles
8.65 complete examination has shown it to be a fine navigable pas-
NNW. It is deep to within 91m of its head where there is a san- sage, but no anchorages were found.
dy beach backed by flat ground. Isla Abra, which stands in the center of the entrance, is 94m
8.67

Caleta Marion, a deep cove with an irregular rocky bottom,

8.65 high and covered with vegetation. The entrance is 2 miles
is entered 1.5 miles NNW of Isla Shelter. Islote Beagle, 18m wide, but it quickly narrows to 0.75 mile. There are several is-
high, lies close off the W entrance point of the cove. lands in the channel. One of them, Isla Maycock, lies about 6
Caleta Estrella, 1.5 miles WNW of Caleta Marion, is encum-
8.65 miles within the entrance. A rock, with a depth of less than 2m,
bered by rocks. Caleta Pollard, entered 3 miles farther WNW, lies in the fairway 0.75 mile SE of Isla Maycock.
is too deep and narrow for anchoring. Punta Aldea (53°21'S., 73°05'W.), the NW entrance point
8.67

of Canal Abra, is a bold headland 183m high, which rises to

8.66 Cabo Cooper Key (53°15'S., 73°13'W.), just W of 468m about 1.25 miles farther WSW.
Caleta Pollard, is rounded and difficult to recognize from the Estero Rocalloso, entered 3.75 miles WNW of Punta Aldea,
8.67

W, but from the E it appears as a bold headland. After rounding is narrow and recedes in a SW direction from the S part of a
Cabo Quod, it will be visible in clear weather and appears to be bay formed by the projection of Punta Casper.
the termination of Paso Largo. A light is situated on the cape Punta Harry, 0.8 mile SW of Punta Casper, is the NW en-
8.67

and is shown from a cylindrical iron tower, 2m high. trance point. Islote Ellen, which is small and rocky, lies about
Bahia Campana, entered 3.25 miles NW of Cabo Cooper
8.66 0.5 mile S of Punta Casper. There are two rocks, awash, 0.6
Key, recedes 2.25 miles ESE. It is surrounded by bare gray mile ESE of the islet.
hills and affords no anchorage, as the depths are too great and Bahia Underhill, 3.5 miles NW of Punta Casper, affords no
8.67

the bottom is rocky. anchorage.

Bahia Hannant, entered close N of Bahia Campana, has deep
8.66

water throughout. Monte Oscuro, a crag 319m high, is located 8.68 Islotes Pritchard (53°15'S., 73°18'W.) are located
0.5 mile E of the bay. It is distinctly darker than the other rocky 2.25 miles NNW from the mouth of Bahia Underhill. Isla
summits nearby, the general color is light gray. Wellard lies in the entrance to Estero Cormorant close S of Is-
Roca Negra, awash, lies 0.25 mile S of the NW entrance
8.66 lotes Pritchard.
point to Bahia Hannant; it is steep-to and marked by kelp. Estero Cormorant, entered S of Isla Wellard, extends SW
8.68

Punta Havannah (Punta Habana) (53°10'S., 73°19'W.), 2.5

8.66 then WNW for a distance of 3 miles. It is a deep body of water.
miles NW of Roca Negra and 7.25 miles NW of Cabo Cooper Bahia Lewis is entered W of Islotes Pritchard and runs NW
8.68

Key, is a sloping projection of bare white rocks. It is the W lim- under Monte Posesion, which is 502m high.
it of Paso Largo on the N side and is also the extremity of Pen- Puerto Angosto (53°13'S., 73°21'W.) is entered S of Islote
8.68

insula Cordova. Entry, which is 9m high. A rock awash, marked by kelp, lies
91m SE of the islet. The best mark for identifying the bay is
8.67 Cabo Lunes, situated about 11 miles NW of Islote Monte Posesion, which usually stands out well.
Stella, is a bold cape that forms the W limit of Paso Largo. The Punta Wise, the S entrance point of Puerto Angosto, lies
8.68

inlets and passages on this coast are discussed, in order, from about 0.1 mile S of Islote Entry, and is fringed with kelp. Isla
SE to NW. Pasaje lies close off the N shore of the bay, 0.5 mile within the
Bahia Arathoon (53°25'S., 73°00'W.), entered 0.75 mile W
8.67 entrance, and Punta Hoy projects from the S shore, about 0.8
of Islote Stella, divides into two arms 1.25 miles within the en- mile W of Punta Wise. A shoal spot, with a depth of 11m, lies
trance. The W arm is too deep for anchoring. The E arm ex- in mid-channel about 91m N of Punta Hoy.
tends 5 miles to Puerto Marsh, at the head of the bay, and is Anchorage for vessels of moderate size may be obtained in
8.68

also deep. the middle of the basin at the head of Puerto Angosto, in a
Punta Doyle, 1.75 miles within the entrance of Bahia Arat-
8.67 depth of 27m, with Punta Hoy, distant about 0.1 mile, in line
hoon, is the E extremity of the peninsula which separates the with the S extremity of Isla Pasaje, bearing 078°. The bottom is
arms of the bay. A rock, with a depth of less than 2m in the rocky and uneven with clay, in which the anchor holds well.
middle of the E arm, lies 0.2 mile E of Punta Doyle. Caleta Half Port is a small indentation 1 mile NW of Puerto
8.68

Puerto Marsh (53°28'S., 73°00'W.) is entered 2.5 miles S

8.67 Angosto.
from the head of the E arm. Estero Canoa, close NW of Caleta Half Port, is very deep for
8.68

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 267

a distance of 1.5 miles WSW to an island that nearly blocks the 2.75 miles NW of Isla Richardson. A conical hill rises to a
passage. height of 67m on the S island.
Punta Davis, N of Estero Canoa, has a conical-shaped mossy
8.68 The remaining islets of the group are low, especially those in
8.70

hill, 38m high at its extremity. A rock, awash and surrounded the NW which terminate in Punta Brown. A below-water rock
by kelp, lies about 183m NE of the point. lies about 0.2 mile N of Punta Brown.
Estero Indio extends 2 miles W from Punta Davis. It is deep
8.68 Banco Providencia (53°01'S., 73°33'W.), a rocky shoal with
8.70

and of no value to navigation. a depth of less than 2m at its S end, lies 1.5 miles SW of Punta
Caleta Byron lies between Estero Indio and Cabo Lunes. It is
8.68 Brown.
too confined for other than small vessels. To pass S of Banco Providencia, Pico Jones on Isla Tamar
8.70

Cabo Monday (Cabo Lunes) (53°11'S., 73°24'W.), 289m

8.68 (52°54'S., 73°49'W.) must be kept bearing 312° or more.
high, has a flat summit which drops abruptly to the sea. It is the To pass E of Banco Providencia, keep Punta Brown in range
8.70

NW limit of Paso Largo on the S side of the strait. with Cerro York (52°58'S., 73°30'W.) on Isla Providencia,
bearing 017° until Cabo Providencia bears 292°, when course
Paso del Mar can be altered to clear Punta Brown.

8.69 Paso del Mar is the continuation of Estrecho de Ma- 8.71 The inshore passage is recommended for vessels of up
gallanes from Paso Largo and forms the W portion of the strait. to 1,000 gt who wish to avoid the heavy seas that may be expe-
From Cabo Monday, on the S shore, it extends 55 miles NW to rienced in Paso del Mar.
Cabo Pilar. This portion of the strait lies between Isla Desola- This passage, N of Canal Cripples, passes between Isla Pike
8.71

cion on the S and the islands SW and W of Peninsula Munoz (53°00'S., 73°29'W.), 0.5 mile NE of Islotes Maze, and Isla
Gamero on the mainland. On the N shore, it opens into Canal Vince, 0.5 mile farther NE.
Smyth and then by other channels into Golfo de Penas. There is a rock about 73m off the W extremity of Isla Vince;
8.71

In a heavy gale or strong breeze a short sea may be experi-

8.69 otherwise the passage, about 0.4 mile wide, is deep and clear.
enced in the wider part of the strait, especially W of Cabo Fro- Seno Northbrook, a deep fjord entered N of Isla Vince, ex-
8.71

ward, but on reaching Paso del Mar, a heavy swell will be met tends 10 miles ENE and ends in a basin. It has not been sur-
coming from the Pacific Ocean. This will be found to a certain veyed and no anchorage has been found.
extent even on the calmest days, and with strong W winds it Canal Sylvia, a continuation of the inshore route, is the pas-
8.71

becomes a serious drawback, giving a good indication of what sage between Isla Providencia and Isla Emiliano Figueroa. The
may be expected outside. fairway is deep throughout, and is about 0.1 mile wide at the
Isla Blaxland (53°09'S., 72°20'W.), a small rocky island, narrows.
30m high, partly covered with moss, lies 0.75 mile NW of Pun- The E entrance is partly blocked by Islotes Pasaje. There is a
8.71

ta Havannah. A 7.2m patch, marked by kelp, lies about 183m E deep channel N of them. Isla Entrada, located close NE of the
of the island. highest islet, is the E islet of Islotes Pasaje; it is steep-to.
Grupo Santa Ana, consisting of five small islands, lies 1.5
8.69 Roca Coombes (52°57'S., 73°30'W.), a small rounded knob
8.71

miles N of Punta Havannah in the entrance to Golfo Xaultegua. of granite, 0.6m high, located on the S shore 1.5 miles NW of
The group will be discussed with Golfo Xaultegua in para- Isla Entrada, lies 137m offshore and is surrounded by kelp and
graph 8.100. Isla Pillolco, the farthest W of the group, lies 2.25 shoal water extending 137m N. A mid-channel course will
miles N of Punta Havannah. clear these dangers.
Peninsula Munoz Gamero forms the N shore of Paso del
8.69 Punta Poulter, close NW of Roca Coombes, and Punta
8.71

Mar. It presents a succession of high, jagged peaks over Hayes, on the N shore, are the W entrance points to Canal Syl-
1,585m high, with deep ravines and precipitous cliffs. There via. A 3.5m shoal, marked by kelp, lies off the W entrance to
are several inlets, but all are too deep and narrow to be of any the channel, 0.3 mile NW of Punta Hayes.
service. Pico Channel, 3.5 miles NW of Punta Hayes, is a conspicu-
8.71

Bahia Clift, Bahia Thomas, and Bahia Corkscrew lie 5, 6.5,

8.69 ous peak, 469m high. There is another mountain, 679m high
and 7.5 miles, respectively, NNW of Punta Havannah. and similar in shape, 1.75 miles NE.
All three bays are narrow and too deep to be used as anchor-
8.69 Isla Ward (52°56'S., 73°34'W.), 0.5 mile NW of the N ex-
8.71

ages. There is a large glacier at the head of Bahia Clift. tremity of Isla Providencia, is 18m high and is covered with
moss and stunted trees. A group of rocks lie close NW of Isla
8.70 Isla Richardson (53°03'S., 73°27'W.) lies close off Ward; islets extend SE of the island to Isla Providencia.
the mainland, 8 miles NNW of Punta Havannah. The island is Roca Sullen (52°56'S., 73°35'W.), located 0.4 mile W of Is-
8.71

mostly low, but has two hills. la Ward, is awash. It is marked by kelp and is an impediment to
The S hill is 99m high and appears conical from E. The N the free navigation of Canal Sylvia.
hill, 100m high, has a square flat summit. Islets and rocks, Roca Steed, with a depth of 2.4m, lies just over 1 mile SSW
8.71

marked by kelp, extend up to 1 mile SE, S, and SW of the is- of Roca Sullens.
land. Anchorage may be taken in Canal Sylvia, in a depth of 27m,
8.71

Canal Cripples is the passage between Isla Richardson and

8.70 gravel, mud, and stones, with Roca Coombes bearing 156°,
the mainland. It has several kelp patches and a shoal with a distant about 0.2 mile. If the weather is clear, Pico Channel
least depth of 3.7m. Punta Cummins on the N side of the NW should be seen a little open of Punta Poulter. A waterfall, on
entrance is steep-to. the SW shore, bears 216° from the anchorage.
Islotes Maze lie in the entrance to Seno Northbrook, 1.5 to
8.70 The track for vessels transiting Canal Cripple and Canal Syl-
8.71

Pub. 124
268 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

via may be seen on the chart. After a vessel has rounded Isla varying direction, according to the wind.
Ward and the rocks off it, a vessel can pass either E or W of
Roca Sullens and Roca Steed, but it is advisable to keep E, es- 8.73 Paso Roda is entered W of Cabo Roda (52°56'S.,
pecially in thick weather. 73°49'W.), about 1 mile W of Cabo Tamar. The pass separates
In Canal Sylvia, the current usually runs strongly to the SE,
8.71 Isla Emiliano Figueroa from Isla Tamar and extends 3.25 miles
but in calm weather the tidal current asserts itself and some- NNE to Punta Grup on the E shore. The channel is used by
times runs NW. The turning of the current does not coincide small vessels bound N for Canal Smyth.
with the time of HW, and it is much affected by winds blowing Isla Tamar lies 0.8 mile N of Cabo Roda. It rises to two
8.73

in the main strait. peaks. Pico Taylor, the S peak, is 421m high, square, and flat-
topped. Pico Jones, 0.5 mile NNW, is 428m high and has a
8.72 Isla Providencia (52°58'S., 73°32'W.) lies with its S sharp summit.
extremity 4.25 miles WNW of Isla Richardson. It extends 4.25 Rocks and islets skirt the shores of Isla Tamar for 1.25 miles
8.73

miles NE and is separated from Isla Emiliano Figueroa by Ca- to the SW and 0.5 mile W. Isla Falgate, the highest, is marked
nal Sylvia. The island is mountainous and, when seen from the by a light on its E side and is 18m above-water.
strait, appears as an undulating ridge with several peaks. Cerro An anchorage has been tested by Chilean authorities, bearing
8.73

York rises to 304m in the E part of the island. 079°, about 1,040m from Isla Falgate Light.
Cabo Providencia, the S extremity of the island, is a bold
8.72 Roca Astree (52°56'S., 73°51'W.), the outermost danger
8.73

headland which is steep-to on its E side. SSW of Isla Tamar, has a depth of 4.5m, marked by kelp. It lies
Punta Byron (52°56'S., 73°44'W.), 7.5 miles NW of Cabo
8.72 0.7 mile SW of Isla Falgate.
Providencia, is the E entrance point of Puerto Tamar. A patch of kelp lies 2 miles W of the W extremity of Isla
8.73

Arrecife Percival, with a depth of 3.4m, lies 0.75 mile SE of

8.72 Tamar.
Punta Bryon. Islotes Direccion consist of two islets that lie 0.1 and 0.4
8.73

Isla Dolphin, 0.3 mile S of Punta Bryon, is a bare rock, 6m

8.72 mile E of Isla Falgate and two above-water rocks lying 0.5 mile
high. Islas Mouat lie 0.45 mile W of Isla Dolphin and extend NW of Cabo Roda. A beacon stands on the E of the two rocks.
W about 0.5 mile to within 183m of the shore near Cabo Tam- Roca Estribor and Roca Babor lie about 0.4 mile N and 0.5
8.73

ar. mile NNW, respectively, of Cabo Roda.

Roca Sunk, which has a depth of 4m, is located 110m S of
8.72 There are two narrows in Paso Roda. The first narrow, 1.3
8.73

the E islet of the group. miles N of Cabo Roda, is about 0.1 mile wide with a least
A shoal, with a depth of 4m and marked by kelp, lies about
8.72 depth of 11m. At the N entrance, close W of Punta Grup
midway between Islas Mouat and Punta Bryon. (52°53'S., 73°46'W.), the channel is about 0.1 mile wide be-
Cabo Tamar (52°56'S., 73°47'W.) is the W entrance point
8.72 tween the dangers with a least depth of 10.1m.
of Puerto Tamar. A hill close N of the cape is 155m high, and a Islotes Carabantes are located in the entrance to Bahia Sarga-
8.73

rounded hill, 250m high, rises 0.5 mile NW of the cape. za, 2.3 miles NNE of Cabo Roda.
Isla Sentry, 3m high, lies about 0.1 mile S of Cabo Tamar.
8.72 Roca Carabantes, awash, lies on the E side of the fairway,
8.73

Shoal depths, marked by kelp, extend about 0.1 mile SW of the about 0.6 mile SSW of Punta Grup, a rock, awash, lies on the
island. W side of the fairway 0.4 mile WSW of Roca Carabantes.
Puerto Tamar (52°56'S., 73°46'W.) is entered between Pun-
8.72 A rock, awash, lies about 0.1 mile SW of Punta Grup, and a
8.73

ta Byron and Cabo Tamar, 0.9 mile WSW. It is backed by Altu- group of islets lie between this rock and the point.
ras Beloe, a range of hills with several hummocks that have a A chain of islets and rocks lies about 0.2 mile W of Punta
8.73

highest elevation of 225m. Grup and extends 0.7 mile SW to the NE extremity of Isla
A prominent white mark, like a tombstone, is located 0.3 of
8.72 Tamar. A beacon is situated on the NE rock in this group.
the way up the side of the hill, 0.4 mile N of Cabo Tamar. Outside Paso Roda, a rock, awash, lies about 0.3 mile NNW;
8.73

Islas Spencer are two small islands in the middle of the bay,
8.72 there are breakers about 0.3 mile WNW of Punta Grup.
0.2 mile N of the highest of Islas Mouat. Directions.—A vessel approaching Paso Roda from the S
8.73

It is not recommended to use Puerto Tamar as an anchorage

8.72 should pass 0.4 mile WSW of Cabo Roda, steering to pass 0.15
if it is at all possible to reach a more sheltered anchorage. The mile E of the beacon on Islotes Direccion and between Roca
best anchorage is about 0.2 mile E of Islas Spencer, in a depth Babor and Roca Estribor.
of 27m, rocky, uneven bottom with stiff clay in the hollows be- A mid-channel course should be steered through S narrows,
8.73

tween the rocks. and when clear, a vessel should steer for the beacon 0.2 mile W
The approach to Puerto Tamar should be made with the E is-
8.72 of Punta Grup until clear of Roca Carabantes.
let of Islas Mouat in line with the white mark bearing 310°. Then steer to pass midway between the rock, awash, that lies
8.73

When the left hand tangent of the point, about 0.1 mile NW
8.72 about 0.1 mile SW of Punta Grup and the beacon.
of Punta Bryon, bears 010°, course should be altered to main- Caution.—There are numerous tide rips in the vicinity of
8.73

tain this bearing, which leads W of Isla Dolphin and E of the the S entrance.
4m shoal which is clearly marked by kelp. After passing this
shoal, the vessel can steer for the anchorage. 8.74 From Cabo Monday (53°11'S., 73°24'W.), the coast
The E flood current may attain a rate of 1.5 knots. The ebb
8.72 trends in a NW direction about 9 miles to Cabo Upright, then
current is not so strong, but, when running to windward, causes WNW 11.5 miles to the entrance to Puerto Churruca. This
overfalls and tide rips S of Cabo Tamar. In the entrance to coast is indented by numerous bays and sounds which are rela-
Puerto Tamar, the currents run at rates from 1 to 2 knots, with tively deep, but afford few anchorages.

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 269

Caleta Medal is a small indentation about 0.1 mile in diame-

8.74 Caleta Santa Monica, a small bay with a narrow entrance,
8.75

ter, 1 mile NW of Cabo Lunes. Its entrance is encumbered by a lies 0.75 mile WNW of Punta Echenique.
small islet.
Isla Cordova (53°08'S., 73°30'W.), 4 miles NW of Cabo
8.74 8.76 Puerto Churruca (53°02'S., 73°56'W.) is entered be-
Lunes, rises to a height of 217m in its S part. Monte Conway, tween Punta Buti, 2 miles WNW of Punta Echenique, and Isla
on the N of the island, is a remarkable hillock. Cerro del Castil- Diaz, 1.25 mile W of Punta Buti. The port is small and is only
lo rises to a height of 162m, 0.5 mile farther W. appropriate for small vessels up to 130m long with local
Caleta Luis is a two-armed bight located on the N shore of
8.74 knowledge.
Isla Cordova. Monte Conway forms its W entrance point. There are some notable mountains in the vicinity of the inlet
8.76

Paso Cordova, between Isla Cordova and the coast SE, is 0.5
8.74 which are bare and slate-colored, with precipitous sides.
mile wide at the entrance and narrows to 0.25 mile at its S end. Monte Cunningham, 750m high, is located on the E side, 1
8.76

A small islet lies E of mid-channel and some rocks lie near

8.74 mile SSE of Punta Buti. It is sharp and prominent when seen
the E shore at the narrowest part. Kelp lies off the S point of Is- from E or N. A peak, 765m high, is located 1.25 miles SE of
la Cordova, but there is 11m in mid-channel. Monte Cunningham.
Estero Cordova is entered NW of Isla Cordova and extends
8.74 Monte Campbell, a sharp peak 775m high, is located near
8.76

10 miles S. The inlet divides into several small arms, but it is the head of the inlet, 2.5 miles SW of Punta Buti.
deep and affords no good anchorages. It has not been examined Monte Hart-Dyke, the highest summit in the vicinity, rises to
8.76

S of Bahia Williwaw, which lies 4.5 miles within the entrance an elevation of 1,373m, 2.5 miles WNW of Monte Campbell. It
on the W side. is covered with a sheet of ice, and in clear weather one of its
Bahia Upright is entered W of Estero Cordova. It should be
8.74 glaciers can be seen from the strait, high up over one of the W
avoided. The bottom is rocky and uneven. There are several be- arms of Puerto Churruca. All these peaks are almost continual-
low-water rocks marked by kelp in the entrance. ly enveloped by clouds.

8.75 Cabo Upright (53°05'S., 73°36'W.), a flat-topped, 8.77 Between Isla Tamar and Cabo Phillip (52°45'S.,
square-faced headland, 268m high, is the termination of a 73°55'W.), the S extremity of Isla Manuel Rodrigues, 8.5 miles
promontory which separates Estero Cordova from Seno Wallis. NNW, are the approaches to Bahia Beaufort and Canal Smyth.
Several islets and rocks lie close off the cape. Bahia Beaufort lies between Isla Tamar and Peninsula Meri-
8.77

Isla Centinela, 16m high, is small and rocky; it lies about 0.3
8.75 no, 6.5 miles NE. It recedes more than 25 miles NE, and is di-
mile E of Cabo Upright. Foul ground extends 0.25 mile from vided into Seno Glacier and Seno Icy. The bay is full of hidden
the islet. A light, shown from a round concrete tower, 6m high, dangers, and should not be used even by light-draft vessels.
is situated on the summit of the islet. Cabo Phillip is the W entrance point to Canal Smyth.
8.77

Bahia Ildefonso is an indentation on the N face of the prom-

8.75 Isla Parker (52°42'S., 74°10'W.), 8.5 miles NW of Cabo
ontory W of Cabo Upright. A line of rocks runs out from its Phillip, attains an elevation of 320m near its NE side.
center, terminating in Roca Midge (53°05'S., 73°37'W.), about Bahia Parker, entered between Cabo Phillip and Isla Parker,
8.77

0.3 mile outside the W entrance point of the bay. has numerous rocks and islets marked by kelp. Several inlets
Islotes Coughtry lie 1 mile W of Roca Midge. The islets,
8.75 and channels lead off the bay.
which have rocks, awash, off their N sides, are mostly low, but Bahia Lecky, a small bay on the SE side of Isla Parker, is en-
8.77

the largest islet rises in a rounded hill to an elevation of 50m. tered between Punta Woolcott (52°43'S., 74°10'W.), the S ex-
Seno Wallis is entered W of Islotes Coughtry and has not
8.75 tremity of the island, and a point 1 mile NE.
been properly examined. It extends 6.5 miles S and has two An above-water rock lies 0.4 mile ESE of Punta Woolcott,
8.77

bays on its W side, close to the entrance; these bays have rocky and a large patch of kelp extends 1 mile ESE.
bottoms and are too deep for anchoring. Cabo Parker is the SW extremity of Isla Parker. An island
8.77

Bahia Alquilqua is entered E of Punta Santa Casilda. Caleta

8.75 surrounded by shoal water lies about 0.2 mile SW of the cape.
Uriarte lies in the SW part. A rock awash, which generally breaks, lies 3.5 miles WNW of
Islas Chapman front Caleta Uriarte and lie from 1.25 to 2.75
8.75 the cape.
miles E of Punta Santa Casilda. Isla Westminster (52°36'S., 74°24'W.), a precipitous mass
8.77

Outside, in the strait off Islas Chapman, as well as off Islotes

8.75 of granite, 342m high, lies at the S end of a group of islets, 8.75
Coughtry, the tidal currents and wind raise a heavy sea with miles NW from Cabo Parker. This islet has a remarkable ap-
fierce tide rips. This, combined with the fact that the wind gen- pearance when viewed from any direction.
erally blows in towards the shore, unless from the SW, makes it Grupo Narborough extends about 10 miles NNW of Isla
8.77

an undesirable locality which should be avoided. Westminster. They are a chain of two large islands and a num-
Punta Santa Casilda (53°03'S., 73°48'W.) is the NE ex-
8.75 ber of small islets and rocks. The coasts of this group, and the
tremity of a peninsula which separates Bahia Alquilqua from coasts of those that run as far as Cabo Victoria, 18 miles NW,
Estero Puchachailgua. It is low, but is immediately backed by a are dangerous due to the large number of rocks over which the
steep mountain, 411m high. sea always breaks and the currents which generally set over the
Estero Puchachailgua is entered close W of Punta Santa
8.75 edges of the line of shoals.
Casilda. It is a long narrow inlet, which extends 4.25 miles Rocas Buena Esperanza lie 5 miles S, 8 miles SW and 8
8.77

SSE. Two islets almost fill the entrance. miles NW of the principal island of Grupo Narborough. This
Punta Echenique, the W entrance point to Estero Puchachail-
8.75 area should be avoided. Not only are there numerous rocks, on
gua, is backed by precipitous mountains. which the sea breaks heavily, but also the tidal currents set to-

Pub. 124
270 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

ward them near the edges of the shoals. Anchorage may be taken in the SE arm, in a depth of 29m,
8.79

mud, where the arm is about 0.2 mile wide. Particular care is
8.78 Isla King (52°22'S., 74°40'W.), located 18 miles required in NW winds which often gust at 70 knots.
NNW of Isla Westminster, rises to a height of 710m. It is the The coast W of Bahia Wodsworth is fronted by islets and
8.79

highest land in this area. A group of islets, rocks, and shoals rocks for 2 miles. A rock lies on foul ground 0.5 mile offshore,
lies up to 2 miles W of Cabo King, the SW extremity of the is- 1 mile NNW of Punta Oeste.
land, and are separated from the island by Paso King. A light is shown from a circular metal tower 14m high, situ-
8.79

Grupo Cuarenta Dias, located about 2.5 to 5.7 miles NW of

8.78 ated on the E islet of a group, about 2 miles NW of Punta Oes-
Cabo King, consists of two principal islands and several islets te.
and rocks. Bahia Felix is entered about 1 mile W of the light. It has a
8.79

Roca Ballenato (52°24'S., 74°49'W.), which dries, lies 4.5

8.78 rocky bottom with much kelp, and is exposed to the prevailing
miles W of Cabo King. Another rock, awash, lies 3.75 miles W winds. It is unsuitable as an anchorage.
of Roca Ballenato, and Rocas Duble, two rocks awash, 0.45
mile apart, lie 1 mile farther WNW. A shoal, with a depth of 8.80 Punta Felix (52°57'S., 74°08'W.), the NW entrance
9m, is reported to lie 2.25 miles SW of Roca Tortuga. point of Bahia Felix, forms a peninsula. The point is prominent
Puerto Cuarenta Dias lies on the E side of an island, in a
8.78 and appears as a ridge with two peaks on it. The N peak is
group of islands by that name, 4.5 miles NW of Cabo King. It 192m high; the S peak is 359m high. Rocks and foul ground
is frequently visited by the vessel which carries supplies to extend 0.2 mile from the coast.
Grupo Evangelistas Light. On the SW side of Punta Felix there is an extensive unsur-
8.80

Cabo Victoria (52°17'S., 74°56'W.), the N point of the W

8.78 veyed bay.
entrance to Estrecho de Magallanes, is a small, cliffy islet The coast between Punta Felix and Cabo Valentine, 6 miles
8.80

100m high, close off the W end of Isla Victoria, 11 miles NNW WNW, has not been surveyed and should be given a wide
of Cabo King. Isla Victoria is rugged, precipitous, and rises to berth.
a height of 375m; it is surrounded by rocks. Bahia Valentine lies between Cabo Valentine and a small is-
8.80

Grupo Evangelistas (52°23'S., 75°06'W.), consisting of

8.78 let 0.5 mile S. It has a narrow entrance between the rocks.
four rugged rocky islets and some detached rocks, above and Cabo Cuevas (52°52'S., 74°21'W.) lies 3 miles NW of Cabo
8.80

below-water, lies 9.5 miles SW of Cabo Victoria. The W islet, Valentine. It is 137m high. Bahia Trujillo, about 2.7 miles W of
which is the largest of the group, rises to a height of 60m. Cabo Cuevas, is sheltered but has deep water rather near the
A reef, with two rocks which dry, lie 1 mile E of the W rock;
8.78 shore.
the reef extends about 1 mile SSE from this position. Bahia Tuesday (52°50'S., 74°28'W.) is entered close S of
8.80

The W islet may be seen from a distance of 15 miles in fairly

8.78 Cabo Cortado, about 3 miles NW of Cabo Cuevas.
clear weather. A light is shown from a white circular tower, There is passage on either side of Islas Nodales, a cluster
8.80

11m high, with a dwelling alongside, situated on the summit of surrounded by foul ground in the middle of the entrance, but
the W islet; a racon is located at the light. the N one is 137m wide and is preferred.
Tidal currents in the vicinity of Grupo Evangelistas are vari-
8.78 Roca Quartermaster, on which the sea always breaks, lies
8.80

able and sometimes set toward the SW rocks of Grupo Narbor- close E of the N entrance point of Bahia Tuesday.
ough and Grupo Cuarenta Dias. There are dangerous rocks charted 183m off the N shore,
8.80

0.75 mile W of Roca Quartermaster.

8.79 The S side of the strait continues in a NW direction There is anchorage in Bahia Tuesday, in depths of 36 to 40m,
8.80

from Puerto Churruca to Cabo Pilar, a distance of about 33 with Punta Nose bearing 142°, distant 0.3 mile, or with Punta
miles, and is formed by Isla Desolacion. This coast is indented Nose bearing 052°, distant about 0.2 mile, in a depth of about
by several bays and coves, with few satisfactory anchorages. 36m, mud and rock.
Caleta Darby (53°01'S., 73°56'W.) is entered about 0.7 mile
8.79

W of Puerto Churruca. It appears to have a rocky bottom as 8.81 Cabo Cortado (52°51'S., 74°25'W.) is a perpendicu-
there are large quantities of kelp. lar rock, 61m high. This cape is easily recognized by vessels in
Between Caleta Darby and Bahia Wodsworth, 3 miles
8.79 transit along the shore, and if a vessel is well out in the strait, it
WNW, there is a succession of small bays between low rocky may be recognized by a needle mountain that rises over Bahia
points; none of the bays afford shelter to large vessels. Tuesday.
Bajo Magallanes (52°57'S., 73°55'W.) is a rocky bank, with
8.79 From Cabo Cortado to Cabo Pilar, 12 miles to the NW, the
8.81

a least charted depth of 19.8m, located near mid-channel 3 coast is foul and dangerous.
miles N of Caleta Darby. The bank is steep-to and a heavy sea Surgidero Skyring is located 4 miles NW of Cabo Cortado,
8.81

rises on it during strong W gales. and Roca Santiago lies 2.5 miles farther NW.
A shoal depth of 42m was reported to exist close to the rec-
8.79 Roca Volpe (52°45'S., 74°34'W.), with a depth of less than
8.81

ommended track about 8 miles NW of Bajo Magallanes. 2m, lies 1.5 miles offshore 1.5 miles NNW of Roca Santiago.
Bahia Wodsworth (52°59'S., 74°02'W.) is entered between Depths of 27.4m lie 2.25 miles NNE and ENE of Roca Volpe.
Punta Oeste and Punta Este, about 0.75 mile SE. It divides into Puerto Misericordia lies 1.25 miles S of Roca Volpe. This
8.81

three arms and is generally deep and easy of access. small bay is encumbered with rocks and patches of kelp, and
Bajo Carlos, with a depth of 7m and marked by kelp, lies
8.79 should be avoided at all costs.
near the middle of the N of the two W arms, 0.5 mile SSW of Cabo Pilar (52°44'S., 74°41'W.) is the S entrance point of
8.81

Punta Oeste. the W entrance to Estrecho de Magallanes. It lies 4.5 miles NW

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 271

of Puerto Misericordia and 25 miles SE of Grupo Evangelistas. between Punta Arauz (53°32'S., 72°21'W.) and Punta San Je-
The sides of the cape are sheer and it is backed by two moun- ronimo 1.25 miles W, to a position 9 miles NNW, then extends
tains which form a high and remarkable promontory. When 12 miles NNE where it joins Seno de Otway.
viewed from the E, the cape appears to have a double-peaked In the S half, Canal Jeronimo has an average width of 0.75
8.84

summit. The W peak is shaped like a tower and rises to a height mile, but NE of Fiordo Condor it gradually widens; in this part
of 522m. The E peak, 1 mile SE of the cape, is 561m high. of its course are several small islands with clear shores.
In addition to the peaks inside the strait and on the coast, two
8.81 Tides—Currents.—The tides are regular in Canal Jeroni-
8.84

other peaks are seen. The S one is the highest. mo, and have a range of 1.4m. In the S end of the channel, the
The high tableland SSW of Cabo Pilar slopes abruptly nearly
8.81 flood current sometimes reaches a velocity of 8 knots, and the
to the sea and falls off to the S and W, forming a long spit. Two ebb 6 knots; but these velocities decrease rapidly towards the
or three prominent detached rocks lie off this spit. N. Slack water is of short duration, not exceeding 20 minutes at
Lanchas Espanolas are several small, but steep islets close
8.81 HW and 10 minutes at LW.
off Cabo Pillar. The largest, 93m high, is clearly seen as a Vessels should guard against being set off their course by the
8.84

prominent detached islet from E. Shoal water is reported to lie strong tidal current when in this channel.
2 miles NW of Cabo Pilar. Vessels are required to maintain a listening watch on VHF
8.84

Caution.—It is recommended that Cabo Pilar be passed in

8.81 channel 16 from 1 hour before their ETA of Islotes Teran.
daylight hours only. During this period, the ETA should be broadcast every 10 min-
utes.
Approach to Estrecho de Magallanes Punta San Carlos (53°30'S., 72°24'W.), about 2 miles NW
8.84

of Punta Arauz, is cliffy. A light is shown from a position about

8.82 When approaching from N, toward the W entrance of 0.2 mile WNW of the point.
Estrecho de Magallanes, do not pass less than 9 miles W of Is-
la Duque de York (50°38'S., 75°20'W.), about 91 miles NNW 8.85 Caleta Real (53°26'S., 72°27'W.), on the E shore
of Grupo Evangelistas, and the same distance W of Isla Diego about 5.2 miles NNW of Punta San Carlos, is entered N of
de Almagro (51°30'S., 75°10'W.), whose N extremity is about Punta San Miguel. Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 18
27 miles SSE of Isla Duque de York. to 22m, sand, good holding ground, but exposed to W winds.
If possible, Cabo Santa Lucia or Cabo Jorge, the W and S ex-
8.82 When entering Caleta Real do not pass more than 0.3 mile
8.85

tremities of Isla Diego de Almagro, respectively, should be off Punta San Miguel, in order to clear the dangers extending
sighted. Then steer to pass at least 9 miles W of Grupo Evange- SSE from Islotes Teran.
listas, to ensure safely passing Roca Galicia, and the shoal Islotes Teran (53°25'S., 72°29'W.) are two islets, 9m high,
8.85

depths of 24, 25, and 32m charted 16 miles NW, 7 miles located in mid-channel 1.5 miles NNW of Punta San Miguel.
WNW, and 5 miles W, respectively, of Grupo Evangelistas. A bank marked by kelp extends 0.9 mile SSE of the S islet; a
8.85

A course of 151°, passing 10 miles W of Grupo Evangelis-

8.82 7.9m patch lies about 0.2 mile farther SSE. A similar bank ex-
tas, leads W of the 100m contour. In bad weather, the swell tends 0.75 mile NNW from the N islet. Vessels should pass W
causes a rough sea inside the 100m contour. of these islets. A light is shown from the N islet.
After rounding Grupo Evangelistas, steer to pass 4 miles
8.82 Cabo Viejo (53°24'S., 72°29'W.) lies 0.5 miles N of Islotes
8.85

NNE of Cabo Pilar, then steer as required to maintain the rec- Teran, on the E side of the canal. Here the channel leads to the
ommended charted track. NE.
The current in the vicinity of Grupo Evangelistas runs be-
8.82 Estero Condor is entered between Cabo Forty-Five, which is
8.85

tween SE and ESE into the straits, but a portion deviates S and high and steep-to, 2 miles W of Cabo Viejo, and Punta Condor,
W of Cabo Pilar to run along the W side of Isla Desolacion. which is 2.25 miles NNE and marked by a light. The cove ex-
Care should be taken to make good the course set between tends 6 miles WNW and has a least width of 0.4 mile.
Grupo Evangelistas and Cabo Pilar. Usually a vessel is set S It is clear of charted dangers except for Bajo Yavar, a shoal
8.85

and E of its assumed position. with less than 2m, near its head.
Strong squalls descend from the heights which border the
8.85

Passages North of Estrecho de Magallanes shores. There are heavy tide rips and overfalls 1 mile within the
entrance of Fiordo Condor.
8.83 Isla Riesco extends 70 miles ENE from Estrecho de Puerto Henry (53°25'S., 72°37'W.), entered W of Punta El
8.85

Magallanes and is 30 miles wide. Peninsula Cordova, its SW Morro, 1 mile WNW of Cabo Forty-Five, affords anchorage, in
part, forms the shores of Paso Tortuoso and Paso Largo. The is- depths of 33 to 36m, sand and shells, good holding ground,
land is separated from Peninsula Brunswick to the SE by Seno about 0.3 mile SSW of Punta Piedras, which is a small prom-
de Otway, which is approached through Canal Jeronimo. ontory projecting well out from the W shore 1.5 miles SSW of
Canal Fitzroy connects the N end of Seno de Otway with the
8.83 Punta El Morro.
E end of Seno Skyring. Seno Skyring lies N of Isla Riesco and Puerto Condor (53°21'S., 72°39'W.), at the head of Fiordo
8.85

is joined to the strait by Canal Gajardo and Golfo Xaultegua, Condor, affords anchorage, in 27m, sand and mud, midway be-
which lie W and SW, respectively, of Isla Riesco. tween Isla Dagnimo and the shore 0.25 mile NE.
Vessels approaching the anchorage should pass between Ba-
8.85

Canal Jeronimo jo Yavar and Isla Dagnimo and pass W of the island.

8.84 Canal Jeronimo leads from the W end of Paso Ingles, 8.86 Islas Cutter (53°22'S., 72°29'W.), on the E side of

Pub. 124
272 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

Canal Jeronimo, are two islets 1.5 miles N of Cabo Viejo. The covered with dense forest, with steep shores and small beaches
W islet, very small and grassy, is 7m high. Midway between it here and there. In the E part, the hills decrease gradually in
and the shore is a larger islet, which is 30m high. height. The shores are low and fronted by beaches which afford
Puerto Cutter, 1 mile E of Islas Cutter, affords good anchor-
8.86 landing in fine weather. The tidal currents are imperceptible in
age, in depths of 14 to 18m, mud and shell, in the N part of the the open part of the sound.
harbor; strong squalls sweep across the harbor. The NW shore rises gradually to a range of many hills. There
Between Puerto Cutter and Cabo Charles, 8 miles NE, the
8.86 is a dense forest between Punta Manning (53°14'S.,
mountains are high and rugged. Monte Condor, 936m, Monte 72°18'W.) and Punta Grimal, 33 miles NE. Estero Bending is
McIntosh, 949m and Monte Muela, 1,220m lie, respectively, 3 entered close E of Punta Manning.
miles NE, 6.75 miles NE, and 8.5 miles E, of Puerto Cutter. Punta Islote, located 4 miles NE of Punta Manning, is low
Islotes Tree (53°18'S., 72°24'W.) are two islets close off the
8.86 and rocky, with a small promontory at its end. Rocks and kelp
E shore lying 2 miles NE of Punta Limit (53°19'S., 72°26'W.), extend 0.5 mile off the point which should be given a berth of
a low and fairly prominent point. Rocks and kelp extend 183m at least 1 mile.
W from the islets.
Isla Guzman (53°20'S., 72°30'W.) rises to a height of 491m
8.86 8.89 Punta Solitaria (53°12'S., 72°11'W.) is located 0.5
on the W side of Canal Jeronimo, 3.25 miles NNW of Cabo mile NE of Punta Islote. Estuario Fanny is entered between
Viejo. On the NE side of the island there is a conspicuous black Punta Solitaria and Punta Villiers, 6 miles NE. The bay divides
patch with parallel sides and a dome-shaped top. This land- into 2 arms, 3.5 miles within the entrance which extend 6.5
mark can be seen from a considerable distance to the NE. miles NW and 13.5 miles WNW. It is surrounded by high
Cabo One, which ends in an outcrop of rocks, lies 4.5 miles
8.86 mountains rising to a height of 1,240m on the N, and 1,019m
NE of Isla Guzman. Fiordo Sullivan is entered N of Cabo One, on the S side.
but affords no anchorage. Between Punta Villiers and Punta Martin (53°06'S.,
8.89

Islas Corona, a group of three islands, lie off the entrance of

8.86 71°58'W.), 4 miles NE, several islets and detached rocks lie
Fiordo Sullivan. Isla Pan de Azucar, lies 2 miles E of Cabo close offshore.
One. It is 38m high, conical in shape, wooded, and marked by a Caleta Toro, a small cove surrounded by comparatively low
8.89

light. Isla Corona, also marked by light, is saddle-shaped and is wooded hills, is entered 1 mile SW of Punta Martin.
45m high. It lies close off the N shore and is very hard to dis- Monte Toro, 994m high, and Monte Hamond, 509m high, lie
8.89

tinguish from the S. 5.5 miles NW and 3 miles W, respectively, of Punta Martin.
Isla Ward, the W island, is 24m high and lies 1.25 miles ENE
8.86 There is an anchorage in Caleta Toro near the head of the
8.89

of Cabo One. cove, in a depth of 14m, sand and shells, abreast the extremity
of a prominent cliff on the S shore.
8.87 Cabo Charles (53°16'S., 72°17'W.) lies on the E side Caleta Eros is located close N of Islotes Eros, which lie 1.75
8.89

of Canal Jeronimo at the entrance to Seno de Otway. The cape miles NNE of Punta Martin. There is a shoal in the center of
can be identified by three sharp summits in line, decreasing in the cove, with a least depth of 2m, marked by kelp. There is an
elevation progressively towards the channel. anchorage SW of this shoal near the W shore, in a depth of
At the foot of these heights, there is a hillock covered with
8.87 20m, with good holding ground.
reddish-yellow moss, which shows as a patch amongst the veg- Isla Englefield and Isla Vivian, 106m and 123m high, re-
8.89

etation in the vicinity. spectively, are two flat-topped wooded islands lying close to-
Punta Manning (53°14'S., 72°18'W.), 4 miles ENE of Cabo
8.87 gether, 4 miles E of Punta Martin. A light is shown from the SE
One, slopes gradually to the sea, with two small islets close N extremity of Isla Vivian. Isla Diaz, 20m high, is located 1 mile
of it. This point, with Cabo Charles 1.5 miles SSE, marks the E of the passage between these two islands. The passage is not
NE end of Canal Jeronimo. navigable.
Directions.—Vessels entering Canal Jeronimo should keep
8.87 A bank, with a least depth of 18m, lies 1.5 miles SE of Isla
8.89

nearer the W shore to avoid the rocks extending from Punta Vivian Light. Vessels bound for Pecket Mine Terminal should
Arauz. After passing this point, steer in mid-channel until 2 pass S of Isla Vivian.
miles SSE of Islotes Teran, then keep close to the W shore until Puerto Ward, off the E side of Isla Vivian, affords a tempo-
8.89

these islets and banks have been passed. rary anchorage, in a depth of 30m, sand and shells, 137m off-
When abreast Cabo Forty-Five, steer for Cabo One and,
8.87 shore.
when nearing it, steer to pass between Isla Pan de Azucar and A bank, with a least depth of 18m, extends 1.5 miles SE
8.89

Isla Corona. A mid-channel course should be steered from here from the S extremity of Isla Vivian.
into Seno de Otway. Punta Sunshine (53°02'S., 71°55'W.), 4.75 miles NNE of
8.89

Punta Martin, is low, sandy, and covered with vegetation. The

Seno de Otway water around the point is deep and clear of dangers.
Caleta Alonso lies N of Punta Sunshine. There is a jetty
8.89

8.88 Seno de Otway extends 49 miles NE from its entrance where a vessel with a draft up to 3.7m may moor.
between Cabo Charles and Punta Manning. It opens out to a Anchorage may be obtained 91m off the jetty, in a depth of
8.89

width of 16 miles. There are charted depths of 602m in the W 23m. A course of 270°, with the jetty ahead, leads clear of dan-
part of the sound, but the depths gradually lessen toward the gers to the anchorage.
NE end. Punta Grimal (52°54'S., 71°35'W.), 15 miles NE of Punta
8.89

The SW part of the sound is surrounded by high steep hills,

8.88 Sunshine, is a low distinctive point with a clump of trees.

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 273

At this point, the dense forest which covers the NW shore of

8.89 vessels against the pier.
Seno de Otway begins to diminish, and farther E it is only seen Ensenada Torino (52°49'S., 71°16'W.), midway between
8.91

in patches. Punta Espolon and Punta Jorge, the E entrance point of Canal
Ensenada del Indio lies close W of Punta Grimal. A rocky
8.89 Fitz Roy, 5 miles W, affords anchorage 1 mile offshore, in a
ridge extends 0.2 mile SW of the point; 0.5 mile SW a reef ex- depth of 14.9m, sand and shells. The bay is open S and SW,
tends NW to the coast. and is foul with rocks and kelp.
Anchorage for vessels of moderate size, with local knowl-
8.89

edge, may be obtained between the ridge and the reef. 8.92 Canal Fitz Roy extends NNW from Seno de Otway to
Seno Skyring, a distance of 13 miles. This channel separates
8.90 Caleta Ocasion (53°16'S., 72°15'W.) is entered 1.75 Isla Riesco from the mainland to the E. There are least naviga-
miles E of Cabo Charles. Anchorage may be obtained, shel- ble depths of 7.6 to 9.1m in the S entrance.
tered from SW winds, 0.3 mile from the head of the cove, in The fairway, through the wider parts of the channel, is re-
8.92

depths of to 25m, sand and shells. stricted by banks which extend from both shores, sometimes to
Puerto Pomar (53°16'S., 72°09'W.), 3 miles E of Caleta Oc-
8.90 mid-channel, making navigation difficult. This problem is in-
asion, affords good anchorage, in a depth of 28m, mud and creased by the tidal currents which run through the channel at
shells. When making this port, vessels should give Punta Luis, an average rate of 4 knots.
the W entrance point, a berth of at least 0.5 mile, pass 0.2 to 0.3 In the entrance, when wind and tide oppose each other,
8.92

mile E of Isla Roa and then steer to the anchorage about 0.45 strong tide rips and a short high sea may be met.
mile S of Punta Luis. Slack water, which is considered the best time to pass
8.92

Fiordo Wickham is entered E of Cabo Stokes which lies 1.25

8.90 through, occurs 2 hours after the time of HW or LW at Puerto
miles E of Isla Roa. The inlet trends S and SW for 16 miles. Curtze.
The N part is deep and clear of dangers in the fairway, but the S The E shore is about 12m high and sloping. The W is low
8.92

part contains many islets and rocks and requires careful navi- with the exception of Punta Fenton, 5.2 miles N of Punta Hall.
gation. Punta Hall (52°50'S., 71°25'W.), the W entrance point, is a
8.92

There are two anchorages; one is where the inlet bends SW,
8.90 sandy spit with a conical white beacon, 10m high, lying 6.75
in 14.6m, mud, while the other at the head of the inlet, in 9m. miles ENE of Punta Grimal.
These anchorages are for vessels with local knowledge. Punta Jorge, the E entrance point, is low and not easily
8.92

Cabo Flinn (53°14'S., 71°51'W.) is located 7.5 miles E of

8.90 recognizable, but a beacon stands on the point.
Fiordo Wickham. It is the W entrance point of Fiordo Silva Punta Titus (52°48'S., 71°23'W.), a steep-to sandy spit, lies
8.92

Palma. Punta Entrada, 4.5 miles farther E, is the E entrance 2.5 miles NNE of Punta Hall. A beacon stands on the point. A
point of the inlet which extends S and SW for 29 miles. 4.6m shoal lies about 0.6 mile offshore 1.5 miles NE of Punta
There is an anchorage near the E shore, 8 miles within the
8.90 Hall. Between Punta Hall and Punta Titus, a bank of sand,
entrance, in a depth of 20m, mud, and another near the W shells, and stones, with a depth of 2.7m, extends 0.5 mile off-
shore, 3 miles farther in, in a depth of 4.6m. shore.
East of the latter anchorage is a shoal extending from the E
8.90 Puerto Curtze, on the W side of the channel, W of Punta Ti-
8.92

shore to mid-channel. tus, affords the best anchorage in Canal Fitz Roy. Anchor in
10m, mud, with the beacon on Punta Titus bearing 095°.
8.91 Cabo Camden (53°12'S., 71°40'W.), 2.5 miles E of This anchorage is sheltered from W winds and is out of the
8.92

Punta Entrada, is the W entrance point of Caleta Camden. tidal currents. A stranded wreck lies at the head of Puerto Cur-
Caleta Camden is open, but affords good anchorage, in a depth tze, about 0.5 mile SW of Punta Titus.
of 12m, mud, near the E shore. Punta Arnott, 1 mile NNW of Punta Titus, is a prominent
8.92

From Caleta Camden, the coast trends NE 27 miles to Punta

8.91 sand spit which can be approached to within 183m. A beacon
Espolon (52°49'S., 71°12'W.) at the head of the bay. stands near the point.
Arrecife Las Piedras, 9 miles SSE of Punta Espolon, lies up
8.91 Ensenada Kelway is located on the W coast 1.75 miles NNW
8.92

to 1 mile offshore. A reef, marked by kelp, extends 2.75 miles of Punta Arnott and Punta Fenton, 23m high, is located on the
NE from Arrecife Las Piedras. W side, 0.8 mile farther NNE.
Pecket Marine Terminal (52°57'S., 71°12'W.) consisting of
8.91 A cable, with a vertical clearance of 8.5m at HW, spans the
8.92

a conveyor belt leading to a slewing ship-loader, is situated 1.5 narrows 0.2 mile N of Punta Fenton.
miles NE of Arrecife Las Piedras and about 0.5 mile offshore.
It serves a nearby coal mine. 8.93 Punta Rivera (52°48'S., 71°23'W.), located on the E
The pier is 1,800m in length, oriented toward the WNW,
8.91 side of the channel 0.75 mile NE of Punta Titus, is low and flat,
supported by steel piles and with 4 dolphins. with a small cliff S of it. Punta Reynard, a low stony point, lies
The mooring should then be approached on a heading of
8.91 2 miles NNW of Punta Rivera.
212°. Two floating lighted beacons mark this course; an inflat- Bajo Reynard, with depths of less than 3.2m, lies at the N
8.93

able rubber float marks the anchorage point for the starboard end of a bank that extends between Punta Rivera and Punta
anchor. Casting off should be started with a slight flood cur- Reynard, and up to 0.4 mile offshore.
rent. Angostura Santa Cruz is the narrows that is entered between
8.93

Medium and strong winds from the SW and NW should be

8.91 Punta Reynard and Punta Fenton; it extends 2 miles N to Punta
taken into account, as these create a choppy and persistent Turn, on the E coast, and has a least width of 0.2 mile.
swell. It has also been determined that the ebb current pushes The fairway is clear of dangers, but kelp extends from either
8.93

Pub. 124
274 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

shore. The current attains a velocity of 5 knots, causing over- W and has a width of 8 miles near its W end. The sound is en-
falls when it is running at its greatest strength. tered from the E through Canal Fitz Roy and from the W
Bahia Palomares, on the E side of the narrows, affords an-
8.93 through Canal Gajardo, which connects the sound with Golfo
chorage, in 14m, sand and shells, but the tidal currents are Xaultegua.
strong. The E part of the sound has moderate and regular depths,
8.95

Punta Turn (52°43'S., 71°24'W.) is fringed with kelp, but

8.93 open shores, and is bordered by low and undulating land with
deep water can be found 91m offshore. few trees.
Punta Meric is located on the E shore, 1.5 miles NNW of
8.93 The W part of the sound is indented by many bays, inlets,
8.95

Punta Turn; two yellow boulders lie close to the point. and numerous islands. The shores are rocky and precipitous,
There is a jetty located 183m E of the point; anchorage may
8.93 the water deep, and the sounding irregular.
be taken off the jetty, in a depth of 15m, sand and shells. There The land rises to lofty rugged mountains enclosing narrow
8.95

are some houses, one with a prominent red roof, close E of the valleys or tortuous channels
jetty. Range beacons stand E of the point.
Quebra da Uribe is a ravine which stands on the W shore, 0.7
8.93 8.96 Morro Hopper (52°36'S., 71°31'W.), 2.5 miles NNW
mile WNW of Punta Meric. of Punta Wapshot, is a black cliffy projection, in contrast to the
The channel is about 183m wide between the shore banks
8.93 neighboring coast, which is grassland. A rock, with a depth of
SW of Punta Meric. less than 2m, lies 2.5 miles W of Morro Hopper.
Punta Canuto (52°41'S., 71°27'W.) is on the W shore, about
8.93 From Punta Harvey, about 1.2 miles S, a reef extends 0.5
8.96

0.4 mile NNW of Quebrada Uribe. A detached shoal, with a mile SW.
depth of 4m, lies 0.2 mile NE of Punta Canuto. Ensenada Lorca is formed between Morro Hopper and Pun-
8.96

Punta Stokes, 1.75 miles NNW of Punta Canuto, is backed

8.93 ta Isabella (52°34'S., 71°44'W.), about 8 miles WNW in the
by a hill, 94m high. NE corner of the sound.
Caleta Las Minas is entered between Punta Hurtada, 2.5
8.96

8.94 Punta Bennet (52°39'S., 71°28'W.), the W entrance miles WNW of Punta Isabella, and Punta Julio (Punta Julia),
point at the N end of Canal Fitz Roy, is low; there are some 0.55 mile further WNW.
houses on it. A depth of 5.3m lies 0.2 mile NW of the point. Anchorage, exposed to the prevailing wind, may be taken, in
8.96

On the E side of the channel between Punta Meric and Pun-

8.94 a depth of 14m, with Punta Julio bearing 320°, about 0.3 mile
ta Crossover (52°41'S., 71°26'W.), 0.6 mile NW, a bank with distant.
depths of less than 2.5m, marked by kelp, extends 0.2 mile off-
shore.
Quebrada Vives lies at the head of a bight, 0.5 mile N of
8.94

Punta Crossover. A beacon stands 0.2 mile NW of the ravine.

Caleta de los Amigos is a small settlement on the E shore,
8.94

0.25 mile ENE of Punta Stokes.

Punta Wapshot (52°38'S., 71°30'W.), the NE entrance point
8.94

of the N end of Canal Fitz Roy is precipitous and fairly high. It

is located 1 mile NNW of Punta Bennet.
Directions.—Vessels from S steer to a position 2 miles E of
8.94

Punta Hall and enter Canal Fitz Roy on a course of 331°. This
course should be steered until within 0.5 mile of Punta Titus,
when course should be changed to the N and pass 0.2 mile E of
that point.
Porto Altamirano
Then keep in mid-channel, passing 0.2 mile E of Punta Ar-
8.96

8.94

nott, keeping to the W side to clear Bajo Reynard.

When SW of Punta Reynard, and after the bank has been
8.94
Cabo Graves (52°33'S., 71°56'W.) lies 3.75 miles WSW of
8.96

cleared, course may be altered for the entrance to Angostura Punta Julio. Shoal depths extend 1 mile E of the cape.
Santa Cruz, steering to pass 183m E of Punta Fenton. A mid- Puerto Altamirano (52°33'S., 71°59'W.), 2 miles W of Ca-
8.96

channel course should then be steered through the narrows. bo Graves, is entered between Punta Malogro and Punta Eulo-
After passing Punta Turn, steer with the range beacons on
8.94
gio, a high treeless yellowish-colored point.
Punta Meric bearing 343°, until about 0.3 mile off the front Anchorage may be obtained, in a depth of 17m, soft mud,
8.96

beacon, then steer 290° with Quebrada Uribe ahead. 0.3 mile NW of Punta Adelina, located on the E side 0.25 mile
Hold this course until about 0.1 mile off Quebrada Uribe,
8.94
NW of Punta Malogro. Care should be taken to avoid the reefs
then steer for the beacon NW of Quebrada Vives, bearing 000°. which extend 0.5 mile SE of Punta Eulogio and 0.5 mile S of
When 0.3 mile S of this beacon, keep a mid-channel course to Punta Malogro.
the N entrance.
8.97 Puerto Williams (52°32'S., 72°05'W.), 0.75 miles
Seno Skyring NW of Punta Eulogio, affords sheltered anchorage with good
holding ground, in a depth of 12.8m, about 0.7 mile from the N
8.95 Seno Skyring, which is bound by Isla Riesco on the S shore.
and the mainland of Chile on the N, is about 50 miles long E to Isla Juan, about 1 mile long in a N to S direction, lies off the
8.97

Pub. 124
 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes 275

peninsula that forms the E side of Puerto Williams. A shoal, with local knowledge.
with a depth of 3.2m, lies close off the S extremity of the is- Estero Navarro (52°50'S., 72°39'W.) on the S side of Seno
8.99

land. Rocks fringe the W coast of the island up to a distance of Skyring, 18 miles SW of Cabo Leon, is deep and sometimes
about 0.1 mile. freezes over. It and other inlets to the E are of no value to navi-
Ensenada Ponsonby lies on the S shore of Seno Skyring, be- gation.
tween Punta Bennet and Punta Rocallosa Este, 17 miles W.The Canal Gajardo (53°00'S., 72°57'W.) is the passage between
8.99

coast is low, with marshes and lagoons in many places. The the SW part of Seno Skyring and the NE part of Golfo Xault-
beaches are strewn with boulders. egua. It is about 30 miles long and has a width of 0.65 mile for
Punta Elias (52°39'S., 71°33'W.) is located about 2 miles W
8.97 the greater part of its length.
of Punta Bennet. Punta Greive lies about 2 miles farther WSW. It is generally deep and clear, but about 15 miles from the N
8.99

A large white boulder stands on shore midway between these

8.97 entrance it bends at a right angle to the SE and contracts to
two points. Kelp extends 0.7 mile offshore between these two about 91m. This narrow is obstructed by large rocks which
points. leave a passage only 20m wide.
The depth here is not more than 2 to 3m, and the tidal cur-
8.99

8.98 Caleta Mina Elena (52°41'S., 71°54'W.) (World Port rents, which attain a rate of 8 knots, make navigation difficult
Index No. 14175) is located in the SW part of Ensenada Pon- and dangerous. In winter, ice accumulates here and is dragged
sonby, 12 miles SW of Punta Greive. A pier extends 183m N away by the current.
from the shore. The pier was reported to be derelict. Anchorage
may be obtained, in a depth of 9m, about 183m offshore. Golfo Xaultegua
Punta Rocallosa Este (52°38'S., 71°58'W.) is bare and
8.98

light-colored, contrasting with the woods that surround it. It is 8.100 Golfo Xaultegua extends 23 miles E of Estrecho de
the W extremity of Ensenada Ponsonby. Magallanes, between the N side of Peninsula Cordova and Pen-
Punta Rocallosa Weste, 1 mile W of Punta Rocallosa Este,
8.98 insula Munoz Gamero. It is entered between Bahia Clift
along with that point, form the most conspicuous projections (53°05'S., 73°20'W.) and Grupo Santa Ana, 2.5 miles S; the
on the S coast of Seno Skyring. Shoals extend 183m N from entrance is 1.5 miles wide.
both points. The gulf is deep and clear of dangers except for a few points.
8.100

Caleta Lenka, 2 miles WSW of Punta Rocallosa Weste, af-

8.98 Most of these dangers are marked by kelp which is always vis-
fords good anchorage, in 22m, sand and mud, and is sheltered ible. The bottom is mostly mud, but in the W and E ends there
from the prevailing winds. Two small islets mark the E limit of is also rock in places.
the cove. The mountains which surround this gulf are high and
8.100

Puerto Garay (52°39'S., 72°03'W.) is formed between a

8.98 scarped, and approach nearly to the water’s edge. They give
point on the W and a group of islets and islands on the N and E, good shelter to the bays and inlets from the prevailing W
close W of Caleta Lenka. winds, but squalls descend into the valleys rendering some an-
Grupo Guzman, 4 miles WNW of Punta Rocallosas Weste,
8.98 chorages unsafe.
consists of two large and several small islets. Roca Negra lies The tides in the gulf are regular and the range is small. In
8.100

close N of the group. Roca Blanca lies close S of the group; general, they produce no appreciable tidal currents except in
both rocks are very distinctive. some inlets.
Punta Adelaida (52°38'S., 72°08'W.) is the NW extremity
8.98 Grupo Santa Ana (53°08'S., 73°17'W.) is comprised of five
of a large promontory located 2.25 miles SW from Grupo Guz- small islands, bare and of white granite, on the S side of the en-
man. trance to the gulf. The islands are steep-to, and, so far as exam-
Bahia Leon is entered between Punta Adelaida and Cabo Le-
8.98 ined, appear to be free of dangers on the S and SW sides, but
on 2 miles SSW. It is deep but affords no shelter and is not rec- there are shoals off the NE side.
ommended as an anchorage. The summit of Isla Santa Ana, the largest island, is 270m
high, 1.75 miles NNE of Punta Habana. Isla Pillolco, the W is-
8.99 The configuration of the W part of Seno Skyring can land, is 146m high; Isla Lagartija, the N island, is 37m high.
best be seen on the chart.
Caleta Jara is entered between Punta Onofre (52°32'S.,
8.99 8.101 Estuario Portaluppi is entered between Punta Alfre-
72°09'W.) and Punta Pinto, 2.25 miles WSW. It is free of kelp do (53°06'S., 73°10'W.), 6.5 miles ESE of Bahia Clift, and
and the bottom is mud, but it is not a good anchorage as it is Punta Este, 0.75 mile farther E.
very open. Grupo Soto lies 2 miles SW of Punta Alfredo; the passage
8.101

Bahia Pinto (52°32'S., 72°15'W.), entered W of Punta Pinto,

8.99 between these islands and the land to the N is foul and should
is located on the N shore about 5.5 miles to the W of Isla Juan. not be attempted. Grupo Arturo extends 1 mile S of Punta Este.
Although protected, it is subject to strong winds from the S and A mid-channel course should be maintained between Grupos
8.101

SW. Soto and Arturo, taking care to avoid the rocky bank extending
Punta Laura, the S extremity of a peninsula, lies 10 miles
8.99 ESE from Punta Alfredo.
SW of Bahia Pinto. Anchorage may be taken by vessels with local knowledge at
8.101

Estuario La Pera, on the NW side of the peninsula, is entered

8.99 the head of the inlet, in a depth of 25m. It is exposed to W
between Punta Spoorer, 6 miles NW of Punta Laura, and Punta squalls.
Marshal, 1 mile N. There is good anchorage at the head of the A number of islands and rocks lie 2 to 6 miles ENE of Grupo
8.101

bay, in depths of from 15 to 30m, mud and sand, for vessels Arturo. From W to E they are Isla Anderson, Isla Esfinge, Isla

Pub. 124
276 Sector 8. Estrecho de Magallanes

Campamento, and Grupo Altamirano. Estuario Perez de Arce, located in the SE extremity of the
8.102

Puerto Guzman is situated on the N shore, 4.75 miles ENE

8.101 gulf, is entered 4 miles ESE of Punta Vogel.
of Estuario Portaluppi. Punta Quidora is located 1.25 miles E The head of the gulf is entered between Punta Fronton, the N
of Puerto Guzman. It forms the W entrance point of the S end entrance point of Estuario Perez de Arce, and Punta Hope, 2
of Canal Gajardo. miles N. It extends 6 miles E and divides into several small
The S coast of Golfo Xaultegua has not been properly exam- arms. Below-water rocks lie up to 0.5 mile off Punta Hope.
ined; it trends E from Punta Havannah, and, in general, is cliffy The coast between Punta Hope and Punta Spoerer
8.102

and fairly broken with sparse, stunted vegetation. (53°07'S., 72°59'W.), 5.5 miles NW, is high and cliffy. There
Surgidero Meteoro lies 3.5 miles ESE of Punta Havannah,
8.101 are shoals and rocks extending up to 0.75 mile off this coast,
and Punta Oberreuter (53°11'S., 73°06'W.) lies 5 miles E of making it necessary to give them a wide berth.
Surgidero Meteoro. Ensenada Tucapel and Ensenada Colocolo The S entrance to Canal Gajardo is between Punta Spoerer
8.102

lie, respectively, 2 and 4 miles E of Punta Oberreuter. and Punta Quidora, 2 miles N, in the NE corner of Golfo Xault-
Punta Vogel lies 5.25 miles E of Punta Oberreuter, and taken
8.101 egua.
together with the islets NW, is the most salient point of the S Puerto Gomez (52°59'S., 72°58'W.), located on the W side
8.102

coast. of Canal Gajardo, about 6 miles within the S entrance, is well

sheltered and easy of access.
8.102 Puerto Bobillier (53°12'S., 72°55'W.), 2 miles SE of The port offers anchorage to vessels up to 150m in length, in
8.102

Punta Vogel, affords good anchorage inside the entrance a depth of 18.3m, hard mud.
points, in about 30m, mud.

Pub. 124
 277
9. Hornos
Sector 9—Tierra del Fuego—Cabo Espiritu Santo to Cabo de

9.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 9 — CHART INFORMATION

Pub. 124
 279

SECTOR 9
TIERRA DEL FUEGO—CABO ESPIRITU SANTO TO CABO DE HORNOS

Plan.—This sector describes the coastal waters of Tierra del

9.0 ranges from NE of Cabo San Pio, about 10 miles, and extend
Fuego that are fronted by the South Atlantic Ocean. W along the archipelago.
The description is from Cabo Espiritu Santo, the S point of
9.0 9.1Isla de los Estados lies 22 miles offshore ENE of Cabo Buen
the E entrance to Estrecho de Magallanes, SE to Cabo San Di- Suceso, and the island group Islas Hermite lies 60 miles SSW
ego then SSW to Cabo Buen Suceso. From this position the of Cabo San Pio.
coast trends WSW to Cabo San Pio. The winds in this sector are predominantly from the W, with
The ports, off-lying islands, and channels are discussed in
9.0 about 10 to 15 per cent of the winds from the N and 6 to 10 per
order of appearance with the coastal features. cent from the S.
9.1Generally speaking, the mean velocity along the coastal area
General Remarks is 15 knots. The highest monthly velocities occur, for the most
part, during the colder season, but the available observations
9.1 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds of the show a variability as to the month of greatest force.
South Atlantic Ocean are from the W. Generally speaking the 9.1There is an average difference of about 6 knots between the
velocity of the winds increases, through irregularly, toward the highest and lowest mean monthly velocities. In the coastal wa-
S. Between 50° and 55°S, the mean velocity is about 18 knots ters the range is less than farther out at sea.
except toward the coast where it falls to 15 knots. The highest 9.1In Tierra del Fuego and adjacent islands, snow is rather fre-
monthly velocities occur, for the most part, during colder sea- quent and small amounts may fall even in summer. At Punta
sons. Arenas, the mean annual snowfall is 800mm, with an average
In coastal area from 50° to 55°S, W of 65°W, winds of Beau-
9.1 maximum monthly fall of 120mm in July. At sea near the SE
fort force 8 or higher, were reported on 7 per cent of the obser- coast, and at Cabo de Hornos, snow is rather frequent except in
vations for the year, and there is little change in expectancy the summer.
from winter to summer. Tides—Currents.—The current passing S of Tierra del
South of Tierra del Fuego, however, in the historically
9.1 Fuego is known as the Cape Horn Current. From Isla Diego
stormy region about and to the S of Cape Horn (Cabos de Hor- Ramirez, 60 miles SW of Cabo de Hornos, the current sets
nos), there is a sharp rise in gale occurrence. ENE toward Estrecho de le Maire. The Cape Horn Current
Within the area 55° to 60°S, and 65° to 70°W, where nearly
9.1 passes finally into the Falkland Current.
70 per cent of the winds are from the W, gales are recorded in 9.1The current between Cabo de Hornos and Isla de los Estados
20 per cent of the annual observations, with monthly percent- has been observed to exceed 22 miles per day.
ages ranging from 30 in October and 11 in December and Jan- 9.1Drifts of 8 or 9 miles a day are not uncommon, while occa-
uary. sionally a set with a W component is encountered.
Except in these two summer months, some 90 per cent or
9.1 Caution.—Ice in the form of bergs and floes is to be found
more of the gales have a W component, with about 25 per cent throughout the year in the S part of the South Atlantic Ocean. It
of them from the W alone. Squalls are frequent and severe is impossible to give any distinct idea of where ice may be ex-
gales from the E direction sometimes occur in connection with pected.
cyclones passing to the N. 9.1It frequently happens that one or more years may elapse
South of Tierra del Fuego, in the area 55° to 60°S, and 65° to
9.1 during which the route around Cabo de Hornos will apparently
70°W, 4 per cent of the annual observations show fog, with a be free from ice.
maximum of 5 per cent in December and a minimum of 2 per 9.1No rule can be laid down to insure safe navigation, as the po-
cent in May, June, and August. sition of the ice and the quantity met with, differs so greatly in
The E coast of Tierra del Fuego (Isla Grande de Tierra del different seasons. Vigilance is urged when crossing the iceberg
Fuego) from Cabo Espiritu Santo to Cabo San Diego, 185 region.
miles SE, forms a large area open to the NE.
There are few irregularities in the coastline except the Bahia
9.1
Tierra del Fuego—Northeast Coast
de San Sebastian, about 37 miles SSE of Cabo Espiritu Santo.
Proceeding S, yellow cliffs, backed by a few low mountain 9.2 From Cabo Espiritu Santo, the coast trends 22 miles
ranges, change gradually as signs of vegetation appear. SSE to Cabo Nombre (52°58'S., 68°17'W.), and is composed
Numerous rivers and streams flow out from this coast, the
9.1 of cliffs about 30 to 90m high, with but few breaks.
most important being the Rio Grande. The area S of Cabo Pe- Inland the land is irregularly rounded and has no trees and,
9.2

nas is wooded and the beaches give way to a rocky coastline except for it being more green, resembles the coast N of Estre-
backed by mountain ranges. cho de Magallanes.
Along the coast of Tierra del Fuego from Cabo San Diego to
9.1 A radio tower, 100m high, stands about 11 miles SSE of Ca-
9.2

Cabo Buen Suceso, then W to Cabo San Pio, about 39 miles bo Espiritu Santo.
distant, the coast is indented by several small bays. Rio Cullen Marine Terminal (52°49'S., 68°13'W.) handles
9.2

There are several hills along the coast while the mountain
9.1 crude oil exports from the Hidra Oil Field. The oil field con-

Pub. 124
280 Sector 9. Tierra del Fuego—Cabo Espiritu Santo to Cabo de Hornos

sists of fixed production platforms and sub-sea production fa- Cabo San Sebastian.
cilities; exports are handled through an SBM. 9.4The N side of the bay is clear of dangers, but on the S side, a
9.2Depths—Limitations.—A lighted SBM is moored about 7 stony bank, with depths of less than 5.5m for the first 4 miles,
miles offshore in a depth of 35m. Vessels of 20,000 to 150,000 and of less than 9.1m over the remainder, extends 11 miles
dwt can be accommodated. NNE from Cabo San Sebastian. There is no kelp on this bank,
9.2Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. The mooring master will which is fairly steep-to on its W side.
board in a position agreed upon with the vessel. Berthing is 9.4Tides—Currents.—The spring range of tide in Bahia de
normally undertaken in daylight only, but night berthing may San Sebastian is 8.5m and the mean range is 7m. The ebb tide
be permitted in special circumstances. flows from the bay with a velocity of 2 knots, and tide rips
9.2Regulations.—The oil field is enclosed within a restricted form over the bank extending NNE from Cabo San Sebastian.
area, best seen on the chart, within which anchoring is prohibit- Depths—Limitations.—Two submarine pipelines extend
ed. Additionally, within the restricted area, the production fa- about 1.5 miles N from the S shore of the bay.
cilities and the SBM are enclosed within areas where entry is 9.4Berth No. 2, the E berth, is near the intersection of Range
prohibited to all vessels except those using the terminal. No. 4 and Range No. 6 and can accommodate tankers up to
9.2Anchorage.—Arriving tankers may be required to anchor or 40,000 dwt and 15.5m draft; Berth No. 1, the W berth, is near
wait in a position to be agreed upon between the vessel and the the intersection of Range No. 1 and Range No. 3 and can ac-
terminal. The recommended location is S of the restricted area commodate tankers up to 20,000 dwt and 9.7m draft.
surrounding the terminal, in approximate position 52°54'S, 9.4An oil terminal with several tanks is located on the shore of
68°10'W, in 20m. During adverse weather shelter may be taken the pipeline. An antenna, 100m high, painted with red and
in Bahia San Sebastian. white stripes, stands near the tanks.
9.2To the N and to the S of the prohibited anchorage area, good 9.4Aspect.—Range No. 4, consisting of beacons in line bearing
anchorage can be found, in depths of 10 and 20m, respectively. 250°, is situated about 8 miles W of the light on Cabo San Se-
The bottom consists of silt and clay; both anchorages are pro- bastian.
tected from winds from the NW to SW passing through W. 9.4The front range light of Range No. 1 is situated 0.8 mile ESE
9.2Caution.—Terminal operations may be suspended if the of Range No. 4 front beacon. The lights are in line bearing
maximum wave height exceeds 2m or the maximum sustained 238.5°.
wind speed exceeds 25 knots. 9.4There are four other lighted range beacons, with a common
9.2An ODAS danger circle, best seen on the chart, lies within 3 rear range light situated 1.75 miles WNW from Cabo San Se-
miles from the N. bastian light. From E to W they are Range No. 5, in line bear-
ing 161°; Range No. 6, in line bearing 155°; Range No. 2, in
9.3 Cabo Nombre is the end of a range of hills. From this line bearing 121°; and Range No. 3, in line bearing 126°.
cape to Cabo San Sebastian, 22 miles S, the land is low. A tow- 9.4Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels
er (oil derrick) is located 1.5 miles W of Cabo Nombre. The in- berthing at San Sebastian.
shore coast between Cabo Espiritu Santo and Cabo Nombre is 9.4Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken, in a depth of 10.4m,
inadequately surveyed. at the intersection of Range No. 1 and Range No. 2.
9.3From Cabo Nombre, a narrow shingle ridge, 3m high, ex- 9.4Directions.—Vessels should remain at least 10 miles off-
tends 12 miles SSE, ending in Punta de Arenas (53°09'S., shore when approaching Bahia de San Sebastian, until the light
68°13'W.). This point, the N entrance to Bahia de San Sebas- on Punta Arenas bears 258°; this course should then be steered
tian, is steep-to and free of dangers. with the light structure directly ahead.
9.3A light shown from a metal framework tower, 17m high, is 9.4When the light structure on Cabo San Sebastian bears 189°,
situated close N of Punta de Arenas. a course of 201° should be steered until Range No. 4 can be
9.3Caution.—Shoals, with depths of 12.5 and 8.7m, lie, respec- headed for on a bearing of 250°.
tively, 12.5 miles SE of Cabo Espirito Santo and 6.5 miles 9.4Caution.—Caution should be exercised not to get S of the
NNE of Punta Arenas. Both shoals lie about 1.5 miles offshore. 250° range line when approaching the inner berth because the
9.3Two shoals, each with a depth of 8.5m, lie 3 miles and 6.5 depths shoal rapidly.
miles NNE, respectively, of Cabo Nombre.
9.3Another shoal with a depth of 8.5m, lies 7 miles NE from the 9.5 Between Cabo San Sebastian and a small cliff 5 miles
light on Punta de Arenas. A patch of kelp is found 18 miles SE SSE, the coast is low. Foul ground, with rocks awash at its out-
of the light. er end, extends 2 miles seaward from this cliff.
9.3Foul ground reported 4 miles to the N from Punta de Arenas. 9.5From this cliff to Cabo Domingo (53°41'S., 67°51'W.) 19
miles farther SSE, the coast is low, but hilly inland, and fronted
9.4 Bahia de San Sebastian (53°14'S., 68°15'W.) is en- by a sand beach.
tered between Punta de Arenas and Cabo San Sebastian 9.5Cabo Domingo is a prominent, sheer headland of reddish
(53°20'S., 68°10'W.), situated 11 miles S. The bay is sheltered color, 80m high, with a light. A reef which dries, extends 0.5
from all except E winds, which seldom blow with any force. mile off the cape, and extends 25 miles SSE. A shoal, whose
9.4Cabo San Sebastian is a bold and cliffy headland 60m high, position is doubtful, lies 5 miles ESE of Cabo Domingo.
and dark in color. A range of mountains 13 miles W of the cape 9.5Caleta La Mision, about 1.2 miles SE of Cabo Domingo, is
rises to a height of 290m. A light is shown from a circular con- formed by a bight in the reef. It is sheltered from S and SW
crete tower 11m in height, situated on the cape. A mast, painted winds. Two range lights, which are lit on request, are shown at
with red and white bands, and 100m high, lies 4 miles W of the head of the bight, in range 211°.

Pub. 124
 Sector 9. Tierra del Fuego—Cabo Espiritu Santo to Cabo de Hornos 281

springs, but should only be entered during the last hour of the
rising tides. It was reported that the port was closed to com-
mercial traffic and is for small craft only.
9.6Caleta la Mision Port, a new port area for Porto Rio Grande,
is being constructed NW of the city.
9.6Pilotage.—Pilotage is reported to be compulsory.
9.6Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 16m,
mud, 2.5 miles NE of Punta Popper, with the front beacon of
the outer range bearing 259°, and Cabo Penas Light bearing
155°.

9.5 Cabo Domingo Light

La Mision, about 3 miles SSE, may be identified by a promi-

9.5

nent white church and a conspicuous cross. A port construction

project is currently underway at La Mision (2001). Work in-
cludes construction of a 740m causeway and jetty. A 30m high
crane can be seen at the end of the causeway.
The Cruz del Sur Oil Terminal has been constructed. The ter-
9.5

minal consists of an SBM situated about 4.5 miles NW of Cabo

San Sebastian Light, with a submarine pipeline running SSW
to shore. 9.6 Cabo Penas Light
Anchorage may be taken on this range with the prominent
9.5

white cross at La Mision (Mission) bearing 166°, and the light 9.7 Cabo Penas (53°50'S., 67°33'W.), 5.5 miles SE of the
on Cabo Domingo bearing 278°, in a depth of 10m, mud. Rio Grande, is 30m high.
A shoal, with a depth of about 4.6m lies close E of this an-
9.5
The sea nearly always breaks over the rocks which extend 2
9.7

chorage. A stranded wreck lies on the range about 0.3 mile miles E of the cape. The cape should be given a wide berth, es-
from the shore. pecially at night and in bad weather, as soundings give no indi-
cations of its proximity.
9.6 The Rio Grande (53°47'S., 67°41'W.) (World Port A light, shown from a pyramidal iron framework structure
9.7

Index No. 13970), 7 miles SE of Cabo Domingo, divides the 13m high, is situated on Cabo Penas.
pampas region from the wooded region S. The E side of the en- Cabo Santa Ines (54°07'S., 67°09'W.) lies 21 miles SE of
trance is a stony peninsula ending in Punta Popper. Cabo Penas. The hills in the vicinity of Cabo Penas are high
9.6Tides—Currents.—The mean range of tide in the river is and partially wooded.
5.9m. The tidal currents in the river run at a rate of 3 to 6 knots. A radio tower, 65m high, stands about 9 miles SW of Cabo
9.7

9.6Depths—Limitations.—Puerto Rio Grande is situated 2 Penas.

miles within the river’s entrance. There was a least reported Roca Comodoro, a rock awash, 7 miles SE of Cabo Penas
9.7

depth of 0.3m on the range lines and a least width of 91m as far and 3 miles offshore, has no kelp, and should be given a wide
as the port. berth. A dangerous submerged wreck is reported in the vicinity
9.6The port is available for vessels with local knowledge having of the rock.
a draft not exceeding 3.7m, which can be increased to 4.3m at From Cabo Santa Ines to Cabo San Pablo, 17 miles SE, the
9.7

coast is high and bold, and is fronted by cliffs 60 to 90m high.

Pub. 124
282 Sector 9. Tierra del Fuego—Cabo Espiritu Santo to Cabo de Hornos

Roca Champion, with a depth of 2.4m, and steep-to on its

9.7

seaward side, lies 1 mile offshore, 5.5 miles NW of Cabo San

Pablo.
Cabo San Pablo (54°17'S., 66°44'W.) is an isolated hill that
protrudes from the line of the coast. Its rounded form makes it
conspicuous. A light is shown from the summit of the hill. On
the E coast of the cape is a sunken wreck.
From Cabo San Pablo to Cabo San Diego, the E extremity of
9.7

Tierra del Fuego, 61 miles ESE, the coast is lower. The depths
off the coast are moderate, affording anchorage during W and
S gales.
Cabo Campo del Medio, 30m high, lies 11.5 miles SE of Ca-
9.7

bo San Pablo.
Meseta de Orozco, a distinctive table-topped hill, rises to a
9.7

height of 250m, 23 miles SE of Cabo Campo del Medio.

Tres Hermanos, three hills that from W to E are 380m,
9.7

510m, and 420m high, respectively. They are situated 19 miles 9.9 Cabo San Diego Light
E of Meseta de Orozco. The W hill of this group is similar to
Meseta de Orozco. They form an excellent landmark for ves- The W side of the strait extends from Cabo San Diego to Ca-
9.10

sels proceeding to Estrecho de le Maire. bo Buen Suceso, about 20 miles SSW.

Caution.—Unexploded ordinance, best seen on chart, lies
9.7
The depths through the central part of the channel are be-
9.10

0.6 mile E of Cabo Penas. tween 55 and 183m; however, a rock with a depth of 4.6m,
whose position is doubtful, lies 1.5 miles SE of Cabo San Di-
9.8 Cabo San Vicente (54°37'S., 65°15'W.), situated 5 ego Light.
miles WNW of Cabo San Diego, is a low, dark gray point, Tides—Currents.—On the axis of the strait the maximum
9.10

backed by wooded hills 60 to 90m high. flood current sets N and the ebb current sets S, at 3 knots, but
9.8Rocks and foul ground, marked by kelp, extend 0.5 mile may attain 3.5 knots at springs.
from the cape. Tidal currents in the strait are regular, but occasionally set in
9.10

9.8Bahia Thetis is located on the E side of Cabo San Vicente, a direction other than expected, especially on the ebb. This
and might be useful as a temporary anchorage for vessels would seem to be caused by continuous E and SE winds.
bound through Estrecho de le Maire; it is a safe refuge during It is recommended that vessels entering the strait from N
9.10

strong winds from between S and W. should wait until 1 hour after HW to avoid the heavy race and
9.8The tidal currents, with rates of 1 to 3 knots, set strongly foul tidal current.
across the entrance. When the wind opposes or crosses the tidal In addition to the heavy tide rips off Cabo San Diego, heavy
9.10

current, a great sea rolls into the bay. tide rips are found off the W coast of Isla de los Estados.
9.8Two beacons in line 252.5° lead to an anchorage in Bahia In the approaches to Estrecho de le Maire from the N, Isla de
9.10

Thetis. Temporary anchorage may be obtained, with good los Estados will be difficult to see in reduced visibility and de-
holding ground, on the range line, 0.75 mile from the front termining position by soundings may provide no aid. Under
range, in a depth of 11m, sand and mud. Bad holding ground such conditions radar returns from the peaks of Cabo San An-
composed of stone is to be found off the range line. tonio and Cabo Galeano (54°47.'S., 64°41.5'W.) are easily rec-
9.8Two shoals, with a depth of 4.9 and 4.3m, lie 183m S of the ognized on the screen. Visual recognition of Cabo San Diego is
range line, 1.25 miles and 0.9 mile, respectively, E of the front also difficult during poor visibility, because of the low coastal
range beacon. stretch, and that also may easily cause a misleading identity for
Cabo San Vincente. In 1989, it was reported that Cabo San Di-
9.9 Cabo San Diego (54°39'S., 65°07'W.) ends in a small ego Light was not visible until it bore W at a distance of 10
sandy promontory, which rises to a height of 132m, nearly 2 miles.
miles W. A reef extends about 0.2 mile E of the cape. A light Caleta San Mauricio (54°45'S., 65°13'W.) is situated 6
9.10

shown from a prominent white square concrete framework miles SSW of Cabo San Diego.
structure 13m high, is situated on the cape. Anchorage may be obtained with the center of the beach
9.10

9.9Meseta de Orozco and Tres Hermanos are easily seen terrain bearing 270°, 0.75 mile distant, in 20m, where there is shelter
reliefs when navigating in sight of the coast. from SW winds, or vessels can anchor farther out, in 27m. The
9.9Caution.—A heavy and dangerous tidal race, with irregular first anchorage leaves little room to maneuver, and the outer
depths in the middle, extends 5 or 6 miles off Cabo San Diego. anchorage is uncomfortable.
At times this race reaches a rate of 8 to 10 knots near the coast.
Vessels are warned to give the cape a berth of at least 6 miles. 9.11 Bahia Buen Suceso (54°48'S., 65°13'W.) is a small
bay entered about 3 miles SSW of Caleta San Mauricio.
Estrecho de le Maire The entrance is easy to recognize by the deep canyon,
9.11

formed in the coast, and by the surrounding mountains which

9.10 Estrecho de le Maire, which is 16 miles wide, sepa- rise to an elevation of 360m, and are the highest in the area.
rates Isla de los Estados from the E side of Tierra del Fuego. Unless covered with snow, the mountains appear bare and

Pub. 124
 Sector 9. Tierra del Fuego—Cabo Espiritu Santo to Cabo de Hornos 283

black. Monte Spegazzini, 741m high, is situated 2 miles SE of the

Good anchorage may be taken, in 15m, fine sand, 0.85 mile
9.11 head of the bay.
from the head of the bay. Vessels should not anchor farther in Islote Tripode lies in the S corner of the bay; a beacon 12m
9.13

as a heavy swell with dangerous rollers run in during SE gales. high is situated on the island. Two rocky patches with least
Squalls are frequent during strong winds and are violent
9.11 depths of 9.4 and 10.1m, marked by kelp, lie midway between
during W gales. Cabo San Antonio and Cabo Beaulieu.
A light structure that is difficult to see by day is situated on
9.11 A large patch of kelp extends about 1 mile N from Punta
9.13

the S entrance point of Bahia Buen Suceso. Another light is Rollheiser, at the head of the bay, about 1.5 miles NE of Islote
shown from the center of the shore at the head of the bay. Tripode. There are general depths of 18 to 46m in the bay.
Ensenada Patagones lies midway between Bahia Buen Suce-
9.11 Anchorage may be taken, in 44m, fine sand, with the beacon
9.13

so and Cabo Buen Suceso. It affords a good anchorage during on Islote Tripode bearing 158°, 0.7 mile distant.
offshore winds, in 26m, with Islote Veleros bearing 199°, and Bahia Crossley is entered between Cabo Galeano (54°47'S.,
9.13

the center of the small sandy beach at the head of the bay bear- 64°42'W.), 144m high, located 1.75 miles W of Cabo Beaulieu,
ing 282°. and Cabo Le Maire, 0.8 mile SW.
Cabo Buen Suceso (54°56'S., 65°24'W.) is high and steep.
9.11 A light, which is difficult to see, is shown from an iron struc-
9.13

Rocks, which dry, lie close off the cape. Islote Veleros, a rocky ture 3m high, situated on an islet about 0.1 mile N of Cabo Le
islet which resembles a boat under sail, is situated about 0.5 Maire.
mile offshore, 2 miles NE of the cape. Anchorage in Bahia Crossley can be obtained by small ves-
9.13

sels with local knowledge, about 0.2 and 0.4 mile SE of the
Isla de los Estados light. Entry into the bay is not difficult, but under certain condi-
tions of sea, wind, and tide, small but fierce tide rips form in
9.12 Isla de los Estados (54°50'S., 64°15'W.), off the SE the entrance.
extremity of Tierra del Fuego, is 34 miles long in an E to W di-
rection and about 9 miles wide; the island is deeply indented by 9.14 Punta Cuchillo (54°50'S., 64°46'W.), the W extremi-
bays. It is mountainous, and its peaked summits, rising to a ty of Isla de los Estados, lies 3 miles SSW from Cabo Le
height of 823m, are covered with snow throughout most of the Maire.
year. The harbors are a continuation of the valleys, and are sur- Islote Los Tres Garcia (54°50'S., 64°47'W.), with above-
9.14

rounded by high land, with the water in them deepening toward water rocks close SW and SE of it, lies 0.8 mile W of Punta
the center. Cuchillo.
The coast of the island consists of rocky cliffs, varying in
9.12 Bahia Franklin lies between Cabo Sur and Cabo San Bar-
9.14

height from 61 to 152m. tolome (54°55'S., 64°42'W.), 60m high, the SW extremity of
The best harbors are on the N side of the island. All the an-
9.12 the island, 4 miles SSE. Cabo Setabense is a hilly peninsula
chorages, though well protected, are difficult to enter due to the which separates Bahias Crossley and Franklin.
force of the tidal currents setting across the mouths of the in- A rock, whose position is doubtful, lies 4 miles SSW from
9.14

lets, the great depth of water, and the inconstant wind, which Cabo San Bartolome, and dangerous rocks are charted 1 and
finds its way down the ravines of the mountains from various 1.5 miles SSE from the same cape.
directions. From Cabo San Bartolome, the coast trends ENE 33 miles to
The W coast of the island from Cabo San Antonio Cabo San Juan, the NE extremity of the island. It is indented by
(54°43'S., 64°33'W.) to Cabo San Bartolome, 12.5 miles SW, numerous bays and inlets. Tide rips are found S of Cabo San
forms the E shore of Estrecho de le Maire. It is high, rugged, Bartolome and E of Cabo San Juan.
and deeply indented by the Bahia Flinders, Bahia Crossley, and Islotes 350 Pies (54°55'S., 64°37'W.) lie 3 miles E of Cabo
9.14

Bahia Franklin. These bays are open to the prevailing winds, San Bartolome, from 0.5 to 1 mile offshore. The islets and
afford little protection from the sea, and are not recommended. rocks are steep-to. The largest is 107m high.
The N tidal current has rates of 5 to 7 knots. Heavy tide rips
9.12 A rock, awash and marked by breakers, lies about 0.5 mile S
9.14

occur off Cabo San Antonio and off the W coast of the island of the islets. A 16m patch lies 2.5 miles E of the islets.
to Cabo San Bartolome.
Caution.—The area of Isla de los Estados has been declared
9.12 9.15 Bahia Capitan Canepa (Bahia Canepa) (54°52'S.,
a National Preserve for all kinds of wildlife by the Government 64°30'W.) is entered 4 miles NE of Islotes 350 Pies, and Cabo
of the Province of Tierra del Fuego, Antarctic, and the Islands Kempe (54°52'S., 64°22'W.) is situated 2 miles farther NE.
of the South Atlantic. This decree restricts access to the area, There are a number of small islets lying close offshore along
9.15

except for scientific research. Vessels or individuals specifical- this coast.

ly engaged in scientific research must first obtain authorization A local magnetic anomaly is reported to exist in the bay.
9.15

from the Secretary of Development and Planning for the prov- Punta Menzies is situated 4 miles NE from Cabo Kempe.
9.15

ince. Bahia York is entered between Punta Menzies and Cabo Web-
ster, 5 miles ESE. Islas Menzies, a group of islets, lie 1 mile SE
9.13 Bahia Flinders (54°45'S., 64°35'W.) is entered be- of Punta Menzies. There are two above-water rocks 0.7 mile S
tween Cabo San Antonio, 150m high, and Cabo Beaulieu, 4.5 of this point.
miles SW; it recedes about 3 miles. The bay is fronted by cliffs, A rocky shoal, with a depth of 4.6m, lies 0.25 mile E of Islas
9.15

except in the SE corner, and the ground rises sharply behind Menzies.
the cliffs. In the middle of Bahia York, 2.75 miles NW of Cabo Web-
9.15

Pub. 124
284 Sector 9. Tierra del Fuego—Cabo Espiritu Santo to Cabo de Hornos

ster, there are some above-water rocks. Near the E shore of the Lasserre affords anchorage, in 18m. A more sheltered berth is
bay stands a rock 61m high. 2 miles within the entrance, in 30m; a rock, covering 11m, is
Puerto Celular, a cove in the NW corner of Bahia York, af-
9.15 located about 0.1 mile W of this anchorage.
fords anchorage for vessels up to 800 gt, in 29m, sand. Vessels entering this inlet should steer a mid-channel course
9.17

There are no dangers in the fairway, and it is sheltered from

9.15 to the anchorage.
S and SW winds, but a heavy swell enters with SE winds. Tidal currents run strongly across the entrance to the inlet
9.17

Between Cabo Webster and Cabo Kendall (54°50'S.,

9.15 but within the line joining Cabo San Juan and Cabo Furneaux
64°07'W.), 4 miles ENE, there are three small bays, open to the they are weaker.
S.
Islas Dampier, from 150 to 245m high, lie 2 miles SE and E
9.15 9.18 Puerto Cook (54°45'S., 64°02'W.) is situated 5 miles
of Cabo Webster. The coasts of the islets are sheer and free W of Cabo Furneaux. Caleta Cinco de Eneri and Caleta San
from dangers. Luis indent this coast. Puerto Cook is entered between Punta
Pickersgill and Punta Bayly, 1.5 miles WSW.
9.16 Puerto Vancouver (54°48'S., 64°04'W.) is entered Islote Pleamar, light-colored, has no vegetation. It lies close
9.18

between Punta Rinoceronte, 2 miles NE of Cabo Kendall, and off the E shore of the inlet, 0.6 mile SSE of Punta Bayly. This
Punta Gilbert, 1.5 miles farther E. In the W arm of the bay a islet restricts the inlet to a width of about 0.1 mile.
vessel not longer than 60m may anchor in 24 to 27m, sand. Two rocks, awash and marked by kelp, lie 0.6 mile W and
9.18

A reef extends some distance from the S entrance point of

9.16 0.5 mile SW of Punta Pickersgill.
the W arm. To avoid this reef a vessel should not alter course Puerto Ano Nuevo is situated 2.5 miles W of Puerto Cook
9.18

for the anchorage until a prominent white ravine, on the S and Puerto Basil Hall is situated 2.75 miles farther W. Cabo
shore of the W arm, is visible. Cooper is the N extremity of a peninsula that separates these
Bahia Blossom (54°47'S., 63°59'W.), entered between Punta
9.16 two inlets.
Gilbert and Punta Ventana, 2.75 miles ESE, recedes about 3 Islas Ano Nuevo, consisting of five islands, lies from 2 to 4
9.18

miles. Puerto Back is situated 2.5 miles NE of Punta Ventana. miles offshore, NW to N of Cabo Cooper. They afford some
Punta Fallows (54°47'S., 63°51'W.), the SE extremity of Is-
9.16 protection from W winds. The S island of the group is joined to
la de los Estados, is situated 1.25 miles E of Puerto Back. The Isla de los Estados, 4 miles W of Cabo Cooper, by kelp and
point is easily distinguished by its round shape with a nipple on foul ground.
top. Puerto Cook is considered the best harbor in the island for a
9.18

vessel seeking anchorage. The recommended anchorage is at

9.17 Cabo San Juan (54°43'S., 63°48'W.), the NE extrem- the head of the inlet, in 22 to 27m, sand. There is a depth of
ity of the island, is situated 4.25 miles NNE of Punta Fallows. 8.5m about 0.2 mile SSW of Islote Pleamar.
The cape is high and steep.
Isla San Juan, 183m N of Cabo San Juan, is covered with
9.17 9.19 Isla Observatorio (54°40'S., 64°08'W.), about 61m
guano and visible at a distance of about 10 miles. high, is similar in appearance to the land near Cabo San Juan.
Caution.—Off Cabo San Juan, a heavy tide rip extends for a
9.17 A light, shown from a circular iron tower, 23m high, is situ-
9.19

distance of 5 or 6 miles or more to seaward. When the wind is ated on the island. A beacon is situated about 0.1 mile E of the
strong and opposed to the tidal current the overfalls are over- light structure.
whelming and dangerous; they have been reported to extend 18 Anchorage may be taken in the lee of the island, in a depth of
9.19

miles E of the island. Mariners must use every precaution to 14.6m, sand, with the light and beacon in range bearing 280.5°,
avoid this area. about 0.3 mile offshore. Because of the velocity of the tidal
The N coast from Cabo San Juan to Cabo San Antonio, 25 currents, the uncertainty of the eddies, it is advised not to use
miles W, is much indented, with few off-lying rocks or islands. this berth except in cases of necessity.
Puerto San Juan del Salvamento is approached between Ca-
9.17 Bahia Colnett lies between the foul ground which joins the
bo San Juan and Cabo Furneaux, 2 miles W. It may be easily SW Islas Ano Nuevo to Isla de los Estados, and Cabo Colnett
identified from a distance by Monte Richardson, 678m high, (54°43'S., 64°21'W.). This bay should be avoided.
situated at the head of the inlet. Bahia San Antonio is entered between Cabo Colnett and Ca-
9.19

When nearing the entrance, Barranca Paleta, a remarkable

9.17 bo San Antonio, 7 miles W. Puerto Parry and Puerto Hoppner
cliff like a painter's palette, is visible on the E shore, which is lie at the head of the bay on its E side.
high and steep. This cliff is formed by the slope of a small Anchorage may be obtained in the SW corner of Bahia San
9.19

mountain, 260m high. Antonio, in depths of 15 to 27m, over a bottom of sand and
The entrance to the inlet is E of Punta Lasserre (54°43'S.,
9.17 pebbles, sheltered from S and W winds, but N winds bring in a
63°51'W.), about 1 mile SE of Cabo Furneaux. heavy sea.
Here the inlet is 0.25 mile wide and deep in the fairway, but
9.17

near the head of the inlet depths decrease gradually to the Tierra del Fuego—South Coast
beach.
The shores are bold and fringed with kelp giving an indica-
9.17 9.20 Cabo San Pio (55°03'S., 66°32'W.) is situated 39
tion of a shallow bank, mostly near the shore. There is a sub- miles WSW of Cabo Buen Suceso and is marked by a light
merged rock a short distance off Punta Lasserre. shown from a conical stone beacon, 7.9m high. The interven-
A vessel can anchor within the line joining Cabo Furneaux
9.17 ing coast is indented by three principal bays. There are moun-
and Cabo San Juan, in 36 to 55m. A small bay close S of Punta tain peaks close inland.

Pub. 124
 Sector 9. Tierra del Fuego—Cabo Espiritu Santo to Cabo de Hornos 285

There is good anchorage, in 11m, fine sand, 1.25 miles W of

9.21

Islote Elizalde; it is protected from all winds except those from

NE to SSE. The light structures in the vicinity and Islote Eliz-
alde are good anchorage marks.

9.22 Bahia Sloggett (55°00'S., 66°18'W.) is entered E of

Punta Jesse, 15 miles WSW of Punta Kinnaird. Punta Jesse is
low, cliffy, and bordered by foul ground. It should be given a
wide berth. The bay gives no shelter from winds between E and
S and only very temporary anchorage with winds from other
directions.
Islote San Martin de Tours is situated in the middle of Bahia
9.22

Sloggett, 2.5 miles NE of Punta Jesse. A submerged rock,

marked by breakers and kelp, lies 1.75 miles SSE of the islet.
Monte Tres Picos, the most prominent summit in the area,
9.22

rises to three flat peaks 6 miles NE of Punta Jesse.

From Punta Jesse, the coast trends 2 miles WSW to Punta
9.22

Falsa, and then 2.5 miles W to Cabo San Pio.

9.19 Cabo San Pio Light Anchorage, in 20m, sand and pebbles, can be taken about 0.4
9.22

mile S of the light structure. A sea is raised by SW winds.

Caution.—A rock, awash, lies about 0.2 mile SE of Cabo
9.22

The 200m curve lies about 4 to 5 miles offshore to Punta

9.20
San Pio Light, and a breaker has been reported about 183m SE
Kinnaird, 20 miles W of Cabo Buen Suceso, then falls off of the rock. Islote Blanco is situated 0.75 mile SW of Cabo San
quickly to the S. Pio. Uncharted shoals have been discovered between the islet
Bajo Loyola, with a least depth of 36.6m, lies 7.5 miles SSE
9.20
and the cape.
of Cabo Buen Suceso, but its position is approximate only; it
rises abruptly from depths of over 183m. Isla Nueva and Isla Lennox
9.21 Between Cabo Buen Suceso and Cabo Hall 9.23 Isla Nueva (55°14'S., 66°33'W.) lies 7 miles S of Ca-
(54°58'S., 65°43'W.), 11 miles W, the coast is high and cliffy. It bo San Pio. It extends 7 miles S, and is 8 miles long from E to
is fringed with rocks, some of which dry. Cabo Hall is fringed W. It is hilly and wooded; the summits are more apparent from
with a reef. the E than any other direction.
Up to a distance of 1 mile or more, E of Cabo Buen Suceso,
9.21
Cerro Orejas de Burro, 310m high, is situated in the NE ex-
9.23

the bottom is irregular with depths of less than 18.3m, and tremity of the island. It is the only well-defined summit and re-
there are probably underwater rocks in this area. sembles the ears of a burro.
It is therefore imprudent to close the cape to less than 2
9.21
Punta Waller (55°10'S., 66°34'W.) is the N extremity of the
9.23

miles, and should it be necessary to approach more closely, this island. Caleta Carlos, Caleta Pescado, and Caleta Orejas de
should be done from the S, but never to within 1 mile. A cur- Burro are small inlets that lie 0.75, 1.25, and 4 miles, respec-
rent runs E at a rate of 3 knots. tively, E of Punta Waller.
Monte Campana, 800m high, is situated 4.75 miles NE of
9.21
Caleta Orejas de Burro can be identified by two islets which
9.23

Cabo Hall. It resembles a large bell and is prominent. This lie 183m off the entrance points. There is a prominent waterfall
mountain is often the last remarkable object visible before in the center of the beach on the SE side of the cove.
weather thickens preceding a storm. The E coast of Isla Nueva between Caleta Orejas de Burro
9.23

Bahia Aguirre is entered between Cabo Hall and Punta Kin-

9.21
and Cabo Graham, 5.5 miles SSW and marked by a light, af-
naird, 9 miles W, a small peninsula forming the SE extremity fords no shelter.
of Cabo San Gonzalo. Foul ground extends E from Punta Oriental, the E point of
9.23

Rocks, which dry, lie up to 0.6 mile S of Punta Kinnaird, and

9.21
the island. It should be given a wide berth.
there is a below-water rock 0.3 mile ENE of the point. Anchorage may be obtained in the middle of the cove, in
9.23

Bahia Valentin, on the W side of Cabo Buen Suceso, affords

9.21
15m, sand, about 0.3 mile offshore.
anchorage, in 20m, sand, in its NE corner, for vessels with lo- Punta Fifty (Punta Cincuenta) (55°17'S., 66°38'W.), the SW
9.23

cal knowledge. extremity of the island, lies 4.5 miles W of Cabo Graham. A
Puerto Espanol (54°55'S., 65°57'W.), the NW arm of Bahia
9.21
reef, which seldom breaks, extends some distance W of the
Aguirre, is entered between Punta Pique, 2 miles N of Punta point.
Kinnaird, and Punta de la Pena, 2 miles NE of Punta Pique. Punta Chihuau is situated 1 mile NNW of Punta Fifty. Isla
9.23

Islote Elizalde, high, rugged, and dark colored, lies 0.5 mile
9.21
Augusto (Isla Augustus) lies about 0.9 mile W of Punta Chihu-
SW of Punta de la Pena. Shoal ground extends 0.5 mile S, SE, au.
and SW from the point enclosing the islet. Anchorage may be obtained outside the kelp, in a depth of
9.23

Breakers, extending up to 0.5 mile from the coast, have been

9.21
12m, with Punta Chihuau bearing 182°, distant 0.3 mile.
observed between Punta de la Pena and Punta Colmillo 3 miles A shoal with 8.5m, marked by kelp, lies 2.25 miles NNW of
9.23

E, and were reported 1 mile W of Islote Elizalde. Punta Fifty. A bank of kelp, 3 miles in extent, was reported to

Pub. 124
286 Sector 9. Tierra del Fuego—Cabo Espiritu Santo to Cabo de Hornos

lie NW of Isla Augustus. lies 3.5 miles SE of Punta Dillon, 0.5 mile offshore.
Punta Jorge (55°12'S., 66°39'W.), the NW extremity of Isla
9.23 Rocas Hazeltine, which have depths of 4.8 to 8m, lie 4 miles
9.26

Nueva, lies 5 miles N of Punta Fifty. Kelp extends NW from ENE of Punta Dillon.
this point to Cabo Maria, the SE extremity of Isla Picton, 7.5
miles distant. A 6.4m shoal lies 4.25 miles NW of Punta Jorge. 9.27 Isla Daedalos (55°29'S., 67°37'W.) is the E islet of a
group of islets extending 2 miles NE of Punta Dillon. Roca
9.24 Isla Lennox (55°17'S., 66°57'W.), about 6 miles W of Daedalos, with a depth of 0.9m, steep-to, and marked by kelp,
Isla Nueva, is almost round in shape, and 7.5 miles across. It is lies 0.4 mile NE of Isla Daedalos.
separated from Isla Nueva by Paso Richmond and from the SE Rada Norte, off the NE side of Isla Grevy, close SE of Punta
9.27

end of Isla Navarino, 3.5 miles W, by Paso Goree. It is fronted Dillon, is a temporary anchorage, easy of access, with depths
on the N by Bahia Oglander (Paso Oglander). This island, and of 14 to 18m. It is sheltered from NW, but care is required to
others in the vicinity, can be approached with safety by taking avoid Rocas Hazeltine.
soundings and keeping a lookout for kelp. Kelp extends up to 1 Anchorage.—There is an anchorage at the head of Bahia
9.27

mile off the S coast of Isla Lennox. Gretton, close W of the Islas Otter, in a depth of 25m. A depth
From Punta Raquel (55°13'S., 66°52'W.), the NE extremity
9.24 of 5m is charted 0.5 mile W of the anchorage.
of Isla Lennox, the coast trends S for about 8 miles to Cabo Cabo Coquille is the SW extremity of Isla Grevy. Bahia
9.27

Carolina. Beaufort lies between Cabo Coquille and Isla Bayly. It has not
Isla Raquel lies 0.8 mile SE of Punta Raquel. Rocks marked
9.24 been examined. A depth of 12.5m, the charted position being
by kelp exist in an area 0.5 mile E of the islet, which should be approximate, lies 5.25 miles S of Cabo Coquille.
given a wide berth. Canal Washington separates the W extremity of Isla Wol-
9.27

Isla Luff (Isla Gratil) lies 0.75 mile offshore, 5 miles SSE of
9.24 laston from Isla Bayly, and connects Bahia Gretton with Canal
Punta Raquel. The island is 123m high, and 1 mile long. Franklin. The canal is narrow and not very deep.
Punta Maria (Punta Mary), the SW extremity of Isla Lennox,
9.24

lies 5 miles WNW of Cabo Carolina, and Punta Medio, the W 9.28 Caleta Alsina (Bahia Alsina) (55°38'S., 67°20'W.),
extremity of the island, lies 3.75 miles N of Punta Maria. situated on the NE coast of Isla Wollaston, 4 miles SSE of Ca-
Isla Medio lies about 1.7 miles WSW of Punta Medio.
9.24 bo Ross, has general depths of 16 to 18m.
Anchorage may be taken off Caleta Lennox, near the center
9.24 Anchorage may be obtained, in 20m, sand, where there are
9.28

of the E coast of Isla Lennox, in a depth of 15m, and off Caleta no known dangers; however, there is a line of kelp at the en-
Cutter, 2 miles SW of Isla Gratil, in a depth of 18m, sand. trance to the bay.
Caution.—A 9.6m patch lies about midway between Punta
9.24 Isla Freycinet, the SE island of the Islas Wollaston, attains an
9.28

Medio and Isla Medio. A depth of 11.8m lies 1.5 miles S of elevation of 335m and is separated from the SE extremity of Is-
Punta Maria. la Wollaston by Canal Bravo.
Canal Bravo is narrow; near its center there is a rock awash.
9.28

9.25 Isla Terhalten (55°27'S., 67°03'W.) is a small, high In its SW entrance is a small conical islet which can be passed
island about 6 miles S of Isla Lennox; Isla Sesambre, also high, to the W.
lies 1 mile farther SE. Cabo Scourfield (55°47'S., 67°10'W.) is the E extremity of
9.28

A reef marked by kelp lies 0.5 mile SE of Isla Sesambre;

9.25 Isla Freycinet. Puerto Colon lies in Bahia Arquistade, 1.5 miles
there is another rock situated 0.5 mile farther S. WSW of Cabo Scourfield. The harbor is spacious and well-
Islas Evout (55°34'S., 66°47'W.) lie from 10 to 11 miles SE
9.25 sheltered from the prevailing winds.
of Isla Sesambre, in the middle of the E entrance to Bahia Nas- Anchorage.—There is good anchorage in the middle, in 30
9.28

sau. to 45m, sand and shells.

Canal Franklin, which has only been cursorily surveyed, is
9.28

Islas Wollaston the inner portion of the channel between Islas Wollaston and
Islas Hermite to the S; its least width is 0.5 mile. It is entered
9.26 The principal islands of this group are, from N to S, from the E through Bahia Arquistade, which separates Isla
Isla Grevy, Isla Bayly, Isla Wollaston, and Isla Freycinet. Freycinet from Isla Deceit, 2.5 miles to the SE.
The group lies with Cabo Ross (55°34'S., 67°21'W.), the N
9.26 The W entrance to the canal is through Seno Franklin, which
9.28

extremity of Isla Wollaston, 17.5 miles SW of Isla Lennox. is entered between Cabo Coquille and Cabo West, the W ex-
The islands are all mountainous. Monte Hyde, 674m high, is
9.26 tremity of Isla Hermite, 13 miles SSW.
situated in the SW part of Isla Wollaston. Canal Franklin is apparently free of known dangers, but
9.28

The channels between these islands are narrow and mostly

9.26 there is a small islet charted 1.75 miles WSW of the W extrem-
deep. All the known rocks in them are above-water, or thickly ity of Isla Freycinet, and a shoal with a depth of 10.7m is chart-
covered with kelp. There are deep passages N and W of this ed 1.5 miles farther WNW.
group. A rock, awash, is charted 0.5 mile offshore, off the SW ex-
9.28

Bahia Gretton is entered between Punta Dillon (55°30'S., tremity of Isla Wollaston.
67°39'W.), the N extremity of Isla Grevy, and Cabo Ross, 11
miles ESE. It affords anchorage in convenient depths, but is ex- Islas Hermite
posed to N winds. A drying bank lies 1 mile WNW of Cabo de
Ross. 9.29 Islas Hermite consist of four principal islands and
Banco Banner, with a least depth of 3.3m, marked by kelp,
9.26 several smaller ones. The principal islands are Isla Deceit, Isla

Pub. 124
 Sector 9. Tierra del Fuego—Cabo Espiritu Santo to Cabo de Hornos 287

9.28 Courtesy of Liam Quinn

9.28 Cabo de Hornos (Cape Horn)

Herschel, Isla Hermite, and Isla Hornos, which lies 2 miles S extremity of Isla Hornos. It is 425m high and presents a re-
of Isla Herschel. markable appearance when seen close-to, showing high black
The shores of the islands are bold and steep-to; the moun-
9.29 cliffs to the S, but is not so striking when seen from a distance.
tains are pointed, with steep ascents, and are thickly overgrown A light is shown from a tower, 4m high, situated on Cabo de
with shrubs and evergreen trees to about 91m of their summits. Hornos.
Isla Hermite, the largest and farthest W, is 516m high, and
9.29 Barranco Cloven is the SW extremity of the island, 2 miles
9.30

rugged in the E part, but slopes toward Cabo West, which is NW of the cape; it ends in two summits resembling towers
low. rather than horns.
Isla Deceit is 441m high. Cabo Austin is the N extremity of
9.29 There are two rocks, above-water, 0.2 mile off Barranco Clo-
9.30

the island; Cabo Deceit, 6 miles S, is the S extremity of the is- ven, and another rock about 0.8 mile SW of the same point.
land. Rocas Deceit, a group of islets and rocks, lies close off There are also small rocks, above-water, off the SE extremity
Cabo Deceit. A detached group of pinnacle rocks, 9 to 12m of Isla Hornos.
high, lies 2 miles further SE. Anchorage can be taken, in 20m, sand, 0.3 mile from the NE
9.30

Caleta Wilfredo, on the E side of the island 2.5 miles NNW

9.29 side of Isla Hornos, 1.5 miles NW of the E extremity of the is-
of Cabo Deceit, affords anchorage to small vessels, in 34m, land.
sand and mud. Boarding places for Chilean pilots are established about 1.5
9.30

Larger vessels can anchor outside the cove taking care to

9.29 miles NE and 1.5 miles S of Isla Hornos.
avoid the numerous patches of kelp close offshore. A Chilean naval observation station established on the E spur
9.30

Paso Mar del Sur separates Isla Deceit from Isla Herschel, 1
9.29 of Isla Hornos; passing vessels are requested to pass details of
mile W. It is encumbered by a group of barren islets marked nationality, port of destination, speed, etc., on VHF channel 16.
with a lighted beacon. The station, comprising two aluminum-roofed huts and a radio
Isla Barnevelt (55°50'S., 66°48'W.) lies 8.5 miles E of Isla
9.29 mast, is conspicuous.
Deceit. It is nearly 1 mile long and rises to a height of 57m. Roca Bascunan and Roca Robinson, marked by breakers, lie
9.30

Detached islets lie 0.5 mile N and 2.5 miles W of the main
9.29 1.5 miles W and 2 miles WNW of Cabo de Hornos respective-
island. There are numerous rocks around the islet. ly.

9.30 Isla Hornos (55°57'S., 67°17'W.), about 3.5 miles 9.31 Isla Hermite (55°51'S., 67°40'W.), the largest island
long N to S, lies 2 miles S of Isla Herschel. of the group, lies with Cabo Spencer, its S extremity, 12.5
Cabo de Hornos (Cape Horn) (55°59'S., 67°16'W.) is the S
9.30 miles NW of Cabo de Hornos. Isla Hermite is 12 miles long in

Pub. 124
288 Sector 9. Tierra del Fuego—Cabo Espiritu Santo to Cabo de Hornos

an E-W direction. middle of the harbor, with the E extremity of Isla Maxwell
Bahia San Francisco is entered between Cabo de Hornos and
9.31 bearing 348°, distant about 0.3 mile.
Cabo Spencer. Isla Hall lies nearly in its center. The bay should The best entrance to the anchorage is through Paso Norte,
9.31

not be entered without local knowledge. between Islas Maxwell and Saddle. Local knowledge is re-
Caleta San Martin is entered between two points about 2.5
9.31 quired.
miles N of Cabo Seal, the SE extremity of Isla Hermite; Isla
Chanticleer lies 1.5 miles E of the S entrance point. 9.32 Isla Maxwell (55°49'S., 67°31'W.), on the W side of
In the direction of Isla Chanticleer there are no known sub-
9.31 Paso Norte, is crowned by an isolated rock 160m high. Isla
merged dangers except for some rocks, awash, which extend Saddle, 0.6 mile E of Isla Maxwell, is 59m high.
0.2 mile SE from the islet; otherwise the cove is of easy access. A rock with a depth of 0.9m lies 0.35 mile E of the NE ex-
9.32

Vessels can anchor, in 29m, sand, in the middle of the cove,

9.31 tremity of Isla Maxwell. A rock, awash, lies 0.6 mile ENE of
0.3 mile from its head. This anchorage is safe with good hold- this rock, with another rock, with a depth of 0.9m, lying about
ing ground, although the squalls during W winds blow from all 0.3 mile further NE.
directions and are severe. The shores are steep and fringed by Another rock, with a depth of 5.8m, lies near the middle of
9.32

kelp. Paso Norte, 0.3 mile E of the E extremity of Isla Maxwell. Oth-
Isla Jerdan (55°50'S., 67°28'W.), close off the NE end of Is- er dangers are noted in the pass.
la Hermite, is separated from Isla Herschel, to the E, by a pas- Caleta Martial (55°50'S., 67°17'W.) is situated on the NE
9.32

sage 1.75 miles wide. side of Isla Herschel, 6.75 miles W of Cabo Austin, the N ex-
A rock, awash and marked by breakers, lies in the middle of
9.31 tremity of Isla Deceit.
this passage. Rocks, marked by kelp, extend 0.4 mile W from Anchorage.—There is good anchorage in the middle of the
9.32

the NW extremity of Isla Herschel. cove, in 11m, sand and mud, with good holding ground, shel-
Puerto Maxwell (55°49'S., 67°30'W.), a good harbor with a
9.31 tered from all directions except from E. The N and S shores are
secure anchorage free from squalls, lies 12 miles E of Cabo fringed with masses of kelp.
West. It is formed by the NE end of Isla Hermite and Isla Jer- For islands and passages W, see Pub. 125, Sailing Directions
9.32

dan, Isla Saddle, and Isla Maxwell. (Enroute) West Coast of South America.
Anchorage.—The best anchorage is in 29m, sand, in the
9.31

Pub. 124
 10.
Sector 10—The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands
Pub. 124

10.0 Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 10 — CHART INFORMATION

289
 291

SECTOR 10
THE FALKLAND ISLANDS, SOUTH GEORGIA, AND THE SOUTH SANDWICH ISLANDS

Plan.—This sector describes the Falkland Islands, as well as

10.0 W side of the Falkland Islands and continues toward the Rio de
South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands. The narrative la Plata. This current may be regarded as occupying the E half
begins with East Falkland Island, followed by descriptions of of the passage between the Falkland Islands and the coast of
the Falkland Sound and the West Falkland Island, and finally Argentina. Farther W, it weakens and becomes more variable;
South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands. between 20 and 50 miles from the coast, where the movements
are in part tidal. It has been reported that S sets are stronger and
General Remarks run longer than those setting to N.
Strong winds may cause appreciable currents in this area. A
10.1

10.1 Winds—Weather.—In the vicinity of the Falkland strong NW set in January has been reported between Estrecho
Islands, strong winds between NW and SW predominate and de le Maire and the Falkland Islands.
gales are reported to be less frequent than on the Pacific Coast The average strengths of the currents in this whole area are
10.1

of South America. Squalls are common and occasionally vio- moderate rather than strong, but due to the unsettled and
lent. stormy character of the region, strong currents may be expect-
In the vicinity of South Georgia, any anchorage close to high
10.1 ed well in excess of the average values quoted.
ground is subject to very violent katabatic winds or williwaws The average rate of the current over most of the area is less
10.1

when a strong wind is blowing from shore. Small vessels can than 0.5 knots; it is highest in the Cape Horn Current and in the
often find areas of comparative calm close under the steep S to SE current within 60 miles of the W and S coast of Chile,
coast. Main valleys frequently accelerate winds blowing along S of 51°S.
them into fierce squalls. The tidal currents, in different parts of the Falkland Islands,
10.1

Vessels visiting South Georgia should be prepared for strong

10.1 differ much with regard to strength and direction. The flood
winds from any direction at the various harbors, as these winds comes from SE and splits off Lively Island; one part runs N,
may be purely local and depend entirely on the land forma- with the other part running SW past the Sea Islands, at a rate of
tions. 1 to 2 knots near the coast.
Vessels S of 40°S should keep a good lookout for icebergs
10.1 Along the S, W, and N coast, it increases in strength towards
10.1

and loose ice. the Jason Islands, off the NW coast, where it runs at a rate of 6
Most of the ice encountered on the open sea comes from the
10.1 knots and causes heavy and dangerous races.
ice shelves surrounding the Antarctic continent and, after ini- The flood enters Falkland Sound at both ends, meeting near
10.1

tially drifting N and W, later become involved in the S Ocean Swan Island, and causing a double HW.
Current. On the Atlantic Ocean side of the continent, the gener- During and after lengthy SE gales, with a heavy sea which
10.1

al NE drift through Drake Passage becomes N towards the rolls in on the S and SE coasts of the Falkland Islands, a strong
Falkland Islands and the Rio de la Plata, and takes with it occa- NW set has been experienced. This set has been attributed to
sional icebergs. the loss of several vessels in the vicinity of Bull Point.
Wherever there is a risk of icebergs, vessels should proceed
10.1 Aspect.—The Falkland Islands, which are a Crown Colony
with caution, keeping a good lookout both for bergs and for the of Great Britain, comprise the only notable group in the South
smaller pieces of ice which may sometimes serve as a warning Atlantic. The Falkland Islands form a group of over 100 islands
of the proximity of larger icebergs. The number and size of ice- that lie nearly 300 miles E of the entrance to Estrecho de Ma-
bergs varies greatly from year to year so that the experience of gallanes.
one or two voyages should not be relied on for future occa- South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands were consid-
10.1

sions. ered to be Falkland Island dependencies and, as such, were

There is little evidence of icebergs of Antarctic origin being
10.1 subject to the authority thereof. Now known as the South Geor-
encountered in the channel and inlets of Patagonia; most of gia and South Sandwich Islands, they are a United Kingdom
them are free of ice throughout the year. Overseas Territory. The Governor of the Falkland Islands acts
There are, however, a number of glaciers which occupy the
10.1 as the Commissioner of the Territory. Many years ago, South
valleys at the heads of some of the more landlocked inlets. Georgia and Southern Thule were the only islands of South
Most of these do not reach the sea, but some provide a local Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands permanently inhabit-
source of icebergs which, from time to time affect certain chan- ed by small scientific staffs at King Edward Point and Fergu-
nels. son Bay.
South Georgia lies between the mean and extreme limits of
10.1 East Falkland Island and West Falkland Island are separated
10.1

the packs of ice throughout the year. by Falkland Sound, the width of which varies from about 2 to
Off the N coast, watch should be kept for growlers which are
10.1 12 miles. The entire group takes up an area of about 4,700
continually breaking off from the numerous glaciers during the square miles and is indented by sounds and bays which form
summer and drifting out to sea. They are frequently of a dark excellent harbors. Stanley is the principal port.
green color, and difficult to distinguish. South Georgia, barren and mountainous, lies about 700 miles
10.1

Tides—Currents.—The Falklands Current flows NE on the

10.1 ESE of the Falkland Islands and has an area of 1,450 square

Pub. 124
292 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

miles. The South Sandwich Islands are comprised of an archi- patch of water in the middle of a thick growth of kelp often in-
pelago of islands connected by a low submarine ledge. Za- dicates the position of least depths over the danger.
vodovski, the northernmost island of these, lies about 297 Dead kelp, which has broken away from the bottom, floats in
10.1

miles ESE of South Georgia. curled masses, with leaves showing above the surface. It some-
For the most part, the appearance of the Falkland Islands is times drifts in long lines. It is reported that kelp often gives a
not striking. There are ridges of rocky hills, more than 300m strong radar echo, particularly at LW.
high, which traverse extensive tracts of moor land. These tree- Steam vessels are warned that condensers will foul with
10.1

less areas are bound by a low, rocky coast. small marine life in the vicinity of the Falkland Islands. The
The hills on the N part of East Falkland Island rise to a con-
10.1 fouling can be reduced by limiting the use of deck lights at
siderable height while the S part is low and can barely be seen night.
at a distance of 5 miles. Wickham Heights, the main range of Regulations.—A Marine Protected Area has been estab-
hills, stretch E and W, and end in Mount Usborne, 684m high. lished within a radius of 200 miles around South Georgia and
West Falkland Island is slightly greater in elevation than East
10.1 the South Sandwich Islands. This area has been created in or-
Falkland Island. The highest peak, Mount Adam, rises to a der to protect and manage the flora and fauna native to the re-
height of 698m in the N part of the island. On the W face, and gion.
on some of the adjoining islets, are some steep cliffs exposed to The following restrictions are in effect within the Protected
10.1

the fury of the W seas. The rugged summits of the hills and Area:
mountains end in points and ridges. 1. Commercial bottom trawling is prohibited.
South Georgia is high and consists of very steep glacier-cov-
10.1 2. Other fishing activity is closely regulated and only
ered mountains; it presents the features of a deeply dissected permitted subject to licenses issued by the Government of
upland. Mount Paget, the summit of the Allardyce Range, rises South Georgia and South Sandwich Islands.
to 2,934m near the center of the island. 3. Disposal of plastic, fishing material and inorganic
In summer, the lower hills near the coast appear to be a light
10.1 waste is prohibited.
brown color, being free from snow and in most cases covered 4. Fishing is prohibited S of 60°S latitude.
with tussock and moss. There is but little flat land and the is- The following fishing activities are permitted within the Pro-
10.1

land, except for the tussock, is almost entirely barren, the SW tected Area, subject to licensing:
side, except for Fanning Ridge (paragraph 10.86) and the 1. Bottom fishing with longlines in depths in excess of
Nunez Peninsula (paragraph 10.87), being permanently ice- 700m.
covered. 2. Pelagic trawling for certain species of fish and krill.
The coasts, especially the N, are deeply indented, reducing
10.1 3. Research bottom trawling in certain areas.
the island in places at the W end to a few hundred meters in Additional information and regulations on the Marine Pro-
10.1

width. Large quantity of loose ice in the bay renders them in- tected Area including no-take zones and licensing procedures
convenient during a great part of the year for a vessel to lie in can be obtained from the Government of South Georgia and
on account of the calving of large parts of the ice cliffs, which South Sandwich Islands at the following location:
break off and float to sea.
The second largest glacier in the island is the Nordenskjold
10.1
Government of South Georgia Home Page
Glacier, in Cumberland East Bay; the largest is the Esmark
Glacier, in Holmestrand. The summer is the worst time as the http://www.sgisland.gs
heat of the sun causes large pieces to break off the glaciers. The
larger icebergs, however, originate from the Antarctic main- In addition to the above regulations, all vessels entering the
10.1

land, but they are of too great a draft to penetrate far into the Maritime Zone around South Georgia Island are directed to
bays. contact the Government Officer, based at King Edward Point in
Most of the South Sandwich Islands are of a volcanic nature,
10.1 Cumberland East Bay. The vessel’s name, call sign, vessel
with some being active. Snow and poor visibility are frequent, type, ETA at King Edward Point, and purpose of visit are all
making the islands difficult to approach. All of these islands included in this message. The King Edward Point Government
are uninhabited. Officer can be contacted, as follows:
Kelp grows on just about every danger with a rocky bottom;
10.1

no vessel should pass through it unless the spot has been care- South Georgia—Contact Information
fully examined and sounded. Many dangers, however, are not
marked by kelp. A heavy sea sometimes tears the weed from King Edward’s Point (KEP) Government Officer
the rock or a moderate tidal stream or current draws it under- VHF VHF Channels 10 and 16
water and out of sight.
44-1223-221-781 (VOIP)
Kelp can grow, in some places, from depth of 55m; in many
10.1
Telephone
parts of the coast thick beds of weed exist without having a 881-651-447-569 (Iridium)
depth of less than 10m near it. Growing kelp should invariably
Telex 581-492-348-018 (Inmarsat C)
be considered as a sign of danger. It forms long streamers, level
or just beneath the surface of the sea, and shows an occasional E-mail [email protected]
leaf. Web site www.gov.gs
Never pass through growing kelp if it can be avoided and
10.1

give it a wide berth if passing on the upstream side. A clear

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 293

Unless previously granted permission in writing, vessels

10.1 longitude can, in thick weather, get a good check on their lon-
must make their first port call in South Georgia at King Edward gitude utilizing the edge of a bank lying off the E coast of Ar-
Point. gentina. On this bank, the depths decrease from more than 183
Vessel Traffic Service.—The Voluntary Ship Reporting Sys-
10.1 to 110m, with a sandy bottom, over a distance of 10 miles.
tem (FIREP), administered by the Falkland islands Maritime When at latitude 49°30'S, the vessel will have reached the edge
Authority, covers much of the Falkland Islands and is bounded of the bank N of the islands.
by the following positions: On the outer part of this bank there are depths of 145 to
10.1

a. 51°24'S, 59°12'W. 155m, over fine dark sand. The edge of the bank, about 50
b. 51°00'S, 59°12'W. miles NE of Cape Carysfort (51°25'S., 57°50'W.), shows up
c. 50°45'S, 61°00'W. rather distinctly on a fathometer trace.
d. 50°45'S, 61°50'W.
e. 51°55'S, 61°50'W. 10.2 Burdwood Bank (55°00'S., 60°00'W.), which lies
f. 52°15'S, 61°20'W. about 90 miles S of the Falkland Islands, has a bottom which is
g. 52°15'S, 60°40'W. mostly coral and is steep-to on its N and S sides. This bank,
FIREP is voluntary and free of charge. Ship reports to FIREP
10.1 which is best seen on the chart, has depths from about 43 to
must be sent 24 hours prior to entering the reporting area, and 144m and is 200 miles long.
again when entering and exiting the area. The report must con- Off the Falkland Islands, penguins may be encountered 300
10.2

sist of a sailing plan, position report, deviation report, and final miles from land; therefore, they need not cause alarm. One sign
report. Reports must be submitted to the following email: well worth noting is the presence of the cormorant, which is
[email protected]. rarely seen more than 10 miles off the land.
The report(s) shall contain the following information:
10.1 Eddystone Rock, situated in the N entrance to the North
10.2

Falkland Sound, should be seen from N, with a clear horizon

Falkland Islands—Voluntary Ship Reporting System on a dark night before a vessel would run into danger, as it is
(FIREP) steep-to. However, if not sure of the longitude, vessels should
not, at night, proceed within depths than 100m.
ID Required Information The first appearance of the land is very unfavorable. This as-
10.2

Initial 24-Hour Report Requirements pect is due to the rugged hills, whose summits are stony and
very light colored, which gives the notion that the highland is
A Vessel name and call sign always covered with snow. However, snow is rarely present
B Date/time of position (UTC or LT) from October to May, though patches sometimes remain in the
hollows until November.
C Position
Vessels approaching from S at night or thick weather will
10.2

E Course find soundings to be of little help.

F Speed Beauchene Island (52°55'S., 59°12'W.) should be passed to
10.2

the E, then a course of 038° should be steered for about 60

G Last port of call miles, having due regard for currents. See paragraph 10.28 for
H ETA and position of entry into Reporting Area more details about Beauchene Island.
Vessels approaching South Georgia should keep in mind that
10.2

K ETD and position of exit from Reporting Area most of the approaches and offshore areas, particularly on the
L Passage plan and route SW side, are inadequately surveyed, and caution should be ex-
ercised.
O Maximum draft Caution.—Mine clearance work within the Falkland Islands
10.2

P Cargo coastal waters has been completed and hazards to shipping

have been marked; restrictions on vessels entering these waters
Q Defects
imposed during the past hostilities have, therefore, been lifted,
W Total number of pax. (including crew) with the exception of special arrangements for Argentine regis-
tered vessels wishing to enter a zone 150 nautical miles around
Z Additional remarks
the islands. However, the possibility remains of discovering
Follow-on Entry/Exit Report Requirements hazards to navigation in the future.
A Vessel name and call sign Mariners wishing to transit these waters or to enter Falkland
10.2

Island harbors are advised to contact the Queen's Harbormas-

B Date/time of position (UTC or LT) ter, Stanley, on VHF channel 16.
C Position
East Falkland Island
E Course
F Speed 10.3 Cape Dolphin (51°14'S., 58°58'W.) is the NW tip of
the island and is shaped like a rounded finger pointing to Eddy-
X Additional remarks, including route/plan deviations stone Rock. Cape Dolphin is the tip of a peninsula that rises to
a height of 55m. The peninsula ends at the cape in cliffs about
Directions.—Vessels approaching from N at about 60°W 21.3m high. Cerro Montevideo, which has a rounded summit

Pub. 124
294 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

that rises to a height of 291m, is located about 17 miles S by E Point. Salvador Settlement, with a jetty that dries, lies in a
of Cape Dolphin. This peak is visible over the promontory and small creek about 4 miles SW of Hut Point.
provides a good landmark for vessels approaching Falkland A radio mast is reported to stand in the settlement of Salva-
10.4

Sound from E or NE. dore, about 4.5 miles SW of Huty Point.

Eddystone Rock (51°12'S., 59°02'W.) is conspicuous and
10.3 Tides—Currents.—Currents off the entrance to Port Salva-
10.4

rises to a height of 44m. At a distance of about 8 miles this dor run at a rate of about 2 knots, with the ebb current being
rock looks like a vessel under sail and appears to have a small slightly stronger than the flood. There is a race which runs N
stone cairn on its peak. This islet is radar conspicuous and is on the ebb, 0.3 mile E of Big Shag Island.
apparently steep-to. In the channel W of Centre Island, the ebb attains a rate of
10.4

Caution.—Vessels should give Eddystone Rock a berth of at

10.3 5.5 knots at springs; the flood attains a rate of 4.5 knots. In the
least 0.5 miles as it has not been closely examined. channel E of the above island, the currents are somewhat less.
A shoal with a depth of 13.6m lies about 2 miles SE of Eddy-
10.3 The ebb current causes a violent race N of the island.
stone Rock. Shallower depths may exist nearby. For the most part, the tidal current changes approximately 1
10.4

A turbulent race, that lies between Cape Dolphin and Eddys-

10.3 hour after HW and LW, but this may be altered considerably by
tone Rock, is dangerous to small vessels. With N winds, a weather conditions. There is relatively little slack water. Strong
heavy sea prevails along the coast from Cape Carysfort to Cape eddies may be met along the edges of the channel.
Dolphin. Inside the inlet, the tidal currents are weak, except between
10.4

A shoal area marked by kelp lies about 0.7 mile WSW of

10.3 some of the islands, where they seldom exceed 1.5 to 2 knots.
Cape Dolphin. A rocky ledge, marked by kelp, projects about Anchorage.—Having cleared the entrance channel, good
10.4

0.2 mile NW of the above cape. The channel between the kelp and secure anchorage is found all over the harbor outside the
marking the shoal and the kelp marking the ledge has a least limits of the kelp. Nearly all the dangers are visible.
depth of 17.1m, and provides safe passage for small vessels A secure anchorage is situated about 0.6 mile SW of the jetty
10.4

with local knowledge. at Salvador Settlement, in about 7m, mud.

Directions.—The best time to enter Port Salvador is 0.5
10.4

10.4 Cape Bougainville (51°18'S., 58°28'W.) lies 19 miles hour after LW, with the last of the ebb current still running.
ESE of Cape Dolphin, and between these capes the coast re- The best time for departure is about 1 hour after LW, when
10.4

cedes, into which a indraft has been observed. the flood is just commencing. At these times the kelp on the
Lion Point lies about 4 miles W of Cape Bougainville. About
10.4 dangers will be visible.
4 miles off Lion Point there are depths of 73.2 to 82.3m, over Vessels from N should pass about 0.4 mile E of Big Shag Is-
10.4

fine greenish sand with small black specks, decreasing gradual- land (51°24'S., 58°19'W.). A course should then be shaped to
ly to 21.9m close inshore. Concordia Rock, 15m high, lies pass W of both Mid Rock and Centre Island and then E of Rat
about 1 mile WNW of Lion Point. Island.
Sea Lion Point (51°21'S., 58°19'W.) lies 5.75 miles SE of
10.4 The channel E of Centre Island is not recommended because
10.4

Cape Bougainville; kelp extends up to 0.7 mile NE from the of shallower depths; the dangers are not all marked by kelp.
point. An islet lies 0.2 mile E of Sea Lion Point.
Port Salvador Passage is entered about 9 miles E of Cape
10.4 10.5 Cape Frehel (51°23'S., 58°12'W.) lies about 3 miles
Bougainville between Shag Island and Hut Point (51°24'S., ENE of Hut Point. Armantine Rocks, comprised of two areas
58°17'W.). The depths in this channel range from 24.7 and which dry, lie about 1 mile N of Cape Frehel.
34.7m. The bottom here is sand and shell with bare patches or Due to the foul ground which projects SE from these rocks,
10.5

rock, providing poor holding ground. vessels should remain at least 1.5 miles offshore to clear these
This inlet is difficult to enter due to the narrow entrance and
10.4 dangers.
to the strong tidal currents which sweep the kelp underwater Macbride Head (51°22'S., 57°59'W.) is a cliffy point. Cape
10.5

and cause races in many sections. Carysfort, also cliffy, lies about 6 miles SE of Macbride Head,
There is a rocky shelf, with a depth of 14.9m, that projects
10.4 and can be passed safely at a distance of 1 mile. Cow Bay lies
about 1.1 miles NNW of Hut Point. A depth of 11.8m lies 0.7 close S of Cape Carysfort and may be recognized by its white
mile NNW of Hut Point. Mid Rock, which dries 0.6m, lies in sandy beach and bluff land around the cape.
the center of the entrance channel 1.5 miles SW of Hut Point. Foul ground projects 0.7 mile offshore from Cape Carysfort
10.5

Center Islet and Rat Islet lie, respectively, 2.25 and 3.75
10.4 almost to the head of the bay, and also 0.6 mile off the S en-
miles SSW of Hut Point. Both above islets are tussock-covered trance point of the bay.
and steep-sided above the HW mark. The surrounding land of Vessels may find anchorage, open to the E, in Cow Bay, in
10.5

the inlet is, for the most part, rough and grass-covered, with depths of 12.8 to 14.6m, sand.
some sandy beaches. Mostly all the coastline and reefs in this Volunteer Point (51°31'S., 57°44'W.) has an archipelago of
10.5

vicinity are kelp-fringed. rocky islets extending 1 mile ESE.

Within the inlet are four primary settlements. A wool shed,
10.4 Uranie Rock, awash, lies 1.5 miles E of the point. It is not
10.5

with a jetty with 3.7m alongside, lies on the N side of the en- marked by kelp; the sea seldom breaks on the rock during W
trance of Rincon del Moro Creek at Douglas Station, about 5 winds. The point is marked by a light.
miles NW of Big Point (51°28'S., 58°25'W.). Directions.—To pass about 2 miles to seaward of Uranie
10.5

A settlement with a boat jetty lies on the S side of Teal Inlet,

10.4 Rock, vessels should keep Cape Carysfort bearing less than
about 5 miles S of Big Point. A wool shed with a jetty is locat- 305° until Mount Low (51°38'S., 57°50'W.) bears 228°, or at
ed on the E side of Foam Creek about 6 miles SSW of Hut night, with Cape Pembroke Light bearing more than 198°.

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 295

Vessels can then begin to change course to bring Mount Low

10.5 are marked by kelp.
ahead. Port Louis Harbor (51°33'S., 58°08'W.), situated at the W
10.7

Mount Low is the easternmost hill on East Falkland Island;

10.5 end of Berkeley Sound, is entered S of Peat Island and Hog Is-
on a clear night the hill may be easily seen from N of Volunteer land, and N of Long Island.
Point. This hill’s summit rises to a height of 265m, and forms A rocky patch, nearly in mid-channel, and a rocky islet 0.4
10.7

two peaks. mile NNE of the W end of Long Island, narrow the main pas-
sage to a width of about 183m.
10.6 Berkeley Sound (51°35'S., 57°45'W.) is entered be- Celery Island (Round Island) lies about 0.75 mile NNE of
10.7

tween Eagle Point on the N and Kidney Island on the S. This the W tip of Long Island. A rocky shoal, parts of which are
sound has four excellent anchorages in its W part, namely, Ura- above-water, lies 1.5 miles W of Celery Island.
nie Bay, Johnson Harbor, Stag Road, and Port Louis Harbor. Green Patch Settlement, where there is a jetty, is located
10.7

Johnson Harbor is situated in the NW part of Berkeley

10.6 about 2 miles WSW of Round Island. There is a derelict jetty
Sound and is entered E of Duclos Point (51°32'S., 58°01'W.). 0.75 mile W of the settlement.
Sea Lion Rocks, and a rock marked by kelp, with a depth of
10.6 The Careenage is a round lagoon located on the N side of
10.7

4.6m, lie respectively, about 1 mile ESE and 1 mile SSW of Port Louis. It has depths of 0.9m and is entered by a channel
Duclos Point. The shores of Johnson Harbor are bordered by a 91m wide.
rocky bank. Deputy Harbor is located on the S side of Port Louis. This
10.7

Banks of kelp project out to depths of 11m and reduce the

10.6 narrow inlet is entered about 1.25 miles SSW of Round Island
navigable width of the entrance channel to Johnson Harbor to via a channel 91m wide and has depths from 1 to 5m.
about 0.65 mile. The passage between Duclos Point and Sea Small vessels can anchor, as charted, about 0.2 miles S of
10.7

Lion Rocks, is shallow. The Careenage, in a depth of 5m.

A patch of foul ground, marked by kelp, lies near the center
10.6 Directions.—Vessels heading for Port Louis steer to pass
10.7

of the harbor. The kelp, which projects from the above foul midway between the 4.6m rock, situated 0.9 mile SSW of Du-
ground, and that from Lamarche Point, narrows the passage be- clos Point, and a 7.3m rocky shoal, 0.4 mile further SSW. Both
tween to about 0.3 mile. of these dangers are marked by kelp and are often radar con-
Chabot Creek is situated in the NW corner of Johnson Har-
10.6 spicuous.
bor and is shallow. Johnson Harbor settlement, with a jetty, Vessels should then head to pass midway between the N tip
10.7

stands on the NE shore of the creek. A 2.1m patch lies 0.8 mile of Long Island and the rocky islets S of Hog Island. Then pass
SE of Chabot Point, the SW entrance point to the creek. about 0.1 mile N of Round Island, anchoring as directed above.
Magellan Cove forms the NE corner of the harbor. An un-
10.6

charted patch, marked by kelp, was reported to lie in Magellan 10.8 Long Island (51°33'S., 58°05'W.) is situated about
Cove. 1.5 miles SSW of Duclos Point. Between its E tip and the
There is an anchorage, as charted, about 0.9 mile NW of La-
10.6 above 4.6m rock is a rocky shoal, marked by kelp, with depths
marche Point, in a depth of 11m, mud. of 7.3 to 11m. The W end of the island is joined to the S shore
Directions.—Vessels heading for Johnson Harbor or Chabot
10.6 by a narrow sandy ridge 0.5 mile long.
Creek should steer for a position 0.5 mile S of Monkey Point. Uranie Bay is situated at the W end of Berkeley Sound, S of
10.8

Vessels then head NW, keeping 0.5 mile offshore until La- Long Island.
marche Point is abeam. Course may then be changed for Ma- Although this bay is open E, it is sheltered from S and W by
10.8

gellan Point. rugged coastline and thin hills. It is encumbered by kelp to the
When clear of the foul ground in the center of Johnson Har-
10.6 S and E, but the bay is clear in the center. There is good hold-
bor, vessels may anchor as above. ing ground and shelter in the center of Uranie Bay. Margaret
Reporting requirements are reported to be in effect for
10.6 Hill is a conspicuous peak situated about 2.6 miles SSE of the
Berkeley Sound. See paragraph 10.11 “Stanley Harbor—Regu- E tip of Long Island.
lations” for details. Mount Round, 157m high, with a cairn on its summit, lies 1
10.8

mile E of Margaret Hill. Long Island House, also conspicuous,

10.7 Stag Road (51°32'S., 58°05'W.) is entered between lies about 2 miles SW of the E tip of Long Island.
Duclos Point and Peat Islet, 1.75 miles WSW. Shoals project
up to 0.4 mile offshore between Duclos Point and Grave Point, 10.9 Port William (51°40'S., 57°42'W.), which also pro-
about 0.6 mile W. vides access to Stanley Harbor, is entered between Mengeary
A dangerous rock lies about 0.5 mile W of Grave Point; an-
10.7 Point and Cape Pembroke, 2.25 miles S.
other dangerous rock lies about 0.3 mile NNW of Peat Islet. Port William affords good anchorage with shelter from the
10.9

Numerous dangers marked by kelp, and best seen on the

10.7 prevailing W wind, but NE gales send in a heavy sea.
chart, lie in close proximity to Peat Islet. Mengeary Point (51°39'S., 57°43'W.) is the low rocky tip of
10.9

Stag Road provides a better anchorage for large vessels than

10.7 the long narrow tongue of land which separates Berkeley
Johnson Harbor. For the most part, vessels can anchor, as Sound from Port William. A light tower marks the point.
charted, in depths of 8 to 11m. The best berth is between Hog Kidney Cove, 1.25 miles NW of Mengeary Point, offers
10.9

Island and the N shore. good sheltered anchorage for small vessels with local knowl-
During daylight the approach to Stag Road may be made
10.7 edge off the sandy beach on the SW side of Kidney Island,
without difficulty. Vessels should steer to pass 0.6 mile S of which is 32m high and lies 0.2 mile offshore. Cochon Island,
Duclos Point and then to the anchorage. Dangers on both sides 31m high, lies 0.25 miles NW of Kidney Island.

Pub. 124
296 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

Hutchison Shoal, with 10.9m, lies 1 mile ENE of Mengeary

10.9 A conspicuous radar scanner stands near Stanley Airport. A
10.10

Point. Except at slack water, this rocky shoal is clearly marked buoy moored about 0.4 mile NW of Yorke Point marks the sea-
by tide rips. A rocky shoal, with a depth of 9.4m, lies almost 3 ward end of a submarine pipeline. All vessels should pass N of
miles ESE of Mengeary Point. this buoy.
Charles Point lies on the N shore of Port William, about 1.8
10.9 Tides—Currents.—Off the SE side of Falkland Islands, the
10.10

miles WSW of Mengeary Point. High Rock, 10m high and tidal currents are weak. A current, with rates of 0.5 to 1 knot,
prominent from SW, lies close off the E side of Charles Point. will generally be found setting with the wind. After passing NE
Sparrow Cove, on the N side of the inlet, is entered between
10.9 of the entrance to Port Harriet, a strong tidal current begins to
Arrow Point, about 0.5 mile W of Charles Point, and Sparrow be felt. Having passed Wolf Rock, the current setting NE be-
Point, about, 0.3 mile further W. Sparrow Cove affords good comes stronger as it approaches Cape Pembroke, round which
anchorage to vessels in all weathers. it runs at a rate of 2 to 3 knots. Then it runs directly N past Seal
Caution.—There is danger from semi-buoyant plastic land
10.9 Rocks to Volunteer Point, very little current being felt in either
mines on the beaches of Port William. Tidal actions may trans- Port William or Berkeley Sound. The S current is equally
port the mines as far Port Harriet (paragraph 10.12). strong and, during strong winds, a heavy tide rip extends 2
Mariners considering beach landings should first contact the
10.9 miles off Cape Pembroke.
shore authorities or up to date information on mine clearance Anchorage.—Shelter from NW or NE gales can be found
10.10

(see the “Caution” section of paragraph 10.1). off the N shore of Port William, good holding ground. The bot-
Reporting requirements are in effect for Port William. See
10.9 tom consists of soft sand E of Doctor Point (51°39'S.,
paragraph 10.11 “Stanley Harbor—Regulations” for details. 57°49'W.) and of soft mud W of Doctor Point. Vessels should
avoid anchoring S of Sparrow Cove, as the depths drop quickly
to 12.2m forming a bar, and in NE gales the sea becomes a
continuous roller. The best berth for a vessel of deep draft can
be found SW of Doctor Point.
Directions.—For the most part, entry into Port William
10.10

should present no problem; however, vessels should avoid kelp.

Between Yorke Point (51°41'S., 57°47'W.) and Arrow Point,
0.7 mile N, the edges of the kelp banks are a sure guide.
The only dangers not marked by kelp are the 9.4m shoal, 3
10.10

miles ESE of Mengeary Point, and Fripp Rock.

Vessels approaching from N should, after rounding Uranie
10.10

Rock, steer for the lighthouse on Cape Pembroke until Port

William opens up. Some white sand hills will then be seen
ahead, close to Kidney Island; at the same time Seal Rocks will
be on the horizon clear of Cape Pembroke.
From S, vessels should keep Mount Low (51°38'S.,
10.10

57°50'W.) bearing 010°, which leads towards the coast S of the

entrance to Port Harriet. Wolf Rock and Cape Pembroke will
then be seen and course can be made for Port William.

10.9 Cape Pembroke Light

10.10 Cape Pembroke (51°41'S., 57°43'W.), the S entrance

point to Port William, is the tip of a lengthy white isthmus
which makes up the S side of the inlet.
Due to a rocky ledge extending from the cape, it should be
10.10

given a berth of at least 1 mile. Seal Rocks lie about 1 mile

ENE of Cape Pembroke, and are steep-to on all sides. A shoal,
with a depth of 9m, lies 0.25 mile E of Seal Rocks.
Billy Rock, which dries 1.6m, lies 0.4 mile NE of Cape Pem-
10.10

broke. There is a little kelp close around and deep water is

close to its E side.
The Tussac Islands, which lie about 0.5 mile off the S shore
10.10

of Port William, are comprised of islets that are steep-to be-

yond the kelp. The Viper, a rock which dries 1.6m, lies close E
and a rock, awash, close W of the E islet.
Fripp Rock, with a depth of 13.8m lies 1.25 miles NW of
10.10

Cape Pembroke. Kelly Rocks, which are above-water, lie W of

10.10 Stanley Harbor
the Tussac Islands.

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 297

With a flood current vessels should guard against being set

10.10 neer Point, on the E, and Navy Point, on the W. A submarine
towards Cape Pembroke or Seal Rocks. cable lies between these two points. The town of Stanley stands
A vessel leaving Port William with the outgoing tidal current
10.10 on the slopes of Murray Heights on the S shore.
and intending to pass between Billy Rock and Seal Rocks Tides—Currents.—Under normal conditions, the tidal cur-
10.11

should guard against being set onto the former. rents in the entrance to Stanley Harbor attain rates of 0.5 knot
No tidal current will be felt until the vicinity of Billy Rock is
10.10 at springs, but may be increased up to 3 knots.
reached, when a strong S current outside the inlet will be met, Depths—Limitations.—This excellent harbor has general
10.11

which has the effect of setting the vessel on to it depths from 6 to 10m, gray mud, with shoal depths, marked by
kelp, bordering its shores. A rock, with a depth of 6m, was re-
ported to lie about 0.5 mile NW of Navy Point.
Vessels with a draft up to 8.2m can enter the inner harbor be-
10.11

tween Navy Point and Engineer Point.

A number of partially-ruined jetties exist on the S side of the
10.11

harbor. The only usable ones are the Falkland Island Compa-
ny's East Jetty, with a depth of 3.7m alongside its head; the
Public Jetty, with a depth of 3.6m alongside its head; and the
Government Jetty, with a depth of 3.1m alongside its head.
The oil jetty, situated on the N side of the harbor 0.5 mile W
10.11

of Navy Point, has a depth of 3.3m alongside. An immobile

vessel was berthed there, enabling others to lie outboard of it,
in depths of at least 4.3m.
The Falkland Interim Port and Storage System (FIPASS), a
10.11

305m long floating quay, is located at the SE end of Stanley

Harbor, 0.5 mile SSE of Engineer Point. It comprises six pon-
toon barges secured by mooring dolphins and linked together
to provide quay and storage facilities. It is connected to the
shore via a seventh barge and a 235m long causeway. There are
Stanley Harbor Wreck
charted depths of 5.7 to 7m alongside. For further berthing in-
10.10

formation refer to the table titled Stanley—Berth Informa-

10.11 Stanley Harbor (51°42'S., 57°50'W.) (World Port In- tion.
dex No. 14000), a landlocked basin, is entered between Engi-

Stanley—Berth Information
Berth Length Depth Remarks
Port Stanley
Noble Frontier 114m — Mooring offshore support vessels.
Public Jetty (N) 20m 3.7m
Public use.
Public Jetty (E) 45m 3.7m
S.A.M.S Marina (E) 26m 2.5m
Mooring vessels.
S.A.M.S Marina (S) 24m 2.5m
Government Jetty 22m — Not in use.
Oiling Jetty 63m 3.3m Refueling vessels.
Falkland Island Company
East Jetty 45m 3.7m Mooring vessels. Fresh water available.
Mare Harbor (Royal Navy)
Patrol Jetty 27m — Mooring Naval vessels HMS Clyde.
Freight, ro-ro, containers, project/heavy cargo, naval, and break bulk. Maximum
Mare Harbor Jetty 135m 9.4m
vessel draft of 9m.
SPM — 16.5m Refueling. Vessels up to 45,000 dwt can be accommodated.
FIPASS (Falkland Interim Port and Storage System)
FIPASS (E) 45m — Mooring small craft.

Pub. 124
298 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

Stanley—Berth Information
Berth Length Depth Remarks
FIPASS (N) 300m 6.2m Cargo, fuel, marine gas oil, fishing vessels, military vessels, and passenger
FIPASS (S) 300m 6.2m vessels. Fresh water available.

Aspect.—There is a conspicuous spire of a cathedral

10.11
Stanley Harbor—Contact Information
situated about 1.2 miles WSW of Navy Point. Government
House, situated 0.5 mile W of the cathedral is prominent. VHF VHF channels 10 and 16
A rotating radar scanner is at the airport, about 2 miles E of
10.11
RT Frequency 4066.1 (Office hours only)
Navy Point. The wreck of the Lady Elizabeth, a three-masted
sailing vessel, lies in Whalebone Cove, about 0.5 mile ENE of Harbor Master
the FIPASS facility. 500-27260
Four prominent tanks stand 0.2 mile SSE of the Government
10.11

Telephone 500-22201 (after hours)

House.
A prominent pavilion stands 0.5 mile SW of the Government
10.11 500-51123 (mobile)
House. also, there are a number of conspicuous radio masts
Facsimile 500-27265
painted red and white, 0.75 mile ESE of the cathedral. The hos-
pital, a gray building with a green roof, stands about 0.1 mile E-mail [email protected]
SW of the Government Jetty.
A conspicuous white satellite dish aerial stands close to the
10.11 Contact Information.—See the table titled Stanley
10.11

NW corner of Government House. Harbor—Contact Information.

Lights are shown from Navy Point and Engineer Point.
10.11
Anchorage.—Designated anchorage lie in the W part of the
10.11

Range lights, in line bearing 185.75°, stand on the S side of the harbor and can best be seen on the chart.
harbor and lead between Navy Point and Engineer Point. The best time to leave is before 0800 or after 1800, unless
10.11

Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but can be arranged

10.11
there is a widespread area of bad weather over the islands. The
through the agent. W wind, which is local, is seldom strong between these above
Regulations.—Vessels carrying more than 50 tons of explo-
10.11
hours.
sives, or more than 1 ton of explosives if laden with coal, petro- The bottom of the harbor is soft mud overlying stiff mud,
10.11

leum, or other inflammable cargo, may not enter Stanley excellent holding ground. Due to the nature of the bottom,
Harbor until such explosives have been discharged. vessels may experience some difficulty retrieving the anchor.
Vessels are advised to send in their ETA 24 hours in advance.
10.11
Directions.—Vessels bound for Stanley Harbor should pro-
10.11

Vessel Traffic Service.—All vessels entering or leaving

10.11 ceed through Port William until the harbor range beacons come
Berkeley Sound, Port William, or Stanley Harbor are required into line bearing 185.75°. This course maintained will lead
to report to Stanley Port Control on VHF channel 10 or 16 20m W of the middle of the entrance. Navy Point Light is ob-
when passing the Reporting Line. scured when bearing less than 204°.
The Reporting Line joins Volunteer Point (51°31'S.,
10.11
A vessel leaving Stanley Harbor should keep the beacon W
10.11

57°44'W.) and Cape Pembroke (51°41'S., 57°43'W.). This of Doctor Point bearing 005.75°, ahead, until Yorke Point
line forms the outer limit of Berkeley Sound and Port William. opens N of Ordnance Point, before altering course E.
The inbound Entry Report should state the vessel’s name,
10.11
Caution.—Restricted areas, in which diving and anchoring
10.11

call sign, type of vessel, number of persons on board, name of are prohibited except for emergency situations, are located at
local agent, date of entry, local time of entry, intentions, loca- the following points:
tion of intentions, and type and amount of fuel aboard. 1. Within 1,000m of Billy Rock (51°40.5'S., 57°42.7'W.).
The outbound Exit Report should state the vessel’s name,
10.11
2. Blanco Bay (51°40S., 57°50.6'W.).
call sign, type of vessel, number of persons on board, date of 3. Doctor Point (51°40.0'S., 57°49.0'W.).
exit, local time of exit, intentions, and place of departure. An obstruction, best seen on chart, is reported to lie on the W
Vessels entering Stanley Harbor should also report their esti-
10.11
side of harbor.
mated time at the Narrows.
All vessels at anchor within Falkland waters should maintain
10.11
10.12 The S coast of East Falkland from Cape Pembroke
a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 16. leads SW for 4.75 miles to Horse Point.
All vessels within Stanley Harbor intending to get underway
10.11 Young Rock (51°42'S., 57°44'W.), with a depth of 5.7m, lies
10.12

should first request permission via VHF from the harbor. 1.25 miles SW of Cape Pembroke. Wolf Rock, 4.3m high, lies
A tug will stand by all vessels entering the harbor. Speed is
10.11
3 miles SSW of Cape Pembroke.
limited to 10 knots within the harbor. Dangerous ground, on which are some rocks, projects up to
10.12

0.5 mile from Wolf Rock.

Stanley Harbor—Contact Information Maggie Elliot Rock (51°43'S., 58°00'W.), with a depth of
10.12

less than 2m and which breaks in heavy weather, lies 1.75

Port Authority miles ENE of Horse Point. A shoal, with a depth of 6.4m, lies
Call sign Stanley Port Control 0.25 mile WSW of the rock. There is no passage between these

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 299

dangers and the coast. The W end of Port Fitzroy is divided into two arms by Tus-
10.14

Kelp projects nearly 1 mile offshore along the middle section

10.12 sac Island (51°47'S., 58°12'W.). The S arm forms Shallow
of this stretch of coast. Cove, which is nearly filled with kelp. The old part of Fitzroy
Port Harriet (51°44'S., 57°54'W.) is entered between Horse
10.12 Settlement is situated on the S side of this cove, 1 mile WSW
Point and Seal Point, 1.5 miles SW. Mount William, a promi- of Tussac Island.
nent peak 244m high, lies about 4.7 miles WNW of Horse On the N side of the inlet, 0.35 mile NW of White Point, is
10.14

Point. the entrance to a narrow channel, 0.5 mile in length, with

Seal Point, the end of a long thin promontory, is in the shape
10.12 depths of 2.7 to 3.7m. This channel leads through a remarkable
of a low mound. Foul ground, marked by kelp, extends 1 mile gorge in the ridge of low hills and opens into a shallow basin
E of Seal Point; on it are some rocks, awash. A 5.5m shoal, named Bluff Cove. Fitz Cove, a smaller basin, is entered 0.75
marked by kelp, lies 0.3 mile NW of Seal Point. mile further W.
The N shore of the port rises to the range of hills which sep-
10.12 Near Garden Point, which lies about 2 miles W of White
10.14

arates this port from Stanley Harbor. Both shores are swampy. Point, and off the point 0.45 mile further W on the opposite
Lake Point, which lies 1.5 miles WNW of Seal Point, has a shore, there are rocks that dry.
small detached rock close off its end. Kelp projects beyond these rocks, leaving a fairway 0.2 mile
10.14

A bar projects across the inlet from Lake Point to the S

10.12 wide, with a least depth of 2.8m. On the E side of Rock Point,
shore. about 1 mile WNW of Garden Point, there is a narrow passage
There are depths over this bar of 5.5m, with a bottom of fine
10.12 spanned by Fitzroy Bridge, beyond which navigation is not
sand in mid-channel, shoaling gradually to depths of 3.7m possible.
close to the kelp on either side. North East Point lies 2 miles WSW of Bold Point; between
10.14

Within the bar depths increase quickly from 7.3 to 12.8m,

10.12 North East Point and South East Point, about 0.6 mile SW, is
the bottom changing from sand to mud. Loafers Cove. Several islets and rocks lie between the cove and
Anchorage.—Vessels may find anchorage outside the bar, in
10.12 East Island. A narrow winding channel, relatively deep, leads
depths of 6.4 to 12.8m. Occasionally, winds between ENE and through the above to Port Fitzroy. Within its central section the
SE raise a sea at the entrance. Port Harriet affords good anchor- channel widens to form East Roads, where small vessels, with
age up to a distance of 3 miles W of the bar. local knowledge, can anchor.
Most dangers are marked by kelp, except for a sand bank
10.12 Tides—Currents.—In Port Fitzroy, the tidal currents are
10.14

which projects 183m from the S shore halfway up the inlet. scarcely felt. However, in the entrance to East Road, they run
Vessels anchor in mid-channel, in depths of 9.1 to 14.6m, soft about 1.5 knots and rather stronger nearer the head.
black mud. Anchorage.—Port Fitzroy provides good anchorage inside
10.14

the bar, in depths of 8 to 12m. Small vessels with local knowl-

10.13 Bold Point (51°46'S., 58°04'W.) lies about 8 miles W edge anchor, in a depth of 4.6m, soft mud, 0.2 mile SE of Gar-
of Seal Point; the coast between is bold, rocky, and almost den Point.
straight. Halfway between these points is Beach Point, on Directions.—Vessels entering Port Fitzroy from the E
10.14

whose NE side is a cove with a white beach, open to the E. should keep a good lookout for kelp and steer to avoid kelp
A detached 13m shoal, marked by kelp, lies 1.5 miles SSE of
10.13 patches between East Island and Beach Point. When abeam of
Beach Point; a bank, with a least depth of 7.3m, rock, lies 1 East Island, the vessel should keep towards the N side of the
mile SSW of the same point. Depths are irregular in the vicini- channel, passing close S of the large kelp patch NW of the bar.
ty of both these shoals. A vessel approaching from SE or S will see a range of moun-
10.14

North of Bold Point is a bay open to E, which has a drying

10.13 tains, N of Port Fitzroy, with three peaks close together. The
rock, surrounded by kelp, near its center. A narrow inlet on the middle peak has a broad, flat summit; the W and highest peak
N side of the bay leads to the shallow North Basin about 0.75 rises to an elevation of 468m.
mile inland. This peak, bearing 303°, will lead directly to the extremity of
10.14

Port Fitzroy is entered between Bold Point and East Island, 1

10.13 the kelp E of East Island, and when clear the vessel should
mile S. A rocky kelp-covered patch with a least depth of 6.4m steer W to enter Port Fitzroy as described above.
lies from 0.75 to 1.5 miles E of the E tip of East Island.
Some dangerous rocks lie about 0.2 mile E of the above-
10.13 10.15 Port Pleasant (51°48'S., 58°10'W.), close S of Port
mentioned point and 0.3 mile S of the same point is Little East Fitzroy, is entered between South East Point and Pleasant Point
Island. 2 miles WSW. Lawson Bank, with a depth of 24m, lies 5 miles
There is a bar which projects across the inlet from the N
10.13 ESE of Pleasant Point. Snaiths Twins, two above-water rocks,
shore to the W tip of East Island. The deeper water lies close to lie 0.75 mile ESE of South East Point and several islets and
the S edge of the kelp patch on the N side of the bar, where rocks extend up to 1 mile ESE of the same point.
there are depths of 5.1m. North of the kelp patch is a narrow Poole Rocks, covered by kelp, lie 0.5 mile E of Pleasant
10.15

passage with depths of 4.3m. Point; kelp extends up to 0.7 mile E of the rocks.
Pleasant Island lies about 1 mile NW of Pleasant Point and
10.15

10.14 White Point (51°46'S., 58°09'W.) lies about 4 miles divides the inlet into two channels, each of which is crossed by
W of Bold Point. A sandy spit with depths less than 2m proj- a bar. Foul ground, covered with kelp, on which there are sev-
ects 0.25 mile S from White Point. While this danger is not eral islets and rocks, awash, projects 0.5 mile N and 2 miles E
marked by kelp, it is readily made out as the water over it ap- of Pleasant Island. Kelp extends 0.75 mile further E.
pears white. Depths—Limitations.—The bar in the N channel lies 1.5
10.15

Pub. 124
300 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

miles W of South East Point and has a greatest depth of 5.4m. and the numerous islands and islets can be best seen on the
The bar in the S channel lies between the E part of Pleasant
10.15 chart. The islands, creeks, and coves afford good anchorage to
Island and the S shore, having a greatest depth of 5.1m on the small vessels.
N side of the bar. Large vessels can generally anchor in any part of Choiseul
10.17

Vessels up to 2m draft should have no difficulty crossing ei-

10.15 Sound, in depths of from 21.9 to 32.9m. The bottom of the
ther bar; however, vessels of greater draft should not attempt to sound is mud, covered with shells and weed, which give it the
cross without local knowledge. characteristics of a rocky bottom.
The N channel, 0.4 mile W of the bar, is steep-to, with a
10.15 Aspect.—The shores of Choiseul Sound are low and inter-
10.17

depth of 13.5m, and is narrowed to 91m by an islet. West of the rupted by valleys with small streams in them. From E, vessels
above narrow passage, the channel expands to a width of 0.5 can identify the sounds entrance by a long white sandy beach
mile and continues so until it connects with the S channel off projecting NE from Fox Point.
the W tip of Pleasant Island. Direction Islet, which lies 2.25 miles NE of Fox Point, is
10.17

Turn Point is located on the S shore of the inlet about 1 mile

10.15 small, dark and conspicuous against the white background.
W of Pleasant Island. A prominent radio tower stands 6 miles NNW of Fox Point;
10.17

From Turn Point, a narrow and torturous channel, with

10.15 a conspicuous hanger stands 0.5 mile further NNW.
depths of 5.3 to 7.3m, leads SW for 2.5 miles to a basin called The entrance to the sound is divided into two channels by
10.17

Island Harbor. Island Harbor is shallow except for its E end and Middle Island (51°57'S., 58°28'W.). Kelp projects 2.25 miles
almost dries 1 mile from its head. E from Middle Island. There are two islets in the W part of the
Tides—Currents.—In both the N and S channels into Port
10.15 kelp and a large black above-water rock in its E part.
Pleasant, currents only attain a rate of 1 knot at springs; howev- A shoal, with a depth of 11.5m and marked by kelp, lies
10.17

er, in the narrow section of the N passage currents attain a rate about 3 miles E of Middle Island.
of almost 2 knots. The main channel into the sound lies N of Middle Island, be-
10.17

Directions.—The entrance to Port Pleasant and Port Fitzroy

10.15 tween that island and Black Rocks; three above-water rocks lie
are hard to make out from seaward. This is due to the surround- 0.5 mile off the N shore. There are patches of kelp extending
ing land being low and indistinguishable until almost up on it. 1.75 miles E and 1.5 miles W from these rocks.
The best guide is the high range of hills N of Port Fitzroy, with The W part of this kelp grows over Choiseul Sound Shoal,
10.17

three peaks near together; the middle peak shows a broad flat with a least depth of 1.3m, lying 1.1 miles W of the W extrem-
summit. ity of Black Rocks, and marked by a lighted buoy.
Mount Kent (51°42'S., 58°11'W.), 468m high, is the west-
10.15 Centre Island, 9m high and conspicuous, is situated 2.75
10.17

ernmost and highest peak; on a bearing of 336°, Mount Kent miles WNW of Middle Island and appears ahead when ap-
will lead directly to the entrance of Port Pleasant and clear of proaching the sound.
the large kelp field S of Pleasant Road. The same hill bearing The main channel S of Black Rocks is 1 mile wide; patches
10.17

303° will lead direct to the end of the kelp off East Island. of kelp can be seen clearly on its N and S sides.
Anchorage.—Anchorage may be secured by vessels with
10.15 The passage N of Black Rocks has a least depth of 6.4m but
10.17

local knowledge in the N channel of Port Pleasant, in a depth is not recommended except for small vessels with local knowl-
of about 10m, between the bar and the narrow passage W. edge. The channel S of Middle Island is full of kelp patches.
In addition, vessels with local knowledge can anchor virtual-
10.15 Green Island lies in this channel about 0.7 mile SW of the W
ly anywhere in this channel N of Pleasant Island and W of the end of Middle Island.
narrow passage, in depths of 11 to 18.3m, soft mud. Directions.—Vessels with local knowledge should not expe-
10.17

Caution—.Foul ground lies W side of Port Pleasant.

10.15 rience much trouble navigating Choiseul Sound in daylight.
The sound can be approached from E, or through Lively
10.16 Pleasant Road (51°50'S., 58°11'W.) is a bay shel- Sound, from S.
tered from S and SE by a bed of kelp, and lies close S of Pleas- From E, after identifying the entrance, vessels should head to
10.17

ant Point. The Kelp Islands, comprised of three islets and some pass between the kelp and islets projecting E from Middle Is-
rocks, awash, lie in this kelp. Boat Rock lies near the edge of land and Black Rocks to the N, being careful to avoid all patch-
the kelp about 0.3 mile E of Boat Point (51°51'S., 58°13'W.). es of kelp.
Kelp Lagoon, SW of Pleasant Road, is shallow and both of
10.16

its entrances are blocked by kelp. 10.18 White Bluff (51°54'S., 58°44'W.), a bare rock face
Anchorage.—Vessels may secure anchorage exposed to in-
10.16 covered with guano, on a grass-covered bluff, is conspicuous
frequent NE gales in Pleasant Road, 0.7 mile N of Boat Point, ahead. The channel then passes between two kelp reefs.
in a depth of 8m, good holding ground of sand over stiff clay. The N reef lies 0.5 mile ESE of White Bluff. The S reef lies
10.18

It was reported that over a 14-day period, despite continual

10.16 0.7 mile E of Button Island (51°55'S., 58°44'W.).
W winds, a significant swell from between SSE and E predom- A vessel with a draft of 4.3m, reportedly entered Darwin
10.18

inated in Pleasant Roads. Harbor via the route described below.

From a position E of Scott Island (51°51'S., 58°56'W.),
10.18

10.17 Choiseul Sound (51°56'S., 58°31'W.) is entered be- course was made for the 5m high islet about 0.3 mile SSW of
tween Fox Point (51°55'S., 58°23'W.) and Dangerous Point, Squib Point (51°51'S., 58°55'W.).
5.5 miles SSE. This sound leads about 23 miles WNW from its When 0.3 mile from this islet, course was altered toward the
10.18

entrance, narrowing gradually towards Darwin Harbor at its 15m high islet 0.3 mile NW of Squib Point, keeping to the W
head. Most of the known dangers, which are marked by kelp, side of the channel which is marked by kelp, and passing W of

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 301

the rock with 5.5m. control boom is secured to this buoy.

Course was then altered N into the harbor, keeping towards
10.18 A prominent tank farm is situated about 1 mile ESE of Boot
10.19

the E side of the narrows until course could be altered NW to- Head. Lattice masts, each about 35m high, are situated about
wards Goose Green Jetty, keeping 0.2 mile NE of the Seccomb 0.3mile WSW of Providence Head and 183m W of the root of
Islands and 0.2 mile S of the small islet situated 0.4 mile NE of the terminal jetty in East Cove.
the settlement. Caution.—There is a wind turbine farm centered on 51°53S,
10.19

Lights on this jetty, when approaching at night, may be mis-

10.18 58°29'W, mariners are advised to use caution when navigating
leading, and a searchlight in conjunction with radar is recom- this area.
mended to assist in establishing the vessel's position, especially
if the wind is strong. 10.20 East Cove (51°54'S., 58°27'W.) is another deep water
Darwin Narrows are easily navigated during daylight, but
10.18 harbor branching E from Mare Harbor. Hecate Channel, lead-
this is not considered advisable at night unless there is a bright ing from Mare Harbor into East Cove, is entered 1 mile N of
moon or much snow is lying. Speed should be reduced when Pandora Point. It is 91m wide between buoys marking the edge
passing through the narrows in either direction with strong fa- of shoal water. The least depth is 10.5m.
vorable winds or tidal currents. A vessel with a draft of 9m can safely transit the channel at
10.20

all states of the tide.

10.19 Mare Harbor (51°53'S., 58°29'W.) is entered be- Depths—Limitations.—Main Jetty, T-shaped and with a ro-
10.20

tween Pandora Point, 2.5 miles W of Fox Point and Johnsons ro terminal at its W end, is situated on the N shore of the cove,
Island (Seal Island), 1.75 miles WNW. The W part of the en- about 0.7 mile E of Camp Bay, an indentation at the NW end of
trance is obstructed by Sniper Island, 0.3 mile off the SW ex- East Cove. A dolphin stands off the E end of the jetty; four dol-
tremity of Johnsons Island and an area of shoal water ending in phins stand off the W side of the jetty. Main Jetty has depths
Johnsons Island Shoal, 0.6 mile NNE of Sniper Island. Whaler alongside up to 9.4m.
Reef lies in the center of the entrance and shoals extend 0.2 West Jetty, with a dolphin at each end and a depth alongside
10.20

mile N and 0.5 mile WSW. of 9m, is situated on the N shore, between Camp Bay and the
Mare Harbor is a military port. A deep but tortuous channel
10.19 ro-ro terminal.
leads into Mare Harbor, passing close S and E of Sniper Island, Pilotage.—Pilotage for East Cove is compulsory for all ves-
10.20

but it is not recommended. The main channel entrance E of sels with a length over 50m. It is also available upon request.
Whaler Reef is 0.3 mile wide and clear of danger. Pilots board in the Choiseul Sound, as follows:
The approach to the harbor either through Choiseul Sound or
10.19 1. From the E—Position 51°56'S, 58°26'W.
Lively Sound is clear with the exception of Choiseul Sound 2. From the E—Position 51°56'S, 58°31'W.
Shoal, lying 1.1 miles W of the W extremity of Black Rocks, Regulations.—Vessels should report their ETA at Pandora
10.20

with a least depth of 1.3m. There is an area of kelp on an 11.2m Point to Port Operations, on VHF channel 12, when within
shoal 0.8 mile WSW of Choiseul Sound Shoal, but this does range. Port Operations should be informed of any vessel move-
not present any danger to vessels entering the harbor. ments within the harbor and ETD.
A light is shown at an elevation of 29m from a beacon with a
10.19 Contact Information.—See the table titled Mare Har-
10.20

white and fluorescent orange daymark, situated on the East bor—Contact Information.
Falkland Island shore about 0.35 mile N of Arrow Head. The
white sector of this light, bearing between 011° and 017°, indi- Mare Harbor—Contact Information
cates the buoyed channel. The least depth in the entrance is
11.5m. Kings Harbor Master (KHM)
The maximum recommended draft for vessels entering Mare
10.19
Telephone 500-77026 (Office hours)
Harbor is 10m.
Port Operations
Prominent Point and Arrow Head are located 0.5 mile NNW
10.19

and 0.9 mile N, respectively of Pandora Point. Call sign Port Ops
Boot Head is situated 0.8 mile NW of Arrow Head and
10.19

VHF VHF channels 12 and 16

forms the NE side of Mare Harbor. A submarine oil pipeline is
laid from Boot Head WSW for 0.6 mile and ends in a lighted 500-77003 (24 hours)
SBM. The SBM can accommodate tankers up to 35,000 dwt. Telephone
500-77052 (office hours)
Pilotage.— Pilotage for Mare Harbor is compulsory for all
10.19

vessels with a length over 50m. It is also available upon re- OIC Port Troop
quest. For further information, see East Cove (paragraph Telephone 500-77008 (office hours)
10.20).
Anchoring is prohibited within 300m of the SBM and within
10.19
SAR and Emergencies
100m of the pipeline. VHF VHF channels 16 and 67 (SAR helicopters)
Anvil Point lies 0.6 mile WNW of Boot Head. A light is
10.19

shown 0.2 mile NE of Anvil Point. Mare Harbor Shoal, with a

Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained either in Mare
10.20

depth of 1.8m, lies 0.25 SW of Anvil Point and is marked by a

Harbor or in East Cove. Vessels should keep clear of the SBM,
lighted buoy.
the pipeline, and the mooring buoys. The bottom is silty mud
An orange spherical buoy is moored 0.2 mile SE of Anvil
10.19

containing a high amount of peat. The holding ground is poor

Point; when a tanker is present in Mare Harbor, a pollution

Pub. 124
302 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

but is reported to be better in Mare Harbor than in East Cove. W is narrowed by a kelp reef projecting 0.5 mile ENE of Rock
The anchorage in Mare Harbor is exposed to S and SW
10.20 Point.
winds. East Cove affords more shelter; West Cove affords good The entrance of the harbor lies S of Gull Island (51°57'S.,
10.23

anchorage to small vessels. 58°45'W.) and N of Little Island, the latter surrounded by kelp.
A jetty with a depth of 3m at its head serves Walker Creek
10.23

10.21 Mackinnon Creek (51°54'S., 58°41'W.), whose en- Settlement and is located 0.4 mile W of Little Island. There is a
trance lies about 8 miles W of Mare Harbor, affords an anchor- conspicuous building near the root of this jetty.
age 0.5 mile within the entrance, in depths of 11 to 16.5m. The Samuel Islands and Sea Lion Island lie halfway up Cho-
10.23

Bluff Creek lies about 1.5 miles W of Mackinnon Creek.

10.21 iseul Sound, NE and NW, respectively, of Low Point
White Bluff, SW of the entrance to Bluff Creek, is a bare rock (51°57'S., 58°41'W.).
face whitened with guano on a grass-covered bluff that is The passages between Big Samuel Island and Little Samuel
10.23

prominent in sunny weather. Island, and between the Samuel Islands and the mainland are
Button Island (51°55'S., 58°45'W.), about 0.7 mile S of
10.21 for small vessels with local knowledge.
White Bluff, is also prominent. There is a bay on the W side of Anchorage.—Good anchorage for vessels with local knowl-
10.23

John Point, 4.5 miles WNW of Mackinnon Creek, that has a edge is found in Choiseul Sound E of Sea Lion Island. Anchor-
rocky bottom and is an unsafe anchorage. A depth of 10m lies age may be obtained by small vessels 0.5 mile E of Low Point,
in the channel about 1 mile WSW of John Point. in 13m, mud. The area S of Sea Lion Island has good holding
Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents are negligible in Choi-
10.21 ground but is more exposed.
seul Sound except in the entrances to the creeks and between There is an anchorage exposed to W winds in Victoria Har-
10.23

the islands. bor, for those vessels with local knowledge, between the en-
Off the entrance to Mare Harbor, the currents attain a rate of
10.21 trance and Heifer Point, 2.5 miles WNW, in depths of 9 to
less than 1 knot, while in Hecate Channel, a maximum rate of 18m. More sheltered anchorage may be found in the approach-
0.5 knot, in an E-W direction, can be expected. es to Walker Creek about 2 miles SW of the center of Sea Lion
At the entrance to Choiseul Sound, the general NE flood cur-
10.21 Island, in a depth of about 13m.
rent runs E, but can barely be felt. Directions.—Vessels with local knowledge approaching
10.23

Victoria Harbor via the channel E of Sea Lion Island should

10.22 Darwin Harbor (51°51'S., 58°56'W.) comprises the pass 0.35 mile off the prominent NE tip of that island. Vessels
N part of the head of the sound and is entered through Darwin should then steer a SW course to clear the kelp reefs on either
Narrows, close W of Squib Point (51°51'S., 58°55'W.). side. This track passes over a 6.2m shoal. When through the
A rock, with a depth of 5.5m, lies in mid-channel 183m W of
10.22 passage, vessels should steer towards Gull Island to clear the
Squib Point. Kelp and rocky ground with depths less than 5.5m kelp which lies off Low Point and off the entrance to False
extend 0.4 mile S and SE of Squib Point. Creek. The buildings of the settlement are conspicuous from
Kelp projects about 0.1 mile N of the N side of Hare Island,
10.22 the approach.
0.8 mile NW of Squib Point. A stranded wreck lies on the E
shore close N of Squib Point. Goose Green Settlement lies on 10.24 Hamond Cove (51°58'S., 58°37'W.), situated on the
the W shore of the harbor about 2 miles NW of Squib Point. S side of the sound, provides anchorage to small vessels with
The chimney of a canning factory is a very conspicuous
10.22 local knowledge in the entrance.
mark. About 0.1 mile WNW of the settlement is a T-headed Lively Island (52°02'S., 58°29'W.), 37m high, is located on
pier with a depth of 2.7m alongside. the S side of the entrance to Choiseul Sound.
Darwin Settlement lies on the W shore of the harbor, about
10.22 Lively Sound separates Lively Island from East Falkland Is-
10.24

2.2 miles NNW of Squib Point. There is a flagstaff which land and has a least width of 1.25 miles between Enderby Point
stands on the summit of a hill close to Darwin. and Pyramid Point, about 2 miles WNW. The sound is entered
There is a boat jetty on the S entrance point of a small inlet
10.22 from S between Reef Point, the S tip of Lively Island, and Mot-
about 0.1 mile NW of Darwin. ley Island, 6 miles WSW. Reefs project up to 2 miles off Reef
Anchorage.—In Darwin Harbor, the best anchorage, for
10.22 Point, and kelp, with an islet in it, projects 0.5 mile SE from
vessels with local knowledge, is about 0.2 mile NNE of Hare Motley Island.
Island, in a depth of 7m, stiff mud. A small patch of kelp lies S The passage between Motley Island and the shore NW is not
10.24

of a small islet located 0.4 mile NE of Goose Green Settlement. navigable. Vessels may find a good temporary anchorage N of
For the most part, there appears to be depths of 4.6m up to Motley Island. A heavy swell rolls into Lively Sound with
183m from the islet. strong SW or SE winds.
Sal Point, from which a shallow spit extends 1.75 miles W,
10.24

10.23 Arrow Harbor is situated between the SW shore of lies about 3 miles NW of Reef Point. Seal Island lies on the W
Choiseul Sound and the Arrow Islands. A rocky shoal, with a side of the sound about 3 miles NW of Sal Point.
least depth of 4.9m, lies in the E entrance to Arrow Harbor. A reef, marked by kelp, extends 0.5 mile SE of Seal Island
10.24

Vessels with local knowledge can find anchorage in Arrow

10.23 and W to the mainland of East Falkland Island. Another reef,
Harbor, in depths of 7.3 to 12.8m mud, avoiding the above marked by kelp, extends W from a position 1 mile S of Seal Is-
rocky shoal which lies in the entrance. land. The channel, between the above reefs off Seal Island and
Victoria Harbor (51°55'S., 58°52'W.) can be approached by
10.23 the shallow spit projecting W from Sal Point, is about 1 mile
vessels with local knowledge either E or W of Sea Lion Island. wide. A white house stands on the SW side of Lively Island
The passage E of the island is preferred by local vessels as the about 1 mile ENE of Sal Point.

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 303

Seal Cove is entered N of Seal Island. The edge of the kelp N

10.24 entrance to Low Bay. This rock is an excellent unique mark for
of Seal Island is steep-to, and kelp-covered reefs project from those vessels bound for Lively Sound or Adventure Sound
it. from the S. The low land of East Falkland Island is so uniform
Caution.—A restricted area, 4 miles in diameter, containing
10.24 that it is almost impossible for one unfamiliar with the area to
unexploded ordnance, lies centered 2 miles SE of Reef Point. positively recognize the landfall, particularly as the high range
of hills is seldom visible from so far S.
10.25 Pyramid Point (52°01'S., 58°35'W.), from which The Sea Lion Islands or Shag Rock, once distinguished, will
10.26

kelp extends 0.7 mile SSW, lies N of Seal Cove. Pyramid Cove greatly assist the navigator. Several below-water rocks lie up to
is the next cove N of Seal Cove. 0.75 mile NE and 2 miles SW of Shag Rock.
Reefs extend S and E of Knob Point (51°59'S., 58°36'W.)
10.25 A shoal with depths of 14.5 and 13.1m were reported to lie
10.26

and off Island Point, 0.5 mile N. A continuous belt of kelp con- 1.5 miles W and 1.75 miles NNE of Shag Rock. It was also re-
nects these reefs. ported that there was less water than charted lying to the W of
Kelp Bay, located off the NW coast of Lively Island, is en-
10.25 the rocks. There may be several ridges running off Shag Rock;
tered N of Kidney Island (52°00'S., 58°31'W.). vessels should give this area wide berth.
Shallow Harbor, on the N coast of Lively Island, is entered S
10.25 Bleaker Island (52°13'S., 58°53'W.) is a long low narrow is-
10.26

of Reef Island and Philimore Island (51°59'S., 58°28'W.). land at the entrance to Adventure Sound. The passage between
There is a settlement with a T-shaped jetty within Shallow Har- its SW end, Cassard Point, and Driftwood Point, 1 mile SW, is
bor on the N side of Lively Island, 2.5 miles WNW of Sand obstructed by a rocky reef named Bleaker Jump.
Hills Point. The land in this vicinity is featureless, making identification
10.26

Tides—Currents.—During springs, tidal currents reach a

10.25 difficult.; the channel, with depths from 4.8 to 6.5m, is naviga-
rate of 2 knots in both directions in Lively Sound. During ble by small vessels with local knowledge.
strong winds they cause a tide rip off Pyramid Point. Kelp projects across the width of the passage. Its effect on
10.26

Anchorage.—There is a good anchorage for vessels with lo-

10.25 vessels is lessened at high tide.
cal knowledge in Seal Cove, sheltered from all winds, in a Vessels should stay in the middle of the channel through the
10.26

depth of 6m, mud and sand. Pyramid Cove affords good an- narrows. There is a 4.8m shoal, unmarked by kelp, 2.5 miles
chorage, in depths from 9 to 20m, sand over stiff clay. NE of Cassard Point.
A vessel of 2,641 tons anchored SE of Knob Point
10.25

(51°59'S., 58°36'W.); this anchorage is recommended for use 10.27 Sandy Bay Island (52°11'S., 58°48'W.) is located off
when the prevailing W winds are blowing. the E coast of Bleaker Island. A reef extends off the SE tip of
This same vessel anchored 0.6 mile SSW of Reef Island
10.25 Bleaker Island to a position 1.5 miles S of Sandy Bay Island.
(51°59'S., 58°29'W.), but this anchorage is not recommended A rock, whose existence is doubtful, was reported to lie 1.5
10.27

when winds are from the W. miles SE of Sandy Bay Island.

Directions.—To make Lively Sound, vessels should steer
10.25 Anchorage.—Sheltered anchorage, from most winds can be
10.27

335° with the W edge of Seal Island ahead. This course will found in a bay on the E side of Bleaker Island, 1 mile NW of
take a vessel into the passage between the reefs off that island Sandy Bay Island, in a depth of 21.9m.
and the spit extending off Sal Point. Adventure Sound is entered from Low Bay between Turn Is-
From this position, a course of 010° will take a vessel
10.25 let and the N tip of Bleaker Island. This sound has within its
through the narrows to the main channel of Choiseul Sound NE confines several fine harbors, the main ones being Adventure
of Centre Island (51°56'S., 58°34'W.), which is 9m high and Harbor and Moffit Bay. Both harbors lie in the S part of the
conspicuous. sound. Situated on the SW side of the sound are the harbors of
A 13.6m shoal is reported to lie about 2 miles NNE of Pyra-
10.25 Barrow, Fox, and Sullivan.
mid Point. North Point Island lies 0.5 mile W of the N tip of Bleaker Is-
10.27

A dangerous rock, in a patch of kelp, lies 0.65 mile W of

10.25 land; between them is a passage with depths of 9 to 11m, suit-
Centre Island. A depth of 7.9m lies 0.2 mile SE of Centre Is- able only for small vessels. Halt Island is situated about 3 miles
land. S of North Point Island. A kelp spit projects 1 mile N of Halt
Island.
10.26 Low Bay (52°06'S., 58°48'W.) is entered W of the Small vessels with local knowledge can find anchorage in a
10.27

Triste Islands, a rocky group 1.5 miles W of Motley Island. bay E of Halt Island, in depths of 11 to 12.8m. Bleaker Settle-
Although the shores of Low Bay are indented by several
10.26 ment Jetty is situated 1.25 miles SE of Halt Island.
coves, this bay doesn't afford good anchorage, as the ground is Moffit Bay lies in the S corner of Adventure Sound; it is not
10.27

rocky and foul in places and a heavy swell rolls in with S gales. easy of access, but provides anchorage, in depths of 12.8 to
There are tidal currents of 1 knot at the entrance to Low Bay. 18.3m.
The least reported depth in the entrance to the bay is 23.7m. Moffit Bay is entered SE of The Sisters, a chain of rocks
10.27

The most conspicuous landmark in Low Bay is Bluff Head

10.26 which lies NE of the entrance of the bay.
(52°05'S., 58°51'W.), a dark bluff cliff, 18m high. There is a Adventure Harbor lies about 4.2 miles N of Driftwood Point.
10.27

small islet close off Bluff Head. This harbor, which is spacious and easy of access, can accom-
The only known dangers in Low Bay are some kelp-fringed
10.26 modate vessels of virtually any size.
rocks that dry, lying halfway between Turn Islet and Bluff In Adventure Sound currents are negligible, except in West
10.27

Head, 3 miles NE. Arm at the head of the sound, where the ebb current is strong.
Shag Rock (52°13'S., 58°39'W.) lies about 5 miles off the
10.26 Anchorage may be taken in Adventure Harbor, in depths of 9
10.27

Pub. 124
304 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

to 21.9m, stiff mud. Barrow Harbor, separated from Adventure 10.29 Bay of Harbors (52°17'S., 59°11'W.) is entered be-
Harbor by a promontory, is entered N of Large Island tween Driftwood Point and Porpoise Point, about 12 miles
(52°08'S., 59°00'W.). Little Island, a small dark mound of tus- WSW. This bay, which is much indented by coves and inlets,
sac grass, lies 0.5 mile off Large Island's E side. has upon its shores hills which rarely exceed 55m in height,
A steep-to kelp patch lies 1.25 miles SSE of Little Island.
10.27 and that present a regular appearance from the offing.
Kelp Islet, whose N side is steep-to lies 1 mile W of the N tip Rocks, which are below-water, project 1 mile off Driftwood
10.29

of Large Island. Barrow Harbor affords anchorage, in depths of Point. A shoal, with a depth of 23m, lies about 2.2 miles SW.
7.3 to 18.3m, good holding ground. Cassies Island and Driftwood Island lie, respectively, close S
10.29

Fox Harbor, entered S of Low Point (52°05'S., 59°05'W.),

10.27 and 0.6 mile SE of Driftwood Point.
provides a good harbor for small craft. Great Island lies about Porpoise Point (52°21'S., 59°18'W.), the SW entrance point
10.29

0.4 mile E of Low Point, and the passage between has a depth of Bay of Harbors, has two kelp patches 1.5 miles SE, and
of 5.5m, but can only be used by small craft. A rocky spit, kelp, in which there are some rocks awash, 0.5 mile SE.
which partly dries, projects 0.5 mile N, with depths of 7.3m Bull Point lies 1.25 miles NE of Porpoise Point. A depth of
10.29

close to the kelp. A patch of kelp with depths of less than 2m at 20m lies 1.5 miles WNW of Bull Point. A depth of 19m lies
its E end lies 0.5 mile SE of Great Island. 0.75 mile NE of Bull Point.
Button Island, which is small and round, lies 0.5 mile E of
10.27 The point is reported to be marked by a light from which a
10.29

Great Island. A patch of kelp, marking a rock, depth of less racon transmits.
than 2m, lies halfway between Button Island and Shell Island. Tides—Currents.—The flood current runs W along the S
10.29

Sullivan Harbor, entered N of a promontory about 3 miles N

10.27 coast of East Falkland Island at a rate of 1 to 2 knots. Off Por-
of Low Point, is kelp-fringed and accessible only by small ves- poise Point the current attains a rate of almost 3 knots and
sels. forms a strong race during W gales.
Anchorage in good holding ground, mud and peat, may be
10.27 Bull Road lies in the SW part of Bay of Harbors, and is en-
10.29

obtained 1.5 miles E of Button Island, in a depth of about 22m. tered between Bull Point and Bull Islet, 3 miles NW. This road
Sheltered anchorage may be obtained 0.7 mile NE of Burnt
10.27 is the most convenient anchorage in the S part of East Falkland
Island (52°02'S., 59°11'W.), stiff mud, good holding ground. Island. Bull Cove is entered 1 mile WSW of Bull Point.
Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in
10.29

10.28 The Sea Lion Islands (52°25'S., 59°00'W.), a group 12.8 to 18.3m, good bottom, 0.5 mile NNW of the entrance to
of one large and four small islets, lie about 11 miles S of Bull Cove. The large kelp reefs, NW of Bull Point, provide
Bleaker Island. The large island lies 18 miles SW of Shag good shelter from E winds.
Rock. Middle Shoal has a depth of 11.2m and lies 3.5 miles NE of
10.29

A reef, with the three small islets and several below-water

10.28 Bull Point. A rock, awash, whose existence is doubtful, lies 0.3
rocks, projects 2 to 6 miles E from the E tip of the large island. mile NE of the shoal.
A detached reef lies 2.5 miles further ENE. The Fanny Islands and the Harbor Islands, 0.5 mile E, lie in a
10.29

The channel between the E tip of the large island and Brandy
10.28 bank of kelp on the W side of the bay, 4.5 miles N of Bull
Island, the W most islet on the reef, has a least reported depth Point.
of 7.8m. Little Harbor Island lies on a bank of kelp 1 mile E of the S
10.29

However, a reef on which the sea breaks projects 3 miles S

10.28 harbor island. A detached patch of kelp, marking a rock with a
from the large island, and vessels from S intending to use this depth of less than 2m, lies 0.6 mile NE of the N Fanny Island.
channel should keep a good lookout. It was reported that this Fanny Road is entered N of the Fanny Islands, between them
10.29

reef extended further S than charted. A wool shed stands on the and West Point (Devil's Point), 1.5 miles NW. Vessels with lo-
N side of the large island and a house near its E end. A shoal, cal knowledge can find secure anchorage, in Fanny Road, in
with a depth of 18m, lies 9.5 miles WSW of the island. depths of 9.1 to 29.3m, sand and mud. Snug Cove is entered
A 23.5m shoal lies 1.5 miles NW of the W end of the Sea Li-
10.28 3.5 miles NW of West Point.
on Islands. Lesser depths possibly exist between it and the is- There is a good anchorage, as charted, W of the three kelp
10.29

lands. A bank, marked by kelp and with a least depth of 17.9m, patches and S of the cliffy point forming Snug Cove, in 14.6 to
lies about 10 miles WSW of the W end of the largest of the Sea 27.4m, sand and mud.
Lion Islands. North Arm and Northwest Arm provide secure anchorage to
10.29

Beauchene Island (52°55'S., 59°12'W.) lies about 27 miles

10.28 vessels of moderate tonnage in the inlets at the head of the bay.
S of the Sea Lion Islands. The N point rises to a green mound There is a large settlement at the head of the E creek of North
82.6m high, and the S end, which is less than half that height, Arm. This settlement is not visible from a distance until North
is rocky. The S and E sides form high cliffs, and the W side Arm is entered.
slopes down to the sea. There are no known dangers beyond There is a pier, with a depth of 2.3m alongside, but the pas-
10.29

0.25 mile offshore. sage to it is narrow, and requires local knowledge. Garden
It was reported that a shoal or below-water rock was believed
10.28 Point, the point separating the W and E inlets of North Arm,
to exist about 4 miles WNW of Whirlwind Point the N point of has a sheep corral which can be identified. The Round Islets lie
Beauchene Island. about 4 miles NW of West Point.
Mintay Rock was reported to lie 3.5 miles SW of Beauchene
10.28 A vessel of 2,641 gt obtained good anchorage with excellent
10.29

Island. However, while the existence of this sunken rock is holding ground, in a depth of 8.2m, sand and mud, 1.5 miles
doubtful, vessels should exercise caution when passing S of NNE of the Round Islets. However, the anchorage is restricted
Beauchene Island. and streamers of kelp were observed.

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 305

Anchorage has also been obtained 0.5 mile SE of Garden

10.29 Island and should not be attempted without local knowledge as
Point, in 18m, soft gray mud, good holding ground. there are strong tidal currents within, and a lack of soundings
Eagle Passage is situated between the SW end of East Falk-
10.29 to the W.
land Island and Barren Island, George Island, and Speedwell Annie Island, 2 miles N of George Island, is fringed with
Island. This passage is entered between a point about 3 miles kelp and reefs up to 0.25 mile offshore. A reef of below-water
WSW of Porpoise Point and the S tip of Barren Island, 11.5 rocks extends from the W end of Annie Island 1 mile NW to
miles W. It passage extends 18 miles NNW and has a least the shore of George Island.
width of 1 mile in the N section, E of Speedwell Island. Anchorage.—Speedwell Island has two good anchorages
10.31

for those small vessels with local knowledge on its NE side.

10.30 Barren Island (52°22'S., 59°41'W.), from which foul Halfway Cove is entered N of the E tip of Speedwell Island.
ground is reported to extend up to 5 miles E and 4 miles SE This cove offers a restricted anchorage, in depths of 9 to
10.31

from the S tip, forms the SW side of Eagle Passage. 14.6m, good holding ground, N of the S entrance point.
Two parallel reefs project 2 miles NE from the NE coast of
10.30 The other anchorage is about 2 miles SE of Phillips Point
10.31

Barren Island. These reefs were reported to extend further NE (52°07'S., 59°46'W.), the NW tip of Speedwell Island. This an-
than charted. Below-water rocks surrounded by kelp are situat- chorage, in the first sandy bay when standing along the island
ed 2 miles N of Tea Point, the N tip of Barren Island. to the S, should be approached with care as shoal water proj-
Owen Road is located between the NW side of Barren Island
10.30 ects 0.75 mile from the NE part of Speedwell Island.
and the E side of George Island. The passage at the head of Stinker Island, a small kelp-fringed islet, lies 1 mile NW of
10.31

Owen Road between George Island and Barren Island is re- Phillips Point.
ported to be foul and only 0.3 mile wide. Elephant Cays, lying off the NW end of Speedwell Island,
10.31

Winds—Weather.—During SW gales, the water is quite

10.30 are low sandy islets surrounded by reefs and kelp. Shoals proj-
smooth in Owen Road. During SE gales, which cause the ect 3.25 miles NNW from the N end of these islets.
heaviest seas on the coast, smooth water will be found when Golden Knob is a conspicuous cone-shaped islet, 23m high,
10.31

the N tip of Barren Island bears less than 100°. situated in the center of Elephant Cays, 2 miles WSW of Phil-
Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can find an-
10.30 lips Point. There is a passage about 0.5 mile wide between Ele-
chorage in Owen Road. A good berth lies close off George Is- phant Cays and Speedwell Island. This channel is relatively
land, 3.5 miles NNW of the S tip of Barren Island in depths free of dangers except for a 9.1m patch 0.5 mile S of the Cays.
from 14.6 to 18.3m, stiff clay, covered with broken shell. Depths of 11 to 12.8m have been reported 2 miles NW of El-
10.31

Vessels will see stems of kelp which are reported to be of no

10.30 ephant Cays; a 15m shoal patch lies 2.75 miles NW and a rock,
consequence. A 5.6m shoal was reported to lie about 1.7 miles marked by a patch of kelp, on which the sea occasionally
WNW of Tea Point. breaks, lies 1 mile SW of Elephant Cays, and should be given a
There is a below-water reef to be avoided when utilizing this
10.30 wide berth.
anchorage. This reef projects nearly 1.5 miles ENE into the Heavy breakers were reported in the area between 0.5 mile
10.31

middle of the road from the S part of the E side of George Is- and 1 mile W of Elephant Cays. Kelp was reported to extend 2
land. There is a house and a jetty at the head of a small bay on miles NW of Elephant Cays.
the E side of George Island and a house on the N side of the Caution.—The area N of Elephant Cays has not been ade-
10.31

SW part of Barren Island. quately surveyed, and depths less than charted may exist and
Directions.—Vessels entering Eagle Pass from SE should
10.30 vessels should therefore keep to the deep channel.
avoid the foul ground that projects about 4 to 5 miles SE and E
from Barren Island and Barren Reefs, which extend 2 miles or 10.32 Blind Island (52°16'S., 59°33'W.) lies on the E side
more NE from the NE tip of Barren Island. of Eagle Passage about 5 miles ENE of the NE tip of George
Those vessels intending to change course for anchorage in
10.30 Island. Detached shoal patches, marked by kelp, of which the
Owen Road should not do so until the passage between Barren shallowest has a depth of 12.8m, lie 1.75 miles W of the N tip
Island and George Island is open, or until in a position from of Blind Island.
which the N tip of Barren Island bears 225°, and the NE tip of Mid Island, 15m high, lies 3 miles NW of Blind Island. A
10.32

George Island bears 293°. Vessels can then alter course to reef, which dries, projects 0.25 mile NW of Mid Island. Ladril-
245°, which will lead to the anchorage. lo Island lies 2 miles N of Mid Island. A conspicuous wreck
The passage which is recommended lies N of the N end of
10.30 lies inshore of Ladrillo Island. A detached rock, with a depth of
Barren Reefs and S of the below-water rocks lying 2 miles N of 6m, lies 0.5 miles N of Phillips Point.
Tea Point, and the dangers off the SE side of George Islet; it is A reef, which is marked by kelp, is situated 1 mile W of the
10.32

1 mile wide and clear of dangers. W extremity of Ruggles Island and extends to within 0.5 mile
If bound for Owen Road from N, vessels should steer to pass
10.30 of the detached 6m rock. Depths of less than 6m may exist in
0.5 mile E of the NE tip of George Island. Then course should this area.
be shaped to pass midway between the two islets 1.25 miles S Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents within Eagle Passage, in-
10.32

of the NE tip of George Island and the below-water rocks 1 fluenced by the winds, attain rates of 2 to 3 knots. The flood
mile E, then to the anchorage. current runs N; the ebb current runs S.
Directions.—Vessels with local knowledge proceeding
10.32

10.31 Speedwell Island (52°11'S., 59°42'W.) represents the through Eagle Passage should pass W of the 12.8m patch 1.75
largest of the three islands on the W side of Eagle Passage. miles W of Blind Island and W of Mid Island. The channel N
Speedwell Passage lies between Georgel Island and Speedwell of Mid Island is narrow but clear of dangers.

Pub. 124
306 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

Vessels entering Eagle Passage from N, with local knowl-

10.32 miles SSE of Cape Dolphin. The S shore of the bay is distin-
edge, should remain at least 2 miles NE of Elephant Cays and guished by rugged cliffs, about 48m high, broken only by the
well clear of the kelp off Stinker Island. mouths of two streams.
Caution is required to avoid the detached rock 3.5 miles N of
10.32 Middle Bay is entered between Middle Point and Race Point
10.34

Phillips Point, and also the reef which projects 2.5 miles WNW (51°25'S., 59°06'W.), 4 miles WSW.
from the S end of Ruggles Island. The shores of this bay are cliffy and kelp fringes the SW
10.34

The areas W of George Island and Speedwell Island have not

10.32 shore. Smylie Creek, used only by small craft, is entered close
been adequately surveyed; vessels should exercise extreme S of a sharp bluff 2.25 miles SSW of Middle Point. There are
caution when navigating in these waters. three prominent hills on the S side of Smylie Creek, named
Rincon de los Tres Picos. These hills range in height from 158
Falkland Sound to 168m.
Vessels without local knowledge should not navigate within
10.34

10.33 Falkland Sound, which divides East Falkland Island lines joining the entrance points of Foul Bay and Middle Bay.
from West Falkland Island, is about 50 miles long. Directions Rocks and patches of shoal water are known to exist in Foul
10.34

for the passage through Falkland Sound are given at the con- Bay and may exist in Middle Bay, although the latter bay ap-
clusion of the narrative in paragraph 10.42. pears to be free of dangers.
Tides—Currents.—Off Race Point, the tidal currents attain
10.33 Race Point, the NE entrance point of Falkland Sound, con-
10.34

a rate of 4 knots. In Grantham Sound it diminishes to 1.5 knots. sists of steep cliffs that rise abruptly from the water to heights
In both entrances to the sound and between the islands, the tid- of 46m.
al currents attain rates of 3 to 5 knots at springs. In the wider Sunk Rock, over which the depth is not known, lies near
10.34

parts, they are moderate. mid-channel between White Point Rock and Race Point. The
Among the islands in the SE part of the sound, the currents
10.33 kelp which marks this danger is only visible at slack water.
are very irregular in direction and rate. Tide Rock, 2 miles WSW of Race Point, is 1.5m high; a rock,
The flood currents enter both entrances to the sound and
10.33 awash, lies close S. Tide Rock is nearly always awash at HW.
meet near the N end of Swan Island (51°44'S., 59°28'W.). This rock is almost steep-to and is a useful mark for the mid-
10.34

They appear to turn at about half tide, but they have not been dle of the channel; vessels usually pass E of it, and it is safe to
fully investigated. In the N entrance, the incoming flood cur- do so within 183m of the kelp, which is visible at all times.
rent begins 3 hours before HW by the shore. The kelp-fringed coast 3.5 miles SSW, from Race Point to
10.34

Aspect.—At the S end of the sound there are many flat is-
10.33 Fanning Head, is notable for its sheer cliffs which rise to a
lands and some shoals. height of 107m. These cliffs are broken midway by a wide san-
The dangers, as far as is known, are generally visible. Due to
10.33 dy beach.
the smooth nature of the water and the rarity of thick weather, Fanning Head has two summits and is prominent and high.
10.34

navigation of the sound is normally easy by day. However, it is The NE, and higher, summit rises to a height of 234m about 0.5
not considered prudent to navigate the sound at night unless mile inland and has a conspicuous cairn on its top.
equipped with good radar. Fanning Harbor lies on the N side of Fanning Island, 2 miles
10.34

To vessels entering from N, the E side of the sound, S of the

10.33 SE of Fanning Head. Good anchorage, for vessels with local
Northwest Islets and Grantham Sound, changes its aspect and knowledge, may be found, in depths of 12.8 to 25.6m, mud.
is low, with gentle undulating hills that seldom exceed 46m in Foul ground projects about 183m W from the W end of Fan-
10.34

height, maintaining this character to the S end of the sound. ning Island. The E end of the island is joined to the mainland
This E shore is pocked with good harbors offering good shel-
10.33 by a rocky bank that dries.
ter. Port San Carlos and San Carlos Water are both approached
10.34

The W side of the sound is high, bold and formed by a ridge,

10.33 between Fanning Head and Chancho Point, about 2 miles SSE.
90 to 180m high, running almost the length of the sound. There
are several breaks in this ridge where harbors are formed. The 10.35 Port San Carlos (51°30'S., 59°00'W.) is large, se-
gaps or fissures in the S part of the sound are excellent guides cure, and mostly free of dangers. Careening Cove lies on the N
to the harbors and islands on the opposite side. Immediately side of the head of Port San Carlos. There is a T-head jetty at
behind the above mentioned ridge are the Hornby Mountains. Port San Carlos. It is 9m long and can handle a vessel with a
This group, 549 to 610m high, project in a parallel line as far as length of 51m and a draft of 3.5m.
Hill Gap, where they head W. Anchorage.—Small vessels with local knowledge might
10.35

Mount Maria, the highest summit near the sound, rises to a

10.33 find anchorage off the jetty at Careening Cove, in depths of
height of 669m, 5 miles WNW of Bold Point. 21.9 to 27.4m, the shores at the head of the inlet being steep-to.
However, due to a sand and rock bottom, a depth of 25m, and
10.34 Foul Bay, which forms the E side of North Falkland poor holding ground, vessels should only use it as a temporary
Sound, is entered between Cape Dolphin, previously described anchorage.
in paragraph 10.3, and Middle Point, about 9 miles S. This bay Directions.—Vessels entering the inner section of Port San
10.35

is reported to be encumbered by many rocks and shoals. Carlos should heed the limited maneuvering space and the
Elephant Beach forms the head of Foul Bay and is reportedly
10.34 speed at which the weather deteriorates.
fronted by foul ground 2 miles off and extending. San Carlos Water is reported to project about 7 miles SE
The N shore of Foul Bay rises gradually to cliffs, attaining an
10.34 from Chancho Point (51°30'S., 59°08'W.). At the head of the
elevation of 38m. A stone cairn, with a height of 36m, lies 4 inlet are two shallow creeks, between which stands a large

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 307

rents its use is reported to be restricted to small craft with local

knowledge.
New Haven lies on the S side of Grantham Sound 7 miles S
10.36

of the Northwest Islands. This small port affords good anchor-

age; although open NW, little sea sets in.
Small vessels with local knowledge can find anchorage to-
10.36

wards the W side of New Haven Inlet, 1 mile from the en-
trance, in depths from 7.3 to 11m, stiff clay under a layer of
sand. There is a group of below-water rocks that lies 2.5 miles
WSW of the entrance to New Haven Inlet.
A depth of 14.4m lies 4.25 miles WNW of the W entrance
10.36

point of New Haven Inlet. Kelp Harbor is situated 5 miles SW

of New Haven Inlet.

10.37 Egg Harbor (51°50'S., 59°23'W.), about 15 miles

SW of the Northwest Islets, is entered between Long Point and
John Strong Island, which is covered with tussock grass and
about 3 miles NNE.
10.35 Port San Carlos Garden Point is situated 1.5 miles SSE of Long Point. Park-
10.37

er Shoal, with a depth of 4.8m, lies 1.25 miles N; a below-wa-

prominent white house. In the main part of the inlet there are ter rock lies about 0.6 mile ENE of Long Point. Parker Shoal is
no known dangers within 0.2 mile offshore. However, within 1 not marked well by kelp and is only visible in calm conditions.
mile of the head of the inlet the depths are less than 5.5m. A dilapidated jetty, awash at HWS, with depth of 2m at its
10.37

A kelp-fringed rock, which dries 1.5m, lies about 0.2 mile

10.35
head, is located on the SW side of a creek at the head of the
from the W shore, 1 mile from the head of the inlet. harbor. A range, marked by cairns, in line bearing 187.5°, may
Caution.—A wreck, with a depth of 7.6m and marked by a
10.35
be used to enter the harbor; it was reported that these cairns
buoy close N, lies in the middle of San Carlos Water, about 0.4 were difficult to see.
mile E of Red Point (51°33'S., 59°04'W.). The area within High Cliff Island (51°48'S., 59°28'W.) is the highest island
10.37

100m of any part of the wreck is designated a prohibited area. in the sound, rising to a height of 30m. This island is conspicu-
ous for a prominent white cliff discolored by birds.
10.36 Ajax Bay lies on the W side of the inlet 4.5 miles SSE High Cliff Island is connected to the shore to the S by foul
10.37

of Chancho Point. There is a settlement and a disused refriger- ground. High Cliff Island East lies 0.75 mile S of High Cliff Is-
ation plant at Ajax Bay. land; High Cliff Island West lies 1.5 miles SW of the same is-
Bonners Bay, with depths less than 5.5m, lies on the E shore land.
about 2 miles SE of Ajax Bay. There is a pier, which dries at Main Passage lies W of High Cliff Island West; between it
10.37

LW, at Bonners Bay, that is used by small craft. and the SE tip of Swan Island the passage is 2 miles wide,
Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can obtain an-
10.36
deep, and clear of dangers. However, a 12.8m patch, located 2
chorage in San Carlos Water, in depths of 7.3 to 25.6m. to 3 miles NNE of the SE end of Swan Island, has not been ad-
Cat Island lies 2.5 miles SSW of Chancho Point. This island
10.36
equately examined and depths less than charted may exist.
lies in a large area of kelp that has not been closely examined, The Tyssen Islands lie about 7 miles SW of High Cliff Is-
10.37

and should be given a wide berth. land. A rock, existence doubtful, with a depth of less than 2m,
The Northwest Islets, which are connected to East Falkland
10.36
lies 0.5 mile N of North Tyssen and a ridge, terminating in a
Island by foul ground, lie 5.5 miles SSW of Chancho Point. shoal of 12m extends 1.25 miles NNE of the charted position
Caution.—A wreck, with a depth of 18m, lies 0.6 mile SW
10.36
of the rock.
of the Northwest Islets. The area within 100m of any part of Another ridge, which has not been closely examined, but
10.37

the wreck is designated a prohibited area. with charted depths between 13 and 20m, lies parallel with,
Rookery Island (51°37'S., 59°08'W.) lies about 0.7 mile off
10.36
and about 2 miles NW of the Tyssen Islands.
the N shore of Grantham Sound and is encompassed by rocks. Depths less than charted may exist on this ridge. Tyssen
10.37

A chain of rocks extends E to the coast from a position 1.25 Patch is a rocky kelp-fringed shoal that lies 1 mile WNW of the
miles S of Rookery Island. S tip of the SW Tyssen Island. A kelp-marked shoal with a
Port Sussex, entered on the NE side of Grantham Sound,
10.36
least depth of 6.6m lies in the fairway 1.5 miles NW of Tyssen
provides a good harbor for small vessels. There is a small kelp Patch. Sandbar Island is connected to the SW Tyssen Island by
patch with a depth of 5.2m that lies near the middle of the en- foul ground, on which are some islets and rocks.
trance. There is a prominent house which is located on the N Cygnet Harbor is entered 4.75 miles SSW of High Cliff Is-
10.37

shore of the inlet 1.5 miles E of the entrance. land. Though encumbered by several kelp patches, this harbor
Vessels with local knowledge can find anchorage beyond a
10.36
offers good shelter for small vessels.
flat stony point on the S side of the inlet 1.5 miles inside the Port King, Wharton Harbor, and Findlay Harbor, entered 3.5
10.37

entrance, in depths of 7.3 to 9.1m, stiff mud. miles ENE, 1.5 miles SSE, and 3 miles SSW, respectively, of
Brenton Loch is entered about 2 miles to the S of Port Sus-
10.36
Sandbar Island, all afford good secure anchorages and are al-
sex. However, due to a narrow entrance and strong tidal cur- most clear of dangers.

Pub. 124
308 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

An obstruction, with a depth of 8m, and a wreck close SE of

10.37 the S part of the head of the bay.
it, lie in the entrance to Port King. Small vessels with local knowledge awaiting fair weather or
10.38

Great Island lies about 1.2 miles WSW of Sandbar Island. In

10.37 tide can find anchorage in White Rock Bay sheltered from W
the channel between Great Island and the SW entrance point to and SW winds. Although the head of the bay has not been sur-
Findlay Harbor is an islet joined to the point by foul ground. veyed, it is known to provide good shelter. Most of the dangers
Tickle Pass, with a least known depth of 10.3m, is the chan-
10.37 are marked by kelp.
nel between the islet and Great Island. This passage can only The kelp-fringed coast between Jersey Point and Many-
10.38

be used by small vessels with local knowledge as it is narrow Branch Harbor, about 8 miles SW, is mostly steep-to and con-
and subject to strong current. sists of cliffs, 30 to 60m high. Mount Rosalie, 425m high and
A shoal, marked by kelp, with a depth of 9.4m, lies 2.75
10.37 prominent, lies about 3 miles N of the Many-Branch Harbor
miles WSW of the N tip of Great Island. Off the NW side of entrance.
Great Island, depths less than charted may exist. Many-Branch Harbor lies between two cliffy headlands and
10.38

Vessels with local knowledge may obtain good anchorage in

10.37 is a good harbor whose entrance is tortuous and narrow. The
Anchorage Bay. This cove lies on the E side of Great Island harbor should not be entered without local knowledge as it has
and has depths of 21.9 to 27.4m. not been examined. Bold Cove, 7.5 miles SW of Many-Branch
Directions.—The passage E of the Tyssen Islands, which
10.37 Harbor, offers good anchorage, in 14.6 to 15.8m, mud.
leads to Port King, Wharton Harbor, and Findlay Harbor, is
mostly free of dangers except for a 12.8m shoal 0.5 mile SE of
the northernmost Tyssen Island. The kelp on the reef projecting
0.4 mile S of Sandbar Island is frequently run under by tidal
currents.
Ruggles Island (52°03'S., 59°42'W.) fronts the SW part of
10.37

Ruggles Bay. Clump Islet and Wolf Island lie, respectively,

1.75 miles NE and 1.5 miles NW of the N tip of Ruggles Is-
land. Rocks, awash, and patches of kelp, lie halfway between
Clump Islet and Great Island, 2.5 miles NE. A rock with a
depth of 1.8m lies 0.5 mile ESE of the N tip Ruggles Island.
A patch of rocks with depths less than 2m lies 1.25 miles
10.37

WSW of the same point. Rocks project 1.25 miles WNW and a
detached rock, with a depth of 2m lies 1.75 miles W of the SW
end of Ruggles Island.
Ruggles Bay lies E of Ruggles Island and is entered between
10.37

that island and Wolf Island, 1 mile NE. Moffittt Harbor and
Danson Harbor are coves at the head of the bay. Robinson's
Patch, a shoal with a depth of 7.7m, lies about 183m NW of the
peninsula separating the two harbors.
Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge may find good
10.37

anchorage in Ruggles Bay. The best berth can be found in the 10.38 Port Howard
SE corner of the bay as the bottom is hard near the entrance.
Calista Island (52°01'S., 59°50'W.) lies in the S entrance to
10.37
10.39 Port Howard (51°39'S., 59°32'W.) lies 11 miles SW
Falkland Sound. Wedge Islet and other islets, rocks, and kelp of Many-Branch Harbor and is narrow, but very secure. West
patches form an archipelago stretching 4 miles NE to within 1 winds are often stronger in Port Howard than in the sound out-
mile of Great Island. side, with squalls that are violent off its W shore.
A shoal, with a least known depth of 8.2m, lies 2 miles S of
10.37
Winds, locally named “Woollies” are funneled by the sur-
10.39

Calista Island. Depths less than charted may exist on the shoal. rounding hills. The N part of the inlet is covered by kelp
streamers which may block condenser inlets. Kelp marks the
10.38 White Rock Point (51°24'S., 59°10'W.), 34m high, shoal water on either side.
comprises the NW entrance point to Falkland Sound. White A settlement lies on the W side of the head of a creek located
10.39

Rock, conspicuous, haystack-shaped and whitened by lichen, at the N part of Port Howard, 2 miles NNE of the entrance. Sit-
lies at the end of a rocky ledge that projects some 0.2 mile NE uated on the W side of the creek is a T-headed pier, 9m long,
from White Rock Point and rises to a height of about 26m. with depths of 3m alongside its head, utilized by vessels up to
Rocks, awash and marked by kelp, lie 0.75 mile ENE of
10.38
30m long.
White Rock. The kelp on these rocks is only visible at slack Anchorage.—Good anchorage, for vessels with local
10.39

water. The passage between these rocks and White Rock has a knowledge, may be found just inside the heads, in depths of 7
least depth of 12.8m. However, the passage can only be used in to 8.9m, with soft mud. Moreover, anchorage further N is not
good weather by vessels with local knowledge. recommended as the swinging room is restricted and there are
White Rock Bay is entered between White Rock Point and
10.38
many patches of kelp.
Jersey Point, 2 miles S. Jersey Point is long, thin, and steep-to, There is additional anchorage available in a small cove out-
10.39

and rises from a height of 40m at its seaward tip to 120m near side Port Howard, 0.8 mile S of the entrance.
the head of the bay. Jersey Harbor is formed by two coves in

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 309

10.40 Shag Harbor (51°44'S., 59°35'W.) lies 6 miles SW by rocks. The channel between West Island and the point 1
of Port Howard and is suitable only for small craft. A kelp-cov- mile NW, though deep, is narrowed by a rocky shoal with
ered reef extends 0.3 mile NE from the S entrance point; rocks, the largest of which dries 1.5m, projecting from the
depths up to 18m exist in the harbor. point.
Holding ground is excellent but anchoring is not recom-
10.40 East Head lies 6.5 miles WSW of West Islet, and represents
10.41

mended as W winds cause violent squalls to blow down the ra- the NW entrance point of the S entrance to Falkland Sound.
vine. Directions.—Deep draft vessels intending to transit Falk-
10.41

There is a good anchorage off the entrance to Snug Harbor,

10.40 land Sound are advised to do so by daylight only. Vessels
taking care to avoid a line of below-water rocks and shoals ex- should endeavor to identify Eddystone Rock and Cape Dolphin
tending NE from West Swan Island and lying about 0.7 mile prior approaching the N entrance.
off the entrance. This danger may reach as far NE as the reefs S On the E and W sides of the N entrance to Falkland Sound,
10.41

of Port Howard. Fanning Head and Goat Hill, respectively, are easily identified,
The Swan Islands are comprised of North Swan Island, Swan
10.40 especially the former.
Island, and West Swan Island, which all lie off the entrance to As the entrance to the sound is approached, Tide Rock, Jer-
10.41

Snug Harbor. For the most part the islands are low, flat and sey Point, and White Rock can usually be made out.
grass-covered; their coasts are formed by cliff up to 10m high. When approaching Falkland Sound from N, head for the
10.41

Patches, with depths of 13 and 17.7m, lie 5.5 and 3.75 miles
10.40 high double summit of Fanning Head or, if this is obscured,
NE of North Swan Island. A wreck, with a depth of 14.8m, lies make good a course of 186° from a position 1.5 miles W of Ed-
0.9 mile E of the extremity of the same island. A kelp-covered dystone Rock, until 2 miles off Race Point. Then steer to pass
shoal, with a depth of 8.7m, lies 0.5 mile N of the N extremity E of Tide Rock. Tide Rock bearing more than 190° leads E of
of the same island. A shoal, with a least known depth of 11.8m, Sunk Rock.
lies 1 mile E of Swan Island.North Swan is connected to Swan The depths between Eddystone Rock and the entrance to the
10.41

by a rocky bank through which there is no passage. A 13m sound are fairly regular, over fine black speckled sand. A ledge
patch lies 5.25 miles NE of North Swan. Swan Passage, be- extends 0.2 mile off Race Point, then to Fanning Head, the E
tween Swan Island and West Swan Island, is narrowed by a shore is clear of dangers. Vessels entering the inner part of Port
reef extending from both islands and has not been fully sur- San Carlos should not proceed E of Hospital Point, 1.5 miles
veyed. SE of the E tip of Fanning Island, without local knowledge.
The least known depth in the center of the channel is 8m, but
10.40 From off Fanning Head, a vessel with local knowledge
10.41

a reef, with a least depth of 1.9m at its outer end, extends about bound for San Carlos Water should alter course to keep the
0.3 mile W from the W extremity of Swan Island. Kelp marks prominent rocky outcrop near the extremity of Jersey Point
the edges of the channel. Swan Passage should be used only by (51°26'S., 59°11'W.) bearing 314°, astern. This leads towards
small vessels with local knowledge. the entrance to San Carlos Water, clear of all dangers.
The narrow channel W of West Swan Island is not recom-
10.40 When the conspicuous white house at the head of San Carlos
10.41

mended as it is blocked at its SW end by shoals. An anchorage, Water bears 159° alter course to that bearing which will lead
which is not recommended during N and W winds, for vessels abreast of Ajax Bay.
with local knowledge, lies 0.5 mile N of a foul cove on the N Vessels continuing SW through Falkland Sound from abeam
10.41

side of North Swan, in a depth of 14m. of Fanning Head (51°28'S., 59°08'W.) follow the fairway to-
The headland which forms the E side of this foul cove may
10.40 wards the entrance to Main Passage, which lies between High
be identified by a prominent house and shearing shed with a Cliff Island and the Swan Islands. Through main passage, after
boat jetty. rounding Swan Island, vessels steer with the SE tip of that is-
Caution.—Tidal currents attain rates of 2.5 knots between
10.40 land astern bearing 062°.
Swan Island and North Swan Island, and 3 knots in Swan Pas- When NW of the 5.5m patch, marked by kelp, which lies 2.5
10.41

sage. A large standing wave forms at the S end of Swan Pas- miles W of the N end of West Tyssen, change course SSW to
sage during S gales. pass 1 mile E of West Islet, then SE to pass NW of Calista Is-
land and the islets and rocks projecting NE from it.
10.41 Oberon Patch (51°49'S., 59°41'W.), which is marked A shoal depth of 9.1m was reported to lie 0.5 mile NE of
10.41

by kelp and almost dries, lies 2 miles SW of the S tip of West West Islet.
Swan Island. This patch has depths of 10m close around it. An Vessels entering Falkland Sound from S, should avoid the
10.41

8m shoal, marked by kelp, lies 1.5 miles ESE of the center of reef, marked by kelp, extending SW from the W tip of George
Oberon Patch. Island. After passing Wood Shoal, the directions described
Depths less than charted may exist SW, NE, and E of Oberon
10.41 above should be followed in reverse order.
Patch, off the N entrance to Hill Gap Cove. A rock, awash at
HW, lies 0.75 mile WNW of Oberon Patch. West Falkland Island
Hill Gap Cove (51°48'S., 59°44'W.), which is entered about
10.41

4 miles WSW of the W tip of Swan Island, affords anchorage 10.42 Pebble Island (51°17'S., 59°41'W.), whose E tip lies
for small vessels with local knowledge, in general depths of about 10 miles WNW of White Rock Point, is separated from
11m. The Hill Gap Islands, lying 0.5 mile offshore, project 5 the mainland by Tamar Pass. Cape Tamar, the N tip of Pebble
miles SW of Hill Gap Cove. Passage between these islands and Island, is a steep and cliffy promontory. Close off the cape are
West Falkland Island is not recommended. three or four sharply pointed rocks.
West Island (51°58'S., 59°49'W.) is small and surrounded
10.41 The peaks of Pebble Island are conspicuous when approach-
10.42

Pub. 124
310 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

ing from N, and are the best marks for identifying this section Wreck Island (51°09'S., 60°14'W.) lies about 9 miles
10.43

of coast. WNW of Port Egmont Cays, and a reef projects 1 mile E and N
Tamar Pass (51°20'S., 59°24'W.), which separates the E end from it. From N, Wreck Island first appears as 3 low islets, and
of Pebble Island from the mainland of West Falkland Island, actually it is very low, little more than a reef.
leads into Ship Harbor (Tamar Harbor) and Inner Pass, 1.5 The area between Wreck Island and Sedge Island, 4 miles W,
10.43

miles SW. Tamar Pass is narrowed by a reef that projects half- is full of kelp-covered rocks visible at half-tide. Sedge Island
way across it from the W side. consists of flat layers of rocks, the tops of which are covered
The kelp on this reef is run under by the strong tidal currents,
10.42 with tussac grass. The N coast of this island is cliffy and from 5
and the eddies are very dangerous. Ship Harbor (Tamar Har- to 10m high.
bor) affords the first shelter W of Falkland Sound, but it should Vessels with local knowledge can find temporary anchorage
10.43

not be entered without local knowledge. off the W cove on the S coast of the island, in a depth of 33m,
A rock, with a depth of 2m, and a 2m shoal, both covered
10.42 and. It was reported that Sedge Island lay 0.5 mile N of its
with kelp, lie in the fairway between Tamar Pass and Inner charted position.
Pass. This shoal has not been examined. A rock, awash, has been reported to lie approximately 1 mile
10.43

Tides—Currents.—One part of the flood current, running

10.42 off the S shore of Sedge Island. Sollis Rock lies 1.5 miles S of
W along the N coast of West Falkland Island, runs S through Sedge Island. Also, it was reported that a patch of kelp is about
Tamar Pass, where it attains a rate of 6 to 10 knots. The other 4 miles SW of the W end of Sedge Island.
part sweeps round Government Islet and enters Keppel Sound,
SW of Pebble Island. 10.44 Pebble Sound (51°22'S., 59°30'W.), lying between
Directions.—Tamar Pass should only be used by vessels
10.42 Pebble Island and the mainland, is encumbered by many is-
with local knowledge. Reportedly this pass is not difficult to lands and shoals. This sound provides good anchorages for
navigate during slack water when kelp may help to mark dan- small vessels with local knowledge. Pebble Sound is entered
gers. from E through Tamar Pass and from W through North West
A vessel with a draft of 4.3m entered Pebble Sound from sea
10.42 Passage, Anxious Passage, and an unnamed passage.
by passing about 0.1 mile W of the E entrance point to Tamar North West Passage is located 1 mile SW of Rabbit Point
10.44

Pass, then 0.4 mile W of a prominent point 0.7 mile S, then 0.3 (51°18'S., 59°42'W.). Sea Lion Islet, 3m high, lies on the NE
mile N of an island lying close N of the E entrance point of in- side of the passage, close S of Rabbit Island. Paul Islet, low and
ner pass, and finally into Pebble Sound. grassy, and Horseshoe Island lie on its SW side. This channel
When proceeding NE through Inner Pass and Tamar Pass,
10.42 should only be used by those vessels with local knowledge.
enter Inner Pass, keeping in mid-channel. When the island situ- Caution.—Range lights leading through this channel have
10.44

ated close N of the E entrance point of Inner Pass is abeam to been reported missing (2001). Without the range, the passage
starboard, alter course towards the prominent point 1 mile ENE is unsafe, even at slack water.
of the island. To the NE of Horseshoe Island, the channel is constricted to
10.44

When 0.4 mile from this prominent point, alter course to port
10.42 a width of about 0.1 mile, within the 4m depth contour, by spits
to pass 0.15 mile off the E entrance point of Tamar Pass. Do extending NE from that island and SW from Rabbit Island.
not pass closer than 0.15 mile from the E entrance a rock lying Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in North West Pas-
10.44

off the point which may not show and on to which current sets. sage may exceed 5 knots, and the channel should only be used
A shoal depth of 6.4m reported lies 0.8 mile N of the E en-
10.42 at or near slack water. This flow continues to sweep through a
trance point of Tamar Pass; this shoal has not been examined. part of Pebble Sound and meets that current that has entered
from Tamar Pass, causing whirlpools and eddies. Slack water is
10.43 Elephant Bay (51°17'S., 59°34'W.) indents the N only of short duration, and then the opposite current begins to
shore of Pebble Island about 6 miles NW of Tamar Pass. There run with equal strength.
is no good anchorage on the N side of Pebble Island, but with
offshore winds temporary anchorage may be found by vessels 10.45 Anxious Passage (51°22'S., 59°48'W.) lies between
with local knowledge on the W side of this bay. the SW tip of Golding Island and Passage Island, and leads to
There is a settlement on the S side of the narrow isthmus that
10.43 Rock Harbor. Another passage, which is very narrow, also
forms the SW side of the bay. The approach to the settlement leads to Rock Harbor. Both above passages are intricate and
through Elephant Bay is not recommended. can only be used by small vessels with local knowledge and are
Government Island (51°13'S., 59°54'W.), with an elevation
10.43 not recommended. Port Purvis is entered via a narrow entrance
of 30m, is long and cliffy. Government Island lies on a bank of situated near the E end of Pebble Sound.
kelp-covered rocks, the passage between being foul with kelp. Keppel Sound lies between Keppel Island and the W end of
10.45

Shoal depths of 9 and 8.5m lie 0.8 mile and 1.5 miles W, re-
10.43 Pebble Island, 4.5 miles ENE. This sound, which is entered be-
spectively, of the W end of Government Island. tween North Point and Keppel Islet, 2.25 miles ENE, is con-
Port Egmont Cays are comprised of two small islets, 30m
10.43 nected to Pebble Sound by North West Passage.
high, and lie between 3.5 and 4.5 miles WNW of Government Cove Hill, 233m high, is a prominent cone-shaped peak
10.45

Island. The main islands lie in an area of kelp in which there which is located on the NE part of Keppel Island. A reef, on
are some above-water rocks. which are some rocks awash, and marked by kelp, projects 0.7
A rock, with a depth of 2m or less, and which sometime
10.43 mile NE from North Point.
shows in heavy seas at LW, lies 0.5 mile E of the SE islet, just Another reef, also kelp-covered, projects 1.5 miles NE from
10.45

within the kelp area. Reef Point. Reef Point lies 2.75 miles SE of North Point. Kelp

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 311

extends between Keppel Islet and a 2.7m shoal, 1 mile W. depth of 11m, sand and shells.
Committee Bay (51°20'S., 59°54'W.), on the E side of Kep-
10.45 Anchorage may be found further SW in Sealers Cove, in a
10.46

pel Island, is entered between Lancaster Point and Gascoigne depth of 12.8m, mud and sand, which is better sheltered from S
Point, 0.6 mile S. The settlement is located on the W side of the winds. It is considered unwise for any vessel to anchor closer
bay. The main house of the settlement, which is the nearest than 0.25 off this cove owing to the very thick kelp.
building to the shore, is white and visible to ships entering the The stern post of a wooden wreck lies close inshore in the
10.46

bay on a clear day. NW part of Sealers Cove and is visible at LW. The settlement is
Close behind the main building are the ruins of the old mis-
10.45 situated 0.2 mile S of its charted position. The largest white
sion, which are not prominent from seaward. house in its center, bearing 267°, leads into the anchorage.
An anchorage for vessels with local knowledge lies about 0.5
10.45 Directions.—Vessels with local knowledge bound for Port
10.46

mile E of the settlement, in a depth of 3.7m. Vessels with drafts Egmont from N should, as above, strive to identify Mount
greater than 4.3m should not proceed W of a line joining the Harston. The entrance to Port Egmont is easily seen from the
two entrance points of the bay. A kelp-covered reef, which passage between Wreck Island and Port Egmont Cays.
partly dries, extends 183m NE of Gascoigne Point. Island Channel, with a least depth of 7.1m, leads to Port
10.46

Bold Rocks, which are located 2 miles SSW of Reef Point,

10.45 Egmont from Keppel Sound.
form a prominent circle of drying rocks. Two rocks, named
East Bold Rocks, lie 0.5 mile NE of Bold Rocks. 10.47 Carcass Island (51°16'S., 60°33'W.) is the largest of
There is an anchorage, for vessels with local knowledge, on
10.45 a chain of islets that projects about 16 miles NW from the SW
the S side of the passage between Bold Point and Bold Rocks, tip of Saunders Island. This island is prominent for a double
in a depth of 11m. peak, 220m high, in its center. Off the NW end of Carcass Is-
Directions.—Vessels with local knowledge and intending to
10.45 land lie The Twins, the outermost of the chain of islets. These
enter Keppel Sound from N should try to identify Mount two islets rise steeply to a height of 17m.
Harston (51°17'S., 60°18'W.). This peak, 433m high, will be Off the SE end of Carcass Island are the steep-to Needles
10.47

seen in clear weather, before Sedge Island and Wreck Island, Rocks. Carcass Reef lies off the SW side of the island.
though its summit is not well-defined. There is a clear channel Port Pattison (51°18'S., 60°33'W.) lies within a bay off the
10.47

on either side of Port Egmont Cays. SW side of Carcass Island; on the N shore is Carcass Island
The fairway into Keppel Sound is about 1 mile wide between
10.45 settlement. Kelp abounds in the bay and unless in possession of
the reef projecting NE from North Point and the kelp project- local knowledge vessels should keep outside the line joining
ing from Keppel Islet. Vessels approaching from W enter North the two entrance points. A rocky islet lies between these head-
West passage at or near slack water. lands.
Anchorage.—Anchorage, with good holding ground, can al-
10.47

10.46 Elephant Point (51°15'S., 60°18'W.) is the NW tip of so be found in a bay on the SE side of the island. The only kelp
Saunders Island. A group of below-water rocks lies 4.5 miles here can clearly be seen off the N entrance point of the bay.
WNW of this point, and any kelp which marks this obstruction Vessels should not pass between Carcass Island and Needles
is usually swept under by the tidal currents. Race Rocks lie Rocks.
1.25 miles NW of Elephant Point. There is a rocky patch with a Low Island and Dunbar Island lie 2 and 5 miles SE, respec-
10.47

depth of 6.1m, usually marked by a tide rip, that lies 0.75 mile tively, of Carcass Island. A large shoal, with a least depth of
N of Race Rocks. 11.9m, lies 1.5 miles NE of Low Island. A kelp reef, with a
Port Egmont (51°21'S., 60°00'W.) is formed by the SW
10.46 least depth of 2.4m, extends nearly 1.5 miles E from the N end
coast of Keppel Island, the SE coast of Saunders Island, and of Low Island.
the N coast of West Falkland Island. Port Egmont provides A group of drying rocks lies 1.75 miles N of Dunbar Island
10.47

good anchorage for those vessels with local knowledge. The while another drying rock lies 1.25 miles E of the E end of
tidal currents are not strong. The N, and usual entrance, be- Dunbar Island. Button Islet, a hummock off the SE end of Low
tween Saunders Island and Keppel Island, is about 0.7 mile Island, is reported to be a good mark for the passage W of Dun-
wide and free of dangers. bar Island. Rocky outcrops lie about 0.5 mile W and SW of
A small patch, marked by kelp, with a least depth of 11.6m,
10.46 Low Island.
which is not always visible, lies 1.25 miles NW of Gull Point, Directions.—The recommended route for vessels with local
10.47

the W tip of Keppel Island. knowledge into Byron Sound from N is that channel between
A below-water reef, marked by kelp, projects 0.5 mile NNW
10.46 Needles Rocks and Low Island, keeping 0.5 mile E of Needles
from Gull Point. Island Channel, with a least depth of 7.1m, Rocks. Due to the many dangers, passage between Button Islet
leads to Port Egmont from Keppel Island. Small vessels with and Dunbar Island is dangerous.
local knowledge can utilize Reef Channel, located at the SW
end of Port Egmont between West Falkland Island and the SE 10.48 Byron Sound (51°25'S., 60°17'W.) is much exposed
coast of Saunders Island. This channel, which leads to Burnt to W gales that send a heavy sea up to its head. Sloop Rock,
Harbor and then to Byron Sound, is narrow, tortuous, and en- which lies close to the shore near the NW end of the sound, is
cumbered with rocks and kelp patches. white and very prominent. The land S of Byron Sound is
Tides—Currents.—Currents attain a rate of up to 5 knots
10.46 mountainous.
and the kelp is clearly visible at LW. Mount Adam (51°36'S., 59°55'W.), the highest in the Falk-
10.48

Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can utilize a

10.46 land Islands, rises to a height of 700m about 9 miles SE of Hill
berth 0.2 mile off Settlement Cove, 3 miles S of Gull Point, in a Cove (51°29'S., 60°05'W.).

Pub. 124
312 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

Burnt Harbor is situated on the N shore of Byron Sound be-

10.48 low-water rocks 3.5 miles WNW of them.
tween Saunders Island and Burnt Island. This harbor affords A race projects 1 mile W from the 7.3m patch during strong
10.49

the only good anchorage at the head of Byron Sound. winds, and it should be given a berth of 1 mile. From this posi-
Fairway Reef in the W entrance, which dries up to 1.5m,
10.48 tion course can be made for Needles Rocks. The channel E of
forms two narrow channels suitable only for small vessels with Needles Rocks is the preferred one, and then to the entrance to
local knowledge. The N channel is about 0.1 mile wide and Hope Harbor, where the only danger is the 5.7m shoal 0.4 mile
steep-to; the S channel is 0.2 mile wide but shoals on its S side. NNW of Hope Point.
Both channels are marked by kelp. Kelp Passage, the channel Vessels entering Hope Harbor should not pass Hope Point
10.49

SE of Burnt Island, is very narrow and can only be used by nearer than 183m because kelp is under run by tidal currents.
boats. The ebb current sets strongly to the E off the point. A tidal
10.49

The anchorage lies about 1.2 miles inside the W entrance, in

10.48 race exists between Hope Point and West Point Island, intensi-
depths of 7 to 10.8m, mud. fied on the flood during springs with SW or S winds.
Westpoint Island (51°21'S., 60°41'W.) is situated about 0.5
10.48 Should it be necessary to pass to the W of Carcass Island,
10.49

mile W of the tip of the peninsula that comprises the SW shore which is not recommended, the best passage is 1 mile W of
of Byron Sound. Gibraltar Reef projects 8.25 miles WNW of The Twins and 1 mile E of the rock that breaks, 2.5 miles
the NW tip of West Point Island. This kelp-covered reef has NNW of Carcass Island. West of this rock are some reefs, the
considerable tide rips except at slack water. kelp on which shows only at slack water.
Gibraltar Rock, which is very prominent, is located on Gi-
10.48 Vessels should exercise caution to avoid these reefs, as no
10.49

braltar Reef, about 2 miles from Cape Terrible, the NW tip of clearing marks can be given.
West Point Island. White Rock, 6.1m high and pink in color, Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can find an-
10.49

lies on the NW part of Gibraltar Reef. chorage, although restricted, in the cove on the E side of West
Tides—Currents.—The flood current sets to the W along
10.48 Point Island. This anchorage has been used by a vessel of 2,641
the N side of West Falkland Island for about 2 hours after it is gt and 92m long. There is a large patch of kelp off the entrance,
HW in Port Egmont. At springs it runs at a rate of almost 3 with a least depth of 12m.
knots off the points and around the islets, causing strong tide This is the best anchorage for a long stay as it is not exposed
10.49

rips in heavy weather. to the heavy squalls from West Point Island.
The flood current sets strongly around the W end of Carcass
10.48 Caution.—Vessels should take care not to mistake the low
10.49

Island toward Gibraltar Reef and also through all the passages isthmus E of Hope Point for the harbor entrance in poor visibil-
into Byron Sound. There is little tidal current in that sound un- ity. Hope Point, the NW tip of West Falkland Island ends in a
til as far W as Carcass Reef, where the flood gets strongly to- low knob that is higher than the narrow isthmus close E of it.
wards Hope Harbor and through it to the S. It attains a rate of 7 From N the entrance is not easily made out. It lies between the
knots at springs; during the flood current there is a weak N ed- high ground of West Point Island and the lower ground E.
dy close under the E shore of West Point Pass. A shoal, with a least depth of 5.7m lies about 0.4 mile NNW
10.49

The ebb or E current sets from Hope Harbor towards both

10.48 of Hope Point. A ridge, with a least depth of 5.5m, projects S
ends of Carcass Island and through the channel E of the island across Hope Harbor from a position ESE of Hope Point.
to the N. Again, this current is scarcely felt in Bryon Sound.
The tidal currents run directly across Gibraltar Reef at a rate of 10.50 The Jason Islands (51°00'S., 61°15'W.) form an ar-
5 knots. chipelago of islands that projects about 40 miles NW from Car-
The flood current runs S, after passing the NW point of
10.48 cass Island. Jason West Cay, located at the extremity of the
Saunders Island, between Carcass Island and the islets near it, chain and Jason East Cay, 5 miles E, are similar in nature, that
and through all the channels between West Point Island and the is, low and small.
several Jason Islands. In this area, the last 4 hours of the flood A patch of kelp, position doubtful, has been reported 6.5
10.50

and the first 2 hours of the ebb run to the N. miles N of Jason East Cay. There are several shoal patches and
reported shoals lying within an area up to 12 miles NE, N, and
10.49 Hope Harbor (51°20'S., 60°40'W.) is entered W of NW from Jason East Cay. They may best be seen on the chart.
Hope Point and is formed by a cove on the E side of West Point The shallowest known depth lying off the Jason Islands is a
10.50

Island. 9.8m patch lying 12 miles NNW of Jason East Cay.

Directions.—Westpoint Pass, known locally as Wooley Gut,
10.49 Steeple Jason, 1.5 miles SE of Jason East Cay, consists of
10.50

is the channel that leads into Hope Harbor from S. For vessels two parts, which rise to elevations of 263 and 290m, joined by
with local knowledge this passage is relatively simple to navi- a low, narrow isthmus.
gate, but tidal currents are strong. Grand Jason, the largest and highest of the group, rises to an
10.50

Squalls have been known to descend from West Point Island

10.49 elevation of 361m. The only possible anchorage off the Jason
during SW and W winds. These squalls form small water- Islands exists in a cove off the NE side of Grand Jason.
spouts which rarely last for more than a few seconds. A vessel of 1,600 gt approaching from NE found depths of
10.50

Vessels with local knowledge heading, from N, for Hope

10.49 more than 55m until within 0.5 mile of the shore and anchored
Harbor or other harbors S of it should avoid passing W of Car- in this cove, in 36m, rock. Also, a vessel of a similar size an-
cass Island. From Sedge Island or Wreck Island to the E end of chored in the cove, in 25m, rock, with reasonable shelter from
Carcass Island, the only known dangers are Sollis Rock which a SW gale. This vessel reported no signs of dragging in winds
dries 2m, an 11.4m shoal 4 miles WSW of Sollis Rock, the up to force 10.
7.3m rocky patch 0.75 mile NNW of Race Rocks, and the be- Tidal currents are reported to run viciously through the Jason
10.50

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 313

Islands, attaining rates of up to 8 knots at springs. These passages are clear of known dangers and, as tidal cur-
10.51

The Fridays (51°03'S., 60°57'W.) and Flat Jason, 3 miles

10.50 rents set rapidly through them, vessels should endeavor to re-
SE, are moderately low. A strong race with heavy overfalls has main in the middle of these passages.
been observed on either side of The Fridays. A shoal with a
depth of 22m lies 0.7 mile SE of The Fridays. A reef was re- 10.52 Whaler Bay (51°33'S., 60°27'W.) affords good an-
ported to extend up to 1 mile NE of the islets. A reef was re- chorage for vessels with local knowledge 0.5 mile ENE of
ported to extend up to 1 mile N and NNW of Flat Jason. Rabbit Island except during winds from the SE.
Seal Rocks, with North Fur Island 1 mile ESE, are low and
10.50 The narrow channel between Rabbit Island and the mainland
10.52

barren. A reef, with rocks, awash, extends 1.25 miles WNW N is scarcely available for even the smallest vessels, as the cur-
from Seal Rocks. rents are strong. Roy Cove is a secure inlet entered 3 miles E of
Elephant Jason and South Jason, close SW, lie between Flat
10.50 Rabbit Island.
Jason and South Fur Island (51°15'S., 50°81'W.); they are There is an important settlement here and a pier with an
10.52

steep-to and attain elevations of 208 and 288m, respectively. alongside depth of 4.5m. There is swinging room for small ves-
A shoal, with a depth of 15.3m, located 5 miles WSW of
10.50 sels up to 60m in length.
South Jason, should be avoided. Middle Island lies 2 miles ESE of Hummock Island; Gid's
10.52

Lindblad Reef, lying 1.5 miles S of South Jason, and extend-

10.50 Island lies 1 mile further ESE. There is good anchorage off the
ing over 2 miles WSW to ENE, has several drying rocks on it E side of both of these islands.
and often breaks. The area NE of this reef is unsurveyed. Christmas Harbor (51°39'S., 60°15'W.) is located within
10.52

Hope Reef projects 4.25 miles ENE from the NE tip of

10.50 an inlet at the head of King George Bay and entered between
South Jason (51°12'S., 60°52'W.). The passage E of this reef, Brown Point and Town Point, 2 miles S. There is an important
between North Fur Island and Carcass Island is encumbered settlement situated on the N shore of the Chartres River, which
with reefs and kelp patches with tide rips. flows into the head of the harbor.
Hunt Rock, 4.5 miles S of North Fur Island, has a depth of
10.50 The approach to this settlement is restricted by a sand bar SE
10.52

7.8m but has not been examined. Goodwin Reef 6 miles ESE of Tide Islet (51°40'S., 60°10'W.) and by shoaling in the final
of North Fur Island, has a depth of 6.8m. reaches. This sand bar is liable to shift and may reach further S
The passages between the Jason Islands are generally clear
10.50 than charted.
of dangers, although tidal currents run strongly through them.
Gammon Channel leads between Flat Jason and Elephant Ja-
10.50 10.53 Brown Point (51°37'S., 60°15'W.), from a position
son. Hecate Passage, the channel between Elephant Jason and on either side of Hummock Island, has the appearance, to a
South Jason, has been sonar swept to a least depth of 28m, al- vessel approaching, of a somewhat bold promontory that ends
though a shoal with a depth of 25.5m charted 1.25 miles S of in 9.1m cliffs. Town Point, about 2 miles S, has a sandy aspect,
North Fur Island has not been disproved. though much of it is covered by tussock grass.
There are many dangers between South Jason and Westpoint
10.50 The entrance is obstructed by foul ground that projects 0.3
10.53

Island, and the tidal currents run strongly. mile NW of Town Point. A narrow patch of kelp, 0.75 miles
Forrest Gap leads between South Jason and Lindblad Reef.
10.50 long, lies in the middle of the outer part of the estuary, with its
NW extremity 1.25 miles ENE of Town Point. The passage SW
10.51 King George Bay (51°31'S., 60°39'W.), SW of By- of this patch can only be used by small boats.
ron Sound, is entered between Death’s Head and Dunnose The passage to the NE is clear of known dangers and has
10.53

Head, 15 miles S. In almost the center of the entrance lies Split depths of 6.7m as far as Tide Islet. Nearly 1 mile SE of Tide Is-
Island, 155m high. The passage into the bay on either side of let, the estuary widens, but a bar, with depths of 4m near the S
the island is wide, deep and clear. shore, projects across it. This bar, which in mid-channel and to
Port North, a deep bight on the N shore of King George Bay,
10.51 the N, dries in places, is not marked by kelp due to a sandy bot-
is exposed to W and SW gales, and has depths from 18.3 to tom.
29.3m Cliff Island, with a rock, awash, and an islet close NE, Low Point (51°41'S., 60°08'W.) lies 2 miles SE of Tide Is-
10.53

lies off the entrance to Port North. let; kelp-covered foul ground projects 0.3 mile W of a small is-
Bense Harbor, between the two Bense Islands and the S en-
10.51 let SW of the point. Another area of kelp-covered foul ground
trance point of Port North, affords anchorage for small vessels. is situated 0.7 mile ESE of this small islet, named Half-Tide Is-
A clear passage runs through the harbor. let. Shallow Bay, whose entrance lies about 1 mile SW of Low
Rabbit Island (51°33'S., 60°29'W.), whose W side is high
10.51 Point, is foul.
and prominent, lies about 5 miles SE of Cliff Island. Rocks, lo- Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents reach a maximum rate of
10.53

cally known as the Lion Islets, lie close S of the island. A patch 3 knots S of Tide Islet, and 3.5 knots in the narrows W of the
of kelp lies 1.75 miles W of the S end of Rabbit Island. settlement. The ebb is generally stronger than the flood. Else-
Hummock Island (51°37'S., 60°26'W.) is the best guide for
10.51 where in the estuary the tidal currents are not as strong.
a vessel heading up King George Bay. The peak forms a cliff Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can find a good
10.53

on the N side and slopes S. anchorage abreast of Tide Islet, in depths of 8.8 to 14m.
There are a chain of small islets between Rabbit Island and
10.51 To avoid the strong tidal currents. vessels with local knowl-
10.53

Hummock Island, through which there are three good passag- edge can find better shelter with more swinging room, in simi-
es. One of the passages is close to the S tip of Rabbit Island,; lar depths, in an area S and SE of Half-Tide Islet.
the other two lie on each side of an islet nearest to Hummock Directions.—The following directions were used by a vessel
10.53

Island. with a draft of 3.7m. Vessels with local knowledge bound for

Pub. 124
314 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

Christmas Harbor should head to pass at least 0.3 mile off 6 miles S.
Brown Point. Then steer to keep 0.2 mile off the N shore, There is a small bay on the N side of Halfway Cove, which
10.55

which will lead N of the narrow patch of kelp in the middle of affords good anchorage out of the tidal currents for those ves-
the outer section of the estuary. This patch generally is radar sels with local knowledge.
conspicuous when within 0.3 mile of it. Tides—Currents.—Currents in Philomel Pass run at a rate
10.55

When clear of the kelp patch course should be changed to

10.53 of 8 to 10 knots. These currents are particularly strong between
pass 0.15 mile SW of Tide Island and steer 151° for a conspic- the two islets in the narrows at the E end.
uous fence that lies in a valley 1.5 miles SSE of Tide Island. Within the inlet at Port Philomel, HW occurs 2.75 hours af-
10.55

The beach end of the fence is radar conspicuous. ter HW in Philomel Road and Shallow Harbor. Also, the tide
When about 1 mile from the fence change course to 119° to
10.53 rise is 6m less.
bring the N edge of the S shore just open of a prominent white Port Philomel affords good anchorage to those vessels with
10.55

bunkhouse at Chartres Settlement and stay S of the shallowest local knowledge in all parts, in depths from 12.8 to 18.3m. Ves-
part of the bar 0.5 mile N of the fence. sels with local knowledge entering Philomel Pass from SW
When clear of the bar, change course to 107°, heading for
10.53 keep within 0.2 or 0.3 mile off the shore SW of Tide Point, the
Shallop Point (51°42'S., 60°05.3'W.) and anchoring as conve- S entrance point of the pass. This avoids the reef projecting SW
nient. from the N side of the entrance.
Once inside the pass a mid-channel course avoids all dangers
10.55

10.54 The Passage Islands (51°36'S., 60°45'W.) are a group as far as the anchorage off Halfway Cove; however, a drying
of islands that project about 11 miles NW of Dunnose Head, ledge was observed to extend from the N shore N of Tide
and separate King George Bay from Queen Charlotte Bay to Point.
the S. East Passage, off Dunnose Head, and Whale Passage, be- Vessels proceeding through Philomel Pass, even on the in-
10.55

tween First Island and Second Island, are clear of dangers. coming current, should anchor off Halfway Cove and await
West Passage is narrow; False Passage, between Third Island
10.54 slack water to pass through the narrows at the E end. Known
and Fourth Island, is totally blocked by kelp. dangers in Port Philomel are marked by kelp.
Round Islet and Sail Rock, lying close off the SE tip of Sec-
10.54 Port Richards lies in the SE part of Queen Charlotte Bay and
10.55

ond Island, are good marks for Whale Passage, the widest pas- is entered to the S of Queen Point (Penguin Point) (51°57'S.,
sage between the islands. A kelp patch, on which there is a tide 60°38'W.).
rip during strong breezes, lies 0.75 mile NW of Fourth Island. Vessels with local knowledge can secure anchorage in a cove
10.55

Two rocks, awash, lie close NW of Fourth Island. Another

10.54 on the N side of the inlet about 6 miles E of Queen Point.
rock, awash, the existence of which is doubtful, was reported to Double Creek lies on the S side of Port Richard about 5
10.55

lie in Whale Passage, about 0.5 mile SE of Round Islet. miles SE of Queen Point. This creek separates into two arms
Tidal currents set directly through the passages, turning at
10.54 close within its entrance.
about half flood and ebb by the shore. The flood current sets A house is reported to be standing very near the head of the
10.55

SW. E arm. The entrance itself is narrowed by some islets and rocks
Queen Charlotte Bay (51°43'S., 60°44'W.) is entered be-
10.54 leaving passage to the W of them. Small vessels with local
tween Dunnose Head and Swan Point, the NE tip of Weddell knowledge can secure anchorage S of the islets.
Island. This bay is mostly clear of dangers, and has within its Carew Harbor and Anthony Creek are two small but shel-
10.55

confines many fine harbors. A depth of 17.3m lies 3.25 miles tered inlets on the S side of Queen Charlotte Bay. These inlets,
NE of Swan Point. A shoal depth of 10.1m lies 9 miles SSE of both backed by high land, are entered on the E and W side, re-
Swan Point. spectively of a point 3 miles SSW of Queen Point.
Philomel Road, in the E part of the bay, is entered between
10.54 Small vessels with local knowledge may find anchorage in
10.55

Green Islet and Black Rock, 1.25 miles SSE. A vessel entering Carew Harbor, in depths from 22 to 35m, and also in Anthony
Philomel Road can pass close to the S side of Green Islet and Creek. The S coves of both of these inlets offer anchorages, in
alter course directly into the roadstead. The chart and a lookout depths of 7.3 to 12.8m.
for kelp will be better guides than any directions. Those vessels needing to anchor in Queen Charlotte Bay
10.55

A narrow passage lies N from the islet and almost joins the
10.54 would do better to anchor in Carew Harbor or Anthony Creek
kelp off Dick Point. as opposed to Port Richards.
Shallow Harbor is positioned in the NW corner of Philomel
10.54 Anthony Creek is the preferred anchorage as the water is not
10.55

Road and is entered on either side of an islet located 1.5 miles so deep; depths of 18.3 to 21.9m may be found off a cove on
NE of Dick Point. Vessels passing W of the islet should give a the W side, 1 mile inside the entrance.
wide berth to Shallow Point. Shallow Point lies about 0.7 mile
W of the above islet; foul ground projects 183m outside of the 10.56 Weddell Island (51°54'S., 61°00'W.), whose E shore
kelp off this point. forms the W side of Queen Charlotte Bay, is the SE and largest
Vessels with local knowledge can obtain good anchorage in
10.54 of a group of islands. Mount Weddell is the summit of the is-
Shallow Harbor, in depths of 5.5 to 9.1m, mud. land and rises to a height of 381m. Weddell Island is separated
from West Falkland Island by Smylie Channel.
10.55 Port Philomel (51°44'S., 60°13'W.) is entered via Gull Harbor (51°53'S., 60°51'W.), situated on the E side of
10.56

Philomel Pass, a narrow channel from the NE end of Philomel Weddell Island, is an excellent harbor. However, it has been re-
Road. Port Philomel is a harbor comprised of two arms; Port ported that a heavy sea or swell sets in to this harbor during and
Philomel projects 7 miles ENE while Symonds Harbor projects after SE gales. There is a settlement in the NW part of the har-

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 315

bor with a small pier usable only by boats. A shoal, with a either side of Seal Rocks, which lie in its SW and narrowest
depth of 1m, lies 3.5 miles ESE of Mark Point. section, with the exception of a rock lying 0.35 mile NE of the
Chatham Harbor is situated on the N side of Weddell Island
10.56 NW extremity of Beaver Island.
and is entered E of Bald Island (51°46'S., 60°56'W.). All the Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in Grey Channel at-
10.57

known dangers within the harbor are marked by kelp. tain a rate of 4 knots in a W direction and 6 knots in an E direc-
Beacon Point (51°46'S., 60°57'W.) lies close SW of Bald
10.56 tion, at springs. Tidal currents of up to 1.5 knots may be
Point, and is backed by a hill 83m high. experienced off the W coast of New Island; the N current is
The channel between this point and Bald Island, small and
10.56 stronger than the S current.
round-topped with a high cliff on its W side, is clear of known Beaver Island (51°51'S., 61°16'W.) lies W of Weddell Is-
10.57

dangers and has depths of 9.1m. Bald Road lies W of Chatham land; between them are many islands and anchorages.
Harbor and affords good anchorage for vessels with local Caution.—Tide rips have been observed about 1 mile N of
10.57

knowledge. This anchorage is approached via the above chan- Cape Percival, the W extremity of Beaver Island, when the tid-
nel between Beacon Point and Bald Island. al current is setting W against the prevailing W winds.
Those vessels intending to pass E of Bald Island should give
10.56 Vessels are advised to pass N of New Island and not use
10.57

it a wide berth to avoid a patch of kelp lying NE. Grey Channel unless conditions are favorable.
Anchorage may then be taken in Bald Road or further up in
10.56

Chatham Harbor. Elephant Cove, lying 2.5 miles S of Beacon 10.58 Beaver Harbor (51°49'S., 61°13'W.) is situated on
Point, on the W side, affords the best anchorage in Chatham the E side of Beaver Island, and provides the best of the an-
Harbor. chorages between the two islands. The harbor can be ap-
proached by vessels with local knowledge N or S of Beaver
10.57 New Island (51°42'S., 61°17'W.), which forms the N Island.
side of Grey Channel, is a good mark for vessels bound into The N approach to Beaver Harbor from Grey Channel is be-
10.58

any part of King George or Charlotte Bays. The lofty cliffs of tween the E coast of Beaver Island and the Channel Islets, 0.5
the N and W coasts of this island are notable. mile E. This approach can be identified by two notable rocks,
To vessels coming from SW these high cliffs will be seen as
10.57 named The Colliers, which lie in the middle of the entrance.
the extremity of the land. From W, two small but high islands, These rocks, which from some directions resemble a vessel un-
North and Saddle, will be open N of New Island. der sail, can be passed close on either side.
Between these islands and New Island is a narrow passage
10.57 From S of the Channel Islets the approach to Beaver Settle-
10.58

that is clear with much kelp. ment lies 0.25 mile S of the narrow islet S of Peak Point
The SE side of New Island is indented by North Harbor, Ship
10.57 (51°48'S., 61°11'W.) and 0.25 mile S of Rookery Island, which
Harbor, and South Harbor. North Harbor is free from reported lies 1.25 miles SW of Peak Point.
dangers. Kelp extends from the N shore and covers a shoal, Vessels then pass between Rookery Island and a small islet
10.58

with a depth of 3.7m, lying 0.3 mile S of the N entrance point. 0.3 mile S. Fish Creek is entered N of this islet. A settlement,
There is shelter from all but E and SE gales. with a jetty and a flagstaff, stands near its head.
Ship Harbor is located N of Beef Island, 55m high; Ship Is-
10.57 Vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage in Fish
10.58

land located in the NW part of the harbor. There are depths of Creek close within the line joining the entrance points, 1 mile
at least 30m S and E of Ship Island, where holding ground, fine from the settlement, in a depth of 12.8m, clay, with good hold-
sand, is reported good. There is shelter from all but SE gales. ing ground.
South Harbor is situated SW of Beef Island and is further
10.57 Vessels approaching Beaver Harbor from S do so through
10.58

protected by Coffin Island, 122m high. Both islands are steep- Governor Channel, between the S part of Beaver Island and
to, with deep water to within 183m. Staats Island. There is a depth of 12m in the channel 0.6 mile
Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can secure an-
10.57 SW of the E extremity of Governor Island; the channel can be
chorage close to the head of South Harbor, abreast a peninsula used during all but the heaviest gales.
close off its W shore, in a depth of 21.9m, stiff sand and mud. Vessels continuing through Governor Channel to Beaver
10.58

The holding ground here is good with ample swinging room. Harbor then pass E or W of Governor Island (51°51'S.,
The alignment of the N extremity of Coffin Island with the S 61°10'W.). The channel W, suitable only for small craft with
end of Beef Island, bearing 113°, astern, leads to the anchor- local knowledge, has a least depth of 3.7m.
age. The channel E of Governor Island, known locally as “Stick
10.58

Anchorage has also been obtained 0.4 mile SW of the S end

10.57 in the Mud Passage,” is reported to be clear of dangers but un-
of Beef Island, in 31m, good holding ground. Shelter from E predictable eddies may occur at the S end of the passage.
gales is obtained by anchoring in the lee of Coffin Island.
Within Ship Harbor vessels with local knowledge can obtain
10.57 10.59 Staats Island (51°54'S., 61°11'W.) comprises the S
secure anchorage inside Ship Islet, located off the head of the side of Governor Channel and is remarkable for Staats Bluff, a
harbor. The kelp is steep-to in every part of the harbor. detached cliff, 138m high, at its SW end.
Vessels bound for Ship Harbor round Bold Point (51°40'S.,
10.57 Tea Channel (Tea Island Passage) is the passage on the E
10.59

61°12'W.) and pass close SE of Cliff Island, about 2.2 miles side of Tea Island (51°53'S., 61°09'W.).
SSW. From this position steer for Ship Islet at the head of the There are several above-water rocks grouped close together
10.59

harbor. SW of Weddell Point (51°53'S., 61°07'W.). Within the kelp

Grey Channel divides New Island from Beaver Island and
10.57 that stretches across the entrance, there is a least depth of 11m,
the islands to the E of it. This channel is clear of all dangers on but it only shows at slack water. There is a heavy race across

Pub. 124
316 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

the entrance with a S gale. Horse Block, a conspicuous needle- Weddell Island by a sand spit which covers at HWS. Stop Cove
shaped rock, 67m high, lies 2.5 miles SSE of Weddell Point is the best anchorage in Smylie Channel.
and provides a good mark for making out Tea Channel from S. The opening N of Dyke Island is the continuation of Smylie
10.61

French Harbor (51°50'S., 61°05'W.) lies E of the junction

10.59 Channel into Queen Charlotte Bay. Smylie Rock, 1.5m high,
of Governor Channel and Tea Channel; though the channel is lies in mid-channel, 3.5 miles NW of Stop Islet, and can be
narrow, it is free of dangers. passed on either side.
Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can find good
10.59 The main channel, to the W, has depths of 24 to 44m. Rock
10.61

anchorages sheltered from all winds off the NE point of Staats Passage, to the E between the rock and Rock Point, the N ex-
Island, in depths of 27.4 to 32.9m. Additionally, anchorage tremity of Dyke Island, has depths of 11 to 13.8m about 0.3
may be taken in French Harbor in the S part of the head of the mile N of Rock Point. A rock, which dries 0.5m, lies 0.4 mile
inlet, in depths of 9.1 to 12.8m. N of Smylie Rock and a rock, awash, lies 183m S. Kelp and
There are other channels too intricate to be used by vessels
10.59 tide rips extend between this rock and Rock Point.
without extensive local knowledge. The tidal currents set New Year Cove, an excellent harbor providing good anchor-
10.61

strongly through them and at times form a heavy race. age, is entered 0.75 mile NNW of Smylie Rock; the cove is
Caution.—A shoal depth of 10.6m was reported in a posi-
10.59 subject to strong squalls during W gales.
tion about 0.2 mile E of Horse Block; lesser depths may exist Circum Island, lying in the NE entrance of Smylie Channel,
10.61

in the vicinity. can be passed on either side. The main channel, to the E, has
depths of 17 to 46m while Circum Passage to the W, has a least
10.60 Smylie Channel (51°59'S., 61°00'W.), lying between depth of 10.2m in the center.
the S end of Weddell Island and the SW end of West Falkland Directions.—Entering from the W, a vessel should pass 0.35
10.61

Island, is the entrance to Queen Charlotte Bay from SW. This mile S of Race Point, steering 103° with the S extremity of
channel is entered between Cape Orford and a point 2.5 miles Dyke Island ahead on that bearing until Stop Island is abeam;
NNE. then alter course NE to steer 052° with Smylie Rock ahead on
Cape Orford (52°00'S., 61°03'W.) comprises the W cliffy
10.60 that bearing, passing 0.3 mile NW of South West Point on
tip of a small isthmus. Dyke Island.
Sea Dog Island, 42m high, lies about 0.5 mile NW of the
10.60 When 0.6 mile from Smylie Rock, course should be altered
10.61

cape. Sea Dog Passage, between Sea Dog Island and Cape Or- NNE to steer 025° on the SE extremity of Circum Island.
ford, is 0.5 mile wide. When 0.5 mile from Circum Island course should be altered
10.61

Rock ledges extend 183m from the E side and 0.25 from the
10.60 ENE to 058° with Hadassah Point, the S entrance point of New
W side, the latter terminating in a depth of 7.9m. Kelp extends Year Cove, astern, bearing 238°, into Queen Charlotte Bay.
completely cross the passage. Vessels should keep 0.2 mile Caution.—The channel should be navigated with caution as
10.61

from the E side of the passage, where depths exceed 11m. the kelp, especially on the S side, is always run under, except at
slack water. A vessel entering the channel from the W should
10.61 Race Point (51°59'S., 60°59'W.) is the S tip of Wed- note that the kelp on both sides of the narrows S of Race Point
dell Island and lies 2.75 miles ENE of Cape Orford; kelp marks is visible only at slack water.
depths of 5m which extend 0.3 mile S of the point, while nu-
merous rocks, some awash, extend 0.15 mile offshore between 10.62 Rodney Cove (52°03'S., 60°59'W.) is a secure and
the point and Stop Island, 1.25 miles E. safe anchorage for small vessels with local knowledge. The
A bank of kelp, containing numerous shoals, some awash, at
10.61 kelp projects almost across the entrance leaving a small lane of
its outer end, extends 0.75 mile W and NW from Barren Head, clear water near the middle. Vessels can anchor in any part of
the N extremity of Black West Island, situated 1 mile S of Race the cove, within the kelp, in depths of 5.5 to 14.6m.
Point. The outer shoal, lying about 0.4 mile NW of Barren Castle Rock, 52m high, lies 1.75 miles WNW of Stephens
10.62

Head, has a depth of 3.9m, another shoal, lying 0.4 mile N of Bluff (52°11'S., 60°44'W.). Both Stephens Bluff and Castle
the head, has a depth of 3.2m. The fairway through the reef, be- Rock appear similar from WNW and W, that is, steep-to.
tween these shoals and those S of Race Point, is 0.25 mile Port Stephens (52°12'S., 60°42'W.) is approached between
10.62

wide, with depths of 7.1 to 8.8m and a rock bottom. Stephens Bluff and a point 2 miles E. Three Crowns, a notable
Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents attain rates in the
10.61 hill with three summits of bare rock, attains a height of 146m
fairway of 6.5 knots. Kelp stretches completely across the 0.5 mile E of the point. Stephens Bluff is conspicuous and is
channel, but is generally run under, even at slack water, by ed- the S end of an island connected to West Falkland Island by a
dies and overfalls. There is a race to the W of Race Reef during shallow spit.
the W current. On calm days, a standing wave up to 1.5m may The entrance, which is 0.3 mile wide and is easily recog-
10.62

form, the height doubling during W winds. nized, lies between Pea Point (52°10'S., 60°42'W.) and the W
During the E current, series of boils and eddies forms E of
10.61 end of Cross Island, both cliffy and 18 to 21m high. Streamers
Race Reef, without a standing wave. of kelp will be seen in the approach, but there are ample
Off Race Point two openings will be noticed, one on either
10.61 depths.
side of Dyke Island. The S opening leads to South Harbor. Ves- Kits Creek lies SE of Cross Island and has an entrance 0.15
10.62

sels can obtain anchorage in all parts of South Harbor. mile wide. Vessels with local knowledge can find good anchor-
Anchorage.—Good anchorage may be found in Stop Cove,
10.61 age here, in depths of 11 to 31.1m.
entered N of Stop Islet, 1.25 miles NE of Race Point. Anchor Inlet is entered 1 mile NE of Pea Point and affords
10.62

Stop Islet, which is a low, green tussac islet, is joined to

10.61 good anchorage to those vessels with local knowledge, off a

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 317

sandy beach on the E side, 0.5 mile within the entrance, in of Albemarle Rock.
depths of 16.5 to 23.8m, sand and mud. Port Albemarle (52°11'S., 60°26'W.) is entered either
10.63

At the head of the cove at the NW end of Port Stephens is a

10.62 through Arch Road or between the NE tip of the Arch Islands
settlement comprised of some red-roofed houses and a flag- and Lucas Point, 2 miles NE. The depths within this harbor are
staff. A wool shed and a boat jetty are situated near the settle- too great for anchoring. Lucas Bay lies N of Port Albemarle
ment on the N side of this cove. A stone cairn is located on the and is entered E of Lucas Reef. Good anchorage may be found
point 0.75 mile SE of the settlement. in Lucas Bay.
Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge anchoring for
10.62 Albemarle Harbor lies 5 miles NW of the road at the head of
10.63

the night will find a convenient place about 1 mile SW of Pea the narrow North West Arm.
Point, in depths of 11 to 18.3m, sand and mud. Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of from 18 to 21m.
10.63

Vessels with local knowledge can find good anchorage in the

10.62 West Arm is clear of all dangers except for a sandy spit on the
NW part of Port Stephens, in a depth of 25.6m, with Stephens S side of the entrance.
Peak (52°07'S., 60°50'W.) bearing 205°, distant 1.7 miles. Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage sheltered
10.63

This is a sheltered berth with a bottom consisting of a thin layer from all but winds from ESE, in 14.6 to 18.2m sand, about 0.5
of mud rock. mile SE of the entrance to West Arm.
Directions.—Vessels with local knowledge should have lit-
10.62 Chaffers Gullet is entered close NE of Lucas Point and its
10.63

tle trouble entering Port Stephens, keeping in mind that S and branches of water project several miles inland. However, it is
SW winds cause a heavy swell in the entrance. too narrow to call for a more detailed description and should
The approach from W passes well off Castle Rock and Ste-
10.62 only be used by small vessels with local knowledge.
phens Bluff. Wood Shoal, over 4 miles in extent, lies 8.5 miles ENE of
10.63

However, if much swell from SW or S is present, open up the

10.62 Lucas Point. There are several isolated heads with less than
entrance well before standing in. From a position abreast of 2m. However, the sea has been known to break during severe S
Stephens Bluff head E until the W tip of Cross Island bears gales and therefore may be shallower and should be avoided.
012°, and then alter course towards the entrance. Kelp stream- Wood Shoal is marked by kelp, extending up to 1.5 miles
10.63

ers may be seen, but, these can be avoided by keeping a little E WSW, that might not be visible.
of this line. A patch of kelp, 2 miles SW of Wood Shoal, covers a depth
10.63

When within the entrance, pass midway between the islets

10.62 of about 21m.
NE of Pea Point and the reef about 0.2 mile WNW, then shap-
ing a course for Anchor Inlet or the settlement in the NW sec- 10.64 Port Edgar (52°00'S., 60°14'W.) is entered between
tion of Port Stephens. South Head, the N extremity of Edgar Ridge, and North Head,
137m NE. South Head rises to a height of 127m. North Head
10.63 Cape Meredith (52°15'S., 60°39'W.) lies about 4 rises to a height of 171m about 1 mile NE. Both these bluff
miles SE of the entrance of Port Stephens. There is a heavy headlands are easily made out after making Cape Meredith and
race off the cape with S winds; tidal currents attain a rate of 3 the Arch Islands. The kelp-fringed rocks on both sides of the
knots. A shoal, with a depth of 12.8m, position approximate, entrance are steep-to.
was reported to lie about 0.5 mile S of the cape. The tidal currents in the entrance are weak, and a heavy
10.64

Several reported depths of between 25 and 52m lie between

10.63 swell continues to run for sometime after a S gale.
1.5 and 3 miles SW of the cape; shallower depths may exist in Gull Point is situated on the NW shore of Port Edgar, 1.5
10.64

this vicinity. miles NW of North Head. A reef projects 91m E of the point,
The Arch Islands (52°13'S., 60°27'W.), which lie 7 miles
10.63 with a rock at its outer end from which foul ground projects
NE of Cape Meredith, are distinguished by their rugged ap- 183m NE.
pearance and sheer light-colored cliffs. The arch, from which There is a settlement about 3 miles SSW of South Head. A
10.64

these islands take their name, lies at the W end of the SW is- narrow tongue of land called Settlement Spit projects about 0.5
land. mile N abreast the settlement, forming the E side of Settlement
The Clump Islets lie 0.2 mile W of the Arch Islands. Clegg
10.63 Creek.
Rock, with a least depth of 3.7m, lies 1 mile S of the Clump Is- Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can anchor any-
10.64

lets. This kelp-marked shoal breaks in heavy weather and may where in the S arm of Port Edgar, off Edgar Ridge, in depths of
be run under by tidal currents. 11 to 31m, sand or mud.
Arch Road, an anchorage for small craft, is entered E of the
10.63 A good berth lies in the middle of this arm 0.2 mile E of the
10.64

Clump Islets and between it and the SW end of the Arch Is- pier that lies on the E side of the S end of Settlement Spit, in a
lands. depth of 12.8m, mud.
This anchorage is preferred to that of Port Albemarle be-
10.63

cause of more convenient depths. Vessels lie in Arch Road well 10.65 Fox Bay (51°59'S., 60°01'W.) is entered between
sheltered from the swell, but exposed to the full force of the West Head and East Head, 2.5 miles E. Fox Bay is exposed
wind. during S winds to a heavy sea. However, small vessels with lo-
Albemarle Rock (52°13'S., 60°23'W.), 73m high, is saddle-
10.63 cal knowledge, if caught here, can find good anchorage in
shaped at the top and whitened by birds on its sides. This North Arm at the W end of the head of the bay.
prominent sheer rock is a good guide for making Port Albe- There are settlements on both sides of North Arm, about 0.5
10.65

marle. A shoal depth of 8.9m lies close W of the S end of Albe- mile above the first flat island. Both settlements have T-shaped
marle Rock; another 7.9m shoal lies 0.2 mile NNE of the N end jetties usable only by local craft. Fox Bay East Settlement is

Pub. 124
318 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

the port of entry to West Falkland Island for vessels over 15 gt. 10.67 The Willis Islands (54°00'S., 38°13'W.) are the outer
Vessels under 15 gt should report to Stanley for clearance. group of a chain of islands and rocks that projects 10 miles W
Anchorage.—Within North Arm, vessels with local knowl-
10.65 of Cape Alexandra (54°00'S., 38°01'W.), the NW tip of the
edge can find good anchorage, in depths of 5.5 to 7.3m, stiff mainland of South Georgia.
mud, with Flat Islet bearing 190° distant 0.3 mile. Bird Island forms the main group, which is separated from
10.67

Flat Islet lies close within the entrance of North Arm off the
10.65 the Willis Islands by Stewart Strait. The Willis Islands are
W shore. comprised of seven tussock-covered islands and a number of
Directions.—Vessels with local knowledge can approach
10.65 rocks.
North Arm via a channel between Knob Islet and the kelp E. Main Island, the largest of the group, is steep-sided and
10.67

This kelp projects WSW from Kelp Point, which lies at the rocky, with a cone-shaped summit near its E side that rises to a
head of the bay 2 miles NW of East Head, to within 0.35 mile height of 550m. The top is frequently overhung with clouds
of Knob Islet. The kelp on either side marks the channel. when other peaks are clear.
A small detached patch of kelp lies in the channel 0.7 mile
10.65 Acorn Rock, with an elevation of 20m, lies 0.4 mile off the
10.67

ENE of Knob Islet. NW side of Main Island.

Ramp Rocks are made up of three barren rocks, the highest
10.67

South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands of which is 32m. These rocks lie 2.5 miles WNW of Main Is-
land. Tiger Rocks, the highest of which is in 23m high, lies 0.7
10.66 Shag Rocks (Rocas Cormoran) (53°32'S., 42°02'W.) mile E of Ramp Rock.
are comprised of six main rocks which appear to be arranged in Holgate Shoal, with 11m, lies 0.8 mile ENE of Tiger Rock.
10.67

two groups of three. Shag Rocks are covered with guano giving Bryde Rocks, the highest being 17.7m, lie 1 mile WSW of Jo-
them a light brown appearance. The main rock is 70m high. hannesen Point, the SW point of Main Island.
Black Rock, 3m high, lies 10 miles SE of Shag Rocks. A rock, The triangle created by Ramp Rock, Main Island and Bryde
10.67

over which the sea breaks heavily, lies 0.5 mile E of Black Rocks has within it a region of confused sea and tidal distur-
Rock. bance; this area should be approached with caution.
Shag Rocks and Black Rock have been reported to lie 5.5
10.66 Pugh Shoal, with a depth of 10m, lies 2.25 miles S of Main
10.67

miles S and 0.5 mile E, respectively, of their charted positions. Island. This shoal breaks in any but calm weather. Shoal patch-
South Georgia (54°15'S., 36°45'W.), a dependency of the
10.66 es lie 0.8 mile W.
Falkland Islands, is barren, mountainous and lies about 700 Vaughan Island (54°00'S., 38°11'W.), with a prominent
10.67

miles ESE of the Falkland Islands. For information on aspect, cone-shaped peak 145m high, is separated W from Main Island
weather, ice, etc., see paragraph 10.1. by a boat passage.
Directions.—The following represents general directions for
10.66 Proud Island, which forms part of the W side of Stewart
10.67

making the NW end of South Georgia from NW. Strait, is tussock-covered and a good landmark because of a
In clear weather, the bearing of the Willis Islands and Bird
10.66 vertical rock face, 95m high at the NE tip.
Island will give a good position and Cape North will be easily
made out. However, should the weather be thick, vessels 10.68 Stewart Strait (54°00'S., 38°06'W.), almost 2 miles
should try to make the land at Cape Buller to order to avoid wide at its narrowest part, lies between Proud Island and Bird
passing W of the island. Cape Buller, because of its elevation Island. The navigation of Stewart Strait requires extensive local
and rugged nature, is easily identified. knowledge as there are many dangers. Also, the bottom is ex-
The Welcome Islets and small rocks that lie W of the cape
10.66 tremely irregular causing tidal eddies and even in calm weath-
are the only off-lying islands on this section of coast and they er, the swell is noticeable.
serve to also serve to render it unmistakable. Owen Shoals, with depths of 9.8 and 9.1m at the W and E
10.68

The Fortuna Glacier, about 15 miles ESE of the Bay of Is-

10.66 ends, lies 3 miles NNE of Proud Island. Elliot Rock, which al-
lets, is very conspicuous when viewed from NE. After making ways breaks, lies about 0.3 mile W of Bird Island; a 12.8m
Cape Buller the coast E is easily followed, the Bay of Isles, be- shoal lies 0.5 mile N of the central N extremity of Bird Island.
ing readily apparent, has within it several glaciers. From the Vessels with extensive local knowledge usually pass through
10.68

Bay of Isles, course should be changed to pass Cape Saunders, the strait on a course of 360° or 180° passing 0.45 mile W of
which can usually be made out if close in, but Larsen Point, Elliot Rock.
farther E and also low lying, is generally easier to distinguish. Bird Island, forming the E side of Stewart Strait, has as its
10.68

Cape George, 16 miles SE of Cape Saunders, is cone-shaped

10.66 NE tip, Farewell Point, a tussock-covered promontory that is
and stands out well from the land with some off-lying rocks. not conspicuous unless the sun is shining upon it.
The coast between Cape Buller and Cape George appears to be Roche Peak is the highest point of Bird Island, rising to an
10.68

free of all dangers beyond about 3 miles from the land. elevation of 365m, 0.75 mile W of Farewell Point.
The Nordenskjold Glacier is a good mark for approaching
10.66 Stejneger Peak lies in the NW part of Bird Island and rises to
10.68

Cumberland Bay. If the weather is clear, Mount Paget, the a height of 186m. This peak, which has a dome-shaped top of
highest peak on South Georgia, brought to bear 197° will lead white stone and tussock-covered lower slopes, is a useful land-
towards Cumberland Bay. This mountain is snow-covered and mark, as it is prominent from many angles.
saddle-shaped. The bottom in this vicinity is very irregular and Johnson Cove, on the SW tip of Bird Island, affords tempo-
10.68

is not a reliable indicator of the nearness of land. rary anchorage to small vessels with local knowledge, but is
For the most part, the holding ground at most of the anchor-
10.66 exposed to the prevailing SW winds.
ages is poor and gales come up with little or no warning. Gony Point is the conspicuous promontory of Black Cliffs,
10.68

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 319

35m high, which forms the SE point of Bird Island. one of which is a natural arch. Sky Rock, 3m high, lies 0.75
Bird Sound lies between Bird Island and Cape Alexandra,
10.68 mile S of the main rocks, the space between being foul by kelp,
and is about 0.3 mile wide at its narrowest point between Gony with a narrow channel between. Kelp lies 0.5 mile S of Sky
Point and Pillar Rock, a conspicuous rock stack. Rock. High Rock, 29m high, lies N of the Welcome Islets.
This sound, which is much encumbered by shoals, is danger-
10.68 Three isolated shoal patches, with depths of 26m, 29m, and
10.70

ous in any but calm weather and local knowledge is essential. 19m, lie up to 3.5 miles NW of the Welcome Islets.
Tidal currents flood SW in Bird Sound and there is a prevailing A rock with a depth less than 1.8m lies 1.5 miles W of High
10.70

N current. Rock.
Hornaday Rock, which dries 1.5m, lies 0.2 mile S of Gony
10.68 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can find tempo-
10.70

Point, in the center of Bird Sound. rary anchorage, in depths of 18 to 27m, in a small bay situated
There are no satisfactory anchorages in the bay SW of Bird
10.68 1 mile W of Cape Buller, named Sitka Bay.
Sound, although temporary shelter has been found at times. Sitka Bay, though sheltered from W and SW, is too restricted
10.70

in size to be comfortable in strong and shifting gusts.

10.69 Elsehul Harbor (54°01'S., 37°58'W.) is a small port
that is entered between Post Rock (54°01'S., 37°59'W.) and 10.71 The Bay of Isles (54°00'S., 37°20'W.) is entered be-
Cape Pride, 0.5 mile NE. tween Cape Buller and Cape Wilson, nearly 8 miles ESE. The
Vessels with local knowledge can find adequate anchorage
10.69 shores of this bay are barren and glaciated while the off-lying
here in all but NW winds subject to an occasional swell, the islands are well covered with tussock and surrounded by kelp.
size of which depends on the direction of the wind. Barlas Bank, with a depth of 27m reported to lies 1.5 miles E
10.71

The approaches from N appear mostly clear except for a

10.69 of Cape Buller. A steep sea runs over this bank when a heavy
reef, with a least depth of 7m, and a shoal, with a least depth of swell is running. Within the bay are a W and E group of islands
14.6m, 0.6 mile ESE and E, respectively, of Cape Alexandra. which are best shown on the chart.
Also, a rock with a depth of 18.3m lies 0.35 mile NNW of Post Rescue Rock, with a depth of 3.1m and surrounded by kelp,
10.71

Rock. lies 1 mile NE of Skua Island. In a big swell the sea breaks
The Knob is a conspicuous promontory on the W side of the
10.69 over this rock. In the channel between Rescue Rock and Skua
bay, and rises to 58m, 0.3 mile from the head. Stina Rock, 33m Island, 1 mile SW, there is a least depth of 28m. There are sev-
high, is prominent from N and lies on the E side of the bay eral coves in the Bay of Isles but there are few adequate an-
close NW of Cape Pride. chorages.
Fairway Patch, with a least depth of 9.4m, lies almost in the
10.69 Koppervik, a small cove 1.75 miles SW of Cape Buller, af-
10.71

middle of the entrance, about 0.3 mile SSW of Cape Pride. A fords anchorage for small vessels, in a depth of 21m, sand, but
shoal patch lies in the middle of the harbor between Fairway it is exposed to winds from the S.
Patch and Middle Ground, a shoal in the entrance to inner bay. Rosita Harbor (54°01'S., 37°26'W.) has general depths
10.71

All these shoals are marked by kelp. from 16.6 to 51m, shoaling gradually to its head. Vessels have
Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can find tempo-
10.69 regularly found anchorage here, in a depth of 44m, mud, good
rary anchorage in the outer harbor, in a depth of 25m, about 0.2 holding ground, with Ram Head, the S entrance point, bearing
mile SW of Stima Rock. Restricted anchorage can be found in 170°, distance 0.4 mile.
Inner Bay, in 10m, sand, SE of The Knob. A shoal depth of 22m lies in the S approaches to Rosita Har-
10.71

Sorn (53°59'S., 37°55'W.), 73m high, is the N of two rocky

10.69 bor, about 0.5 mile E of Ram Head. Camp Bay, situated close S
islets, situated 2 miles ENE of Cape Pride. This islet, which of Rosita Harbor, affords anchorage, in a depth of 55m, sand,
lies close offshore, has a sharp pointed top, conspicuous from with Shag Point, the S entrance point bearing 159°, distant 0.45
E or W. mile. A swell frequently sets into this bay.
Kelp Bank, with a least known depth of 16.5m, lies 3 miles
10.71

10.70 Right Whale Bay (54°00'S., 37°40'W.) is entered be- NE of Cape Wilson.
tween Nameless Point and Craigie Point, 1.5 miles SE. During a heavy swell, the sea breaks over this bank and it
10.71

Except for a moraine beach at its W end this bay's coast is

10.70 should be avoided.
largely steep and reef-fringed. An unexamined patch, which Cape Crewe (54°02'S., 37°08'W.) is the N entrance point of
10.71

breaks during E gales, lies 0.5 mile W of Craigie Point. Cook Bay. A conspicuous white gallows stands 137m SW of
Vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage sheltered
10.70 the cape. Crewe Rock, 0.3m high, and surrounded by kelp, lies
from all but E winds in the inner bay. However, W winds blow 91m E of Cape Crewe. Olav Rocks, 6m high, lie about 0.6 mile
with considerable strength down the moraine and across the ESE of the same cape.
beach. The anchorage is not safe when E winds raise a swell.
Exposed anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 20m, good hold- 10.72 Prince Olav Harbor (54°02'S., 37°09'W.) (World
ing ground 0.35 mile NW of Bluff Point. Bluff Point lies 0.7 Port Index No. 14020), in the inner part of Cook Bay, is en-
mile WSW of Craigie Point. tered between Point Abrahamsen and Sheep Point, 0.5 mile S.
Cape Buller (53°59'S., 37°22'W.) lies about 10 miles E of
10.70 A tower stands on Sheep Point. This harbor has within it three
Craigie Point, and its summit, Pyramid Peak, is 473m high. bays, namely, North Bay, South Bay, and East Bay.
The cape is easily made out for its height and rugged appear-
10.70 North Bay offers shelter on its S side, safe in almost all
10.72

ance. The Welcome Islets lie 4.5 miles W of Cape Buller and winds, there being no swell except during E gales. There is a
are the only off-lying islets off this part of coast. 6.4m patch in the middle of North Bay about 183m NW of Pig
These islets range in height from 70 to 88m high; through
10.70 Point.

Pub. 124
320 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

Within North Bay, SW winds attain hurricane force at times,

10.72 Harbor.
but winds from other directions are scarcely felt. A former Black Rocks, one of which is 4.6m high, lies about 0.3 mile
10.73

whaling station, reported dismantled, derelict, and deserted, is ESE of Framnaes Point. The southwesternmost of these rocks
situated at the head of North Bay. is awash.
It is forbidden to approach within 200m of the whaling sta-
10.72 A rock, which dries, and surrounded by kelp, lies about 0.5
10.73

tion. mile NNE of Framnaes Point.

South Bay is protected from swell by Brutus Island, though
10.72 The passage between Framnaes Point and Black Rocks was
10.73

subject to occasional violent SW winds. formerly used by whalers but it is not the preferred channel.
Vessels may find shelter here subject to the above winds, in
10.72 Middle Ground Rock lies 1.5 miles SE of Cape Saunders,
10.73

depths of 26 to 40m, mud, good holding ground. and is kelp-covered, with depths of 3.7 to 5.5m. With a heavy
Directions.—Vessels heading to Prince Olav Harbor should
10.72 NE swell the sea breaks on this rock. A patch with a depth of
make Cape Crewe, taking care to avoid all the above-men- 12.8m lies 0.75 mile farther ESE.
tioned dangers. Foul ground projects about 0.6 mile to the NW from Busen
10.73

Both Crewe Rock and Olav Rock should be given a wide

10.72 Point. The preferred channel lies between Black Rocks and
berth, also staying clear of an 11m patch about 0.2 E of Port Middle Ground Rock.
Abrahamsen. Pig Point, marked by a prominent building close Leith Harbor (54°08'S., 36°41'W.), on the NW side of
10.73

to the water’s edge, bearing 266°, will lead in mid-channel to Stromness Bay, is the sight of an abandoned whaling station on
North Bay N of Brutus Island. Vessels going to South Bay head its NW side. The land rises steeply W of this station to moun-
midway between Brutus Island and Restitution Point. tains 610m high. The harbor affords good anchorage, but NW
Possession Bay, entered SE of Black Head (54°04'S.,
10.72 winds blow with great strength. The harbor in the vicinity of
37°06'W.), is the windiest place in South Georgia. Waterfall the whaling station was choked with kelp. A dangerous wreck
Bay, close NE of Possession Bay, is notable for a waterfall that lies close S of the main jetty.
is conspicuous from the NW. It is forbidden to approach within 200m of the whaling sta-
10.73

tion.
10.73 Cape Constance (54°03'S., 36°59'W.) is situated
about 5 miles E of Black Head. This cape is separated into two 10.74 Stromness Harbor (54°09'S., 36°42'W.) (World Port
fairly low tussock-covered spurs; the E spur is known as Ant- Index No. 14040), situated on the W side of the bay, has an
arctic Point. Between the spurs is Tornquist Bay, which is not abandoned whaling station with two floating dry docks, which
recommended. are submerged, at its head. Grass Island lies at the entrance to
Blue Whale Harbor (54°04'S., 37°01'W.), which lies 1 mile
10.73 the harbor, and rises to a height of 75m.
SW of Cape Constance, is an excellent sheltered, though re- It is forbidden to approach within 200m of the whaling sta-
10.74

stricted, anchorage. A good berth lies in the NW part of the tion.

harbor, in a depth of 12.8m; another lies in the S part, in a Bill Rock, 4.6m high, lies 0.3 mile NNW of Tonsberg Point,
10.74

depth of 22m, mud and sand, S of the kelp. the SE entrance point of this harbor. Foul ground projects E
Directions.—Passing through the entrance, vessels should
10.73 and ENE from Bill Rock; many shoals are charted between it
favor the W side, remaining fairly close off Shelter Point. Ves- and Tonsberg Point.
sels can then anchor under the lee of this point or continue fur- Anchorage.—Anchorage may be found, in a depth of 55m,
10.74

ther in, passing W of the central patch of kelp, through a off the whaling station, but the depths increase rapidly E and
narrow, deep channel anchoring SW of Clear Point, on the E gales blow offshore with hurricane force.
side of the harbor. Near Harbor Point (54°09'S., 36°41'W.), the NW entrance
10.74

Antarctic Bay, entered about 2 miles SE of Cape Constance,

10.73 point of Stromness Harbor, excellent anchorage can be found,
affords indifferent anchorage in deep water subject to violent in depths of 37 to 46m. A vessel can lie here at single anchor in
winds off the glaciers and ice. relatively calm weather while a gale is blowing in Leith Harbor
The Fortuna Glacier, a very conspicuous landmark when ap-
10.73 and Stromness Harbor.
proaching South Georgia from NE, lies just W of Cape Best
(54°05'S., 36°49'W.). Two tussock-covered islets, named The 10.75 Husvik Harbor (54°10'S., 36°39'W.) lies in the SW
Guides, are 21 and 9m high, and lie 1.75 miles NW of Cape part of Stromness Bay between Tonsberg Point and Kelp Point,
Best. A rock, with a depth less than 3.4m, was reported to lie 0.75 mile SE. The inner portion of this harbor, which is entered
0.75 mile NNE of Cape Best. between Point Purvis and Kanin Point, 0.75 mile SW, is front-
Fortuna Bay (54°05'S., 36°46'W.) lies between Cape Best
10.73 ed and protected by Bar Rocks.
and Robertson Point, 1.5 miles SE. For the most part, this bay There are two primary channels which lead into the inner
10.75

is very deep and steep-to, with the exception of Anchorage part of this harbor. Main Channel, the S one, has a least depth
Bay. Within Anchorage Bay, on the W side, there is good an- of 16.5m, and leads between Bar Rocks and the reef projecting
chorage, in depths of 27 to 37m, mud and sand. There is an oc- 137m N from Kanin Point. Whaler Channel lies about 0.1 mile
casional swell with N winds and at times the wind blows with NNE of Bar Rocks and has a least depth of 11m. The other two
some violence from the SW. This bay is partially protected by secondary channels are narrow and seldom used.
Fortuna Rocks. It is forbidden to approach within 200m of the whaling sta-
10.75

Stromness Bay lies between Cape Saunders (54°08'S.,

10.73 tion.
36°38'W.) and Busen Point, about 3.2 miles SE. Within the bay Directions.—Vessels bound for Stromness Bay head for
10.75

on the W side are Leith Harbor, Stromness Harbor, and Husvik Tonsberg Point bearing 225°. This course will lead between

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 321

Black Rocks and Middle Ground Rock. Vessels continuing to East Bay close S of Barff Point. However, within this cove, it is
Leith Harbor or Stromness Harbor head for Harbor Point bear- foul in spots and there is a lot of kelp. Sandebugten, a cove 4
ing 270°, when the SW edge of Black Rocks is abeam. miles S of Barff Point, is fairly sheltered except from NW.
Vessels bound for Husvik Harbor should proceed as above
10.75 Caution.—This bay is, at times, subject to violent SW winds
10.76

until passed Middle Ground Rock and then steer so to pass which come up without warning. Growlers and brash, from the
0.25 mile off Tonsberg Point. Tonsberg Point is not easily made glacier at the head, are always present.
out against its backdrop unless snow is apparent.
Tonsberg Point can be identified by its slightly domed sum-
10.75 10.77 King Edward Cove (54°17'S., 36°29'W.) lies about
mit and sheer sides, with rocks at its base. After passing Tons- 2.33 miles S of Sappho Point, and is entered between Hope
berg Point, steer a SW course for the anchorage about 0.3 mile Point and Hobart Rock.
NE of Kanin Point. Hope Point (54°17'S., 36°30'W.) is a rocky bluff, 15m high,
10.77

that is covered with tussock grass. Upon this point is a conspic-

10.76 Jason Island (54°11'S., 36°30'W.) is kelp-fringed and uous monument, comprised of a stone cairn surmounted by a
lies 2.25 miles ESE of Busen Point. This island should be giv- white cross, 1.5m high. A conspicuous dark green building is
en a berth of 1 mile. A saddle hill, named The Crutch, lies 1 situated 183m WNW of Hope Point.
mile W of Jason Island, and is an excellent mark. Hobart Rock, which lies on the S side of the approach to the
10.77

Cumberland Bay is entered between Larsen Point and Barff

10.76 cove, is 0.5m high, and is surrounded by banks of kelp which
Point, 4 miles SE. This bay is divided into two parts known as extend from the rock to the coast about 0.2 WSW.
Cumberland West Bay and Cumberland East Bay. King Edward Point (54°17'S., 36°30'W.) is a low promon-
10.77

Barff Point (54°14'S., 36°24'W.) is dark in color and forbid-

10.76 tory on the N side of the cove. It is the only permanently-inhab-
ding. ited place on the island. King Edward Cove is the only port of
Right Whale Rocks lie 0.25 mile N of Barff Point and are
10.76 entry for the island of South Georgia.
covered with tussock grass with kelp projecting off them. A The controlling depth for entry into the cove is 13.4m. The
10.77

conspicuous hut with a red roof stands on the W rock. A dis- maximum draft at the berth is 7.8m alongside the jetty on the
used lighthouse stands on the N part of the E rock. W side of King Edward Point. The jetty head is 25m long and
Merton Passage lies between Right Whale Rocks and a rock,
10.76 vessels up to 125m long can be accommodated.
awash, between them and Barff Point; this passage has not The cove occasionally freezes over. The local weather is un-
10.77

been fully surveyed and except for small vessels with local predictable and changes rapidly.
knowledge it is not recommended. King Edward Cove is free of hidden dangers. Numerous
10.77

A shoal, with a depth of 9m, lies about 0.1 mile NW of Right

10.76 stranded wrecks litter the shore line. Kelp, which extends as
Whale Rocks. A patch of kelp, with a least known depth of much as 183m from the S shore, marks the shoal areas around
8.8m, lies 0.75 mile SW of Barff Point. the edges of the cove. Both the N and S shores of the cove are
Cumberland West Bay is entered between Larsen Point and
10.76 foul within the kelp line.
Sappho Point, 3 miles S. Sappho Point is the NE tip of the King Edward Point Light stands close E of the SW extremity
10.77

headland that separates Cumberland West from Cumberland of the point. Close N and 100m ENE of the light tower are two
East Bay. Glaciers spill into the head of Cumberland West Bay radio masts, 28 and 32m high.
filling it with brash ice. Jason Harbor, on the NW shore of Two range lines have been established; the outer line leads
10.77

Cumberland West Bay, affords anchorage, in about 18 to 46m, through the approaches and the inner line leads within the
mud, but it is not sheltered. cove. The outer range beacons, located on the S side of the
During SW gales, the harbor may fill up with ice from the
10.76 cove, are in range bearing 282°. The inner range beacons, lo-
glaciers at the head of the bay. A swell sets in with strong SE cated at the head of the cove, are in range bearing 304.5°. The
winds. Maiviken is a bay on the S side of Cumberland West recommended track into the cove is to steer 282° along the out-
Bay, entered 1.25 miles WNW of Sappho Point. er range line between Hope Point and Hobart Rock, turning to
Anchorage.—This bay affords good anchorage, in depths of
10.76 starboard as required to berth at King Edward Point jetty.
24 to 47m, mud, sheltered from SW and W winds. George If bound for Grytviken, course should be altered S of King
10.77

Rock, on the W side of this bay, lies about 0.2 mile SSW of Edward Point to steer 304.5° along the inner leading line.
Rocky Point. Anchorage.—Anchorage outside the cove can be found, in
10.77

Cumberland East Bay is entered between Sappho Point and

10.76 30m, 0.3 mile ESE of Shackleton Cross, with mud bottom and
Barff Point, 2.5 miles E. This bay appears to be deep through- good holding ground. A second anchorage is available 0.5 mile
out, with no dangers more than 0.5 mile from its shores. NE of Dartmouth Point, in 25m.
The glacier at the head of this bay is constantly calving into
10.76 In E winds, ice may prove troublesome to vessels anchored
10.77

the bay. This glacier front is about 21m high and there is a outside the cove.
depth of 115m close off it. Caution.—A heavy chain is reported to lie on the bottom
10.77

At about the middle of the W side of the bay is the entrance

10.76 about 0.1 mile WNW of the jetty.
to Moraine Fjord, which is blocked by a reef, making it useless
for navigation; the sea breaks on this reef in all but the calmest 10.78 Grytviken (54°16'S., 36°30'W.) (World Port Index
weather. Dartmouth Point, the E entrance point of Moraine No. 14060) is situated at the head of King Edward Cove and is
Fjord, is low and tussock-covered, with a stony beach. the site of the former principal settlement in South Georgia.
Small vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage, in
10.76 There are two wharves at Grytviken, both reported to be in
10.78

depths of 13 to 30m, in a cove on the E side of Cumberland poor repair. Grytviken North can accommodate a vessel with a

Pub. 124
322 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

draft of 6 9m and a length of 75m. Grytviken South can accom- Point and Cape George (54°17'S., 36°15'W.). This bay affords
modate a draft of 5.8m and a length of 90m. good anchorage, in depths of 33 to 37m, mud, in its SE part.
An alternative track into King Edward Cove is to steer 288°
10.78 While this berth is sheltered from S and SW winds the rest of
on the mast of the conspicuous stranded wreck lying S of the bay is almost always subject to a heavy swell.
Grytviken. Then steer 308° with the Grytviken church spire A rock, whose charted position is approximate, and which
10.79

ahead. Kelp marks the shoal areas around the edges of the only shows in a heavy sea, lies 1 mile ENE of Cape George.
cove. Breakers have been reported about 1 mile NNE of Cape
George.
It was reported that the coastline between Cape George and
10.79

Cape Charlotte, 20 miles SE, differs considerably from that

shown on the chart. The salient points along this stretch pro-
vide a reasonable fix, but other headlands and bays cannot be
relied upon.
Nansen Banks (Nansen Reef) is a rocky steep-to ridge which
10.79

lies from 2.5 to 4 miles ESE of Cape George. There are depths
less than 1.8m E end; the sea breaks upon it when there is a
heavy swell.

10.78 Grytviken

10.79 Ocean Harbor

10.80 Ocean Harbor (54°20'S., 36°14'W.) is entered 3

miles SSE of Cape George and provides good anchorage, for
those vessels with local knowledge, in the central part, in
depths of 14.6 to 18.3m, mud. This berth is sheltered from all
winds, but a heavy E swell sets in at times, causing a ground
swell 91m from the head of the bay. The mostly intact (2014)
10.78 Grytviken wreck of a large three-masted vessel lies at the head of the
harbor.
10.79 Skrap Skerries (54°15'S., 36°19'W.), comprised of Penguin Bay, the S entrance point of which is Tijuca Point
10.80

East Skerry and West Skerry, lie 2.5 and 3.5 miles, respective- (54°20'S., 36°12'W.) is entered S of Ocean Harbor; it is kelp-
ly, ESE of Barff Point. Alert Rock, which is awash, lies about 1 infested and provides no anchorage. It was reported that a
mile W of West Skerry. Patches of kelp, over which the sea patch of kelp, attached to the sea bed in a position about 2.2
breaks in heavy weather, lie within 1.25 miles N of West Sker- miles E of Tijuca Point, suggested the existence of a possibly
ry. dangerous shoal.
Cobblers Cove (54°16'S., 36°18'W.) is entered 0.5 mile W
10.79
Hound Bay is entered about 5 miles SSE of Cape George.
10.80

of Long Point. Vessels with local knowledge can find good, but Rolf Rock, 4m high, lies 1.25 miles W of Cape Vakop, the S
restricted, anchorage, in depths of 12 to 20m, sand. Babe Island entrance point of this bay. Vessels with local knowledge can
lies on the W side of the channel and is separated from the obtain sheltered anchorage in this bay, in depths of 18 to 27m.
mainland W by a narrow rock-encumbered channel. The en- Cape Vakop (54°22'S., 36°10'W.) is the tip of at thin tus-
10.80

trance to the cove is narrow, deep and clear of dangers. sock-covered headland with a height of 102m. A ridge of rocks
Godthul Bay (54°17'S., 36°17'W.) is entered between Long
10.79
projects NE of the cape and terminates in a massive tussock-
topped stack, 61m high.

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 323

Calf Head (54°28'S., 36°04'W.), lies about 7 miles SE of

10.80 may be obtained by small vessels with local knowledge in the
Cape Vakop, reported to lie about 0.5 mile NE of its charted SW part of Cooper Bay.
position.
Cape Harcourt (54°30'S., 36°00'W.), low and tussock-cov-
10.80

ered, is the E extremity of Harcourt Island, which lies close off

the head of a promontory about 3 miles SE of Calf Head.

10.81 Royal Bay (54°30'S., 35°55'W.) is entered between

Cape Harcourt and Cape Charlotte, 4.5 miles SE. This bay is
not well sheltered and is subject to frequent violent winds that
blow out of this bay. Foul ground lies on the N side of the bay 1
mile ESE, and between 0.5 and 2 miles SW of Cape Harcourt.
Moltke Harbor is a small cove on the NW side of Royal Bay
10.81

entered between Pirner Point and Koppen Point 1.75 miles NE.
This harbor is difficult to distinguish because of the low land
on the N side.
Off the entrance, two glaciers will be observed in the bight;
10.81

between them is a black rock, 24m above HW, that stands out
well against the snow-covered mountains. The harbor is not 10.82 Cooper Bay
immediately identifiable from the entrance to Royal Bay.
Vessels can secure anchorage, in depths of 14 to 27m, mud,
10.81
Clerke Rocks (55°01'S., 34°42'W.), which lie from 35 to 40
10.82

in the middle of the bay. This berth is sheltered from WSW, miles ESE of Cooper Island, consist of two groups. The W
through N to ENE. However, it is open to other quarters, espe- group includes three large rocks, one of which is about 244m
cially ENE to ESE. high. The E group, one of which is large, includes The Office
Strong W winds blow here, with squalls of hurricane vio-
10.81
Boys, which attain an elevation of 82m, and Nobby Rock.
lence, setting in from SW and shifting to NW. Southeast winds A shoal, with a depth of 31m, lies 5.5 miles SW of Clerke
10.82

send a heavy sea into the bay, and when these winds blow (usu- Rocks. A patch of kelp, the position of which is approximate,
ally of less than 24 hours duration), it is recommended that has been reported to lie 4 miles ESE of Nobby Rock.
vessels put to sea.
In calm weather, with an E swell, drifting ice is brought into
10.81
10.83 Drygalski Fjord (54°50'S., 35°55'W.), which indents
the bay by the flood current. The tidal rise is much influenced the SE tip of South Georgia, is entered between the SW
by the wind. The currents set fairly in and out of the bay, with a entrance point of Hamilton Bay and Nattriss Head, 3 miles SW.
velocity of 0.5 knot. This fjord is notable for a steep rocky ridge on its NE side that
In the offing, the current has been observed to set NE at a
10.81
is overlooked by the high peaks of the Salvesen Range. The
rate of 0.5 to 1 knot; close to the coast it sets ESE. SW side is reported to be less precipitous, with two minor
Directions.—Vessels with local knowledge approaching
10.81
glaciers.
from NW steer to keep Cape Charlotte bearing 180° until the S Larsen Harbor (54°50'S., 36°00'W.) is entered on the S
10.83

edge of the Ross Glacier, at the head of Royal Bay, bears 245°, side of Dygalski Fjord, and is well sheltered. Squalls occasion-
changing course to that heading. ally blow down the valley at the head with great force.
When the N edge of the Ross Glacier bears 268°, change
10.81
Fairway Rock, with a depth of 2.4m, lies in the middle of the
10.83

course to that heading. Change course to 310° to keep the harbor, 1 mile within the entrance. Vessels passing this rock
tongue of land in the center of Moltke Harbor. should maintain about 91m off the N shore, where the depth is
3.1m.
10.82 Cape Vahsel (54°45'S., 35°48'W.) lies about 14 miles
SSE of Cape Charlotte; the coast between is broken exposed
and largely unsurveyed.
Filchner Rocks, which are submerged as well as above-wa-
10.82

ter, lie 3 to 4 miles NNE of Cape Vahsel.

Adequate anchorage has been found, in a depth of 33m,
10.82

about 1.5 miles S of Cape Vahsel.

Gold Harbor (54°37'S., 35°56'W.) is entered between Gold
10.82

Point, about 10 miles SSW of Cape Charlotte, and a point 1.25

miles SSW. Small craft can obtain good sheltered anchorage,
in a depth of 14.6m, fairly close inshore. Larger vessels can
find a sheltered anchorage, in about 25m, 0.6 mile S of Gold
Point. 10.83 Larsen Harbor
Cooper Sound (54°48'S., 35°49'W.) is situated between
10.82

Cooper Island and the entrance to Cooper Bay, S of Cape Vah- Anchorage.—Small vessels with local knowledge can find
10.83

sel. A 14m patch lies 2 miles E of Cooper Island and foul anchorage in the E part of the harbor, in depths of 7 to 14m, or,
ground extends W from the same island. Indifferent anchorage in depths of 14.6 to 20m, in its W section.

Pub. 124
324 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

Esbensen Bay (54°52'S., 35°58'W.) is entered between the S

10.83 ported to lie 2 miles ENE of the Pickersgill Islands.
point of Nattriss Head (54°51'S., 35°56'W.) and Shannon
Point, 1 mile SW. Vessels with local knowledge can find an- 10.86 Fanning Ridge (54°20'S., 37°03'W.) lies about 11
chorage in this bay. Doubtful Bay, 2 miles WSW of Esbensen miles NW of Cape Darnley.
Bay, is a good harbor for small craft, with depths of about 64m. Aspasia Point (54°19'S., 37°06'W.) is a very prominent
10.86

Rocks, awash, are situated in the 0.5 mile wide entrance, and
10.83 steep headland that marks the W end of Fanning Ridge. Fan-
it should not be entered without local knowledge. ning Ridge, dark, precipitous, and rocky, is from 610 to 915m
Smaaland Cove is entered about 2 miles W of Doubtful Bay
10.83 high with a serrated skyline.
and affords good anchorage within for small craft. During the summer months, Fanning Ridge is the best and
10.86

only unmistakable long distance landmark on the SW coast of

10.84 The SW coast of South Georgia, from Cape Disap- South Georgia. It is as recognizable from a distance of about
pointment to Cape Nunez, about 60 miles NW, is not as well 50 miles as it is from a distance of 15 miles. The appearance of
known as the rest of the island. Steep heavily-crevassed gla- this feature during winter months is undetermined.
ciers and precipitous black headlands appear in a regular alter- Breakers have been reported about 1 mile offshore, midway
10.86

nating pattern. between the above headland and Newark Bay.

From Cape Nunez to Cape Paryadin, 24 miles NW, the coast
10.84

is indented by several harbors. 10.87 Cape Nunez (54°16'S., 37°25'W.) is the SW tip of the
The Kupriyanov Islands (54°45'S., 36°19'W.) lie about 10
10.84 large rocky and relatively snow-free Nunez Peninsula.
miles NW of Cape Disappointment. Dias Cove, close N of the Vessels with local knowledge can obtain good anchorage in
10.87

islands, may afford anchorage, but due to its recent discovery Holmestrand, a bay on the S side of the Nunez Peninsula, 6
and unexamined status, it is not recommended. The approaches miles E of Cape Nunez. This berth is in depths of 14.6 to
to the cove are encumbered with islets and rock. 18.3m, mud. This bay is sheltered, but, in E and SE winds the
Novosilski Bay (54°39'S., 36°22'W.), into which a large gla-
10.84 bay fills up with ice from the large glacier which lies on its E
cier flows, is 6.5 miles NNW of the Kupriyanov Islands. Nilsen side.
Island, 30m high, lies 2 miles W. Jonassen Rocks, 3m high, lie The approach to this bay, which is encumbered with rocks
10.87

1 mile SW of Novosilski Bay. and breakers, is via a narrow channel that leads N towards a
Between Novosilski Bay and Leon Head, 12 miles NW, there
10.84 conspicuous black rock located in front of the glaciers.
are two below-water rocks, over each of which the sea break. Vessels are advised to anchor close up to the NW corner of
10.87

The rocks lie 0.75 mile offshore, 5.5 miles NW and about 3 the bay and not more than 183m off the glacier face, which in E
miles WNW of Mount Fraser (54°38'S., 36°21'W.), respec- gales provides a convenient lee. There is a possibility of hurri-
tively. cane force squalls when the wind blows off the land.
Queen Maud Bay is entered N of Cape Nunez and is bound-
10.87

10.85 Undine South Harbor (54°32'S., 36°33'W.) is en- ed by the steeply rising N side of the Nunez Peninsula on the S
tered between Leon Head and Ducloz Point, 5 miles NW. This and the spiky summits of the Cape Rosa Peninsula on the N.
large bay, which is broken up by Austin Head, a conspicuous Three towering black dolomites lie close E of Shallop Cove.
dark promontory, does not afford any shelter. A below-water Vessels with local knowledge can obtain good anchorage
10.87

rock lies in the middle of the harbor. here, in 22m, at its head 0.35 mile NW of the S entrance point
Rocky Bay (54°30'S., 36°40'W.) is entered N of Ducloz
10.85 to Shallop Cove. This berth is sheltered from all but the stron-
Head. While this bay could afford anchorage to those vessels gest SW winds, when a heavy swell enters the bay.
with local knowledge, the approaches are encumbered by King Haakon Bay is entered N of Cape Rosa (54°11'S.,
10.87

rocks. Breakers project up to 2 miles offshore. 37°25'W.) and affords good anchorage for those vessels with
Hauge Strait is a deep channel 1.5 miles wide that lies be-
10.85 local knowledge. McNeish Island, McCarthy Island, and the
tween Hauge Reef and the rocks that extend W from Cape Vincent Islands lie, respectively, 2.75 miles NW, 1 mile NNW,
Darnley (54°27'S., 36°49'W.). This strait is frequently used by and 5.25 miles ENE of Cape Rosa. Rocks lie between 1.25 and
vessels of the British Antarctic Survey that should have local 2.5 miles WNW of Cape Rosa. A large patch of kelp lies be-
knowledge. tween these rocks and McNeish Island.
Annenkov Island (54°30'S., 37°04'W.) lies about 10 miles
10.85 The best approach to the head of the bay, where anchorage
10.87

WSW of Cape Darnley. Vessels of the British Antarctic Survey can be taken, is along the N coast N of McNeish Island, with
have found anchorage with the E tip of Annenkov Island bear- depths of 22 to 53m, and N of McCarthy Island. There is a pas-
ing 190°, distance 1.4 miles, in a depth of 22m. sage close N of Cape Rosa but it should be navigated with cau-
Tussock Island lies close to the coast of Annenkov Island,
10.85 tion.
NE of Mislaid Rock. A patch of kelp was reported to lie 4.5 Caution.—A rock pinnacle, with a depth of about 6.8m, was
10.87

miles NW of Mislaid Rocks. reported (2004) to lie about 1.5 miles WNW of Cape Rosa.
Low Reef extends ENE from the E tip of Annenkov Island
10.85

joining Hauge Reef. Pillow Rock, which stands near the ENE 10.88 Klutschak Point (54°10'S., 37°41'W.) is the NW en-
tip of Hauge Reef, is comprised of pillowed lavas. trance point of the large bight which contains King Haakon
Theodor Rock, which breaks when there is any swell, lies 7
10.85 Bay and Queen Maud Bay. A kelp-covered shoal, whose posi-
miles S of Annenkov Island. The Pickersgill Islands, the high- tion is approximate, with a depth of 8.2m, lies 4 miles SE of
est of which is 146m, lie 11.5 miles SE of Annenkov Island Klutschak Point, and 2 miles offshore.
and 7.5 miles offshore. A shoal, with a depth of 19.2m, was re- Cape Demidov (54°09'S., 37°44'W.), 0.5 miles NW of
10.88

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 325

Klutschak Point, is steep and rocky, with many off-lying islets and require local knowledge for entry.
and rocks radiating from it. Anvil Stacks, two prominent tus-
sock-covered islets, lie about 2 miles SE of Cape Demidov. The South Sandwich Islands
Wilson Harbor, entered between Cape Demidov and Kade
10.88

Point, 2 miles N, affords anchorage to those vessels with local 10.90 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing SW winds are
knowledge in its NE corner. This berth, in a depth of 20m, mud deflected in the vicinity of the islands into a circular motion
and sand, is sheltered from most winds. However, SE winds of around the islands.
great intensity occasionally blow off the Schrader Glacier, situ- The general weather patterns in the group are cloudy with
10.90

ated at the head of the harbor. fog or snow, and clear and cloudless days are rare. Mountain
A shoal, with a depth of 18m, was reported to lie 7 miles
10.88 summits are almost always hidden by low clouds.
WSW of Kade Point. Also, a rock on which the sea breaks, lies Tides—Currents.—The prevailing set of the current is to
10.90

0.75 mile WNW of Kade Point. the NE. In Nelson Strait, the Candlemas Islands, Douglas
The harbor and the middle of the entrance between Kade
10.88 Strait, and the South Thule Islands, a S set of about 1 knot was
Point and Saddle Island appears to be clear of dangers. There is experienced.
a 91m wide channel between Saddle Island and Cape Demidov Aspect.—The South Sandwich Islands consist of an archi-
10.90

that also appears to be clear. pelago of islands, most of which are volcanic. The N island,
Ice Fjord is entered between Kade Point and Weddell Point,
10.88 Zavodovski Island, is situated about 297 miles ESE of South
4 miles NW. Vessels with local knowledge can find good an- Georgia. All of these islands are uninhabited and snow and bad
chorage here about 1 mile from the head of the fjord, in 18m, visibility are frequent, making the approaches difficult.
on a gently shelving bottom. The South Sandwich Islands are completely surrounded by
10.90

Schlieper Bay, entered about 1.2 miles W of Weddell Point,

10.88 pack ice from the Weddell Sea during the late winter and
affords good anchorage, in a depth of 18m, but the entrance is spring. During summer, conditions vary; the N islands should
reported to be foul. be free of ice about the end of November and the more S is-
Coal Harbor (54°03'S., 37°53'W.) lies about 7 miles NW of
10.88 lands a few weeks later. Many tabular, weathered, black/white
Cape Demidov. It has good anchorage for small vessels with bergs, sometimes grounded, will be seen around the islands.
local knowledge, in 16.5m. There is a reef across the entrance Anchorage.—These islands are without harbors, but many
10.90

and the passage between this and the land on the S side is clear of them offer anchorage areas where a vessel could find shelter.
but narrow. Vessels must keep close to the kelp on the south Ferguson Bay, in Southern Thule, affords the best anchorage,
side when entering the harbor. but because of its location it will often be unavailable due to
The approaches to this harbor are encumbered by reefs
10.88 ice. The next best anchorages are in Nelson Strait in the Can-
which may not be marked by kelp, owing to their being cleared dlemas Islands.
by stranded ice. This strait affords shelter from most winds and may be free
10.90

of ice for a slightly longer period than Ferguson Bay.

10.89 Undine Harbor (54°02'S., 37°57'W.) lies abut 0.75
mile W of Coal Harbor. The harbor is protected from all winds 10.91 Zavodovski Island (56°20'S., 27°35'W.) is formed by
except those from the SW and S. Mount Curry, a volcanic cone about 550m high. The W shore
Vessels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage, in
10.89 is precipitous, with sheer cliffs falling abruptly to the sea. From
depths from 14 to 29m. The bottom on the E side of the an- the N to the SE side of the island, there is a low-lying plateau
chorage is sand and the W side is mud. The entrance is partial- rising to the base of the cone.
ly blocked by kelp and is about 0.1 mile wide.
Johan Harbor is entered 1 mile SW of Undine Harbor. Ves-
10.89

sels with local knowledge can obtain anchorage, in a depth of

27m, sand and pebbles. However, the holding ground here is
not good and not recommended with winds between SE and
NE.
Directions.—From the vicinity of Stewart Strait vessels with
10.89

local knowledge bound for Johann Harbor, Undine Harbor, or

Coal Harbor should remain at least 0.5 mile SW of Jomfruene
(54°04'S., 38°03'W.) and 1 mile SW of Cape Paryadin
(54°04'S., 38°01'W.).
Vessels can then pass 0.5 mile S of Olsen Rock and head
10.89

ENE, giving a wide berth to the rock. Olsen Rock, position

doubtful, is 1 mile E of Cape Paryadin. However, it was report-
ed that this rock was clearly visible and appeared to lie about
183m SW of its charted position.
When Johann Harbor can be approached on a heading of
10.89

345°, this course should be steered passing about 0.1 mile E of 10.91 Zavodovski Island
Laurie Island.
Caution.—Vessels should exercise caution in the approach-
10.89

10.91 This plateau is for the most part free of snow, except for
es to these harbors as they have not been completely surveyed

Pub. 124
326 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands

some patches near its seaward limit; the plateau ends in low, fairway is 11m. It has been reported that there are greater
black cliffs, 9 to 12m high. The crater is constantly erupting. depths closer to the reef extending NE from Low Point.
The shore line is cliffy, but there are two sandy beaches of Anchorage.—The best berth, for vessels with local knowl-
10.93

black sand or lava. edge, lies off the E side of Vindication Island between Cook
Close inshore of the island, W and NW, are depths from 91
10.91 Rock and Rocky Point, the SE tip of Vindication Island, in a
to 183m. On the E and SE sides there are depths of 26 to 37m depth of 20m, good holding ground.
less than 1 mile from shore, good holding ground of scoria and There is good anchorage S of Candlemas Island during N
10.93

boulders. The swell carries around the island, making it neces- winds, and NE of Vindication Island, 0.4 mile ENE of Crosscut
sary to shift berth as the wind changes. Point, during S winds.
A shoal, with a least known depth of 27m, was reported to lie
10.91

27 miles NW of Zavodovski Island. 10.94 Saunders Island (57°47'S., 26°27'W.), crescent-

shaped, lies with Harpers Point, its N tip, about 41 miles S of
10.92 Visokoi Island (56°43'S., 27°09'W.) is located about Candlemas Island. Mount Michel, 990m high, is located in the
25 miles SSE of Zavodovski Island, and is also a single volca- center of the island. On the SE corner of the island is a prom-
nic cone. The summit, Mount Hodson, is 1,005m high and is ontory comprised of bare hills. On the S side of these hills is a
generally obscured by smoke or steam. notable half section of a crater, scored with radial grooves.
From most directions, this glacier-covered island appears a
10.92 When approaching from S, this crater is a conspicuous mark.
rounded mass with a steep coast. The largest offshore rock, Off the NE side of Cordelia Bay, which forms the NE side of
10.94

Coffin Rock, lies about 1 mile SE of Finger Point, the N tip of the island, are several rocks, the highest being Brothers Rocks.
the island. The most conspicuous rock is a pinnacle rock off the These rocks lie in the vicinity of three reefs, with foul ground
NW side of the island. and breakers that close the N entrance to the bay.
There are possible anchorages N or S of Irving Point, but the
10.92 Vessels with local knowledge can obtain good anchorage W
10.94

swell carries around and no good protection is afforded. of a group of rocks near Nattriss Point. This berth, in depths of
24 to 26m, is sheltered from NW, through S to SW, and lies
Leskov Island (56°40'S., 28°08'W.), which lies 30 miles W
10.92

close inshore in the S part of the bay.

of Visokoi Island, has a flat summit and is precipitous. A prom-
The bottom shelves steeply around the island except outside
inent cone-shaped rock, 114m high, is located at the SE tip.
10.94

the reefs fronting the bay where there is a larger area with
Crater Bay, on the NE side of this crescent-shaped island, is
10.92

depths of less than 37m.

flanked by sheer walls of rock falling almost straight down
from the summit to the sea. Since Leskov Island is steep-to on
10.95 Montagu Island (58°25'S., 26°22'W.) is the largest of
all sides, there is no place where a vessel might anchor.
the South Sandwich Islands. It lies 34 miles S of Saunders Is-
land and is reported to be larger than charted.
10.93 The Candlemas Islands (57°05'S., 26°44'W.), com-
prised of two islands separated by Nelson Channel, lie about Mount Belinda, 1,371m high, is the summit of the island and
10.95

23 miles SE of Visokoi Island. The E island is known as Can- is heavily glaciated. Recent volcanic activity is evident, indi-
cated by ash plumes and lava flows, with one flow reaching the
dlemas Island; the W island is known as Vindication Island.
sea on the N shore. Allen Point is the tip of the headland that
Candlemas Island, whose S end is buried into a glacier, rises
10.93

forms the SE point of the island; it rises to Mount Oceanite, a

to two peaks, Mount Andromeda, 549m high, and Mount Per-
cone-shaped hill, 914m high.
seus, close N. The N part of the island is comprised of lava, and
rises to Lucifer Hill, a 235m high volcanic cone. A rock, awash, lies close off the E side of the headland, 0.5
10.95

mile N of Allen Point. Between Allen Point and Scarlett Point,

The N and S parts of the island are joined by a wide stretch
10.93

2.75 miles WNW, is Phyllis Bay.

of low-lying land. Demon Point is the NE tip of the island and
the E entrance of Kraken Cove. Within this cove is a steeply Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can secure good
10.95

shelving beach of black sand and boulders. anchorage, in depths of 36m or less, on either side of Allen
Point. The anchorage to the N of the point affords protection
Black Rock, 24m high, lies 0.6 mile off the NE side of the is-
10.93

from NW to SW, and that in Phyllis Bay, from NW to N to SW.

land. The NW coast is bordered by basalt cliffs about 9 to 12m
Allen Point stops the swell from following round.
high.
To the NE of the island, shallow water reportedly extends for
Vindication Island (57°06'S., 26°47'W.), the W island, rises
10.95

to a height of 427m in its SW part. Crosscut Point, on the NW some distance seaward.
coast, ends in a row of pointed rocks.
10.96 Bristol Island (59°03'S., 26°34'W.), which is glaciat-
Buddha Rock, a prominent rock, 37m high, lies 0.3 mile
10.93

ed, lies 32 miles S by W of Montagu Island, and is reported to

from Knob Point, the W tip of the island.
be larger than charted. Mount Darnley 1,097m high, lies S of
A bank, with a depth of 108m, lies 3 miles S of Knob Point.
10.93

its center. The S side of the island, the S tip of which is Harker
Saw Rock and Santa Rock, both conspicuous, lie, respectively,
Point, rises steeply in a great rocky bluff 580m high.
1 and 1.5 miles NNW of Crosscut Point.
Three rocky islets with a bold appearance lie W of the island.
A reef projects NE to about midway across Nelson Channel
10.96

10.93

The outermost islet, lying 3 miles W of Bristol Island, is re-

from Low Point, the NE tip of Vindication Island. Cook Rock
markable for a towering pillar rock, 305m high, and a lesser
and Trousers Rock, both arched, stand on the reef.
summit, 190m high. This rocky islet was the landfall Captain
Nelson Channel should only be navigated by vessels with lo-
10.93

Cook made when he discovered the South Sandwich Islands. It

cal knowledge. The least depth that has yet been found in the
is now known as Freezland Rock. The middle inner rocks,

Pub. 124
 Sector 10. The Falkland Islands, South Georgia, and the South Sandwich Islands 327

named Wilson Rock and Grindle Rock, are 183m and 213m Ferguson Bay, the best anchorage in the South Sandwich Is-
10.97

high, respectively. lands, is entered between Hewison Point and Herd Point, about
It is possible to anchor, with good holding ground and pro-
10.96 0.5 mile W. It has been reported that this berth lies about 0.3
tection from wind, anywhere off the N and E sides of Bristol mile WNW of the E entrance point, and affords good holding
Island. However, due to the shape of this island the swell fol- ground, with shelter from all winds except from S. A metal
lows round, whatever its direction. There are navigable passag- beacon stands on Herd Point. The Argentine scientific station
es between Grindle Rock and Wilson Rock, and between is located at the head of Ferguson Bay. A refuge hut lies 0.5
Wilson Rock and Freezland Rock. mile W of the lighted beacon. A wood beacon painted in red
Between Grindle Rock and Bristol Island, there is a continu-
10.96 and white stripes marks the hut.
ous breaking reef. Twitcher Rock, 55m high and conspicuous, lies 0.5 mile E of
10.97

Hewison Point. The channel between this rock and the point is
10.97 Southern Thule (59°27'S., 27°17'W.), about 27 miles foul.
SW of Bristol Island and separated from it by Forsters Passage,
is comprised of three islands. 10.98 Douglas Strait (59°28'S., 26°17'W.) is situated be-
Bellingshausen Island is the easternmost and smallest of the
10.97 tween Cook Island and Thule Island.
group. This island is separated from Cook Island by Maurice This strait, which requires local knowledge for use, has
10.98

Channel, which is 1.5 miles wide, with depths in the center of depths in its central part of over 731m, but its N and S entranc-
25 to 31m. Bellingshausen Island has upon it a single volcanic es have depths of less than 37m.
cone which ends abruptly in the ragged edges of a crater, and The N entrance is closed for a great part of its breadth by a
10.98

reaches a height of 253m on its N part. reef with sunken rocks extending E from Beach Point, the NE
Cook Island, the largest and highest of the group, has upon it
10.97 extremity of Thule Island, with a 13m patch close off its outer
three ice-capped peaks, of which Mount Harmer is the highest, end; a 9.1m patch was reported to lie close SE of the 13m
reaching an elevation of 1,077m. The shores are precipitous, patch.
alternating between steep rugged cliffs with glaciers hanging The S entrance is narrower and lies between the end of the
10.98

above them and glaciers reaching the water’s edge. rocks off Reef Point, the SW extremity of Cook Island, and
Thule Island (59°27'S., 27°23'W.), the W island of the Twitcher Rock, from which shoal water extends toward Thule
group, is buried beneath an ice cap, but a jagged ridge of black Island. A S current of about 1 knot sets through the strait.
rock sticks through the ice in the center of its SW side at Wasp Caution.—A bank, with a least charted depth of 84m, the
10.98

Point. The SE part of Thule Island is made up of a low plateau position of which is approximate, lies about 28 miles SW of
ending S in Hewison Point. the W extremity of Thule Island.

Pub. 124
 Glossaries 329
Glossaries

Dutch

DUTCH English DUTCH English

A K

aan.......................................................................at, near, on kaap................................................................................cape

kake............................................................................... quay
B
kegel ............................................................................. cone
baak........................................................................... beacon kil ............................................................................. channel
berg ................................................................ mountain, hill klein ............................................................................. small
binnen........................................................................... inner klip .................................................................................rock
blauwe............................................................................blue kop ................................................................................ head
bocht.............................................................bay, bend, light kreek ............................................................................ creek
bosch ............................................................................forest kromme.................................................................... crooked
boschje .................................................... small wood, brush kust ...............................................................................coast
boom ...............................................................................tree
L
bol ...................................................................................ball
breed.............................................................................broad laag, lage.........................................................................low
brug ............................................................................ bridge lang ................................................................................long
buiten ........................................................................... outer licht ................................................................................light
bult ...............................................................................hump loods ..............................................................................pilot
loodswezen .............................................................. pilotage
D
M
dam............................................................. dam, breakwater
de, den..............................................................................the meer ......................................................................inland sea
diep................................................................................ deep middel, midden ..........................................................middle
dijk .................................................................................dike modder ...........................................................................mud
dorp ............................................................................village molen ............................................................................. mill
draaikalk........................................................................eddy
N
drempel ............................................................................bar
dric ................................................................................three nauw ........................................................................ narrows
drichoek ................................................................... triangle nieuw ............................................................................. new
droogte ......................................................................... shoal noord............................................................................ north
duin ...............................................................................dune noorder.................................................................... northern
dwars...........................................................................across
O
E
oost .................................................................................east
eiland........................................................................... island oud ...................................................................................old
F
P
friesche....................................................................... frisian
peilschaal ............................................................... tide gage
G
plaat ............................................................................. shoal
gat............................................................................. channel plaatje .................................................................small shoal
geul...............................................................narrow channel plat ...................................................................................flat
groei .............................................................................green polder ............................................................ reclaimed land
gronden ....................................................................grounds punt ...............................................................................point
groot ..............................................................................great
R
H
haven.......................................................................... harbor rak ............................................................................ channel
helft ................................................................................ half rechthoekig .........................................................rectangular
het.....................................................................................the reddingboot...............................................................lifeboat
heuvel.............................................................................. hill rede ........................................................................roadstead
hoek..................................................................... cape, point rode, rood.........................................................................red
hoofd ............................................................................. head rots ............................................................................... rocks
hoog ...............................................................................high rug.................................................................................ridge
hout ................................................................. wood, timber ruitvormig .................................................. diamond-shaped

Pub. 124
330 Glossaries

DUTCH English DUTCH English

S vaart ............................................................................. canal

valsch ............................................................................ false
schaar ....................................................................... channel van .....................................................................................of
schor............................................................................. shoal veerboot ........................................................................ ferry
schutsluis........................................................................lock verklikker........................................................ warning light
scherm........................................................................ screen vliegtuigen ................................................................ aircraft
seinen .........................................................................signals
sluis ................................................................................lock W
smal........................................................................... narrow
spits, spitse ................................................................pointed wad ................................................................... coastal bank
spoorweg...................................................................railway wal ................................................................................. wall
stad ................................................................................town waterweg............................................................... waterway
steen ............................................................................. stone watergetijden .................................................... tidal current
steiger.................................................................... jetty, pier weg ................................................................................ way
steile ............................................................................. steep werk ..............................................................................work
strand.................................................................beach, shore wester....................................................................... western
stroom ...........................................................current, stream wit, witte ...................................................................... white
wrak ............................................................................ wreck
T
toegang....................................................................... access Z
tramweg ..................................................................tramway
zand................................................................................sand
U
zee....................................................................................sea
uit .....................................................................................out zeegat ........................................................................ estuary
zuid .............................................................................. south
V
zuider ...................................................................... southern
vaarwater.................................................................. fairway zwart ............................................................................ black

Pub. 124
 Glossaries 331

French

FRENCH English FRENCH English

A J

anse ..................................................................... bay, creek jetee ...............................................................................jetty

archipel .............................................................. archipelago
L
arriere port ............................................................ inner port
avant port ............................................................. outer port lac ................................................................................. lake
lagune ....................................................................... lagoon
B
M
baie ........................................................................ bay, gulf
balise ........................................................................ beacon maison .........................................................................house
banc ..............................................................................bank mamelles........................................................................paps
barre .................................................................................bar menhir ................................................... a large raised stone
basse............................................................................. shoal milieu ........................................................................middle
bassin .......................................................................... basin mole .....................................................................mole, pier
blanc.............................................................................white mont ......................................................................mountain
bois ..............................................................................wood mouillage ............................................................ anchorage
bouche ....................................................................... mouth moulin ........................................................................... mill
C N
canal ..............................................................channel, canal noir .............................................................................. black
cap ................................................................cape, headland nord ............................................................................. north
chaloupe .................................................................... launch
O
chalutier ................................................................... trawler
chateau .........................................................................castle occidentale .............................................................. western
chaussee .......................................................................bank orientale ....................................................................eastern
chenal ....................................................................... channel ouest ..............................................................................west
clocher .......................................................................steeple
P
colline.............................................................................. hill
couvent .................................................................... convent passe ....................................................................... channel
crique .......................................................................... creek pertuis ........................................................opening or strait
petit ............................................................................. small
D
pic ................................................................................ peak
digue .........................................................mole, breakwater pierre............................................................................ stone
piton ............................................................. mountain peak
E plateau .........................................................tableland or flat
pointe ...........................................................................point
ecluse ............................................. lock of a canal or basin pont ............................................................................bridge
eglise .........................................................................church port .................................................................... port, harbor
est .................................................................................. east presqu'ile ...............................................................peninsula
etang............................................................................... lake
Q
F
quai ...................................................................quay, wharf
falaise ............................................................................ cliff
R
faux ............................................................................... false
fleuve ........................................................................... river rade .......................................................................roadstead
fosse .............................................................................ditch recif ................................................................................reef
reviere .......................................................................... river
G
roche .............................................................................rock
golfe .............................................................................. gulf rocher .......................................... rock, usually above-water
goulet .........................................................narrow entrance rouge ...............................................................................red
grande ...........................................................................great
S
I
sable ..............................................................................sand
ile ............................................................................... island sommet ....................................................................summit
ilot ................................................................................. islet sud ............................................................................... south

Pub. 124
332 Glossaries

FRENCH English FRENCH English

T V

vert .............................................................................. green

tour ..............................................................................tower ville ..............................................................................town

Pub. 124
 Glossaries 333

Portuguese

PORTUGUESE English PORTUGUESE English

A desembarcadouro .....................................................landing
doca .............................................................................. dock
a, as ......................................................................the (fem.) duna ............................................................................. dune
aldeia .........................................................................hamlet
E
alto, s ............................................................ height, heights
altura, s ......................................................... height, heights enseada ...................................................... bay, bight, cove
amarclo ......................................................................yellow entrada .....................................................................fairway
ancordouro .......................................................... anchorage ermida ..................................................................hermitage
angra ..........................................................inlet, bight, cove espigao ....................................................... projecting point
aquario ..................................................................aquarium esporao.......................................................................groyne
areia .............................................................................. sand estacada ................................... pier, projecting wharf, mole
arquipelago ........................................................ archipelago estaleiro .................................................................. shipyard
atalaia ...................................................................... lookout este ................................................................... east, eastern
azul ................................................................................blue esteiro ......................................................................... creek
estreito .......................................................... strait, narrows
B
estuario .................................................................... estuary
bacia ............................................................................ basin
F
baia .................................................................................bay
baixia ........................................................................... shoal fabrica .......................................................................factory
baixio ...................................................................... shallow farillhao ..................................stack, steep-sided rocky islet
baliza......................................................................... beacon fora ...............................................................................outer
banco.............................................................................bank fortaleza ...................................................................fortress
barra ................................................................................bar forte ................................................................................ fort
basilica .................................................................... basilica foz .............................................................. mouth of a river
bateria ........................................................................battery fundeadouro ........................................................ anchorage
boca.............................................................mouth, entrance
G
branco, .........................................................................white
grande ..........................................................................large
C
golfo .............................................................................. gulf
cabeca ........................................... summit of a hill or shoal
H
cabo .............................................................................. cape
cais ....................................................................quay, wharf hotel ..............................................................................hotel
cala .......................................... creek, channel, narrow inlet
I
calheta ...........................................................................inlet
canal ........................................................................ channel igreja .......................................................................... church
capela ........................................................................ chapel ilha ............................................................................. island
carreira ......................................... narrow channel, slipway ilheu, ilhota ................................................................... islet
casa ............................................................................. house istmo ........................................................................ isthmus
casal ....................................................................farmhouse
L
castelo .........................................................................castle
catedral .................................................................. cathedral lago ...................................................................... lake, lock
cemiterio ............................................................... cemetery lagoa ........................................................small lake, marsh
chale ........................................................................... chalet laguna ........................................................................ lagoon
cidade ..........................................................city, large town laje ............................................................. flat-topped rock
cidadela ..................................................................... citadel lugar ................................................................hamlet, place
cinzento .........................................................................grey
M
colina .............................................................................. hill
colonia .................................................... colony, settlement mar ..................................................................................sea
concha .......................................................................... cove mata .................................................... forest, wood, thicket
convento .................................................................. convent meridional .............................................................. southern
coroa ...................................................................sandy head moinho .......................................................................... mill
cruz .............................................................................. cross molhe ...................................................................mole, pier
montanha ..............................................................mountain
D
monte .........................................................................mount
de dentro ..................................................................... inner morro ................................................................... hill, knoll

Pub. 124
334 Glossaries

PORTUGUESE English PORTUGUESE English

N quebrada .................................................cut, gap, precipice

note .............................................................................. north R

O
rampa ...........................................................................ramp
o, os ....................................................................the (masc.) restinga ..................................................................spit, reef
occidental ................................................................. western ria ........................................ estuary, lagoon, sunken valley
oeste .............................................................................. west ribeiro .........................................................................brook
oriental ..................................................................... eastern rio ................................................................................. river
rocha .............................................................................rock
P
rochedo ............................................................. rocky place
palheiros ........................................................fishing village rocher ....................................................... rock, rocky place
paredao ....................................................................sea wall
pedra ..............................................................................rock S
pena ................................................................... rocky, peak
penedo................................................................. rocky peak santo.............................................................................. saint
peninsula ............................................................. peninsular sanatorio ............................................................ sanatorium
pequeno ....................................................................... small sepentrional ............................................................ northern
pico ............................................................................... peak serra ............................................................mountain range
pinhal ..................................................................pine wood serro ....................................................... rocky reef or ridge
ponta ..............................................................point (of land) sul ............................................................................... south
pontal ................................................................promontory
ponte .................................................................. bridge, pier T
pontecais .............................................................. pier, jetty
portinho ................................................small port or harbor terra ............................................................................... land
porto ..................................................................port, harbor torre .............................................................................tower
povoa ...................................................................large town
povoacao ...................................................................village V
povoado .....................................................................village
praia ........................................................................... beach vale ............................................................................ valley
preto ............................................................................ black varadouro ..................................................................landing
promontorio .......................................................promontory verde ........................................................................... green
vermelho .........................................................................red
Q
vigia .........................................................................lookout
quebramar ..........................................................breakwater vila .........................................................town, village, villa

Pub. 124
 Glossaries 335

Spanish

SPANISH English SPANISH English

A cabezo ......................................................... summit of a hill

cabo................................................................................cape
abra........................................... cove, creek, haven, opening cadena .......................................................................... chain
acantilados ................................................................... cliffs cala............................narrow cove or creek with steep sides
adentro ..............................................................inner, inside caleta............................................................................. cove
afuera ..............................................................outer, outside caleton.................................................................. large cove
aguada ........................................................... watering place campo ................................................... any tract of country
agudo.............................................................. sharp, pointed canada ............................................................................ glen
aguja........................................................................... needle canal......................................................................... channel
albufera ............................................................lagoon, pond canalizo..............................narrow channel between islands
aldea ...........................................................................village cano.............................................................................. creek
alto ......................................................................... tall, high canto ............................................................................. bluff
altos........................................................................... heights capilla ........................................................................ chapel
alturas........................................................................ heights cargardero ...............................shore-ship loading appliance
amarillo ......................................................................yellow carrera ........................................ narrow channel or passage
ancho..................................................................wide, broad casa ..............................................................................house
ancladero.............................................................. anchorage cascada....................................................................waterfall
anclaje .................................................................. anchorage caserio............................................ hamlet, group of houses
ancon................................................. open bay or roadstead castillo..........................................................................castle
angostura..................................................................narrows castro....................... headland, hillock surmounted by ruins
archipielago........................................................ archipelago catedral .................................................................. cathedral
arena.............................................................................. sand cayo................................................................................. cay
arenal................................................. extensive area of sand cerrito.........................................................................hillock
arrecife ........................................................................... reef cerro ................................................................... hill, hillock
arroyito........................................................................ brook chico ............................................................................ small
arroyo ..............................................................steam, rivulet chubasco ..................................................................... squall
astillero....................................................................shipyard cima ................................................................ summit, crest
atalaya ......................................watchtower, high viewpoint ciudad ...................................................................city, town
azul.................................................................................blue ciudadela.................................................................... citadel
co .............................................................. rocky shoal, rock
B
colina ................................................................. hill, hillock
bahia................................................................................bay collado ...................................................... hillock, elevation
bajio ............................................................................. shoal colonia .....................................................colony, settlement
bajo............................................................................... shoal colorado .......................................................reddish in color
baliza......................................................................... beacon comarca.......................................................................region
balneario.......................................................... seaside resort concha................................................................ bay or cove
banco......................................................................sandbank cono .............................................................................. cone
bancha ...........................................................................bank convento .................................................................. convent
barlovento .............................................................windward cordillera......................................................mountain range
barra .................................................................................bar corona ...........................................................crown, summit
barranco ..................................................... precipice, ravine cortadura .............................................. very narrow channel
barrera ........................................................................ barrier costa ..............................................................................coast
barrio............................................................... ward, section coto ...........................................................................summit
bateria.........................................................................battery cruz ...............................................................................cross
blanco...........................................................................white cuartel ..................................................................... barracks
boca............................................................................ mouth cuesta ....................................... sloping ground, hill, hillock
bodega..................................................................storehouse cueva..............................................................................cave
boqueron ..........................wide mouth, opening or entrance cumbre .......................................................................... peak
boquete................................................ narrow entrance, gap cuna............................................................................ wedge
brava........................................beach exposed to heavy seas cuspide ......................................................................summit
bravo ..................................................................coast, shore
D
brazo............................................................... arm of the sea
darsena ................................................................basin, dock
C
delta .............................................................................. delta
cabeza...................................................................shoal head departamento ......................................................department

Pub. 124
336 Glossaries

SPANISH English SPANISH English

desembarcadero .............................................. landing place istmo ........................................................................ isthmus

desembocadura............................................mouth of a river
L
desierto........................................................................ desert
dique...................................mole, dock, embankment, levee la, las...................................................definite article (fem.)
distrito ........................................................................district lago ................................................................................ lake
doble...........................................................................double laguna .............................................................. lagoon, pond
duna...............................................................................dune laja .......................................................................... flat rock
largo ...............................................................................long
E
lastra .................................................................. rocky ledge
el........................................................definite article (masc.) laxe ................................................................................rock
embocadura................................................................ mouth levante........................................................................eastern
ensenada..........................................................................bay loma .................................................................hillock, knoll
entrada..................................................................... entrance lomo ..............................................................................ridge
ermita ....................................................................hermitage los .....................................................definite article (masc.)
escollera ..............................................................breakwater lugar .................................................................village, place
escollo ...........................................shallow rock, reef awash lugarejo ...................................................................... hamlet
espigon ........................................................... arm of a mole llana ..............................................................................plain
estacion ...................................................................... station llano .......................................................................plain, flat
estancia................................................ ranch, country estate llanura ...........................................................................plain
este ................................................................................. east
M
estero...................................................................creek, inlet
estrecho ........................................................ straits, narrows malecon............................................................... quay, mole
estuario...................................................................... estuary mar ...................................................................................sea
exterior ........................................................... outer, exterior margen ......................................................................... shore
marisma ...................................................................... marsh
F
medano .......................................................... dune, sandhill
farallon .................................................................rocky islet medio .........................................................................middle
faro ....................................................................... lighthouse meridional............................................................... southern
fondeadero ........................................................... anchorage mesa ....................................................................... tableland
fortaleza ....................................................................fortress meseta ....................................................................... plateau
fraile ...............................................................................friar mogote ..................................................................hummock
freo ................................................................................strait molino............................................................................ mill
freu ....................narrow strait between island and mainland monasterio ........................................................... monastery
fronton.............................................................wall-like cliff montana .................................................................mountain
fuerte ...............................................................................fort monticulo ......................................................................knoll
monte .........................................................mountain, mount
monte ...........................................................................forest
G
moreno ........................................................................brown
garganta............................ narrow restricted passage, sound morro ........................... headland, bluff, head of breakwater
garita ................................................sentry box, hut lookout muelle ..........................................................pier, jetty, mole
golfo ............................................................................... gulf muralla .................................................. a wall of mountains
grande...........................................................large, great, big
gris .................................................................................gray N
grupo ........................................................................... group
negro ............................................................................ black
H
norte ............................................................................. north
hacienda ...................................................... farm, plantation nuevo ............................................................................. new
haciendo ................................................................plantation
herradura ........................................... horseshoe-shaped bay O
I
obscuro ..........................................................................dark
iglesia .........................................................................church oscuro ............................................................................dark
insua .........................................................small islet or rock occidental................................................................. western
interior.......................................................................... inner oeste ...............................................................................west
isla............................................................................... island oriental .......................................................................eastern
islita...........................................................small island, islet oriente .............................................................................east
islote.................................................................. islet, skerry orilla........................................shore, edge, bank (of a river)
islotillo ...................................................... small barren islet

Pub. 124
 Glossaries 337

SPANISH English SPANISH English

P riachuelo ................................................................... riverlet

ribera..........................................................shore, river bank
palacio........................................................................ palace rincon ................................................................a small cove
pan de azucar ........................................................sugar loaf rio.................................................................................. river
pantano...........................................................swamp, marsh roca ................................................................................rock
pardo ..............................................................................gray rocalloso ......................................................... pebbly, stony
parque.............................................................................park rochel ................................................................. rocky patch
pasco ......................................................promenade, avenue rodal ............................................................................. shoal
pasaje ....................................................................... passage rojo...................................................................................red
paso ................................................................................pass rompeolas ........................................................... breakwater
pedregal................................................stony or rocky patch rompientes .............................................................. breakers
peninsula ............................................................... peninsula roquerio.............................................................. rocky shoal
pena................................................................................rock
S
penasco...............................................................a large rock
penon........................................................... rocky mountain salinas ...................................................................... saltpans
pequeno........................................................................ small san, santo ...................................................................... saint
peton................................................................ pinnacle rock seco ..................................................................................dry
picacho ................................................................ sharp peak seno................................................................... bight, sound
pico................................................................................ peak septentrional ........................................................... northern
piedra .................................................................. stone, rock sierra ............................................................mountain range
placer............................................................................ shoal silla .............................................................................saddle
playa............................................................................ beach sotavento.................................................................. leeward
poblacion.......................................................................town sucio............................................................................... foul
poblado.......................................................................village sud, sur......................................................................... south
poniente.................................................................... western surgidero .............................................................. anchorage
pozo................................ well, deep hole in river or sea bed
T
presa ..........................................................................barrage
promontorio .......................................................promontory tenedero .....................................holding ground, anchorage
provincia .................................................................province tetas........................................................................... nipples
puebla.........................................................................village teton ...................................................................large nipple
pueblecito............................................... small town, village tierra............................................................................... land
pueblito ......................................................................hamlet torre..............................................................................tower
puente......................................................................... bridge touza ..............................................................................rock
puerto .................................................................port, harbor
V
punta............................................................................. point
puntal ............................................................... narrow point vado ............................................................................... ford
valle ............................................................................ valley
Q
vega...............................................................................plain
quebrada........................................................... ravine, gully verde ............................................................................ green
viejo .................................................................................old
R
vigia ..........................................................................lookout
rada........................................................................ roadstead villa ......................................................................town, villa
redondo ....................................................................... round volcan ...................................................................... volcano
regato ............................................................ torrent, stream vuelta ....................................................................bend, turn
restinga........................................................................... reef
Z
reventazones............................................................ breakers
ria ......................................... sunken valley forming estuary zona............................................................................... zone

Pub. 124
 339

How to use the Index—Gazetteer

Geographic names of navigational features are generally those used by the nation having sovereignty and are listed
alphabetically. Diacritical marks, such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to specific letters in certain foreign
languages, are not used in the interest of typographical simplicity.
Geographic names or their spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political status of an area by the United States
Government. Positions are approximate and are intended merely as locators to facilitate reference to the charts.
To use as a Gazetteer note the position and Sector number of the feature and refer to the Boundaries diagram for the Sector. Plot
the approximate position of the feature on this diagram.
To use as an Index of features described in the text note the Sector-Paragraph number at the right. The Sector-Paragraph number
is then used to manually locate the feature. Each Index entry is also hot-linked to its location in the text.

Index—Gazetteer

Position Sec. Position Sec.

° ' ° ' Para ° ' ° ' Para

A BAHIA LOMAS 52 33 S 69 00 W 8.7

BAHIA LOMOS 53 50 S 70 42 W 8.38
ALBEMARLE ROCK 52 13 S 60 23 W 10.63 BAHIA MORRIS 54 15 S 71 00 W 8.45
ALBINA 5 38 N 54 25 W 1.21 BAHIA OSO MARINO 47 56 S 65 46 W 7.44
ALMIRANTE SOARES DUTRA 30 01 S 50 06 W 4.69 BAHIA PINTO 52 32 S 72 15 W 8.99
ANGRA DOS REIS 23 01 S 44 19 W 4.22 BAHIA PORVENIR 53 18 S 70 22 W 8.30
ANNA REGINA 7 16 N 58 29 W 1.5 BAHIA POSESION 52 16 S 69 11 W 8.5
ANNENKOV ISLAND 54 30 S 37 04 W 10.85 BAHIA REGASIFICATION TERMINAL 12 49 S 38 41 W 3.6
ANTO ANTONIO DO ICA 3 05 S 67 57 W 1.67 BAHIA ROSAS 41 09 S 63 23 W 7.3
ANXIOUS PASSAGE 51 22 S 59 48 W 10.45 BAHIA SAN CLEMENTE 36 18 S 56 47 W 5.29
ARACATI 4 34 S 37 46 W 3.27 BAHIA SAN GREGORIO 45 01 S 65 36 W 7.25
ARCH ISLANDS 52 13 S 60 27 W 10.63 BAHIA SAN NICOLAS 53 51 S 71 06 W 8.40
AREIA BRANCA 4 57 S 37 08 W 3.30 BAHIA SAN SEBASTIAN 44 35 S 65 26 W 7.23
ARENAL GRANDE 33 41 S 58 26 W 5.43 BAHIA SANGUINETO 47 06 S 66 06 W 7.39
ARQUIPELAGO DE ALCATRAZES 24 06 S 45 42 W 4.33 BAHIA SANTIAGO 52 32 S 69 52 W 8.12
ARQUIPELAGO DOS ABROLHOS 17 58 S 38 42 W 3.24 BAHIA SLOGGETT 55 00 S 66 18 W 9.22
ARRECIFE BARNACLE 52 45 S 70 02 W 8.14 BAHIA SNUG 53 51 S 71 26 W 8.48
ARROYA NAPOSTA 38 47 S 62 14 W 6.13 BAHIA SOLANO 45 39 S 67 16 W 7.34
ARROYO CLAROMECO 38 52 S 60 04 W 6.8 BAHIA SWALLOW 53 30 S 72 46 W 8.63
ARROYO VERDE 42 00 S 65 05 W 7.7 BAHIA TRANSICION 54 20 S 71 06 W 8.46
ASPASIA POINT 54 19 S 37 06 W 10.86 BAHIA TUESDAY 52 50 S 74 28 W 8.80
ATOL DAS ROCAS 3 52 S 33 49 W 3.41 BAHIA UNION 39 58 S 62 08 W 6.19
BAHIA USELESS 53 30 S 69 45 W 8.31
BAHIA VERA 44 12 S 65 15 W 7.20
B BAHIA WHITSAND 52 43 S 70 36 W 8.17
BAHIA WILLES 53 49 S 70 26 W 8.34
BAHIA AINSWORTH 54 22 S 69 35 W 8.37 BAHIA WODSWORTH 52 59 S 74 02 W 8.79
BAHIA ALSINA 55 38 S 67 20 W 9.28 BAIA DE BENEVENTE 20 53 S 40 42 W 3.45
BAHIA ARATHOON 53 25 S 73 00 W 8.67 BAIA DE ESPIRITU SANTO 20 19 S 40 16 W 3.28
BAHIA AZOPARDO 54 28 S 69 00 W 8.37 BAIA DE GUANABARA 22 57 S 43 08 W 4.3
BAHIA BLANCA 38 47 S 62 16 W 6.10 BAIA DE GUARATUBA 25 52 S 48 34 W 4.44
BAHIA BLOSSOM 54 47 S 63 59 W 9.16 BAIA DE IMBETIBA 22 23 S 41 46 W 3.52
BAHIA BORJA 53 32 S 72 30 W 8.58 BAIA DE JACUACANGA 23 02 S 44 15 W 4.21
BAHIA BROOKES 54 20 S 69 50 W 8.37 BAIA DE MAMANGUA 23 14 S 44 36 W 4.25
BAHIA BUEN SUCESO 54 48 S 65 13 W 9.11 BAIA DE MANGARATIBA 22 58 S 44 04 W 4.18
BAHIA BUSTAMANTE 45 08 S 66 24 W 7.33 BAIA DE PORTO SEGURO 16 26 S 39 03 W 3.18
BAHIA CAMARONES 44 45 S 65 35 W 7.23 BAIA DE SANTOS 24 01 S 46 21 W 4.35
BAHIA CANEPA 54 52 S 64 30 W 9.15 BAIA DE SAO MARCOS 2 21 S 44 17 W 3.7
BAHIA CAPITAN CANEPA 54 52 S 64 30 W 9.15 BAIA DE TAMANDARE 8 46 S 35 06 W 3.52
BAHIA CARRERAS 53 36 S 70 56 W 8.39 BAIA DE TURIACU 1 30 S 45 15 W 3.5
BAHIA CAYETANO 45 02 S 65 45 W 7.28 BAIA DO ESPIRITO SANTO 20 18 S 40 16 W 3.37
BAHIA CLIFT 53 05 S 73 20 W 8.100 BAIXO DO CARAPEBUS 20 15 S 40 10 W 3.38
BAHIA CORDES 53 43 S 71 54 W 8.49 BAIXO DO UNA 20 33 S 40 21 W 3.42
BAHIA DE LOS NODALES 48 01 S 65 52 W 7.45 BAJIO LA PANELA 34 55 S 56 27 W 5.24
BAHIA DE MALDONADO 34 56 S 55 00 W 5.9 BAJO CUMBERLAND 34 57 S 55 57 W 5.4
BAHIA DE MONTEVIDEO 34 54 S 56 14 W 5.17 BAJO DEL MEDIO 52 48 S 70 40 W 8.19
BAHIA DE SAN SEBASTIAN 53 14 S 68 15 W 9.4 BAJO FALKLAND 34 38 S 54 07 W 4.82
BAHIA DESVELOS 48 19 S 66 16 W 7.46 BAJO LA PANELA 34 55 S 56 27 W 5.19
BAHIA ENGANO 43 20 S 65 00 W 7.17 BAJO LADAS 34 52 S 54 38 W 4.83
BAHIA FLINDERS 54 45 S 64 35 W 9.13 BAJO MAGALLANES 52 57 S 73 55 W 8.79
BAHIA FORTESCUE 53 41 S 72 00 W 8.49 BAJO POLONIO 34 26 S 53 48 W 4.79
BAHIA GENTE GRANDE 52 59 S 70 13 W 8.23 BAJO SPEEDWELL 34 40 S 54 07 W 4.81
BAHIA GREGORIO 52 37 S 70 08 W 8.12 BALD ISLAND 51 46 S 60 56 W 10.56
BAHIA GUIRIOR 53 25 S 72 47 W 8.61 BANCO ARQUIMEDES 35 13 S 56 06 W 5.5
BAHIA HAVERGAL ORIENTAL 53 30 S 72 55 W 8.64 BANCO BUCKLE 0 17 S 47 00 W 3.2
BAHIA HUEVO 45 03 S 65 43 W 7.27 BANCO DE MEIO NORTE 1 05 N 49 39 W 1.43
BAHIA INUTIL 53 30 S 69 45 W 8.31 BANCO DEL TUYU 36 16 S 57 49 W 6.2
BAHIA LAURA 48 23 S 66 25 W 7.48 BANCO DO MERGULHO 2 36 S 41 22 W 3.19
BAHIA LEE 52 50 S 70 20 W 8.23 BANCO DO SUPERAGUI 25 29 S 48 14 W 4.41

Pub. 124
340 Index—Gazetteer
Position Sec. Position Sec.
° ' ° ' Para ° ' ° ' Para
BANCO DOS NAUFRAGADOS 27 51 S 48 33 W 4.59 CABO CORRIENTES 38 01 S 57 32 W 6.3
BANCO HYLAS 0 18 S 47 18 W 3.2 CABO CORTADO 52 51 S 74 25 W 8.81
BANCO MARTA 52 49 S 70 33 W 8.21 CABO COVENTRY 53 45 S 71 51 W 8.49
BANCO PROVIDENCIA 53 01 S 73 33 W 8.70 CABO CROSSTIDE 53 34 S 72 25 W 8.56
BANCO SANTA LUCIA 34 48 S 56 30 W 5.20 CABO CUEVAS 52 52 S 74 21 W 8.80
BANCO TRITON 52 37 S 69 55 W 8.11 CABO CURIOSO 49 11 S 67 36 W 7.49
BANCO XINGU 0 20 S 47 54 W 1.50 CABO DA GAVEA 23 01 S 43 18 W 4.8
BARFF POINT 54 14 S 36 24 W 10.76 CABO DANOSO 48 50 S 67 13 W 7.49
BARRA DA ESTANCIA 11 27 S 37 21 W 3.60 CABO DE HORNOS 55 59 S 67 16 W 9.30
BARRA DAS CANAVIEIRAS 15 43 S 38 54 W 3.15 CABO DE SANTA MARTA GRANDE 28 36 S 48 49 W 4.65
BARRA DE BELMONTE 15 50 S 38 52 W 3.16 CABO DE SANTO AGOSTINHO 8 21 S 34 56 W 3.49
BARRA DE CATUAMA 7 43 S 34 48 W 3.47 CABO DE SAO ROQUE 5 29 S 35 16 W 3.37
BARRA DE NOVA VICOSA 17 54 S 39 21 W 3.31 CABO DE SAO TOME 22 00 S 40 59 W 3.50
BARRA DE SANTA CRUZ 19 57 S 40 08 W 3.37 CABO DOMINGO 53 41 S 67 51 W 9.5
BARRA DE SAO CRISTOVAO 11 11 S 37 08 W 3.60 CABO DOS BAHIAS 44 55 S 65 31 W 7.25
BARRA DE SAO JOAO 22 36 S 41 59 W 3.55 CABO EDGEWORTH 53 48 S 72 09 W 8.57
BARRA DO ALMEIDA 20 03 S 40 11 W 3.38 CABO ESPIRITU SANTO 52 40 S 68 36 W 8.6
BARRA DO CAMARAGIBE 9 20 S 35 24 W 3.54 CABO EXPECTACION 54 14 S 70 12 W 8.41
BARRA DO FURADO 22 06 S 41 08 W 3.50 CABO FALSO QUOD 53 31 S 72 35 W 8.61
BARRA DO PRADO 17 22 S 39 13 W 3.22 CABO FLINN 53 14 S 71 51 W 8.90
BARRA GRANDE 8 59 S 35 11 W 3.53 CABO FRIO 23 01 S 42 00 W 4.2
BARRA NOVA DE CABO FRIOS 22 53 S 42 00 W 3.58 CABO FROWARD 53 54 S 71 18 W 8.48
BARRA SECA 19 05 S 39 43 W 3.33 CABO GALEANO 54 47 S 64 42 W 9.13
BARRANCA NORTE 41 01 S 62 41 W 6.21 CABO GALLANT 53 42 S 72 02 W 8.49
BARREIRAS VERMELHAS 16 30 S 39 04 W 3.19 CABO GRAVES 52 33 S 71 56 W 8.96
BARREN ISLAND 52 22 S 59 41 W 10.30 CABO GREGORIO 52 39 S 70 13 W 8.15
BARTICA 6 25 N 58 37 W 1.7 CABO GUARDIAN 48 21 S 66 20 W 7.47
BATTURES DU CONNETABLE 4 56 N 51 57 W 1.34 CABO HALL 54 58 S 65 43 W 9.21
BAY OF HARBORS 52 17 S 59 11 W 10.29 CABO HOLLAND 53 49 S 71 38 W 8.48
BAY OF ISLES 54 00 S 37 20 W 10.71 CABO HUNTER 53 27 S 72 52 W 8.64
BEACON POINT 51 46 S 60 57 W 10.56 CABO IGUAPE 3 56 S 38 17 W 3.26
BEAUCHENE ISLAND 52 55 S 59 12 W 10.28 CABO KEMPE 54 52 S 64 22 W 9.15
BEAVER HARBOR 51 49 S 61 13 W 10.58 CABO KENDALL 54 50 S 64 07 W 9.15
BEAVER ISLAND 51 51 S 61 16 W 10.57 CABO LUNES 53 11 S 73 24 W 8.68
BELEM 1 27 S 8 30 W 1.54 CABO MAGUARI 00 17 N 48 22 W 1.46
BELLA VISTA 32 41 S 60 44 W 5.50 CABO MONDAY 53 11 S 73 24 W 8.68
BELMONTE 15 51 S 38 53 W 3.16 CABO MONMOUTH 53 22 S 70 26 W 8.30
BENJAMIN CONSTANT 4 22 S 70 02 W 1.68 CABO NEGRO 52 57 S 70 48 W 8.26
BERKELEY SOUND 51 35 S 57 45 W 10.6 CABO NEGRO GAS TERMINAL 52 56 S 70 48 W 8.20
BETWEEN PONTA DO UNA 24 25 S 47 01 W 4.38 CABO NOMBRE 52 58 S 68 17 W 9.2
BIG POINT 51 28 S 58 25 W 10.4 CABO NORTE 1 41 N 49 55 W 1.40
BIG SHAG ISLAND 51 24 S 58 19 W 10.4 CABO NOSE 53 45 S 70 08 W 8.32
BLACK HEAD 54 04 S 37 06 W 10.72 CABO NOTCH 53 26 S 72 47 W 8.61
BLEAKER ISLAND 52 13 S 58 53 W 10.26 CABO ORANGE 4 28 N 51 29 W 1.37
BLIND ISLAND 52 16 S 59 33 W 10.32 CABO ORANGE 52 28 S 69 23 W 8.7
BLUE WHALE HARBOR 54 04 S 37 01 W 10.73 CABO PENAS 53 50 S 67 33 W 9.7
BLUFF HEAD 52 05 S 58 51 W 10.26 CABO PHILLIP 52 45 S 73 55 W 8.77
BOA VISTA 2 49 N 60 40 W 1.74 CABO PILAR 52 44 S 74 41 W 8.81
BOAT POINT 51 51 S 58 13 W 10.16 CABO POLONIO 34 24 S 53 47 W 4.79
BOLD POINT 51 40 S 61 12 W 10.57 CABO QUOD 53 32 S 72 33 W 8.58
BOLD POINT 51 46 S 58 04 W 10.13 CABO RASO 44 20 S 65 14 W 7.21
BORJA 4 26 S 77 33 W 1.76 CABO RODA 52 56 S 73 49 W 8.73
BRAAMSPUNT 5 58 N 55 10 W 1.17 CABO ROSS 55 34 S 67 21 W 9.26
BREVES 1 41 S 50 29 W 1.57 CABO SAN ANTONIO 36 20 S 56 45 W 5.28
BRISTOL ISLAND 59 03 S 26 34 W 10.96 CABO SAN ANTONIO 53 53 S 70 54 W 8.38
BROWN POINT 51 37 S 60 15 W 10.53 CABO SAN ANTONIO 54 43 S 64 33 W 9.12
BUENOS AIRES 34 36 S 58 22 W 5.36 CABO SAN BARTOLOME 54 55 S 64 42 W 9.14
BURDWOOD BANK 55 00 S 60 00 W 10.2 CABO SAN DIEGO 54 39 S 65 07 W 9.9
BURNT ISLAND 52 02 S 59 11 W 10.27 CABO SAN FRANCISCO DE PAULA 49 45 S 67 43 W 7.51
BUTTON ISLAND 51 55 S 58 44 W 10.18 CABO SAN ISIDRO 53 47 S 70 58 W 8.40
BYRON SOUND 51 25 S 60 17 W 10.48 CABO SAN JUAN 54 43 S 63 48 W 9.17
CABO SAN PABLO 54 17 S 66 44 W 9.7
CABO SAN SEBASTIAN 53 20 S 68 10 W 9.4
C CABO SAN VICENTE 54 37 S 65 15 W 9.8
CABO SANTA INES 54 07 S 67 09 W 9.7
CABECO DO JOCA 0 26 S 48 48 W 1.50 CABO SANTA MARIA 34 40 S 54 09 W 4.80
CABEDELO 6 58 S 34 50 W 3.45 CABO SCOURFIELD 55 47 S 67 10 W 9.28
CABO ARISTIZABAL 45 13 S 66 31 W 7.34 CABO TAMAR 52 56 S 73 47 W 8.72
CABO BACOPARI 6 22 S 35 00 W 3.42 CABO TRES PUNTAS 47 06 S 65 52 W 7.40
CABO BLANCO 47 12 S 65 45 W 7.41 CABO TROMBA GRANDE 14 16 S 38 59 W 3.11
CABO BOQUERON 53 29 S 70 12 W 8.30 CABO TURN 54 24 S 71 07 W 8.46
CABO BRANCO 7 09 S 34 48 W 3.46 CABO UPRIGHT 53 05 S 73 36 W 8.75
CABO BUEN SUCESO 54 56 S 65 24 W 9.11 CABO VALENTIN 53 34 S 70 31 W 8.38
CABO BUEN TIEMPO 51 33 S 68 57 W 7.54 CABO VICTORIA 52 17 S 74 56 W 8.78
CABO BUZIOS 22 45 S 41 52 W 3.56 CABO VIEJO 53 24 S 72 29 W 8.85
CABO CALCANHAR 5 10 S 35 29 W 3.36 CABO VIRGENES 52 20 S 68 21 W 8.2
CABO CAMDEN 53 12 S 71 40 W 8.91 CALETA AGUILA 53 58 S 70 59 W 8.40
CABO CASSIPORE 3 54 N 51 06 W 1.37 CALETA ALSINA 55 38 S 67 20 W 9.28
CABO CASTILLO 34 21 S 53 46 W 4.77 CALETA BATES 53 23 S 73 02 W 8.67
CABO CHARLES 53 16 S 72 17 W 8.87 CALETA BEAUBASIN 54 05 S 71 03 W 8.50
CABO COLNETT 54 43 S 64 21 W 9.19 CALETA BRIGHTMAN 39 26 S 62 02 W 6.18
CABO COOPER KEY 53 15 S 73 13 W 8.66 CALETA CLARENCIA 52 54 S 70 08 W 8.24

Pub. 124
 Index—Gazetteer 341

Position Sec. Position Sec.

° ' ° ' Para ° ' ° ' Para
CALETA CORDOVA 45 44 S 67 21 W 7.35 COMMITTEE BAY 51 20 S 59 54 W 10.45
CALETA DARBY 53 01 S 73 56 W 8.79 CONCEPCION DEL URUGUAY 32 29 S 58 14 W 5.41
CALETA DISCORDIA 53 23 S 69 50 W 8.31 CONCORDIA 31 24 S 58 02 W 5.49
CALETA HOBBS 53 03 S 70 20 W 8.25 CONDOR CLIFF 52 17 S 68 24 W 7.56
CALETA LA PACIENCIA 54 25 S 69 04 W 8.37 COOPER SOUND 54 48 S 35 49 W 10.82
CALETA MARTIAL 55 50 S 67 17 W 9.32 COPPENAME PUNT 5 49 N 55 55 W 1.16
CALETA MINA ELENA 52 41 S 71 54 W 8.98 CORENTYN RIVER 6 00 N 57 07 W 1.13
CALETA OCASION 53 16 S 72 15 W 8.90 COURANTYNE RIVER 6 00 N 57 07 W 1.13
CALETA OLIVIA 46 26 S 67 31 W 7.36 CRUZEIRO DO SUL 7 39 S 72 37 W 1.74
CALETA PERCY 52 53 S 70 14 W 8.24 CURRALINHO 1 49 S 49 48 W 1.57
CALETA RASO 44 20 S 65 14 W 7.20
CALETA REAL 53 26 S 72 27 W 8.85
CALETA SAN MAURICIO 54 45 S 65 13 W 9.10 D
CALETA VALDES 42 30 S 63 36 W 7.11
CALF HEAD 54 28 S 36 04 W 10.80 DARWIN HARBOR 51 51 S 58 56 W 10.22
CALHAU DE SAO PEDRO 27 15 S 48 25 W 4.54 DEGRAD DES CANNES 4 51 N 52 16 W 1.33
CALISTA ISLAND 52 01 S 59 50 W 10.37 DOCTOR POINT 51 39 S 57 49 W 10.10
CAMARONES 44 48 S 65 43 W 7.24 DOUGLAS STRAIT 59 28 S 26 17 W 10.98
CAMETA 2 15 S 49 30 W 1.70 DRYGALSKI FJORD 54 50 S 35 55 W 10.83
CAMOCIM 2 54 S 40 50 W 3.20 DUCLOS POINT 51 32 S 58 01 W 10.6
CANAL ANICA 54 05 S 70 30 W 8.36
CANAL BARBARA 53 50 S 72 11 W 8.52
CANAL COSTANERO 34 33 S 58 25 W 5.40 E
CANAL DA GIPOIA 23 02 S 44 21 W 4.24
CANAL DE PAPAGAIOS 22 51 S 41 57 W 3.57 EAST COVE 51 54 S 58 27 W 10.20
CANAL DE SAO SEBASTIAO 23 48 S 45 24 W 4.31 ECLAIREUR BANK 20 19 S 37 46 W 3.28
CANAL DEL NORTE 34 28 S 57 52 W 5.3 EDDYSTONE ROCK 51 12 S 59 02 W 10.3
CANAL GAJARDO 53 00 S 72 57 W 8.99 EGG HARBOR 51 50 S 59 23 W 10.37
CANAL SANTIAGO 34 50 S 57 53 W 5.31 EL CADILLO 35 08 S 56 59 W 5.32
CANDLEMAS ISLANDS 57 05 S 26 44 W 10.93 EL RINCON LIGHT 39 24 S 62 01 W 6.17
CAPAO DA CANOA 29 46 S 50 01 W 4.67 ELEPHANT BAY 51 17 S 59 34 W 10.43
CAPE ALEXANDRA 54 00 S 38 01 W 10.67 ELEPHANT POINT 51 15 S 60 18 W 10.46
CAPE BEST 54 05 S 36 49 W 10.73 ELSEHUL HARBOR 54 01 S 37 58 W 10.69
CAPE BOUGAINVILLE 51 18 S 58 28 W 10.4 ENSEADA DAS PALMAS 23 08 S 44 07 W 4.17
CAPE BULLER 53 59 S 37 22 W 10.70 ENSEADA DE ARACATIBA 23 09 S 44 20 W 4.19
CAPE CARYSFORT 51 25 S 57 50 W 10.1 ENSEADA DE CAMBORIU 26 59 S 48 36 W 4.52
CAPE CONSTANCE 54 03 S 36 59 W 10.73 ENSEADA DE CARAGUATATUBA 23 40 S 45 23 W 4.28
CAPE CREWE 54 02 S 37 08 W 10.71 ENSEADA DE IMBITUBA 28 13 S 48 39 W 4.61
CAPE DARNLEY 54 27 S 36 49 W 10.85 ENSEADA DE ITAPOCOROI 26 47 S 48 37 W 4.50
CAPE DEMIDOV 54 09 S 37 44 W 10.88 ENSEADA DE UBATUBA 23 26 S 45 03 W 4.27
CAPE DOLPHIN 51 14 S 58 58 W 10.3 ENSEADA DO ABRAAO 23 08 S 44 09 W 4.17
CAPE FREHEL 51 23 S 58 12 W 10.5 ENSENADA DE LA POCITOS 34 55 S 56 09 W 5.16
CAPE GEORGE 54 17 S 36 15 W 10.79 ENSENADA DEL PORTRERO 34 55 S 55 08 W 5.12
CAPE HARCOURT 54 30 S 36 00 W 10.80 ENSENADA MOGOTES 38 07 S 57 35 W 6.5
CAPE HORN 55 59 S 67 16 W 9.30 ENSENADA TORINO 52 49 S 71 16 W 8.91
CAPE MEREDITH 52 15 S 60 39 W 10.63 ESBENSEN BAY 54 52 S 35 58 W 10.83
CAPE NUNEZ 54 16 S 37 25 W 10.87 ESTERO NAVARRO 52 50 S 72 39 W 8.99
CAPE ORFORD 52 00 S 61 03 W 10.60 EVERTON 6 12 N 57 29 W 1.11
CAPE PARYADIN 54 04 S 38 01 W 10.89
CAPE PEMBROKE 51 41 S 57 43 W 10.10
CAPE ROSA 54 11 S 37 25 W 10.87 F
CAPE SAUNDERS 54 08 S 36 38 W 10.73
CAPE VAHSEL 54 45 S 35 48 W 10.82 FALSO PAO DE ACUCAR 22 58 S 43 02 W 4.3
CAPE VAKOP 54 22 S 36 10 W 10.80 FAMINE REACH 53 44 S 70 50 W 8.38
CAPE VIRGINS 52 20 S 68 21 W 8.2 FANNING HEAD 51 28 S 59 08 W 10.41
CARAGUATATUBA 23 37 S 45 25 W 4.28 FANNING RIDGE 54 20 S 37 03 W 10.86
CARCASS ISLAND 51 16 S 60 33 W 10.47 FIORDO KEATS 54 18 S 70 43 W 8.43
CAYENNE 4 56 N 52 20 W 1.31 FIORDO OWEN 54 00 S 70 34 W 8.36
CENTRE ISLAND 51 56 S 58 34 W 10.25 FIRST NARROWS 52 30 S 69 35 W 8.8
CERRO CONO 52 40 S 70 23 W 8.14 FLEUVE KOUROU 5 10 N 52 37 W 1.28
CERRO EL MORRION 53 34 S 72 32 W 8.59 FLEUVE MANA 5 45 N 53 55 W 1.25
CERRO SUTLEJ 52 23 S 69 45 W 8.11 FLORESTA 1 11 S 51 14 W 1.59
CERRO YORK 52 58 S 73 30 W 8.70 FONDEADERO CRACKER 42 56 S 64 29 W 7.16
CHANCHO POINT 51 30 S 59 08 W 10.35 FONDEADERO FIELD 53 22 S 72 55 W 8.62
CHAVES 00 10 S 49 59 W 1.46 FONDEADERO MAZARREDO 47 02 S 66 42 W 7.39
CHILOE ISLAND 43 20 S 73 35 W 8.1 FORDLANDIA 3 40 S 55 30 W 1.71
CHOISEUL SOUND 51 56 S 58 31 W 10.17 FORTUNA BAY 54 05 S 36 46 W 10.73
CHRISTMAS HARBOR 51 39 S 60 15 W 10.52 FOX BAY 51 59 S 60 01 W 10.65
CIDADE DE COLATINA 19 32 S 40 37 W 3.34 FOX POINT 51 55 S 58 23 W 10.17
CIDADE DE TOUROS 5 12 S 35 28 W 3.36 FRENCH HARBOR 51 50 S 61 05 W 10.59
CIDREIRA 30 10 S 50 12 W 4.70
CIGUENA OIL TERMINAL 38 57 S 62 02 W 6.11
CIUDAD DE BAHIA BLANCA 38 44 S 62 16 W 6.16 G
CLERKE ROCKS 55 01 S 34 42 W 10.82
CLONBROOK 6 44 N 57 57 W 1.10 GEORGETOWN 6 50 N 58 10 W 1.8
COAL HARBOR 54 03 S 37 53 W 10.88 GODTHUL BAY 54 17 S 36 17 W 10.79
COARI 4 07 S 63 07 W 1.67 GOLD HARBOR 54 37 S 35 56 W 10.82
COBBLERS COVE 54 16 S 36 18 W 10.79 GOLFO NUEVO 42 40 S 64 30 W 7.13
COCAL 1 44 S 49 31 W 1.56 GOLFO SAN JOSE 42 14 S 64 26 W 7.9
CODAJAS 3 50 S 62 05 W 1.67 GOLFO SAN MATIAS 41 30 S 64 00 W 7.2
COLON 32 13 S 58 08 W 5.48 GORRITI LIGHT 34 58 S 54 58 W 5.10
COLONIA 34 28 S 57 51 W 5.27 GOVERNMENT ISLAND 51 13 S 59 54 W 10.43

Pub. 124
342 Index—Gazetteer
Position Sec. Position Sec.
° ' ° ' Para ° ' ° ' Para
GOVERNOR ISLAND 51 51 S 61 10 W 10.58 ILHA SARACURA 23 03 S 44 16 W 4.20
GRUPO EVANGELISTAS 52 23 S 75 06 W 8.78 ILHA SUESTE 17 59 S 38 42 W 3.24
GRUPO SANTA ANA 53 08 S 73 17 W 8.100 ILHA TATUOCA 1 12 S 48 30 W 1.52
GRYTVIKEN 54 16 S 36 30 W 10.78 ILHAS ARUANS 1 05 S 51 43 W 1.58
GUAIBA ISLAND TERMINAL 23 01 S 44 02 W 4.11 ILHAS CURRAIS 25 44 S 48 22 W 4.44
GULL HARBOR 51 53 S 60 51 W 10.56 ILHAS DAS TRES IRMAS 27 50 S 48 31 W 4.55
GULL ISLAND 51 57 S 58 45 W 10.23 ILHAS DE SANTANA 22 25 S 41 42 W 3.51
GURUPA 1 24 S 51 39 W 1.59 ILHAS DE SAO JOAO 1 19 S 44 56 W 3.5
ILHAS DOS MOLEQUES DO SUL 27 51 S 48 26 W 4.55
ILHAS JUCU 20 25 S 40 19 W 3.42
H ILHAS MARICAS 23 01 S 42 55 W 4.2
ILHAS MARTIN VAZ 20 30 S 28 51 W 3.30
HAMOND COVE 51 58 S 58 37 W 10.24 ILHAS PEDREIRA 0 20 N 50 37 W 1.44
HARBOR POINT 54 09 S 36 41 W 10.74 ILHAS RASAS 20 41 S 40 22 W 3.42
HIGH CLIFF ISLAND 51 48 S 59 28 W 10.37 ILHO DO BAILIQUE LIGHT 0 59 N 49 57 W 1.43
HILL COVE 51 29 S 60 05 W 10.48 IQUITOS 3 58 S 73 22 W 1.69
HILL GAP COVE 51 48 S 59 44 W 10.41 ISLA ARCE 45 00 S 65 29 W 7.25
HOEK VAN MEERZORG 5 49 N 55 09 W 1.18 ISLA ARIADNA 39 15 S 62 01 W 6.17
HOPE HARBOR 51 20 S 60 40 W 10.49 ISLA BARNEVELT 55 50 S 66 48 W 9.29
HOPE POINT 54 17 S 36 30 W 10.77 ISLA BLAXLAND 53 09 S 72 20 W 8.69
HOTSPUR BANK 17 50 S 35 55 W 3.27 ISLA CARLOS III 53 37 S 72 20 W 8.55
HUMMOCK ISLAND 51 37 S 60 26 W 10.51 ISLA CONTRAMAESTRE 52 57 S 70 21 W 8.23
HUSVIK HARBOR 54 10 S 36 39 W 10.75 ISLA CORDOVA 53 08 S 73 30 W 8.74
HUT POINT 51 24 S 58 17 W 10.4 ISLA DAEDALOS 55 29 S 67 37 W 9.27
ISLA DAWSON 53 55 S 70 33 W 8.38
ISLA DE FLORES 34 57 S 55 56 W 5.4
I ISLA DE LOBOS 35 02 S 54 53 W 5.2
ISLA DE LOS ESTADOS 54 50 S 64 15 W 9.12
IGUAPE 24 42 S 47 33 W 4.38 ISLA DIEGO DE ALMAGRO 51 30 S 75 10 W 8.82
ILE DE CAYENNE 4 56 N 52 20 W 1.30 ISLA DUQUE DE YORK 50 38 S 75 20 W 8.82
ILHA ANCHIETA 23 32 S 45 04 W 4.28 ISLA EL BONETE 53 35 S 72 21 W 8.56
ILHA ANCORA 22 46 S 41 47 W 3.56 ISLA ESCONDIDA 43 43 S 65 17 W 7.18
ILHA BRANCA 21 00 S 40 47 W 3.46 ISLA FARALLON 34 29 S 57 55 W 5.25
ILHA BRANCA 22 43 S 41 53 W 3.55 ISLA FLORES 34 57 S 55 56 W 5.18
ILHA DA BARRA 1 22 S 48 30 W 1.53 ISLA GORRITI 34 57 S 54 58 W 5.10
ILHA DA GALE 27 11 S 48 24 W 4.54 ISLA GUZMAN 53 20 S 72 30 W 8.86
ILHA DA GIPOIA 23 03 S 44 22 W 4.20 ISLA HERMITE 55 51 S 67 40 W 9.31
ILHA DA JIBOIA 23 03 S 44 22 W 4.20 ISLA HORNOS 55 57 S 67 17 W 9.30
ILHA DA MOELA 24 03 S 46 16 W 4.34 ISLA ISABEL 52 52 S 70 42 W 8.18
ILHA DA TRINDADE 20 30 S 29 20 W 3.29 ISLA JERDAN 55 50 S 67 28 W 9.31
ILHA DA VITORIA 23 45 S 45 01 W 4.29 ISLA KING 52 22 S 74 40 W 8.78
ILHA DAS ANDORINHAS 21 10 S 40 53 W 3.46 ISLA LENNOX 55 17 S 66 57 W 9.24
ILHA DAS ARARAS 28 19 S 48 39 W 4.63 ISLA LEONES 45 03 S 65 36 W 7.26
ILHA DAS COUVES 23 25 S 44 51 W 4.27 ISLA LIEBRES 48 06 S 65 54 W 7.46
ILHA DAS COUVES 23 48 S 45 43 W 4.33 ISLA MAGDALENA 52 55 S 70 35 W 8.21
ILHA DE BOM ABRIGO 25 07 S 47 52 W 4.39 ISLA MARGARITA 39 52 S 62 07 W 6.18
ILHA DE CORAL 27 56 S 48 33 W 4.61 ISLA MARTIN GARCIA 34 11 S 58 15 W 5.39
ILHA DE FERNANDO DE NORONHA 3 52 S 32 26 W 3.40 ISLA MAXWELL 55 49 S 67 31 W 9.32
ILHA DE ITACURUCA 22 57 S 43 53 W 4.13 ISLA MONMOUTH 53 42 S 72 11 W 8.55
ILHA DE JAGUANUM 23 00 S 43 56 W 4.12 ISLA NUEVA 55 14 S 66 33 W 9.23
ILHA DE MACACOS 23 05 S 44 14 W 4.17 ISLA OBSERVATORIO 54 40 S 64 08 W 9.19
ILHA DE MARACA 2 05 N 50 25 W 1.39 ISLA PARKER 52 42 S 74 10 W 8.77
ILHA DE PERUIBE 24 22 S 46 59 W 4.37 ISLA PIKE 53 00 S 73 29 W 8.71
ILHA DE SANTA CATARINA 27 37 S 48 30 W 4.55 ISLA PINGUINO 47 55 S 65 43 W 7.43
ILHA DE SANTANA 2 18 S 43 41 W 3.14 ISLA PROVIDENCIA 52 58 S 73 32 W 8.72
ILHA DE SANTO ALEIXO 8 37 S 35 02 W 3.51 ISLA QUINTANO 45 15 S 66 42 W 7.34
ILHA DE TINHARE 13 29 S 38 58 W 3.9 ISLA RASA 45 06 S 65 24 W 7.25
ILHA DO CRUZADOR 1 22 S 48 31 W 1.53 ISLA RICHARDSON 53 03 S 73 27 W 8.70
ILHA DO FRADE 12 47 S 38 38 W 3.6 ISLA RUPERT 53 40 S 72 12 W 8.55
ILHA DO FRANCES 20 55 S 40 45 W 3.45 ISLA SAN GABRIEL 34 27 S 57 54 W 5.25
ILHA DO MAR VIRADO 23 34 S 45 10 W 4.28 ISLA SHELTER 53 19 S 73 02 W 8.65
ILHA DO MEL 25 31 S 48 20 W 4.40 ISLA SPIDER 53 32 S 72 41 W 8.59
ILHA DOS ARVOREDOS 27 17 S 48 22 W 4.54 ISLA TAMAR 52 54 S 73 49 W 8.70
ILHA DOS BUZIOS 23 48 S 45 08 W 4.29 ISLA TERHALTEN 55 27 S 67 03 W 9.25
ILHA DOS LOBOS 28 27 S 48 42 W 4.63 ISLA TOVA 45 06 S 66 00 W 7.31
ILHA DOS PACOTES 20 21 S 40 15 W 3.42 ISLA WARD 52 56 S 73 34 W 8.71
ILHA DOS PORCOS 23 48 S 45 04 W 4.28 ISLA WESTMINSTER 52 36 S 74 24 W 8.77
ILHA FEIA 26 45 S 48 38 W 4.50 ISLA WICKHAM 54 06 S 70 23 W 8.35
ILHA GRANDE 23 09 S 44 13 W 4.15 ISLAS BLANCAS 44 47 S 65 40 W 7.24
ILHA GUAIBINHA 22 59 S 44 02 W 4.12 ISLAS CHARLES 53 44 S 72 07 W 8.55
ILHA JIPIOCA 1 51 N 50 13 W 1.39 ISLAS CUTTER 53 22 S 72 29 W 8.86
ILHA JURUBAIBA 22 58 S 43 57 W 4.12 ISLAS DE CASTILLO GRANDE 34 21 S 53 44 W 4.78
ILHA MANGUNCA 1 36 S 44 39 W 3.6 ISLAS EVOUT 55 34 S 66 47 W 9.25
ILHA MONTAO DE TRIGO 23 52 S 45 47 W 4.33 ISLAS VIANA 45 11 S 66 24 W 7.33
ILHA QUEIMADA GRANDE 24 30 S 46 40 W 4.38 ISLOTE CENARIA 54 18 S 70 56 W 8.46
ILHA QUEIMADA PEQUENA 24 23 S 46 48 W 4.38 ISLOTE COHORN 53 33 S 72 20 W 8.54
ILHA QUIEPE 13 50 S 38 56 W 3.9 ISLOTE LOS TRES GARCIA 54 50 S 64 47 W 9.14
ILHA RAPADA 23 10 S 44 40 W 4.25 ISLOTE STELLA 53 24 S 72 58 W 8.64
ILHA RAPADA 23 26 S 44 54 W 4.27 ISLOTES 350 PIES 54 55 S 64 37 W 9.14
ILHA RATA 3 49 S 32 23 W 3.40 ISLOTES LAS TOSCAS 34 49 S 55 34 W 5.13
ILHA RAZA 23 04 S 43 09 W 4.4 ISLOTES PRITCHARD 53 15 S 73 18 W 8.68
ILHA SANDRI 23 03 S 44 30 W 4.25 ISLOTES TERAN 53 25 S 72 29 W 8.85

Pub. 124
 Index—Gazetteer 343

Position Sec. Position Sec.

° ' ° ' Para ° ' ° ' Para
ISLOTES TREE 53 18 S 72 24 W 8.86 MONT D'ARGENT 4 21 N 51 39 W 1.36
ITACOATIARA 3 09 S 58 27 W 1.65 MONTAGU ISLAND 58 25 S 26 22 W 10.95
ITAJAI 26 55 S 8 38 W 4.51 MONTE ALEGRE 2 00 S 54 04 W 1.60
ITAQUI 2 34 S 44 22 W 3.11 MONTE AYMOND 52 09 S 69 29 W 8.5
MONTE BUCKLAND 54 27 S 70 10 W 8.44
MONTE MESTRE ALVARES 20 10 S 40 19 W 3.37
J MONTE PAN DE AZUCAR 34 48 S 55 16 W 5.3
MONTE PASCOAL 16 53 S 39 24 W 3.20
JASON ISLAND 54 11 S 36 30 W 10.76 MONTE POND 53 52 S 71 55 W 8.52
JASON ISLANDS 51 00 S 61 15 W 10.50 MONTE SAN JOSE 44 31 S 65 17 W 7.22
JERSEY POINT 51 26 S 59 11 W 10.41 MONTE SARMIENTO 54 27 S 70 50 W 8.44
JOINVILLE 26 19 S 48 51 W 4.49 MONTE SERRAT 23 56 S 46 20 W 4.36
JOMFRUENE 54 04 S 38 03 W 10.89 MONTE TRISTE 44 04 S 65 21 W 7.20
MONTEVIDEO 34 55 S 56 11 W 5.2
MORRO ARACAGI 2 27 S 44 09 W 3.8
K MORRO AZUL 4 31 S 38 06 W 3.26
MORRO BRANCO 5 09 S 35 32 W 3.35
KAIMANS HOOFD 5 50 N 54 02 W 1.22 MORRO CASCAVEL 4 08 S 38 16 W 3.26
KAIMANSHOOFD 5 50 N 54 02 W 1.22 MORRO DE SAO PAULO 13 22 S 38 55 W 3.8
KAUROW SPACE CENTER 5 09 N 52 39 W 1.23 MORRO DO CHAPEU 6 23 S 35 01 W 3.43
KIDNEY ISLAND 52 00 S 58 31 W 10.25 MORRO DO MANDIOCA 4 34 S 37 40 W 3.27
KING EDWARD COVE 54 17 S 36 29 W 10.77 MORRO DO TIBAU 4 50 S 37 17 W 3.28
KING EDWARD POINT 54 17 S 36 30 W 10.77 MORRO HOPPER 52 36 S 71 31 W 8.96
KING GEORGE BAY 51 31 S 60 39 W 10.51 MORRO MANGUE SECO 5 09 S 36 25 W 3.32
KLUTSCHAK POINT 54 10 S 37 41 W 10.88 MORRO NUEVO 42 51 S 64 09 W 7.13
KM 109.5 BUOY 34 08 S 58 19 W 5.38 MORRO NUNEZ 52 29 S 69 36 W 8.9
KM 39 BUOY 34 39 S 57 58 W 5.38 MORRO PACOTI 3 52 S 38 23 W 3.26
KM 70 BUOY 34 23 S 58 00 W 5.38 MOUNT ADAM 51 36 S 59 55 W 10.48
KNOB POINT 51 59 S 58 36 W 10.25 MOUNT FRASER 54 38 S 36 21 W 10.84
KUPRIYANOV ISLANDS 54 45 S 36 19 W 10.84 MOUNT HARSTON 51 17 S 60 18 W 10.45
MOUNT KENT 51 42 S 58 11 W 10.15
MOUNT LOW 51 38 S 57 50 W 10.10
L MUCURIPE 3 43 S 38 29 W 3.25
MUNGUBA 0 55 S 52 25 W 1.49
L'ENFANT PERDU 5 02 N 52 21 W 1.30
LAGUNA MAR CHIQUITA 37 44 S 57 24 W 6.3
LAJE DA MARAMBAIA 23 07 S 43 51 W 4.9 N
LAJE DE CONCEICAO 24 14 S 46 41 W 4.38
LAJE DE SANTOS 24 19 S 46 11 W 4.34 NATAL 5 47 S 35 12 W 3.38
LAJE DOS HOMENS 23 02 S 44 18 W 4.20 NATTRISS HEAD 54 51 S 35 56 W 10.83
LAJE PRETA 23 03 S 44 18 W 4.20 NEW AMSTERDAM 6 15 N 57 31 W 1.11
LARGE ISLAND 52 08 S 59 00 W 10.27 NEW ISLAND 51 42 S 61 17 W 10.57
LARIVOT 4 54 N 52 22 W 1.31 NIEUW NICKERIE 5 57 N 57 00 W 1.14
LARSEN HARBOR 54 50 S 36 00 W 10.83 NITEROI 22 53 S 43 07 W 4.6
LE PERE 4 56 N 52 12 W 1.32 NOSSA SENHORA DOS PRAZERES 8 09 S 34 56 W 3.49
LE PETIT CONNETABLE 4 48 N 51 58 W 1.34 NOVOSILSKI BAY 54 39 S 36 22 W 10.84
LEITH HARBOR 54 08 S 36 41 W 10.73
LES BATTURES DE CONNETABLE 4 56 N 51 57 W 1.34
LESKOV ISLAND 56 40 S 28 08 W 10.92 O
LETICIA 4 09 S 69 57 W 1.68
LIGHTED BUOYS NO. 21 35 10 S 57 00 W 5.33 OBERON PATCH 51 49 S 59 41 W 10.41
LINDEN 6 00 N 58 18 W 1.9 OBIDOS 1 55 S 55 31 W 1.62
LIVELY ISLAND 52 02 S 58 29 W 10.24 OCEAN HARBOR 54 20 S 36 14 W 10.80
LOMAS BAY 52 33 S 69 00 W 8.7 OLIVENCA 14 58 S 39 01 W 3.14
LONG ISLAND 51 33 S 58 05 W 10.8
LOW BAY 52 06 S 58 48 W 10.26
LOW POINT 51 41 S 60 08 W 10.53 P
LOW POINT 51 57 S 58 41 W 10.23
LOW POINT 52 05 S 59 05 W 10.27 PARADIJS 5 54 N 56 56 W 1.15
LUIS CORREIA 2 53 S 41 40 W 3.18 PARAMARIBO 5 50 N 55 10 W 1.18
PARANAM 5 37 N 55 05 W 1.20
PARCEL DA CONCEICAO 24 18 S 46 47 W 4.38
M PARCEL DA ILHA DO CALOMBO 23 02 S 44 19 W 4.23
PARCEL DAS PAREDES 17 49 S 38 57 W 3.22
MACAE 22 22 S 41 46 W 3.53 PARCEL DOS ABROLHOS 17 59 S 38 39 W 3.25
MACAPA 0 02 N 51 03 W 1.47 PARIACABO 5 08 N 52 39 W 1.29
MACAU 5 07 S 36 38 W 3.31 PARINTINS 2 38 S 56 44 W 1.64
MACBRIDE HEAD 51 22 S 57 59 W 10.5 PARNAIBA 2 54 S 41 47 W 3.18
MACKENZIE 6 00 N 58 18 W 1.9 PASO DEL HAMBRE 53 44 S 70 50 W 8.38
MACKINNON CREEK 51 54 S 58 41 W 10.21 PASO NORTE 34 28 S 57 52 E 5.3
MAGDALENA 35 05 S 57 31 W 5.31 PASO REINA 52 53 S 70 40 W 8.22
MAGGIE ELLIOT ROCK 51 43 S 58 00 W 10.12 PASO ROMAN 32 49 S 58 08 W 5.44
MALHADO 14 47 S 9 01 W 3.13 PASSAGE ISLANDS 51 36 S 60 45 W 10.54
MAR DEL PLATA 38 02 S 57 32 W 6.4 PAYSANDU 32 19 S 58 04 W 5.47
MARE HARBOR 51 53 S 58 29 W 10.19 PEA POINT 52 10 S 60 42 W 10.62
MATARIPE 12 42 S 38 35 W 3.3 PEAK POINT 51 48 S 61 11 W 10.58
MEDANO MIERCOLES 38 32 S 58 30 W 6.6 PEBBLE ISLAND 51 17 S 59 41 W 10.42
MENGEARY POINT 51 39 S 57 43 W 10.9 PEBBLE SOUND 51 22 S 59 30 W 10.44
MIDDLE ISLAND 51 57 S 58 28 W 10.17 PECKET MARINE TERMINAL 52 57 S 71 12 W 8.91
MIRAMAR 38 16 S 57 51 W 6.6 PEDRA DO CAMPO BOM 28 45 S 49 00 W 4.67
MOENGO 5 38 N 54 25 W 1.21 PEDRA DO CORVO 23 51 S 46 08 W 4.34
MOGOTE DEL MORRION 53 35 S 72 27 W 8.57 PEDRA SECA 6 57 S 34 49 W 3.44

Pub. 124
344 Index—Gazetteer
Position Sec. Position Sec.
° ' ° ' Para ° ' ° ' Para
PEDRA SELADA 8 25 S 35 12 W 3.51 PONTA ITAPARICA 12 53 S 38 41 W 3.7
PENEDOS DE SAO PEDRO 0 55 N 29 21 W 3.39 PONTA ITAPUA 12 57 S 38 22 W 3.61
PENGUIN POINT 51 57 S 60 38 W 10.55 PONTA ITAPUA 14 59 S 38 59 W 3.14
PHILIMORE ISLAND 51 59 S 58 28 W 10.25 PONTA ITAPUAZINHO 13 01 S 38 29 W 3.61
PHILLIPS POINT 52 07 S 59 46 W 10.31 PONTA JUACEMA 16 45 S 39 08 W 3.19
PICO DA RAJADA 3 54 S 38 44 W 3.24 PONTA MACEIO 4 25 S 37 46 W 3.26
PICO RIVADAVIA 41 37 S 65 21 W 7.5 PONTA MATO GROSSO 16 57 S 39 10 W 3.21
PIEDRA DIAMANTE LIGHT 34 25 S 57 58 W 5.38 PONTA MIRIM 12 44 S 38 37 W 3.6
PIEDRAS DE AFILAR 34 48 S 55 32 W 5.13 PONTA MUNDAU 3 11 S 39 23 W 3.22
PIRAMIDE 42 35 S 64 17 W 7.14 PONTA NEGRA 22 58 S 42 41 W 4.2
PIRIAPOLIS 34 52 S 55 15 W 5.12 PONTA PARACURU 3 24 S 39 00 W 3.23
PLAYA DE LOS POCITOS 34 55 S 56 09 W 5.16 PONTA PECEM 3 33 S 38 49 W 3.24
PLEASANT ROAD 51 50 S 58 11 W 10.16 PONTA PEREGRINO 1 55 S 53 50 W 1.60
POINTE BEHAGUE 4 40 N 51 54 W 1.35 PONTA PIRAJUBA 2 13 S 44 24 W 3.6
POINTE CHARLOTTE 5 12 N 52 38 W 1.26 PONTA PIRAREMA 2 20 S 44 22 W 3.8
POINTE PANATO 5 43 N 53 58 W 1.24 PONTA PITIMBU 7 28 S 34 48 W 3.46
POMEROON RIVER 7 37 N 58 45 W 1.4 PONTA REDONDA 4 55 S 36 58 W 3.31
PONTA ACAIA 23 10 S 44 23 W 4.19 PONTA TOQUE-TOQUE 23 50 S 45 31 W 4.31
PONTA ACU DA TORRE 12 34 S 38 00 W 3.61 PONTA VERDE 9 40 S 35 41 W 3.54
PONTA AGUDA 3 21 S 39 07 W 3.23 PONTAL DE CORURIPE 10 10 S 36 08 W 3.56
PONTA ARARIPE 16 10 S 38 57 W 3.17 PONTAL DE SERNAMBITIBA 23 02 S 43 28 W 4.9
PONTA BOIUCUCANGA 0 48 S 46 38 W 3.4 PONTAL DO PEBA 10 22 S 36 17 W 3.56
PONTA CAJAIBA 23 13 S 44 33 W 4.25 PORPOISE POINT 52 21 S 59 18 W 10.29
PONTA CURUCA 0 32 S 47 49 W 1.41 PORT ALBEMARLE 52 11 S 60 26 W 10.63
PONTA CURUCA 0 33 S 47 49 W 3.3 PORT EDGAR 52 00 S 60 14 W 10.64
PONTA DA ATALAIA 0 36 S 47 19 W 3.3 PORT EGMONT 51 21 S 60 00 W 10.46
PONTA DA ATALAIA 2 52 S 41 39 W 3.18 PORT HARRIET 51 44 S 57 54 W 10.12
PONTA DA BALEIA 17 41 S 39 08 W 3.22 PORT HOWARD 51 39 S 59 32 W 10.39
PONTA DA GAMELEIRA 5 13 S 35 25 W 3.36 PORT LOUIS HARBOR 51 33 S 58 08 W 10.7
PONTA DA ILHOTA 27 05 S 48 35 W 4.52 PORT OF ILHEUS 14 47 S 39 01 W 3.13
PONTA DA MADEIRA 2 34 S 44 23 W 3.9 PORT OF LA PLATA 34 50 S 57 56 W 5.2
PONTA DA MADEIRA ORE TERM. 2 34 S 44 23 W 3.9 PORT OF SALVADOR 12 58 S 38 31 W 3.3
PONTA DA MANGUEIRA 12 47 S 38 29 W 3.4 PORT PATTISON 51 18 S 60 33 W 10.47
PONTA DA SAPOCA 12 50 S 38 29 W 3.4 PORT PHILOMEL 51 44 S 60 13 W 10.55
PONTA DA SERRA GRANDE 14 28 S 39 01 W 3.12 PORT PLEASANT 51 48 S 58 10 W 10.15
PONTA DA SETIBA 20 39 S 40 26 W 3.42 PORT STEPHENS 52 12 S 60 42 W 10.62
PONTA DA TABATINGA 6 03 S 35 06 W 3.42 PORT WILLIAM 51 40 S 57 42 W 10.9
PONTA DA TIJOCA 00 33 S 47 53 W 1.50 PORTO AFONSO 2 44 S 66 55 W 1.67
PONTA DAS ALMAS 2 54 S 41 16 W 3.19 PORTO ALEGRE 30 02 S 51 14 W 4.73
PONTA DAS CANAS 23 44 S 45 21 W 4.31 PORTO DA ALUMAR 2 40 S 44 22 W 3.12
PONTA DAS PEDRAS PRETAS 8 18 S 34 56 W 3.49 PORTO DE ANTONINA 25 26 S 48 42 W 4.43
PONTA DE BOMBAS 27 9S 48 28 W 4.53 PORTO DE ARACAJU 10 55 S 37 03 W 3.59
PONTA DE CASTELHANOS 23 10 S 44 06 W 4.17 PORTO DE ARATU 12 47 S 38 30 W 3.5
PONTA DE CORUMBAU 16 52 S 39 07 W 3.20 PORTO DE CAMAMU 13 52 S 38 56 W 3.10
PONTA DE GALINHOS 5 05 S 36 18 W 3.34 PORTO DE CARAVELAS 17 44 S 39 16 W 3.23
PONTA DE GUARATIBA 23 05 S 43 34 W 4.9 PORTO DE FLORIANOPOLIS 27 36 S 48 33 W 4.60
PONTA DE ITACOLOMI 2 09 S 44 28 W 3.6 PORTO DE IMBITUBA 28 14 S 48 40 W 4.62
PONTA DE ITAPAGE 2 51 S 40 00 W 3.22 PORTO DE LAGUNA 28 30 S 48 47 W 4.64
PONTA DE JERICOACOARA 2 47 S 40 30 W 3.21 PORTO DE MACEIO 9 40 S 35 44 W 3.55
PONTA DE JUATINGA 23 18 S 44 30 W 4.25 PORTO DE MADRE DE DEUS 12 45 S 38 37 W 3.6
PONTA DE LESTE 23 03 S 44 15 W 4.21 PORTO DE PARANAGUA 25 30 S 48 31 W 4.42
PONTA DE LUCENA 6 54 S 34 51 W 3.43 PORTO DE PEDRAS 9 09 S 35 18 W 3.54
PONTA DE MUCURIPE 3 42 S 38 28 W 3.24 PORTO DE PELOTAS 31 47 S 52 20 W 4.74
PONTA DE OLINDA 8 01 S 34 51 W 3.47 PORTO DE SANTANA 00 03 S 51 11 W 1.48
PONTA DE PEDRAS 7 38 S 34 48 W 3.46 PORTO DE SEPETIBA 22 56 S 43 50 W 4.14
PONTA DE SANTO ANTONIO 13 01 S 38 32 W 3.2 PORTO DO ACU 21 52 S 41 00 W 3.49
PONTA DE SAO MARCOS 2 29 S 44 18 W 3.8 PORTO DO FORNO 22 58 S 42 01 W 3.59
PONTA DE SAQUAREMA 22 56 S 42 30 W 4.2 PORTO FRANCES 9 46 S 35 50 W 3.56
PONTA DO ALAGAMAR 5 06 S 36 41 W 3.31 PORTO SEGURO 16 27 S 39 04 W 3.18
PONTA DO ALGODOAL 0 35 S 47 35 W 3.3 PORTO TROMBETAS 1 28 S 56 23 W 1.63
PONTA DO CAPINAL 0 37 N 50 22 W 1.44 PORTO VELHO 8 46 S 63 54 W 1.72
PONTA DO CRISTOVAO 4 55 S 36 58 W 3.31 PORTO VITORIA 20 19 S 40 20 W 3.40
PONTA DO JARIUBA 1 24 S 51 57 W 1.60 POSSESSION BAY 52 16 S 69 11 W 8.5
PONTA DO MEL 4 57 S 36 53 W 3.31 POST ROCK 54 01 S 37 59 W 10.69
PONTA DO PAU CAVADO 0 12 N 50 48 W 1.45 POZO DE FANGO 34 45 S 53 30 W 5.2
PONTA DO PONTAL 4 56 S 37 09 W 3.29 PRAINA 1 48 S 53 29 W 1.60
PONTA DO PREGO 9 32 S 35 35 W 3.54 PRIMERA ANGOSTURA 52 30 S 69 35 W 8.8
PONTA DO SINO 23 05 S 44 01 W 4.10 PRINCE OLAV HARBOR 54 02 S 37 09 W 10.72
PONTA DO TUBARAO 5 04 S 36 30 W 3.32 PROMONTORIO BELEN 41 09 S 63 51 W 7.3
PONTA DO VIEIRA 1 06 S 51 12 W 1.59 PUCALLPA 8 22 S 74 32 W 1.76
PONTA DO VIERA 1 06 S 51 12 W 1.57 PUERTO ALTAMIRANO 52 33 S 71 59 W 8.96
PONTA DOS MANGUES VERDES 2 20 S 43 22 W 3.15 PUERTO ANGOSTO 53 13 S 73 21 W 8.68
PONTA DOS MEROS 23 14 S 44 21 W 4.15 PUERTO ATUCHA 33 58 S 59 16 W 5.53
PONTA DOS MOLEQUES 6 15 S 35 03 W 3.42 PUERTO BELGRANO 38 53 S 62 06 W 6.12
PONTA DOS NAUFRAGADOS 27 50 S 48 34 W 4.58 PUERTO BOBILLIER 53 12 S 72 55 W 8.102
PONTA DOS OSTRAS 22 32 S 41 56 W 3.54 PUERTO CAMPANA 34 09 S 58 58 W 5.52
PONTA DOS TRES IRMAOS 5 03 S 35 59 W 3.35 PUERTO CARMEN DE PATAGONES 40 48 S 62 59 W 6.23
PONTA EMERENCIA 22 49 S 41 56 W 3.57 PUERTO CHOISEL 54 07 S 70 33 W 8.36
PONTA GRANDE 16 22 S 39 01 W 3.18 PUERTO CHURRUCA 53 02 S 73 56 W 8.76
PONTA GROSSA 23 35 S 45 13 W 4.28 PUERTO CONCEPCION 32 29 S 58 14 W 5.45
PONTA GROSSA 4 38 S 37 30 W 3.28 PUERTO CONCEPCION 44 33 S 65 22 W 7.22
PONTA GROSSA DE PARATI 23 11 S 44 39 W 4.25 PUERTO CONDOR 53 21 S 72 39 W 8.85

Pub. 124
 Index—Gazetteer 345

Position Sec. Position Sec.

° ' ° ' Para ° ' ° ' Para
PUERTO COOK 54 45 S 64 02 W 9.18 PUNTA CARRERAS 53 35 S 70 55 W 8.38
PUERTO CORRIENTES 27 29 S 58 50 W 5.65 PUNTA CARUKINCA 54 04 S 70 04 W 8.33
PUERTO DE ASUNCION 25 16 S 57 41 W 5.65 PUNTA CASTILLOS 45 03 S 65 56 W 7.30
PUERTO DE CONCHILLAS 34 12 S 58 12 W 5.38 PUNTA CHAPARRO 33 49 S 58 26 W 5.42
PUERTO DE CONCORDIA 31 24 S 58 00 W 5.46 PUNTA CHUBASCOSA 54 10 S 70 58 W 8.45
PUERTO DE LA PALOMA 34 39 S 54 09 W 4.82 PUNTA CINCUENTA 55 17 S 66 38 W 9.23
PUERTO DE LA PLATA 34 50 S 57 53 W 5.34 PUNTA CLARA 43 58 S 65 14 W 7.19
PUERTO DE MONTEVIDEO 34 54 S 57 13 W 5.17 PUNTA COLORADA 41 42 S 65 01 W 7.6
PUERTO DE NUEVO PALMIRA 33 53 S 58 25 W 5.43 PUNTA CRACKER 42 56 S 64 33 W 7.16
PUERTO DE PUNTA DEL ESTE 34 51 S 54 57 W 5.11 PUNTA CROSSOVER 52 41 S 71 26 W 8.94
PUERTO DEL BUCEO 34 54 S 56 08 W 5.15 PUNTA CUCHILLO 54 50 S 64 46 W 9.14
PUERTO DEL HAMBRE 53 38 S 70 56 W 8.40 PUNTA DE ARENAS 52 49 S 68 13 W 9.2
PUERTO DESEADO 47 45 S 65 54 W 7.42 PUNTA DE ARENAS 53 09 S 68 13 W 9.3
PUERTO DIAMANTE 32 04 S 60 39 W 5.63 PUNTA DE HORNOS 34 26 S 57 54 W 5.26
PUERTO ESPANOL 54 55 S 65 57 W 9.21 PUNTA DEL CHILENO 34 55 S 55 01 W 5.10
PUERTO FRAY BENTOS 33 07 S 58 19 W 5.44 PUNTA DEL ESTE 34 58 S 54 57 W 5.7
PUERTO GALLEGOS 51 37 S 68 58 W 7.55 PUNTA DELFIN 43 32 S 65 11 W 7.18
PUERTO GALVAN 38 47 S 62 18 W 6.16 PUNTA DELGADA 42 46 S 63 38 W 7.12
PUERTO GARAY 52 39 S 72 03 W 8.98 PUNTA DELGADA 52 27 S 69 33 W 8.8
PUERTO GOMEZ 52 59 S 72 58 W 8.102 PUNTA DESNUDEZ 38 50 S 59 46 W 6.8
PUERTO HENRY 53 25 S 72 37 W 8.85 PUNTA DILLON 55 30 S 67 39 W 9.26
PUERTO HOPE 54 08 S 71 00 W 8.45 PUNTA DUNGENESS 52 24 S 68 26 W 8.4
PUERTO IBICUY 33 45 S 59 11 W 5.55 PUNTA ELIAS 52 39 S 71 33 W 8.97
PUERTO INGENIERO WHITE 38 48 S 62 16 W 6.14 PUNTA ESPINILLO 34 50 S 56 26 W 5.2
PUERTO LA PLATA 34 47 S 57 51 W 5.1 PUNTA ESPOLON 52 49 S 71 12 W 8.91
PUERTO LEGUIZAMO, COLOMBIA 00 12 S 74 46 W 1.75 PUNTA FALLOWS 54 47 S 63 51 W 9.16
PUERTO MADRYN 42 46 S 65 02 W 7.15 PUNTA FELIX 52 57 S 74 08 W 8.80
PUERTO MARSH 53 28 S 73 00 W 8.67 PUNTA FIFTY 55 17 S 66 38 W 9.23
PUERTO MAXWELL 55 49 S 67 30 W 9.31 PUNTA FINAL 54 24 S 70 32 W 8.43
PUERTO MELO 45 02 S 65 51 W 7.29 PUNTA GENTE 53 00 S 70 25 W 8.25
PUERTO MESKEM 54 03 S 70 25 W 8.35 PUNTA GLASCOTT 53 51 S 71 06 W 8.40
PUERTO NACIONAL 38 48 S 62 17 W 6.15 PUNTA GORDA 33 55 S 58 25 W 5.42
PUERTO PARANA 31 43 S 60 32 W 5.65 PUNTA GORDA 34 54 S 56 05 W 5.15
PUERTO PIRAMIDE 42 36 S 64 18 W 7.13 PUNTA GRACIA 52 44 S 70 32 W 8.15
PUERTO POMAR 53 16 S 72 09 W 8.90 PUNTA GRIMAL 52 54 S 71 35 W 8.89
PUERTO PROGRESO 52 29 S 69 28 W 8.10 PUNTA GRUP 52 53 S 73 46 W 8.73
PUERTO QUEQUEN 38 35 S 58 42 W 6.7 PUNTA GUANACOS 45 02 S 65 44 W 7.28
PUERTO RAMALLO 33 29 S 60 01 W 5.57 PUNTA GUANACOS 47 48 S 65 53 W 7.43
PUERTO ROSALES 38 55 S 62 04 W 6.11 PUNTA HABANA 53 10 S 73 19 W 8.66
PUERTO ROSARIO 32 57 S 60 38 W 5.60 PUNTA HALL 52 50 S 71 25 W 8.92
PUERTO SAN ANTONIO ESTE 40 48 S 64 53 W 7.4 PUNTA HAVANNAH 53 10 S 73 19 W 8.66
PUERTO SAN BLAS 40 34 S 62 14 W 6.20 PUNTA HERCULES 42 37 S 63 35 W 7.12
PUERTO SAN JUAN DE LA POSESION 53 38 S 70 56 W 8.40 PUNTA HETTERLEY 53 57 S 71 26 W 8.51
PUERTO SAN JULIAN 49 19 S 67 42 W 7.50 PUNTA HORNOS 34 26 S 57 54 W 5.24
PUERTO SAN LORENZO 32 45 S 60 44 W 5.61 PUNTA IGLESIA 38 00 S 57 32 W 6.3
PUERTO SAN MARTIN 32 43 S 60 44 W 5.62 PUNTA INDIO 35 16 S 57 14 W 5.30
PUERTO SAN NICOLA 33 20 S 60 14 W 5.58 PUNTA ISABELLA 52 34 S 71 44 W 8.96
PUERTO SAN PEDRO 33 35 S 59 49 W 5.56 PUNTA JORGE 55 12 S 66 39 W 9.23
PUERTO SANTA CRUZ 50 01 S 68 31 W 7.52 PUNTA JOSE IGNACIO 34 51 S 54 38 W 4.83
PUERTO SANTA ELENA 44 32 S 65 12 W 7.22 PUNTA KELP 53 48 S 70 24 W 8.34
PUERTO SANTA FE 31 39 S 60 42 W 5.64 PUNTA LAGUNA 33 04 S 58 21 W 5.43
PUERTO SARA 52 38 S 70 12 W 8.13 PUNTA LARA 34 47 S 58 00 W 5.35
PUERTO SAUCE 34 26 S 57 27 W 5.22 PUNTA LASSERRE 54 43 S 63 51 W 9.17
PUERTO TAMAR 52 56 S 73 46 W 8.72 PUNTA LIMIT 53 19 S 72 26 W 8.86
PUERTO VANCOUVER 54 48 S 64 04 W 9.16 PUNTA LOBERIA 44 17 S 65 16 W 7.20
PUERTO VILLA CONSTITUCION 33 14 S 60 20 W 5.59 PUNTA LOBOS 34 54 S 56 15 W 5.19
PUERTO WILLIAMS 52 32 S 72 05 W 8.97 PUNTA LOBOS 39 14 S 61 52 W 6.17
PUERTO YARTOU 53 53 S 70 08 W 8.33 PUNTA MANNING 53 14 S 72 18 W 8.87
PUERTO ZARATE 34 05 S 59 02 W 5.53 PUNTA MANSO 34 54 S 56 04 W 5.14
PUNTA ADELAIDA 52 38 S 72 08 W 8.98 PUNTA MARTIN 53 06 S 71 58 W 8.89
PUNTA ALBATROSS 44 48 S 65 42 W 7.24 PUNTA MARTIN CHICO 34 10 S 58 12 W 5.38
PUNTA ALDEA 53 21 S 73 05 W 8.67 PUNTA MEDANOS 36 53 S 56 40 W 6.2
PUNTA ALFREDO 53 06 S 73 10 W 8.101 PUNTA MEDANOSA 48 06 S 65 55 W 7.46
PUNTA ANEGADA 52 27 S 69 26 W 8.10 PUNTA MEJILLON 41 01 S 64 08 W 7.3
PUNTA ANXIOUS 54 07 S 70 55 W 8.42 PUNTA MOGOTES 38 06 S 57 33 W 6.5
PUNTA ARAUZ 53 32 S 72 21 W 8.54 PUNTA MURPHY 46 39 S 67 18 W 7.39
PUNTA ARBOLADA 53 52 S 70 24 W 8.34 PUNTA NEGRA 38 38 S 58 49 W 6.8
PUNTA ARENAS 53 08 S 70 51 W 8.27 PUNTA NINFAS 42 57 S 64 20 W 7.13
PUNTA ARENOSA 53 08 S 70 51 W 8.27 PUNTA NORTE 42 04 S 63 46 W 7.11
PUNTA ARTILLEROS 34 27 S 57 32 W 5.23 PUNTA OBERREUTER 53 11 S 73 06 W 8.101
PUNTA ASUNCION 38 57 S 60 39 W 6.8 PUNTA ONOFRE 52 32 S 72 09 W 8.99
PUNTA ATALAYA 35 02 S 57 32 W 5.31 PUNTA PAJARITO 54 21 S 70 54 W 8.43
PUNTA ATLAS 44 08 S 65 13 W 7.20 PUNTA PASAJE 53 38 S 72 12 W 8.54
PUNTA BAJOS 42 23 S 63 37 W 7.11 PUNTA PAVON 34 32 S 57 04 W 5.20
PUNTA BALLENA 34 55 S 55 03 W 5.9 PUNTA PEDRO LOPEZ 34 47 S 55 38 W 5.14
PUNTA BARRANCA 52 33 S 69 42 W 8.11 PUNTA PIEDRAS 35 27 S 57 08 W 5.29
PUNTA BAXA 52 35 S 69 36 W 8.1 PUNTA PIEDRAS NEGRAS 34 47 S 55 46 W 5.14
PUNTA BENNET 52 39 S 71 28 W 8.94 PUNTA PIRAMIDE 54 26 S 71 07 W 8.44
PUNTA BERMEJA 41 09 S 63 04 W 7.3 PUNTA PLAYA 8 33 N 60 00 W 1.3
PUNTA BRAVA 34 56 S 56 10 W 5.16 PUNTA PORFIDO 41 46 S 65 00 W 7.7
PUNTA BYRON 52 56 S 73 44 W 8.72 PUNTA POZOS 41 35 S 65 00 W 7.5
PUNTA CANUTO 52 41 S 71 27 W 8.93 PUNTA QUETA 54 20 S 70 43 W 8.43

Pub. 124
346 Index—Gazetteer
Position Sec. Position Sec.
° ' ° ' Para ° ' ° ' Para
PUNTA RAQUEL 55 13 S 66 52 W 9.24 RIO DOCE 19 38 S 39 49 W 3.34
PUNTA RASA 34 54 S 55 13 W 5.12 RIO FORMOSO 8 42 S 35 05 W 3.51
PUNTA RASA 36 18 S 56 47 W 5.28 RIO GALLEGOS 51 37 S 8 58 W 7.55
PUNTA RASA 40 52 S 62 18 W 6.21 RIO GRANDE 32 03 S 52 05 W 4.71
PUNTA RASA 40 52 S 62 19 W 6.20 RIO GRANDE 53 47 S 67 41 W 9.6
PUNTA REDONDA 41 02 S 62 46 W 6.23 RIO GUALEGUAYCHU 33 05 S 58 24 W 5.41
PUNTA RIACHUELO 34 28 S 57 44 W 5.23 RIO GUARAPARI 20 40 S 40 30 W 3.43
PUNTA RIVERA 52 48 S 71 23 W 8.93 RIO GURUPI 1 04 S 46 02 W 3.4
PUNTA ROCALLOSA ESTE 52 38 S 71 58 W 8.98 RIO IGARACU 2 52 S 41 40 W 3.18
PUNTA ROSA 52 51 S 70 48 W 8.19 RIO ITABAPOANA 21 18 S 40 58 W 3.47
PUNTA ROSARIO 34 27 S 57 21 W 5.21 RIO ITANHAEM 24 11 S 46 48 W 4.37
PUNTA RUBIA 40 44 S 62 14 W 6.21 RIO ITAPICURU 11 44 S 37 31 W 3.61
PUNTA SAN ANDRES 38 12 S 57 40 W 6.5 RIO JAGUARAO 32 39 S 53 11 W 4.75
PUNTA SAN CARLOS 53 30 S 72 24 W 8.84 RIO JOAO DE TIBA 16 17 S 39 02 W 3.18
PUNTA SAN GREGORIO 34 41 S 56 50 W 5.20 RIO LUJAN 34 26 S 58 31 W 5.51
PUNTA SAN ISIDRO 52 44 S 70 08 W 8.16 RIO MADEIRA 3 23 S 58 46 W 1.72
PUNTA SAN PEDRO 34 28 S 57 51 W 5.23 RIO MUCURI 18 06 S 39 34 W 3.32
PUNTA SAN PEDRO 34 29 S 57 51 W 5.27 RIO NEGRO 41 02 S 62 47 W 6.22
PUNTA SAN ROQUE 45 03 S 65 39 W 7.27 RIO PARAGUACU 12 50 S 38 48 W 3.7
PUNTA SANTA ANA 53 38 S 70 55 W 8.39 RIO PARAIBA 6 58 S 34 51 W 3.44
PUNTA SANTA CASILDA 53 03 S 73 48 W 8.75 RIO PARAIBA DO SUL 21 37 S 41 01 W 3.48
PUNTA SANTA MARIA 53 21 S 70 57 W 8.29 RIO PARANA BRAVO 33 54 S 58 27 W 5.54
PUNTA SANTA RITA 34 28 S 57 51 W 5.24 RIO PARANA DE LAS PALMAS 34 20 S 58 27 W 5.51
PUNTA SARANDI 34 54 S 56 13 W 5.18 RIO PARANA GUAZU 33 44 S 59 11 W 5.55
PUNTA SIERRA 41 31 S 64 59 W 7.5 RIO PARANA GUAZU 34 01 S 58 25 W 5.52,
PUNTA SOLITARIA 53 12 S 72 11 W 8.89 5.54
PUNTA SPOERER 53 07 S 72 59 W 8.102 RIO PARANA MINI 34 14 S 58 23 W 5.54
PUNTA SUNSHINE 53 02 S 71 55 W 8.89 RIO PIRANHAS 5 06 S 36 41 W 3.31
PUNTA TAFOR 45 03 S 66 17 W 7.32 RIO SALADO 35 45 S 57 21 W 5.29
PUNTA TEHUELCHE 42 24 S 64 18 W 7.10 RIO SAN SALVADOR 33 28 S 58 24 W 5.43
PUNTA TEJADA 38 59 S 61 49 W 6.10 RIO SAO FRANCISCO DO NORTE 10 31 S 36 23 W 3.56
PUNTA TIGRE 34 46 S 56 34 W 5.20 RIO SAO FRANCISCO DO SUL 26 10 S 48 35 W 4.45
PUNTA TITUS 52 48 S 71 23 W 8.92 RIO SAO MATEUS 18 37 S 39 44 W 3.33
PUNTA TOMBO 44 02 S 65 11 W 7.19 RIO SAUCE 33 57 S 58 27 W 5.54
PUNTA TURN 52 43 S 71 24 W 8.93 RIO UNA 13 23 S 38 56 W 3.9
PUNTA WALLER 55 10 S 66 34 W 9.23 RIO UNA 15 15 S 39 00 W 3.14
PUNTA WAPSHOT 52 38 S 71 30 W 8.94 RIO XINGU 1 32 S 51 52 W 1.71
PUNTA WOOLCOTT 52 43 S 74 10 W 8.77 RISCA DO ZUMBI 5 11 S 35 11 W 3.37
PUNTA YEGUAS 34 54 S 56 19 W 5.19 ROCA ASTREE 52 56 S 73 51 W 8.73
PUNTA YORK 53 35 S 72 17 W 8.54 ROCA BALLENATO 52 24 S 74 49 W 8.78
PUNTA ZIG ZAG 54 04 S 70 53 W 8.38 ROCA BELLACO 48 30 S 66 11 W 7.47
PYRAMID POINT 52 01 S 58 35 W 10.25 ROCA CLEOPATRA 52 16 S 68 12 W 8.3
ROCA COOMBES 52 57 S 73 30 W 8.71
ROCA CROOKED 53 33 S 72 31 W 8.58
Q ROCA DE LAS PIPAS 34 54 S 56 02 W 5.14
ROCA MIDGE 53 05 S 73 37 W 8.75
QUEEN CHARLOTTE BAY 51 43 S 60 44 W 10.54 ROCA NASSAU 52 22 S 68 16 W 8.3
QUEEN POINT 51 57 S 60 38 W 10.55 ROCA SAN VICENTE 52 34 S 69 38 W 8.10
QUERANDI LIGHT 37 28 S 57 07 W 6.2 ROCA SANTA CRUZ 48 48 S 66 14 W 7.49
ROCA SULLENS 52 56 S 73 35 W 8.71
ROCA VIRGEN 52 20 S 68 20 W 8.2
R ROCA VOLPE 52 45 S 74 34 W 8.81
ROCAS CORMORAN 53 32.5 S 42 01.7 W 10.66
RABBIT ISLAND 51 33 S 60 29 W 10.51 ROCAS DE LAS PIPAS 34 29 S 57 41 W 5.23
RABBIT POINT 51 18 S 59 42 W 10.44 ROCAS RUPERT 53 40 S 72 11 W 8.55
RACE POINT 51 25 S 59 06 W 10.34 ROCKY BAY 54 30 S 36 40 W 10.85
RACE POINT 51 59 S 60 59 W 10.61 RODNEY COVE 52 03 S 60 59 W 10.62
RADA DE MONTE HERMOSO 38 59 S 61 41 W 6.9 ROOKERY ISLAND 51 37 S 59 08 W 10.36
RADA DE PUNTA ARENAS 53 10 S 70 54 W 8.28 ROSITA HARBOR 54 01 S 37 26 W 10.71
RAPIDES DE APIPE 27 29 S 56 43 W 5.65 ROYAL BAY 54 30 S 35 55 W 10.81
RECALADA LIGHT 39 00 S 61 16 W 6.9 RUGGLES ISLAND 52 03 S 59 42 W 10.37
RECIFE 8 03 S 34 52 W 3.48
RECIFE MANOEL LUIS 0 52 S 44 16 W 3.2
RECIFES DE GUARATIBAS 17 26 S 39 08 W 3.22 S
RECIFES ITACOLOMIS 16 54 S 39 04 W 3.20
RED POINT 51 33 S 59 04 W 10.35 SACO DA MANGUEIRA 32 03 S 52 05 W 4.71
REEF ISLAND 51 59 S 58 29 W 10.25 SACO DO BANANAL 23 06 S 44 15 W 4.19
RIA COIG 50 57 S 69 08 W 7.53 SAINT LAURENT 5 30 N 54 02 W 1.25
RIGHT WHALE BAY 54 00 S 37 40 W 10.70 SALINOPOLIS 0 37 S 47 21 W 3.3
RIO ACARAU 2 50 S 40 08 W 3.21 SALTO 31 23 S 57 58 W 5.49
RIO ACU 5 06 S 36 41 W 3.31 SAN CARLOS 51 30 S 59 00 W 10.35
RIO AMAPA GRANDE 2 08 N 50 41 W 1.38 SANDY BAY ISLAND 52 11 S 58 48 W 10.27
RIO ARARANGUA 28 55 S 49 20 W 4.67 SANTA ISABEL 0 25 S 65 01 W 1.73
RIO ARROZAL 00 17 N 50 29 W 1.44 SANTAREM 2 25 S 54 43 W 1.61
RIO BARCA GRANDE 34 10 S 58 23 W 5.54 SANTOS 23 57 S 46 18 W 4.36
RIO CALCOENE 2 32 N 50 45 W 1.38 SAO FRANCISCO DO SUL 26 15 S 48 38 W 4.48
RIO CHORO 4 06 S 38 09 W 3.26 SAO LUIS 2 32 S 44 17 W 3.10
RIO CHUBUT 43 21 S 65 03 W 7.17 SAO MIGUEL 1 10 S 50 29 W 1.57
RIO CUNANI 2 49 N 50 57 W 1.38 SAO PAULO DE OLIVENCA 3 27 S 68 48 W 1.67
RIO DAS CONTAS 14 16 S 39 00 W 3.11 SAO SEBASTIAO 23 48 S 45 24 W 4.32
RIO DE JANEIRO 22 54 S 43 10 W 4.5 SARAMACCA PUNT 5 54 N 55 58 W 1.16
RIO DE LA PLATA 35 30 S 56 00 W 5.2 SAUNDERS ISLAND 57 47 S 26 27 W 10.94

Pub. 124
 Index—Gazetteer 347

Position Sec. Position Sec.

° ' ° ' Para ° ' ° ' Para
SCOTT ISLAND 51 51 S 58 56 W 10.18 TIJUCA POINT 54 20 S 36 12 W 10.80
SEA LION ISLANDS 52 25 S 59 00 W 10.28 TONANTINS 2 47 S 67 47 W 1.67
SEA LION POINT 51 21 S 58 19 W 10.4 TORRES 29 20 S 49 44 W 4.67
SEGUNDA ANGOSTURA LIGHT 52 44 S 70 11 W 8.16 TRAMADAI MARITIME TERMINAL 30 01 S 50 06 W 4.69
SEGUNDA BARRANCA LIGHT 40 47 S 62 16 W 6.20 TRAMANDAI 29 59 S 50 08 W 4.68
SENO ALMIRANTAZGO 54 18 S 69 30 W 8.37 TUBARAO 20 17 S 40 15 W 3.41
SENO BRENTON 54 09 S 70 25 W 8.36 TUSSAC ISLAND 51 47 S 58 12 W 10.14
SENO MAGALLANES 54 29 S 70 54 W 8.44 TUTOIA 2 47 S 42 17 W 3.16
SENO OWEN 54 00 S 70 34 W 8.36
SERGIPE TERMINAL 10 51 S 36 55 W 3.58
SERRA DO CAVALO 19 54 S 40 21 W 3.37 U
SHAG HARBOR 51 44 S 59 35 W 10.40
SHAG ROCK 52 13 S 58 39 W 10.26 UNDINE HARBOR 54 02 S 37 57 W 10.89
SHAG ROCKS 53 32 S 42 02 W 10.66 UNDINE SOUTH HARBOR 54 32 S 36 33 W 10.85
SHALLOP POINT 51 42 S 60 05 W 10.53 URCA DO TUBARAO 4 51 S 36 27 W 3.32
SIERRA DE LA BALLENA 34 50 S 55 01 W 5.3
SIERRA DEL AS ANIMAS 34 43 S 55 28 W 5.3
SKRAP SKERRIES 54 15 S 36 19 W 10.79 V
SMALKALDEN 5 38 N 55 05 W 1.19
SMYLIE CHANNEL 51 59 S 61 00 W 10.60 VAUGHAN ISLAND 54 00 S 38 11 W 10.67
SOLIDAO 30 42 S 50 29 W 4.70 VICTORIA HARBOR 51 55 S 58 52 W 10.23
SORN 53 59 S 37 55 W 10.69 VILA BITTENCOURT 1 27 S 69 25 W 1.74
SOUTH FUR ISLAND 51 15 S 50 81 W 10.50 VILA DO CONDE 1 33 S 48 45 W 1.55
SOUTH GEORGIA 54 15 S 36 45 W 10.66 VINDICATION ISLAND 57 06 S 26 47 W 10.93
SOUTH JASON 51 12 S 60 52 W 10.50 VISOKOI ISLAND 56 43 S 27 09 W 10.92
SOUTHERN THULE 59 27 S 27 17 W 10.97 VOLUNTEER POINT 51 31 S 57 44 W 10.5
SPEEDWELL ISLAND 52 11 S 59 42 W 10.31
SQUIB POINT 51 51 S 58 55 W 10.18
ST. ANDREW POINT 6 19 N 57 31 W 1.11 W
STAATS ISLAND 51 54 S 61 11 W 10.59
STAG ROAD 51 32 S 58 05 W 10.7 WAGENINGEN 5 46 N 56 41 W 1.15
STANLEY HARBOR 51 42 S 57 50 W 10.11 WAINI POINT 8 24 N 59 49 W 1.3
STEPHENS BLUFF 52 11 S 60 44 W 10.62 WEDDELL ISLAND 51 54 S 61 00 W 10.56
STEPHENS PEAK 52 07 S 60 50 W 10.62 WEDDELL POINT 51 53 S 61 07 W 10.59
STEWART STRAIT 54 00 S 38 06 W 10.68 WEST ISLAND 51 58 S 59 49 W 10.41
STROMNESS HARBOR 54 09 S 36 42 W 10.74 WESTPOINT ISLAND 51 21 S 60 41 W 10.48
SUAPE 8 24 S 34 58 W 3.50 WHALER BAY 51 33 S 60 27 W 10.52
SUZANNASDAAL 5 52 N 55 05 W 1.18 WHITE BLUFF 51 54 S 58 44 W 10.18
SWAN ISLAND 51 44 S 59 28 W 10.33 WHITE POINT 51 46 S 58 09 W 10.14
SYLVIA BANK 20 19 S 37 46 W 3.28 WHITE ROCK POINT 51 24 S 59 10 W 10.38
WILLIS ISLANDS 54 00 S 38 13 W 10.67
WRECK ISLAND 51 09 S 60 14 W 10.43
T
TABATINGA 4 15 S 69 57 W 1.68 X
TAMAR PASS 51 20 S 59 24 W 10.42
TARTARUGAS 20 31 S 29 18 W 3.29 XAPURI 10 39 S 68 31 W 1.74
TEA ISLAND 51 53 S 61 09 W 10.59
TEBIG OIL TERMINAL 23 04 S 44 14 W 4.18
TEFE 3 22 S 46 42 W 1.67 Y
TERM. MAR. ALMIRANTE BARROSO 23 48 S 45 23 W 4.32
TERMINAL DA ARACRUZ 19 51 S 40 03 W 3.36 YORKE POINT 51 41 S 57 47 W 10.10
TERMISA OFFSHORE TERMINAL 4 49 S 37 03 W 3.30 YOUNG ROCK 51 42 S 57 44 W 10.12
THE FLEUVE MAHURY 4 52 N 52 14 W 1.32
THE FRIDAYS 51 03 S 60 57 W 10.50
THE MARONI RIVER 5 45 N 54 00 W 1.24 Z
THULE ISLAND 59 27 S 27 23 W 10.97
TIDE ISLET 51 40 S 60 10 W 10.52 ZAVODOVSKI ISLAND 56 20 S 27 35 W 10.91

Pub. 124